Past Year Papers
Past Year Papers
Session 1
(10:00 AM to 1:00 PM)
Mathematics
1. Match the items of List-I with those of the 4. If A is a 3 ´ 3 matrix and the matrix obtained
items of List-II by replacing the elements of A with their
List-I List-II é 1 -2 1 ù
corresponding cofactors is ê 4 -5 -2 ú,
A. Range of I. odd function ê ú
sec -1[1 + cos 2 x ], [×] êë -2 4 1 úû
denote greatest integer
then a possible value of the determinant of A is
function
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1
B. Domain of f( x ), where II. ì 0, 1 ü
í ý é 3 -3 4 ù
f æç x + ö÷ = x 2 + 2
1 1 î 2þ
è xø x 5. If A = ê 2 -3 4 ú , then(A 2)-1 =
ê ú
C. f( x + y) = f( x ) + f( y) III. {sec -15, sec -14} êë0 -1 1 ûú
; f(1) = 5 (a) A 2 (b) 2A
D. sin-1 x - cos -1 x + sin-1 IV. R -( -2, 2 ) é1 2 2 ù
(1 - x ) = 0 Þ x Î (c) A 3 (d) ê 2 1 -2 ú
ê ú
V. {sec -1 1, sec -1 2} êë -2 2 -1úû
ì z -1 ü a2 + b - c
(b) ac + b 3
8. If A = í z = x + iy / real part of = 2ý, then (a)
î z-i þ 3ab
the locus of the point P(x , y) in the cartesian bc + a2
(c) (d) ab + 3 c
plane is 3ab
(a) a pair of lines passing through (-1, - 1) 15. If the number of all possible permutations of
-1 3
and the centre æç , ö÷
1 the letters of the word MATHEMATICS in
(b) a circle of radius
2 è 2 2ø which the repeated letters are not together is
(c) a pair of lines passing through (-1, - 2 ) 982(X), then X =
1
(d) a circle of radius (a) 5040 (b) 14400 (c) 21600 (d) 86400
2
16. There are 10 red and 5 yellow roses of
9. If w is a complex cube root of unity, then different sizes. If x is the number of garlands
(1 - w + w2)6 + (1 - w2 + w)6 = that can be formed with all these flowers so
(a) 0 (b) 6 (c) 64 (d) 128 that no two yellow roses come together and y
ix
is the number of garlands formed with all
10. If e is a solution of the equation these flowers so that all the red roses coming
z n + p1 z n-1 + p 2 z n- 2 +......+ p n = 0 , where p i are 2(x - y)
together, then =
real (i =1, 2, 3, ...., n), then 10 !
p n sin nx + p n-1 sin(n - 1) x +...+ p1 sin x + 1 = 9!
(a) - 5! (b) (11)2 × (4!)
(a) cos(n + 1)x (b) sin(n(n + 1))x 5!
(c) 1 (d) 0 (c) 10!- 6! (d) 6 ! ´ (5! - 2 )
2
11. Assertion (A) 3 x - 16 x + 4 > -16 is 3 3 ×5 3 ×5 ×7
17. If y = + + +..... ¥ , then
æ 10 ö 4 4 × 8 4 × 8 ×12
satisfied for some values of real x in ç0 , ÷.
è 3ø (a) y2 - 2 y + 5 = 0 (b) y2 + 2 y - 7 = 0
2
2
Reason (R) ax + bx + c and a will have the (c) y - 3 y + 4 = 0 (d) y2 + 4 y - 6 = 0
same sign for some values of x ÎR when
18. If the coefficient of x 13 in the expansion of
b2 - 4 ac > 0 .
(1 + x)2
(a) (A) is true, (R) is true and (R) is the correct is A ´ 210 , then A =
explanation for (A). (1 - 2 x)3
(b) (A) is true, (R) is true but (R) is not the correct (a) 862 (b) 1304 (c) 1360 (d) 1724
explanation for (A).
(c) (A) is true, but (R) is false. 19. If the partial fraction decomposition of
(d) (A) is false, but (R) is true. x 2 +1 A B
+ 2
is
x + 3 x + 3 x + 2 x + 2 x + x +1
3 2
12. If the roots of the quadratic equation
C
ax 2 + bx + c = 0 are imaginary, then for all real + , then A - B + C =
values of x, the minimum value of the (x + 2)(x 2 + x + 1)
expression 3 a 2 x 2 + 6 abx + 2 b2 is (a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
(a) < 4ab (b) > 4ac (c) > - 4ac (d) < -4ab 1
20. If x + = 2cosq , then x 6 + x -6 =
13. Let a , b , g be the roots of the equation x
x 3 + px + q = 0 and f (x) = 3 p 2 x 2 + p 2 x + 3 q. (a) 2 cos 6q (b) 2 cos 12 q
2 4 (c) 2 cos 3q (d) 2 sin 3q
Then Sa b + Sa =
(a) f(1) (b) f(-1) (c) f(0) (d) f(2 ) 21. If A = sin q | sin q |, B = cos q|cos q| and
99 p 100 p
14. If a , b , g are the roots of the equation £q £ , then
2 2
x 3 + ax 2 - bx + c = 0 , then Sb 2 (g + a) = (a) A + B = 1 (b) A + B = -1
(c) B - A = 1 (d) B - A = -1
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 3
46. O(0 , 0), A(-3, - 1) and B(-1, - 3) are the vertices 52. If the circle S º x 2 + y 2 - 4 = 0 intersects
of a DOAB. P is a point on the perpendicular 5 2
AP 3 another circle S¢ = 0 of radiusin such a
AD drawn from A on OB such that = . 2
PD 4 manner that the common chord is of
Then the equation of the line L parallel to OB 1
and passing through P, is maximum length with slope equal to , then
4
(a) 3 x - y + 3 = 0 (b) 21x - 7 y + 32 = 0 the centre of S¢ = 0 is
(c) 15x – 5y+32 = 0 (d) 3 x - y + 35 = 0 (a) (-1, 4) or (1, - 4)
47. A straight line passing through the point æ 2 ö æ 2 ö
(b) ç - , 2 2 ÷ or ç , - 2 2 ÷
(1, 0) and not parallel to X -axis intersects è 2 ø è 2 ø
the curve 2 x 2 + 5 y 2 - 7 x = 0 at two points A æ 2ö æ - 2ö
and B. The angle subtended by the line (c) ç -2 2 , ÷ or ç2 2 , ÷
è 2 ø è 2 ø
segment AB at the origin is
(d) (4, - 1) or (-4, 1)
(a) 30° (b) 45° (c) 60° (d) 90°
53. If the angle between the circles
48. If (p , q) is the centroid of the triangle formed x 2 + y 2 - 4 x - 6 y + k = 0 and
by the lines 8 x 2 - 14 xy + 5 y 2 = 0 , p
x 2 + y 2 + 8 x - 4 y + 11 = 0 is , then the value
x - 2 y + 3 = 0, then 3
(a) p + q = -1 (b) q = 2 p of k is
(c) p = 2q (d) p = q (a) -3 (b) 36 (c) 3 (d) 2
49. The area (in sq. units) of the triangle formed 54. Let A(1, 2), B(4 , - 4), C(2, 2 2) be points on the
by the two tangents drawn from the external parabola y 2 = 4 x . If a and b respectively
point O(0 ,0) to the circle
represent the area of DABC and the area of
x 2 + y 2 - 2 gx - 2 hy + h2 = 0 and their chord of the triangle formed by the tangents at A, B, C
contact is to the above parabola, then ab =
gh gh
(a) (b) (a) 6 (b) 3 2 (c) 9 (d) 6 2
h3 + g 2 h2 + g 3
hg 3 gh3 55. If x - 2 y + k = 0 is a tangent to the parabola
(c) (d)
h2 + g 2 h2 + g 2 y 2 - 4 x - 4 y + 8 = 0 , then the slope of the
tangent drawn at (l, k) on the given parabola is
50. If the circle x 2 + y 2 - 6 x + 2 y = 28 cuts off a -5 2
(a) (b) 2 (c) -2 (d)
chord of length l units on the line 2 5
2 x - 5 y + 18 = 0 , then the value of l is
56. The equation of the ellipse in the standard
(a) 3 (b) 6 form whose length of the latus rectum is 4 and
(c) 12 (d) 9
whose distance between the foci is 4 2, is
51. Consider the circles x 2 y2
2 2
(a) + =1 (b) 2 x2 + y2 = 8
S1 : x + y + 2 x + 8 y - 23 = 0 and 2 3
2 2
S2 : x 2 + y 2 - 4 x + 10 y + 19 = 0 (c) x + 2 y = 16 (d) x2 + 5 y2 = 25
If the polars of the centre of a circle with 57. The value of b2 in order that the foci of the
respect to the another circle are L1 and L 2 , x2 y2 1
then L1 , L 2 are hyperbola - = and the ellipse
144 81 25
(a) Parallel and separated by a distance of 4 10 units
x 2 y2
(b) Perpendicular and intersect at (1, 3) + = 1 coincide is
(c) Perpendicular and intersect at (1, -5 ) 16 b2
(d) Parallel and separated by a distance of2 10 units (a) 1 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) 9
6 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
62. f : R + ® R be an increasing function such 68. Let a, b be two roots of the quadratic
that f (x) > 0 for all x. equation x 2 + ax - b = 0 , b ¹ 0. If the straight
f (9 x) f (6 x) line x cos q + y sin q = C touches the curve
If lim = 1, then lim = n n
x ®¥ f (3 x) x ®¥ f (3 x) æxö æ yö
ç ÷ + ç ÷ = 2 at the point (a, b), then
3 2 èa ø èb ø
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) (d)
2 3 2
æaö 2
ç ÷ + =
63. Let [ x ] denotes the greatest integer less than è bø b
1 + sin([cos x ]) 1 4 2 1
or equal to x. Then, f (x) = is (a) (b) (c) (d)
cos([sin x ]) 2C 2 C2 C2 C2
p
(a) continuous on æç 0, ö÷ 69. The number of admissible values of C
è 2ø
obtained when the Lagrange’s mean value
(b) continuous on (0, p ) theorem is applied for the function f (x) = x
3p ö
(c) discontinuous on æç p, ÷ on [2, 5] is
è 2 ø
(a) 0 (b) only one
(d) continuous on (p, 2 p ) (c) infinite (d) finitely many
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 7
p/ 2
70. The function f (x) = x 3 - 4 x 2 + 4 x + 3 defined 75. ò0 x 3 sin x dx =
on [ -1, 3] has
3p 2 3p 2
(a) minimum value -6 at x = -1 (a) - 3p + 6 (b) + 3p - 6
4 4
(b) minimum value 6 at x = 3
3p 2 3p 2
(c) minimum value 3 at x = 2 (c) +6 (d) -6
4 4
(d) maximum value 9 at x = 3
2 r / n2
tan -1 x æ r2 ö
n
71. ò dx = 76. lim Õ ç1 + 2 ÷ =
x3 n®¥
r =1 è n ø
-( x2 + 1) -1 1
(a) logæç ö÷ (b) logæç ö÷
(a) tan x - +C 4 2 2 4
(c) (d)
2x 2x èe ø èe ø e e
-( x2 + 1) -1 1
(b) tan x - 2 + C
2 x2 + 1 2x 77. The larger of the two areas into which the
-1 æ 1 1 ö -1 circle x 2 + y 2 = 16 a 2 is divided by the
(c) -ç + ÷ tan x + C
2 x è 2 2 x2 ø parabola y 2 = 6 ax is
1 1
(d) + tan-1 x + C 4a2 4a2
2 x 2 x2 (a) (8p - 3 ) (b) (4p - 3 )
3 3
1 - (cot x)2019 1 2 a2 4a2
72. If ò 2020
dx = ln|( f (x))n (c) (4p + 3 ) (d) (4p + 3 )
tan x + (cot x) n 3 3
+(g(x))n| + c, then the value of 78. The differential equation for which
n[( f (x))4 + (g(x))4 ] p = 1 + y 2 = Cxe tan
-1
x
is the general solution of
x=
3
2 tan -1 x
10105 10012 (a) xy(1 + x ) dy - e (1 + x + x2 ) dx = 0
(a) (b)
16 15 (b) xy(1 + y2 ) dy - (1 + x2 )(1 + y + y2 ) dx = 0
20210 10105 dy 1 + x2
(c) (d) (c) (1 + y2 )tan-1 x =
9 8 dx xy
73. If x ¹ 1 and (d) xy(1 + x2 ) dy - (1 + y2 )(1 + x + x2 ) dx = 0
3 2
(x + x - x - 1)
ò æ x 2 + 1ö
dx 79. The general solution of the differential
dy x + y - 3
(x 5 + x 4 + 3 x 3 + 3 x 2 + x + 1)tan -1 ç ÷ equation = is
è x ø dx x + y - 7
= A log( f (x)) + C , then A - tan( f (2)) = (a) ( x + y - 5)2 = Ce y + x
-3 -1 (b) ( x + y - 5)2 = Ce y - x
(a) (b)
2 2
(c) 2 log( x + y - 5) = 3 x + 2 y + C
7
(c) (d) -2 (d) log( x + y - 3) = 3( x + y - 2 )2 + C
2
Physics
81. The scientific principle that forms the basis of
the tokamak technology is
m R
(a) controlled nuclear fission
(b) motion of charged particles in electromagnetic fields
(c) magnetic confinement of plasma
(d) superconductivity
m
82. If E and E 0 represent the energies, t and t0
2g g 5g
represent the times, then which of the (a) (b) (c) (d) g
3 2 6
following is dimensionally correct relation?
(a) E = E0e -t (b) E = E0t 0e -t / t 0 88. A particle of mass m1 collides with a particle
2 of mass m2 at rest. After the elastic collision,
(c) E = E0t 0e -t (d) E = E0e -t / t 0
the two particles moves at an angle of 90°
83. A ball is dropped from a bridge that is 45 m m
with respect to each other. The ratio 2 is
above the water. It falls directly into a boat m1
which is moving with constant velocity. The (a) 1.0 (b) 1.5
boat is 12 m away from the point of impact (c) 2.0 (d) 2.5
when the ball is dropped. The speed of the
boat is (take, g = 10 m/s 2 ) 89. A block of mass 100 g moving at a speed of
2 m/s compresses a spring through a
(a) 2 m/s (b) 3 m/s (c) 4 m/s (d) 5 m/s
distance 2 cm before its speed is halved. Find
84. A ball is dropped from a height H from rest. the spring constant of the spring.
H (a) 1250 N/m (b) 750 N/m
The ball travels in last 1.0 s. The total time
2 (c) 1000 N/m (d) 1500 N/m
taken by the ball to hit the ground is
90. A bullet of mass m moving horizontally with
(a) 3.85 s (b) 3.41 s (c) 2.55 s (d) 4.65 s speed v0 hits a wooden block of mass M that
85. A planet is moving in a circular orbit. It is suspended from a massless string. The
completes 2 revolutions in 360 days. What is bullet gets lodged into the block and comes
its angular frequency? into halt. If the block-bullet combine swings
(a) 1. 5 ´ 10-2 rad/day (b) 2 . 5 ´ 10-2 rad/day to a maximum height h, then how much of
-2
the initial kinetic energy of the bullet is lost
(c) 3. 5 ´ 10 rad/day (d) 4. 5 ´ 10-2 rad/day in the collision?
M + mö
mv 02 æç
M ö
mv 02 æç
1 1
86. The vector sum of two forces is perpendicular (a) ÷ (b) ÷
2 èm+ Mø 2 è M ø
to their vector differences. In that case, the
forces 1 æ M2 ö 1 æ (M + m)2 ö
(c) mv 02 çç ÷
2÷
(d) mv 02 çç 2
÷÷
(a) cannot be predicted 2 è (m + M ) ø 2 è M ø
(b) always are equal to each other
(c) are equal to each other in magnitude 91. A ball of mass 100 g is dropped at time t = 0.
(d) are not equal to each other in magnitude A second ball of mass 200 g is dropped from
the same point at t = 0.2 s. The distance
87. A mass m is supported by a massless string between the centre of mass of two balls and
wound around a uniform hollow cylinder of the release point at t = 0 .4 s is
mass m and radius R. If the string does not (assume, g = 10 m/s 2 )
slip on the cylinder, then with what
acceleration will the mass release? (a) 0.4 m (b) 0.5 m
(Assume, g = acceleration due to gravity) (c) 0.6 m (d) 0.8 m
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 9
92. A ball of mass M moving with a speed of 2 m/s 97. A steel rod at 25°C is observed to be 1 m long
hits another ball of mass 1 kg moving in the when measured by another metal scale
same direction with a speed of 1 m/s. If the which is correct at 0°C. The exact length of
4
kinetic energy of centre of mass is J, then steel rod at 0°C is (a steel = 12 ´ 10 -6 / ° C and
3 a metal = 20 ´ 10 -6 / ° C)
the magnitude of M is
(a) 1.00002 m (b) 1.0002 m
(a) 1 kg (b) 0.25 kg
(c) 0.998 m (d) 0.9998 m
(c) 0.50 kg (d) 2 kg
98. Latent heat of vaporisation of water is
93. A simple harmonic oscillator of frequency 22.6 ´ 10 5 J/kg. The amount of heat needed to
1 Hz has a phase of 1 rad. By how much convert 100 kg of water at 100°C into vapour at
should the origin be shifted in time, so as to 100°C is
make the phase of the oscillator vanish? . ´ 105 J
(a) 113 . ´ 106 J
(b) 113
[Time in seconds (s)]. (c) 22.6 ´ 106 J (d) 22.6 ´ 107 J
1 1 p
(a) - s (b) - s (c) - s (d) -p s
p 2p 2 99. The p-V diagram shown below indicates two
paths along which a sample of gas can be
94. A planet is revolving around the sun in taken from state A to state B. The energy
which of the following is correct statement? equal to 5pV in the form of heat is required to
B be transferred, if the Path-1 is chosen. How
much energy in the form of heat should be
transferred, if Path-2 is chosen?
A C
S 3/2 p
2
D
(a) The time taken in travelling DAB is less than that
for BCD. p A B
(b) The time taken in travelling DAB is greater than 1
that for BCD. V 3V
(c) The time taken in travelling CDA is less than that
11 9
for ABC. (a) pV (b) 6 pV (c) pV (d) 7 pV
(d) The time taken in travelling CDA is greater than 2 2
that for ABC. 100. Two vessels separately contain two ideal
95. Which of the following statement is incorrect? gases A and B at the same temperature. The
pressure of gas A is three times the pressure
(a) The bulk modulus for solids is much larger than
for liquids.
of gas B. Under these conditions, the density
(b) Gases are least compressible.
of gas A is found to be two times the density
(c) The incompressibility of the solids is due to the
of B. The ratio of molecular weights of gas A
M
tight coupling between neighbouring atoms. and B, i.e. A is
(d) The reciprocal of the bulk modulus is called MB
compressibility. 2 3 3 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 2 4 3
96. The speed of the water in a river is v near the
surface. If the coefficient of viscosity of water 101. Two coherent plane waves of identical
is h and the depth of the river is H, then the frequency and intensity (I) interfere at a
shearing stress between the horizontal layers point, where they differ in phase by 60°.
of water is What is the resulting intensity?
H v v
(a) h (b) h (c) (d) hvH (a) I (b) 2 I (c) 3I (d) 4I
v H hH
10 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
102. The position of final image formed by the 107. A circular wire has current density
given lens combination from the third lens æ A ö
J = ç2 ´ 10 10 2 ÷ r 2 , where r is the radial
will be at a distance of (f1 = +10 cm, è m ø
f 2 = -10 cm, and f 3 = +30 cm) distance, out of the wire radius is 2 mm. The
1 2 3 end-to-end potential applied to the wire is
50 V. How much energy (in joule) is
converted to thermal energy in 100 s?
Object
(a) 1200 p (b) 800p (c) 3200 p (d) 600p
108. The resistance in following circuit are
R1 = R2 = R3 = 6 .0 W. The emf of the battery is
30 cm 5 cm 10 cm
12 V. When switch S is closed, the potential
(a) 15 cm (b) infinity (c) 45 cm (d) 30 cm across resistance R1 is changed by an amount.
103. An object is placed at a distance of 40 cm in R3 S
front of a concave mirror of focal length
20 cm. The image produced is
(a) real, inverted and smaller in size 12V R1 R2
(b) real, inverted and of same size
(c) real and erect
(d) virtual and inverted
(a) - 2 V (b) + 2 V (c) - 4 V (d) + 4 V
104. Two beams of monochromatic light with
intensities 64 mW and 4 mW interfere 109. Figure below shows three circuits consisting
constructively to produce an intensity of of concentric circular arcs and straight radial
100 mW. If one of the beams is shifted by an lines. The centre of the circle is shown by the
angle q, the intensity is reduced to 84 mW. dot. Same current flows through each of the
The magnitude of q is circuits. If B1 , B2 , B3 are the magnitudes of
(d) cos -1 æç ö÷
1 the magnetic field at the centre. Which of the
(a) 30° (b) 60° (c) 45°
è 3ø following is true?
105. A particle of mass 2 ´ 10 -6 kg with a charge
5 ´ 10 -6 C is hanging in air above a similarly 3r
charged conducting surface. The charge B1
density of the surface is (assume, r
e 0 = 8 .85 ´ 10 -12 C2N -1 m -2 and g = 10 m/s 2 )
(a) 35.4 ´ 10-12 C/m 2 (b) 23.6 ´ 10-12 C/m 2
3r
. ´ 10-12 C/m 2
(c) 531 (d) 17.7 ´ 10-12 C/m 2
110. A charged particle moves through a magnetic 114. The phase difference between the following
field perpendicular to its direction. Then, two waves y 2 and y1 is
(a) kinetic energy changes but the momentum is æ pö
constant y1 = a sin(wt - kx); y 2 = bcos ç wt - kx + ÷
è 3ø
(b) the momentum changes but the kinetic energy is
p 5p p
constant (a) (b) (c) (d) p
(c) both momentum and kinetic energy of the 6 6 3
particles are not constant
115. A beam of photons with an energy of 10.5 eV
(d) both momentum and kinetic energy of the
particles are constant
strike a metal plate. The photoelectrons are
6
emitted with maximum velocity of 16 . ´ 10
111. The length l of a magnet is large compared to m/s. The work-function of the metal is
its width and breadth. The time-period of its (assume, mass of electron = 9 ´ 10 -31 kg and
oscillation in a vibration magnetometer is 2s.
. ´ 10 -19 C)
charge of electron = 16
The magnet is cut into three equal parts of
l (a) 3.0 eV (b) 3.1 eV (c) 3.3 eV (d) 3.5 eV
length each. If these parts are placed on
3 116. In the hydrogen atom spectrum, let E1 and
each other with their like poles together, E 2 are energies for the transition
then the time-period of this combination is n = 2 ® n = 1 and n = 3 ® n = 2 , respectively.
2
(a) 2 3 s (b) s The ratio E 2 / E1 is
3 2 3 2 5
2 (a) (b) (c) (d)
(c) 2 s (d) s 3 2 9 27
3
29
112. Two straight conducting rails form a right 117. What is the binding energy of 14 Si, whose
angle as shown below. A conducting bar in atomic mass is 28.976495 u?
contact with the rails starts at the vertex at Mass of proton = 1.007276 u
time t = 0 and moves with constant velocity
Mass of neutron = 1.008664 u
of v = 5 m/s along them. A magnetic field
(neglect the electron mass)
with B = 0.1 T is directed out of the page. The
(assume, 1 u = 931.5 MeV)
absolute value of the emf around the triangle
at the time t = 4 s will be (a) 237.84 MeV (b) 421.72 MeV
(c) 387.21 MeV (d) 116.35 MeV
v
B 118. Which of the following statements is incorrect?
(a) The resistance of intrinsic semiconductors
Bar
decrease with increase of temperature.
(b) Doping pure Si with trivalent impurities give
Rails
p-type semiconductors.
(c) The majority carriers in n-type semiconductors
are holes.
(a) 10 V (b) 15 V (d) A p-n junction can act as a semiconductor device.
(c) 20 V (d) 30 V
119. A piece of copper and another of germanium
113. A current of 6 A is flowing at 220 V in the are cooled from room temperature to 77°K.
primary coil of a transformer. If the voltage The resistance of
produced in the secondary coil is 1100 V and (a) copper increases and germanium decreases
40% of power is lost, then the current in the (b) both decreases
secondary coil will be (c) both increases
(a) 0.28 A (b) 0.36 A (d) copper decreases and germanium
(c) 0.48 A (d) 0.42 A increases
12 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
V1 n+ + n-
120. A carrier signal of frequency n1 and peak (a) m = (b) n1 =
V2 2
voltage of V1 is modulated by a message
n + n- V2
signal of frequency n 2 and peak voltage of V2 . (c) n2 = + (d) m >
Let m be the modulation index and n + , n - be 2 V1
side bands produced. Which of the correct
statement?
Chemistry
121. Two series of spectral lines of atomic 126. Find out the bond order in He2 , He+2 , O 2 and
hydrogen which do not belong to infrared O +2 , respectively
spectral region are
(a) 0, 0.5, 2 and 3 (b) 0.5, 0, 3 and 2
(a) Lyman and Paschen (b) Balmer and Brackett
(c) 0, 0.5, 2 and 1 (d) 0, 0.5, 2 and 2.5
(c) Pfund and Lyman (d) Lyman and Balmer
127. One mole of an ideal gas occupies 12 L at
122. Which of the activities can be compared to
297°C. What is the pressure of the gas?
the concept of quantisation?
(a) 207 kPa (b) 395 kPa
(a) A car is travelling on the road
(c) 395 Pa (d) 207 Pa
(b) An apple is falling form the tree
(c) A person can stand on any step of a stair case 128. 4.4 grams of a gas at 0°C and 0.82 atm
(d) Throwing a playing disc pressure occupies a volume of 2.73 L. The gas
can be
123. What will be the IUPAC symbol and name
(a) O 2 (b) CO
for the element with atomic number 123?
(c) NO 2 (d) CO 2
(a) Unt and unniltrium
(b) Ubq and unbiquadium 129. How many moles of ammonia are produced
(c) Ubt and unbitrium by 5 moles of hydrogen?
(d) Unb and unnilbium (a) 2.3 (b) 8.3
(c) 10.3 (d) 3.3
124. Which of the following statements is
incorrect? 130. C2H 4 can react with H 2 in presence of a
(a) The enthalpy of atomisation decreases down a catalyst to form C2H 6 as per the following
group in s-block elements Catalyst
(b) The enthalpy of atomisation decreases down a reaction, C2H 4 (g) + H 2 (g) ¾¾¾® C2H 6 (g)
group in p-block elements
The amount of C2H 4 in grams required to
(c) The enthalpy of atomisation decreases down a
produce 50 grams of C2H 6 is
group in d-block elements
(d) The enthalpy of atomisation increases down a (a) 36.44 g (b) 22.18 g
group in d-block elements (c) 46.67 g (d) 57.11 g
125. Find out the correct order of ionic character 131. For which of the following systems, the
in the following molecules. difference between DH and DU is not
significant?
(i) SO 2
(i) Solids
(ii) K 2O
(ii) gases
(iii) N 2
(iii) Mixture of gases and liquids
(iv) LiF
(iv) Liquids
(a) (iv) > (ii) > (iii) > (i) (b) (iv) > (ii) > (i) > (iii)
(a) (i) and (iv) (b) (i), (iii) and (iv)
(c) (ii) > (iv) > (i) > (iii) (d) (ii) > (iv) > (iii) > (i)
(c) (ii) and (iv) (d) (ii) and (iii)
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 13
132. At 25°C, the ionisation constant for anilinium 139. Which of the following carbonyl compounds
hydroxide is 5.00 ´ 10 -10 . The hydrolysis will exhibit enolisation?
constant of anilinium chloride is O O
(a) 2.00 ´ 10-5 (b) 4.00 ´ 10-3 CH3 O
. ´ 10-6
(c) 150 (d) 2.50 ´ 10-4 CH3
CH3
133. For the given equilibrium reaction, (i) (ii) (iii)
2 A(g)s 2 B(g) + C (g) the equilibrium
O O
constant (K C) at 1000 K is 4 ´ 10 -4 . Calculate CH3 CH3
144. When 2.44 grams of benzoic acid (a) Cu2+ <V 2+ <Cr 2+ <Mn2+
(C6H 5COOH) dissolved in 25 grams of (b) Cu2+ <Cr 2+ <V 2+ <Mn2+
benzene, it shows depression of freezing (c) Mn2+ <V 2+ <Cr 2+ <Cu2+
point equal to 2.2 K. Molal depression (d) Mn2+ <Cu2+ <Cr 2+ <V 2+
constant of benzene is 5.0 K kg mol -1 . What 152. The coordination complex [Co(OH 2)6]2+ has
is the percentage association of acid, if it
forms dimer in solution? one unpaired electron, which of the
following statements are true?
(a) 50% (b) 77% (c) 95% (d) 90%
(i) The complex is octahedral.
145. 0.61 V
(ii) The complex is an outer orbital complex.
E1° 0.45 V 1.07 V
(iii) The complex is diamagnetic.
BrO3– BrO– 1/2 Br2 Br– (a) (i) and (iii) only (b) (i), (ii) and (iii)
(c) (i) and (ii) only (d) (ii) and (iii) only
The value of E1° is
(a) 0.76 V (b) 0.535 V 153. Which one of the following is made by using
(c) 0.428 V (d) 1.12 V step growth polymerisation?
(a) Nylon 6, 6 (b) Teflon
146. The rate of chemical reaction doubles with (c) Rubber (d) Neoprene
every 10°C rise in temperature. If the reaction
is carried out in the vicinity of 22°C, the 154. Insulin and glucogen, which are responsible
activation energy of the reaction is (given to maintain the blood glucose level, fall under
R = 8 .3 J K -1 mol -1 , ln 2 = 0 .69 and ln 3 = 1.1) (a) antibodies (b) harmones
(c) enzymes (d) trasnport agents
(a) 1.69 kJ mol -1 (b) 0.169 kJ mol -1
(c) 49.8 kJ mol -1 (d) 498 J mol -1 155. Which one of the following statements is
‘‘not correct’’ about cationic detergents?
147. In an adsorption experiment, a graph
(a) Cationic detergents are quaternary ammonium
æxö
between log ç ÷ vs log p was found to be salts
è mø (b) Cationic part contains a long hydrocarbon chain
linear with a slope of 45°. The intercept on (c) Cationic detergents exhibit germicidal properties
æxö (d) Cationic detergents are cheap and are widely
the log ç ÷ axis was found to be 0.3. The
è mø used
amount of the gas adsorbed per gram of 156. Which one of the following will be most
charcoal under a pressure of 1 atm is reactive for SN1 reaction?
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
(a) Cl (b) Cl
148. Ellingham diagram is drawn between
(a) change in potential of pH
Cl Cl
(b) change in free energy and oxidation state (c) (d)
(c) change in free energy and temperature CH3 CH3
(d) change in free energy and polarisability
157. Which of following alcohols gives white
149. Brown ring test is to detect the presence of turbidity almost immediately with the Lucas
(a) NO -3 (b) Cl - (c) I- (d) Br - reagent at room temperature?
(i) n-butanol
150. Oxidation state of S in H 2S2O 8 is
(ii) tert-butanol
(a) 8 (b) 6 (c) 4 (d) 7 (iii) Benzyl alcohol
151. Which of the following sets correctly (iv) Allylic alcohol
represents the increase in the paramagnetic (a) (i), (ii) and (iii) (b) (i), (iii) and (iv)
property of the ions? (c) (ii), (iii) and (iv) (d) (i), (ii) and (iv)
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 15
P Q
158. Which one among the following reaction CO2H CH2OH
products gives iodoform test? (a)
2 5 (i ) C H MgBr
(a) CH3CH2CH2C ºº N ¾¾¾¾¾® HO2C HOH2C
(ii )H 3O + CO2H CH2OH
CH 3COCl (b)
(b) (C 6H5 )2 Cd ¾¾¾¾®
HO3C H3C
PCC
(c) CH2 == CHCH2CH(OH)C 6H5 ¾¾¾® CO2H CHO
(i ) C 2H 5MgBr (c)
(d) C 6H5CH2CN ¾¾¾¾¾®
(ii )H 3O + HO2C OHC
CO2H CH3
159. The major products P and Q in the following (d)
reaction sequence are HO2C H 3C
CH3 (i) KMnO4 (excess)
P 160. Which one of the following compounds
(ii) dil. H2SO4
H3C undergoes Hofmann degradation reaction?
(iii) LiAlH4
Q (a) CH3CN (b) CH3CONHCH3
(iv) H3O+
(c) CH3CONH2 (d) CH3NC
Answers
Mathematics
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (*) 9. (d) 10. (c)
11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (*) 19. (d) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (c) 25. (a) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (b) 30. (b)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (c) 36. (c) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (c) 44. (d) 45. (a) 46. (b) 47. (d) 48. (d) 49. (d) 50. (b)
51. (a) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (c) 55. (d) 56. (c) 57. (c) 58. (c) 59. (c) 60. (b)
61. (a) 62. (a) 63. (a) 64. (b) 65. (d) 66. (d) 67. (c) 68. (b) 69. (c) 70. (a)
71. (c) 72. (d) 73. (a) 74. (a) 75. (d) 76. (d) 77. (a) 78. (d) 79. (b) 80. (a)
Physics
81. (c) 82. (d) 83. (c) 84. (b) 85. (c) 86. (c) 87. (d) 88. (a) 89. (b) 90. (a)
91. (a) 92. (c) 93. (b) 94. (a) 95. (b) 96. (b) 97. (b) 98. (d) 99. (a) 100. (a)
101. (c) 102. (d) 103. (b) 104. (b) 105. (a) 106. (b) 107. (b) 108. (a) 109. (b) 110. (b)
111. (b) 112. (a) 113. (c) 114. (b) 115. (c) 116. (d) 117. (a) 118. (c) 119. (d) 120. (b)
Chemistry
121. (d) 122. (c) 123. (c) 124. (c) 125. (b) 126. (d) 127. (b) 128. (d) 129. (d) 130. (c)
131. (a) 132. (a) 133. (b) 134. (a) 135. (c) 136. (a) 137. (b) 138. (b) 139. (b) 140. (d)
141. (b) 142. (b) 143. (c) 144. (d) 145. (b) 146. (c) 147. (b) 148. (c) 149. (a) 150. (b)
151. (a) 152. (c) 153. (a) 154. (b) 155. (d) 156. (d) 157. (c) 158. (b) 159. (a) 160. (c)
(1 + a − c) (1 + a + c) + (1 + a − c) bi
11. (d) The quadratic expression ax 2 + bx + c and a
+ (1 + a + c) bi − b 2
will have the same sign for some value of x ∈ R
=
(1 + a + c)2 + b 2 when b 2 − 4ac > 0
(1 + a + c + a + a 2 + ac − c − ac − c 2 − b 2) And the quadratic inequality
+ ib (1 + a − c + 1 + a + c) 3x 2 −16 x + 4 > −16
=
(1 + a + c)2 + b 2 ⇒ 3x 2 −16 x + 20 > 0 for some value of x ∈ R as
1 + 2 a + a − (1 − a ) + 2(1 + a ) ib
2 2 discriminant
=
1 + a 2 + c 2 + 2 a + 2 ac + 2 c + b 2 D = 162 − 4 (3)(20) = 256 − 240 = 16 > 0
2a (1 + a ) + 21
( + a) i b Since, 3x 2 − 16 x + 20 > 0
=
2 + 2 a + 2ac + 2 c ⇒ 3x − 6 x − 10 x + 20 > 0
2
2(1 + a) (a + i b)
= ⇒ 3x(x − 2) − 10(x − 2) > 0
2 (1 + a) + 2 c (1 + a) ⇒ (x − 2)(3x −10) > 0
2 (1 + a) (a + ib) a + ib
x∈(−∞ , 2) ∪ , ∞
= = 10
⇒
2 (1 + a) (1 + c) 1+ c 3
= 3 a 2 x 2 +
2 8 2b
⇒ x 2 + y2 + x − y + 1 = 0 x + 2b2
3 3 a
So, the locus of point P(x , y) in the cartesian plane 2
b2
= 3 a 2 x + − 2 + 2 b 2
b
2 and the centre − , .
2 1 2
is a circle of radius a a
3 3 3
2
= 3 a 2 x + − 3 b 2 + 2 b 2
(*) No option is correct. b
a
9. (d) We have, (1 − ω + ω2)6 + (1 − ω2 + ω)6 2
= 3 a 2 x + − b 2
b
= (−ω − ω)6 + (−ω2 − ω2)6 [Q1 + ω + ω2 = 0]
a
= (−2 ω)6 + (−2ω2)6
∴ Minimum value of f (x) is − b 2 > − 4ac[Q b 2 < 4ac]
= 64 ω6 + 64 ω12
= 64 (ω3)2 + 64 (ω3)4 13. (b) We have, x 3 + px + q = 0
= 64 (1 )2 + 641
()4 [Q ω3 = 1] Since, α , β , γ are the roots of the given equation
= 64 + 64 = 128 ∴ S1 = Σ α = 0
S2 = Σα β = p
10. (c) We have, S3 = α β γ = − q
z n + p1 z n −1 + p2 z n − 2 + … + pn = 0 Now, Σα 2 β = S1 S2 − 3S3 = (0) (p) − 3(− q) = 3 q
⇒ 1 + p1 z −1 + p2 z −2 + … + pn z − n = 0 Again, x 3 + px + q = 0
Now, z = e satisfied the above equation
ix
⇒ x 3 = − [ px + q] ⇒ x 4 = − [ px 2 + qx]
∴ 1 + p1 e − ix + p2 e −2ix + … + pn e − inx = 0 ∴ Σα 4 = − [ p Σα 2 + q Σα]
⇒(1 + p1 cos x + p2 cos 2x + … + pn cos nx ) = − [ p((Σ α)2 − 2(Σ α β)) + q Σ α]
− i (p1 sin x + p2 sin 2x + … + pn sin nx) = 0
= − [ p(S12 − 2S2) + qS1 ]
∴ p1 sin x + p2 sin 2x + … + pn sin nx = 0
⇒ pn sin nx + pn −1 sin(n − 1) x + … + p2 sin 2x = − [ p (0 − 2p) + q × 0] = 2p 2
+ p1 sin x + 1 = 1 ∴ Σ α 2 β + Σ α 4 = 3q + 2p2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 19
2! 2! 2!
are together = 8! × × × = 8! = 40320 = (1 + 2x + x 2)(1 − 2x)−3
2! 2! 2!
∴Required words = 4989600 − 40320 = 4949280 Now, the coefficient of x13 in the expansion of
(1 + x)2
It is given that
982 (X) = 4949280 (1 − 2x)3
4949280 = Coefficient of x13 in (1 − 2x)−3
⇒ X= = 5040
982 +2 { coefficient of x12 in (1 − 2x)−3}
16. (a) We have, 10 Red and 5 Yellow roses of + coefficient of x11 in (1 − 2x)−3
different sizes. 3 + 13 − 1
= C13(−2)13 + 2{3 + 12 − 1 C12(−2)12}
Now, x = number of garlands that can be formed 3 + 11 − 1
with all these flowers so that no two yellow roses + C11 (−2)11
come together = 15
C13(−2)13 + 14
C12(2)13 + C11 (−2)11
13
1
= (10 − 1)! × 10 P5 15 × 14 3 14 × 13 3 13 × 12
2 = 210 − (2 ) + (2 ) − (2)
2 2 2
1 10! 10! 9!
= × 9! × = x= = 210 [−112 − 156] = (−268) × 210 = A × 210
2 5! 2 5!
2 x 9! (given)
⇒ =
10! 5! ∴ A = − 268
and y = number of garlands formed with all these 19. (d) We have,
flowers so that all the red roses coming together x2 + 1 A B
1 1 = +
= (6 − 1)! × 10! = × 5! × 10! x 3 + 3x 2 + 3x + 2 x + 2 x 2 + x + 1
2 2
C
⇒
2y
= 5! +
10! (x + 2) (x 2 + x + 1)
2( x − y) 9! ⇒ x 2 + 1 = A(x 2 + x + 1) + B (x + 2) + C
∴ = − 5!
10! 5! ⇒ x 2 + 1 = Ax 2 + Ax + A + Bx + 2B + C
20 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
⇒
1
x + = 4 cos2 θ − 2 (K + 3) ± K 2 + 6K + 9 + 4K + 16
=
x 2
1
⇒ x + = 2(2cos2 θ − 1) (K + 3) ± K 2 + 10K + 25
x =
1 2
⇒ x + = 2cos 2θ
x (K + 3) ± (K + 5)2
2
=
⇒ 1 2
x + = 4 cos 2θ
2
x K + 3 ± (K + 5) 2K + 8
= = , −1
1 2 2
x2 + + 2 = 4 cos2 2θ
x2 = K + 4, − 1
⇒
1
x 2 + 2 = 2cos 4θ ⇒ sin2 x = K + 4 [Q sin2 x ≥ 0]
x Now, we know that
3
⇒ x 2 + 1 = 8 cos3 4θ 0 ≤ sin2 x ≤ 1
x2 ⇒ 0≤ K + 4≤1 ⇒ − 4≤ K ≤ − 3
cos12 θ + 3cos 4 θ
x 6 + 6 + 3 x 2 + 2 = 8
1 1
x x 4 24. (c) A. We have,
1 2 2 −1 1
⇒ x + 6 + 6 cos 4 θ = 2cos12 θ + 6 cos 4 θ
6 sin−1 + sin
x 3 3
⇒ x 6 + x −6 = 2cos12θ 2 2 1 1 8
= sin−1 1− + 1−
21. (c) We have, 99 π ≤ θ ≤ 100 π 3 9 3 9
2 2
2 2 2 2 1 1
⇒ θ ∈ IV quadrant = sin−1 × + ×
∴ |sinθ| = − sinθ and |cosθ| = cosθ 3 3 3 3
π 1 Now, ∆ 2 = s(s − a) (s − b) (s − c)
⇒ x = nπ ± (−1)n and sin x = −
6 2 a + b + c 4K + 5K + 6K 15K
n −π
and s = = =
⇒ x = nπ ± (−1) 2 2 2
6
abc (a + b + c)
π
∴ x = nπ ± (−1)n ∴
R
= 2
6 r [4s (s − a) (s − b) (s − c)]
(B)→ (I) abc
C. We have, =
8 (s − a) (s − b) (s − c)
π π 3π
tan−1 sec + tan = tan−1 ( 2 + 1) = 4K × 5K × 6K
4 4 8 =
4 15K
− 4K
15K
− 5K
15K
− 6K
(C) → (IV) 2 2 2
D. We have,
120K 3 16
sin−1 |sin x| = sin−1 |sin x| = =
7K 5K 3K 7
4× × ×
⇒ y= y, where y = sin−1 |sin x| 2 2 2
⇒ y2 − y = 0 Required ratio = 16 : 7
2tanθ Σfi x i 60
⇒ < 0 ⇒ tanθ < 0 Now, x= = =6
1 + tan2 θ Σfi 10
∴ tanθ = − 2 ⇒ tanθ = tan(tan−1 (−2 )) Σf |x − x| 32
∴Mean Deviation = i i = = 3.2
⇒ θ = nπ + tan−1 (−2) = nπ − tan−1 2 Σfi 10
2a + 3b x + 3y = − 6 …(ii)
ax + by + =0
4 On solving Eq. (i) and Eq. (ii), we get
⇒ 4 ax + 4 by + 2 a + 3b = 0 −3 −9
D ,
⇒ a(4 x + 2) + b(4 y + 3) = 0 5 5
b
⇒ (4 x + 2) + (4 y + 3) = 0 Now, P divides AD in the ratio 3 : 4
a 3 4
This is of the form L1 + λL2 = 0 A (–3, –1) P (x, y) D (–3/5, –9/5)
So, set of lines are
−9 − 12 −27 − 4
4 x + 2 = 0 and 4 y + 3 = 0 −69 , −47
−1 −3 ∴ P(x , y) = 5 , 5 =
These two lines intersect at , 7 7 35 35
2 4
−1 −3
∴ P(l , m) = , ∴ Equation of line passing through P
−69 −47
,
2 4 36 35
P (–1/2, –3/4) and parallel to OB is
= 3 x +
47 69
y+
35 35
⇒ 35y + 47 = 3 (35x + 69)
Q ⇒ 35y + 47 = 105x + 207
x+y+1=0
⇒ 105x − 35y + 160 = 0
−1 −3 ⇒ 21 x − 7 y + 32 = 0
Equation of line passing through , and
2 4
47. (d) Let the equation of line through the point
perpendicular to x + y + 1 = 0 is (1, 0) having slope m, (m ≠ 0) is y = mx − m,
y + = 1 x +
3 1
Now, the combined equation of pair of straight
4 2 lines joining the point of intersections of given
⇒ 4y = 4x − 1 ⇒ 4x − 4y − 1 = 0 curve 2x 2 + 5y 2 − 7 x = 0 and line y = mx − m to the
On solving x + y + 1 = 0 and 4 x − 4 y − 1 = 0, origin is
mx − y
we get Q − , − 2x 2 + 5y 2 − 7 x
3 5
=0
8 8 m
50. (b) B
17 At C(2, 2 2)
⇒ h2 + k2 = …(ii)
2 dy 2 1
= =
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get dx ( 2, 2 2 2 2
2)
2
(h, k) = , + 2 2 ∴ Tangent is given by
2 1
y−2 2= (x − 2)
53. (a) We have, equation of circles 2
S1 : x 2 + y 2 − 4 x − 6 y + k = 0 ⇒ 2y − 4 = x − 2
and S2 : x 2 + y 2 + 8 x − 4 y + 11 = 0 ⇒ x− 2y + 2 = 0 …(iii)
Let C1 , C2 are centres of circles and r1 , r2 are radius Let P , Q, R the vertices of triangle formed by
of circles S1 and S2 respectively. tangents (i), (ii), (iii). On solving Eqs. (i), (ii) and
(iii), we get
∴ C1 = (2, 3), C2 = (−4, 2)
P(−2, − 1), Q(−2 2, 2 − 2) and R( 2, 2 + 1)
r1 = 4 + 9 − K = 13 − x , r2 = 16 + 4 − 11 = 3
1 2 1
Now, angle between circles is given by 1
Now, ar (∆ABC) = 4 −4 1
r 2 + r22 − c1 c 22 2
cosθ = 1 2 2 2 1
2r1 r2
1
= [1 (− 4 − 2 2) − 2(4 − 2) + 1(8 2 + 8)]
π 13 − k + 9 − ( (2 + 4) + (3 − 2) )
2 2 2
cos = 2
3 2 × 13 − k × 3 1
= [−4 − 2 2 − 4 + 8 2 + 8] = 3 2 sq unit
1 22 − k − 37 2
⇒ =
2 6 13 − k −2 −1 1
1
⇒ 3 13 − k = − 15 − k and ar (∆PQR) = −2 2 2− 2 1
2
2 2+1 1
⇒ ( − k) = (15 + k)2
913
1
⇒ 117 − 9k = 225 + k2 + 30k = [−2 [ 2 − 2 − 2 − 1] + 1 [−2 2 − 2]
2
⇒ k + 39 k + 108 = 0
2
+ 1 [−4 − 2 2 − 2 + 2 2]]
⇒ (k + 3) (k + 36) = 0 1 −3
= [6 − 3 2 − 6] = 2
⇒ k = − 3, − 36 2 2
∴ k=−3 =
3
2 sq unit [area cannot be negative]
2
54. (c) We have, y2 = 4 x
3
dy dy 2 ∴ α = 3 2 and β = 2
⇒ 2y =4 ⇒ = 2
dx dx y 3
∴ αβ = 3 2 × 2=9
At A(1, 2) 2
dy 2
= =1 55. (d) We have, x − 2y + k = 0 is tangent to the
dx (1 , 2 ) 2
parabola y 2 − 4 x − 4 y + 8 = 0, then
∴ Tangent is given by
Now put x = 2y − k in equation of parabola, we get
y − 2 = 1 (x − 1)
∴ y 2 − 4(2y − k) − 4 y + 8 = 0
y − 2= x −1
y= x +1 …(i) ⇒ y 2 − 8 y + 4k − 4 y + 8 = 0
At B (4, − 4) ⇒ y 2 − 12y + 4k + 8 = 0
dy =
2
=−
1
Since line is tangent to parabola
dx ( 4 , − 4) −4 2 ∴ D=0
−1 (−12)2 − 4 (4k + 8) = 0
∴Tangent is given by y + 4 = (x − 4)
2
⇒ 144 − 16k − 32 = 0
2y + 8 = − x + 4
⇒ 16k = 112
x + 2y + 4 = 0 …(ii)
⇒ k=7
28 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
S ≡ 2 x − 6 y − 12 z + 18 yz + 2 zx + xy = 0
2 2 2
On differentiating both the sides, we get
Let the planes are a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d1 = 0 dy 3(1 − x)2 (−1) (1 + x)3 − (1 − x)3 3 (1 + x)2
and a 2 x + b2 y + c 2z + d2 = 0 =
dx (1 + x)6
∴ a1 a 2 = 2, b1 b2 = − 6, c1 c 2 = − 12
− 3(1 − x) (1 + x)2 [(1 + x) + 1 − x]
2
Now, one plane say a1 x + b1 y + c1 z + d1 is parallel =
(1 + x)6
to x + 2y − 2 z = 5
∴ a1 = 1, b1 = 2, c1 = − 2 −6(1 − x) 2
=
∴ a 2 = 2, b2 = − 3, c 2 = 6 (1 + x)4
Let θ be acute angle between the planes dx −(1 + x)4
∴ =
dy 6(1 − x)2
a1 a 2 + b1 b2 + c1 c 2
∴ cosθ =
a12 + b12 + c12 a 22 + b22 + c 22 65. (d) Let f (x) = log|x|
2 − 6 − 12 log(− x), x<0
= =
16 =
1 + 4 + 4 4 + 9 + 36 21 log x , x≥0
−1 (−1), x<0 1 , x<0
θ = cos−1
16
∴
21 ∴ f ′(x) = x = x
1 1
, x≥0 , x≥0
62. (a) We know that, x x
3x < 6 x < 9 x [Q x ∈ R + ] −1 , x < 0
2
⇒ f (3x) < f (6 x) < f (9 x) and f ′′(x) = x
−1
2, x≥ 0
[as f (x) is a increasing function] x
⇒
f (3x) f (6 x) f (9 x)
< < [Q f (x) > 0 ∀ x] −1 −1
∴ f ′′(x) = 2 = 2
f (3x) f (3x) f (3x) x |x|
f (3x) f (6 x) f (9 x) So, A is false.
⇒ lim < lim < lim
x → ∞ f (3x) x → ∞ f (3x) x → ∞ f (3x) We know that,|x| = − x, when x < 0
f (6 x) So, R is true.
⇒ 1 < lim <1
x → ∞ f (3x) 66. (d) We have,
f (6 x) ax 2 + 2 hxy + by 2 = 0 …(i)
∴ lim =1
x → ∞ f (3x)
2 ax + 2 h 1 ⋅ y + x + 2 by
dy dy
∴ =0
dx dx
30 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
x2
1
x2
= − x cos x + 6∫ x 5 cos x dx
6 1 1
= 2 log(1 + x 2 ) ⋅ −
2 0 ∫0 ⋅
2 1+ x 2
⋅ 2x dx
= − x 6 cos x + 6 [x 5 sin x − ∫ sinx ⋅ (5x 4) dx]
x3
= 2 log 2 − 2 ∫
1 1
= − x 6 cos x + 6 x 5 sin x − 30 ∫ x 4 sin x dx 2
dx
0 1 + x2
= − x 6 cos x + 6 x 5 sin x − 30 1 x
[x 4 (− cos x) − ∫ − cos x(4 x 3)dx] = log 2 − 2 ∫ x − dx
0 1 + x2
= − x 6 cos x + 6 x 5 sin x + 30 x 4 cos x 1
x2 1
− 120∫ x cos x dx
3 = log 2 − 2 − log (1 + x 2)
2 2 0
= − x cos x + 6 x sin x + 30 x cos x − 120
6 5 4
1 1
= log 2 − 2 − log 2
[x 3 sin x − ∫ sinx(3x 2) dx] 2 2
= x 3 (− cos x) − ∫ ( − cos x) 3x 2 dx
y2=6ax
= − x cos x + 3∫ x cos x dx
3 2
II Y′
I
= − x cos x + 3[x sin x − ∫ sinx ⋅ 2x dx]
3 2
2a dy x + y − 5 + 2
x 3/ 2 x 16a 2 ⇒ =
= 16a 2 π − 2 6a ⋅ + 16a − x +
2 2
dx x + y − 5− 2
3/ 2 0 2 2
Put x + y − 5 = V
4a
−1 x dy dV dy dV
sin ⇒ 1+ = ⇒ = −1
4a 2a dx dx dx dx
2 16a 2 π 2 a dV V+ 2 dV V + 2
= 16a 2 π − 2 6a (2 2a)3/ 2 + ⋅ − ∴ −1 = ⇒ = +1
3 2 2 2 dx V−2 dx V−2
16 a 2 π dV 2V V−2
× 2 3a − 2 × ⇒ = ⇒∫ dV = 2 ∫ dx
6 dx V − 2 V
2
2
= 16 a 2 π −
16 3 2 8
a − 8 a2π + 4 3 a2 + a2π
⇒ ∫ 1 − V dV = 2 ∫ dx
3 3
32 πa 2 4a 2 3 4a 2 ⇒ V − 2log V = 2x + K
= − = (8 π − 3) sq unit ⇒ x + y − 5 − 2log (x + y − 5) = 2x + K
3 3 3
⇒ y − x − 5 − K = log(x + y − 5)2
78. (d) We have,
−1 ⇒ (x + y − 5)2 = e y − x − 5− K
1 + y 2 = Cx etan x
…(i)
−1 ⇒ (x + y − 5)2 = e y − x ⋅ e −5− k
1 dy −1 c x etan x
⇒ ⋅ 2y = Cetan x
+ ⇒ (x + y − 5) = C e y − x , where C = e −5− K
2
2 1+ y 2 dx 1 + x2
Which is required solution.
y dy −1 x
⇒ = C etan 1 + 80. (a) We have, x dy = x 2 + 3y
x
1+ y 2 dx
1 + x2 dx
dy dy 3
y dy 1 + y2 −1 1 + x 2 + x ⇒ x − 3y = x 2 ⇒ − y= x
⇒ = ⋅ etan x
dx dx x
tan −1 x
1+ x
2
1+ y 2 dx
xe −3
∫ dx 1
[From Eq. (i)] ∴ IF = e x = e −3log x =
x3
y dy 1 + y 2 (1 + x + x 2) ∴ Solution is given by
⇒ =
1 + y 2 dx x (1 + x 2) 1 1 y −1
y ⋅ 3 = ∫ x ⋅ 3 dx ⇒ 3 = + C
x x x x
⇒ xy (1 + x 2) dy = (1 + y 2) (1 + x + x 2) dx
y = − x + Cx
2 3
Physics
81. (c) Tokamak reactor is a fusion reactor in which 83. (c) In given situation,
controlled fusion is achieved by heating a dense
mass by lasers and confining that heated matter
or plasma by forming magnetic bottle.
82. (d) Dimensions on both sides of equation must be
same. So, exponent term must be dimensionless
and there must not be any other term except 45 m
energy on right side.
E = E 0 (e − t / t0)
12 m
34 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
H/2 (t–1) s R
t H
H/2 1 s
H
In (t − 1) second, ball falls by height.
2 m
H 1
So, = g(t − 1)2 …(ii) Initial torque on cylinder due to force of mass m is
2 2
Now, dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we get τ = FR = mgR
1 2 If α is angular acceleration of cylinder, then
H
gt
t τ = Iα where, I = moment of inertia = mR2
= 2 ⇒ 2= τ mgR g
H/2 1
g(t − 1) 2 t − 1 α= = ⇒α=
2 I mR2 R
g
2t − 2 = t As linear acceleration, a = Rα = R ⋅ = g
R
2 2( 2 + 1)
t= =
2 − 1 ( 2 − 1)( 2 + 1) 88. (a) According to given situation,
u2=0
= 2 + 2 = 2 + 1.41 u1
m1 m2
⇒ t = 3.41 s
p 1 =m 1 u 1 p2=0
85. (c) Planet completes 2 rounds in 360 days,
v1
⇒ 2 × 2π rad in 360 days m1 p'1 =m1 v1
angle 4 π
So, angular frequency = = 90°
time 360 m2
= 3.5 × 10−2 rad/day v2
p'2 = m2 v2
86. (c) Let forces are A and B. Then given that,
(A + B) and (A − B) are perpendicular, which is Momentum conservation gives,
shown in the following diagram. p ′1 + p ′2 = p1 …(i)
KE conservation gives,
p ′12 p ′22 p12 p2
A+B + = ∴ k = …(ii)
B m1 m2 m1 2m
Subtituting the value of p1 from Eq. (i) into
90º Eq. (ii), we have
A
p ′12 p ′22 1
–B + = (p ′1 + p ′2)2
m1 m2 m1
A–B
p ′12 p ′22 p ′12 p ′22 2p ′1 p ′2
+ = + +
m1 m2 m1 m1 m1
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 35
As particles fly off at 90° after collision, 91. (a) As second ball is dropped 0.2 s after first ball,
∴ p1 ⋅ p 2 = 0 we have following situation at t = 0.4 s.
p1 ⋅ p2 cosθ = 0 ⇒ p1 p2 = 0 Release point
p ′22 p ′22 m
⇒ = or 2 = 1 Distance fallen
m2 m1 m1 y2
by ball (m=200 g)
in 0.2s
89. (b) Loss of KE of block = Gain of PE of spring y1 m2
1 1 Distance fallen
⇒ m(u2 − v2) = kx 2 …(i) by ball (m=100 g)
2 2
in 0.4s
100
Here, m = 100 g = kg = 0.1 kg m1
1000
4 2
u = 2ms −1 , v = = = 1 ms −1 , x = 2 cm Now, y1 = distance travelled by first ball in 0.4 s
2 2 1 1
= gt 2 = × 10 × (0.4)2 = 0.8 m
= 2 × 10−2 m 2 2
So, from Eq. (i), and y2 = distance travelled by second ball in 0.2 s
1 1 1 1
× 0.1 × (22 − 12) = × k × (2 × 10−2)2 = gt 2 = × 10 × (0.2)2 = 0.2 m
2 2 2 2
3 Now, position of centre of mass of ball w.r.t.
⇒ = k
10 × 4 × 10−4 release point (taken origin) is
3 × 1000 m y + m2 y2
⇒ k= = 750 N/m yCM = 1 1
4 m1 + m2
100 × 0.8 + 200 × 0.2 120
90. (a) = = = 0.4 m
100 + 200 300
Hence, distance between centre of mass and
release point is 0.4 m.
u0 92. (c) According to given situation,
M h
m 2 m/s 1 m/s
Bullet hits block and gets lodged into the block. M 1kg
After this, block + bullet system moves to rise As there is no external force, velocity and hence
upto height h. KE of centre of mass remains same before and
Let, v = common velocity of block and bullet with after collision.
which mass system begins to rise. m v + m2 v2 2M +1
Now, vCM = 1 1 ⇒ vCM =
This is an example of perfectly inelastic collision, m1 + m2 M +1
hence according to conservation of linear 4
momentum, Kinetic energy of centre of mass is given J.
3
⇒ mv0 = (m + M) v
4 1
mv0 ∴ = (M + 1) ⋅ vCM
2
So, v= 3 2
(m + M) 2
2M + 1 8 (2M + 1)2
= (M + 1)
4 1
∴ Loss of KE ⇒ ⇒ =
3 2 M +1 3 M +1
= Final KE of system − Initial KE of bullet
1 1 ⇒ 8(M + 1) = 3 (2M + 1)2
= (m + M) v2 − mv02
2 2 ⇒ 12M + 4 M − 5 = 0
2
1 m2v02 1 ⇒ 12M + 10 M − 6 M − 5 = 0
2
= (m + M) − mv02
2 (m + M)2 2
⇒ 2M(6 M + 5) − 1 (6 M + 5) = 0
=
1
mv02 m − 1 ⇒ (2M − 1) (6 M + 5) = 0
2 m+ M 1 −5
⇒ M = or M =
1
= mv02 M 2 6
2 m+ M 1
So, mass, M = = 0.5 kg
2
36 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
93. (b) Given, frequency of particle oscillating in 97. (b) As both steel rod and metal scale expands at
SHM, f = 1 Hz 25°C, we use
At t = 0, phase = 1 rad True value of length of rod at 25°C
1 1 = Scale reading × (1 + α(θ′ − θ)) …(i)
Time period = = = 1 s
f 1 where, α = coefficient of linear expansion of scale
So, in 1 s, phase changes by 2π rad. (= 20 × 10−6/°C)
1 θ′ = temperature at which observation is taken
or a phase change of 1 rad occurs in s.
2π (= 25°C,)
Hence, to make phase of particle zero, we have to and θ = temperature at which metre scale reads
shift time origin at −
1
s mark. correctly (= 0° C)
2π Subtituting values in Eq. (i), we get
Length of rod at 25°C
94. (a) Speed of planet is more, than when it is near
to sun. = 1 × [1 + 20 × 10−6 (25 − 0)]
B = 1 + 5 × 10−4 = 1.0005 m
Now, if l 2 = length of steel rod at 25°C and
l1 = length of steel rod at 0°C, then we have
l 2 = l1 (1 + α ∆ θ)
A C
S Subtituting values, we have
1.0005 = l1 [1 + 12 × 10−6 × (25 − 0)]
1.0005
D ⇒ l1 = = 1.000199 ≈ 1.0002 m
1.0003
So, in arc DAB, it is moving with more speed than
when it is in arc BCD. 98. (d) Heat required to convert water at 100°C into
steam at 100°C is
∴ Time taken in travelling arc DAB is less than
that for BCD. Q = mL
where, m = mass = 100 kg and L = latent heat
95. (b) Gases have much larger intermolecular = 226. × 105 J/kg
distances than those of solids and liquids .
So, compressibility of gases is very larger than ∴ Q = 100 × 22.6 × 105 = 22.6 × 107 J
solids or liquids.
99. (a) Work done in a thermodynamic process
Except statement 2 all are correct.
= Area under p-V graph
96. (b) The given situation is shown below For process 1,
v
p A B
v=0
V 3V
Work done, W1 = p∆V = p (3V − V) = 2pV
Force of viscous drag is given by Let change of internal energy in process 1 (point A
F = η A
dv to point B) is U1 . Then, by first law of
dx thermodynamics, heat required is
dv ∆Q1 = ∆U + ∆W = U1 + W1
where, = velocity gradient.
dx Here, Q1 = 5pV (given)
dv v or 5pV = U1 + 2pV
In given case, =
dx H Now for process 2,
F
So, shearing stress = = η
dv
= η⋅
v ⇒ U1 = 3pV
A dx H Change of internal energy = U 2 = U1 = 3pV
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 37
Hence,
So, H = ∫0 50 × 100 × 2 × 1010 r 2 × 2πr × dr
B
B
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 39
O r x=vt
2r I
I
R
40 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
E1
6A, 1100V
220V
n=1
Energy radiated in transition n = 3 to n = 2 is
E E −5E1
For given transformer, 40% of power is lost. E2 = 1 − 1 =
9 4 36
60
So, power output = × power input Also, energy radiated in transition n = 2 to n = 1 is
100
E E −3E1
60 E1 = 1 − 1 =
⇒ 1100 × I s = × 220 × 6 4 1 4
100
E2 5
6 × 22 × 6 Hence, ratio of is .
⇒ Is = = 0.72 A E1 27
1100
∴None of the option is matching. But if we take 29
117. (a) Given, mass of 14 Si = 28.976495 u
output power = 40% of input power, then answer
will be 0.48 A. Now, mass of 14 protons
= 14 × mass of 1 proton
114. (b) Given, waves are = 14 × 1.007276 = 14.101864 u
y1 = a sin (ωt − kx) Also, mass of 29 − 14 = 15 neutrons = 15 × mass of 1
π
y2 = b cos ωt − kx + neutron
3 = 15 × 1.008664 = 15.12996
π
As, sin + θ = cosθ Total mass of constituents of Si atom
2 = 14.101864 + 1512996
. = 29.231824
π π
⇒ y2 = b sin + ωt − kx + So, mass defect = mass of constituents − mass of
2 3 atom
5 π = 29.231824 − 28.976495 = 0.255329 u
⇒ y2 = b sin ωt − kx +
6 Binding energy = Energy equivalent of mass defect
5π = ∆M × 931.5 MeV
So, phase difference of y1 and y2 is rad.
6 = 0.255329 × 931.5 = 237.84 MeV
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 41
118. (c) In an n-type semiconductor, majority carriers 120. (b) Modulation index,
are electrons. Only statement 3 is incorrect. peak value message signal V2
m= =
119. (d) Copper is a metal and germanium is a peak value of carrier signal V1
semiconductor. Lower side band (LSB) and upper side band (USB)
On cooling resistance of copper decreases as frequencies are
atomic vibrations decreases and causes a reduction ν+ = ν1 + ν2 …(i)
in electronic collisions. and ν− = ν1 − ν2 …(ii)
Whereas on cooling germanium, number of Adding Eq. (i) and Eq. (ii), we get
electrons and holes decreases and hence its ν + ν− ν − ν−
resistance increases. ⇒ ν1 = + and ν2 = +
2 2
Chemistry
121. (d) Series of spectral lines 123. (c) Element with atomic number 123.
1. Lyman series (n′ = 1)
Number Root
●The series is named after its discoverer 0 nil
Theodore Lyman.
1 un
●Lyman series lies in the ultraviolet region.
2 bi
2. Balmer formula (n′ = 2)
3 tri
●The series is named after its discoverer Johann
4 quad
Balmer.
5 pent
●
It is technically visible part of the spectrum
with wavelength longer than 400 nm and 6 hex
shorter than 700 nm. 7 sept
3. Paschen series (n′ = 3) 8 oct
●
Named after the German physicist— Friedrich 9 enn
Paschen
●
The roots are put together in the order of the digits,
●
The paschen lines all lie in the infrared band.
which make up the atomic number and
4. Brackett series (n′ = 4) terminated by ‘ium’ to spell out the name.
●
Named after the American physicist Frederick ●
The symbol of the element is composed of the
Sumner Brackett. initial letter of the numerical roots, which make
●
The spectral lines of Brackett series lie infrared up the name.
band. Hence, symbol for atomic number 123 is Ubt and
5. Pfund series (n′ = 5) IUPAC name is unbitrium.
●
Discovered by August Herman Pfund. Hence, correct option is (c).
●
Lie in infrared region. 124. (c) Enthalpy of atomisation is the energy required
6. Humphreys series (n′ = 6) to break off atoms, which are joined together.
●
American physicist Curtis J. Humphreys. From top to bottom in a group, the atomic radii
●
The spectral lines of Humphreys series lie in increases due to addition of extra electron shells.
infrared region. Atoms with larger radii attract each other more
weakly than atoms with smaller radii, so it is
Hence, the correct answer is (d).
easier to separate the larger size atoms by the less
122. (c) Quantisation is the process of constraining an input of energy and hence on moving down a
input from a continuous or otherwise large set of group (s-block and p-block) have low atomisation
values to a discrete set. So, a person can stand on enthalpy.
any step of a stair case can be compared to the But in the case of d-block elements enthalpy of
concept of quantisation. atomisation increases on moving down a group
Hence, the correct answer is (c). due to presence of lanthanide and actinides
contractions. Hence, correct option is (c).
42 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
125. (b) Ionic character in a molecule increases with 129. (d) N 2 + 3H 2 → 2NH 3 or N 2 + 5H 2 → xNH 3
increasing electronegativety difference in bonded 3 mol H 2 5 mol H 2
atoms. So, the correct option is (b). =
2 mol NH 3 x mol NH 3
LiF > K 2O >SO 2 > N
142243 10
3× x = 5× 2 ⇒ x = = 3.3 mol
144 42444 3
Polar Non-polar
(Ionic bond) (Covalent bond) 3
Hence, correct option is (d).
126. (d) Bond order Catalyst
bonding electrons − antibonding electrons 130. (c) C2H 4 (g) + H 2(g) → C2H 6(g)
=
1 g C2H 4 x g C2H 4
2 =
1 g C2H 6 50 g C2H 6
Molecules Bond order
28 x 28 = molar mass of C2H 4
2 −2 =
He 2 =0 30 50 30 = molar mass of C2H 6
2
28 × 50
+ 2 −1 28 × 50 = 30 x ⇒ x = = 46.67 g
He 2 = 0.5 30
2
Hence, correct option is (c).
O2 10 − 6
=2
2 131. (a) For solids and liquids, volume changes are
insignificate.
O 2+ 10 − 5
= 2.5 ∴ ∆V = 0
2 ∴ ∆H = ∆U + p∆V ⇒ ∆H = ∆U
Hence, the correct option is (d). Therefore, the difference between ∆H and ∆U is
almost negligible for solids and liquids.
127. (b) From gas equation, pV = nRT Hence, option (a) is correct.
Given,
132. (a) Given, K b (ammonium hydroxide)
V = 12L
= 5.00 × 10− 10
n =1
R = 0.0821 L atm/mol/K K w = 10− 14 at 298 K
T = 297°C + 273 = 570 K Kw 10− 14
Kh = = = 2 × 10−5
nRT 1 × 0.821 × 570 Kb 5 × 10− 10
p= =
V 12 Hence, correct option is (a).
= 38.99 atm (1 atm = 101325Pa)
133. (b) 2 A(g) q 2B(g) + C(g)
= 395066 .18 Pa = 395 kPa
∆n g
Hence, correct option is (b). K p = K C ⋅(RT)
−4
128. (d) 4.4 g of a gas at STP (0°C) occupies a volume Given, K C = 4 × 10
of 2.73 L. T = 1000 K
At STP, 1 mole of any gas occupies a volume of ∆n g = moles of product − moles of reactant
24.4 L. = 3− 2=1
4.4 g of a gas at STP occupies a volume of 2.73 L. K p = 4 × 10− 4 (8.314 × 800)1
Hence, the number of moles of gas K p = 0.026
22.4
= = 0.1 mol Hence, correct option is (b).
2.73
0.1 mole of a gas = 4.4 g 134. (a) Hydrogen peroxide can easily break down, or
1 decompose, into water and oxygen
1 mole of a gas = 4.4 × = 44 g
0.1 There are no other molecules to react with, the
parts will form water and oxygen gas as these are
Thus, the molecular weight of gas is 44 g/mol. It is
more stable than the original molecule H 2O 2.
the molecular weight of CO 2 gas.
2H 2O 2 → 2H 2O + O 2
Hence, correct option is (d).
Hence, the correct option is (a).
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 43
135. (c) The word slaking means the addition of Molecule Enolisation
water to calcium oxide powder (lime). The O
resulting product is calcium hydroxide. (milk of CH3
(i) no
lime)
CH3
CaO + H 2O → Ca(OH)2
The reaction is exothermic, so the mixture heats
O
up. Slaking is a key step in the most widely
used procedure for formation of precipitated (ii)
yes
calcium carbonate. So, correct option is (c).
x 1 /n
to form first dimers, then trimers, longer
At p = 1 atm, = Kp = 2 × () 1 1/1 = 2
m oligomers and eventually long chain polymers.
Hence, correct option is (b). Nylon-6,6 is type of polyamide or nylon. It and
●
148. (c) Ellingham diagram is a graph is drawn nylon-6, are the most common for textile and
between change in free energy and temperature. plastic industries. It is formed by step-growth
The slope of the curve is the entropy and the polymerisation by polycondensation of
intercept represents the enthalpy. hexamethylene diamine and adipic acid.
Hence, the correct option is (c). n(HOOC (CH 2)4 COOH)
Hence, option (a) is correct.
149. (a) A common nitrate test known as the brown
ring test can be performed by adding iron sulphate 154. (b) The pancreas secretes insulin and glucogen.
to a solution of a nitrate, then slowly adding Both hormones work in balance to play a vital role
concentrated sulphuric acid such that the acid in regulating blood sugar levels. If the level of one
forms a longer below the aqueous solution. A hormone is higher or lower than the ideal range,
brown ring will form at the junction of the two blood sugar levels may spike or droop.
layers, indicating the presence of the nitrate ion. So, correct option is (b).
Hence, correct option is (a). 155. (d) A type of detergent in which the active part of
O O the molecule is a positive ion (cation) is known as
cationic detergents are usually quaternary
150. (b) HO S O O S OH (Marshall’s acid) ammonium salts and often also have bactericidal
1−
properties. Cationic-detergents contains a
O O
long-chain cations that is responsible for their
2x + 4(− 1) + 4(− 2) = 0 ⇒ 2x − 4 − 8 = 0 surface-active properties. Cationic detergents also
2x = 12 ⇒ x = + 6 possess excellent germicidal properties and are
Hence, option (b) is correct. utilised in surgery in dilute form, it is not cheap
and widely used. Hence, the correct option is (d).
151. (a) Paramagnetic properties are due to the
realignment of the electron path caused by the 156. (d) Reactivity of alkyl halides towards SN1
external magnetic field. nucleophilic substitution reaction is 3° > 2° > 1°
Paramagnetic nature ∝ number of unpaired electron because in SN1 nucleophilic reaction, the first and
the slow step is the formation of a carboaction.
Number of Cl
Metal ion d-electrons unpaired e −
Cu2 + 2
V2 + 3 2º
Cl
2+
Cr 4
Mn2 + 5
Allylic
So increasing order of paramagnetic nature Cl CH3 CH3
Cu 2 + < V 2 + < Cr 2 + < Mn2 +
Hence, the correct option is (a).
O O
C—CH3 Br2
R—N==C==O q R—C==N—Br R—C—NBr
CH3COCl H2O
(b) (C6H5)2Cd O
Mathematics
1. The function f : R ® R defined by 4. Let B,C be n ´ n matrices such that
f (x) =
x
is A = B + C , BC = CB and C 2 is a null matrix.
1+ x2 Then, B2020[ B + (2021)C ] =
(a) surjective but not injective (a) A 2020
(b) bijective (b) null zero matrix of order n ´ n
(c) injective but not surjective (c) A 2021
(d) neither injective nor surjective (d) B2021
é pö 5. If the system of equations
2. The set of values of a such that f : R ® ê0 , ÷
ë 2ø éa -1 -1 ù é x ù éa - 1ù
-1 2 2
defined by f (x) = tan (x + x + a ) is onto is ê 1 -a -1 ú ê y ú = êa - 1ú is inconsistent,
ê úê ú ê ú
-1 1 -1 1 êë 1 -1 -a úû êë z úû êëa - 1úû
(a) æç , ö÷ (b) æç , ö÷
è 2 2ø è 4 4ø
then a =
-1 1 -1 1
(c) æç -¥, ö÷ È æç , ¥ö÷ (d) æç -¥, ö÷ È æç , ¥ö÷ (a) 1 (b) -2 (c) -1 (d) 2
è 2 ø è2 ø è 4 ø è4 ø
6. For the system S of linear equations
3. The expression for a n which satisfies x + y + z = 3, 2 x + 2 y - z = 3, x + y + lz = 1 the
a 0 = 0 , a1 = 1 and a n = a n-1 + a n- 2 , incorrect option among the following
"n Î N - {0 ,1} from the following is statements is
n n (a) S has infinitely many solutions, if l = -1
1 æ1 + 5 ö 1 æ1 - 5 ö
(a) ç ÷ - ç ÷ (b) S has no solution, if l = -2
5è 2 ø 5è 2 ø (c) S has no unique solution for any real l
n n (d) S is consistent for all l ÎR
1 æ1 + 7 ö 1 æ1 - 7 ö
(b) ç ÷ - ç ÷
7è 2 ø 7è 2 ø 7. Let a , b ÎR and the roots a ,b of the equation
n n z 2 + az + b = 0 be complex. If the origin, a and
1 æ1 + 2 ö 1 æ1 - 2 ö
(c) ç ÷ - ç ÷ b represent the vertices of an equilateral
2è 2 ø 2è 2 ø
triangle on the Argand plane, then
n n
1 æ1 + 3 ö 1 æ1 - 3 ö (a) a = b (b) a2 = 3b
(d) ç ÷ - ç ÷ (c) a2 = 4b (d) a = 3b
3è 2 ø 3è 2 ø
48 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
34. The shortest distance between the skew lines The correct match is
x -2 y -3 x +5 x -1 y + 2 z - 4 A B C D A B C D
= = and = = (a) III II I IV (b) III IV I II
1 -2 1 -1 3 2 (c) III IV II I (d) IV III I II
is
(a)
22
(b)
21
(c)
31
(d) 31 59
39. If E1 and E 2 are two events of the sample
59 59 59 1 1
space such that P(E1) = , P(E1 / E 2) = and
35. The mean deviation from the arithmetic 4 2
1
mean of the discrete data P(E 2 / E1) = , then P(E1 / E 2) =
2, 7, 5, 6, 4, 3, 11, 17, 8 is 3
17 10 37 2 1 1 3
(a) (b) (c) (d) 9 (a) (b) (c) (d)
2 3 2 15 10 5 10
36. The variance of the following frequency 40. A random experiment is conducted five
distribution is times. If the number of successes of the
experiment follows binomial distribution
Class Interval 0-6 6-12 12-18 18-24 24-30 such that the difference of mean and
Frequency 10 8 6 4 2 5
variance of the successes is , then the
9
(a) 56 (b) 30 (c) 11 (d) 20 probability of getting atmost two successes is
64 32 17 211
37. If A , B, C are three events of a sample space (a) (b) (c) (d)
81 243 81 243
3 1
such that P(B) = P(A) and P(C) = P(B) then
2 2 41. If a random variable X follows the Poisson
which of the following is correct? distribution with variance 3, then P(X = r) is
7 maximum, when r =
(a) P( A È C ) = when A, B,C are exhaustive and
13 (a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4
mutually exclusive events
42. For a real variable a > 1, consider the points
10
(b) £ P(B È C ) £ 1when A, B,C are exclusive events Ak = (ka , a k), k = 1,2, ...., n in the Cartesian
13
7 plane. If a and b represent respectively the
(c) P(C ) = when, A, B,C are exhaustive events arithmetic mean of x-coordinates and the
13
geometric mean of y coordinates of Ak , then
(d) P( A È B È C ) = P( A) P(B) P(C ) the locus of the point P(a , b) is
n2 +1 n+1
38. E1 and E 2 are two independent events of a 2x 2x ö
(a) ny = æç ö÷ (b) y2 = æç ÷
1 ènø è n + 1ø
random experiment with P(E1) = and n
2 æ x2 ö
2 (c) y = ç ÷ (d) y = (n + 1)( x - (n + 1))
P(E1 È E 2) = . Then match the items of è n + 1ø
3
List-1 with those of List-II. 43. By shifting the origin to the point (2, 3) and
List-I List II
then rotating the coordinate axes through an
angle q in the counter clockwise direction, if
A. P( E 2 ) = I. 2/3 the equation
B. P( E1| E 2 ) = II. 5/6
3 x 2 + 2 xy + 3 y 2 - 18 x - 22 y + 50 = 0 is
transformed to 4 X 2 + 2 Y 2 - 1 = 0 , then the
C. P( E 2| E1 ) = III. 1/3
angle q =
D. P( E1 È E 2 ) = IV. 1/2 p p p p
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 2 4 3
V. 1/6
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 51
44. A straight line L º 0 passing through the 51. If the angle between the pair of tangents
point A = (-5 , - 4) and having slope tan q drawn to the circle x 2 + y 2 - 2 x + 4 y + 3 = 0
meets the lines x + 3 y + 2 = 0 and from (6 , - 5) is q, then tanq =
2 x + y + 4 = 0 respectively at the points B and 5 15
100 225 (a) (b)
C. If - = 4 cos 2q + sin 2q, then the 8 8
AC 2 AB2 (c)
8
(d)
19
slope of the line L º 0 is 15 8
2 -2 -1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d) 52. r1 , r2 > 0 and if C1 , C 2 are centres of the two
3 3 2 2
circles having only two common tangents
45. The equations of the sides AB, AC and BC of a and C1C 2 = r1 + r2 , then which of the following
DABC are respectively x - 3 y = 0, 3 x - y = 0 , is correct
x + y + 4 = 0. If P and Q are the points on the (a) r1, r2 are the radii of the two circles
line 3 x - y + k = 0 passing through B such (b) The common chord may divide the line joining the
that PB : BQ = 1 :1, then k = centres in the ratio r1 : r2
(a) 8 (b) 12 (c) - 8 (d) -12 (c) r1, r2 are always the distance of the centres from
the common tangent of the two circles
46. Let A(1, 1), B(1, - 1), C(-1, 1) be the vertices of (d) external centre of similitude divides C1C 2 in the
DABC. Let S be the circum-centre, O be the ratio r1 : r2
orthocentre and I be the incentre of the 53. Let S º x 2 + y 2 - 6 x - 6 y + 4 = 0 and
DABC. Then IS + OS =
(a) 4 (b) 2 (c) 2 + 2 2 (d) 2 + 2
S¢ º x 2 + y 2 - 2 x - 4 y + 3 = 0 be two circles.
The centre of a circle of radius 14 and
47. If one of the pair of lines 4 x 2 + 6 xy + ky 2 = 0 is having same radical axes with either of S = 0
perpendicular to one of the lines represented or S¢ = 0 is
by 3 x 2 - 5 xy + 2 y 2 = 0 , then twice the absolute -19 -2 ö
(a) (3, 3) (b) æç , ÷
difference of such possible values of k is è 5 5ø
2 3
(a) 2 (b) 8 (c) 90 (d) 12 (c) (1, 2 ) (d) æç , ö÷
è 5 5ø
48. The difference of the tangents of the angles
which the lines (tan 2 a + cos 2 a) x 2 - 2 xy tan a 54. If y = mx + c is a common tangent to the
2 2
+ (sin a) y = 0 make with the X -axis is parabola y 2 = 4 k x and the circle
1 3 -1 2 x 2 + 2 y 2 = k then the product of the slopes
(a) (b) 1 (c) 2 (d)
2 2 of such common tangents is
k+2 k
49. If A(-1, 3) and B(5,3) are points on a circle C and (a) -2 (b) (c) -1 (d)
3 2
the chord AB subtends an angle p / 4 at a point
P on C, then the equation of such a circle C is 55. If a normal to the parabola y 2 = 12 x at
2 2
(a) x + y - 4 x + 12 y + 22 = 0 A(3 , - 6) cuts the parabola again at P, then the
(b) x2 + y2 - 4 x - 12 y + 22 = 0 equation of the tangent at P is
(c) x2 + y2 - 4 x - 12 y - 22 = 0 (a) x - 3 y + 27 = 0 (b) x + y = 45
(d) 3 x2 + 3 y2 - 12 x - 36 y - 66 = 0 (c) y - x + 9 = 0 (d) 3 x + y = 99
56. For k > 0, the shortest distance from a point
50. The mid-point of the chord of the circle P(1, k) on the ellipse
2 2
x + y - 6 x + 4 y - 12 = 0 drawn parallel to 9 x 2 + 4 y 2 - 18 x + 16 y - 11 = 0 to one of its
the tangent at (-1, 1) and at a distance of one directrix is
unit from the tangent is 9 9
3 1 1 3 -1 2 3 2 (a) 3 - 5 (b) 3 + 5 (c) -3 (d) -2
(a) æç , ö÷ (b) æç , ö÷ (c) æç , ö÷ (d) æç , ö÷ 5 5
è 4 4ø è 4 4ø è 5 5ø è 5 5ø
52 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
137 -23 ö
(a) æç ,
73 23 ö
70. The minimum value of the function ÷ (b) æç , ÷
2 è 8 64 2 ø è 32 64 2 ø
f (x) = 2 x - ln| x|, when x ³ 1 is
15 -23 ö
(c) æç , (d) æç ,
49 23 ö
1 ÷ ÷
(a) + log 2 (b) 2 è 8 16 2 ø è 32 16 2 ø
2
(c) 4 (d) 2 + log 2 a xn I8
(x - 1)dx
75. If I n = ò0 2
a -x 2
dx , then
I4
=
71. If ò 1 =
= f (x) + C , then f ()
3 2
(x + 1) x + x + x (a)
48
(b)
35 4
a (c)
19 6
a (d)
29 4
a
p 2p 2p 5p 35a2 48 72 56
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 5 3 6 5
cos x 1
76. ò-5 x 4 (25 - x 2)5/ 2 dx =
72. If ò dx = sinh -1( f (x)) + C 59 p 16(59 ) 3(510 ) 16(510 )
2
4 sin x + 4 sin x + 5 2 (a) (b) (c) p (d)
2 2 63 256 693
then 2 f (x)
(a) 1+ sin x (b) 2 sin x + 1 77. The area (in square units) bounded by the
(c) 4sin x + 1 (d) 2 sin x - sin 4 x + 2 1
curves| x|= 2 ,| y|= 2 and xy £ is
a cos x - 2 sin x 7 22 2
73. If ò dx = x + log (a) 9 + 3 log 2 (b) 3 + log 2
bsin x + 5 cos x 41 7
(c) 2 + log 3 (d) 8 + 2 log 3
|bsin x + 5 cos x|+ C ,(a > 0 , b > 0), then
dx 78. The differential equation of which
ò b + a cos x = xy = ae x + be - x + x 2 is a solution, is
æ 3 tan x + 4 - 3 ö (a) xy¢ ¢-2 y¢+ xy + x2 - 2 = 0
2 ç 2 ÷
(a) logç ÷+C (b) xy¢ ¢+2 y¢- x + x2 + 2 = 0
x
3 ç 3 tan + 4 + 3 ÷
(c) xy¢ ¢+2 y¢- y + x2 - 2 = 0
è 2 ø
(d) xy¢ ¢+2 y¢- xy + x2 - 2 = 0
æ tan x ö
2 ç 2÷+C
(b) tan-1 ç ÷ 79. The general solution of the differential
7 ç 7 ÷ dy x +7y +3
è ø equation = is
dx 3 x + 5 y + 9
æ 7 - tan x ö
2 ç 2÷+C (a) ( x - 3)4 ( y - x + 3)4 = c(5 y + x - 3)5
(c) logç
7 x÷ (b) ( x + 3)4 ( y - x - 3)4 = c(5 y + x + 3)5
ç 7 + tan ÷
è 2ø (c) ( y - x + 3)4 = c|5 y + x - 3|
æ 2 tan x ö
ç (d) ( y - x + 3)4 = c|5 y + x + 3|
(d) 2 sinh-1 ç 2 ÷+C
x÷
ç 1 + tan2 ÷ 80. If the solution of the differential equation
è 2ø
xy ¢ = y + x 2 sin x subject to the condition
74. If ò (3 x + 2) 2 x 2 + 3 x + 4 dx = f (x) y(p) = 0 is y = f (x) and f (x) has an extreme
value at x = a, then
æ 4 x + 3ö
× 2 x 2 + 3 x + 4 + A sinh -1 ç ÷ + C , then the (a) acos a + 2
p
(b) a = (2 n - 1) , n Î Z
è 23 ø 2
1 A) =
ordered pair ( f (), a a
(c) cos =1 (d) a = cot
2 2
54 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
Physics
81. The dominant force experienced by an 88. In the pulley system, the mass of ball is 1.2
electron moving in a wire is times greater than the mass of the rod. The
(a) gravitational (b) electromagnetic length of the rod is 50 cm. The ball is set on
(c) strong nuclear (d) weak nuclear the same level as the lower end of the rod
and then released. What is the acceleration of
82. If absolute error is 0.05 m for a measured the rod with which it comes down? Assume
length of 5m. What is the percentage error?
the pulleys and threads are massless and
(a) 1% (b) 2% (c) 3% (d) 4%
friction force is neglected. (Use, g = 10 m/s 2 )
83. The position of an object moving along
X -axis is given by x = a + bt2 , where a and b
are constants with appropriate dimensions
and t is time in seconds. The average velocity
between t = 2s and 4s is 12 m/s. If a = 8m,
then the value of b is
(a) 0.5 m/s 2 (b) 2 m/s 2 (c) 4 m/s 2 (d) 5 m/s 2
84. Two buses A and B are moving in opposite
direction. Now if the first bus A moves 1 2
towards east with a speed of 36 km/h and (a) 4 m/s 2
(b) 3 m/s 2
bus B moves towards west with a speed of (c) 2 m/s 2 (d) 5 m/s 2
18 km/h, then the bus B appears to bus A as
(a) moving with a speed of 5 m/s from east to west
89. A particle having kinetic energy K is
(b) moving with a speed of 15 m/s from west to east
projected at 60° with the horizontal. The
(c) moving with a speed of 15 m/s from east to west kinetic energy at the highest point is
(d) moving with a speed of 10 m/s from east to west (a) K (b) zero (c) K/4 (d) K/2
85. A projectile is thrown into air with velocity 90. A bullet of mass m1 is moving with speed v0
15 m/s at an angle 30° with the horizontal. hits a sand bag of mass m2 . If the speed of
After what time its direction of motion is v
the bullet after passing the sand bag is 0 ,
perpendicular to its initial direction? 3
(Assume, g = 10m/s 2 ) then the height h upto which the bag rises is
(a) 3 s (b) 2 s (c) 0.5 s (d) 1.5 s (assume, g = acceleration due to gravity)
95. The average depth of an oil well is 2000 m. If 101. An engine sounding a whistle of frequency
8 2 2000 Hz is receding from the stationary
the bulk modulus of oil is 8 ´ 10 N/m and
observer at 72 km/h. What is the apparent
the density of oil is 1500 kg/m 3 . The frequency of the observer? The velocity of
fractional compression at the bottom of the sound in air is 340 m/s.
well is (take, g = 10 m/s 2 ) (a) 1889 Hz (b) 2889 Hz (c) 3889 Hz (d) 4889 Hz
(a) 3.75 % (b) 1.75 % (c) 2.75 % (d) 4.75 %
102. An object is placed at a certain distance left
96. Consider a steady flow of oil in a pipeline. to a convex lens of focal length 20 cm. Find
The cross-sectional radius of the pipeline the distance of the object if the image
decreases gradually as r = r0 e - ax , where obtained is magnified by 4 times.
1 (a) 25 cm when the image is real
a = m -1 and x is the distance from the (b) 15 cm when the image is real
3 (c) 25 cm when the image is virtual
pipeline inlet. If R1 is the Reynold’s number (d) 10 cm when the image is virtual
56 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
103. Which of the following statement is incorrect? 109. A current I flows in a straight wire bent in
(a) Dispersion is maximum for violet colour. the shape of a quarter ring of radius R as
(b) Red light travels faster than violet light in a shown in figure. The magnetic field
medium. induction B at point O is
(c) In vacuum red light travel faster than others. O
(d) Refractive index of violet light is higher in flint
glass as compared to crown glass.
104. Choose the incorrect statement.
(a) The fringe width in a Young’s double slit experiment I
reduces when the width between the two slits
increases.
(b) The central fringe observed for in a single slit m I m I m I m I
diffraction experiment is a bright fringe. (a) 0 (b) 0 (c) 0 (d) 0
4R 8R 2R 6R
(c) The resolving power of the microscope is
reciprocal to the maximum separation of two 110. A particle of mass m and charge q is moving
points seen as distinct. in a cyclotron with magnetic field B. The
(d) Polarisation phenomenon is observed only for frequency of the circular motion of the
transverse waves. particle is proportional to
105. The electrostatic potential inside a charged qB 2m mB mq
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2
spherical ball is given by F = ar + b, where r m qB q B
is the distance from the centre and a , b are 111. A bar magnet having magnetic moment M is
constant. Then, the charge density inside the bent as an arc. Its magnetic moment
ball is (e 0 = permittivity in free space).
(a) decreases
(a) -6ae0 r (b) -6ae0 (c) -24pae0 (d) -24pae0 r (b) increases
106. A thin metallic spherical shell of radius r (c) does not change
contains a charge Q on its surface. A point (d) may increase or decrease
charge q1 is placed at the centre of shell and 112. The magnetic field at point P of given figure
another charge q2 is placed outside the shell due to carrying of current I by a conductor of
at a distance x from the centre. Then, the radius R, is
forces on charges q1 and q2 respectively are R
1 q 1 q1 + q 2 1 q 1 q1q 2
(a) , (b) ,
4pe0 r 2 4pe0 x2 4pe0 r 2 4pe0 x2
q Q q Q + q1
(c) 0, 2 2 (d) 0, 2
4pe0 x 4pe0 x2 r
P
107. There are four bulbs of power 100W, 200W,
500W and 1000W. Among these whose
filament has high resistance?
(Assuming, same voltage source)
I
(a) 100 W bulb (b) 200 W bulb
(c) 500 W bulb (d) 1000 W bulb m0 I m0 I m I m0 I
(a) T (b) T (c) 0 T (d) T
108. In a meter bridge two gaps in the metallic 4pr 2 pr 2 pR 4pR
strip are connected by 3W and 9 W resistors. 113. Which of the following components of an
What should be the value of shunt that needs L - C - R circuit, with an AC supply, dissipates
to be added to 9 W resistor to shift balancing energy?
point by 25 cm? (a) Only L (b) Only R
(a) 3.0 W (b) 3.5 W (c) 4.5 W (d) 5.0 W (c) Only C (d) L and C
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 57
114. Consider a parallel plate capacitor which is five times the load current the value of series
maintained at potential 200 V. The separation resistor RS is nearly
distance between the plates of capacitor and
the area of plates are 1 mm and 20 cm 2 , RS
respectively. Calculate displacement current IL
in 1ms. VL
(a) 3.5 mA (b) 2.5 mA (c) 1.5 mA (d) 0.5 mA RL Vz
115. The de-Broglie wavelength of the electron in
the first Bohr orbit of the hydrogen atom is
(a) 150 W (b) 167 W (c) 175 W (d) 159 W
(a) equal to the diameter of the first orbit
(b) equal to the circumference of the first orbit 119. Identify the equivalent logic gate for the
(c) equal to the half circumference of the first orbit following circuit.
(d) independent of the size of the first orbit
A
116. In hydrogen spectrum, if the shortest
wavelength in Balmer series is l, the shortest Y
wavelength in Brackett series is
B
(a) l (b) l/ 2 (c) 4l (d) 9l
117. A radioactive source has a half-life of 6h. A (a) AND (b) NOR (c) OR (d) NAND
freshly prepared sample of the same exhibits 120. The modulation index used in amplitude
radioactivity 32 times the permissible safe modulation of a message signal of peak
value. The minimum time after which it would voltage 10 V is 0.5. By how much the peak
be possible to work safely with the source is voltage of the carrier signal be changed, so as
(a) 30 h (b) 24 h (c) 18 h (d) 12 h to obtain the modulation index of 0.8,
118. In a Zener regulated power supply a Zener keeping the peak voltage of the message
diode with Vz = 6V is used for regulation. The signal same as before?
load current is 4 mA and the unregulated (a) Increased by 7.5 V (b) Reduced by 7.5 V
input voltage is 10 V. To get a Zener current (c) Increased by 12.5 V (d) Reduced by 12.5 V
Chemistry
121. Which sets of the d-orbitals are directly 124. What is the effect of lanthanoid contraction
oriented towards the ligands in octahedral in lanthanoid series of elements with
coordination compounds? increasing atomic number?
(a) d and d xy (b) d z 2 and d yz (a) Decreases in atomic radii
x2 -y 2
(b) Increases in atomic radii
(c) d xz and d xy (d) d x 2 - y 2 and d z 2
(c) Decreases in melting point
122. What is the total number of electrons present (d) Increases in melting point
in one mole of ethane? 125. Find out the hybridisations of C1, C2 and C3
(a) 6.022 ´ 1023 (b) 10.022 ´ 1025 labelled carbon atoms in the given molecule
(c) 108.4 ´ 1023 (d) 1084
. ´ 1023 1 2 3
H — C ºº C— C == C==CH 2
123. Which of the following atoms is the most H
electronegative? (a) C1 C 2 C 3 (b) C1 C 2 C 3
(a) O (b) F sp sp 2 sp 2 sp sp 2 sp
(c) N (d) Cl (c) C1 C 2 C 3 (d) C1 C 2 C 3
sp 2 sp sp sp 2 sp 2 sp 2
58 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
126. Increasing order of dipole moment of 132. If the equilibrium constant for the reaction,
following compounds. 2SO 2 + O 2 12SO 3 is 64 at 500 K, then the
CH3 Cl Cl Cl
equilibrium constant for the reaction
1
Cl SO 3 e SO 2 + O 2 at the same temperature is
2
1 1
Cl (a) 8 (b) (c) 32 (d)
8 64
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv) Cl
(a) (iv) < (i) < (ii) < (iii) (b) (i) < (iv) < (iii) < (ii) 133. What is the pH of a 10 -8 solution of HCl?
(c) (iv) < (iii) < (ii) < (i) (d) (iii) < (iv) < (ii) < (i) (a) 7.1 (b) 8.0 (c) 5.8 (d) 6.9
127. The rates of diffusion of SO 2 ,CO 2 , PCl 3 and 134. Match the following methods for treating
SO 3 are in the following order hardness of water with their corresponding
reagents used.
(a) CO 2 >SO 2 >PCl 3 >SO 3
(b) PCl 3 >SO 3 >SO 2 >CO 2 List-I List II
(c) SO 2 >SO 3 >PCl 3 >CO 2
A. Treatment with washing soda I. Ca(OH)2
(d) CO 2 >SO 2 >SO 3 >PCl 3
B. Calgon’s method II. Na 2CO 3
128. The mass percentage composition of dry air
at the sea level is approximately N 2 : 63%, C. Clark’s method III. NaAlSiO 4
O 2 : 16%, Kr : 21%. If the total pressure is D. Zeolite/permutit process IV. Na 6 P6O18
p atm, calculate the partial pressure of each
component respectively are The correct match is
(Molecular weights N 2 : 28, O 2 : 32, Kr : 84) A B C D A B C D
(a) 2.25 p atm, 0.5 p atm and 0.25 p atm (a) II I III IV (b) II IV I III
(b) 0.75 p atm, 0.17 p atm and 0.08 p atm (c) III II IV I (d) II III IV I
(c) 0.63 p atm, 0.16 p atm and 0.21 p atm 135. The product D in the following reaction
(d) 0.5 p atm, 0.3 p atm and 0.2 p atm sequence is
129. How many grams of Cu(NO 3) 2 is needed to 2 SO Na 2CO 3
get 1 gram of copper? Na 2CO 3 ——® A ———® B
H 2O
(Atomic mass, Cu = 63.5,N = 14, O = 16 ) Element sulphur I2
¾¾¾¾¾® C ¾® D
(a) 1.00 (b) 2.00 (c) 1.95 (d) 2.95 Heat
139. How many geometrical isomers are possible 147. Which of the following reaction is auto
for the compound with molecular formula catalytic?
C2FClBrI? AlCl 3
(a) C 6H5COCl +C 6H6 ——® C 6H6COC 6H6
(a) Four (b) Five
(c) Six (d) Eight +HCl + AlCl 3
Pt
(b) 4NH3 + 5O 2 —® 4NO + 6H2O
140. 2-bromopentane is heated with potassium [RhCl (PPh 3 ) 3 ]
ethoxide in ethanol. The major product is (c) CH2 == CH2 + H2 ————® CH3 ¾ CH3
(a) trans-pent-2-ene (b) 2-ethoxypentane (d) 5C 2O 24 - + 2MnO -4 + 16 H+ ¾®10 CO 2 + 2Mn2 +
(c) pent-1-ene (d) 3-ethoxypentane
+ 8H2O
141. Reaction of 2-methylbuta-1, 3-diene with O 3 148. Why iron pyrite is not the ideal choice of ore
and Zn - H 2O, gives for the extraction of iron?
(a) CH3COCH3 +2CO 2 (a) It produces polluting gases
(b) CH3COCHO +2HCHO
(b) Thermodynamically not fessible
(c) CH3COCHO +2HCO 2H
(c) Highly stable
(d) CH3CO 2H+ 3HCO 2H
(d) Difficult in roasting process
142. If the distance between Na+ and Cl - ions in
sodium chloride crystal is ‘Y’ pm. The length 149. Mixture of concentrated HCl and HNO 3
of the edge of the unit cell will be made in 3 : 1 ratio contains
(a) 4Y pm (b) 2Y pm (a) ClO 2 (b) NOCl (c) NCl 3 (d) N 2 O 4
Y Y 150. In the following reaction, products x and y
(c) pm (d) pm
4 2
respectively, are
143. Correct order of osmotic pressure of the P4 + 10 SO 2Cl 2 ¾® x + y
following solutions is (a) PCl 3 and S2Cl 2 (b) PCl 5 and SO 3
(i) 30 g L -1 of glucose (ii) 60 g L -1 of NH2CONH2 (c) PCl 5 and SO 2 (d) PCl 5 and S2Cl 2
(iii) 80 g L -1 of glucose (iv) 58.5 g L -1 of NaCl 151. In the octahedral crystal field, the correct
(a) (ii) < (i) < (iii) < (iv) (b) (i) < (iii) < (ii) < (iv) order of splitting in Cr3+ complexes for
(c) (i) < (iv) < (ii) < (iii) (d) (iii) < (i) < (iv) < (ii) I - ,H 2O ,NH 3 and CN - is
144. The osmotic pressure of 0.1 M monobasic (a) CN- < NH3 < H2O <I-
acid of pH 3 at 27°C is (b) NH3 <H2O <I- <CN-
(a) 2.42 atm (b) 242.4 atm (c) CN- < I- < H2O <NH3
(c) 60.6 atm (d) 50.9 atm (d) I- < H2O <NH3 < CN-
145. Which one of the following has the highest 152. The coordination number and oxidation state
molar conductivity? of Cr in K 3[Cr(C2O 4)3 ] are respectively
(a) Penta-carbonyl iron(0) (a) 3 and 3 (b) 3 and 0
(b) Hexaqua-chromium (III) bromide (c) 6 and 3 (d) 4 and 2
(c) Tetraamine-dichloro-cobalt (III) chloride
(d) Potassium hexacyanoferrate (II)
153. Match the following:
List-I List II
146. For a reaction, A ® B, the average energies of
A and B are 30 and 60 kcal/mol respectively. A. Natural rubber I. Free radical polymerisation
Energy of the activation for the backward B. PVC II. Side chain alternative
reaction is 93 kcal/mol. The energy of arrangement
activation for the forward reaction is C. Terylene III. Cis-polyisoprene
(a) 30 kcal/mol (b) 123 kcal/mol D. Syndiotactic IV. Condensation
(c) 153 kcal/mol (d) 90 kcal/mol polymer polymerisation
60 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
A B C D A B C D OCH3 H3CO OH
(a) I II III IV (b) III II IV I
(c) III I IV II (d) IV II I III (a) (b)
154. Starch, when boiled with dilute sulphuric
acid under high pressure, gives compound A. CH3
On prolonged heating with hydroiodic acid, A HO
gives compound B. What is the compound B? OCH3 OCH3
(a) CH3 — (CH2 )4 — CH3 OH
(b) HO — CH2 — (CHOH)4 — CHO (c) (d)
(c) HOOC — (CHOH)4 — COOH CH3
(d) HO — CH2 — (CHOH)4 — COOH OH
155. The dipeptide given below is used as:
CH3
(a)
Br
(b) CH3 (c) H2O / H+ ,conc.NaOH
(d) H2O,KMnO 4 / OH-
Br CH3 Br 160. Which one among the following statements
is true?
CH3 (a) Aliphatic diazonium salts are stable.
(c) CH3 (d)
(b) Aniline cannot be converted into phenol via its
diazonium salt.
157. Major product in the following reaction
sequence is (c) Aliphatic diazonium salts liberate nitrogen gas
OH quantitatively.
(i) NaOH (aq), CH3I (d) Aniline cannot be converted into fluorobenzene
(ii) Anhyd. AlCl3, CH3CH2COCl via its diazonium salt.
(iii) NaBH4
Answers
Mathematics
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (*) 12. (*) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (a) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (a)
41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (c) 44. (c) 45. (a) 46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (c) 49. (b) 50. (c)
51. (c) 52. (b) 53. (b) 54. (c) 55. (b) 56. (c) 57. (c) 58. (d) 59. (d) 60. (b)
61. (a) 62. (c) 63. (b) 64. (c) 65. (a) 66. (b) 67. (c) 68. (a) 69. (a) 70. (b)
71. (c) 72. (b) 73. (b) 74. (b) 75. (b) 76. (c) 77. (a) 78. (d) 79. (c) 80. (d)
Physics
81. (b) 82. (a) 83. (b) 84. (c) 85. (a) 86. (b) 87. (a) 88. (b) 89. (c) 90. (a)
91. (d) 92. (c) 93. (a) 94. (a) 95. (a) 96. (a) 97. (c) 98. (a) 99. (a) 100. (a)
101. (a) 102. (a) 103. (c) 104. (c) 105. (b) 106. (d) 107. (a) 108. (c) 109. (b) 110. (a)
111. (a) 112. (b) 113. (b) 114. (a) 115. (b) 116. (c) 117. (a) 118. (b) 119. (c) 120. (b)
Chemistry
121. (d) 122. (c) 123. (b) 124. (a) 125. (b) 126. (a) 127. (d) 128. (a) 129. (d) 130. (c)
131. (d) 132. (b) 133. (d) 134. (b) 135. (c) 136. (c) 137. (d) 138. (c) 139. (c) 140. (a)
141. (b) 142. (b) 143. (b) 144. (a) 145. (d) 146. (b) 147. (d) 148. (a) 149. (b) 150. (c)
151. (d) 152. (c) 153. (c) 154. (a) 155. (c) 156. (d) 157. (a) 158. (d) 159. (b) 160. (c)
∴ −∞ , − 1 ∪ 1 , ∞ α+ 2 α+ 2 α+ 2
2 2 = 1 α 1
3. (a) We have, 1 1 α
a 0 = 0, a1 = 1 and (Applying R1 → R1 + R2 + R3)
a n = a n − 1 + a n − 2 ∀ n ∈ N − {0, 1} 1 1 1
Since, this sequence is fibonacci ⇒ D = (α + 2) 1 α 1
Assume a n = r n 1 1 α
∴ rn = rn − 1 + rn − 2 1 0 0
⇒ r = r + 1 ⇒r −r −1 = 0
2 2 = (α + 2) 1 α − 1 0
1± 1+ 4 1 0 α −1
⇒ r=
2 (Applying C2 → C2 − C1 , C3 → C3 − C1)
1+ 5 1− 5 ⇒ D = (α + 2) (α − 1)2
⇒ r1 = , r1 =
2 2 α −1 1 1 1 1 1
∴ a n = α1 r1 + α 2r2
n n
and D1 = α − 1 α 1 = (α − 1) 1 α 1
n n α −1 1 α 1 1 α
1 + 5 1 − 5
⇒ a n = α1 + α2
2 2 1 0 0
Here, a 0 = α1 + α 2 = 0 {Q a 0 = 0} = (α − 1) 1 α − 1 0
1 + 5 1 − 5 1 0 α −1
a1 = α1 + α2 = 1 {Q a1 = 1}
2 2 (Applying C2 → C2 − C1 , C3 → C3 − C1)
−1 ⇒ D1 = (α − 1)3
∴ α1 = −α 2 and α 2 =
5 Clearly D = 0 for α = − 2, but D1 ≠ 0
n n So, the system is inconsistent for α = − 2.
1 1 + 5 1 1 − 5
an = − 6. (d) We have, x + y + z = 3
5 2 5 2
2x + 2y − z = 3
4. (c) Given that, x + y + λz = 1
A=B+ C …(i) 1 1 1
BC = CB and C 2 = 0
∴ A = 2 2 −1
From Eq. (i)
1 1 λ
An + 1 = (B + C)n + 1
1 1 1
⇒ An + 1 = n+1
C0 ⋅ B n + 1 + n+1
C1 C ⋅ Bn + K
∴ |A| = 2 2 −1
But, C = 0, C = C … = C = 0
2 3 4 r
1 1 λ
∴ An + 1 = n+1
C0 B n + 1 + n+1
C1 Bn ⋅ C
0 1 1
= Bn + 1 + (n + 1)Bn C = 0 2 −1 [on applying C1 → C1 − C2]
An + 1 = Bn [B + (n + 1) C] 0 1 λ
∴B 2020
[B + (2020 + 1)C] = A2020 + 1 =0
⇒ B2020 [B + (2021)C] = A2021 ∴Wrong statement is S is consistent for all λ ∈ R.
5. (b) For α = 1, the system reduces to a 7. (b) We have, α and β are roots of equation
homogeneous system which is always consistent. z 2 + az + b = 0
So, α ≠ 1 ∴α + β = − a and αβ = b
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 63
Now, 0 < α , β forms a equilateral triangle 10. (b) For a complex number Z = e iθ it is given that
∴β = α(cos 60° + i sin 60) 10
∑ ar Z r
1 i 3 3cos 3 θ + 2cos 2 θ + 5cos 5 θ =0
⇒ β = α + = i r10
2 2 3sin 3 θ + 2sin 2 θ + 5sin 5 θ ∑ br Z r
r =0
⇒ 2β = α + 3αi 10 10
∑ a r z + ∑ br z
r r
⇒ 2β − α = 3 α i ⇒ (2β − α)2 = 3α 2i 2 r =0 r =0 3e i 3θ + 2e i 2θ + 5e i 5θ
⇒ =
⇒ 4β + α − 4αβ = − 3α
2 2 2 10 10
∑ a r z r − ∑ br z r 3e − i 3θ + 2e − i 2θ + 5e − i 5θ
r =0 r =0
⇒ 4α 2 + 4β 2 = 4αβ ⇒ α 2 + β 2 = αβ 10
∑ z (a r + br)
r
⇒ (α + β)2 − 2αβ = αβ ⇒ (− a)2 = 3(b) r =0 3e i 3θ + 2e i 2θ + 5e i 5θ
⇒ =
⇒ a = 3b
2 10
∑ z r (a r − br) 3e − i 3θ + 2e − i 2θ + 5e − i 5θ
r =0
8. (c) We have, arg(z1) = π , arg(z2) = π ⇒ a 0 + b0 = a1 + b1 = a 4 + b4 = a 6 + b6
5 3
π π 2π = a 7 + b7 = a 8 + b8
∴ arg(z1 z2) = arg(z2) − arg(z1) = − = = a 9 + b9 = a10 + b10 = 0
3 5 15
Also, arg(z) = − arg(z). and a 2 + b2 = 2, a 3 + b3 = 3, a 5 + b5 = 5
10
(A) is ture but (R) is false. ∑ (a r + br)
r =0 2+ 3+ 5
∴ = =1
9. (a) We have, 10 10
1− −1 + 3i
3i
= − = −ω 11. (*) The roots of quadratic equation
2 2 x 2 + 9 x + 20 = 0 are −4 and −5
1 + 3i −1 − 3i
and =− = −ω
2
So, the possible roots of quadratic equation
2 2 x 2 + bx + c = 0 are according to given information
2020 2026
1 − 3i 1 + 3i (x1 , x 2) = (−13, 4), (3, 4), (−13, − 12)
∴ +
2 2 ∴Possible values of b are 9, −7, 25 and possible
values of c are −52, 12, 156 therefore sum of all
= (−ω)2020 + (−ω2)2026
possible value of b and c is
= ω2020 + ω4052 = ω + ω2 = − 1 9 − 7 + 25 − 52 + 12 + 156 = 143
6
12. (*) Let x 2+ ax + 3 = y, where y ∈ R
2
Now, Σ ( j + ω) ( j + ω2)
j =1
x + x +1
6
= Σ ( j 2 + jω2 + jω + ω3) Now, (y − 1) x 2 + (y − a) x + (y − 3) = 0
j =1
6 6 6 6 ∴ x ∈ R, so D ≥ 0
= Σ ( j 2 − j + 1) = Σ j 2 − Σ j + Σ 1
j =1 j =1 j =1 j =1 ⇒ (y − a)2 − 4(y − 1)(y − 3) ≥ 0
6(6 + 1) (12 + 1) 6(6 + 1) ⇒(y 2 − 2ay + a 2) − 4(y 2 − 4 y + 3) ≥ 0
= − + 6
6 2 ⇒ −3y 2 + (16 − 2a) y + (a 2 − 12) ≥ 0
= 7 × 13 − 3 × 7 + 6 = 91 − 21 + 6 = 76
⇒ 3y 2 + (2a −16) y + (12 − a 2) ≤ 0
6
∴sin Σ ( j + ω) ( j + ω2)
3π 76 × 3π
= sin
j =1 152 152 Which is not possible for every real value of y.
3π 13. (c) We have,
= sin = −1
2 x 4 − 8 x 3 + 11 x 2 + 32x − 60 = 0
2020 2026
1 − 3i 1 + 3i ⇒ (x + 2) (x − 2) (x − 3) (x − 5) = 0
∴ +
2 2 ∴ α = − 2, β = 2, γ = 3, δ = 5
6 3π ∴ 4α + 3β + 2γ + δ = 4(−2) + 3(2) + 2(3) + 5
+ sin Σ ( j + ω) ( j + ω2)
j =1 512 = − 8 + 6 + 6 + 5= 9
= −1 −1 = − 2
64 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
14. (a) Let the roots of equation 18. (d) Given expression is
x 4 + x 3 − 4 x 2 + x + 1 = 0 are diminished by h, so
1024
(51 / 2 + 71 / 8) + (51 / 2 − 71 / 8)1024
the equation becomes Since, the LCM {2, 8}= 8, so the every eight term
(x + h)4 + (x + h)3 − 4(x + h)2 + (x + h) + 1 = 0 is a rational number in the expansion of
1024
Now the coefficient ofx 2 is (51 / 2 + 71 / 8) of (51 / 2 − 71 / 8)1024 and in the sum
6h2 + 3h − 4 must be zero 1024
except = 128 terms others are irrational and
∴ 6h2 + 3h − 4 = 0 having roots α and β 8
total number of terms in given expansion is 512 So,
So, (α − β)2 = (α + β)2 − 4αβ
2
the required number of irrational terms are 384.
−3
= − 4 −
4
6 6 19. (c) We have,
1 8 3 + 32 35 x 4 + 3x + 1 C D E
= + = = = Ax + B + + +
4 3 12 12 (x + 1)2 (x − 1) x + 1 (x + 1)2 x −1
Therefore 12(α − β)2 = 35 ⇒ x 4 + 3x + 1 = Ax (x + 1)2(x − 1) + B(x + 1)2(x − 1)
+ C (x + 1) (x − 1) + D(x − 1) + E(x + 1)2
15. (a) Total number of such arrangements
⇒ x 4 + 3x + 1 = Ax(x 3 + x 2 − x − 1)
= (5 C5 × 5P5) × (5 C5 × 5P5) × 2!
+ B(x 3 − 1 x 2 − x − 1) + C(x 2 − 1)
= 5! × 5! × 2! = 120 × 120 × 2 = 28800
+ D(x − 1) + E(x 2 + 2x + 1)
16. (a) Number of ways to select at least one ball is
x = (3 + 1)(4 + 1)(5 + 1) − 1 ⇒ x + 3x + 1 = Ax 4 + (A + B) x 3
4
= 4 × 5 × 6 − 1 = 119 + (− A + B + C + E) x 2 + (− A − B + D + 2E) x
and numbers of ways in which a student will fail + (− B − C − D + E)
in the examination is y = 25 −1 = 31 ∴ A =1
∴ x + y = 119 + 31 = 150 A+ B=0
17. (b) The given expression is −A + B + C + E = 0
2x 3 + 8 x 2 − 2x − 2 2x 3 + 8 x 2 − 2x − 2 − A − B + D + 2E = 3
=
(1 − x)(1 + x)(1 − 2x) (2x − 1)(x −1)(x + 1) −B − C − D + E = 1
+3 1 5
A B C ∴ A = 1, B = − 1, C = ,D= ,E =
=1 + + + (By partial fraction) 4 2 4
2x − 1 x − 1 x + 1
3 1 5
∴ A + B + C + D + E =1 −1 + + +
⇒ 2x 3 + 8 x 2 − 2x − 2 4 2 4
= (2x 3 − x 2 − 2x + 1) + A(x 2 − 1) +3 + 2 + 5 10 5
= = = ⋅
+ B(2x 2 + x − 1) + C(2x 2 − 3x + 1) 4 4 2
π
As α lies in IInd quadrant, <α< π 23. (b) Given equation
2
sin2020 x − cos2020 x + 2019 = 2020
4
∴ cosα = − Ve = −
5 ⇒ sin2020 x = 1 + cos2020 x
the range of LHS is [0, 1] and
Now, sin 2α = 2sinα cosα = 2 1 − cos2 α ⋅ cosα
the range of RHS is [1, 2]
16 4
⋅ − = 2⋅ ⋅ −
3 4 So, for the solution sin2020 x = 1 and cos2020 x = 0
=2 1−
25 5 5 5 3π 5π
−24 and in the given internal − , , the possible
sin 2α = 2 2
25 values of
π π 3π
21. (b) Given, x=− , ,
1 2 2 2
sin 2θ + sin 2φ = …(i)
2 24. (a) (I) We have,
cos 2θ + cos 2φ =
3
…(ii) f (x) = sin(cot −1 (cos(tan−1 x)))
2 1
Squaring on both Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get = sin cot −1 cos cos−1
1 + x2
1
(sin 2θ + sin 2φ)2 = 1
4 = sin cot −1
1 1 + x2
⇒sin 2θ + sin 2φ + 2sin 2θsin 2φ =
2 2
…(iii)
4
1 + x2 1 + x2
9 = sin sin−1 =
(cos 2θ + cos 2φ)2 = 2+ x 2
2 + x2
4
9 1+ 0 1
⇒ cos2 2θ + cos2 2φ + 2cos 2θ cos 2φ = …(iv) ∴ f(0) = =
4 2+ 0 2
On adding Eqs. (iii) and (iv), we get So, Statement I is false.
⇒ sin2 2 θ + cos2 2 θ + sin2 2φ + cos2 2φ (II) We have,
sin 4 tan−1 − tan−1
10 1 1
+ 2(sin 2θsin 2φ) + cos 2θ cos 2φ) =
4 5 239
⇒ 2 + 2{cos(2θ − 2φ)} =
10 2
−1
−1 1
4 = sin 2tan 5 − tan
10 1 − 1 239
⇒ 2{1 + cos 2(θ − φ)} =
4 25
10
= sin 2tan −1 5
− tan −1 1
⇒ 1 + cos 2(θ − φ) =
8 12 239
⇒ 2cos (θ − φ) =
2 10 10
8 −1 −1 1
= sin tan 12 − tan
5 25 239
⇒ cos (θ − φ) =
2 1−
8 144
= sin tan−1
120 1
22. (b) We have, tanα = 2 sin β sin γ cosec (β + γ) − tan−1
119 239
2sinβ sin γ
⇒ tanα = 120 − 1
sin(β + γ )
−1
2sinβ sin γ = sin tan 119 239
⇒ tanα = 1 + 120 1
×
sinβ cos γ + cosβ sin γ 119 239
2 28680 − 119
= sin tan−1
⇒ tanα = 28561
= sin tan−1
cot γ + cot β 28441 + 120 28561
2tanβ tan γ π 1
⇒ tanα = = sin tan−1 1 = sin⋅ =
tanβ + tan γ 4 2
∴tan γ , tanα and tanβ are in HP. Statement II is false.
66 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
3c + 4b 5c 9b 2 11 0
Here, P = ,Q = and R =
7 7 14 −1 2 1
Now, AP + BQ + CR 1 3 2
3c + 4b 5 c 9b d=
= + −b+ −c (4 − 3)2 + (−2 −1)2 + (−3 − 2)2
7 7 14
3c + 4b 5c − 7b 9b − 14c |2(4 − 3) − 11(−2 − 1)| 35
= + + = = = 35
7 7 14 1 + 9 + 25 35
6c + 8b + 10 c − 14b + 9b − 14c 3b + 2c Now the projection of p = − 2$i + 11$j on vector
= =
14 14 Q = − $i + 3$j + 5k$ is also 35
2c + 3b
Now, D = $ put − $i + 3$j + 5k
In option (c) inside of $i + 3$j + 5k $
5
2c + 3b then option (c) is ok
∴ AD =
5 32. (c) The two given lines pass through the point
2c + 3b having position vector a = $i + $j and are parallel to
AP + B Q + CR 14 $ and b = − $i + $j − 2k
$
∴ = the vectors b1 = $i + 2$j − k
AD 2c + 3b 2
respectively. Therefore, the plane containing the
5
given lines also passes through the point with
2c + 3b 5 5
= × = position vector a = i$ + $j. Since, the plane contains
14 2c + 3b 14
the lines which are parallel to the vectors b1 and b2
5 respectivley. Therefore, the plane is normal to the
∴ K =
14 vector n given by.
Now, (14k + 1) : (14k − 1) $i $j k $
⇒ $ ) = 0 ⇒ r($i − $j − k
r ⋅(− $i + $j + k $) = 0
B (4, 2, 1) D C (2, 3, 5)
33. (a) Given that, a = $i − 2$j + 3k$
Since AD is median
b = 2$i + $j + k$
4 + 2 2 + 3 1 + 5 5 and
∴ D = , , = 3, , 3
2 2 2 2 $i $j k $
∴Equation of AD is ∴ (a × b) = 1 −2 3
r = ($i + $j + 2k $
$ ) + t (3 − 1)$i + 5 − 1 $j + (3 − 2)k 2 1 1
2
$ (1 + 4)
= $i(−2 − 3) − $j(1 − 6) + k
= $i + $j + 2k$ + t 2$i + 3 $j + k
$
= − 5$i + 5$j + 5k $
2
3 $ Now,|a × b| = 25 + 25 + 25 = 75 = 5 3
= (1 + 2t) $i + 1 + t $j + (2 + t) k
2 Q[a b c] is maximum and |c| = 1
a ×b $
−5$i + 5$j + 5k
31. (c) The shortest distance between given lines ∴ c= =
$ ) + t(− $i + 2$j + k $ ) and |a × b| 5 3
r = (3$i + 4$j − 2k
5(− $i + $j + k$ ) − $i + $j + k
$
$ ) + s($i + 3$j + 2k
r = ($i − 7$j − 2k $ ) is = =
5 3 3
68 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
2
Σf x
Σfi x i2 − i i
34. (c) Given lines are 1
∴Variance =
x−2 y−3 z+ 5 x −1 y + 2 z − 4 N N
= = and = =
1 −2 1 −1 3 2 1 330
2
= × 5310 −
Here, x1 = 2, y1 = 3, z1 = − 5 30 30
a1 = 1, b1 = − 2, c1 = 1 = 177 − 121 = 56
x 2 = 1, y2 = − 2, z2 = 4
a 2 = − 1, b2 = 3, c 2 = 2 37. (a) Let P(B) = x
∴Shortest distance 2 1
Then, P(A) = x and P(C) = x
1 − 2 −2 − 3 4 + 5 3 2
1 −2 1 Now, if A, B, C are exhaustive and mutually
exclusive, then P(A ∪ B ∪ C) = 1,
−1 3 2
= P(A ∩ B) = P(B ∩ C) = P(C ∩ A) = P(A ∩ B ∩ C) = 0
(−4 − 3) + (−1 − 2) + (3 − 2)2
2 2
∴ P(A ∪ B ∪ C) = 1
−1 −5 9 ⇒ P(A) + P(B) + P(C) = 1
1 −2 1 2 1
⇒ x + x + x =1
3 2
−1 3 2 −1(−4 − 3) + 5 (2 + 1) + 9 (3 − 2)
= = 4 x + 6 x + 3x
49 + 9 + 1 59 ⇒ =1
6
7 + 15 + 9 31 6
= = ⇒ x=
59 59 13
2 6 12
35. (b) Given observations are 2,7, 5, 6, 4, 3, 11, 17, 8. ∴ P(A) = × =
2 + 7 + 5 + 6 + 4 + 3 + 11 + 17 + 8 63 3 13 39
∴ x= = =7 1 6 3
9 9 and P(C) = × =
2 13 13
xi d i =| xi − x| 12 3
∴ P(A ∪ C) = P(A) + P(C) = +
2 5 39 13
7 0 12 + 9 21 7
= = =
5 2 39 39 13
6 1
38. (b) We have, P(E1) = 1 and P(E1 ∪ E 2) = 2 ⋅
4 3 2 3
3 4 Since, E1 and E 2 are independent events
11 4 ∴ P(E1 ∩ E 2) = P(E1) × P(E 2)
17 10 Let P(E 2) be x.
x
8 1 Then, P(E1 ∩ E 2) =
2
Σd i = 30
Q P(E1 ∪ E 2) = P(E1) + P(E 2) − P(E1 ∩ E 2)
Σdi 30 10 2 1 x
Now, MD = = = ⇒ = + x−
N 9 3 3 2 2
2 1 x
36. (a) ⇒ = +
3 2 2
CI fi xi fi xi xi2 fi xi2 x 2 1 4−3 1
⇒ = − = =
0-6 10 3 30 9 90 2 3 2 6 6
x 1 1
6-12 8 9 72 81 648 ⇒ = ⇒ x=
2 6 3
12-18 6 15 90 225 1350 1
∴ P(E 2) =
18-24 4 21 84 441 1764 3
24-30 2 27 54 729 1458 1/ 3 1
and P(E1 ∩ E 2) = =
Total Σfi = 30 Σfi xi = 330 Σfi xi2 = 5310 2 6
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 69
⇒ r1 =
15 Orthocentre, O = Coordinate of vertice at which
cosθ + 3sinθ right angle is there
15 = A = (1, 1)
∴ AB = r1 =
cosθ + 3sinθ and Incentre
And C lies on 2x + y + 4 = 0 2 2 × 1 + 2 × 1 + 2 × (−1)
,
∴−10 + 2r2 cosθ − 4 + r2 sinθ + 4 = 0 2 2 + 2+ 2
I=
10 2 2 × 1 + 2 × 1 + 2 × −1
⇒ r2 =
2cosθ + sinθ 2 2 + 2+ 2
10 2 2
∴ AC = r2 = 2 2
2cosθ + sinθ = , = ( 2 − 1, 2 − 1)
2 2 + 4 2 2+ 4
Now, we have
100 225 IS + OS = ( 2 − 1)2 + ( 2 − 1)2 + 1 2 + ()
() 12
− = 4 cos 2θ + sin 2θ
AC 2 AB2 = 2( 2 − 1) + 2= 2− 2+ 2 =2
⇒ (2cosθ + sinθ)2 − (cosθ + 3sinθ)2
47. (a) We have,
= 4 cos 2θ + sin 2θ 4 x 2 + 6 xy + ky 2 = 0 …(i)
⇒ 4 cos2 θ + sin2 θ + 4sinθ cosθ − cos2 θ
and 3x − 5xy + 2y = 0
2 2
…(ii)
− 9sin2 θ − 6sinθ cosθ
Let y = mx be one of the lines represented by
= 4(cos2 θ − sin2 θ) + 2 sinθ cosθ Eq. (i). Then, y = mx satisfies Eq. (i)
⇒ 3cos2 θ − 8sin2 θ − 2sinθ cosθ ∴ 4 x 2 + 6 x ⋅ mx + km2n2 = 0
= 4 cos2 θ − 4sin2 θ + 2sinθ cosθ ⇒ km2 + 6m + 4 = 0 …(iii)
⇒ 4sin θ + cos θ + 4sinθ cosθ = 0
2 2 The equation of a line passing through the origin
and perpendicular to y = mx , is
⇒ 4 tan θ + 1 + 4 tanθ = 0 ⇒ (2 tanθ + 1) = 0
2 2
1
1 y − 0 = − (x − 0) ⇒ my + x = 0
⇒ tanθ = − m
2 Since, one of the lines given by Eq. (i) is
−1 perpendicular to one of the lines given by
∴Slope of line L = ⋅
2 3x 2 − 5xy + 2y 2 = 0. Therefore one of the lines
45. (a) We have, equation of AB, AC and BC are given by (ii) is my + x = 0
x − 3y = 0, 3x − y = 0, x + y + 4 = 0 on solving Hence, my + x = 0 i.e., x = − my satisfies Eq. (ii).
equation of AB andBC we get B(−3, − 1) ∴ 3(− my)2 − 5y(− my) + 2y 2 = 0
Since B lies on 3x − y + k = 0 ⇒ 3m2 y 2 + 5my 2 + 2y 2 = 0
∴ 3(−3) − (−1) + k = 0 ⇒ k = 8 ⇒ 3m2 + 5m + 2 = 0 …(iv)
46. (b) y using Eqs. (iii) and (iv), we get
−5
C (–1, 1) (0, 1) A (1, 1) ⇒(4 × 3 − k × 2)2 + 4 3 × 3 + × k
2
−5
x′ x 3 × 2 + × 4 = 0
(0, 0) O (1, 0) 2
5k
⇒(12 − 2k) + 4 9 − (6 − 10) = 0
2
B (1, –1) 2
(0, –1)
(12 − 2k)2 − 16 9 − = 0
y′ 5k
⇒
2
It is clear that∆ABC is a right angled triangle at A.
⇒ 144 + 4k2 − 48k − 144 + 40k = 0
∴Circum-centre, S = Mid-point of hypotenuse BC
−1 + 1 1 − 1 ⇒ 4k2 − 8k = 0 ⇒ 4k2 = 8k
= , = (0, 0)
2 2 ⇒ k=2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 71
π
48. (c) We have, Since, ∠AOB =
2
x (tan α + cos α) − 2xy tanα + y sin α = 0
2 2 2 2 2
∴ OA ⊥ OB
Comparing this equation with ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0, ⇒ Slope of OA × Slope of OB = −1
We have, k−3 k−3
⇒ × = −1
a = tan2 α + cos2 α , 2h = − 2tanα and b = sin2 α h+1 h− 5
Let m1 and m2 be the slopes of the lines ⇒ (k − 3)2 = − (h + 1) (h − 5)
represented by the given equation, then
⇒ (k − 3)2 = − (2 + 1) (2 − 5)
2tanα 2
m1 + m2 = =
sin2 α sinα cosα ⇒ (k − 3)2 = 9 ⇒ k − 3 = ± 3 ⇒ k = 3 ± 3
tan2 α + cos2 α 1 cos2 α ⇒ k = 0, 6
and m1 m2 = = + ∴Centre of circle is (2, 0) or (2, 6)
sin α
2
cos α sin2 α
2
Now, Distance of both above lines from centre of 52. (b) When two circles, having centre have only two
circle are common tangents and c1 c 2 = r1 + r2 , then the
12 + 6 + 12 12 + 6 + 2 common chord divide the line joining the centres
d1 = = 6 and d2 = =4
5 5 in the ratio r1 : r2.
and radius of circle,r = 9 + 4 + 12 = 5 53. (b) Let the equation of required circle is
∴d2 < r x 2 + y 2 + 2gx + 2 fy + c = 0
∴Equation of chord is 4 x − 3y + 2 = 0 and the circle 1, s = 0 and s1 = 0 are of a coaxial
C (3, –2)
system of circles, so
g+ 3 f + 3 c−4
= = =k (let)
2 1 −1
⇒ g = 2k − 3, f = k − 3 and c = 4 − k
P
4x – 3y + 2=0 so, the radius = 14 (given)
4 ⇒ g2 + f 2 − c = 14 ⇒ g2 + f 2 − c = 14
Now, slope of line 4 x − 3y + 2 = 0 is
3 ⇒ 4k2 −12k + 9 + k2 − 6k + 9 − 4 + k = 14
−3
∴Slope of line CP = ⇒ 5k2 − 17k = 0 ⇒ k = , (k ≠ 0)
17
4 5
∴Equation of CP is ∴Centre of the required circle is
−3
y + 2 = (x − 3) 19 −2
(− g, − f) = 3 − , 3 − = − ,
34 17
4
5 5 5 5
⇒ 4 y + 8 = − 3x + 9 ⇒ 3x + 4 y = 1
On solving 4 x − 3y + 2 = 0 and 3x + 4 y = 1, we get 54. (c) The equation of a tangent to y2 = 4 k x is
y = mx +
P − ,
1 2 k / m, where m is the slope of tangent.
5 5 If it touches the 2x 2 + 2y 2 = k, then
∴Mid-point of chord is − ,
1 2
5 5 k/m k
=
51. (c) 1 + m2 2
A
⇒ m 1 + m2 = 2 ⇒ m4 + m2 − 2 = 0
θ/2 ⇒ (m + 2) (m − 1) = 0 ⇒ m = ± 1
2 2
P (6, –5) θ/2 O
k
Substituting these values in y = mx + , the
m
B equation of common tangents are y = x + k and
Equation of circle is x + y − 2x + 4 y + 3 = 0
2 2 y=−x− k
∴Length of PA = S1 ∴ m1 = 1, m2 = − 1
Now, m1 m2 = 1 × − 1 = − 1
= (6)2 + (−5)2 − 2(6) + 4(−5) + 3
55. (b) We have,
= 56 + 25 − 12 − 20 + 3 y 2 = 12x
= 32 = 4 2 dy dy 6
∴ 2y = 12 ⇒ =
and radius, OA = (1) + (−2) − 3 = 1 + 4 − 3 =
2 2
2 dx dx y
−1 −1
∴In ∆AOP, ∴Slope of Normal at A(3, − 6) = = =1
dy 6
θ OA 2 1
tan = = = dx ( 3,−6) −6
2 AP 4 2 4
1 1 ∴Equation of normal at A(3, − 6) is
2× y + 6 = 1(x − 3) ⇒ y = x − 9
2tanθ/2 4 = 2 = 8
∴ tanθ = =
1 − tan2 θ/2 2 15 15 On solving y 2 = 12x and y = x − 9, we get (3, −6)
1 −
1
4 16 and (27, 18)
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 73
Let l = k, m = 0, n = − k
−(a 2 + b 2) cosθ − sinθ ∴ l 2 + m2 + n2 = 1
⇒ y= cosθ
b sinθ
⋅ (sinθ) − ⋅ cosθ ⇒ k2 + 0 + k2 = 1
sinθ cosθ
1
−(a + b ) cosθ − sinθ
2 2
⇒ 2k2 = 1 ⇒ k =
⇒ y= 2
b cosθ − sinθ 1 −1
Apply, l = , m = 0, n =
a2 + b2 2 2
⇒ y=−
b Case II. n = 0
As (h, k) is the point of intersection, Then, l = − m
a2 + b2 ∴ l 2 + m2 + n2 = 1
So, k= −
b ⇒ k2 + k2 + 0 = 0
1
59. (d) Coordinates of verticies of tetrahedron are in ⇒ k=
AP. 2
1 1
Let A(x1 , y1 , z1), B(x 2 , y2 , z2), C(x 3 , y3 , z3) apply, l = ,m= − ,n = 0
and D(x 4 , y4 , z4) 2 2
Now, each coordinates are in AP Now, Angle between above two lines (cosθ)
∴ y1 = x1 + d, z1 = x1 + 2d 1 ⋅ 1 + 0⋅ − 1 + − 1 ⋅ 0
y2 = x 2 + d, z2 = x 2 + 2d 2 2 2 2
=
y3 = x 3 + d, z3 = x 3 + 2d 1 1 1 1
+ + 0⋅ + + 0
∴centroid of tetrahedron 2 2 2 2
x + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 y1 + y2 + y3 + y4 1
= 1 , ,
4 4 = 2 =1
z1 + z2 + z3 + z4 1⋅ 1 2
1 π
4 ∴ cosθ = ⇒θ =
x + x2 + x3 + x4 2 3
∴ 2= 1 ,
4 61. (a) Equation of plane passing through
x + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 + 4d A(0, 0, 2), B(1, 0, 1) and C(3, 1, 1) is given by
3= 1
4 x−0 y−0 z−2
x1 + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 + 8d 1−0 0−0 1−2 =0
and k =
4 3− 0 1 − 0 1 − 2
∴ x1 + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 = 8, d =1
8+ 8 x y z−2
⇒ k= =4
4 ⇒ 1 0 −1 = 0
∴Distance of G from the origion 3 1 −1
= 2 + 3 + 4 =
2 2 2
29 ⇒ x − 2y + z − 2 = 0
Now equation of XY plane is z = 0
60. (b) According to the question, 0+ 0+1
∴ cosα =
l + m+ n= 0 …(i) 1+ 4+1 0+ 0+1
⇒ l = − (m + n)
1
and l 2 = m2 + n2 …(ii) ⇒ cosα =
6
⇒ {− (m + n)}2 = m2 + n2 and equation of XZ plane is y = 0
⇒ m + n2 + 2 mn = m2 + n2
2 0 − 2+ 0 −2
∴ cosβ = =
⇒ 2 mn = 0 1+ 4+1 0+1+ 0 6
∴ mn = 0 ∴sin2 α + sin2 β = 2 − cos2 α − cos2 β
Case I. m = 0 1 4 5 7
= 2− − = 2− =
Then, l = −n 6 6 6 6
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 75
x4 + x3 + x2 f ′(x) 1
62. (c) Let L = lim ⇒ = + cot hx − 2 − 2 cosec 2x
x→ 0 f (x) x +1
x
sin−1 tan−1 x
∴ g(x) = − 2(1 + cosec 2x)
1 + x2
65. (a) We have,
x4 + x3 + x2 4 x 3 + 3x 2 + 2x
= lim −
= lim x y = ysin x (tan x)cos x
x→ 0 1 2 x→ 0 1
(tan x) 2tan−1 x ⋅
1 + x2 ⇒ y log x = sin x log y + cos x log tan x
(4 x + 3x + 2x) (1 + x )
3 2 2 dy y sin x dy
= lim ⇒ log x + = cos x log y +
dx x y dx
x→ 0 2tan−1 x
1
(12x + 6 x + 2) (1 + x 2) + (4 x 3 + 3x 2 + 2x) (2x)
2 − sin x log tan x + cos x sec2 x
= lim tan x
x→ 0 2 sin x dy
2 ⇒ log x − = cos x log y − sin x log tan x
1 + x y dx
2 y
= =1 + cosec x −
2 x
63. (b) LHL = lim− log (2 + x) − 2xn sin x
2n
66. (b) Given, 1 − x 2 + 1 − y 2 = a(x − y)
x →1 1+ x
Putting x = sin A and y = sin B, then
log(2 + 1 − h) − (1 − h)2n sin(1 − h)
= lim ⇒ sin−1 x − sin−1 y = 2cot −1 (a)
h→ 0 1 + (1 − h)2n
Differentiating w.r.t.‘x’, we get
= lim log(3 − h) 1 1 dy
h→ 0 − =0
[Q (1 − h) < 1 ⇒(1 − h)2n = 0 as n → ∞] 1− x 2
1− y 2 dx
= log 3 1 − y2 2
1 − y2
⇒ =
dy dy
log(2 + x) − x 2n sin x ⇒ =
RHL = lim dx 1 − x2 dx 1 − x2
x →1 1 + x 2n
log(2 + 1 + h) − (1 + h)2n sin(1 + h) dy d 2 y
= lim ⇒ 2⋅ ⋅
dx dx 2
h→ 0 1 + (1 + h)2n d d
(1 − x 2) ⋅
(1 − y 2) − (1 − y 2) ⋅ (1 − x 2)
(1 + h)−2 log(3 + h) − sin(1 + h) dx dx
= lim =
h→ 0 (1 + h)−2n + 1 (1 − x 2)2
dy
= lim − sin(1 + h) (1 − x 2) ⋅ (−2y) − (1 − y 2)⋅ (−2x)
h→ 0 dy d 2 y dx
⇒ 2 ⋅ 2 =
{Q (1 + h) > 1 ⇒(1 + h)−2n = 0 as n → ∞} dx dx (1 − x 2)2
= − sin1 −2y (1 − x 2)
dy
+ 2x (1 − y 2)
∴LHL ≠ RHL dy d 2 y dx
⇒ 2 ⋅ 2 =
So, f (x) is not continuous at x = 1. dx dx (1 − x 2)2
64. (c) We have, dy d 2 y dy
⇒ 2 ⋅ (1 − x 2)2 = − 2y(1 − x 2) + 2x(1 − y 2)
(x + 1) sin hx dx dx 2 dx
f (x) = = (x + 1)sin hxe −2x cot x
e 2x tan x dy d 2 y dy
⇒ (1 − x 2)2 = − y(1 − x 2) + x(1 − y 2)
∴ f ′(x) = sin hxe −2x cot x + (x + 1) cos hxe −2x cot x dx dx 2 dx
+ (x + 1)sin hxe −2x (−2) cot x 2 2d y
2 dy
⇒ (1 − x ) 2
+ y(1 − x 2) = x(1 − y 2)
+ (x + 1)sin hxe −2x (− cosec2 x) dx dx
⇒ f ′(x) = (x + 1)sin hxe −2x cot x 67. (c) Given, x = a(cosθ + θsinθ)
1 cosec x 2 and y = a (sinθ − θ cosθ)
+ cot hx − 2 − dy dy dθ
x +1 cot x Now, = ⋅ = tanθ = Slope of tangent
dx dθ dx
1 sin x
⇒ f ′(x) = f (x) + cot hx − 2 − dx d (a cosθ + a θsinθ)
+ 1 2 ∴ =
x sin x cos x
dθ dθ
76 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
d (a cosθ) d(aθsinθ)
= + 69. (a) We have,
dθ dθ
f (x) = x 4 + ax 3 + bx , [−1, 1]
d(θsinθ)
= a(− sinθ) + a Since, RMVT is applicable on f (x)
dθ
d(θ) ∴ f (−1) = f () 1
= − a sinθ + a sinθ + θ (sinθ)
d
dθ dθ ⇒ 1 − a − b =1 + a + b
⇒ a+ b=0 …(i)
= − a sinθ + a sinθ + aθ cosθ = aθ cosθ
dy d (a sinθ − aθ cosθ) Also, we have
Now, =
f ′ = 0
dθ dθ 1
d(a sinθ) d(aθ cosθ) 2
= − 3 2
dθ dθ
∴ 4 + 3a + b = 0
1 1
d(θ cosθ) 2 2
= a cosθ − a
dθ 1 3
⇒ + a+ b=0
d(θ)
+ θ (cosθ)
d 2 4
= a cosθ − a cosθ
dθ dθ
⇒ 2 + 3a + 4b = 0
= a cosθ − a cosθ + aθsinθ = aθsinθ ⇒ 3a + 4b = − 2 …(ii)
dy aθsinθ On solving Eqs. (i)and (ii), we get
Now, = = tanθ
dx aθ cosθ a = 2, b = − 2
∴ Required equation of Normal ∴ ab = (2) (−2) = − 4
− cosθ
(y − a sinθ + a θ cosθ) = (x − a cosθ − aθsinθ) 70. (b) We have,
sinθ
⇒ sinθ(y − a sinθ + aθ cosθ) f (x) = 2x 2 − ln|x|
= − cosθ(x − a cosθ − aθsinθ) ∴ f ′(x) = 4 x −
1
⇒ y sinθ − a sin2 θ + x cosθ − a cos2 θ x
= aθsinθ cosθ − aθsinθ cosθ For minima
⇒ y sinθ + x cosθ − a()1 =0 f ′(x) = 0
1
⇒ x cosθ + y sinθ − a = 0 ⇒ 4x − = 0 ⇒ 4x2 − 1 = 0
x
So, perpendicular distance from origin,
1
|cosθ(0) + sinθ ⋅ (0) − a| ⇒ x=±
d= 2
cos2 θ + sin2 θ
But x ≥1
|0 + 0 − a| |− a| ∴ fmin = f ()
1 = 2 − ln1 = 2
= =
1 1 x −1
⇒ d=a 71. (c) Let I = ∫ dx
(x + 1) x 3 + x 2 + x
68. (a) Let r be the radius, h be the slant height and l (x − 1) (x + 1)
be the slant height of a cone of semi vertical angle =∫ dx
45° , then, r = h and l = 2h (x + 1) (x + 1) x 3 + x 2 + x
+ 1 = t 2 ⇒ 1 − 2 dx = 2t dt
1 1 sec2 x / 2
Put, x +
x x ∫ 7 + tan2 x / 2 dx
=
2t dt dt
∴ I=∫ 2 = 2∫ 2 = 2tan−1 t x x
tan = t ⇒sec2 dx = 2dt
(t + 1)t t +1 2 2
1 dx dt
= 2tan−1 x + + 1 + C = 2∫
x b + a cos x 7 + t2
1 2 t
∴ f (x) = 2tan−1 x + + 1 = tan−1 + C
x 7 7
tan−1
−1 π 2π 2 tan x / 2
∴ 1 = 2tan
f() 3 = 2× = = + C
3 3 7 7
cos x
72. (b) Let I = ∫ dx 74. (b) Let I = ∫ (3x + 2) 2x 2 + 3x + 4 dx
4sin2 x + 4sin x + 5
Put, 3x + 2 = λ (4 x + 3) + µ
Put, sin x = t ⇒ cos x dx = dt
dt 1 dt ⇒ 3 = 4λ and 2 = 3λ + µ
∴ I=∫ = ∫ 3 −1
4t + 4t + 5
2 2
t2 + t +
5 ∴ λ = ,µ =
4 4 4
3
1
= ∫
dt 1
= ∫
dt ∴ I = ∫ (4 x + 3) 2x 2 + 3x + 4 dx
2 2 2 2 4
1 5 1 t + 1 + 1
t + + − 1
− ∫ 2x 2 + 3x + 4 dx
2 4 4 2
4
2
log t + + t + 1 + 1 + C
1 1 1 1 3
= = (2x + 3x + 4) − × 2∫ x 2 + x + 2 dx
2 3/ 2
2 2 2 2 4 2
2
1 2 3 9
= sin h−1 t + +
1 1
4 ∫
C = (2x 2 + 3x + 4)3/ 2 − x + + 2− dx
2 2 2 4 16
y
1 1
∴ f (x) = (2x 2 + 3x + 4) − (4 x + 3)
2 32
9 7 137 −23 (0, 2)
∴ 1 = −
f() = and A = y=2
2 32 32 64 2
75. (b) We have, xy=1/2
a xn (1/4, 0)
∫0
In = dx x′ x
(–2, 0) (0, 0) (2, 0)
a2 − x 2 xy=1/2
Put, x = a sinθ ⇒ dx = a cosθ dθ
π
When x = 0 ⇒θ = 0 and x = a ⇒θ = y=–2
2 (0, –2)
π /2 a n sinn θ x=–2 x=2
∴ In = ∫0 a cosθ
⋅ a cosθ dθ
y′
π/2
= an ∫ sinn θ dθ Required area = 2[2 × 2] + 2 ∫ dx
1/ 4 2 1
2dx + ∫
0 0 1 / 4 2x
8 π/2
Now, I 8 = a ∫0 sin8 θ dθ
= 8 + 2 2[x]10/ 4 + [log x]1 / 4
1 2
7 5 3 1 π 2
= a8 × × × × ×
= 8 + 4 − 0 + log 2 − log
8 6 4 2 2 1 1
π/2 3 1 π
and I 4 = a 4 ∫ sin4 θ dθ = a 4 × × 4 4
0 4 2 2 = 8 + 1 + log 2 − log(2−2)
18 7 5 35 4 = 9 + log 2 + 2log 2 = 9 + 3log 2
∴ = a4 × × = a
14 8 6 48
5
78. (d) We have,
76. (c) Let1 = ∫ x 4 (25 − x 2)5/ 2 dx xy = ae x + be − x + x 2 …(i)
−5
dy
= ae x − be − x + 2x
5
= 2∫ x 4 (25 − x 2)5/ 2 dx ∴ y+ x …(ii)
0 dx
Put, x = 5sinθ ⇒ dx = 5cosθ dθ dy d 2 y dy
π/2 4 ⇒ + x 2 + = ae x + be − x + 2 …(iii)
∴ I = 2∫ 5 sin4 θ 55 ⋅ cos5 θ ⋅ 5cosθ dθ dx dx dx
0
π/2
From Eqs. (i)and (iii), we get
= 2 × 510 ∫ sin4 θ cos6 θ dθ d2y dy
0 x 2 + 2 = xy − x 2 + 2
10 π/2 dx dx
= 2× 5 ∫0 (1 − cos2 θ)2 cos6 θ dθ
⇒ xy′ ′ + 2y′ − xy + x 2 − 2 = 0
π/2
= 2 × 510 ∫
0
(cos6 θ − 2cos8 θ + cos10 θ) dθ
79. (c) We have, dy = x + 7 y + 3
dx 3x + 5y + 9
= 2 × 510 × × − 2 × × × ×
5 3 1 7 5 3 1
6 4 2 8 6 4 2 Put, x = x + h and y = y + k
9 7 5 3 1 π dy (x + 7 y) + (h + 7k + 3)
+ × × × × ∴ =
10 8 6 4 2 2 dx (3x + 5y) + (3h + 5k + 9)
dv 5v2 − 4v − 1 1 5v − 5
5
⇒ x =− ⇒ log (5v2 − 4v − 1)3 + log = log
k
dx 5v + 3 6 5v + 1 x
5v + 3 1
⇒ ∫ 2 dv = ∫ − dx (v − 1)5 k6
5v − 4v − 1 x ⇒ log (5v2 − 4v − 1)3 × 55 = log 6
5
(5v + 1) x
1 10v + 6 1
⇒ ∫ 2 dv = − ∫ dx
2 5v − 4v − 1 x (v − 1)5 c k6
⇒(5v + 1)3(v − 1)3 × = 6 , where c = 5
1 10v − 4 + 10 1 (5v + 1) 5
x 5
⇒ ∫ 2 dv = − ∫ dx
2 5v − 4v − 1 x (v − 1)8 c (v − 1)4 c
⇒ = 6 ⇒ = 3
1 10v − 4 1 (5v + 1) 2
x 5v + 1 x
2 ∫ 5v2 − 4v − 1
⇒ dv + 5∫ 2 dv
5v − 4v − 1 (y − x)4 c
⇒ = 3 ⇒(y − x)4 = c(5y + x)
= − log x + log k 4 5y + x x
x
x
dv = log
1 5 1 k
⇒ log [5v2 − 4v − 1] + ∫
2 5 v2 − 4 v − 1 x ⇒ (y − x + 3)4 = c (5y + x − 3)
5 5
1 1 k 80. (d) Given differential equation,
⇒ log [5v2 − 4v − 1] + ∫ dv = log
2 2 dy
v − 2 − 1 − 4 x x − y = x 2 sin x
5 5 25 dx
xdy − ydx
= sin xdx ⇒ ∫ d = ∫ sinxdx
y
1
⇒ log [5v − 4v − 1] + ∫
2 1
dv = log
k ⇒
2 2 x 2 x
2 v − 2 − 3 x
y
5 5 ⇒ = − cos x + c
x
2 3
v− − ∴ y(π) = 0 ⇒ c = −1 ⇒ y = − x cos x − x
1 1 5 5 = log k
⇒ log [5v2 − 4v − 1] + log dy
2 2×
3
v− +
2 3 x Now, = − cos x + x sin x − 1 = 0 for extremum.
5 5 5 dx
5v − 5 x x x x
1 5
⇒ log [5v2 − 4v − 1] + log = log
k ⇒ 2x sin cos = 2cos2 ⇒ x = cot
2 6 5v + 1 x 2 2 2 2
α
∴ x =α is the extreme value, so α = cot
2
Physics
81. (b) When current flows through a wire, the ∴Displacement of object, ∆x = x 2 − x1
electrons present in it , move under the influence = (α + 16β) − (α + 4β)
of both,the electric field and magnetic field. = 12β
Hence,the dominant force experienced by the Average velocity,
electron is electromagnetic in nature and given by ∆x 12β
vavg = =
F = Fe + Fm = q[E + (v × B)] ∆t (4 − 2)
82. (a) Given, absolute error in length, ∆l = 0.05 m 12β
⇒ 12 = (Q vavg = 12 ms−1)
Measured length, l = 5 m 2
∆l ⇒ β = 2 ms−2
The fractional error in length =
l
84. (c) The given situation is as shown in figure,
∴Percentage error in length
= Fractional error × 100 36 km/h 18 km/h
∆l 0.05
= × 100 = × 100 = 1% A B
l 5 West East
a2 l v2 v0
v0 3
m1 m2 m2 m1
Mg
As, momentum is conserved in collision,
⇒ Ma 2 = Mg − T …(ii) ∴ pi = p f
As, thread is uniform and of constant length, so v
2a1 = a 2 ⇒ m1 v0 = m2v2 + m1 0
3
From Eq. (i), we get 2m1 v0
ma 2 ⇒ v2 = …(i)
= 2T − mg …(iii) 3m2
2
Given that, the bag rises upto height h.
Multiplying Eq. (ii) by 2 and adding to
So, at this height the kinetic energy is equal to
Eq. (iii), we get potential energy.
ma 2
2Ma 2 + = 2Mg − mg i.e., KE = PE ⇒
1
m2v22 = m2 gh
2 2
2 − m 2
1 2 1 2m1 v0
(2M − m) M g ⇒ h= v2 =
⇒ a2 = g= 2g 2g 3m2
2M + m 2 + m
2 2M
91. (d) The situation given can be shown as,
m
Here, = 1.2 and g = 10 ms −2
M
(2 − 1.2)
∴ a2 = × 10
2 + 1.2 O
R
2
0.8 40 ~
= × 10 = − 3 m/s 2
26. 1.3
89. (c) The motion of projectile is as shown in figure, Here, R be the radius of circular disc = 2 cm
The radius of removed portion, r = 1 cm
Y
Area of whole disc, A1 = πR2 = 4 π cm 2
Area of removed portion, A2 = πr 2 = π cm 2
u sin θ u 1
As, th area of the disc is removed, so remaining
u cos θ
4
3
area of the disc is th initial area.
60º 4
X 3
u cos θ Similarly, remaining mass, m1 = m
4
Let initial velocity of projection is u, so initial 1
kinetic energy is Mass of removed portion, m2 = m
1 4
KE1 = mu2 …(i) Let x be the maximum shift in centre of mass. So,
2
initially centre of mass along X-axis of complete
At highest point, the vertical component of velocity
disc,
is zero, while the horizontal component is ucosθ,
m x + m2r
which is non-zero. So, the kinetic energy at this x CM = 1
point is m1 + m2
1 1 3 1
KE 2 = m(u cosθ)2 = mu2 cos2 θ mx + mr
2 2 0= 4 4
K 3 1
= KE1 cos2 60° = (Q KE1 = K and cos 60° = 1/2) m+ m
4 4 4
82 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
3 1 1 1
⇒ mx = − mr or x = − r = − cm 93. (a) The motion of sphere is as shown in figure
4 4 3 3
i.e., the centre of mass of remaining portion will
1
shift to the left of origin at cm. r R
3
Now, the disc is rotated by angle θ, so the centre of
mass will also shift by angle θ as shown
As, the sphere has simple harmonic motion on a
curved surface, which is equivalent to the motion
Q
of pendulum. So, its time period is
R 1/3 cm l
θ T = 2π
P O g
1 3 cm
Here, l=R
R
∴ T = 2π
g
∆OPQ is isoscales. So, a perpendicular drawn from
O, on PQ divide the angle θ and length PQ in equal 94. (a) Here, masses of each galaxy are
parts i.e., m1 = m2 = 8 × 1011 solar mass
dT εσA
96. (a) ⇒ − = [(T0 + ∆T)4 − T04 ]
dt mc
εσA 4
4
∆T
= T0 1 + − 1
r1 mc T0
r r2
x1 3
εσA 4 4∆T
= T0 1 + − 1 (Q ∆T << T0)
Exit mc T0
εσA4T03
Inlet = ∆T
mc
Reynold’s number of flow is given by dT
⇒ − = k∆T
2vρr dt
Re =
η εσA4T03
where, k=
where, v = velocity of flow, ρ = density of fluid, mc
r = radius of tube and η = viscosity of flow ∴
dT
= − k(T − T0)
Now, required ratio is dt
R1 2v1ρr1 2v2ρr2 This is Newton’s law of cooling.
=
R2 η η Hence, Newton’s law of cooling is a special case of
Stefan’s law.
R1 v1 r1
= × …(i)
R2 v2 r2 98. (a) Following changes occur in given conversion
process
Now, by equation of continuity
A1 v1 = A2v2 ice at mc∆T ice at
–10ºC 0ºC
v1 A r2 m Lf
⇒ = 2 = 22 …(ii) m=40 g
v2 A1 r1
steam at m L v water at mc∆T water at
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get –100ºC 100ºC 0ºC
R1 r22 r1 r2 mc∆T
= × =
R2 r12 r2 r1 steam at
R1 r0 e − α( x1 + 3) e − αx1 ⋅ e −3α –110ºC
⇒ = − αx1
= = e −3α
R2 r0 e e − αx1 So, required thermal energy
=
1
=
1 Q α = 1 m−1 = m {cice (0° C − (−10° C)) +
e 3α e 3 Lfusion + c water (100° C − 0° C)
+ Lvaporisation
97. (c) According to Stefan’s law heat energy + csteam (110° C − 100° C)}
absorbed is given by
400
dQ = {0.5 × 10 + 80 + 1 × 100 + 540 + 0.48 × 10}
= εσA(T 4 − T04) …(i) 1000
dt
= 29192
. kcal
where, T = temperature of body
and T0 = temperature of surroundings. 99. (a) Both source and sink in a Carnot cycle have
If m be the mass of body and c be the specific heat, infinite capacity.
then heat loss at temperature T is So, extracting or expelling heat in them does not
dQ dT change their temperatures.
= − mc …(ii)
dt dt 100. (a) Pressure of an ideal gas is given by
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 1 mN 2
p= (v )
dT 3 V
− mc = εσA(T 4 − T04)
dt When mass of molecule is doubled and speed is
dT εσA 4 halved, pressure becomes
⇒ − = (T − T04)
dt mc
Here, T = T0 + ∆T
84 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
2
1 (2m)N v 1 1 1
⋅ = (v)2 − =
1 1 mN
p′ =
3 V 2 23 V v u f
1 1 1 1 −3 1
= p′ ⇒ − = ; ⇒ =
2 4u u 20 4u 20
p 2 −3
⇒ = ⇒ p : p′ = 2 : 1 or u = × 20 = −15 cm
p′ 1 4
So, object is at a distance of 15 cm from the lens,
101. (a) f'
vs when image is virtual.
f Observer
103. (c) In vacuum all frequencies of electromagnetic
Source waves travels with same speed.
Here a source is moving away from a stationary Hence, all colours of white light travel at same
observer. speed in vacuum.
So, frequency recorded at source will be lower
than true frequency.
104. (c) (a) In Young’s double slit experiment, the
fringe width is given by
Apparent frequency at observer,
λD 1
v β= ⇒β∝
f′ = f d d
v + vs So, if width between two slit (d) increases, the
where, v = speed of sound = 340 m/s fringe width reduces.
5
and vs = 72km/h = 72 × = 20 ms −1 (b) In diffraction due to single slit, the path difference
18 between rays reaching centre of screen is zero, so
340 its intensity at centre is maximum i.e., bright
∴ f ′ = 2000
340 + 20 fringe is observed at centre.
µ 0I
106. (d) Given situation is B=
2R
Q
q2 B
x
90º
q1
I
As field inside shell is zero, so force on q1 = q1 Ein = 0. For one quarter of loop,
1 µ I 1 µ I
B = × 0 = 0 T
Also force on q 2 is due to both q1 and Q ,
F=
1 q Q
⋅ 2 +
1 q q
⋅ 2 1 4 2R 8 R
4 πε0 x 2 4 πε0 x 2
110. (a) Frequency of rotation of a charged particle in
1 q (Q + q )
∴ F= ⋅ 2 2 1 a cyclotron is
4 πε0 x Bq Bq
2 f = ⇒f ∝
107. (a) For bulbs, Power, P = V 2πm m
R
1 111. (a) Magnetic moment of a bar magnet,
⇒ R ∝ , Assuming same voltage source M = m(2l)
P
= pole strength × distance between poles
Hence, bulb with least power has highest resistance
i.e., 100 W bulb filament has high resistance. When bar magnet is bent as an arc distance
between poles decreases whereas pole strength
108. (c) The given situation is shown below. Suppose remains same.
bridge is balanced at a distance l from one end. So, its magnetic moment also, decreases.
3Ω 9Ω
112. (b) Magnetic field due to a current carrying
conductor at an outside point is given by
µ I
B= 0 T
l 2πr
K
G 113. (b) In an AC-circuit, the power or rate of energy
dissipated is
Initially in balance condition, P = VI cos φ
3 9 where, φ = phase difference between voltage and
= ⇒ l = 25 cm
l 100 − l current.
When a shunt S’Ω is connected to 9Ω resistor For inductor (L) and capacitor (C), the phase
balance point shifts by 25 cm. difference between V and I is 90°.
So, new balance length = 25 + 25 = 50 cm ∴ PL or C = VI cos 90° = 0 (Q cos 90° = 0)
S For resistor (R), the phase difference between V
3Ω and I is zero.
∴ PR = VI cos 0° = VI (Q cos 0° = 1)
9Ω
Hence, only due to resistor R, energy is dissipated
in an L-C-R circuit.
50 cm
114. (a) Displacement current,
K dφ ∆φ
G I d = ε0 = ε0
dt ∆t
∆EA
As meter bridge is balanced at centre point. This = ε0 (Q φ = E ⋅ A)
means resistances of left and right gap are equal. ∆t
9S ε0 ⋅ ∆ V ⋅ A Q E = V
⇒ 3= ⇒ S = 4.5Ω =
9+ S ∆ t⋅ d d
109. (b) Magnetic field at centre of a complete current Here, ∆V = 200 V,
carrying circular loop is
86 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
and A = 20 cm = 20 × 10−4 m 2
2 118. (b) Given, I Z = 5I L = 20 mA
−12 −4
8.85 × 10 × 200 × 20 × 10 IS
∴ Id =
10−6 × 10−3
RS
. × 10−3 A = 35
= 35 . mA
IL=4mA
V1=10 V IZ
115. (b) According to de-Broglie hypothesis, revolving
electron in circular orbit shows wave nature. Hence, RL V2
a circular orbit can be taken to be a stationary energy VZ=6V
state only if it contains an integral number of
de-Broglie wavelength, i.e. we must have, Total current I s through Rs is I s = I Z + I L
2πrn = nλ = 20 + 4 = 24 mA
where, rn = radius of nth orbit As a potential drop of 6 V occurs across Zener
and n = number of stationary state. diode and supply voltage is 10 V.
For first orbit, So, potential drop across Rs , Vs = 10 − 6 = 4 V
n = 1 ⇒ 2πr = λ ∴Series resistor,
So, de-Broglie wavelength of the electron in the V 4
Rs = s = ≈ 167 Ω
first Bohr orbit of hydrogen atom is equal to the Is 24 × 10−3
circumference of first orbit.
119. (c) Given, circuit is as shown below
116. (c) For Balmer series,
A
= R 2 − 2 , where n = 3, 4, 5 K
1 1 1
A NAND
λ Balmer 2 n
For shortest wavelength, n = ∞
= R 2 =
1 1 R NAND Y
⇒
λ 2 4
4
or λ= …(i) B NAND
R B
For Brackett series,
Out of logic circuit is given as
= R 2 − 2 , where n = 5, 6, 7, K
1 1 1
λ Brackett 4 n Y = A⋅ B = A + B (Q x ⋅ y = x + y)
Again, for shortest wavelength, n = ∞ = A + B = output of OR gate
= R 2 =
1 1 R 120. (b) Initially modulation index, µ = 0.5 and
⇒
λ Brackett 4 16
message amplitude, Am = 10 V
= 4 = 4λ
16 4 A A 10
or λ Brackett = [From Eq. (i)] As, µ = m ⇒ Ac1 = m = = 20 V
R R Ac µ 0.5
117. (a) Activity of a radioactive sample reduced by When µ = 0.8 and Am = 10 V,
half in one half-life. A 10
Ac 2 = m = = 12.5 V
So, if s be the permissible safe value of source, µ 0.8
then following cycle will be followed, Change in carrier amplitude is
T1/2 T1/2 ∆Ac = Ac1 − Ac 2 = 20 − 12.5 = 7.5 V
32s 16s 8s
Thus, carrier frequency is reduced by 7.5 V.
T1/2
2s 4s
T1/2
T1/2
s
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 87
Chemistry
121. (d) d-subshell has five orbitals, i.e. dx 2 − y 2 , dz 2 , dxy , 126. (a) Dipole moment is a quantity that describes
two opposite charges separated by a distance.
dxz and d yz . Out of which d and dz 2 are
x 2 − y2 It is quantity that we can measure for a molecule
directly oriented towards ligands in octahedral in lab and thereby determine the size of partial
coordination compounds because of high electron charges on the molecule.
density in its orbitals. Among the given species, more closer the groups
Hence, (d) is the correct answer. attached to the ring → show more
dipole-moments then the species that has no
122. (c) The formula of ethane is (CH 3 CH 3), i.e. second group attached to the ring. Hence,
It has two carbon atoms and each contain six increasing order of dipole moment is
electrons. Also, it has six hydrogen atoms, which (iv) < (i) < (ii) < (iii)
contain 1 electron.
Hence, option (a) is correct.
Thus, total number of electrons = 6 + 6 + 6 = 18
Therefore, one mole of ethane has 127. (d) Rate of diffusion is the change in number of
18 × 6.02 × 1023 = 108.36 × 1023 diffusing molecules inside the cell over a time.
i.e. 108.4 × 1023 electrons Since, net movement of diffusion depends on the
concentration gradient, the rate of diffusion ∝
(Q 1 mol = 6.02 × 1023 particles) concentration gradient across the membrane.
Hence, (c) is the correct answer. Also, the ratio of rate of diffusion is inversely
123. (b) Ability of an atom to attract the shared pair of proportional to the square root of the masses.
electrons towards itself, is called electronegativity. Q Mass of SO 2 = 64
Fluorine (F) has highest electronegativity among Mass of CO 2 = 44
the given species. Mass of SO 3 = 80
Due to small size and seven electrons in its Mass of PCl 3 = 137
outermost shell, it shows highest electronegativity.
∴Rate of diffusion of SO 2, CO 2, PCl 3 and SO 3 is
At pulling scale, it is considered as 4.0.
Hence, option (b) is the correct. CO 2 > SO 2 > SO 3 > PCl 3
Hence, option (d) is correct.
124. (a) Lanthanide contraction is the steady decrease
in size of atoms and ions of rare earth elements 128. (a) Given, N 2 = 63% (% mass of N 2)
with increasing atomic number from lanthanum. O 2 = 16% (% mass of O 2)
(Atomic number = 57) Kr = 21% (% mass of Kr)
It is caused by poor shielding effect of 4 f-electrons. Total pressure (p) = ?
In row 3, we have 4 f-electrons which do not shield % mass
good, causing a greater nuclear charge. This greater Then, partial pressure of N 2 =
molar mass (= 28)
nuclear charge has a greater pull on electrons.
63
Thus, we can say that decrease in atomic radii is = = 2.25 p
the effect of lanthanoid contraction in lanthanoid 28
series. Hence, option (a) is correct. % mass
Partial pressure of O 2 =
molar mass (= 32)
125. (b) Among hydrocarbon bonds, the carbon atoms,
which do not contain any pi (π) bond show sp 3 16
= = 0.5 p
hybridisation. The carbon atoms, that contain one 32
pi (π) bond show sp 2 and which contain two pi (π) % mass
and partial pressure of Kr =
bonds show sp-hybridisation, because pi (π) bonds molar mass (= 84)
do not get hybridised. 21
= = 0.25 p
Thus, (C1) = sp-hybridisation 84
Hence, partial pressure of N 2 = 2.5 p
(C2) = sp 2-hybridisation
O 2 = 0.5 p
(C3) = sp-hybridisation
and Kr = 0.25 p
Hence, option (b) is correct.
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
88 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
∴Option (b) is the correct answer. 136. (c) Boron atom in diborane is known to be sp 3
hybridised because it has four hybrid-orbitals.
133. (d) QHCl is a strong acid. Three of these has one electron each and one is an
−8
The concentration of HCl = 10 M empty orbital. The two electrons of hybrid orbitals
+ +
[H ] = [H ] obtained from HCl + obtained by H 2O in each of boron atom form two bonds with1s of
hydrogen atoms. The two atoms of boron left with
QHCl is strong acid. that of each unpaired electron orbital and empty
∴[H + ] [HCl] = 1.0 × 10− 8 orbital forms two bridging (B H B) bonds with
The concentration of H + from ionisation is equal that of two1s hydrogen atoms. It is also called
to the [OH − ] get from water and let us consider it banana bond.
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
= x.
Then, [H + ] H 2 O = [OH − ]H 2 O = x 137. (d)
+
Total [H ] = x + 1.0 × 10 −8
...(i) (a) Graphite is an electrical conductor, but the
conductivity is direction dependent.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 89
(b) Diamond is more dense than graphite is also 141. (b) On ozonolysis of 2-methyl buta-1,3-diene with
correct because of layer structure of graphite. O 3 and Zn -H 2O cleaves both C == C and convert
(c) Diamond is meta stable is also correct. It is said them to carbonyl groups.
to be meta stable, because it is kinetically Hence,
stable but thermodynamically not stable. O3
2-methyl buta-1, 3-diene →
(d) Graphite is thermodynamically less stable Zn- H 2 O
allotrope is incorrect. Actually graphite is CH 3CHO + 2H ⋅ CHO
thermodynamically more stable than diamond. [Product(s)]
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. Thus, option (b) is the correct.
138. (c) Photochemical smog is a type of smog, produced 142. (b) Q In sodium
+
chloride crystal, the distance
−
when ultraviolet light from the sun reacts with between Na and Cl is Y pm.
nitrogen oxides organic compounds or O 3 in the QNaCl has fcc structure in which Na + occupies all
atmosphere. It is visible as brown haze and more octahedral voids, while Cl − ions are present at all
prominent during morning and afternoon, corners and edge centers.
especially in densely populated warm cities. If, edge length = a
Hence, (c) is the correct answer (i.e. SO 2 is not the The distance between Na + and Cl − = Y pm (Given)
component of photochemical smog). a = 2(rCl − + rNa + ) = 2Y pm
139. (c) It is a form of isomerism displayed by Hence, edge length is 2Y pm and option (b) is the
unsaturated compounds or by ring compounds, correct answer.
where rotation about carbon bond is restricted
C2F ⋅ Cl ⋅ Br ⋅ I also show geometrical isomerism as 143. (b) QNaCl is an ionic salt and go for complete
follows. ionisation, so has maximum osmotic pressure,
while glucose and urea does not ionises. For
F Br F Cl
(i) C C (ii) C C NaCl (i = 2) and for glucose and urea (i = 1)
I Cl I Br Q π = i CRT
where, π = osmotic pressure
F Br F I i = van’t Hoff factor
(iii) C C (iv) C C
Cl I CI Br C = molarity
R = gas constant
(v)
F I
(vi)
F Cl T = temperature in Kelvin
C C C C
Br Cl Br I Also,
n
π = i RT Q C = n
V V
Hence, C2F ⋅ Cl ⋅ Br ⋅ I has six geometrical isomers w
and therefore, option (c) is the correct answer. and π=i RT
M×V
140. (a) When 2-bromopentane is heated with w
If V, R and T are same π ∝ i ×
potassium ethoxide, we get trans-pent-2-ene. M
Because when alkyl halides react in ethanol with
where, n = number of moles of solute
potassium ethoxide, it give trans product as major
product due to more symmetrical nature as w = mass of solute
compared to cis-isomer. The reaction occurs as M = molar mass of solute
follows: V = volume
CH 3 CH CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 + C2H 5 OK Thus, (i) 30 g mL −1 of glucose
(w = 30, M = 180)
Br
1 × 30
2-bromopentane π∝ = 0.166
Ethanol 180
→ CH 3 CH == CH CH 2 CH 3
trans-pent-2-ene (ii) 60 g mL − 1 of NH 2 CONH 2
(It shows elimination reaction.) (w = 60, M = 60)
1 × 60
Hence, trans-2-pantane is the main product π∝ = 1.00
and option (a) is the correct answer. 60
90 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
(iii) 80 g mL − 1 of glucose 146. (b) Activation energy is the energy that must be
(w = 80, M = 180) provided to compound to result in a chemical
1 × 80 reaction.
π∝ = 0.44 Given, for the reaction A → B.
80
E b or average energy of (A) = 30 kcal/mol
(iv) 58.5 g mL − 1 of NaCl
Average energy of (B) = 60 kcal/mol
(i = 2) w = 58.5, M = 58.5
and energy of activation for backward reaction
w 58.5
∴ π∝i = 2× =2 = 93 kcal/mol (H f )
M 58.5
Also,Q H f = E a( f) −E b
Hence, order of osmotic pressure will be
∴ E a( f) = H f + E b = 93 + 30 = 123 kcal/mol
(i) < (iii) < (ii) < (iv)
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
Hence, (b) is the correct answer.
147. (d) Auto catalyst is a chemical reaction in which,
144. (a) Q Osmotic pressure (π) = i ⋅ CRT if one of reaction products is also act as a catalyst
Also, according Arrhenius principle, for the same or coupled reaction. In the given
reaction (s).
pH = .... − log H +
5 C2O 24 − + 2MnO −4 + 16H + → 10CO 2 + 2Mn2 +
Given, pH = 3
3 = − log [H + ] or [H + ] = 0.001 + 8H 2O
Assume HX is a monobasic acid. is an example of all to catalyst where, Mn2 + ions
act as an auto catalyst.
Then, HX = H+ + X −
Hence, (d) is the correct answer.
Relation between [H + ] and degree of dissociation.
148. (a) Iron pyrite i.e., FeS2, it is also known as
[H + ] = C ⋅ α
Fool’s-Gold.
0.001
α= = 0.01 It is not an ideal choice of ore for extraction of
0.1 iron, because it produces polluting sulphur
i = 1.01 containing gases, e.g. SO 2, SO 3 etc. though it is
Now, according to van’t Hoff theory thermodynamically feasible, stable and can be
i = 1 + α = 1 + 0.01 = 1.01 used in roasting process.
Q Osmotic pressure (π) = i CRT Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
π = 1.01 × 0.1 × RT K − 1 mol − 1 149. (b) Mixture of concentrated HCl and HNO 3 in 3 : 1
−1 −1
[R = 0.08 L atm K mol , T = 27 + 273 = 300 K] ratio is called aqua-regia. On reaction, it gives NOCl
as follows :
π = 1.01 × 0.1 × 0.08 × 300 = 2.42 atm
3HCl + HNO 3 → NOCl + 2H 2O + Cl 2
Hence, (a) is the correct answer.
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
145. (d) The molar conductivity of an electrolyte
solution is defined as its conductivity (κ) divide by
150. (c) In the reaction,
its molar concentration (C). i.e., P4 + 10SO 2Cl 2 → x + y
κ (x) is PCl 5 and (y) is SO 2.
Molar conductivity (λ) =
C The complete reaction is as follows :
The measurement of molar conductivity of P4 + 10SO 2Cl 2 → 4PCl 5 + 10SO 2
solutions of coordinate compounds helps to Hence, (c) is the correct answer.
estimate the number of ions furnished by
compound in the solution. 151. (d) Q Order of crystal field splitting for the ligands
By comparing molar conductivity we are able to in Cr 3 + is
predict the number of ions present in the solution. I − < H 2O < NH 3 < CN −
More be the number of ions, more is the value of ← → ←→
molar conductivity. Weak field ligand Strong field ligand
Q Potassium hexacynoferrate (II), give maximum Hence, correct order is
number of ions. I − < H 2O <NH 3 < CN − and option (d) is the correct
Thus, (d) is the correct answer.
answer.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 91
Oxidation state is also called oxidation number. Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
The oxidation number of K = + 1
155. (c) The given dipeptide is an artificial sweetening
The oxidation number of C2O 24 − = − 2 agent and is known a ‘aspartame’. The structure
Let, oxidation number of Cr = x of aspartame is as follows:
Then, in K 3[Cr(C2O 4)3] value of ‘x’ is calculated as
follows.
3× + 1 + x + 3× − 2= 0 O
∴x = + 3 HO OMe
N
Hence, oxidation state of Cr in K 3[Cr(C2O 4)3] is +3. H
O NH2 O
Thus, option (c) the correct answer.
or C6H 5 CH 2 CH NH C CH CH 2 ⋅ COOH
153. (c) (A) Natural rubber is cis-polyisoprene with
formula. COCH 3 O NH 2
Aspartame
—CH 2 C == CH CH 2 — It is methyl ester of dipeptide derivative, derived
from phenyl alanine and aspartic acid. It is about
CH 3 n 150-200 times sweetener than sucrose, but is
unstable at cooking temperature.
(B) PVC is polyvinyl chloride with formula
CH 2 == CH ⋅ Cl. It will show free radical Hence, the correct answer is option (c).
polymerisation. 156. (d) During substitution, when rate of reaction
(C) Terylene is also called dacron with formula. depends only on one concentration term
(i.e. commonly a substrate) e.g. alkyl halides. The
—OCH2 . CH2—O—C— —C— reaction is of first order and called SN1 reactions.
Here, rate ∝ substrate
n
or, rate = k[RX] i.e. alkyl halide
It is formed by condensation polymerisation
Step I RX →
Slow
R+ + X −
using.
−
Step II R+ →
OH
ROH
n . HO—H2C==CH2 . HO + n . HOOC— —COOH Fast
157. (a) In the given reaction, the major product is as H 3C HC == CH CHO
follows, H O/ Hg2 + / H + ,dil. NaOH
HC ≡≡ CH
2
→
OH OCH3 H 3C HC == CH CHO
(i) NaOH (aq), CH3I but - 2- enal
(ii) Anhyd. AlCl3, CH3CH2COCl (Product)
Hence, (b) is the correct answer.
(iii) NaBH4
160. (c) Diazonium salts are group of organic
CH3
compounds that has common functional group
HO
(Major product) R N +2 X − , where R is any organic group, e.g. alkyl
or aryl. ‘X’ is an inorganic group, e.g. halogens.
(I) Step (i) and (ii) give substitution product.
(a) Aliphatic diazonium salts are not very stable.
(II) Step (iii) give the major product.
(b) Aniline can be converted into phenol via
Hence, (a) is the correct answer.
diazonium salt.
158. (d) DIBAL-H is diisobutyl aluminium hydride. It (c) Aliphatic diazonium salts liberate nitrogen gas
is a reducing agent with formula [i -Bu 2AlH] Z . quantitatively.
It is used to convert ester into aldehyde. Hence, (d) Aniline can be converted into fluorobenzene
(d) is the correct answer. via diazonium salt.
159. (b) Acetylene is (HC ≡≡ CH), using H 2O/Hg 2 + /H + Hence, statement (c) is true and is the correct
answer.
dil. NaOH, we get but-2-enal as follows.
TS EAMCET 10 Sep 2020
Session 1
(10:00 AM to 1:00 PM)
8. The solutions of the equation z 2(1 - z 2) = 16, 16. At an election a voter may vote for any
z ÎC, lie on the curve number of candidates not exceeding the
2 number to be elected. If 4 candidates are to
(a)| z|= 1 (b)| z|=
| z| be elected out of the 12 contested in the
election and voter votes for at least one
(c)| z|2 = 3| z|+2 (d)| z|= 2
candidate, then the number of ways in which
9. If z, z,-z , -z forms a rectangle of area 2 3 a voter can vote is
square units, then one such z is (a) 793 (b) 298 (c) 781 (d) 1585
1 5 + 3i
(a) + 3i (b) 17. Let x ÎR be so small that the powers of x
2 4 beyond two are insignificant and negligibly
3 3i 3 + 11i
(c) + (d) small. For such x, if (1 - x)3 (2 + x)6 is
2 2 2
8 16 approximated by a + bx + cx 2 , then a + b + c =
æ cos q + i sin q ö æ 1 + cos q - i sin q ö (a) -80 (b) 144 (c) 80 (d) 127
10. ç ÷ +ç ÷ =
è sin q + i cos q ø è1 + cos q + i sinq ø 1
22. Assertion (A) If A = 15°, B = 17° and C = 13°, 1 + cos C 1 + cos A 1 + cos B
27. In DABC, + + =
then cot 2 A + cot 2 B + cot 2C r1 + r2 r2 + r3 r1 + r3
= cot 2 A cot 2 Bcot 2C 2 R 3 6R
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Reason (R) In a DPQR, 3R 2 2R 5
P Q Q R P R 28. In a triangle ABC, if
tan tan + tan tan + tan tan = 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 cos A cos B + sin A sin Bsin C = 1, then a : b : c =
The correct option among the following is (a) 1 : 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 1 : 1
(a) (A) is true, (R) is true and (R) is the correct (c) 2 : 1 : 1 (d) 1 : 2 : 1
explanation for (A)
29. Let OA = a , OB = b be two non collinear
(b) (A) is true, (R) is true but (R) is not the correct
explanation for (A) vectors, OP = x1a + y1 b, OQ = x 2a + y 2 b and
(c) (A) is true but (R) is false -3 1
A ¢O = OA, B ¢O = OB. If x1 = , x2 = ,
(d) (A) is false but (R) is true 4 3
7 5
23. The solution set of the trigonometric y1 = ,y 2 = , then
4 3
equation tan q + 5 cot q = sec q is
q p (a) P lies inside the DA ¢OB and Q lies outside the
(a) ìí = 2 n p ± , n Î Z üý DAOB
î q 3 þ
(b) P lies outside the DAOB¢ and Q lies on the DA ¢OB¢
q p
(b) ìí = np + (-1)n , n Î Z üý (c) P lies inside the DAOB and Q lies outside the
îq 2 þ DAOB¢
ì q p ü (d) P lies on the DA ¢OB and Q lies outside the DAOB
(c) í = np + , n Î Z ý
îq 6 þ
30. The position vector of a point P is 2$i + $j + 3k$
(d) f
and a = - $i - 2 k$ , b = $i + $j + 2 k$ are two vectors
1 1 1 p
24. If tan -1 + sec -1 x + tan -1 = , then x 2 = which determine a plane p. The equation of a
5 2 8 8
line through P normal to b and lying on the
12 50
(a) (b) plane p is
7 49
13 1 (a) r = 2 $i + $j + 3k$ + l(- $i + 5$j - 2 k$ )
(c) (d)
12 2 (b) r = 2 $i + $j + 3k$ + l($i + $j + k$ )
æ1 + 10 ö (c) r = 2 $i + $j + 3k$ + l(-2 $i - $j + 3k$ )
25. Assertion (A) cosech -1(3) = log ç ÷
è 3 ø (d) r = 2 $i + $j + 3k$ + l(-3$i + 4$j - 5k$ )
-1
Reason (R) e cosech x is a root of the 31. In a quadrilateral ABCD, the point P divides
DC in the ratio 1 : 3 internally and Q is the
quadratic equation xp 2 - 2 p - x = 0
mid-point of AC. If
The correct option among the following is AB + AD + BC - 2DC = lPQ , then the value
(a) (A) is true, (R) is true and (R) is the correct of l is
explanation for (A) (a) -2 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) -4
(b) (A) is true, (R) is true but (R) is not the correct
explanation for (A) 32. p = 2i$ - 3$j + k$ , q = i$ + $j - k$ . If the vectors a
(c) (A) is true but (R) is false and b are the orthogonal projections of p on
(d) (A) is false but (R) is true a´b
q and q on p respectively, then =
a ×b
26. In a DABC if ÐA = 3ÐB, CA = 9 and BC = 16,
then the length of AB is 2 $i + 3$j + 5k$ 2 $i + 3$j + 5k$
(a) (b)
5 7 35 19 2 38
(a) (b) (c) 2 (d)
3 3 3 2 $i + 3$j + 5k$ 3 $i - 2 $j
(c) (d)
2 13
96 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
33. Let a = 2i$ - 3$j + 4 k$ , b = 7 i$ + 2$j - 3k$ , 40. If 20% of the bolts produced by a machine
c = $i + $j + k$ . The vector x such that x × c = 60 are defective then the probability that out of
4 bolts chosen at random, less than 2 bolts
and perpendicular to both a, b is
will be defective, is
(a) 14$i - 6$j - 12k$ (b) $i + 34$j + 25k$ (a) 0.2048 (b) 0.4096 (c) 0.8192 (d) 0.1024
(c) 4$i - 21$j - 12k$ (d) 6$i - 6$j + 28k$
41. In a book consisting of 600 pages, there are
34. The shortest distance between the line 60 typographical errors. The probability that
r = 2 $i - 2 $j + 3 k$ + l($i - $j + 4 k$ ) and the plane a randomly chosen page will contain at most
r × ($i + 5 $j + k$ ) = 5 is two errors, is
1 1 æ 221ö
1 5 10 11 (a) e (b) ç ÷
(a) (b) (c) (d) 5 e 0.1 è 200 ø
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
(c) 0.1 æç
1 111ö 1
÷ (d) e 0.1
35. For the following frequency distribution, the e è 200 ø 5
variance is approximately equal to
42. If M is the foot of the perpendicular drawn
Class 0-5 5-10 10-15 15-20 20-25 from the origin O on to the variable line L,
Interval passing through a fixed point (a , b), then the
Frequency 4 1 10 3 2 locus of the mid-point of OM is
(a) x2 + y2 = a2 + b 2 (b) 2 x2 + 2 y2 - ax - by = 0
(a) 33.1 (b) 30.55 (c) 34.75 (d) 37.50 (c) ax + by = 0 (d) 2 x2 + 2 y2 - ay - bx = 0
36. If the mean of the discrete distribution 8, 9, æ3 3ö
6, 5, x, 4, 6, 5 is 6, then its standard deviation 43. When the origin is shifted to the point ç , ÷
è2 2ø
(nearest to two decimal places) is
by the translation of coordinate axes, then
(a) 2.50 (b) 1.58 (c) 0.51 (d) 1.41
the transformed equation of
37. If A and B are events of a sample space such 32 x 2 + 8 xy + 32 y 2 - 108 x - 108 y + 99 = 0 is
3 1 2 (a) 72 X 2 + 56Y 2 - 63 = 0
that P(A È B) = , P(A Ç B) = and P(A) = ,
4 4 3 (b) X 2 - 14 XY - 7 Y 2 - 2 = 0
then P(A Ç B) is (c) 32 X 2 - 16 XY + 32 Y 2 - 225 = 0
5 3 4 5
(a) (b) (c) (d) (d) 32 X 2 + 8 XY + 32 Y 2 - 63 = 0
12 8 5 4
44. A line L1 passing through A(3, 4) and having
38. Let X and Y be two events of a sample space
1 1 slope 1 cuts another line L 2 passing through
such that P(X ) = , P(X / Y) = and C at B, such that AB = AC . If the equation of
3 2 line BC is 2 x - y + 4 = 0 , then the equation of
2
P(Y / X ) = then AC is
5 (a) 7 x - y - 17 = 0 (b) x - y + 1 = 0
1 2
(a) P( X Ç Y ) = (b) P( X È Y ) = (c) x - 7 y + 25 = 0 (d) 2 x + 3 y - 18 = 0
5 5
(c) P(Y ) =
1
(d) P( X / Y ) =
1 45. Angles made with the X -axis by the two
6 2 lines passing through the point P(1, 2) and
39. Let A and B be not mutually exclusive events. 6
cutting the line x + y = 4 at a distance
4 3 æ Bö 3
If P(A) = , P(A Ç B) = then P ç ÷ = units from the point P are
9 7 è Aø
p 3p p p
1 (a) and (b) and
(a) 0 (b) 5 10 6 3
28 p 5p p 3p
3 4 (c) and (d) and
(c) (d) 12 12 8 8
13 7
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 97
52. The circle S = 0 cuts the circles 56. The eccentricity of an ellipse passing through
2 2
C1 = x + y - 8 x - 2 y + 16 = 0 and (3 2 , 10 ) with foci at (-4 , 0) and (4 , 0) is
2 2
C 2 = x + y - 4 x - 4 y - 1 = 0 orthogonally. If (a)
1
(b)
2
(c)
2
(d)
1
2 3 3 3
98 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
57. If the product of the lengths of the 64. let g(x) ¹ 0, g ¢(x) ¹ 0, f (x) ¹ 0, f ¢(x) ¹ 0. If
perpendiculars drawn from the foci to the F(x) = f (x) g(x), G(x) = f ¢(x) g ¢(x) and
-3 F ¢(x) = G(x)H (x) = F(x)K (x), then H (x) + K (x) =
tangent y = x + 3 2 of the ellipse
4 f¢ f g f¢ g g¢
(a) + + (b) + +
x 2 y2 f f¢ g¢ f g¢ g
+ = 1 is 9, then the eccentricity of that f ¢g ¢ + fg f¢ g f g¢
a 2 b2 (c) (d) + + +
ellipse is ff ¢gg ¢ f g¢ f¢ g
2 5 1 7 x sin -1 x dy
(a)
3
(b)
6
(c)
9
(d)
4
65. If y = + log 1 - x 2 , then =
2 dx
1- x
58. The equation of the hyperbola, whose sin-1 x sin-1 x
(a) (b)
eccentricity is 2 and whose foci are 16 units 1- x 2
(1 - x2 )3 / 2
apart, is x xsin-1 x 2x
(a) 9 x2 - 4 y2 = 36 (b) 2 x2 - 3 y2 = 7 (c) 2
(d) -
1- x 1- x 2
1 - x2
(c) x2 - y2 = 16 (d) x2 - y2 = 32
66. Let f (x) and g(x) be twice differentiable
59. If the points A(-1, 0 , 7), B(3, 2, t), C (5, k , - 2)
functions such that f (x) = x 2 + g ¢()
1 x + g ¢¢(2)
are collinear, then the ratio in which the
point P(t, k - 2 t, t + k) divides the line segment and g(x) = f ()1 x 2 + xf ¢(x) + f ¢¢(x). Then
BC is f (x) - g(x) =
(a) -2 : 3 (b) -1 : 2 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 1 : 1 (a) 2 x + 5 (b) 3 x2 + 6 x + 1
(c) x2 - 6 x + 2 (d) x2 - 2
60. The direction cosines l, m,n of two lines are
satisfying 3 l + m + 5 n = 0 and 67. If the area of a circle increases at the rate of
6 mn - 2 nl + 5 lm = 0 . If q is the angle between 1
sq. units/sec, then the rate (in units/sec)
those lines then|cos q|= p
1 1 1 1 at which the perimeter of the circle changes,
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 2 6 3 when perimeter is p units, is
61. A tetrahedron has vertices O(0 , 0 , 0), A(1, 2, 1), (a) 2 (b) 4
1
B(2 , 1, 3), C (-1, 1, 2). If q is the angle between (c) (d) p
p
the faces OAB and ABC, then cosq =
1 19 68. Let a be a fixed positive real number and n be
(a) (b)
2 35 xn
3 17 an arbitrary constant. For the curve y = ,
(c) (d) a n-1
2 31
if the length of the subnormal at any point
x2 x3 x4 (a, b) is proportional to a 2 , then n =
62. If log(1 + x) = x - + - + ...... ¥ and
2 3 4 (a) 2 (b) 1
log(1 + x)1 + x 1 (c) 0 (d)
3
lim - = k, then 12k = 2
x ®0 x2 x
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 6 (d) 9 69. In each of the choices given below, a function
ìk, for x = 1 and an interval are given. The correct choice
ï having a function and the associated interval
63. If f (x) = í (9 x - 1)( x - 1) is
, for x ¹ 1 for which the Lagrange’s mean value
ï 2
theorem is not valid is
î 3x + 2x - 5
continuous on [0 , ¥) , then k = (a)| x| : [1, 5] (b) log x : [1, e ]
1 1 1 1 2x-1
(a) (b) (c) (d) (c) : [1, 2 ] (d) ( x - 2 )2 ( x - 4)2 : [2, 4]
16 8 4 2 3x - 4
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 99
3 3 dx
(a) 3 y4 + 3 tan-1(3 y ) + C p/ 2
4 76. òp/ 4 æ 3p ö
8 sin ç x - ÷
=
3 è 8 ø
(b) y2 / 3 + 6 tan-1(6 y2 ) + C 1+ e
2
2 3 2 3 p 3
(c) + 6log(1 + y2 ) + C (a) p (b) p (c) (d) p
4 4 8 8
33 y2
3 77. If the area of the region bounded by y = cos x ,
(d) + tan-1(3 y2 ) + C
1+ y p
y = sin x , x = and x = p is bisected by the
1 4
72. For k Î (1, ¥), ò dx = æ pö
1 + k cos x line x = a, then sin ç a + ÷ =
è 4ø
2 æ 1- k xö
(a) tan-1 ç tan ÷ + C 2 3+1 2 -1 3+1
1+ k 2 è 1+ k 2ø (a) (b) (c) (d)
2+ 2 2 2 2 2 2
æ k + 1 + k - 1 tan x ö
1 ç ÷ 78. If the family of curves y = ae 4x + be - x , where
(b) logç 2÷+C
2
k -1 ç k + 1 - k - 1 ÷ a, b are arbitrary constants represents the
è ø
general solution of the differential equation
æ k + 1 + k - 1 tan x ö
1 ç ÷ æ dy d 2 y ö df
(c) log -1 ç 2÷+C f ç x , y , 2 ÷ = 0 , then =
2
k +1 x
ç k + 1 - k - 1 tan ÷ è dx dx ø dx
è 2ø
d2y
dy d3y d2y dy
æ k - 1cos x + k - 1sin x ö (a) - 4y
2
-3 (b) 3
-3 2
-4
1 ç ÷ dx dx dx dx dx
(d) tan-1 ç 2 2÷+C
2 x x d3y d2y dy d3y d2y
k -1 ç k + 1cos - k - 1sin ÷ (c) 3 - 2 - 3 + 2 (d) - +3
è 2 2ø dx dx dx dx3 dx2
73. ò e -3x (x 2 + sin 4 x)dx = 79. If the length of the sub tangent at any point
p(x , y) on a curve f (x , y) = 0 is x + 7 y 2 , then
æ x2 2 x 2 3 4 ö
(a) - e -3 x ç + + + sin 4 x + cos 4 x÷ + C f (x , y) =
è3 9 27 25 25 ø x
(a) xy + cy - 7 x (b) + 7x-c
æ x2 2 x 2 3 4 ö y
(b) - e -3 x ç - + + sin 4 x + cos 4 x÷ + C
è 3 9 27 25 25 ø (c) 7 y2 + cy - x (d) 7 xy + cy - x
æx 2
2x 2 3 4 ö 80. If the general solution of the differential
(c) - e -3 x ç + + + sin 4 x - cos 4 x÷ + C
è 3 9 27 25 25 ø equation (y - x + 1)dy - (y + x + 2)dx = 0 is
æ x2 2 x 2 3 4 ö f (x , y , c) = 0, then the value of c such that
(d) - e -3 x ç - + + sin 4 x - cos 4 x÷ + C f (1, 1, c) = 0 is
è 3 9 27 25 25 ø
(a) 4 (b) -4 (c) 2 (d) 1
100 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
Physics
81. The nuclear forces are velocity of the projectile with which it will
(a) long range repulsive forces fall somewhere in between the points C and
(b) long range attractive forces D. [Assume, g = 10 m/s 2 ]
(c) short range attractive forces A B C D
(d) short range repulsive forces 8m 4.2 m
91. A bullet of mass 25 g moves horizontally at a 97. The specific heat of helium at constant
speed of 250 m/s is fired into a wooden block volume is 12.6 J mol -1 K -1 . The specific heat
of mass 1 kg suspended by a long string. The of helium at constant pressure in J mol -1 K -1
bullet crosses the block and emerges on the is approximately (assume, the universal gas
other side. If the centre of the mass of the constant, R = 8 .314 J mol -1 K -1 )
block rises through a height of 20 cm. The (a) 12.6 (b) 16.8
speed of the bullet as it emerges from the
(c) 18.9 (d) 20.9
block is (take, g = 10 m/s 2 )
(a) 300 m/s (b) 220 m/s
98. A composite slab is prepared with two
different materials A and B. The relation
(c) 150 m/s (d) 170 m/s
between their coefficient of thermal
92. A circular hole of radius 3 cm is cut out from conductivity and thickness is given as
a uniform circular disc of radius 6 cm. The K
K A = B and X A = 2 X B , respectively. If the
centre of the hole is at 3 cm, from the centre 2
of the original disc. The distance of centre of temperature of faces of A and B are 75°C and
gravity of the resulting flat body from the 50°C respectively, what will be the
centre of the original disc is temperature of common surface?
(a) 0.5 cm (b) 1 cm (c) 1.5 cm (d) 0.75 cm (a) 75°C (b) 50°C (c) 55°C (d) 125°C
93. For a particle executing SHM, determine the 99. Work done on heating one mole of
ratio of average acceleration of the particle monoatomic gas adiabatically through 20°C
between extreme position and equilibrium is W. Then, the work done on heating 6 moles
position w.r.t. the maximum acceleration. of rigid diatomic gas through the same
4 2 1 1 change in temperature
(a) (b) (c) (d)
p p p 2p (a) 9 W (b) 10 W (c) 12 W (d) 8 W
94. Choose the correct statement. 100. If a gas has n degrees of freedom, then the
(a) Acceleration due to gravity increases with Cp
increasing altitude. ratio of is
CV
(b) Acceleration due to gravity is independent of
mass of earth. n+ 2 2n + 1 n+ 2 n+ 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(c) A geostationary satellite can have a time period n n 2n 2n
less than 24 h.
101. A bus moving with an uniform speed of
(d) Acceleration due to gravity decreases with
increasing depth assuming earth to be a sphere 72 km/h towards a building blows a horn of
of uniform density. frequency 1.7 kHz. If speed of sound in air is
340 m/s, what will be the frequency of echo
95. A slab of side 50 cm and thickness 10 cm is heard by bus driver?
subjected to a shearing force of 10 5 N on its (a) 1.8 kHz (b) 2.0 kHz (c) 1.6 kHz (d) 1.4 kHz
narrow edge. If the lower edge is riveted to
the floor and upper edge is displaced by 102. If the image of an object is at the focal point
0.2 mm, then shear modulus of the material f to the right side of a convex lens, the
of the slab is position of the object on the left of the lens is at
(a) 6 GPa (b) 5 GPa (c) 4 GPa (d) 4.5 GPa (a) f (b) 2f (c) <f (d) ¥
96. A meniscus drop of radius 1 cm is sprayed 103. On using red light (l = 6600 Å) in Young's
into 10 6 droplets of equal size. Calculate the double slit experiment, 60 fringes are
energy expended if surface tension of observed in the field of view. If violet light
mercury is 435 ´ 10 -3 N/m. (l = 4400 Å) is used, the number of fringes
. ´ 10-3 J
(a) 541 . ´ 10-3 J
(b) 641 observed will be
. ´ 10-3 J
(c) 741 . ´ 10-3 J
(d) 841 (a) 30 (b) 120 (c) 60 (d) 90
102 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
104. Young’s double slit experiment is carried out 109. A circular coil of 10 turns and radius 10 cm is
by using green, red and blue light, one colour placed in a uniform magnetic field of 0.1 T
at a time. The fringe width recorded are b G, normal to the plane of the coil. If the current
b R , b B respectively, then in the coil is 5A, then the magnitude of the
(a) bG > b B > b R (b) b B > bG > b R torque on the coil is
(c) b R > b B > bG (d) b R > bG > b B (a) 500 pN-m (b) 0.05 pN-m
(c) 0.005 pN-m (d) zero
105. If a proton is moved against the coulomb
force of an electric field, then 110. A 50 cm long solenoid has winding of
(a) work is done by the electric field 400 turns. What current must pass through it
(b) energy is used from some outside source to produce a magnetic field of induction
(c) the strength of the field is decreased 4 p ´ 10 -3 T at the centre?
(d) the strength of the field is increased (a) 10.5A (b) 12.5A (c) 25.0A (d) 20.0A
106. Assume each oil drop consists of a 111. If relative permeability of iron is 5500, then
capacitance of C. If combine n drops to form a its susceptibility is
bigger drop, then the capacitance of bigger (a) 5500 ´ 107 (b) 5500 ´ 10-7
drop C ¢ would be (c) 5501 (d) 5499
2 n1/ 3 5n1/ 3
(a) C ¢ = C (b) C ¢ = C 112. A moving coil galvanometer of resistance
3 4
100 W is used as an ammeter using a
n1/ 3
(c) C ¢ = C (d) C ¢ = C × n1/ 3 resistance 0 .1W. The maximum deflection
5 current in the galvanometer is 100 mA. Find
107. A conductor of length 100 cm and area of the minimum current in the circuit, so that
cross-section 1 mm 2 carries a current of 5A. ammeter shows maximum deflection?
If the resistivity of the material of the (a) 100.1 mA (b) 1000.1 mA
conductor is 3.0 ´ 10 -8 W-m, then the electric (c) 10.01 mA (d) 1.01 mA
field across the conductor is 113. In CR-circuit the growth of charge on the
(a) 0.15 V/m (b) 0.015 V/m capacitor is
(c) 1.5 V/m (d) 0.0015 V/m (a) more rapid if the CR is smaller
108. If the Wheatstone’s bridge with four resistors (b) more rapid if the CR is larger
R1 , R2 and R3 , R4 is balanced, then the correct (c) independent of CR
expression is (d) independent of time
V
116. The ratio of maximum to minimum
wavelength in Balmer series of an hydrogenic
atom is (b) AC t
input
9 12
(a) (b)
5 7
9 14
(c) (d) V
7 9
(a) Y = A + B (b) Y = A + B
(c) Y = A + B (d) Y = A + B
V
120. A message signal of frequency 10 kHz and
AC peak voltage of 15 V is used to modulate a
(a) t carrier frequency of 1 MHz and peak voltage
input
of 30V. Determine the modulation index.
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.6 (c) 0.7 (d) 0.8
Chemistry
121. The degeneracy of the level of hydrogen 123. Assertion (A) Mg 2+ and Al 3+ are
æ -R ö isoelectronic but the magnitude of ionic
atoms that contain the energy of ç H ÷ is
è 16 ø radius of Al 3+ is less than that in Mg 2+ .
(a) 4 (b) 16 Reason (R) The effective nuclear charge on
(c) 9 (d) 12 the outermost electrons in Al 3+ is greater
than that in Mg 2+ .
122. Wavelength of H + ion with kinetic energy
1.65 eV is (mass of proton = 16726
. ´ 10 -27 kg) The correct option among the following is
(a) 1.22 nm (a) A is true, R is true and R is the correct explanation
(b) 0.22 nm for A.
(b) A is true, R is true but R is not the correct
(c) 0.022 nm
explanation for A.
(d) 0.122 nm (c) A is true but R is false.
(d) A is false but R is true.
104 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
124. The successive ionisation energy values for 130. KMnO 4 oxidises C2H 2O 4 to form CO 2. In
an element ‘X’ are given below : which of the following, the reaction will be
(i) 1st ionisation energy = 410 kJ mol -1 faster?
(ii) 2nd ionisation energy = 820 kJ mol -1 (a) Aq. HCl solution (b) Aq. NaOH solution
(iii) 3rd ionisation energy = 1100 kJ mol -1 (c) Aq. NaCl solution (d) Aq. NaHCO 3 solution
(iv) 4th ionisation energy = 1500 kJ mol -1 131. DH and DS for a reaction are +30.0 kJ mol -1
(v) 5th ionisation energy = 3200 kJ mol -1 and 0.06 kJK -1 mol -1 at 1 atm pressure. The
(a) 5 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 3 temperature at which free energy change is
equal to zero and nature of the reaction
125. Match the following : below this temperature are
List-I List-II (a) 500°C and non-spontaneous
(b) 227°C and non-spontaneous
A. BF 3 I. Tetrahedral
(c) 400°C and spontaneous
B. ClF 3 II. Trigonal planar (d) 127°C and spontaneous
C. NH 3 III. T-shape
132. The vapour density of N 2O 4 in N 2O 4s 2NO 2
D. NH +4 IV. Trigonal pyramidal
is 40. The degree of dissociation is
The correct match is (a) 1.25 (b) 2.50 (c) 1.50 (d) 0.15
A B C D A B C D 133. What is the equilibrium constant (K C) for the
(a) III II IV I (b) III II I IV
given reaction?
(c) II III IV I (d) II III I IV
N2 + O 2 s 2NO
126. Which of the following molecules does not
exist according to molecular orbital theory? Where the equilibrium concentration of N 2 ,
(a) Li 2 (b) Be 2 (c) B 2 (d) C 2 O 2 and NO are found to be 4 ´ 10 -3 , 3 ´ 10 -3
and 3 ´ 10 -3 M respectively.
127. Root mean square (rms) speed of O 2 is
(a) 0.750 (b) 0.622
500 m/s at a constant temperature. Calculate (c) 9 ´ 10-3 (d) 12.8 ´ 10-6
the rms speed and the average kinetic energy
of H 2 at the same temperature. (Consider, 134. Hard water contains ion of
R = 8 .33 JK -1 mol -1 ) (a) zinc
(a) 500 m/s and 4.0 kJ/mol (b) magnesium and calcium
(b) 2000 m/s and 4.0 kJ/mol (c) iron
(c) 500 m/s and 4.7 kJ/mol (d) iron and manganese
(d) 2000 m/s and 4.7 kJ/mol 135. Predict the feasibility of the given reactions
128. Which of the following describes an ideal gas? in aqueous solution
(i) The volume occupied by a gas molecule is (i) Be(OH)2 + 2OH - ¾® [Be(OH)4 ]2 -
negligible. (ii) Be(OH)2 + 2H + ¾® [Be(OH)4 ]2 +
(ii) The collision between ideal gases are
(a) Only (i) is feasible
elastic.
(b) Only (ii) is feasible
(iii) Particles are very small compared to the (c) (i) and (ii) are feasible
distance between each other.
(d) (i) and (ii) are not feasible
(a) (i) and (ii) only (b) (i) and (iii) only
(c) (ii) and (iii) only (d) (i), (ii) and (iii) only 136. What is the nature of the bonding in
anhydrous AlCl 3 and hydrated AlCl 3
129. What is the % strength of 22.4 volume of respectively?
H 2O 2 solution?
(a) Ionic and ionic (b) Ionic and covalent
(a) 3.4% (b) 2.5% (c) 5% (d) 6.8%
(c) Covalent and ionic (d) Covalent and covalent
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 105
137. Which of the following elements reacts with 144. The freezing point of equimolal aqueous
water? solution will be highest for
(a) C (b) Ge (c) Sn (d) Pb (a) BaCl 2 (b) Ca(NO 3 ) 2
(c) urea (d) Na 2 SO 4
138. Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) is a
measure of organic materials present in 145. The standard electrode potentials of Ag + /Ag
water, BOD value less than 5 ppm indicates a is +0 .80 V and Cu + /Cu is +0 .34 V. If these
water sample to be electrodes are connected through a
(a) rich in dissolved oxygen salt-bridge, which of the following
(b) poor in dissolved oxygen statements is correct?
°
(c) highly polluted (a) Silver electrode acts as anode and Ecell is
(d) not suitable for aquatic life - 0.34 V.
°
(b) Copper electrode acts as anode and Ecell is
139. Sodium fusion extract of aniline when + 0.46 V.
heated with ferrous sulphate solution and (c) Silver electrode acts as a cathode and Ecell°
is
then acidified with concentrated H 2SO 4 from - 0.34 V.
°
which of the following complexes? (d) Copper electrode acts as cathode and Ecell is
(a) [Fe(CN)6 ]4- (b) Fe 4 [Fe(CN)6 ]3 × xH2O + 0.46 V.
2+
(c) [Fe(SCN)] (d) [Fe(CN)5 NOS]4- 146. For a zero order reaction, the plot of
concentration of reactant vs time is (Hint:
140. Ethyl phenyl acetylene (1-phenyl-1-butyne) Consider the intercept on the concentration
on reduction with partially deactiveated axis)
palladised charcoal (Lindlar’s catalyst) gives (a) linear with +ve slope and non zero +ve intercept
(b) linear with -ve slope and non zero + ve intercept
(a) (b) (c) linear with -ve slope and zero intercept
(d) linear with +ve slope and zero intercept
143. A 2+ , B2+ and C - form an ionic complex like 150. Which one of the following is not a
Ax - 2[ B(C)x ]2 . If the complex is 75% colourless compound?
dissociated in a solvent with i = 4, the (a) NO (b) N2O 4
coordination number of B is (c) N2O (d) NO 2
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 6
106 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
151. Which of the following statement is not true 157. Which of the following gives alcohol/phenol
about interstitial complexes? products?
(a) Small atom like C, H or N are trapped inside (i) C2H 5CO 2H ¾¾®
crystal lattice LiAIH4
(a) (b)
Br 159. In the following reactions, P, Q and R are
Br
CO2H
(c) (d) NH2 Heat Strong heating
P Q R
CO2H
Br
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 107
P Q R
+ O 160. Following transformation can be
COO–NH4 CO2NH2
accomplished by
(a) NH
– + O
COONH4 CO2NH2 O
NH2 (i)
+ O [A ]
COO–NH4 CONH2
OH
(b) NH (ii)
–+
COO NH4 CONH2 O
+ O (i) (ii)
COO–NH4 CONH2
(a) LiAlH 4 Pyridinium dichromate
(c) NH
+ (b) Br 2 /4KOH NaNO 2 , HCl
COO–NH4 O CONH2
(c) Br 2 /3KOH Alc. KMnO 4
+ O (d) NaNO 2 , HCl LiAlH 4
CONH2 COO–NH4
(d) NH
+
CONH2 COO–NH4 O
Answers
Mathematics
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (a) 20. (d)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (b) 40. (c)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (d) 44. (a) 45. (c) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (b) 50. (c)
51. (c) 52. (a) 53. (c) 54. (a) 55. (d) 56. (b) 57. (d) 58. (d) 59. (b) 60. (c)
61. (b) 62. (c) 63. (d) 64. (d) 65. (b) 66. (d) 67. (a) 68. (d) 69. (c) 70. (a)
71. (a) 72. (b) 73. (a) 74. (b) 75. (d) 76. (d) 77. (c) 78. (b) 79. (c) 80. (c)
Physics
81. (c) 82. (b) 83. (a) 84. (c) 85. (d) 86. (a) 87. (c) 88. (a) 89. (c) 90. (*)
91. (d) 92. (b) 93. (b) 94. (d) 95. (b) 96. (a) 97. (d) 98. (c) 99. (b) 100. (a)
101. (a) 102. (d) 103. (d) 104. (d) 105. (b) 106. (d) 107. (a) 108. (a) 109. (d) 110. (b)
111. (d) 112. (a) 113. (a) 114. (a) 115. (a) 116. (a) 117. (b) 118. (c) 119. (c) 120. (a)
Chemistry
121. (b) 122. (c) 123. (a) 124. (b) 125. (c) 126. (b) 127. (b) 128. (d) 129. (d) 130. (a)
131. (a) 132. (d) 133. (a) 134. (b) 135. (c) 136. (c) 137. (c) 138. (a) 139. (b) 140. (c)
141. (b) 142. (a) 143. (c) 144. (c) 145. (b) 146. (b) 147. (c) 148. (c) 149. (a) 150. (d)
151. (d) 152. (b) 153. (d) 154. (a) 155. (a) 156. (c) 157. (c) 158. (a) 159. (b) 160. (b)
∴ $ ) ⋅ ($i + $j − k
p ⋅ q = (2$i − 3$j + k $)
B
b = 2 − 3 − 1 = −2
A
a |p|= (2)2 + (−3)2 + (1)2 = 4 + 9 + 1 = 14
O |q|= (1)2 + (1)2 + (−1)2 = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3
–a
A¢ Now, a = orthogonal projections of p on q
–b
p ⋅q −2 $)
= q = ($i + $j − k
B¢ |q|2 3
b = orthogonal projections of q on p
Clearly p lies inside the ∆A′ OB and Q lies outside q⋅p −2 $)
the ∆AOB. = p = (2$i − 3$j + k
|p|2 14
30. (a) Given, 4 $ $ $ $)
$) Now,a × b = (i + j − k) × (2$i − 3$j + k
Position vector of a point P is (2$i + $j + 3k 42
Equation of plane, $i $j k $
$ ). (a × b) = 0
(r − 2$i + $j + 3k 4 4 $)
= 1 1 −1 = (−2$i − 3$j − 5k
42 42
∴Normal of plane = a × b 2 −3 1
Equation of line through P(2$i + $j + 3k $ ) and
4 $ $ $ $ $)
normal to b and lying on the plane is and a ⋅ b =(i + i − k)(2i − 3$j + k
42
r = (2$i + $j + 3k$ ) + λ((a × b) × b) 4 −8
= (2 − 3 − 1) =
$
r = 2$i + $j + 3k + λ((b. a)b − (b. b)a) 42 42
$ + λ[(−5)($i + $j + 2k $ ) − 6(− $i − 2k
$ )] $)
4(−2$i − 3$j − 5k
r = 2$i + $j + 3k $
a ×b 42 2$i + 3$j + 5k
$ + λ(− $i + 5$j − 2k
$) ∴ = =
r = 2$i + $j + 3k a ⋅b −8 2
42
31. (d) 1 3
D (d,) C (c )
P 33. (b) We have,
1 $ , b = 7$i + 2$j − 3k $
$ , c = $i + $j + k
a = 2$i − 3$j + 4k
1 Q Since, a⊥x and b⊥x
$
$i $j k
A (a) B (b) $)
∴ x = λ(a × b) = λ 2 −3 4 = λ($i + 34$j + 25k
c + 3d a +c 7 2 −3
We have, OP = and OQ =
4 2
Now, we have x ⋅ c = 60
It is given that
$ ) ⋅ ($i + $j + k
⇒ (λ$i + 34λ$j + 25λk $ ) = 60
AB + AD + BC − 2DC = λPQ
⇒ (b − a) + (d − a) + (c − b) − 2(c − d) ⇒ λ + 34λ + 25λ = 60 ⇒ 60λ = 60 ⇒ λ = 1
a + c c − 3d) ∴ $
x = $i + 34$j + 25k
= λ −
2 4
34. (c) We have,
λ
⇒ −2a − c + 3 d = [2a + c − 3d ] L : r = 2$i − 2$j + 3k $ + λ($i − $j + 4k
$)
4
2λ $
P : r ⋅ ($i + 5$j + k) = 5
∴ = −2
4 Now, $ ) ⋅ ($i + 5$j + k
($i − $j + 4k $) = 1 − 5 + 4 = 0
⇒ λ = −4
∴ Line is parallel to plane.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 115
∴Shortest distance between line and plane = We know that, P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) − P(A ∩ B)
$ ) from plane
Distance of point (2$i − 2$j + 3k ⇒ P(B) − P(A ∩ B) = P(A ∪ B) − P(A)
$) − 5 = 0
r ⋅ ($i + 5$j + k ⇒ P(A ∩ B) = P(A ∪ B) − P(A)
= − 1 − = − =
(2$i − 2$j + 3k $ ) ⋅ ($i + 5$j + k
$) − 5 3 2 3 1 5
=
|$i + 5$j + k $| 4 3 4 3 12
∴ 0 + α , 0 + β = (h, k) ⇒ α = 2h,β = 2k m− 2 1
⇒ =±
2 2 1 + 2m 3
⇒ Coordinates of M are (2h, 2k). m− 2 1 m − 2 −1
⇒ = or = ⇒ m = 7 or m = 1
2k − 0 k 1 + 2m 3 1 + 2m 3
Now, slope of OM = =
2h − 0 h But for m =1
2k − b AC become L1
and slope of MQ =
2h − a ∴ m= 7
Since, OM ⊥ MQ Equation of AC is
k 2k − b y − 4 = 7(x − 3)
∴ × = −1 ⇒ 2k2 − bk = −2h2 + ah y − 4 = 7 x − 21
h 2h − a
7 x − y − 17 = 0
⇒ 2h2 + 2k2 − ah − bk = 0
∴Locus of R(h, k) is 2x 2 + 2y 2 − ax − by = 0
45. (c) Let slope of line is m
∴ Equation of line is
43. (d) Substituting x = X + 3, y = Y + 3 in the y − 2 = m(x − 1)
2 2
y − 2 = mx − m
equation 32x 2 + 8 xy + 32y 2 − 108 x − 108 y + 99 = 0,
mx − y + (2 − m) = 0
we get
2 2 On solving mx − y + (2 − m) and x + y = 4 , we get
32 X + + 8 X +
3 3 3 3 m + 2 3m + 2
Y + + 32 Y + (x , y) = ,
2 2 2 2 m+1 m+1
3 3
−108 X + − 108 Y + + 99 = 0 Now, it is given that
2 2 2 2
9 2X + 3 2Y + 3 m + 2 − 1 + 3m + 2 − 2 = 6
⇒ 32 X + 3X +
2
+ 8
m+1 m+1
4 2 2 3
m2 1 + m2
+32 Y 2 + 3Y + − 108 X − 162 − 108Y − 162 + 99 = 0
9 1 6 2
⇒ + = ⇒ =
4 (m + 1) 2
(m + 1) 2
9 (m + 1)2 3
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 117
⇒ 3 + 3m2 = 2m2 + 4m + 2 x 2 + y2 x y 1
⇒ m2 − 4m + 1 = 0 ⇒ m = 2 ± 3 2 1 1 1
=0
⇒ m = 2+ 3, 2 − 3 5 2 −1 1
π 5π 13 3 2 1
∴ Angles will be and .
12 12 x 2 + y2 − 2 x − 1 y −1 0
46. (a) It is given that lines x + 3y − 9 = 0, −3 −1 2 0
=0
4 x + 5y − 1 = 0, px + qy + 10 = 0 are concurrent −8 −1 −3 0
1 3 −9 13 3 2 1
∴ 4 5 −1 = 0
x 2 + y2 − 2 x − 1 y −1
p q 10
−3 −1 2 =0
⇒ 50 + q − 3(40 + p) − 9(4q − 5p) = 0 −8 −1 −3
⇒ 50 + q − 120 − 3p − 36q + 45p = 0
(x + y − 2)(3 + 2) − (x − 1)(9 + 16) + (y − 1)(3 − 8) = 0
2 2
⇒ 42p − 35q − 70 = 0
⇒ −6p + 5q + 10 = 0 5(x 2 + y 2 − 2) − 25(x − 1) − 5(y − 1) = 0
So, 5x + 6 y + 10 = 0 passes through (q , − p). x 2 + y 2 − 2 − 5(x − 1) − (y − 1) = 0
x 2 + y 2 − 2 − 5x + 5 − y + 1 = 0
47. (b) The equation (2l − 3) x 2 + 2lxy − y2 = 0 will
x 2 + y 2 − 5x − y + 4 = 0
represent a pair of real and distinct lines, if
l 2 − (2l − 3)(−1) > 0 [Q h2 > ab] Now, by putting all the points, we see
⇒ l + 2l − 3 > 0
2 5 5 1 5 + 5 1 + 5
+ , , , passes through
⇒ (l + 3)(l − 1) > 0 2 2 2 2 2
∴ l ∈ R − (−3, 1) above circle.
–∞ + – + ∞
–3 1
50. (c) Let P be (x1 , y1)
Now, equation of circle of radius r which touches
48. (c) We have, the coordinate axes and lies in the first quadrant is
2y 2 − xy − 6 x 2 = 0 (x − r)2 + (y − r)2 = r 2
⇒ 2y − 4 xy + 3xy − 6 x 2 = 0
2
⇒ x 2 + y 2 − 2 xr − 2yr − r 2 = 0
⇒ 2y(y − 2 x) + 3x(y − 2 x) = 0
Now, polar of P with respect to the circle
⇒ (y − 2 x)(2y + 3x) = 0
x 2 + y 2 − 2xr − 2yr − r 2 = 0 is
∴ Equations of sides of triangle are x + y = 1,
y − 2x = 0, 2y + 3x = 0 xx1 + yy1 − (x + x1)r − (y + y1)r − r 2 = 0
On solving the above equations, we get the ⇒ (x1 − r) x + (y1 − r) y = (x1 + y1 − r)r
vertices of triangle as , , (0, 0) and (−2, 3)
1 2 But it is given that polar of P with respect to above
3 3 circle is x + 2y = 4r
1 + 0− 2 2+ 0+ x1 − r y1 − r x1 + y1 − r
3 ∴ = =
1 2 4
∴ Centroid of triangle = 3 ,3
3 3 x1 + y1 − r y −r
⇒ x1 − r = and x1 − r = 1
4 2
−5 11
= , ⇒ 4 x1 − 4r = x1 + y1 − r and 2 x1 − 2r = y1 − r
9 9 ⇒ 3x1 − 3r = y1 and 2 x1 − r = y1
49. (b) Equation of circle passing through the points ∴ 3x1 − 3r = 2 x1 − r
(1, 1),(2, −1) and(3, 2) is ⇒ x1 = 2r and y1 = 2x1 − r = 4r − r = 3r
x 2 + y2 x y 1 ∴ P is (2r , 3r)
1+1 1 1 1 51. (c) The centres of the given circles are C1 (1, 3 + 7)
=0
4+1 2 −1 1 andC2(4, 3) and corresponding radii are
9+ 4 3 2 1 r1 = 12 + (3 + 7)2 − (8 + 6 7) = 3
118 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
⇒ b 2 = a 2 − 16 …(ii) 2 t−7
⇒ 2= = ⇒ k = 3, t = 1
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get k − 2 −2 − t
18
+
10
=1 ∴ B = (3, 2, 1),C = (5, 3, − 2) and P(1,1, 4)
a 2 a 2 − 16 Let P divides BC in the ratio λ :1
⇒ 18a 2 − 288 + 10a 2 = a 4 − 16a 2 λ 1
⇒ a 4 − 44 a 2 + 288 = 0 B (3, 2, 1) P (1, 1, 4) C (5, 1, –2)
⇒ (a 2 − 36)(a 2 − 8) = 0 ⇒ a 2 = 36, 8 5λ + 3
∴ =1
⇒ a = 36
2
[Q a ≠ 8 as b = a − 16]
2 2 2 λ +1
1
Now, a 2e 2 = 16 ⇒ 5λ + 3 = λ + 1 ⇒ 4λ = −2 ⇒ λ = −
16 16 4 2 2
e2 = 2 = ⇒ e= = ∴Required ratio =−1 : 2
a 36 6 3
57. (d) We know that, the product of the length of 60. (c) We have,
the perpendicular drawn from the foci to the 3l + m + 5n = 0 and 6mn − 2nl + 5lm = 0
x2 y2 ⇒ 6n(−3l − 5n) − 2nl + 5l(−3l − 5n) = 0
tangent of the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1 is b 2.
a b ⇒ −18nl − 30n2 − 2nl − 15l 2 − 25nl = 0
Also, length = 9 ∴ b2 = 9 ⇒ −15l 2 − 30n2 − 45nl = 0
Equation of tangent ⇒ l 2 + 3nl + 2n2 = 0
−3 ⇒ (l + n)(l + 2n) = 0 ⇒ l = − n, − 2n
y= x +3 2
4 When l = − n
−3
2
−3n + m + 5n = 0 ⇒ m = −2n
∴ 3 2=± a 2 + b 2
4 So, d‘r are
9 2 a 2 − n, − 2n, n or 1, 2, − 1
18 = a + 9 ⇒ 2−1 = ⇒ a 2 = 16
16 16 When l = −2n
−6n + m + 5n = 0 ⇒ m = n
b2 9 7
∴ e = 1− = 1− = So, d‘r are
a2 16 4
−2n, n, n
58. (d) Let the equation of hyperbola be −2, 1, 1
x 2 y2 1 × (−2) + 2 × 1 + (−1) × 1 −1
− =1 ∴ cosθ = =
a2 b2 1+ 4+1 4+1+1 6
We have, 1
∴ |cosθ| =
e= 2 and 2ae = 16 ⇒ 2a( 2) = 16 6
16 61. (b) Equation of plane OAB is given by,
⇒ a= =4 2
2 2 x−0 y−0 z−0 x y z
b2 b2 1 − 0 2− 0 1 − 0 = 0 ⇒ 1 2 1 =0
Now, e = 2 ⇒ e2 = 2 ⇒ 1 + 2 = 2 ⇒ 2 = 1
a a 2− 0 1 − 0 3− 0 2 1 3
⇒ b =a ⇒ b=a=4 2
2 2
x(6 − 1) − y(3 − 2) + z(1 − 4) = 0
∴ Equation of hyperbola is 5x − y − 3z = 0 …(i)
x 2 y2 Equation of plane ABC is given by,
− = 1 ⇒ x 2 − y 2 = 32
32 32 x −1 y − 2 z −1
2 −1 1 − 2 3 −1 = 0
59. (b) We have,
−1 − 1 1 − 2 2 − 1
A(−1, 0, 7), B(3, 2, t) and C(5, k, − 2) are collinear.
3+ 1 2− 0 t−7 x −1 y − 2 z −1
∴ = =
5 − 3 k − 2 −2 − t 1 −1 2 =0
−2 −1 1
120 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
1− x 2 dt π dt π
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 121
dr 1 dr 1 −8 −8 3
⇒ 2πr = ⇒ = ⇒ a= ∴ P(x) = x + 4x2 − 4
dt π dt 2πr π 3 3
Now, P = 2πr dP(x)
⇒ = −8 x 2 + 8 x
dP dr 1 1 dx
⇒ = 2π × = 2π × =
2πr π r π dP(x) −8 8
dr dt ∴ = + =2
1 Q P = π ⇒ 2πr = π ⇒ r = 1 dx x =1 / 2 4 2
=
1 2 π
× π
71. (a) Let I = ∫ y + y + y dy
2 3 4 6 2
2 π
y (1 + 3
y 2)
= 2unit/sec.
y 2 + y 4 / 3 + y1 / 3
68. (d) We have, = ∫ y(1 + y 2/ 3)
dy
xn dy nx n −1
y= ∴ = n −1 y 4 / 3(y 2/ 3 + 1) + y1 / 3
a n −1 dx a = ∫ y(1 + y 2/ 3)
dy
dy xn x n −1
∴ Length of subnormal = y = n −1 × n n −1 y −2/ 3
dx a a = ∫ y1 / 3 + dy
1 + y 2/ 3
x 2n −1
= n 2n − 2
y4 / 3 y −2/ 3
a = +∫ dy
nα 4/ 3 1 + (y1 / 3)2
∴ Length of subnormal at (α, β) = 2n − 2
a 33 4 d(y1 / 3)
= y + 3∫
Now, it is given that 4 1 + (y1 / 3)2
Length of subnormal is proportional to a 2 3
= 3 y 4 + 3tan−1 y1 / 3 + C
3 4
∴ 2n − 1 = 2 ⇒ n =
2 3
= 3 y 4 + 3tan−1 3 y + C
2x − 1 4
69. (c) Let f (x) = , [1, 2]
3x − 4 1 1
72. (b) Let I = ∫ dx = ∫ dx
4 1 + k cos x 1 − tan2 x / 2
Since, f (x) is not defined at x = ∈ [1, 2] 1 + k
1 + tan x / 2
3 2
Put, 1 + 2 + 5 = t ⇒ − 3 − 6 dx = dt
1 1 2 5 On adding Eq. (i) and Eq. (ii), we get
x x x x π /2
π π 3π
2I = 3 ∫ 1dx = 3[x]ππ // 24 = 3 − =
dt 1
∴ I = −∫ 3 = 2 + C =
1
+C 2 4 4
2 π /4
21 + 2 + 5
t 2t 1 1
3π
x x ∴ I=
8
x10
= ∫ 2(x 5 + x 3 + 1)2 + C 77. (c) Y
Sin x
∴ m = 10, l = 2, r = 2
m − l 10 − 2
∴ = =4
r 2 X¢ X
O p/4 p/2 p
1
2 n2 n
75. (d) Let L = lim 1 + 12 1 + 22 .... 1 + cos x
n→ ∞ n n n2
Y¢
1
∴ log L = lim According to the question,
n→ ∞ n a π
Physics
−5 1 1
81. (c) Nuclear forces are effective within the nucleus Solving, we get α = ,β = , γ =
−15 6 2 3
(radius ≈ 10 m or less) and these are responsible
for keeping protons within this small volume. Hence, 83. (a) The motion of two car A and B is shown in the
nuclear forces are short range attractive in nature. figure.
82. (b) Given, time-period of oscillation T is Relative velocity of car A w.r.t. car B is
v AB = v A − vB = 15 − 10 = 5 m/s
T ∝ p α S β E γ or T = kp α S β E γ
4m 4m
Now, subtituting dimensions of T, p, S and E, we 15 m/s 10 m/s
A B
have
[M 0L0 T1 ] = k[ML−1 T−2]α [ML−3]β [ML2T−2]γ Distance to be covered for overtake is given as
Equating powers of similar terms, we have s = 4m + 4m = 8m
Time taken by cars to cross = Distance/Speed
α+β+ γ = 0 …(i) s 8
− α − 3β + 2γ = 0 …(ii) = = = 1.6 s
V AB 5
− 2α − 2γ = 1 …(iii)
124 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
84. (c) Acceleration of a body moving over a circular 88. (a) The given situation is shown in the figure.
path is Resolving applied force, we have following forces
v2 100 on block
a= = (Q v = 10 m/s)
r r
F2=12 sin θ
1
⇒ a∝
r 12N θ 10N
a F1=12 cos θ θ
N2
N1
2 kg
r
3 3 4
Given, tanθ = , sinθ = and cosθ =
85. (d) Given, unit vector is 0.5$i + 0.8$j + ck$ 4 5 5
1$ 4$ $
= i + j + ck
2 5
2 2 5
⇒ 1 + 4 + c2 = 1
3
2 5
1 16 11 θ
⇒ + + c2 = 1 ⇒ c2 = ⇒c = 011
.
4 25 100 4
So, horizontal component,
86. (a) The given situation is shown below :
4 48
F1 = 12 × cosθ = 12 × = N
5 5
and vertical component,
15º C Rmax 3 36
A B Rmin D F2 = 12 × sinθ = 12 × = N
8m 4.2 m 5 5
So, total applied force on ground is
12 m 36
10 + + 2 × 10 = 37.2 N
5
According to given condition, range must be
greater than 20 m and less than 24.2 m. So, reaction N1 of ground = 37.2 N upwards
⇒ 20 ≤ R ≤ 24.2 Also, total force horizontally on wall is
u2 sin 2θ 48
⇒ 20 ≤ ≤ 24.2 F1 = = 9.6 N
g 5
u2 × sin(2 × 15°) So, reaction N 2 of wall = 9.6 N towards left
⇒ 20 ≤ ≤ 24.2
10 89. (c) By work energy theorem,
1 Q sin 30° = 1 Change in KE = Work done by net (resultant)
⇒ 200 ≤ u2 × ≤ 242
2 2 force on the body
⇒ 400 ≤ u2 ≤ 484 ⇒ 20 m / s ≤ u ≤ 22 m/s 3
90. (*) Given, displacement, x = t
So, option (a) is best choice. 25
2
dx 3t
87. (c) Given, So, velocity, v = = ms −1
−1 dt 25
Momentum of bullet after firing = 20 kg ms
dv 6t
Velocity = 1000 ms −1 Acceleration, a = = ms −2
p 20 dt 25
We know that, p = mv ⇒ m = = kg
v 1000 Force = Mass × Acceleration
6t 12t
⇒ m=
20
× 1000 g ⇒ m = 20 g F = 10 ⋅ = N
1000 25 5
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 125
dx 3t 2 3t 2
Also, = ⇒ dx = ⋅ dt r=3 cm
dt 25 25
Work done in displacing object by displacement dx
CG O r
is
12t 3t 2 36 3 xCM
dW = F ⋅ dx = ⋅ ⋅ dt = t dt …(i)
5 25 5 × 25
So, total work done by force in first 5 s is R=6 cm
5 5 36
W = ∫ dW = ∫ × t 3dt [from Eq. (i)]
0 0 5 × 25 The x-coordinate of the centre of mass of the
4 5
remaining portion of the disc will be
36 t 36 × (5)4
Mx1 − M ′x 2 M × 0 − M ′ × 3 −3M ′
= × = = 9 × 5 = 45 J x CM = = =
5 × 25 4 0 5 × 25 × 4 M − M′ πR2m − πr 2m πm(R2 − r 2)
91. (d) The given situation is shown in the following −3πr 2m −3r 2 −3 × 32
= = − = = −1 cm
figure πm(R2 − r 2) R2 − r 2 62 − 32
⇒ x CM = −1cm
Hence, distance of centre of gravity of the
resulting flat body from the centre of the original
disc will be 1cm left side.
u=250 ms–1 h
v1 93. (b) Average acceleration of particle in SHM
m=25g v2 v between extreme and equilibrium position is
M=1kg
ω2a 2
Let v1 and v2 are final velocities of bullet and Aavg = = ω2a × (ms −2)
π/2 π
block, respectively, as block rises upto height h.
Aavg 2
Hence, according to conservation of energy, where, ω2a = Amax So, =
1 Amax π
Mv22 = Mgh ⇒ v2 = 2gh
2 94. (d) Acceleration due to gravity at altitude h is
Given, h = 20 cm = 20 × 10−2 m gh =
GM
⇒ v2 = 2 × 10 × 20 × 10 −2
= 2 m/s (R + h)2
∴ gh decreases with altitude.
Now, conservation of momentum gives
GM
mu = mv1 + Mv2 g= 2, g∝M
25 25 R
× 250 = × v1 + 1 × 2 Geostationary satellite has a time period of 24 h.
1000 1000
g at depth d is
25 25
= × v1 + 2 ⇒ v1 = 170 ms −1 R − d
4 1000 gd = g
R
92. (b) Let mass per unit area of the disc = m
∴ g decreases with increasing depth.
Total mass of disc, M = πR2m
Mass of the scooped out portion of the disc, 95. (b) The given situation is shown in the following
figure.
M ′ = πr 2 m
For small objects, centre of gravity and centre of x=0.2 mm
=2×10–4 m
mass are at same position.
x
We take the centre O of the disc as the origin. The F
masses M and M ′ can be supposed to be
concentrated at the centres of the disc and
scooped out portion respectively. The mass M ′ of l
the removed portion is taken negative.
A=50cm×10 cm
126 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
K B (75° C − T) K B (T − 50° C)
⇒ =
2 × 2X B XB
10
⇒ 75° C − T = 4T − 200° C
50
⇒ 5T = 275°C ⇒ T = 55° C
99. (b) Work done in an adiabatic expansion is
50 µR∆T
∆W =
x 0.2 mm 0.2 × 10−3 γ −1
Shear strain = = =
l 50 cm 50 × 10−2 For 1 mole of monoatomic gas,
5
F 105 105 × 104 ∆T = 20° C, γ =
Shear stress = = = = 2 × 106 3
A 50 10 5 × 102
× 1 × R × 20
100 100 ∴ W= = 30R …(i)
5 − 1
Stress 2 × 106 × 50 × 10−2
Modulus of rigidity = = 3
Strain 0.2 × 10−3
9 2
For 6 moles of rigid diatomic gas,
= 5 × 10 N/m = 5 GPa 7
∆T = 20° C, γ =
96. (a) Radius of meniscus, R = 1 cm = 10−2 m 5
6 × R × 20 5 × 6 × R × 20
Number of smaller droplets, n = 106 ∆W ′ = =
7 − 1 2
Surface tension, T = 435 × 10−3 Nm −1
5
Work done in splitting a large drop of radius R in n = 10 × 30R = 10W [from Eq. (i)]
smaller drops is
W = T × ∆A
100. (a) For a gas with n degree of freedom,
Cp = + 1 ⋅ R
n n
where, ∆A = increase in area and CV = R
2 2
and T = surface tension.
n + 1 R
∴ W = (4 πR2)T ⋅ (n1 / 3 − 1)
Cp n + 2
⇒ = 2 =
= 4 × π × (1 × 10−2)2 × 435 × 10−3 × ((106)1 / 3 − 1) CV n n
⋅R
. × 10−3 J
= 541 2
97. (d) Given,CV = 12. 6 J mol −1 K −1 101. (a) According to Doppler’s effect,
Observed frequency of sound reflected from
R = 8.314 J mol −1 K −1 building is given by
By Mayer’s relation, v + vb
Cp = CV + R = 12. 6 + 8.314 f′ = f …(i)
v − vb
= 20.914 ≈ 20.9 J mol −1 K −1
Here, v = speed of sound = 340 m/s,
98. (c) The given situation is shown below vb = speed of bus = 7.2 km / h = 20 ms −1
KA T KB and f = original frequency produced by horn
= 1.7 kHz
75ºC A B 50ºC
Hence, putting these value in Eq. (i), we get
XA XB Observed frequency by bus driver,
340 + 20
In steady state, heat flow rate through A and B f ′ = 1.7 = 1.9125 kHz ≈ 1.8 kHz
340 − 20
must be equal.
If T = temperature of common surface, then 102. (d) The given situation is shown in the following
Q A = QB figure
K A(75° C − T) K B (T − 50° C)
=
XA XB f F
O
KB
here, K A = and X A = 2X B
2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 127
where, ρ = resistivity. G
A B
Here, I = 5A, A = 1 mm 2 = 1 × 10−6 m 2 Ig
113. (a) Growth of charge on capacitor in a CR circuit For Balmer series, n1 = 2 and n2 = 3, 4, 5, 6, .....
occurs as 1 1 1
∴ = R 2 − 2 …(i)
Q = Q0 (1 − e − t / RC) λ 2 n2
If product CR is small, then time constant for CR For minimum wavelength, n2 = ∞
circuit is small and growth of charge will be more
From Eq. (i),
rapid.
1 1 1
= R 2 − 2
114. (a) Intensity of parallel beam of light is given as λmin 2 ∞
1 1 R 4
I= ε 0 E02c …(i) = ⇒ λmin = …(ii)
2 λmin 4 R
where, E 0 = amplitude of electric field.
For maximum wavelength,n2 = 3
15 W 1 Nm2
Here, I= 2
, = 9 × 109 2 ∴ From Eq. (i), we have
π m 4 πε0 C 1 1 1 5 36
= R 2 − 2 = R ⇒ λmax = …(iii)
c = 3 × 108 ms −1 λmax 2 3 36 5R
From Eq. (i), we get
∴ From Eq. (ii) and (iii), we have
2 × 4 π × 15 × 9 × 109
2 × 4π × I λmax 36 / 5R 36 9
2× I π = = =
E 02 = = = 8 λmin 4/ R 20 5
ε0 × c 4 πε0 × c 3 × 10
117. (b) α-rays are a bunch of particles consisting of
⇒ E 02 = 3600 ⇒ E 0 = 60 N/C 2 neutrons and 2 protons. Hence, a α-particle is a
doubly ionised helium-atom.
115. (a) Let φ0 = work-function of metal.
v 118. (c) The output of full wave rectifier with capacitor
filter for the given AC input is given as
λ
V V
t t
Then, according to Einstein’s photoelectric Rectifier
Rectifier
equation, AC input output
1 hc
K max = mv2 = − φ0 …(i)
2 λ V
λ
When wavelength is reduced by 50% i.e, λ ′ = ,
2 t
Capacitor
then maximum velocity of emitted electrons is 3 v. filter
1 1 2hc
− φ0 ⇒ 9 mv2 =
hc
⇒ m(3v)2 = − φ0 …(ii) Filter output
2 λ/2 2 λ
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have 119. (c) The given logic circuit is
2hc
9 − φ0 =
hc
− φ0 A
λ λ A
hc 7 hc Y
7 = 8φ0 ⇒ φ0 = B
λ 8 λ
hc ∴Boolean expression of the given logic circuit is
Here, photon energy is given as = 2. 4 eV
λ given as
7
So, work-function is φ0 = × 2. 4 = 21 . eV Y = A+ B
8
120. (a) Modulation index,
116. (a) Wavelength of spectral lines of Hydrogen like Amplitude of message signal 15 V
atom is given as µ= = = 0.5
Amplitude of carrier wave 30 V
1 1 1
= R 2 − 2
λ n1 n2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 129
Chemistry
121. (b) Given, E = − RH energy required to remove the 4th electron.) This
16 implies that the first four electrons are removed
− RH −RH from the valence shell. Hence, number of valence
We know that, E = = , ∴n = 4
n2 16 electrons in the atom ‘X’ will be four.
Thus, degeneracy for n = 4 will be, 125. (c) BF3 has trigonal planar geometry. B has 3
4
bond-pairs and 0 lone pair of electrons.
ClF3 has T-shape geometry. Cl has 3 bond pairs
and 2 lone-pairs of electrons. Electronic geometry
will be trigonal bipyramidal.
4s 4p 4d 4f
NH 3 has trigonal pyramidal geometry. N has 3
l=0 l=1 l=2 l=3 bond pairs and 1 lone-pair of electrons.
m=0 l = –1, 0, +1 m = –2, –1, 0, m = –3, –2, –1, 0,
+1, +2 +1, +2, +3 NH +4 has tetrahedral geometry. N has 4 bond pairs.
Hence, correct match is
Hence, total degeneracy of orbital for n = 4 will be 16.
A → II, B → III, C → IV, D → I
122. (c) Given, kinetic energy of H + ion = 1.68 eV 126. (b) Be2 molecules does not exist according to
Mass of proton = 1.6726 × 10−27 kg molecular orbital theory. Because bond order of
We calculate, the wavelength of H + ion as follows: Be2 is zero. Hence, it does not exist.
h
λ= 127. (b) Given, root mean square (rms) speed of O 2 is
2E m
500 m/s at a constant temperature.
Here, E = kinetic energy, m = mass of proton Root mean square speed in given by the following
h = 6.62 × 10−34 kg m 2s −1 . expression
6.62 × 10−34 3RT
urms =
= Mw
2 × 1.67 × 10−27 × E
3RT
0.286 0.286 For H 2 gas, urms ( H 2) =
= Å= Å = 0.220 Å = 0.022 nm MwH 2
E (eV) 1.68
(Mw of H 2 = 2 g / mol)
123. (a) Higher the electrostatic attraction between For O 2 gas, urms ( O 2) =
3RT
nucleus and valence electron, smaller will be the MwO2
size of the atom/ion.
Electrostatic attraction is given by Zeff = Z − S (Mw of O 2 = 32 g / mol)
where, Z = the number of protons in the nucleus urms ( H 2) 3RT Mw O2
of an atom or ion (the atomic number) and = ×
urms ( O 2) MwH 2 3RT
S = shielding from core electrons.
In case of Al 3+ and Mg 2+ , they are isoelectronic (Temperature constant, R = 8.33 JK −1 mol −1 )
species and thus have same number of electrons Mw O 32
as 1s 2 , 2s 2 , 2p 6 isoelectric series of atoms and ions urms ( H 2) = 2
× urms ( O 2) = × 500
Mw H 2
with different numbers of protons (and thus 2
different nuclear attraction, gives) the relative = 2000 m/s
ionic sizes of each atom or ion with respect to
atomic number. Average kinetic energy of H 2 can be calculate as
1
Atomic number, ZAl = 13 and ZMg = 12 . = mu2
2
Thus, Al 3+ has lower ionic radii than Mg 2+ due to
[u = 2000 m/s, m = H 2 = 2 g/mol = 0.002 kg/mol]
higher nuclear charge.
1
Hence, A is true, R is true and R is the correct = × 0 . 002 × (2000)2
explanation for A. 2
1 2
124. (b) Maximum difference is between the fifth and = × × 2000 × 2000
2 1000
fourth ionisation energy. (Removal of the 5th
electron requires almost more than double the = 4000 J mol −1 or 4 kJ mol −1
130 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
46 − 40
128. (d) (i), (ii), (iii) α= (n = number of NO 2 at equilibrium)
(2 − 1)40
All gases are made up of a very large number of
extremely small particles called molecules. All the 6
α= = 0.15
molecules of a particular gas are identical in mass 40
and size. The molecules are separated from one
another by large space. Hence, the actual volume 133. (a) N 2 + O 2 a 2 NO K C = ?
occupied by the molecules is negligible as Given, at equilibrium concentration
compared to the total volume of the gas. N 2 = 4 × 10−3 M
The collisions of gas particles with one another and
O 2 = 3 × 10−3 M
with the walls of the container are perfectly elastic.
NO = 3 × 10−3 M
129. (d) 22 . 4 vol H 2O 2 means 1 mL of H 2O 2
K C for the above reaction can be given as,
solution gives 22.4 mL O 2. [NO]2
2 H 2O 2 → 2 H 2O + O 2 KC = …(i)
[N 2] [O 2]
2 mol 1 mol
68 g 22400 mL at NTP Put the concentration in the Eq. (i)
∴22400 mL O 2 is obtained by 68 g H 2O 2 [3 × 10−3]2 3 × 10−3
KC = −3 −3
⇒ KC = = 0.75
∴22.4 mL O 2 is obtained by [4 × 10 ] [3 × 10 ] 4 × 10−3
68 × 22 . 4
= 0.068 g H 2O 2 134. (b) Hard water does not produce lather with soap
22400
is called hard water.
or 1 mL H 2O 2 solution = 0.068 g
Hardness is due to the presence of bicarbonate,
∴100 mL H 2O 2 solution = 0.0680 × 100 = 6.8% chlorides and sulphates of Ca and Mg.
130. (a) The reaction will faster in aqueous HCl M 2+ + 2C17H 35COONa → (C17H 35COO)2 M + 2Na +
because chlorine ion present in HCl get oxidised ( M = Ca 2 + , Mg 2 + ) Sodium stearate (soap)
into chlorine gas by KMnO 4 , so the amount of
KMnO 4 will be more as it oxidises both oxalic acid
and chlorine ion when HCl is present. Ca 2+ or Mg 2+ ion present in hard water react with
soap to form precipitate of Ca and Mg salt of fatty
131. (a) Given, acids and hence, no lather is produced.
∆H = + 30.0 kJ mol −1
135. (c) Be(OH)2 is amphoteric and the basic strength
∆S = 0.06 kJ K −1 mol −1 increases down the group. Due to small size and
p = 1 atm high ionisation enthalpy of Be, Be(OH)2 is
∆G = 0 amphoteric.
We know that, Therefore, it dissolves both in acid and bases.
∆G = ∆H − T∆S ⇒ 0 = ∆H − T∆S Be (OH)2 + 2 HCl + 2 H 2O →[Be (H 2O)4 ]Cl 2
if, we put temperature 227°C or Be (OH)2 + NaOH → Na 2BeO 2 + 2 H 2O
227 + 273 = 500 K s
or Na 2[Be (OH)4 ] or Be (OH)2 + 2OH → [Be(OH)4 ]2−
In equation then the value of free energy is
obtained will be zero. Hence, both reaction are feasible.
Hence, ∆G = 30 − 500 × 0.06 136. (c) Many simple compounds of elements such as
∆G = 30 − 30 = 0 AlCl 3 , GaCl 3 and InCl 3 are covalent while anhydrous
and nature of reaction will be non-spontaneous. but in aqueous solution, these are ionic in nature.
In anhydrous condition, the (charge/radius) ratio,
132. (d) Given, vapour density (d) = 40 i.e. polarisability of Al 3+ is high and hence, according
N 2O a 2NO 2
to Fajans’ rule, Al 3+ polarises Cl − ions to large
Molar mass 92 extent, there introducing covalent character in the
compound, i.e. AlCl 3 behaves as a covalent
M(N 2O 4) 92 compound in anhydrous conditions.
D= = = 46
2 2 In aqueous medium the ions get hydrated, because
D−d the amount of hydration enthalpy released exceeds,
∴α (Degree of dissociation) =
(n − 1) d the sum total of ionisation enthalpy required.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 131
Since, the (charge/radius ratio of hydrated 141. (b) Alkane with six or more C-atoms, when
aluminium ion is much smaller as compared to heated under pressure in the presence of a catalyst
that of Al 3+ , the tendency of [Al(H 2O)6]3+ to Mo2O 3 at 773 K at 10-20 atm. First cyclise and
polarise hydrated Cl s ion decreases and the then aromatise to give benzene.
resulting hydrated compound is ionic in nature.
142. (a) Given, copper crystallises in ccp manner
137. (c) For the most, group 14 elements do not react radius = 1.41 Å = 141 pm
with water. One interesting consequence of this is
Atomic weight of copper = 64
that tin(Sn) is often sprayed as a protective layer
on irons cans to prevent the can from corroding. Avogadro’s number = 6 × 1023, Density = ?
It is stable to water under ambient conditions but Z× M
ρ= 3
on heating with stream, tin reacts with water to a × Na
form tin dioxide SnO 2 and hydrogen.
Here, edge length of unit cell can be calculate as
138. (a) The amount of oxygen required by bacteria to r=
a
⇒ a=r×2 2
break down the organic matter present in a 2 2
certain volume of a sample of water, is called
a = 141 × 2 × 1.414
biochemical oxygen demand (BOD).
a = 398.74 pm or 398.74 × 10−10 cm
The amount of BOD in the water is a measure of
the amount of organic material in the water, in Volume of unit cell = (398.74 × 10−10 cm)3
terms of much oxygen will be required to break it For ccp = 2 = 4 ,
down biologically. Clean water would have BOD
value of less than 5 ppm whereas highly polluted N a = 6.0 × 1023
water could have a BOD value of 17 ppm or more. 4 × 64
f =
It means BOD value less than 5 ppm indicates a (398.74 × 10−10 cm)3 × 6.0 × 1023
water sample to be rich in dissolved oxygen. f = 6.73 ≈ 6.67
139. (b) The carbon and nitrogen present in the Hence, option (a) is correct.
organic compound of fusion with sodium metal
give sodium cyanide (NaCN) soluble in water. 143. (c) Ax − 2[B(C)x ]2 → (x − 2) A+2 + [B(C)x ]−( x − 2)
This is converted into sodium ferrocyanide by the Ax − 2[B(C)x ]⋅ A+2 and [B(C)2]−( x − 2)
addition of sufficient quantity of ferrous sulphate.
i = 1 − α + xα − 2α + 2α
Ferric ions generated during the process react
3
with ferrocyanide to form the prussian blue (x − 1)α = 3 or x − 1 =
precipitate of ferric ferrocyanide. The prussian α
blue colour is due to formation of ferric α = 0.75, i = 4, x = 5
ferrocyanide, Fe4 [Fe (CN)6]4 ⋅ X 2O. 144. (c) The freezing point among the following
Reaction equimolal aqueous solutions will be highest for
s −6
2+
(i) Fe + 6CN → 2+
[Fe (CN)6] 4− urea because urea does not dissociate. So, it has
Hexa cyanoferrate (II) the minimum number of particles and therefore, it
Conc. shows minimum depression in freezing point. So,
(ii) Fe2+ → Fe3+ + e − it has the maximum freezing point.
H 2SO 4
6− 6−
(iii) [Fe2+ (CN)6]4 − + 4Fe3+ → [Fe2+ (CN)6]4 − ⋅ H 2O 145. (b) Electrode having higher reduction potential
has to be cathode.
140. (c) Lindlar catalyst is partially deactivated catalyst Hence, silver electrode act as a cathode. Because
composed of BaSO 4 coated with Pd poisoned with reduction potential of silver electrode (E°) is +80 V.
quinoline. Which is more than given reduction potential of
It reduce (C ≡≡ C) to (C == C) bond, occurs via Cu (+34 V).
syn-addition and gives cis-alkene. °
Hence, E cell will determine as:
(H 2 + Pd + C)
° = E° °
Lindlar catalyst E cell ( Reduction) cathode − E( Reduction) anode
C2H 5 C ≡≡ C C6H 5 →
= + 80 − (+ 0.34) = + 0.46 V
1-phenyl-1-butyne
C2H 5 C == C C6H 5 or 146. (b) Any reaction of zero order must obey the
following equation
H H [A] = − kt + [A]0 or [A] = [A]0 + kt
132 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
This shows that, the concentration of reactant splitting of d-orbitals. This facilitated d-d transition
decreases linearly with time, as it is an equation of a and colour.
straight line (y = mx + c), the plot of [A] versus t will Anhydrous copper sulphate CuSO 4 is colourless. In
be straight line with slope = −k and intercept on the the absence of ligand (water) molecules, splitting
concentration axis = [A]0 as shown in figure. of d-orbitals is not possible. Hence, d-d transition is
[A]0 not possible. Hence, option (b) is correct.
153. (d) Anionic polymerisation can anionic initiator
Slope of time =–k generates a carbanionic intermediate and such
polymerisation is termed anionic addition
[A ] polymerisation.
In this case, the active centre of propagating species
has negative charge. So, it takes place easily with
Time (t) the monomer having electron withdrawing groups
such as phenyl, nitrile etc. that are capable of
Plot of [A] versus t for a reaction of zero order. stabilising the propagating species.
147. (c) The lyophilic colloids differ in their protective Hence, CH 2 == CH CN is the most reactive
power. The protective power is measured in terms towards anionic polymerisation.
of gold number. It may be noted that smaller the
value of the gold number, greater will be the
154. (a)
protecting power of protective colloids. Therefore, (i) Histidine
the reciprocal of gold number is a measure of the O
protective power of the colloid, gold number of N
gelatin, haemoglobin and sodium acetate are OH
5 × 10−3 , 5 × 10−2 and 7 × 10−1 , respectively, hence, HN NH2
the protective actions will be in the order :
Haemoglobin > gelatin > sodium acetate (ii) Valine
CH2 O
148. (c) Calamine (ZnCO 3) is the ore of zinc(Zn)
and rest of all are ores of iron. H3C OH
Hematite (Fe2O 3), Magnetite (Fe3O 4) NH2
Siderite (FeCO 3)
(iii) Arginine
149. (a) When copper metal is treated with cold and O O
dilute nitric acid. It yields copper nitrate, water
and nitric oxide. N
H2N OH
3Cu + 8HNO 3 (dil.) → 3 Cu(NO 3)2 + 4H 2O + 2NO H
( Cold) NH2
Mathematics
1 5. A is a m × n matrix of rank 4. If A contains
1. If f (x) = x − , x ≠ 0, then 3 f (x) =
x an mth order non singular sub matrix and
(a) 3 [f ( x)]2 − f( x2 ) A T A is a 7 × 7 matrix, then the number of
(b) [f( x)]2 − f( x3 )
rows of A is
(c) f( x3 ) − [f( x)]3
(a) 5 (b) 6 (c) 7 (d) 4
(d) f( x3 ) − f( x2 )
6. If C and D are two n × n non-singular
2. Let [⋅] denote greatest integer function. If
matrices over the set of real number R such
x that CD = − DC , then n is
f (x) = [ x ] and g(x) = 3 , then the set of all
3 (a) a natural number of the form 3k + 5, k ∈ N
real x such that f (x) = g(x) is (b) an odd integer
(a) R (c) n even integer
(b) { x ∈ R / x = 3k, k ∈ Z} (d) equal to one
(c) { x ∈ R / 3k − 1 < x ≤ 3k, k ∈ Z} ix 2
7. If z1 = x1 + i y1 , z 2 = x 2 + iy 2 , z 3 = x1 + ,
(d) { x ∈ R / 3k ≤ x < 3k + 1, k ∈ Z} 2
3. If Sn is the sum of the first n terms of the z 4 = 2 y1 + iy 2 are complex numbers such that
|z1| = 1,|z 2| = 2 and Re (z1 z 2) = 0 , then
series
(a)| z3| = 1,| z4| = 2, Im ( z3 z4 ) = 0
12 + 2 × 2 2 + 3 2 + 2 × 4 2 + 5 2 + 2 × 6 2 + …∞,
(b)| z3| = 2,| z4| = 1, Re ( z3 z4 ) = 0
then, when n is even Sn = (c)| z3| = 1,| z4| = 2, Re ( z3 z4 ) = 0
n(n + 1) n2 (n + 1) (d)| z3| = 2,| z4| = 1, Re ( z1 z3 ) = Im ( z2 z4 ) = 0
(a) (b)
2 2
n(n + 1)2 n2 (n + 2 )
8. Assertion (A) If z is a complex number such
(c) (d)
that|z| ≥ 3 , then the least value ofz + is 1.
3
2 2
z
1 4 2
4. Let A = 2 −1 4 and B = [ bij ]3 × 3 with Reason (R)|z1 − z 2| ≤ |z1| + |z 2|, for any two
complex numbers z1 , z 2
−3 7 −6
The correct option among the following is
b11 = 2 , b13 = − 2 , b12 = 0 is such that
(a) (A) is true, (R) is true and (R) is the correct
2 14 −4 explanation for (A).
AB = 4 1 −8 , then|B| + trace (B) = (b) (A) is true, (R) is true but (R) is not the correct
explanation for (A).
−6 15 12
(c) (A) is true but (R) is false.
(a) −2 (b) 10 (c) −8 (d) 6 (d) (A) is false but (R) is true.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 135
2020 2021
1 + cos θ + i sin θ
cos θ + i sin θ 17. If the 9th and 10th terms are the numerically
9. If + greatest terms in the expansion of (5 x − 6 y)n
1 − cos θ + i sinθ
sin θ + i cos θ
π when x = 2 / 5 and y = 1/ 2 , then the absolute
= x + iy, then the value of x + y at θ = is value of the middle terms of that expansion is
2
(a) 14C 8 67 (b) 14C 7 67 (c) 15C 7 67 (d) 15C 8 68
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) −1 (d) 2020 2 3
3 1⋅ 4 3 1⋅ 4 ⋅ 7 3
10. If ω is a complex cube root of unity, then 18. 1 − + − +…
10 16 1 ⋅ 2 16 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 16
∑ ((ωx + 2) (ω 2 x + 2) − 3) 3/ 8 2/ 3 1 /16 −2 / 5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
x =1
15 4 7 4
6 5 4 15
(a) 285 (b) 945 (c) 1025 (d) 705
2x + 1 A B Cx + D
11. If α and β are the real roots of the equation 19. If = + + 2 ,
(x − 1) (x + 1) x − 1 (x − 1)
2 2 2
x +1
5x x − 2 29
+ = and α > β, then then A + B + C + D =
x −2 5x 10 3 1
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) (d)
α 2 − 114 β 2 = 4 2
(a) 64 (b) 36 (c) 100 (d) 6 20. Let a be maximum value of
9 ⋅ 3 2x + 6 ⋅ 3 x + 4 nπ
12. The minimum value of is (3 cos θ − 4 sin θ) and θ ≠ . If α = asin 2 θ ⋅
9 ⋅ 3 2x − 6 ⋅ 3 x + 4 2
(a) −1
1 1 1 (α 2 + β 2) 5
(b) (c) (d) cos 3 θ and β = asin 3 θ ⋅ cos 2 θ , then =
2 4 3 (αβ)4
13. p is non-zero real number. If the equation θ θ
(a) 5 sin cos 2 (b) − 3 sin θ
whose roots are the squares of the roots of 2 2
the equation x 3 − px 2 + px − 1 = 0 is identical (c) 5 (d) 16
with the given equation, then p = 21. If A does not belong to the first quadrant,
1 B does not belong to the second quadrant,
(a) (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) – 1
2 11 −7
sin A = and cos B = , then A − B and
14. If the roots of the equation, 61 25
8 x 3 + 6 px 2 + 3 qx − 27 = 0 are in a geometric A + B lie respectively in the quadrants
progression, then q2 + 9 p 2 + 6 pq + q / p = (a) 1, 2 (b) 2, 3 (c) 3, 4 (d) 4, 1
π
(a) – 3 (b) – 10 (c) 6 (d) 0 22. If cos − x cos 2 x + sin x sin 2 x secx
15. If x and y represent the number of 4
arrangements of the letters of word π
= cos x sin 2 x secx + cos + x cos 2 x , then a
ATRAPATRAM such that (i) all A’s are 4
together and (ii) no two A’s are together possible value of sec x is
respectively, then x + y 1 1
10! 7 ! × 15 (a) (b) 3 2 (c) (d) 2
(a) (b) 2 2 2
4! 2 ! 2 ! 2 ! 2 ! 4!
6! 7! 6! ⋅ 7 p4 23. The general solution of the equation
(c) × 42 (d) +
2! 2! 2! 2! 2! 2! ( 3 − 1) sin θ + ( 3 + 1) cos θ = 2 is
π π π π
16. Numbers between 1 and 10,000 are formed (a) 2 nπ ± + (b) nπ + (−1)n +
4 12 4 12
using the digits 2 and 3 only once and the π π π π
digit 4 twice. If the numbers thus formed are (c) 2 nπ ± − (d) nπ + (−1)n −
4 12 4 12
arranged in increasing order and x , y
represent the ranks of 4324 and 324 12 −1 5 π
24. If sin −1 + sin = , then x =
respectively then x − y = x x 2
(a) 17 (b) 31 (c) 14 (d) 16 (a) 5 (b) 7 (c) 13 (d) 17
136 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
(b) P ∩ Ai ≥
15 15
r = b + c + x (a − b) + y (c + a) is
=1
i
∑ P( Ai ) − 14
la + mb + nc, then 3 l + 4 m + 2 n = i =1
(c) P ∪ Ai ≥
15 15
(a) 0 (b)
1
(c) 2 (d) 1
=1
i
∑ P( Ai )
2 i =1
3 $i + 5 $j + 2 k$ is x$i + y$j + zk$ , then 38. In an examination there are four Yes/No type
(a) x = 2 y = z (b) x = y = 2 z
of questions. The probability that the answer
(c) x = y = − z (d) x = y = z by the student to a question without guess to
be correct is 2/3. The probability that a
33. If the vectors AB = p$i + q$j + rk$ , student guesses a correct answer is 1/2. A
AC = s$i + 3 $j + 4 k$ , CB = 3 $i + $j − 2 k$ from student writes the examination either by
∆ABC , then the values of p , q, r and s such without guessing answers to all the 4
that the area of that ∆ABC is 5 6 are questions or by guessing answers to all 4
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 137
49. If the origin lies on a diameter of the circle 55. The equation of the common tangent of the
x 2 + y 2 − 4 x − 2 y − 4 = 0 , then the equation parabolas x 2 = 108 y and y 2 = 32 x is
of the circle passing through the end points (a) 2 x + 3 y + 36 = 0 (b) 2 x + 3 y = 36
of that diameter and the point (1, 2) is (c) 3 x + 2 y + 36 = 0 (d) 3 x + 2 y = 36
(a) x2 + y2 − 2 x − 4 y = 0 56. The ellipse having its foci (0 , ± 1) and major
(b) 3 x2 + 3 y2 − 19 x + 8 y − 12 = 0
(c) 7 x2 + 7 y2 − 31x − 28 y + 17 = 0 axis of length 5 is
(d) x2 + y2 = 5 (a) 20 x2 + 4 y2 = 5 (b) 36 x2 + 20 y2 = 45
(c) 4 x2 + 20 y2 = 5 (d) 20 x2 + 36 y2 = 45
50. If α ≠ − 4 and (2, α) is the mid-point of a
chord of the circle x 2 + y 2 − 4 x + 8 y + 6 = 0 , x 2 y2 2 2
57. An ellipse + = 1 with eccentricity is
then the values of the y-intercept of the a 2 b2 3
chord lie in the interval inscribed in a circle x + y = 18 such that the
2 2
(a) (−4 − 14, − 4 + 14 ) (b) (−4, 4) length of its major axis is equal to the
(c) (4 − 14, 4 + 14 ) (d) (−2, 2 ) diameter of this circle. The locus of the poles
of all the tangents of the circle with respect
51. C1 and C 2 are the external and internal to the ellipse is
centres of similitude of the circles 8 2y
(a) x2 + y2 = (b) 18 x + =1
x 2 + y 2 − 2 x + 4 y + 1 = 0 and 9 9
x 2 + y 2 + 4 x − 6 y + 12 = 0 . If the radius of the (c)
x2
+
y2
=1 (d)
x2
+
9 y2
=1
circle having C1C 2 as its diameters is r, then 18 9 18 2
9 58. If the circle x 2 + y 2 = a 2 intersects the
r=
2 hyperbola xy = b2 at four points (x1 , y1),
(a) 15 (b) 3 15 (c) 2 34 (d) 3 34 (x 2 , y 2), (x 3 , y 3), (x 4 , y 4), then y1 y 2 y 3 y 4 =
52. Suppose the circle (a) a4 (b) 0 (c) b 4 (d) b 2
S : x 2 + y 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 cuts 59. If the line passing through the points
orthogonally the two circles (a , 2 , − 4) and (5 , 3 , b) crosses the ZX -plane at
S′ : x 2 + y 2 − 4 x − 6 y + 11 = 0 and the point (− a + 2 b, 0 , a + b), then 14 a + 7 b
S′ ′ : x 2 + y 2 − 10 x − 4 y + 21 = 0. If the centre (a) 35 (b) 73 (c) –35 (d) –23
of S = 0 lies on the bisector of the angle 60. The direction cosines of the normal to the
between the positive coordinate axes, then plane containing the lines having direction
2g + 2 f + c = ratios 1, 2 , 1 and 4 , 5 , − 3 are
(a) 12 (b) 8 (c) 4 (d) 0 −11 7 −3 1 −1
(a) , , (b) , 0,
179 179 179 2 2
53. If the circle S1 : x + y = 16 intersects another
2 2
5 −4 2 −1
(c) , ,0 (d) , ,0
circle S2 of radius 5 units such that the 41 41 5 5
common chord is of maximum length and
3 61. The foot of the perpendicular drawn from the
slope , then the centre of the circle S2 is point (1, 1, 1) to the plane π1 is (1, 3 , 5). If
4
(2 , 2 , − 1), (3 , 4 , 2), (3 , 3 , 0) are three points on
−9 12 9 −12 7 −12 or −7 , 12
(a) , or , (b) , the plane π 2, then the angle between the
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
planes π1 and π 2 is
−9 −12 9 12 12 9 −12 , −9
(c) , or , (d) , or π
(b) cos −1
1 π
(d) cos −1
2
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 (a)
3
(c)
5
2 6
h3 2 h2 3 1 − cos(x 2 + π(x + 2))
54. For the parabola y = x + x −h+ , 62. lim =
3 2 4 h3 x→0 x2
if the equation of directrix is y = k , then k : h π π2 π2 π
(a) 16 : 19 (b) –19 : 16 (a) (b) (c) (d)
2 4 2 4
(c) 20 : 27 (d) – 27 : 20
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 139
63. The value of ‘a’ for which the function 69. Let f :[2, 5] → R be a differentiatiable
1 − cos 4 x f (5)
, function and = 1. If there is a c ∈(2 , 5)
x<0 f (2)
x2
f (x) = a, x = 0 is continuous at such that cf ′ (c) = 2 f (c) − 2 c 3, then f (x) =
, x>0
x 78 2
(a) −2 x3 + x (b) x3 − 8 x2 + 17 x − 10
7
16 + x − 4
(c) x3 − 6 x2 + 3 x + 10 (d) x3 − 7 x2 + 10 x
x = 0, is
(a) 2 (b) 8 (c) 4 (d)
1 70. Match the functions of List I with the items
2 of List II.
1 List I List II
64. If f (x) = tan −1
sin x + sin x + 1
2
A. 3 x − 2 x − 6 x
4 3 2
(I) has minimum value at
1 + 6x + 1 x=4
+ tan −1 2 + tan
−1
π π 2π π d4 y
=0
d3 y
=0
sin 2 n + sin 2 n + … + sin 2 =
75. Lim (a) (b)
n→ ∞ 2n dx4 dx3
d5y d3y d4 y
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 4 (d) 3 (c) 5 = 0 (d) 3 + 4 = 0
dx dx dx
π /2 dx
76. ∫0 4 + 5 sin x 79. The general solution of the differential
equation (3 y − 7 x + 7) dx + (7 y − 3 x + 3) dy = 0 is
1 1
(a) log 3 (b) log 2 (a) ( x − y + 1)2 ( x + y − 1)5 = C
2 3
1 3 (b) ( x + y + 1)5 ( x − y − 1)2 = C
(c) 2 log 3 (d) log (c) ( x − y − 1)2 ( x + y − 1)5 = C
2 2
(d) ( x + y − 1)7 = C
77. The area (in square units) of the region
enclosed between the parabola y 2 = 2 x and 80. The general solution of the differential
equation
the line y = 4 x − 1 y y
(a)
9
(b)
7
(c)
16
(d)
15 x cos (y dx + x dy) = y sin (x dy − y dx) is
32 23 3 4 x x
+ C (b) cos =
x y C
78. The differential equation for which (a) log( xy) = log cos
y x xy
y = ax 2 + bx + c is the general solution is x
(c) log( xy) = log sec + C (d) x + y + C = 0
y
Physics
81. In atomic scale the weakest force in nature is y
(a) strong force (b) electromagnetic force
(c) gravitational force (d) weak force Car B
82. In five successive measurements, the mass
of a ball is measured to be 2.61 g, 2.58 g, Car A
2.40 g, 2.73 g and 2.80 g. The absolute error x
in the measurement is
(a) 0.09 g (b) 0.07 g
(c) 0.11 g (d) 0.13 g (a) 70 km/h (b) 120 km/h
(c) 130 km/h (d) 170 km/h
83. A particle is moving along the Y-axis. The 85. Initial velocity with which a body is projected
position of the particle from the origin as a
is 10 m/s from the base of an inclined plane as
function of time () t = 10 te −2t .
t is given as y()
shown in the given figure. If the angle of
How far is the particle from the origin when projection is 60° with the horizontal, then the
it stops momentarily? (y is given in units of range R is [take, g = 10 m/s 2]
metre and t is in units of second)
Y
(a) 5 m (b) 5e m
5
(c) m (d) 10 m
e
86. A projectile is fired at an angle of 45° with 91. A solid sphere and a solid cylinder, each of
the horizontal. Elevation angle of the mass M and radius R are rolling with a linear
projectile at its highest point as seen from speed on a flat surface without slipping. Let
the point of projection is L1 be magnitude of the angular momentum
(b) tan−1
(a) 60°
1 of the sphere with respect to a fixed point
2 along the path of the sphere. Likewise L 2 be
3 the magnitude of angular momentum of the
(c) tan−1 (d) 45°
2 cylinder with respect to the same fixed point
L
87. A point P is moving in uniform circular along its path. The ratio 1 is
L2
motion with radius 3m. Let at some instant
14 4 2 7
the acceleration of the point is (a) (b) (c) (d)
15 5 5 15
a = (6 $i − 4 $j) m/s 2, the position vector is r and
velocity vector is v. Choose the correct 92. An object of mass 2 kg is hanging from a
statement. rope that is wrapped around a pulley of
(a) v ⋅ a = 0 and r × a ≠ 0 (b) v ⋅ a ≠ 0 and r × a ≠ 0 radius 25 cm. The mass of pulley is 2 kg. Find
(c) v ⋅ a = 0 and r × a = 0 (d) v ⋅ a ≠ 0 and r × a = 0 the acceleration of the object. (Assume,
pulley to be a solid disk g = 10 m/s 2)
88. A block of mass 3 kg is pressed against a
vertical wall by applying a force F at an angle
30° to the horizontal as shown in the figure. 2 kg
As a result, the block is prevented from
falling down. If the coefficient of static
friction between the block and wall is 3,
then the value of F is (use, g = 10 m/s 2)
F
θ 2 kg
2 4
(a) m/s 2 (b) m/s 2
3 3
(a) 30 N (b) 15 3 N 10 20
(c) m/s 2 (d) m/s 2
(c) 60 3 N (d) 60 N 3 3
89. A force F = (2$i + 4 $j) N is applied on an object 93. A point mass oscillates along the X-axis
of mass M. What is the work done by this π
according to the law x = x 0 cos ωt − . If the
force in moving the object horizontally along 4
the X -axis by 3 m? acceleration of the particle is written as
(a) 2 J (b) 4 J (c) 6 J (d) 8 J a = A cos(ωt − δ), then
90. A ball of mass m = 1 kg is thrown from the −3 π π
(a) A = x0ω2 , δ = (b) A = x0 , δ = −
top of a building with initial velocity 4 4
π 3π
v = (20 m/s) $i + (24 m/s) $j at time t = 0. The (c) A = x0ω , δ =
2
(d) A = x0ω2 , δ =
4 4
change in the potential energy of the ball
between t = 0 and t = 6 s, if the ball does not 94. The graph correctly represents the variation
hit the ground, then (assume, g = 10 m s 2) of acceleration due to gravity (g) with radial
distance from the centre of the earth (radius
(a) –320 J (b) –360 J
(c) –380 J (d) 320 J
of the earth = Re ) is
142 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
103. A convex lens and a concave lens, each with 108. Find the current in the circuit.
focal length of 4 cm are separated by a 20 V
distance of 6 cm along their axis. An object is
placed 8 cm before the convex lens. The
distance between the object and its image is 100Ω
(a) 10 cm (b) 15 cm
(c) 18 cm (d) 24 cm 100Ω 100Ω
104. The limit of resolution of a telescope is
100Ω
3.0 × 10 −7 rad. Assuming that it is used to see
the light of wavelength 525 nm from a star,
what should be the diameter of the objective?
10 V
(a) 2.1 m (b) 2.0 m
(c) 1.8 m (d) 1.9 m (a) 0.01 A (b) 0.02 A
(c) 0.03 A (d) 0.04 A
105. Two negative charges of equal magnitude are
located in x y-plane as shown below in the 109. Two tangent galvanometers A and B have
figure. The direction of the electric field at coils of radii 8 cm and 16 cm respectively and
point P is having resistance of 8 Ω each. They are
Y connected in parallel with a cell of emf 4 V
and negligible internal resistance. The
deflections produced in the tangent
Q galvanometers A and B are 30° and 60°,
respectively. If A has 2 turns, then B must
a
have
X
P (a) 18 turns (b) 12 turns (c) 6 turns (d) 2 turns
a
110. A particle of charge q and mass m moves in a
–Q
circular orbit of radius r with angular speed
(a) along positive, x-direction ω. The ratio of the magnitude of its magnetic
(b) along negative, x-direction moment to that of its angular momentum is
(c) along positive, y-direction q q q 2q
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(d) along negative, y-direction mω 2 mr 2m m
106. An infinite non-conducting sheet has a 111. Two short magnets of equal dipole moments
surface charge density 2 × 10 −7 C/m 2 on one M are fastened perpendicularly at their
side. The distance between two equipotential centres which lies at origin. Let two magnets
surfaces whose potential differ by 90 V is lie along X -axis and Y -axis, respectively.
1 Nm 2 The magnitude of the magnetic field at a
(assume, = 9 × 10 9 2 )
4 πε 0 C distance R from the centre on the Y -axis is
25 µ 0 M0
(a) 20 π mm (b) mm . Assuming, R > > l (magnet length),
π 4 π R3
12.5 π the magnitude of M is
(c) mm (d) mm
π 20 (a)
M0
(b)
M0
(c)
M0
(d)
M0
2 2 2 5 2
107. A cylindrical wire P has resistance 10 Ω. A
second wire Q has length and diameter half 112. A varying current in a coil changes from 10 A
that of P. If the material of both the wires is to zero in 1.5 s. If the average emf induced in the
same, then resistance of wire Q is coil is 200 V, the self-inductance of the coil is
5
(a) 10 Ω (b) 20 Ω (c) 5 Ω (d) Ω (a) 25 H (b) 30 H
2 (c) 50 H (d) 45 H
144 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
113. An alternating voltage ε = 30 sin 200 t (in 117. The half-life of a radioactive sample is 5 s. If
volts) is applied to the circuit below. The the initial mass of the sample is 60 g, then
amplitude of the current through the circuit is the time required to reduce the sample to
7.5 g is
10Ω 0.05H
(a) 15 s (b) 75 s (c) 7.5 s (d) 10 s
118. A Zener diode is connected to battery and a
load resistance as shown below
500 µF 4 kΩ IL
A
IZ
l
10V=Vz
ε
60 V RL=2 kΩ
(a) 3 A (b) 2 A
(c) 1 A (d) 0.5 A
114. A parallel-plate capacitor with circular plates
is being discharged. The radius of the circular B
plate is 10 cm. A circular loop of radius 20 cm
is concentric with the capacitor and located The currents I, I Z and I L respectively are
halfway between the plates. If the electric (a) 10 mA, 5 mA, 5 mA
field between the plates is charging at the (b) 15 mA, 7.5 mA, 7.5 mA
rate 3.6 × 10 12 V/(ms), then the displacement (c) 12.5 mA, 5 mA, 7.5 mA
current through the loop is (d) 12.5 mA, 7.5 mA, 5 mA
1 119. A semiconductor is doped with phosphorous
(Assume = 9 × 10 9 Nm 2/C 2)
4 πε 0 atoms as impurity. The impurity levels
(a) 1 A (b) 2 A (c) 3 A (d) 4 A created in the semiconductor are close to the
(a) top of the valence band
115. Let v1 and v2 be the maximum velocities of (b) bottom of the conduction band
the emitted electrons when the surface of a (c) bottom of the valence band
metal is illuminated with light waves of (d) top of the conduction band
energy E1 = 4 eV and E 2 = 2.5 eV,
respectively. If the work function of the 120. Assertion (A) Television signals are received
v through sky-wave propagation.
metal is 2 eV, then the ratio 1 is
v2 Reason (R) The ionosphere reflects
electromagnetic waves of frequencies in the
(a) 1.6 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 0.5
range ( 3- 30) MHz.
116. The wavelength of a spectral line emitted by Choose the correct option.
16 (a) A is true, R is true and R is the correct explanation
hydrogen atom in the Balmer series is
3R for A.
(R is Rydberg constant). What is the value of (b) A is true, R is true but R is not the correct
the principal quantum number of the state explanation for A.
from which the transition takes place? (c) A is true but R is false.
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5 (d) A is false but R is true.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 145
Chemistry
121. Which of the following statements is not true 127. Identify the correct observation with respect
about Thomson’s model of atom? to the given graphs.
(a) This model can be visualised as a pudding or T2 p2
watermelon of positive charge with plum or p V
seeds as electrons embedded into it. T1 p1
(b) The mass of the atom is assumed to be uniformly
distributed over the atom.
(c) An atom possesses a spherical shape in which
the positive charge in uniformly distributed.
1/V T
(d) This model could not explain the overall neutrality
of the atom. (a) T1 > T2 and p1 > p2 (b) T2 > T1 and p1 > p2
(c) T1 > T2 and p2 > p1 (d) T2 > T1 and p2 > p1
122. Which of the following statements is not the
result of cathode ray discharge tube 128. A gas is present at a pressure of 2 atm. What
experiment with perforated anode? should be the increase in pressure, so that
(a) In the absence of electric or magnetic field, the the volume of the gas can be decreased to
cathode rays travel in straight line. 1
th of the initial volume at constant
(b) In the presence of electric or magnetic field, the 4
behaviour of cathode rays is similar to that temperature?
expected from negatively charged particles.
(a) 0.5 atm (b) 2 atm (c) 4 atm (d) 8 atm
(c) In the presence of electric and magnetic field, the
cathode rays travel in straight line. 129. Identify the law for which the following
(d) The cathode rays starts from the cathode and statement is true.
move toward the anode. “Equal volume of all gases at same
123. The highest oxidation state observed in first temperature and pressure should contain
row transition metals is equal number of molecules”.
(a) Gay Lussac’s law
(a) +6 (b) +7
(b) Avogadro’s law
(c) +8 (d) +9
(c) Law of multiple proportion
124. Based on the quantum numbers, what will (d) Law of conservation of mass
be the maximum number of element for 130. What is the equivalent weight of KMnO 4 in
sixth period of the periodic table?
acidic medium?
(a) 22 (b) 30
(Molecular weight of KMnO 4 = 158 g)
(c) 32 (d) 34
(a) 158 g (b) 52.7 g (c) 31.6 g (d) 39.5 g
125. Let’s assume the C1 ≡≡ C2 bond is acetylene is 131. What will be the ∆U value, when one mole
along Z-axis. Find out the correct of oxygen (O 2) is going from −20 °C to 40°C at
combination of atomic orbitals with non-zero constant volume?
overlapping. (Molar heat capacity for oxygen ~ − 20.8 J
(a) 2 px of C1 and 2 py of C 2 mol −1 K −1)
(b) 2 pz of C1 and 2 py of C 2
(a) 2496 J (b) 20.8 J (c) 416 J (d) 1248 J
(c) 2 px of C1 and 2s of C 2
(d) 2 pz of C1 and 2 pz of C 2 132. Calculate the molar solubility of calcium
hydroxide Ca(OH) 2 in 0.10 M NaOH solution.
126. Which of the following molecules is not The ionic product of calcium hydroxide is
paramagnetic in nature? 5.5 × 10 −6.
(a) O 2 (b) O 2+ (a) 11 × 10−6 (b) 1
(c) O −2 (d) O 2−
2 (c) 5.5 × 10−4 (d) 5.5
146 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
147. Which of the following statements is correct 153. Which of the following are synthetic
for chemisorption? rubbers?
(a) Chemisorption is reversible. (i) Terylene (ii) Buna-S (iii) Buna-N
(b) Multilayer adsorption takes place. (iv) Neoprene (v) Polyacrylonitrile
(c) Adsorption increases with temperature. (a) (i), (ii) and (iii)
(d) The heat of adsorption is generally less than (b) (ii), (iv) and (v)
40 kJ mol −1 . (c) (ii), (iii) and (iv)
148. Match the following. (d) (i), (ii) and (iv)
Ores Composition 154. Choose the correct Zwitter ionic form for
aspartic acid.
A. Calamine (i) CuFeS 2
COOH COOH
B. Chalcopyrite (ii) ZnCO 3 (a) H3N—CH—COOH (b) H3N—CH—COO
157. The major product formed in the following 159. What is the product R in the following
reactions is : reaction sequence?
OH CHO
(i) NaOH
(ii) CO2 Conc. NaOH
C8H10O + C8H7O2Na
(iii) H+/H2O ∆
(iv) CH3COCl, Pyridine P Q
(v) H+ CH3 NaOH, CaO
Q ∆ R
CO2H CO2CH3
OCOCH3 OH CH3 CH3
(a) (b)
(a) (b)
CH3 CH3
CH CH CH2 CH2 CHO
Br
(d)
(c) (d)
Br
Br Br
+
Answers
Mathematics
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (c) 32. (d) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (c) 39. (*) 40. (c)
41. (b) 42. (b) 43. (c) 44. (b) 45. (d) 46. (a) 47. (d) 48. (*) 49. (b) 50. (a)
51. (d) 52. (c) 53. (a) 54. (b) 55. (a) 56. (a) 57. (d) 58. (c) 59. (d) 60. (a)
61. (a) 62. (c) 63. (b) 64. (c) 65. (d) 66. (b) 67. (d) 68. (c) 69. (a) 70. (c)
71. (a) 72. (a) 73. (d) 74. (a) 75. (a) 76. (b) 77. (a) 78. (b) 79. (c) 80. (b)
Physics
81. (c) 82. (c) 83. (c) 84. (c) 85. (d) 86. (b) 87. (c) 88. (a) 89. (c) 90. (b)
91. (a) 92. (d) 93. (a) 94. (b) 95. (d) 96. (b) 97. (a) 98. (a) 99. (d) 100. (c)
101. (a) 102. (a) 103. (c) 104. (a) 105. (b) 106. (b) 107. (b) 108. (d) 109. (b) 110. (c)
111. (c) 112. (b) 113. (a) 114. (a) 115. (c) 116. (c) 117. (a) 118. (d) 119. (b) 120. (d)
Chemistry
121. (d) 122. (c) 123. (b) 124. (c) 125. (d) 126. (d) 127. (b) 128. (d) 129. (b) 130. (c)
131. (d) 132. (c) 133. (a) 134. (c) 135. (c) 136. (c) 137. (a) 138. (d) 139. (a) 140. (c)
141. (d) 142. (a) 143. (a) 144. (b) 145. (b) 146. (a) 147. (c) 148. (a) 149. (b) 150. (d)
151. (d) 152. (b) 153. (c) 154. (b) 155. (b) 156. (a) 157. (a) 158. (d) 159. (b) 160. (c)
=
f ( x ) − 3 x −
3 1 3. (c) We have,
x Sn = 12 + 2 × 22 + 32 + 2 × 42 + 52 + 2 × 62 + K ∞
⇒ ( f (x)) = 3
f (x 3) − 3 f (x) ∴ Tn = (2 n − 1)2 + 2 × (2 n)2
⇒ 3 f (x) = f (x 3) − [ f (x)]3 = 4n2 + 1 − 4n + 8n2
2
10. (a) As, ω is complex root of unity, then −8
= (10)2 − 114
1 + ω + ω = 0, ω = 1
2 3 121
∴ (ωx + 2) (ω2 x + 2) − 3 = 100 − 64
= ω3 x 2 + 2ωx + 2ω2 x + 4 − 3 = 36 = 6
= x + 2x(ω + ω ) + 1
2 2
(Q ω = 1)
3
12. (d) Let y = 9 ⋅ 32x + 6 ⋅ 3x + 4
2x x
= x 2 + 2x(−1) + 1 = x 2 − 2x + 1 9⋅ 3 − 6⋅ 3 + 4
∴
10
Σ ((ωx + 2) (ω x + 2) − 3)
2 Put, 3x = t
x =1
9 ⋅ t 2 + 6t + 4
10 10 10 10 ∴ y=
= Σ (x − 2x + 1) = Σ x − 2 Σ x + Σ 1
2 2
9t 2 − 6t + 4
x =1 x =1 x =1 x =1
( + 1) (2 × 10 + 1) 2 × 10(10 + 1)
1010 ⇒ y(9t 2 − 6t + 4) = 9t 2 + 6t + 4
= − + 10
6 2 ⇒ 9t 2(y − 1) − 6t(y + 1) + (4 y − 4) = 0
10 × 11 × 21 −6
= − 10 × 11 + 10 = 385 − 100 = 285 4
⇒ (y − 1)t 2 (y + 1) t + (y − 1) = 0
6 9 9
5x x − 2 29 2 4
11. (d) We have, + = ⇒ (y − 1)t − (y + 1)t + (y − 1) = 0
2
x−2 5x 10 3 9
5x Q t is real
Let = y ∴D ≥ 0
x−2
4 4
1 29 y 2 + 1 29 ⇒ (y + 1)2 − 4(y − 1) (y − 1) ≥ 0
Then, y+ = ⇒ = 9 9
y 10 y 10 4 16
⇒ (y + 1) − (y − 1)2 ≥ 0
2
⇒ 10 y + 10 = 29 y
2
9 9
⇒ 10 y 2 − 29 y + 10 = 0 ⇒ (y + 1)2 − 4(y − 1)2 ≥ 0
⇒ 10 y 2 − 25y − 4 y + 10 = 0 ⇒ y 2 + 1 + 2y − 4 y 2 − 4 + 8 y ≥ 0
⇒ 5y(2y − 5) − 2(2y − 5) = 0 ⇒ −3y 2 + 10 y − 3 ≥ 0
⇒ (5y − 2) (2y − 5) = 0 ⇒ 3y 2 − 10 y + 3 ≤ 0
2 5
⇒ y= , 1
5 2 ⇒ (y − 3) (3y − 1) ≤ 0 ⇒ ≤ y ≤ 3
3
2 5x 2
Now, if y = ⇒ = Hence, minimum value = ⋅
1
5 x−2 5 3
5x 4
⇒ = 13. (c) Let α , β , γ are roots of equation
x − 2 25
⇒ 125x = 4 x − 8 x 3 − px 2 + px − 1 = 0
⇒ 121 x = − 8 Q α+β+ γ =p
⇒ x = − 8 /121 αβ + βγ + αγ =p
5 5x 5 αβγ =1
And if y = ⇒ =
2 x−2 2 Also given, α2 + β2 + γ 2 =p
5x 25 α 2β 2 + β 2γ 2 + α 2γ 2 = p
⇒ =
x−2 4 α 2β 2γ 2 = 1
x 5 ∴ (α + β + γ) = α + β 2 + γ 2 + 2(αβ + βγ + γα)
2 2
⇒ = ⇒ 5x − 10 = 4 x
x−2 4
p2 = p + 2p
⇒ x = 10
−8 p 2 = 3p
∴ Let α = 10 and β = (Q α > β)
121 p=3
∴ α − 11 β
2 4 2
152 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
14. (a) Let roots of the equation 16. (a) Number between 1 and 10000 are formed
a using digit 2 and 3 only one and digit 4 twice
8 x + 6px + 3 qx − 27 = 0 are , a , ar.
3 2
r one-digit = {2, 3, 4} = 3
a −6p −3 p Two digit = {23,24, 32, 34, 42, 43, 44} = 7
∴ + a + ar = =
r 8 4 Three digit number = {234, 243, 244, 324, 342, 344
1 −3 p 423, 432, 424, 434, 442, 443} = 12
⇒ a + 1 + r = …(i)
r 4 Four digit number = {2344, 2434, 2443, 3244, 3424,
3442, 4234, 4324 K}
a ⋅ a + (a ⋅ ar) + a ⋅ ar = 3 q
Rank of 324 = 14
r r 8
Rank of 4324 = 3 + 7 + 12 + 9 = 31
2 1 3q
⇒ a + r + 1 = …(ii) ∴ x − y = 31 − 14 = 17
r 8
a 27 17. (b) Given, 9th and 10th terms are numerically
and × a × ar =
r 8 greatest terms in the expansion of (5x − 6 y)n
(n + 1)
27 3 6y
⇒ a3 = ⇒a = …(iii)
8 2 5x
9≤
1 +
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 6y
3 q/8 q 5x
a= =− …(iv)
−3 p/4 2p 1
Here, y = and x =
2
From Eqs. (iii)and (iv), we have 2 5
−q 3 y 5 6y 3
= ⇒ − q = 3p Q = ⇒ =
2p 2 x 4 5x 2
(n + 1)
q 3
Now, q 2 + 9p 2 + 6pq + 2
p 9≤
3
(−3p) 1+
⇒ 9p 2 + 9p 2 + 6p(−3p) + 2
p
3(n + 1)
⇒ 18p 2 − 18p 2 − 3 = − 3 9≤
5
15. (c) Given, word ATRAPATRAM n + 1 ≥ 15
Here, A → 4 times n ≥ 14
T → 2 times Q n = 14
R → 2 times Middle term of (5x − 6 y)14
P → 1 time = |14 C7 (5x)7 (−6 y)7|
M → 1 time 7 7
C7 5 × −6 ×
2 1
(i) All A’s are together, = 14
= 14
C7 × 67
5 2
Then it will be consider as one letter and
remaining 6 letters and 1’A’s (including 4 A’s) will
be consider as 7 letters. 18. (b) We have,
2 3
7! 3 1⋅ 4 3 1⋅ 4⋅ 7 3
∴Number of arrangement = = x …(i) 1− + − + K=
2! 2! 16 1 ⋅ 2 16 1 ⋅ 2⋅ 3 16
(ii) no two A’s are together. We know that,
n(n − 1) 2 n(n − 1) (n − 2) 3
such that —T—R—P—T—R—M— (1 − x)n = 1 − nx + x − x
6! 2! 3!
∴Number of arrangement = 7C4 × = y …(ii) 2 3
2! 2! 3 1⋅ 4 3 1⋅ 4⋅ 7 3
Let (1 − x)n = 1 − + − …
∴ x+ y=
7!
+ 7C4 ×
6 ! 16 1 ⋅ 2 16 1 ⋅ 2⋅ 3 16
2! 2! 2! 2! 3 n(n − 1) 2 1 ⋅ 4 3
2
7 × 6! 7 6! 6! ∴ nx = and x =
= + C3 × = (7 + 7 C3) 16 2! 2! 16
2! 2! 2! 2! 2! 2! 2
and n(n − 1) x 2 = 4
6! 6! 3 3
= (7 + 35) = (42) nx =
2! 2! 2! 2! 16 16
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 153
2
32
and n(n − 1) x 2 = 4
3 21. (d) Given,
n2 ⋅ x 2 =
16 16 11
sin A = A lies in 2nd quadrant
n(n − 1) x 2 = 4n2 x 2 61
−7
n2 − n = 4n2 cos B = B lies in 3rd quadrant
25
1
n − 1 = 4n ⇒ n = − −60 −24
3 cos A = and sin B =
3 −9 61 25
x= × −3 = Qsin(A − B) = sin A cos B − cos Asin B
16 16
−7 −60 −24
= −
−1 / 3 −1 / 3 2/ 3 11
(1 − x)n = 1 + = =
9 25 4
Q 61 25 61 25
16 16 5
sin(A − B) < 0
2x + 1 A B Cx + D
19. (d) If = + + 2 cos(A − B) = cos A cos B + sin Asin B
(x − 1)2(x 2 + 1) x − 1 (x − 1)2 x +1 −7 −60 11 −24
= +
⇒ 2x + 1 = A(x − 1) (x 2 + 1) + B(x 2 + 1) 25 61 61 25
+ (Cx + D) (x − 1)2 cos(A − B) > 0
⇒ 2x + 1 = x (A + C) + x (− A + B − 2 C + D)
3 2 Q A − B lie in 4th quadrant
−7 −60 −24
sin(A + B) = +
11
+ x (A + C − 2D) + (− A + B + D)
61 25 61 25
On comparing coefficients of x 3 , x 2 , x and
sin(A + B) > 0
constant terms both sides we get. −7 −60 11 −24
A+ C=0 …(i) cos(A + B) = −
25 61 61 25
− A + B − 2C + D = 0 …(ii)
cos(A + B) > 0
A + C − 2D = 2 …(iii) ∴(A + B) lies in Ist quadrant
and −A + B + D =1 …(iv)
On solving Eqs. (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), we get
22. (d) Given,
π
A=
−1 3 1
, B = , C = and D = −1 cos − x cos 2x + sin x sin 2x sec x
4
2 2 2
π
∴ A+ B+ C+ D=
−1 3 1
+ + −1=
1 = cos x sin 2x sec x + cos + x cos 2x
4
2 2 2 2
π π
20. (c) Maximum value of 3cosθ − 4sinθ cos 2x cos − x + cos + x
4 4
a= 32 + (−4)2 = 5 = sec x sin 2x (cos x − sin x)
π
∴ α = 5sin2 θ cos3 θ cos 2x 2sin sin x = sec x sin 2x (cos x − sin x)
4
β = 5sin3 θ cos2 θ
2
(cos x − sin x) sin x = sec x (2sin x cos x)
2 2
Now, α + β 2 = 52(sin4 θ cos6 θ + sin6 θ cos4 θ)
2
2 (cos x − sin x)
= 25(cos2 θ + sin2 θ)sin4 θ cos4 θ cos x + sin x = 2
= 25 sin4 θ cos4 θ 1
Q sin x = cos x =
∴ (α 2 + β 2)5 = (25sin4 θ cos4 θ)5 2
⇒(α 2 + β 2)5/ 2 = (5sin2 θ cos2 θ)5 sec x = 2
αβ = 25sin5 θ cos5 θ 23. (a) Given, ( 3 − 1)sinθ + ( 3 + 1) cosθ = 2
⇒ (αβ)2 = (52 sin5 θ cos5 θ)2 Let 3 − 1 = rsinα …(i)
(α + β )
2
(5sin θ cos θ)
2 5 2 2 5 and 3 + 1 = r cosα
∴ = 2 5
(αβ)4 (5 sin θ cos5 θ)2 ∴r 2(sin2 α + cos2 α) = ( 3 − 1)2 + ( 3 + 1)2
55 sin10 θ cos10 θ ⇒ r2 = 3 + 1 − 2 3 + 3 + 1 + 2 3
= =5
54 sin10 θ cos10 θ
154 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
3 − 1 1 − 1/ 3 cos A
+ sin(C + A) sin (C − A)
cos B
⇒ r 2 = 8 ⇒ r = 2 2 and tanα = =
3 + 1 1 + 1/ 3 sin A sin B
sin Asin(B − C) cos A sin Bsin(C − A) cos B
π π π
= tan − = tan ⇒ α =
π 4R2 +
4 6 12 sin A sin B
12
From Eq. (i), we have 4R2 [− sin(B − C) cos(B + C) − sin(C − A) cos(C + A)]
r sinα sinθ + r cosα cosθ = 2 2 R2 [− sin 2 B + sin 2C + sin 2A – sin 2C]
⇒ r cos(θ − α) = 2 2 R2 [sin 2A − sin 2 B]
⇒ 2 2 cos(θ − α) = 2
∆2 1 1 1 1
⇒ cos(θ − α) =
1 27. (b) + + +
2 a + b 2 + c 2 r12 r22 r32 r 2
2
= log (3 + 3 + 1) + log(3 +
2
32 − 1) 28. (a) We have, B
−1 −1 R : r1 : r : 5 : 12 : 2
= sin h 3 + cos h 3
∴R = 5k, r1 =12 k, r = 2 k
26. (b) In ∆ABC, a c
If ∆ ABC is right angle of A
(b 2 − c 2) cot A + (c 2 − a 2) cot B and a = 10k, b = 6k, c = 8k
We know that,
a
=
b
=
c
= 2R Then R = 5 k, r1 = 12 k
C b A
sin A sin B sin C and r = 2k
Q 4R2 [(sin2 B − sin2 C) cot A + (sin2 C − sin2 A) cot B] Possible
4R2 [sin(B + C) sin (B − C)] ∴ a2 = b2 + c 2
∴ r + r3 + r2 − r1
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 155
∆ ∆ ∆ ∆
+ + + 30. (b) Equation of plane (π) containing the points
s s −c s −b s −a
(0, −5, −1), (1, −2, 5), (−3, 5, 0)
∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ x − 0 y+ 5 z+1
− + +
s s −a s −c s −b is 1 − 0 −2 + 5 5 + 1 = 0
s − a − s s − b + s −c −3 − 0 5+ 5 0+1
⇒ ∆ +
s(s − a) (s −`c)(s − b) x y+ 5 z+1
−a 2s − b − c ⇒ 1 3 6 =0
⇒ ∆ +
s(s − a) (s − c)(s − b) −3 10 1
−a a ⇒ 3x + y − z + 4 = 0
⇒ ∆ + $) + 4 = 0
s(s − a) (s − c)(s − b) ⇒ r (3$i + $j − k
⇒ $) = 4
r (−3$i − $j + k
−(s − c)(s − b) + s(s − a)
⇒ ∆a
s(s − a)(s − b)(s − c) −3 $j $
k 4
⇒ r − + =
(s − as − s + (b + c)s −`bc)
2 2 11 11 11 11
⇒ ∆a
∆2 ∴Unit normal vector to plane π is
a − (b + c )
2 2 2 $ $
⇒ = 0 = cos A $ = −3 $i − j + k
n
∆2 11 11 11
∴cos A ∴length of the projection of the unit normal vector
$ to plane π on the line L is
n
29. (d) We have,
$ −3 $ − $j + k $
$)
OA = 12$i − 12$j − 18k i ⋅ ($i + 5$j – k
11 11 11
A
1 + 25 + 36
−3 −5 −6
−14 14
= 11 11 11 = =
B C 62 11 62 682
$
OB = − 3$i − 6$j − 9k
and $
OC = 3$i + 3$j − 24k 31. (c) We have, Equation of plane
$ r = b + c + x (a − b) + y(c + a)
AB = − 15$i + 6$j + 9k = (1 − x )b + (1 + y) c + (x + y) a …(i)
⇒ |AB| = (15)2 + (6)2 + (9) 2 And equation of line
r = a + t (b − c) …(ii)
= 225 + 36 + 81 = 342
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
$
BC = 6$i + 9$j − 15k a + t (b − c) = (x + y) a + (1 − x) b + (1 + y) c
⇒ BC = 36 + 81 + 225 = 342 ⇒ x + y =1 …(iii)
1− x =t …(iv)
and $
AC = − 9$i + 15$j − 6k 1+ y= −t …(v)
∴ |AC| = 81 + 225 + 36 = 342 Solving Eqs. (iii), (iv) and (v), we get
−1 3 −1
∴Position vector of Incentre t= , x = and y =
$)
= 342(12$i − 12$j − 18k 2 2 2
1
$ $
+ 342(−3i − 6 j − 9k $) ∴ r = a − (b − c)
2
+ 342 (3$i + 3$j − $)
24k 1 1
⇒ r = a b + c = la + mb + nc
342 + 342 + 342 2 2
$ −1 1
12$i − 15$j − 51k $ ∴ l = 1, m and n =
= = 4$i − 5$j − 17k 2 2
3
156 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
=
1024 ∴Mean = ΣXP(X)
1429 8 4 2 1
=0× + 1 × + 2× + 3×
27 9 9 27
39. (*) Consider the event
4 4 1
A = Box A is selected = + + =1
9 9 9
B = Box B is selected
∴Variance = ΣX 2P(x) − (mean)2
C = Box C is selected
8 4 2 1
D = Box D is selected = 02 × + (1)2 × + (2)2 × + (3)2 × − (1)2
27 9 9 27
E = Defective fuses
= + + − 1 =
4 8 3 15 6 2
p(A) =
5000
=
5 −1 = =
9 9 9 9 9 3
11000 11
158 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
46. (a) We know that the equation of two straight 48. (*) (7 x 2 − 4 xy + 8 y2)2 + (4 x − 8 y − 32)
lines which passes through a point (x1 , y1) and (7 x 2 − 4 xy + 8 y 2) = 0
made a given angle α with the given straight line
⇒(7 x − 4 xy + 8 y )(7 x − 4 xy + 8 y 2 + 4 x − 8 y − 32)
2 2 2
m ± tanα
y = m x + c are y − y1 = (x − x1) =0
1 m m tanα
Now, 7 x 2 − 4 xy + 8 y 2 + 4 x − 8 y − 32 = 0
Here, x1 = 1, y1 = 1, α = 60° and m = −1
⇒ 7 x 2 + (−4 y + 4) x + 8 y 2 − 8 y − 32 = 0
(slope of line x + y − 3 = 0)
So, equation of lines are Which is quadratic equation in x
−1 − tan 60° (16 y 2 + 16 − 32y) − 4 × 7
y −1 = (x − 1) (4 y − 4) ±
1 + (−1) tan 60° × (8 y 2 − 8 y − 32)
∴x =
−1 + tan 60° 2× 7
and y −1 = (x − 1)
1 − (−1) tan 60° (2y − 2) ± 4 y + 4 − 32y − 56 y 2 + 56 y + 224
2
⇒x =
−1 − 3 7
⇒ y −1 = (x − 1)
1− 3 (2y − 2) ± −52y 2 + 24 y + 228
⇒x =
−1 + 3 7
and y −1 = (x − 1)
1+ 3 (2y − 2) ± −413
( y 2 − 6 y − 57)
=
⇒ (y − 1) (1 − 3) = (−1 − 3) (x − 1) 7
and (y − 1) (1 + 3) = (−1 + 3) (x − 1) Here, D < 0
So, lines are not possible.
⇒ (1 + 3) x + (1 − 3) y − 1 + 3 −1 − 3=0
Therefore, question is wrong.
and (1 − 3) x + (1 + 3) y − 1 − 3 −1 + 3=0
⇒ (1 + 3) x + (1 − 3) y − 2 = 0 49. (b) Given circle
x 2 + y 2 − 4 x − 2y − 4 = 0
and (1 + 3) x + (1 − 3) y − 2 = 0
Centre (2, 1)
47. (d) Given pairs of lines Equation of diameter of circle passes through origin.
2x 2 − 5xy + 2y 2 + 6 x − 3y = 0 x − 2y = 0
⇒ (2y − x − 3 ) (y − 2x ) = 0 Equation of circle through the end point of
∴Pairs of line are diameter of circle and line x − 2y = 0 is
2y − x − 3 = 0 and y − 2x = 0 x 2 + y 2 − 4 x − 2y − 4 + λ(x − 2y) = 0
Solving these equation we get, Since, this is passes through (1, 2)
x = 1, y = 2 Q 1 + 4 − 4 − 4 − 4 + λ(−3) = 0
∴ α =1 −7
λ=
Equation of line passing through origin is 3
y − 2x = 0 Required equation of circle is
Q Slope of line m = 2 7
x 2 + y 2 − 4 x − 2y − 4 − (x − 2y) = 0
∴ β=2 3
Equation of angular bisector of line 3(x 2 + y 2) − 19 x + 8 y − 12 = 0
2y − x − 3 = 0 and y − 2x = 0 is 3x 2 + 3y 2 − 19 x + 8 y − 12 = 0
2y − x − 3 y − 2x
=± 50. (a) We have,
5 5
(2, α) is mid-point of chord of circle
2y − x − 3 = y − 2 x or 2y − x − 3 = − y + 2 x
Q x + y − 3 = 0 or 3x − 3y + 3 = 0 x 2 + y2 − 4 x + 8 y + 6 = 0
x + y − 3 = 0 or x − y + 1 = 0 Q(2, α) inside the circle
γ = −3 ∴ 4 + α2 − 8 + 8α + 6 ≤ 0
∴ γ < α < β i.e., −3 < 1 < 2 α2 + 8α + 2 ≤ 0
160 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
b2
From Eq. (ii) x = 61. (a) We know that, foot of perpendicular from a
y point (x1 , y1 , z1) on the plane ax + by + cz + d = 0 is
2
b2 (x , y, z) where
From Eq. (i) + y 2 = a 2 x − x1 y − y1 z − z1 −(ax1 + by1 + cz1 + d )
y = = =
a b c a2 + b2 + c 2
⇒ b 4 + y4 = a 2 y2
Since, the foot of the perpendicular drawn from
⇒ y4 − a 2 y2 + b 4 = 0 the point (1, 1, 1) to the plane π1 is (1, 3, 5)
This is an equation of 4th degree in y and its four 1 − 1 3 − 1 5 − 1 −( a + b + c + d )
∴ = = =
roots are y1 , y2 , y3 , y4 , then y1 y2 y3 y4 = b 4 a b c a2 + b2 + c 2
59. (d) Equation of line passing through the points 0 2 4 −(a + b + c + d )
⇒ = = =
(a , 2,−4) and (5, 3, b ) is given by a b c a2 + b2 + c 2
x−a y−2 z+ 4 ⇒ a = 0, b = 2 k, c = 4k.
= =
5− a 3− 2 b + 4 Equation of plane π1 through point (1, 3, 5) and
x−a y−2 z+ 4 having directions of normal to plane are a , b , c is
⇒ = = …(i)
5− a 1 b+ 4 0(x − 1) + 2 k(y − 3 ) + 4 k(z − 5) = 0
The equation of ZX-plane, y = 0 ⇒ (y − 3) + 2(z − 5) = 0
Since, line (i) meets the ZX-plane. ⇒ y + 2z − 13 = 0 …(i)
x −a 0−2 z+ 4 And equation of plane π 2 is
⇒ = =
5− a 1 b+ 4 x − 2 y− 2 z+1
x−a z+ 4 3− 2 4 − 2 2+ 1 = 0
⇒ = − 2 and = −2
5− a b+ 4 3− 2 3− 2 0 + 1
⇒ x − a = − 2( 5 − a) and z + 4 = − 2( b + 4) x − 2 y− 2 z+1
⇒ x = a − 10 + 2a and z + 4 = − 2 b − 8 ⇒ 1 2 3 =0
⇒ x = 3 a − 10 and z = − 2 b − 12 and y = 0
1 1 1
∴ 3 a − 10 = − a + 2 b and −2 b − 12 = a + b
⇒ 4 a − 2 b = 10 and a + 3 b = − 12 …(ii) ⇒(x − 2) (2 − 3) − (y − 2) (1 − 3)
⇒ 2a − b = 5 …(iii) + (z + 1) (1 − 2) = 0
On solving Eqs (i) and (ii), we get ⇒(x − 2) + (y − 2) (2) + (z + 1) = 0
3 −29 ⇒ x − 2y + z − 3 = 0
a = and b =
7 7 ∴Angle between plane π1 and π 2
−29
14a + 7b = 14 + 7
3 0 × 0 + (1) × (−2) + (2) × (1)
∴ = 6 − 29 = − 23 θ = cos−1
7 7
0+ 1+ 4 1+ 4+ 1
60. (a) Let b1 = $i + 2$j + k$ π
⇒ θ = cos−1 (0) =
$ 2
and b2 = 4$i + 5$j − 3k
Normal vector to plane 62. (c) We have,
$i $j k$ 1 − cos(x 2 + π(x + 2)
lim
b1 × b2 = 1 2 1
x→ 0 x2
4 5 −3 1 − cos(2π + πx + x 2 )
lim
x→ 0 x2
$ ( 5 − 8)
= $i (−6 − 5) − $j ( − 3 − 4) + k 1 − cos(πx + x 2)
lim [Q cos(2π + θ) = cosθ]
= − 11$i + 7$j − 3k $ x→ 0 x2
∴Direction cosines of normal to the plane Applying ‘L’ Hospital rule
−11 7 sin(πx + x 2) (2x + π)
= , , lim
x→ 0 2x
(−11) + 7 + (−3)
2 2 2
(−11) + 72 + (−3)2
2
−3 −11 7 −3 π sin(π x + x 2 )
= , , = lim sin(πx + x 2) + lim
x→ 0 x→ 0 2x
(−11)2 + 72 + (−3)2 179 179 179
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 163
π sin(π x + x 2) ∴ f ′(x) =
cos x
−
cos x
=0+ lim
2 x→ 0 x 1 + (sin x + 10)2 1 + (sin x)2
Again apply ‘L’ Hospital rule 1 1
∴ f ′(0) = −
π cos(π x + x 2) (2x + π) π π2 1 + (0 + 10)2 1 + 0
= lim = × π=
2 x→ 0 1 2 2 1 1 − 101 −100
= −1 = =
1 − cos 4 x 101 101 101
, when x < 0
x2 65. (d) We have, f (x) = x 2 + 3x − 3
63. (b) Given, f (x) = a , x=0
⇒ y = x 2 + 3x − 3
x
, x>0 9 9
16 + x − 4 ⇒ y = x 2 + 3x − 3 + −
4 4
Since, f (x) is continuous at x = 0 2
y = x + −
3 21
⇒
∴ (LHL)x = 0 = (RHL)x = 0 = f (0) 2 4
1 − cos 4 x
Now, (LHL) x = 0 = lim f (x) = lim 21 x + 3
2
x→ 0 − x→ 0 − x2 ⇒ y+ =
4 2
1 − cos 4(0 − h)
= lim 3 21 21 3
h→ 0 (0 − h)2 ⇒ x+ = y+ ⇒ x= y+ −
2 4 4 2
1 − cos 4h 2sin2 2 h
= lim = lim 21 3
h→ 0 h2 h→ 0 h2 ⇒ f −1 (y) = y + −
2
4 2
sin 2 h 21 3
= 2 lim × 4= 2 × (1) × 4 = 8
2
⇒ f −1 (x) = x + − = g(x) (given)
h→ 0 2 h
4 2
−3
From Eq. (i), we have Minimum value of f −1 (x) is
(LHL) x = 0 = f (0) ⇒ 8 = a ⇒ a = 8 2
3
64. (c) We have, ∴ α=−
2
1 5 3 5 2
f (x) = tan−1 2 ∴ x = α + = − + = =1
sin x + sin x + 1 2 2 2 2
21 3
+ tan−1 2
1 Now, g(x) = x + −
4 2
sin x + 3sin x + 3
1
⇒ g′(x) =
1
+ tan−1 2 + K + upto 10 terms 2 x+
21
sin x + 5sin x + 7 4
(sin x + 1) − (sin x + 0) x = 1, g′(x) =
1
=
1
= tan−1 at
1 + (sin x + 0) (sin x + 1) 21 5
2 1+
4
(sin x + 2) − (sin x + 1)
+ tan−1
1 + (sin x + 1) (sin x + 2) 66. (b) We have, y = e ax (cos bx + sin bx)
(sin x + 3) − (sin x + 2) dy
+ tan−1 = e ax (− sin bx ⋅ b + cos bx ⋅ b )
+ K + upto dx
1 + (sin x + 2) (sin x + 3)
+ a ⋅ e ax (cos bx + sin bx)
10 terms
dy
= tan−1 (sin x + 1) − tan−1 (sin x) = be ax (cos bx − sin bx) + ay …(i)
dx
+ tan−1 (sin x + 2) − tan−1 (sin x + 1) d2y
⇒ = b [e ax (− sin bx ⋅ b − cos bx ⋅ b )
+ tan−1 (sin x + 3) − tan−1 (sin x + 2) + K dx 2
dy
+ upto 10 terms + a ⋅ e ax (cos bx − sin bx )] + a
dx
= tan−1 (sin x + 10) − tan−1 (sin x )
164 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
d2y dV
= A
3 dV Q dh = 3 dV
⇒ =b dt
dx 2 dt dt dt
[− be ax (sin bx + cos bx ) + ae ax (cos bx − sin bx )] A = 1/ 3
dy
+ a =0 Q V= h
1
dx 3
d2y dy
⇒ = b [(− b) (y) + ae ax (cos bx − sin bx)] + a h
27 = ⇒ h = 81
dx 2 dx 3
d2y dy
⇒ −a + b 2 y − abe ax (cos bx − sin bx) = 0 ∴Height of tank = 81 m
dx 2 dx
d2y
+ b 2 y − a − ay = 0
⇒ −a
dy dy 69. (a) Given,
dx 2 dx dx cf ′(c) = 2 f (c) − 2c 3 = xf ′(x) = 2 f (x) − 2x 3
2
d y dy dy
⇒ − 2a + (b 2 + a 2) y = 0 Put, f (x) = y ⇒ f ′(x) =
dx 2 dx dx
d2y dy dy
On comparing with 2 − k + Ly = 0 Q x − 2y = − 2x 3
dx dx dx
∴ K = 2a , L = b 2 + a 2 dy 2y
− = − 2x 2
∴ L + bk = b 2 + a 2 + 2ab = (a + b)2 dx x
−2
∫ dx 1
2 2 Here IF = e x = e −2log x =
67. (d) Given curve, x 2 − a 2 = x 2y x2
a
∴Solution of differential equation is
1 2
+ (2x) y 2
dy
⇒ 2x = 2 x (2y) y −2 x 2
a dx 2
=∫ dx + c
x x2
1 dy
⇒ 1 = 2 xy + y2 y = − 2 x 3 + cx 2
a dx
dy dy Q f (x ) = − 2x 3 + cx 2
⇒ xy + y 2 = a 2 ⇒ xy = a 2 − y2
dx dx Given, f (5) = f (2)
dy a 2 − y 2 Q −2(5)3 + c(5)2 = − 2(23) + c(2)2
⇒ = …
dx xy −250 + 25 c = − 16 + 4 c
a 2 − y2
⇒ 21c = 234
dy
= …(i)
dx P( α , y) αy 78
c=
Now, Since P(α , y) lies on the curve. 7
α 2 y2 a2 78 2
∴ α2 − a2 = 2 ⇒ y 2 = 2 (α 2 − a 2) …(ii) Q f (x) = − 2x 3 + x
a α 7
∴Length of subnormal at P(α , y) is 70. (c) A. f (x) = 3x 4 − 2x 3 − 6 x 2 + 6 x + 1
a 2 − y2
y1
dy f ′(x) = 12x 3 − 6 x 2 − 12x + 6
= y (using Eq. (i))
dx ( x1 , y1 ) αy
f ′(x) = 6(2x 3 − x 2 − 2x + 1)
a2
a 2 − (α 2 − a 2) f ′(x) = 6(x − 1) (2x − 1) (x + 1)
α 2
= (using Eq. (ii)) 1
Put, f ′(x) = 0 x = −1, , 1
α 2
4
a k – + –
= 3 = 3 (given) +
α α
–1 1/2 1
∴ k = a4
f ′(x) is increasing in −1, ∪ (1, ∞)
1
68. (c) Volume of rectangular parallelopiped is 27 m3 2
Let A = Area of base and h is height decreasing value in (∞ ,−1) ∪ (1 / 21
,)
∴ V = Ah minimum value at x = 1 or −1
dV dh 1
= A maximum value of x =
dt dt 2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 165
f (x) = x +
1 − x2
B. = + 2log|x sin x + cos x| + C
x x tan x + 1
1
f ′(x) = 1 − 2 put f ′(x) = 0 ∴ A = 2 and B = −1 and f (x) = x 2
x
Q x2 = 1 ⇒ x = ± 1 ∴ f (A + B) = f (2 − 1) = f ()
1 = ()
1 2 =1
2 73. (d) We have,
f ′ ′(x) = 3
∫ x (log x)
x 3 2
dx = x 4
Maximum at x = −1
C. f (x) = x 4 (7 − x)3 [A(log x)2 + B(log x) + C log e] + K
x=4
Maximum at x = 4 x4 1 x4
D. f (x) = x 4 + (8 − x)4
= (log x)2 ⋅
4
− ∫ 2log x) ⋅ x ⋅
4
dx
= xy cos dx + x 2 cos dy
Again, differentiate, w.r.t. ‘x’ y y
d3y x x
=0
dx 3 y
⇒ xy sin − x 2 cos dy
y
79. (c) We have, x x
(3y − 7 x + 7) dx + (7 y − 3x + 3) dy = 0 y
= xy cos + y 2 sin dx
y
⇒(7 x − 3y − 7) dx + ( 3x − 7 y − 3) dy = 0 …(i) x x
Given equation is non-homogeneous and
xy cos + y 2 sin
y y
a1 b2 − a 2b1 = − 40 ≠ 0 dy x x
On solving 7 x − 3y − 7 = 0 and 3x − 7 y − 3 = 0 ⇒ =
dx xy sin y − x 2 cos y
we get x = 1, y = 0
x x
Now, substitude x = 1 + u and y = 0 + v = v 2
cos + sin
y y y y
∴dx = du and dy = dv … in Eq. (i),
dy x x x x
we get ( 7u − 3 v) du + ( 3u − 7v) dv = 0 …(ii) ⇒ =
sin − cos
dx y y y
This homogeneous equation in u and v. x x
x
Put, u = tv ⇒ du = tdv + vdt in Eq. (ii),
dy dv
we get (7tv − 3v) (tdv + vdt ) + (3tv − 7v) dv = 0 Put, y = vx ⇒ =v+ x
dx dx
⇒ (7t − 3) (tdv + vdt) + (3t − 7)dv = 0
dv v cos v + v2 sin v
⇒ (7t 2 − 7)dv + v(7t − 3)dt = 0 ∴ v+ x =
dx vsin v − cos v
dv 7t − 3
⇒ ∫ v + ∫ 7t 2 − 7 dt = 0 ⇒ x
dv
=
2 v cos v
dx vsin v − cos v
t − 3/ 7
⇒ log|v| + ∫ 2 dt = C1 vsin v − cos v dx
t −1 ⇒ dv = 2
v cos v x
2 5/ 7
⇒ log|v| + ∫ dt + ∫ dt = log C1 1 dx
7(t − 1) (t + 1) ⇒ ∫ tan v − v dv = 2∫ x
⇒ log|sec v| − log|v| = 2log|x | + log|C1|
168 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
sec
sec v y
⇒ log − log|x |2 = log|C1|
x
⇒ sec = C1 xy
v y
⇒ = C1
sec v xy x
⇒ log = log|C1|
vx 2 1 C 1
⇒ = Q where = C
sec
y y xy C
x cos 1
⇒
secv
= C1 ⇒ = C1 x
vx 2 y 2
(x )
Physics x
81. (c) In atomic scale, the order of magnitude of 84. (c) The given situation is shown in the following
forces in nature are related as, figure
Strong nuclear force> electromagnetic force > Y
weak nuclear force > gravitational force
Hence, gravitational force is weakest force in
nature in atomic scale. Car B
82. (c) Mean mass of the ball is
m1 + m2 + m3 + m4 + m5
M= Car A
5
2. 61 + 2. 58 + 2 . 40 + 2. 73 + 2. 80 X
=
5
M = 2. 624 g ~− 2. 62 g
Speed of car A,
∴Mean absolute error,
v A = 120 km/h ⇒ v A = −120 $i
|2. 62 − 2. 61| + |2. 62 − 2. 58| + |2. 62 − 2. 40| Speed of car B,
+ |2. 62 − 2. 73| + |2. 62 − 2. 80| vB = 50 km/h
∆M =
5 v B = − 50$j
0.01 + 0.04 + 0. 22 + 0.11 + 0.18 ∴Relative speed of the car B w.r.t. car A,
=
5 v BA = v B − v A = − 50$j − (−120$i)
0. 56
= = 0 .112 ~− 0 . 11 g = − 50$j + 120$i = 120$i − 50$j
5
∴ |v BA| = (120)2 + (−50)2
83. (c) The position of the particle is given as
= 16900 = 130 km/h
t = 10te −2t
y() …(i)
Velocity of the particle is given as 85. (d) Initial velocity of projectile, u = 10 m/s
d d
v = y() t = (10 te −2t) Angle of projection from inclined plane,
dt dt
θ = 60°−30° = 30°
= 10[te −2t (−2) + e −2t ⋅1]
Here, α = 30°
= 10[−2te −2t + e −2t ] = 10 e −2t (1 − 2t)
Y
When body stops, then
v = 0 ⇒ e −2t (1 − 2t) = 0 ⇒ 1 − 2t = 0
1
t= s
2
∴From Eq. (i), displacement of the particle from u
origin is given as θ
1
−2 ×
y = 10 × × e
1 1 2 = 5 e −1 = 5 m
30º
X
2 2 e
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 169
Range over an inclined plane is given as 88. (a) The given situation is shown below
2u2 sinθ cos(θ + α)
R= ⋅ µN
g cos2 α F sin θ
2 × 102 sin 30° cos(30°+30°) F
= ×
10 cos2 30°
1 1 1 θ = 30º
×
20 F cos θ
= 20 × 2 22 = 20 × 4 = m
3 3 3
4
2
86. (b) The given situation is shown in the following mg
figure
Angle of projection, θ = 45° Normal reaction is
N = F cosθ = F cos 30°
Friction force when block is just on the verge of
u P sliding is
3
H f = µN = µF cos 30° = F [∴µ = 3]
2
45º α
As block is in equilibrium,
O R/2 M
friction= weight of block (mg) + vertical
The elevation angle of the projectile at its highest component of force (Fsinθ)
point as seen from the point of projection is α. 3 1
⇒ F = 3 × 10 + F × ⇒ F = 30N
∴In ∆POM, 2 2
u2 sin2 θ 89. (c) Displacement of object is along X-axis by 3m,
H sin2 θ sin2 45°
tanα = = 2 2g = = x = 3$i m
R / 2 u sin 2 θ sin 2 θ sin 90°
2g Force = 2$i + 4$j N
2 Work done by force, W = F⋅ x = (2$i + 4$j) ⋅ 3$i = 6 J
1
2 1 90. (b)
= ⇒ tanα = u=20i + 24j
1 2
α = tan−1
1
⇒ t=0
2
Origin
87. (c) The given situation is shown in the following
figure
Y
6i
v a To find change in PE, we have to consider only
–4j vertical motion of the ball.
X
O So, we have
u y = 24 m /s, m = 1 kg
a y = −10 m /s2, t = 6 s
We take origin at point of projection,
Acceleration, a = 6$i − 4$j
1 1
Clearly, acceleration a is perpendicular to velocity h = u y t − gt 2 = 24 × 6 − × 10 × 36
2 2
v, hence
= 144 − 180 = −36 m
v ⋅a = 0
Again, position vector r is parallel to acceleration So, vertical displacement of the particle is
a, hence h = −36 m
r×a = 0 Hence, change in PE = mgh = 1 × 10 × −36 = −360 J
170 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
91. (a) We take origin as fixed point. But Rα = a t = tangential acceleration of pulley
= acceleration of block
2 20
So, a t = Rα = g = m /s 2
ω 3 3
1 1 MR2 2
⇒ mgh = mv2 + ⋅ω
2 2 2
Here, m = M = 2kg, At height h,
v2 R2 2 Re2 gRe2 1
So, gh = + ω g′ = g = 2 ⇒ g′ ∝
2 4 (Re + h)2 r r2
3 So, correct graph is
As v = Rω, gh = R2ω2
4 g
Differentiating with respect to time,
dh 3 2 dω
g⋅ = R ⋅ 2ω ⋅
dt 4 dt g%r 1
g%
3 v r2
gv = R2 × 2 × ⋅ α
4 R
6 4g 2g r
⇒ g = Rα ⇒ = Rα ⇒ Rα = r=Re
4 6 3
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 171
∆Q 50 × 1000
95. (d) As Y = Young’s modulus of material ∴ s= =
F/ A m ⋅ ∆T 2 × (70°−20°) C
=
∆L / L0 [Q ∆Q = 50 kJ = 50 × 1000 J]
L F L F = 500 J kg −1 °C −1
⇒ ∆L = 0 ⇒ L − L0 = 0
YA YA 98. (a) Keeping nature of surface and temperature of
L0 F body and surroundings same, rate of heat transfer
⇒ L = L0 +
YA by radiation depends on area of body,
L0 T1 ⇒ Rate of heat transfer ∝ Surface area of body
Here, L1 = L0 + …(i)
YA Q2 S2 S
⇒ = ⇒ Q2 = Q1 × 2 …(i)
L T Q1 S1 S1
and L2 = L0 + 0 2 …(ii)
YA Now, volume remains same in stretching, so
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have πr12l1 = πr22l 2
L TT L TT
(L1 − L0)T2 = 0 1 2 and (L2 − L0)T1 = 0 1 2 r12 (2.5)2
YA YA ⇒ l2 = 2
. l1 = × 5 = 125 cm
r2 (0.5)2
So, equating we have
⇒ (L1 − L0)T2 = (L2 − L0)T1 So, area before stretching, S1 = 2πr1 (l1 + r1)
⇒ L1 T2 − L2T1 = L0 (T2 − T1) and area after stretching, S2 = 2πr2(l 2 + r2)
L T − L2T1 Hence by Eq. (i), we get
⇒ L0 = 1 2 S 2πr2(l 2 + r2)
T2 − T1 Q2 = Q1 × 2 = Q1 ×
S1 2πr1 (l1 + r1)
96. (b) Volume of wood block = Mass = 160
Density 0.8 × 1 r2(l 2 + r2) 1 × 0.5 × 10−2(125 + 0.5) × 10−2
= Q1 × =
1600 r1 (l1 + r1) 2 .5 × 10−2(5 + 2.5) × 10−2
= = 200 cm 3
8 = 3346
. = 335
. W
Let mass of metal piece is x g.
99. (d) The given situation is shown in the following
Mass x x
Volume of metal piece = = = cm 3 diagram
Density 10 × 1 10
5 moles Expansion
Total volume of fluid displaced 3V0
p0, V0, T0
= 200 + × 10−6 m 3
x I
10 Pressure
is reduced
Weight of fluid displaced = V × ρ f × g II
by heat
= 200 + 10−6 × 1000 × 10
x III extraction
10 V0, T0, 3V0,
p0 p0
= 200 + 10−2 N
x Compression
10
Work done in expansion (process I)
If block floats in water, then Vf 3V0 p V
weight = upthrust = ∫ pdV = ∫ 0 ⋅ dV
Vi V0 V0
⇒(160 + x)10 × 10−3 = 200 + × 10−2
x
3V
10 p0 V 2
0
p
= = 0 (9V02 − V02) = 4p0 V0
x V0 2 V 2V0
160 + x = 200 + 0
10 In process II, there is no work done as
9x V = constant.
= 40
10 In process III, work done is given as
400
x= = 44.4 g W = p0 ∫
Vf
dV = p0 ∫
V0
dV
9 Vi 3V0
108. (d) The given circuit diagram is 111. (c) Two magnet are joined as shown in figure. The
20 V magnetic field at point P due to magnet M1 is on
+ – axial line, while that due to M 2 is on equatorial line.
y
100Ω B1
B2
100Ω 100Ω P
100Ω R M1
x
+ – M2
10 V
Equivalent resistance of given circuit
= (100Ω | |100Ω) + 100Ω + 100Ω So, net magnetic field at a point P at a distance R
100 × 100 on Y-axis,
= + 200 = 50 + 200 = 250Ω
100 + 100 2
µ 0 2M + µ 0 M
2
Bnet = B12 + B22 =
Equivalent emf of circuit = 20 − 10 = 10 V 4 π R3 4 π R3
E 10 µ0
Current in circuit, I = = = 0.04 A Bnet = ⋅ 5M …(i)
Req 250 4 πR 3
µ0
109. (b) The given situation is shwon below Given, Bnet = ⋅ M0 …(ii)
4 πR 3
A By comparision Eq. (i) and Eq. (ii), we get
M
M= 0
+ – 5
4V
112. (b) Self-induced emf in coil is given by
E = L
dI
B
dt
Current through tangent galvanometer and dI 10 − 0
deflection given by it are related as, Here, E = 200 V, = A /s
dt 1.5
2r
I= ⋅ BH ⋅ tanθ E 200
µ 0N So, self-inductance of coil, L = =
dI/dt 10 − 0
where, r = radius of coil of galvanometer.
1.5
If R = resistance of galvanometer, then potential 200 × 1.5
⇒ L= = 30 H
drop across it is 10
2r ⋅ BH ⋅ tanθ ⋅ R
V = IR = 113. (a) Given, applied emf is
µ0 ⋅ N
E = 30sin 200 t
In given case, V A = VB
In given circuit,
2r1 tanθ1 2r2 tanθ2
⇒ = [Q R1 = R2 = R = 10Ω] L = 0.05 H , C = 500µF
N1 N2
R = 10Ω, ω = 200 rad s−1
N1 ⋅ r2 ⋅ tanθ2 2 × 16 × 10−2 × tan 60°
N2 = = Now, inductive reactance, X L = Lω = 0.05 × 200
r1 ⋅ tanθ1 8 × 10−2 × tan 30°
= 10Ω
= 2 × 2 × 3 = 12 turns Also, capacitive reactance,
1 1
110. (c) Ratio of magnitudes of magnetic moment and XC = = = 10Ω
angular momentum of rotating charged particle in C ω 500 × 10−6 × 200
an orbit is called its ‘Gyromagnetic ratio’ its’ value As X L = X C , circuit is in resonance, so amplitude
is equals to 1/2 of specific charge of the particle. of current is
M 1 q E 30
∴Gyromagnetic ratio = = Imax = max = = 3A
L 2 m R 10
174 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
= R − 2 ⇒
3R 1 1 3 1 1
114. (a) Electric field between plates of a capacitor is ⇒ = −
V 16 4 n 16 4 n2
E=
d 1 1 3 1
⇒ = − = ⇒ n= 4
Q ε0 A n2 4 16 16
But V = and C = ⇒ Q = AE ε0 …(i)
C d
Qd Q 117. (a) Decay scheme of given sample is as shown
∴ E= = below
ε0 Ad Aε0
5s 5s 5s
Displacement currrent is m=60g m=30g m=15g m=7.5g
dQ d
Id = = (E ⋅ Aε0) [from Eq. (i)] So, time required by sample to reduced to 7.5 g is
dt dt
∆E 4 πε0 A ∆E ∆t = 3 × T1 / 2 = 3 × 5 = 15 s
= ε0 A = ×
∆t 4π ∆t 118. (d) The circuit given is as shown
4 πε0 ⋅ πr 2 ∆E 4kΩ
= ⋅ I IL
4π ∆t
r ∆E
2
I d = 4 πε0
l
⇒ +
IZ
4 ∆t RL=2kΩ
60 V
Substituting values given, we have –
1 (10 × 10−2)2 VZ=10V
Id = × 36
. × 1012 = 1 A
9 × 10
9
4
Potential drop across RL = VL = VZ = 10 V
Since, ∆E = 3.6 × 1012 V / ms Potential drop across 4 kΩ resistance is
∆t
VR = 60 − 10 = 50 V
115. (c) In case of photoemission, Current through 4kΩ resistance is
1 2 V 50
K max = mvmax = hf − φ0 I= R = = 12.5 × 10−3 A = 12.5 mA
2 R 4 × 103
For photons of energies 4 eV and 2.5 eV, we have Current through load resistance = I L
(given, work function = 2 eV) V 10
1 2 = L = = 5 mA
mv1 = 4 − 2 = 2 …(i) RL 2 × 103
2
Also, I Z = I − I L = 12.5 − 5 = 7.5 mA
1 2
and mv2 = 2.5 − 2 = 0.5 …(ii)
2 119. (b) Phosphorous is a pentavalent impurity.
Dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we get So, resulting semiconductor is a n-type
v12 2 v semiconductor. The energy band diagram of a
= =4 ⇒ 1 =2 n-type semiconductor is shown below
v22 0.5 v2
Conduction
116. (c) In spectral line series, wavelength is given by band
1 1 1 Donar energy
= R 2 − 2
λ n ni level of
f impurity atoms
Valence
For Balmer transitions,
band
nf = 2
n i= n So, the energy levels of impurity atom created in
the semiconductor are close to the bottom of the
λ conduction band.
nf=2 120. (d) Television signals lies in region of 40 MHz to
= R − 2
1 1 1 900 MHz, so these are not reflected by ionosphere
⇒
λ 4 n and can be communicated by using a satellite only.
16 It is because, ionosphere reflects electromagnetic
Given, λ= wave of frequencies in the range of 3 MHz to 30 MHz.
3R
Hence, Assertion is false but Reason is true.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 175
Chemistry
121. (d) This model could not explain the overall 127. (b) In the given plot,
neutrality of the atom, because he proposed that T2 > T1 and p1 > p2
the positive charge is spread over a sphere in Because, according to Boyle’s law,
which the electrons are embedded to make the 1
atom as a whole neutral, but it was not consistant V∝ (at constant temperature)
with the results. Hence, discarded. p
and according to Charles’ law,
122. (c) In presence of electric and magnetic field, the V ∝T (at constant pressure)
cathode rays travel in straight line is not the Also,
result. Actually, they are deflected by electric and QAt constant temperature, product of pV is constant.
magnetic field. ∴ T2 > T1
When the rays are passed between two electrically and for a given temperature (T), as V is more, p is
charged plates, these are deflected towards
less, i.e. as V1 is more, p2 will be smaller, i.e. p1 > p2.
positively charged plate.
In magnetic field, they are deflected at a right Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
angle to both the field and to the direction of 128. (d) Given, initial pressure = 2 atm
particle.
1
Final volume = th of initial volume (V)
123. (b) The highest oxidation state observed in the 4
first row transition metals is +7. Let, initial volume = V
In first row ‘Mn’ with outer configuration : 3d 5, V
then, final volume = (at constant temperature)
4s 2 show + 7 oxidation state, i.e. 4
Q Final pressure = p2 (to find)
V1 p1 = V2 p 2
(3d5) (4s2)
Vp V
∴ p2 = 1 1 = × 2 = 8 atm
It has 7 electrons in outermost orbital, so has + 7 V2 V
oxidation state. 4
Hence, increase in pressure (i.e. final pressure)
124. (c) The maximum number of elements for sixth
= 8 atm
period of the periodic table are 32, i.e. from atomic
number (Z) = 55to atomic number (Z) = 86. (Z) 129. (b) The given statement is ‘Avogadro’s law’,
= 55stands for caesium and (Z) = 86 stands for because according to Avogadro’s law.
radon. Hence, option (c) is the correct answer. ‘Equal volume of all gases under similar
125. (d) In acetylene, we have 2pz of C1 and 2pz of C2 conditions of temperature and pressure contain
along z-axis, because both orbitals are p-orbitals equal number of molecules’, i.e. volume of gas
and are in same direction, i.e. z-direction. (V) ∝ N (number of molecules)
The formula of acetylene is CH ≡≡ CH. or
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. V ∝ n (number of moles)
[at constant temperature and pressure]
126. (d) If all the electrons are paired, the molecule is
diamagnetic, while if one or more electron in a 130. (c) Q In acidic medium, KMnO 4 , i.e. MnO −4
molecule is unpaired, the species is paramagnetic. changes to Mn2+ as follows :
O 2− 2−
2 is not paramagnetic because in O 2 all the MnO 4− + 8H+ + 5e − → Mn2+ + 4H 2O
electrons are paired, i.e. 158
Hence, equivalent weight =
2 (Total electrons = 18)
Configuration of O2− 5
(σ1s)2 ,(σ1s)2* , (σ 2s)2 ,(σ 2s)2* ,(σ 2pz)2, (Given, molecular weight of KMnO 4 = 158 g and 5
(π 2p y)2 ,(π 2px )2), (π 2px )2* ,(π 2p y)2* . electrons are used)
158
∴ = 31.6 g
Hence, O2−
2 is diamagnetic. 5
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
176 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
2 × 96500 × 2. 5
141. (d) Addition of bromine can be used as the test ∴ Wmaximum = (in kJ/mol)
for unsaturation with regard to colour change of 1000
reaction. e.g. = 482. 5 kJ/mol
Unsaturated compound + Br2 → colour of Br2 Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
rapidly disappears.
i.e. Bromine water is decolourised.
146. (a) Given,
12000
142. (a) Q For bcc lattice, radius ratio for r + / r − is 0.7, In k = 5. 0 −
T
i.e. radius ratio of cation by anion ranges from Also,
0.732 to 1.0. Also, for bcc r − ions are at corners, Q In k = log A −
Ea
and k = Ae − E a / RT
Thus, 4 × r− = 3a (Q 3a = 1.7 × 200) RT
E
(where, a = edge length) or, log e K = log e A = a
RT
and 4 × r − = 1.7 × 200 where, A = pre-exponential constant
1.7 × 200
r− = = 85 pm i.e. frequency factor
4 E a = activation energy
+
∴
r
=
70
= 0.82, which is close to 0.7. R = gas constant = 2 kcal mol −1
r− 85 Tk = temperature
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer. k = rate constant
143. (a) Q Volume = Mass (m) = 100 = 98.039 mL Thus,
E a 12000
Density (d) 1.02 = or E a = 12000 × R
9.8 × 1000 RT T
∴ Molarity = = 1.01 12000 × 2
98 × 98.04 ∴ Ea = (in kcal mol −1 )
1000
Which is close to 1.1. i.e. E a = 24 kcal mol −1
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
144. (b) Q Concentration of NaOH (N1) = 0 .1 N
Volume of NaOH used (V1) = 25 mL 147. (c) In chemisorption, adsorption increases with
temperature. Because the plot between x / m and T
Concentration of HCl (N 2) = 0.1 N
(temperature) is as follows.
Volume of HCl (V2) used = V2 where, x / m = mass fraction of chemisorption.
and N1 V1 = N 2V2 p = (constant)
Thus,
NV . × 25
01
V2 = 1 1 =
N2 0 .1
Volume of HCl used (V2) = 25 mL = V1 (x/m)
Thus, to convert 500 mL HCl solution to 0.1 N HCl,
we need 500 mL of water.
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
T
°
145. (b) Q ∆G = (−) W = n FE cell
Thus, option (c) is the correct answer.
where, ∆G = free energy, W = maximum work done
F = 96500 C, E = cell potential 148. (a) Q Formula of given ores are as follows :
°
and E cell °
= E cathode °
− E anode (A) Calamine = ZnCO 3
149. (b) The molecular formula of metaphosphoric 153. (c) Q Buna-S is nCH 2 == CH CH ==CH 2
acid is HPO 3. It’s structure can be given as :
(1, 3-butadine) + nC6 H 5 CH ==CH 2 (styrene);
O OH
P
Buna-N is n CH 2 == CH CH ==CH 2
O O (1, 3-butadine) + n CH 2 == C H (acrylonitrile) and
O O
P P
CN
HO O OH
It has general formula (HPO3)n .
neoprene is chloroprene i.e. CH 2 ==CH C==CH 2 .
where, n denotes number of phosphoric acid units
present in the ring, with n = 3 or more. Cl
In metaphosphoric acid oxidation state of All these are synthetic rubber.
phosphorus is +5 with less number of H-atoms.
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer, i.e.
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
(ii), (iii) and (iv).
150. (d) The final acid product obtained during the 154. (b) Zwitter ionic form of aspartic acid is
synthesis of H 2SO 4 by contact process is H 2S2O 7,
i.e. oleum. r
H3N CH COO s
The following reaction(s) are involved in the
formation of oleum. COOH
(i) 2SO 2 + O 2 r 2SO 3 As, the species bear negatively charge over COO È
(ii) H 2SO 4 + SO 3 → H 2S2O 7 ⊕
Oleum and positivity charge over H 3 N ; due to
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. migration of H-atom from COOH to NH 2.
151. (d) Among the given series of transition metal Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
ions, one in which all metal ions have 3d 2 , 3p 6 155. (b) Paracetamol is an antipyretic drug. It is used
electronic configuration is : to lower the body temperature. It has the
Option (d), i.e. following structure:
Ti (Z = 22) → Ti 2+ (has 20 electrons) NHCOCH3
V (Z = 23) → V 3+ (has 20 electrons)
Cr (Z = 24) → Cr 4 + (has 20 electrons)
and Mn (Z = 25) → Mn 5+ (has 20 electrons)
Thus, all can show 3d 2 3p 6 electronic configuration OH
i.e. option (d) is the correct answer. 4-acetamido-phenol
152. (b) In [Co(NH 3 )6 ]3+ Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
3d 4s 4p 156. (a) Q In
Co(Z=27) =
Atom Anhyd. AlCl3
+ CH3 CH2 CH2Cl (P)
3d 4s 4p
3+
In Co =
(i) CH3 CH2 COCl, Anhyd. AlCl3
In [Co(NH 3)6]3+ = show rearrangement and has and in ( Q)
(ii) Zn-Hg, HCl, ∆
d 2sp 3 (inner) hybridisation and will be
diamagnetic, i.e. CH3
3d 4s 4p CH3
CH3 and (Q) is
P is
142443
2
d sp 3
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 179
Friedel-craft alkylation 159. (b) The product (R) in the given reaction sequence is
CH3 CH3
CH CH3
⊕ Anhyd. AICl3
+ CH3 CH CN3 i.e.
(P) CHO
After Friedel Craft acylation, conc. NaOH
O C8H10O + C8H7O2Na
∆
(P) (Q)
C—CH2CH3 NaOH, CaO
CH3
O
Reduction
undergoes CH3
+ CH3CH2 C
⊕ COONa
CH2 — CH2CH3
(R)
O
Zn (Hg), HCl, ∆
Reduction O Na⊕
( Q)
C8H7O2Na is
157. (a) OH CO2H
(i) NaOH OCOCH3 Which after using sodalime gives,
(ii) CO2 CH3
(iii) H+/H2O
(iv) CH3COCl, Pyridine
(v) H+
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer. (iii) NaNO2, HCl 273–278K
(iv) Cu2Br2 /HBr Br
158. (d) The major product in the following is NO2 Br
CH == CH—CH2—CHO (i) Sn/HCl show reduction.
(ii) Br2 show addition
(iii) Show formation of diazonium salt.
(iv) Show, the final product.
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
TS EAMCET 11 Sep 2020
Session 1
(10:00 AM to 1:00 PM)
Mathematics
1. If f :[ -3,2] ® [0 , 3 x ] is an onto function 5. Let [ A]3´ 3 be a non-singular matrix such that
ì2 + n , -3 £ n £ -1
3 1
A -1 = (A 2 - 5 A + 7 I).
defined by f (n) = í 2 / 3 , then
-1 £ n £ 2 3
î n ,
Then 17 A 8 - 85 A 7 + 119 A 6 - 51 A 5 - 19 A 4
x=
(a) 1 (b) 2 +95 A 3 - 133 A 2 + 58 A + I =
(c) 4 (d) 6 (a) 0 (b) A
(c) A + I (d) A 2 + A + I
2. Let [ x ] denote the greatest integer not more
é2 1 ù é xù
1 é1 ù é xù
than x. If A and B are the domains of the
x - [ x] x - [ x] 6. If ê0 3 -1ú ê y ú = ê 1 ú, then ê y ú =
functions f (x) = and g(x) = ê úê ú ê ú ê ú
| x|- x | x|+ x êë 1 -1 1 úû êë z úû êë0 úû êë z úû
respectively, then é 1ù é3ù é 1ù é1ù
(a) A È B = R (b) A Ç B = f (a) ê 1ú + K ê 1 ú, K ÎR (b) ê 1ú + K ê -2 ú, K ÎR
ê ú ê ú ê ú ê ú
(c) A - B = (-¥, 0) (d) B - A = (0, ¥) êë 0úû êë -2 úû êë 0úû êë 3 úû
3. n5 - 5n3 + 4 n is divisible by 120 is true for é 1ù é -2 ù é1ù é -2 ù
(c) ê 1ú + K ê 1 ú, K ÎR (d) ê 0 ú + K ê 1 ú, K ÎR
(a) all positive integers n ê ú ê ú ê ú ê ú
(b) all positive integers for n ³ 3 only êë 0úû êë 3 úû êë -1úû êë 3 úû
(c) all positive integers for n ³ 1only
7. For some a , b, c ÎR, if
(d) all positive integers for n ³ 5 only
sin 5q = a cos 4 q sin q + bcos 2 q sin 3 q + c sin 5 q ,
æ pö then abc =
4. A value of q in ç0 , ÷ and satisfying
è 2ø (a) -10 (b) 10 (c) 0 (d) -50
1 + sin 2 q cos 2 q 4 sin 4 q
2 2
8. A(z1 = 2 + 2i), B(z 2), C (z 3) are three points on
sin q 1 + cos q 4 sin 4 q = 0 is the Argand plane satisfying
sin 2 q cos 2 q 1 + 4 sin 4 q |z k - 2 i|= 2 , (k = 1,2 ,3). If DABC encloses the
p p maximum area, then the sum of the
(a) (b) imaginary parts of z 2 and z 3 is
4 3
5p 7p (a) 1 (b) 0
(c) (d)
24 24 (c) 4 (d) -4
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 181
16. If 3 sisters and 8 other girls are together 23. If|sin x -cos 2 x|³|3 - 3sin x + sin 2 x|+4|sin x - 1,
|
playing a game, then the number of ways in then x =
which all the girls are seated around a circle p p
(a) (4n + 1) , n Î Z (b) 2 np + ,n ÎZ
such that the three sisters are not seated 2 3
together, is p p
(c) np + , n Î Z (d) 2 np + , n Î Z
(a) 11! ´ 8 (b) 8! ´ 504 (c) 7 !´ 210 (d) 8! ´ 84 2 6
182 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
The correct match is 32. Let a = i$ + 2$j - 2k$ and b = 2$i - $j - 2k$ . If the
A B C D A B C D orthogonal projection vector of a on b be x
(a) I V IV III (b) V I II III and the orthogonal projection vector of b on
(c) V I IV III (d) I IV III II a be y, then|x - y|=
4 8
29. If a , b ,c are the position vectors of the points (a) 26 (b) 10
9 9
A , B,C respectively, then match the items of 4 8
(c) 10 (d) 26
list-I with those of list-II. 9 9
List-I List-II
33. Let p ,q , r be three non-coplanar vectors and
A. a = 2 $i + 3$j + 4k$ , I. A, B,C are collinear
[ p q r]a = q ´ r, [ p q r] b = r ´ p ,[ p q r]c
b = 3$i + 4$j + 2k$ , = p ´ q. If a , b , c denote the coterminous
c = 4$i + 2 $j + 3k$ edges of a parallelopiped, then its height
B. a = $i + 2 $j + 3k$ , II. DABC is an isosceles
with the base having a and c is
triangle 1 1 1
b = 3$i + 4$j + 7k$ , (a)| p | (b) (c) (d)
|a| |b| |q|
c = -3$i - 2 $j - 5k$
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 183
46. If two equal sides of an isosceles triangle are 52. If the circles x 2 + y 2 - 2 x - 2 y + k = 0 and
given by the equations 7 x - y + 3 = 0 and x 2 + y 2 + 4 x + 6 y + 4 = 0 touch each other
x + y - 3 = 0, then the equation of its third
externally, then the point of contact of the
side passing through the point (2 , - 5) is
two circles is
(a) x - 3 y = 17 (b) 3 x - y = 11 -1 -3 -1 -1
(c) 7 x + 2 y = 4 (d) 3 x + y = 1 (a) æç , ö÷ (b) æç , ö÷ (c) (-1, - 3) (d) (-1, - 1)
è5 5ø è3 3ø
47. Suppose O(0 , 0) is the origin and the line
53. The centre of the circle passing through the
L = x + y - l = 0 meets the curve points of intersection of the circles
x 2 + y 2 - 2 x - 4 y + 2 = 0 at A and B. If (x + 3)2 + (y + 2)2 = 25 and (x - 2)2 + (y - 3)2 = 25
Ð AOB = 90 ° , then the distance between such
and cutting the circle (x + 1)2 + (y - 2)2 = 16
lines L = 0 is
1 3 orthogonally is
(a) (b) -27 -25 ö
2 2 (a) æç , ÷ (b) (0, 0)
(c) 2 (d) 2 + 1 è 2 2 ø
16 -25 ö
(c) æç , (d) æç , ö÷
4 3
48. Let P be the point of intersection of the lines ÷
è3 4 ø è7 7 ø
L1 º x - y - 7 = 0 and L 2 º x + y - 5 = 0 .
A(x1 , y1) and B(x 2 , y 2) are points on the lines 54. If a circle with its centre at the focus of the
L1 = 0 and L 2 = 0 respectively such that parabola y 2 = 2 px is such that it touches the
PA = 3 2,PB = 2 , x1 , y1 ³ 0 , x 2 , y 2 ³ 0 , then directrix of the parabola, then a point of
the angle made by the line segment AB at the intersection of the circle and the parabola is
origin is -p -p
(a) æç , 2 pö÷ (b) æç , pö÷ (c) æç ,- pö÷ (d) æç , - pö÷
p p
p p è2 ø è2 ø è2 ø è2 ø
(a) (b)
4 2
55. If the tangent drawn at the point P(4 , 8) to
(d) cos -1 æç
9 ö
(c) cos -1 æç ö÷
3
÷
è 4ø è 85 ø the parabola y 2 = 16 x meets the parabola
49. If the poles of the line x - y = 0 with respect y 2 = 16 x + 80 at A and B, then the mid-point
of AB is
to the circles x 2 + y 2 - 2 gi x + ci2 = 0 (i = 1, 2 , 3)
3
(a) (9, 6) (b) (4, 8) (c) (4, 1) (d) (2, 3)
a + bi
are (a i , b i ), then å i = 56. If the sum of the distances from the foci to
i =1 gi
the centre O(0 , 0) of an ellipse is 8 6 units
(a) 3 (b) 6
3 3 and the area of the smallest rectangle in
(c) (d)
2 4 which that ellipse is inscribed is 80 sq. units,
then the equation of such an ellipse is
50. If the circles x 2 + y 2 - 4 x + 6 y + 13 - a 2 = 0 x2 y2 x2 y2
(a) + =1 (b) + =1
and x 2 + y 2 - 10 x - 2 y + 17 = 0 intersect in 100 64 100 16
2 2 2 2
two distinct points, then ‘a’ is x y x y
(c) + =1 (d) + =1
(a) -8 < a < -2 (b) a > 8 10 4 100 4
(c) 2 < a < 8 (d) a < -8 57. The equation of the ellipse with directrix
51. If a circle of radius r touches the positive 1
3 x + 4 y - 5 = 0 , focus (1, 2) and eccentricity ,
coordinate axes and also the circle 2
x 2 + y 2 - 12 x - 10 y + 52 = 0 externally, then is
(a) x2 + 84 y2 - 24 xy - 360 y + 170 x + 475 = 0
the distance between the centres of the two
circles is (b) 91x2 + 84 y2 - 24 xy - 170 x - 360 y + 475 = 0
(a) 7 (b) 5 (c) 91x2 + 84 y2 - 24 xy - 170 x + 360 y + 475 = 0
(c) 6 (d) 8 (d) 91x2 + 84 y2 - 24 xy - 170 x - 360 y - 475 = 0
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 185
58. A rectangular hyperbola passing through (3, 2) (b) (A) is true, (R) is true but (R) is not the correct
explanation for A
has its asymptotes parallel to the coordinate (c) (A) is true but (R) is false
axes. If (1, 1) is the point of intersection of (d) (A) is false but (R) is true
the two perpendicular tangents of that
dy
hyperbola, then its equation is 64. If x 1 + y + y 1 + x = 0, then =
dx
(b) x æç y + 1 + ö÷ = 1
1 1
(a) x y = x + -1 1 2 -2
y è xø (a) (b) (c) (d)
(1 + x)2 (1 + x)2 (1 + x)3 / 2 (1 + x)1/ 2
(c) x(1 - y) = y - 1 (d) xy = x + y + 1
65. If p(x) be a polynomial satisfying
59. E(1,0 ,0), F(0 , 2, 0), G(0 , 0 , 3) are respectively the 5
mid-points of the sides AB, BC , CA of DABC. If p(2 x) = p ¢ (x) × p ¢ ¢ (x), then å p(x) =
a1 , b1 , c1 and a 2 , b2 , c2 are respectively the x =1
direction ratios of AF and BG, then (a) 200 (b) 100 (c) 50 (d) 450
a12 + b12 + c12 dy
= 66. If 2x + 2 y = 2x + y, then =
a 22 + b22 + c22 dx
26 13 17 13 (a) 1 - 2 y (b) 1 - 2 -y (c) 1 + 2 y (d) 1 + 2 -y
(a) (b) (c) (d)
41 26 43 43
67. If the tangent and normal drawn to the curve
60. If the direction ratios a , b, c of a line L satisfy æ pö
x = a(q + sin q), y = a(1 - cos q) at P çq = ÷ cuts
the relations ab + bc + ca = 0 and è 2ø
6 ab + 9 bc + 8 ca = 0 , then the direction cosines the X-axis at A and B respectively, then the
of the line L are area (in sq. units) of DPAB is
1 1 1 2 1 -2 a2 2
(a) , , (b) , , (a) (b) (c) a2 (d) 2 a2
3 3 3 7 7 7 2 a2
-1 3 2 -3 2 -6
(c) , , (d) , ,
6 6 6 7 7 7 68. x1 , x 2 ÎN. If a line having slope 2 is a tangent
to the curve y = x 4 - 6 x 3 + 13 x 2 - 10 x + 5 at
61. The equation of the plane passing through
the line of intersection of planes points P(x1 , y1) and Q(x 2 , y 2), then
p1 = 2 x + 6 y + 4 z - 7 = 0 , x1 x 2 + y1 y 2 =
p 2 = x - y - 2 z - 2 = 0 3 and perpendicular to (a) 17 (b) -5 (c) 13 (d) -10
the plane x + y + 2 z - 5 = 0 is 69. Consider the following statements
(a) 3 x + y - 2 z = 0 (b) 6 x + 2 y - 4 z + 55 = 0
a1 a 2 a
(c) 6 x + 2 y - 4 z - 15 = 0 (d) 3 x + y - 2 z - 15 = 0 Statement I If a 0 + + +....+ n = 0 ,
2 3 n +1
x tan 4 x - 2 x tan 2 x where a 0 , a1 ,...., a n are real numbers, then the
62. lim =
x ®0 (1 - cos 4 x)2 polynomial a 0 + a1 x + a 2 x 2 +....+ a n x n has a
1 1 1 zero in the interval (0, 1).
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1
8 4 2
Statement II If f :[ a , b] ® R is continuous
63. Assertion (A) f (x) =| x - a|+| x - b|, is on [ a , b] and f is differentiable in (a , b), where
continuous on R f (a) f (b)
a > 0 and if = , then there exists
| x - a| a b
Reason (R) is continuous at c Î(a , b), such that c f ¢ (c) = f (c).
x -a
x Î R - {a }. Which one of the following options is true?
The correct option among the following is (a) Only I is true
(b) Only II is true
(a) (A) is true, (R) is true and (R) is the correct
(c) Neither (I) nor (II) is true
explanation for A
(d) Both (I) and (II) are true
186 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
5
70. A function y = f (x) with f (-1) = -249 has no
maximum and has only one minimum at
76. ò (x - 3)3 (5 - x)5 dx =
3
x = 5 with f (5) = 75. Which one of the 64 25 3 16
following is true? (a) (b) (c) (d)
63 7 32 25
(a) At some point in (-1, 5), f( x) is discontinuous
(b) The minimum value cannot be 75 since 77. The area (in sq. units) of the portion lying
f(-1) < f(5) = 75 above the X-axis and enclosed between the
(c) f( x) is discontinuous at every point of R curves y 2 = 2 ax - x 2 and y 2 = ax is
-p 2 ö 2 p
(a) a2 æç (b) a2 æç - ö÷
(d) f( x) is continuous on R
+ ÷
sin 2 x è2 3ø è3 4ø
71. If ò e 3
(sin x cos x + cos x sin x)dx
p p 2
(c) a2 æç - ö÷ (d) a2 æç + ö÷
2
2
= esin x
(1 + f (x)) + c, then f ¢ (x) = è 4 3ø è 4 3ø
1 1 1 1
(a) sin2 x (b) cos 2 x (c) - cos 2 x (d) - sin2 x 78. The differential equation for which
2 2 2 2 lx 2 + my 2 = x + y is the general solution is
2
25 x + 8 x2 y2 x+ y
72. ò 2
25 x + 9
dx =
(a) 2 x 2 y¢ y y¢+1 = 0
2 yy¢ ¢ y¢¢
25 x2 + 9 + sinh-1 æç ö÷ + C
x 11 5x 2
(a)
2 10 è3ø 2 2
x y x+ y
7 æ 5 x + 25 x2 + 9 ö
(b)
x
25 x2 + 9 - logç ÷+C (b) 2 x 2 yy¢ 1 + y¢ = 0
2 10 çè 3 ÷
ø 2 2( y¢2 + yy¢ ¢ ) y¢ ¢
25 x2 + 9 + sinh-1 æç ö÷ + C
x 7 5x x2 y2 x+ y
(c)
2 10 è 3ø (c) 2 x 2 yy¢ y+ 1 = 0
x 11 æ 5 x - 25 x2 + 9 ö÷ 2 2( y¢2 + y¢ y¢ ¢ ) y¢ ¢
(d) 25 x2 + 9 + logç +C
2 10 çè 3 ÷
ø x2 y2 x+ y
(d) 2 x 2y 1 + y¢ = 0
73. I m,n = ò x (log x) dx =
m n
2 2 yy¢ y¢ ¢ y¢ ¢
xm + 1 n
(a) (log x)n - Im, n -1
m+ 1 m+ 1 79. The general solution of the differential
(b)
xm
(log x)n -
n-1
Im + 1, n -1
equation (x - 2 y + 1)dy - (3 x - 6 y + 2)dx = 0 is
m m+ 1 3
2 / 25
(a) x + 2 y + × e115( x + 2 y ) = C
xm + 1 (log x)n + 1 n 5
(c) - Im, n -1
m n+ 1 m+ 1 3
2 / 25
ò f (x)
dx = -1
(b) x = (tan y) - 1 + Ce tan -1 y
0
2 -2 1 (c) x = (tan-1 y) - 1 + C
(a) 2 (b) (c) (d) -1
3 3 6 (d) x = (tan-1 y) + Ce - tan y
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 187
Physics
81. Let G , W , E and S be relative strength of 86. A river 200 m wide is flowing at a rate of
gravitational, weak-nuclear, electromagnetic 3.0 m/s. A boat is sailing at a velocity of
and strong-nuclear forces, respectively. 15m/s with respect to the water in a direction
Which of the correct statement? perpendicular to the river. How far from the
point directly opposite to the starting point
(a) S > W > E > G (b) E > W > S > G
does the boat reach on the opposite bank?
(c) S > E > W > G (d) S > E > G > W
(a) 25 m (b) 60 m (c) 40 m (d) 50 m
1
82. What is the dimension of ? 87. An infinite number of masses are placed on a
m 0e0
frictionless table and they are connected via
(m 0 = magnetic permeability and massless strings. Their masses follow the
e 0 = permittivity of free space) m m m
sequence, m , , ,.......... ,........ and they are
(a) [L2 T-2 ] (b) [LT-1 ] 2 6 n!
(c) [L2 T2 ] (d) [LT2 ] further connected to a mass m that hangs
over a massless pulley. The acceleration of
83. A person moves 30 m North and then 20 m the hanging mass is
towards East and finally 30 2 m in
South-West direction. The displacement of m m m m
n! 6 2
the person from the origin will be
(a) 10 m along North (b) 10 m along South
(c) 10 m along West (d) zero m
2 4 3
90. An elevator of mass 500 kg is ascending (a) mm (b) mm (c) mm (d) 1 mm
upwards with a constant acceleration p p p
a = 2 m/s 2 . What is the work done by the 96. A block of iron contains a hollow cavity as
tension in the elevator cable during its climb shown below. The block weighs 6000 N in air
by 12 m? (Take, g = 10 m/s 2 ) and 4000 N in water. If the density of iron
(a) 36 kJ (b) 48 kJ (c) 72 kJ (d) 100 kJ and water are 6 g/cm 3 and 1 g/cm 3 , then the
volume of the cavity is
91. A solid sphere of mass 2 kg rolls on a smooth (assume, g = 10 m/s 2 )
horizontal surface at 10 m/s. It then rolls up a
smooth inclined plane of inclination 30° with
the horizontal. The height attained by the
Cavity
sphere before it stops is [take g = 10 m/s 2 ]
(a) 70 cm (b) 701 cm (c) 7.0 m (d) 70 m
101. An organ pipe with both ends open has a of the plates of the capacitor would change
length L = 25 cm. An extra hole is created at respectively?
L (a) Increases, decreases
position . The lowest frequency of sound (b) Decreases, increases
2
(c) Increases, remain unchanged
produced is
(d) Remains unchanged, increases
(assume, speed of sound = 340 m/s)
(a) 680 Hz (b) 340 Hz (c) 1360 Hz (d) 4352 Hz 107. A conducting wire of cross-sectional area
1 cm 2 has 3 ´ 10 23 charge carriers per m 3 . If
102. The magnifications produced by a convex wire carries a current of 24 mA, then drift
lens for two position of an object are 4 and 3, velocity of carriers is
respectively. If the distance of separation (a) 5 ´ 10-2 m/s (b) 0.5 m/s
between the two positions of the object is (c) 5 ´ 10-3 m/s (d) 5 ´ 10-6 m/s
2 cm, then the focal length of the lens is
(a) 20 cm (b) 16 cm (c) 28 cm (d) 24 cm 108. The total current supplied to the following
circuit by the battery is
103. What minimum separation between two
objects a human eye would be able to resolve, 2Ω
if the eye pupil diameter is 2mm and the two 6V 3Ω
objects are 20 m away from the eye? 6Ω
(Assume, human eye to be equivalent to a
convex lens and consider the average wave 1.5Ω
length of light as 600 nm)
(a) 7.32 mm (b) 8.72 mm
(c) 6.2 mm (d) 4.71 mm (a) 4 A (b) 2 A (c) 1 A (d) 6 A
104. The shape of wavefront of light diverging 109. A conducting wire is in the shape of a regular
from point source hexagon which is inscribed inside an
(a) spherical (b) planar imaginary circle of radius R. If a current I
(c) cylindrical (d) circular flows the wire, the magnitude of magnetic
field at the centre of the circle is
105. A cube of side L has point charges +q located
at its seven vertices and -q at remaining one
vertex. The electric field at its centre is found
æ q ö R
to be|E|= a ç 2
÷. The magnitude of
è 4 pe 0 L ø
constant a is
+q +q
+q
+q m0 J 3m 0 J
(a) (b)
2 3pR 2 pR
3m J 3 m0 J
–q +q (c) 0 (d)
2 pR pR
+q +q
110. A coil having 100 turns is wound tightly in
4 8 the form of a spiral with inner and outer
(a) (b) (c) 3 (d) 1
3 3 radii 1 cm and 2 cm, respectively. When a
current 1 A passes through the coil, the
106. A capacitor is fully charged with a battery magnetic field at the centre of the coil is
and then disconnected. A dielectric is then p
inserted into the capacitor. How do charges (a) 2 pln(2 ) mT (b) ln(2 ) mT
2
on surface of the dielectric and outer surface (c) pln(2 ) mT (d) 2 pln(2 ) mT
190 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
111. Let m and r are the dipole moment and 116. In the Bohr model an electron of mass m
radius of earth respectively. Then, the earth’s moves in a circular orbit around the proton.
magnetic field at the equator is Considering the orbiting electron to be a
m0 m m0 m m0 m m0 m circular current loop, the magnetic moment
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4p r 3 8p r 3 2p r3 p r3 of the hydrogen atom, when the electron is
in nth excited state. (Assume, h = Planck’s
112. A circular coil consists 70 closely wound constant)
turns and has a radius of 10 cm. An æ e n2 h ö
(b) æç ö÷
e nh
externally produced magnetic field of (a) ç ÷
è2 m 2 p ø è m ø 2p
magnitude 2 ´ 10 -3 T is applied perpendicular
e n2 h
(c) æç
e ö nh
to the coil. The net flux through the coil is ÷ (d) æç ö÷
found to vanish when the current in the coil è2 mø 2 p è m ø 2p
is 2.2 A. The inductance of the coil is
117. A radioactive element which can decay by
(a) 2 mH (b) 3 mH (c) 4 mH (d) 1.5 mH
two processes, has half-life t1 for first process
113. The L-C-R circuit shown below is driven by and half-life t2 for second process. Let t be
an ideal AC voltage source. the effective average-life of this element.
L Which of the following is correct?
t1 t 2 t1 t 2
(a) t < (b) t =
t1 + t 2 t1 + t 2
R t1 t 2 æt + t ö
C (c) t > (d) t = ln2 ç 1 2 ÷
t1 + t 2 è t1t 2 ø
Chemistry
121. In the two elements, Z1 A M1 and Z2 B
M2
, the 127. Which among the following graphs, correctly
following relations are true. M1 ¹ M2 and represents the Boyle’s Law?
Z1 ¹ Z 2 but M1 - Z1 = M2 - Z 2 . These elements
are (M is atomic weight, Z is atomic number)
(a) p (b) p
(a) isotonic (b) isobaric
(c) isotopic (d) isoelectronic
133. Decreasing order of number of ionisable 140. Which of the following sets of functional
hydrogen atoms in the following molecules is groups is meta-directing group?
I. H 3PO 4 II. H 3PO 3 (a) —NO 2 , — NH2 , — COOH, — COOR
III. H 3PO 2 IV. H 4P2O 6 (b) — NO 2 ,— CHO, — SO 3H — COR
(a) II > IV > I > III (c) —CN, ¾CHO,— NHCOCH3 ,—COOR
(d) —CN,— NH2 ,—NHR,— OCH3
(b) IV > III > II > I
(c) IV > I > II > III 141. The correct order of reactivity of hydrogen
(d) II > IV > III > I halides with propene is
(a) HCl > HBr > HI
134. What will be the organic compound formed, (b) HBr > HI > HCl
when aluminium carbide react with (c) HI > HBr > HCl
deuterated water? (d) HCl > HI > HBr
(a) CD 3 OD (b) DCOOD
(c) CD 4 (d) D 3 C—O—CD 3 142. The angle between (100) and (110) planes of
FCC lattice is
135. What is the increasing order of hydration (a) 90° (b) 0°
enthalpies of alkali metal ions? (c) 45° (d) 120°
(a) Rb+ <Cs+ <K+ <Na + <Li+
(b) Cs+ <Rb+ <K+ <Li+ <Na + 143. 15% aqueous solution of glucose (molecular
(c) Cs + < Rb+ <K+ <Na + <Li+ weight = 180 g/mol) is isotonic with 8%
(d) Cs+ <Rb+ <Na + <K+ <Li+ aqueous solution containing an unknown
non-dissociable solute. What is the molecular
136. When orthoboric acid (H 3BO 3) is subjected to weight of the unknown solute?
strong heating, the residue left is (a) 108 (b) 96 (c) 84 (d) 9.6
(a) diborane (b) boron
(c) boric anhydride (d) borax 144. The vapour pressure of pure water is
23 mmHg. The vapour pressure of an
137. When graphite is heated at 300°C with aqueous solution, which contains 10 mass
potassium vapour, it forms C8K compound per cent of solute ‘A’ having molecular
that shows one of the following property. weight 50 is
(a) Conducting and diamagnetic (a) 0.003 atm (b) 34.5 atm
(b) Non-conducting and diamagnetic (c) 22 atm (d) 0.028 atm
(c) Conducting and paramagnetic
(d) Non-conducting and paramagnetic 145. What is the standard cell potential for the
reaction with K = 1 (equilibrium constant)
138. Which of the following molecules is present (a) One (b) Zero (c) 2.303 (d) Infinity
in photochemical smog?
(a) SO 2 (b) NO 2 146. For a first order reaction (A ® B), the
(c) CO 2 (d) CO temperature (T) dependent rate constant (k) in
139. The correct order of the relative stability of s -1 was found to follow the equation :
æ 20 ö
the following carbanions is log k = ç - ÷ + 4. The activation energy (E a)
è T ø
I. HCººC - II. CH 2 ==CH—CH -2
and pre-exponential factor (A) respectively,
III. H 2 C==CH - IV. (C6H 5)2 CH - are
(a) I > IV > II > III (a) 46.06 cal mol -1 and 10-4 s -1
(b) III > IV > I > II (b) 92.12 cal mol -1 and 104 s -1
(c) IV > II > I > III (c) 46.06 cal mol -1 and 104 s -1
(d) IV > I > II > III (d) 9.212 cal mol -1 and 10-4 s -1
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 193
147. The method, which is based on the principle 155. The number of six and five membered rings
that ‘‘different components of a mixture are present in norethindrone (a synthetic
differently adsorbed on an adsorbent’’ is progesterone) are respectively
called (a) 2 and 2 (b) 3 and 1
(a) zone refining method (c) 3 and 3 (d) 3 and 2
(b) vapour phase refining method
(c) liquation method
156. 4-Nitrotoluene (para-nitrotoluene) on
(d) chromatographic method reduction with Fe/HCl and then electrophilic
bromination with an excess amount of Br 2
148. The solubilities of the impurities in the melt gives
and solid states is not same. This principle is NH2 NH2
applied during the extraction of boron. This
Br Br
method is known as
(a) (b)
(a) Poling
(b) zone refining Br
(c) liquation
CH3 CH3
(d) van Arkel’s method
NH2 NH2
149. How many bridging oxygen atoms are
present in P 4 O10 ? Br Br
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 2 (c) (d)
Br Br
150. Ozone is obtained from oxygen
(a) by oxidation at high temperature CH3 CH3
(b) by oxidation using a catalyst
(c) by silent electric discharge 157. What are X and Y in the following reaction?
(d) by conversion at high pressure
HI
O X+Y
151. What is the oxidation state of Cr, when the ∆
pH of the aqueous solution of potassium
dichromate changes from acidic to basic? X Y
(a) +5 (b) +4 I I
(c) +6 (d) +3
(a)
152. Coordination number of Fe in the complexes
[Fe(CN)6 ]4- , (Fe(CN)6 ]3- and [FeCl 4 ]- would I OH
be respectively (b)
(a) 2, 3, 3 (b) 6, 6, 4
(c) 6, 3, 3 (d) 6, 4, 6 OH I
(c)
153. Type of reaction involved in the initial step in
the formation of bakelite
OH OH
(a) electrophilic substitution
(d)
(b) electrophilic addition
(c) nucleophilic substitution
(d) nucleophilic addition
158. The major products P and Q in the following
154. Which of the following are reducing sugars? reaction sequences are
I. Sucrose II. Ribose Br
(i) Zn
III. Lactose IV. Fructose P+Q
(a) I and II (b) II, III and IV (ii) O3
(c) II and III (d) I, II and IV Br (iii) Zn,H2O
194 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
(a) (b)
CH3 CH3
NO2 OCH3
I II III + –
N2F NO2
(a) III > II > I
(b) I > II > III
(c) II > III > I (c) (d)
(d) I > III > II
CH3 CH3
Answers
Mathematics
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (a) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (d) 37. (b) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (c)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (d) 46. (a, d) 47. (a) 48. (d) 49. (a) 50. (a, c)
51. (b) 52. (a) 53. (a) 54. (c) 55. (b) 56. (d) 57. (b) 58. (d) 59. (a) 60. (d)
61. (c) 62. (b) 63. (b) 64. (a) 65. (b) 66. (a) 67. (c) 68. (a) 69. (d) 70. (a)
71. (d) 72. (c) 73. (a) 74. (c) 75. (b) 76. (a) 77. (c) 78. (b) 79. (c) 80. (a)
Physics
81. (c) 82. (a) 83. (c) 84. (c) 85. (b) 86. (c) 87. (c) 88. (a) 89. (d) 90. (c)
91. (c) 92. (c) 93. (d) 94. (b) 95. (b) 96. (d) 97. (b) 98. (a) 99. (b) 100. (a)
101. (c) 102. (d) 103. (a) 104. (a) 105. (b) 106. (c) 107. (c) 108. (a) 109. (d) 110. (a)
111. (a) 112. (a) 113. (d) 114. (d) 115. (b) 116. (c) 117. (b) 118. (a) 119. (c) 120. (d)
Chemistry
121. (a) 122. (a) 123. (c) 124. (a) 125. (b) 126. (b) 127. (c) 128. (c) 129. (b) 130. (c)
131. (c) 132. (c) 133. (c) 134. (c) 135. (c) 136. (c) 137. (c) 138. (b) 139. (c) 140. (b)
141. (c) 142. (c) 143. (b) 144. (d) 145. (b) 146. (b) 147. (d) 148. (b) 149. (c) 150. (c)
151. (c) 152. (b) 153. (a) 154. (b) 155. (b) 156. (d) 157. (b) 158. (d) 159. (b) 160. (d)
1 (2 k + 9)2 15
∴ = 17. (b) Given binomial ax 2 + b3 , so the general
k + 3 49 (k + 3)2 x
Q k is positive, so term,Tr + 1 = Cr a15− r b r x 30 − 5r
15
1 Ax + B Cx + D
19. (b) Given, = + 22. (a) For A + B + C = 60°, then
x4 + x2 + 1 x2 + x + 1 x2 − x + 1
(cos 30° − A) + cos(30°− B) + cos(30°− C)
1
⇒ + sin(A + B + C)
x + x2 + 1
4
A + B A − B + cos(30° − C)
(Ax + B) (x 2 − x + 1) + (Cx + D) (x 2 + x + 1) = 2 cos 30° − cos
= 2 2
x4 + x2 + 1 + cos 30°
⇒ 1 = (A + C) x 3 + (B − A + C + D) x 2 A−B
+ 2cos 30° − cos
C C C
= 2cos cos
+ (A − B + C + D) x + (B + D) 2 2 2 2
On comparing the terms, we get
A + C = 0, A = B + C + D, A + C + D = B = 2 cos
C cos A − B + cos 30° − C
and B + D = 1 2 2 2
∴ A + B + C + D =1 C
= 2cos
Therefore, cos−1 (A + B + C + D) = cos−1 ()
1 =0 2
2cos A − B − C + 15° cos A − B + C − 15°
20. (d) Given, sin x + sin 3x + sin 9 x + sin 27 x
4
4
cos 3x cos 9 x cos 27 x cos 81 x
A + 60°− B − C A + C − 60°− B
cos
1 2sin x cos x C
= +
2sin 3x cos 3x
+
2sin 9 x cos 9 x = 4 cos cos
2 cos 3x cos x cos 9 x cos 3x cos 27 x cos 9 x 2 4 4
−2B
cos cos
2sin 27 x cos 27 x
C 2A A B C
+ = 4 cos = 4 cos cos cos
cos 81 x cos 27 x 2 4 4 2 2 2
π π
Q tan−1 x ∈ − ,
2 2
28. (b) A.Q tan A = (s − b)(s − c) = (s − b)(s − c)
2 s(s − a) ∆
π π π π π π
∴ tan−1 x = ± , − , − + , ± r ∆ (s − b)(s − c) (s − b)(s − c)
8 2 8 2 8 4 and = = =
s − a s(s − a) s(s − a) ∆
π π π
∴ x = ± tan , ± cot , ± tan A r (s − b)(s − c)
8 8 4 ∴tan = =
1 2 s−a ∆
⇒ x = ± ( 2 − 1), ± ,±1
2 −1 B. From the figure,
= ± ( 2 − 1), ± ( 2 + 1), ± 1 A (s − b)(s − c)
r = IF = (AI)sin = AI
The roots which are greater than or equal to one 2 bc
are 2 + 1, 1. A
A/2 A/2
25. (c) Given, sech−1 1 − cosech−1 3 = log e k
2 4
F E
4 2 4
⇒ log e ( 22 − 1 + 2 ) − log e + 1 + = log e k r I
3 3
27. (a) In a ∆ABC, it is given that, 29. (d) Given position vectors are
OA = a = 2$i + 3$j + 4k$
r = r1 − r2 − r3
∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ $
OB = b = 3$i + 4$j + 2k
⇒ = − −
s s−a s−b s−c $
1 1 1 1 OC = c = 4 i + 4 j + 2k
$ $
⇒ + = − $
s−b s−c s−a s OC = c = 4$i + 2$j + 3k
2s − b − c a
⇒ = ∴ |AB|= 12 + 12 + 22 = 6
(s − b) (s − c) s(s − a)
|BC| = 1 + 2 + 1 =
2 2 2
6
⇒ s (s − a) = s 2 − (b + c) s + bc
and, |CA| = 2 +1 +1 =
2 2 2
6
⇒ s 2 − sa = s 2 − (b + c) s + bc
Therefore, ∆ABC is an equilateral triangle.
⇒ (b + c − a) s = bc ⇒ (b + c)2 − a 2 = 2 bc
B. Given position vectors are
⇒ b + c + 2bc − a = 2 bc
2 2 2
⇒ b + c =a
2 2 2
$
OA = a = $i + 2$j + 3k
∴ ∆ABC is the right angled triangle with angle $
A = 90°, so 2R = a. OB = b = 3$i + 4$j + 7k
200 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
$
OC = c = 3$i − 2$j − 5k i.e., (−4, 4, 5)
x−2 y−5 z+ 4
∴ |AB|= 4 + 4 + 16 = 24 = 2 6
−4 − 2 4 − 5 5 + 4 = 0
|BC|= 36 + 36 + 144 = 216 = 6 6
−1 −1 1
and |CA|= 16 + 16 + 64 = 96 = 4 6
x−2 y−5 z+ 4
Q|AB| +|CA| = |BC| ⇒ A, B, C are collinear points.
−6 −1 9 =0
C. Gven position vectors are
$ −1 −1 1
OA = a = 2$i − $j + k
$ (x − 2)(−1 + 9) − (y − 5)(−6 + 9) + (z + 4)(6 − 1) = 0
OB = b = $i − 3$j − 5k
8 x − 3y + 5 z = −19
and, $
OC = c = −3$i − 4$j − 4k 8 3 5
− x+ y − z =1
∴ |AB|= 1 + 4 + 36 = 41 19 19 19
|BC| = 16 + 1 + 1 = 18 8 3 −5
∴ a=− ,b= ,c= Q p(a + b + c)
19 19 19
and, |CA|= 25 + 9 + 25 = 59 8 3 5 10 −10 40
a+ b+ c = − + − = − 4× =−
Q |CA|2 =|AB|2 + |BC|2 = ∆ABC is right angled 19 19 19 19 19 19
triangle.
$ 32. (c) The orthogonal projection of a on b is
D. Given position vectors, OA = a = $i + $j + k a ⋅b
$ and, OC = C = 2$i − $j + k
$ x= b
OB = b = $i + 2$j + 3k |b|2
∴ |AB|= 0+1+ 4 = 5,|BC| = 1 + 9 + 4 = 14 And the orthogonal projection of b on a is
and |AC| = 1 + 4 + 0 = a ⋅b
5 y= a
|a|2
Q |AB| = |BC| and |AB| + |AC|> |BC|
∴∆ABC is isosceles triangle. b a
∴ x − y = a ⋅ b 2 − 2
30. (b) It is given that the lines |b| |a|
$ + t($i + 2$j + k
$) a = i + 2$j − 2k
$ $ and b = 2$i − $j − 2k
$
r = $i − 6$j (psecα)k Q
and r = 4$j + k$ + λ (2$i + (p tanα)$j + 2k $) ∴ a − b = − $i + 3$j and a ⋅ b = 2 − 2 + 4 = 4
Intersected at point 8$i + 8$j + 9k$ , so and |a|2 = 9 = |b|2
1 + t = 8, −6 + 2t = 8 and p sec α + t = 9 4 4
∴ x − y = (− $i + 3$j) = (− $i + 3$j)
∴ t = 7 and p sec α = 2 …(i) 9 9
4
and 2λ = 8, 4 + λ p tan α = 8 and 1 + 2λ = 9 So, |x − y| = 10
∴ λ = 4 and p tanα = 1 …(ii) 9
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 33. (d) For three non-coplanar vector p , q and r, it is
p 2sec2 α − p 2 tan2 α = 4 − 1 ⇒ p 2 = 3 ⇒ p = ± 3 given that
[p q r] a = q × r
31. (b) Let l, m, n be $i , $j, k$
[p q r] b = r × p
$ ), B(2i$ + 5$j – 4k
A(p$i + 7$j − 6k $ ) and C($i + 4$j − 3k
$)
and [p q r] c = p × q
Now, A, B, C lie on line L ∴ a , b, c are reciprocal system vectors of vectors
∴ $
AB = (2 − p)$i − 2$j + 2k p , q, c, so
$ [a b c] p = b × c …(i)
BC = − $i − $j + k
[a b c] q = c × a …(ii)
A, B, C are collinear
and [a b c] r = a × b …(iii)
2 − p −2 2
∴ = = Q a , b and c are coterminous edges of a
−1 −1 1 parallelopiped, so height with the base have a and
2 − p = −2 ⇒ p = 4 c is
d.r. of line (−1, − 1, 1) [a b c] 1
= [From Eq. (ii)]
Equation of plane through part (− p , p , p + 1) |a × c| |q|
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 201
336
34. (b) For non-collinear vectors b and c, |c| ≠ 0, it is So, mean (x) = =8
42
given that, (c ⋅ c) a = c ⇒ a ⋅ c = 1 …(i)
Σf |x − x| 124
and a × (b × c) + (a ⋅ b)b ∴ Mean deviation = = = 2.95
N 42
= (4 − 2 β − sinα)b + (β 2 − 1)c
⇒(a ⋅ c)b − (a ⋅ b) c + (a ⋅ b)b = (4 − 2β − sinα)
37. (b) Given quadratic equation
2x 2 + x − 1 = 0 ⇒ 2x 2 + 2x − x − 1 = 0
b + (β 2 − 1) c
1
So, a ⋅ c + a ⋅ b = 4 − 2β − sinα …(ii) ⇒ 2x(x + 1) − 1(x + 1) = 0 ⇒ x = , − 1
2
and −a ⋅ b = β 2 − 1 …(iii)
and 3x 2 − 10 x + 3 = 0 ⇒ 3x 2 − 9 x − x + 3 = 0
From Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
1
1 = 4 − 2β − sinα + β 2 − 1 ⇒ 3x (x − 3) − 1(x − 3) = 0 ⇒ x = , 3
3
⇒ (β − 1)2 − sinα = − 1 and 6 x 2 + 11 x − 2 = 0 ⇒ 6 x 2 + 12x − x − 2 = 0
π 1
So, if β = 1, then sinα = 1 ⇒ α = 2nπ + , n ∈ Z, ⇒ 6 x (x + 2) − 1(x + 2) = 0 ⇒ x = , − 2
2 6
and other options does not satisfy.
Q Probability of any event lies in interval [0, 1], so
35. (b) Given frequency distribution according to the question probabilities of events
1 1 1
Class Mid value ( xi ) fi fi xi fi xi2 p = , q = and r = (let)
2 3 6
0-10 5 11 55 275 1 1 1 3+ 2+ 1
Qp+ q+ r= + + = =1
10-20 15 29 435 6525 2 3 6 6
20-30 25 18 450 11250 ∴ The events are exhaustive.
30-40 35 4 140 4900 38. (c) Since the cards are drawn one after the other
40-50 45 5 225 10125 without replacement from a well shuffled pack of
cards untill an ace card appears. Then the
50-60 55 3 165 9075 probability that exactly 5 cards are drawn before
Q N = Σ fi = 70 the first ace card appears
48 47 46 45 44 4
2 = × × × × ×
Σfi x i2 − Σfi ⋅ x i
1 1
∴ variance (σ 2) = 52 51 50 49 48 47
N N
4 46 × 45 × 44 4 11 × 23 × 3
2 = =
=
1
(42150) − (1470) =
1 4215
− 441 49 52 × 51 × 50 49 13 × 17 × 5
70 70 7
4 P1 ⋅ P2 ⋅ P3
4215 − 3087 1128 = , (given) where Pi is prime
= = = 161.1 49 P4 ⋅ P5 ⋅ P6
7 7
∴ max(pi) = 23 and min {Pi } = 3
36. (d) Given data
∴ max {pi } − min{pi } = 23 − 3 = 20
Size ( x ) Frequency ( f ) x⋅ f | x − x| f| x − x|
39. (b) The number divisible by 2 in set
1 3 3 7 21 {1, 2, 3, …, 100} are E = {2, 4, 6, …, 100}
3 3 9 5 15 and the numbers in set E are divisible by 3 or 5 are
5 4 20 3 12 {6, 10, 12, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 40, 42, 48, 50, 54, 60,
66, 70, 72, 78, 80, 84, 90, 96, 100}
7 14 98 1 14
23
9 7 63 1 7 So, required probability is =
50
11 4 44 3 12
40. (c) Let probability of hit the target p = 3
13 3 39 5 15 4
1
15 4 60 7 28 So, probability to not hit the target q =
N = Σf Σ xf Σ( x − x ) Σf| x − x| 4
= 42 = 336 = 40 = 124
202 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
Now, let ‘n’ number of bombs are dropped, then X cos π − Y sin π = X − Y and y by
probability of destroying the target ≥
99
(given) 4 4 2 2
100 X sin π + Y cos π = X + Y , then
⇒ P(X ≥ 2) ≥
99
, (here, X represents the 4 4 2 2
100 transformed equation of C is
number of bombs dropped) a b
99 ⇒ (X − Y)2 + h(X 2 − Y 2) + (X + Y)2
⇒ 1 − [P(X = 0) + P(X = 1)] ≥ 2 2
100 2g 2f
+ (X − Y) + (X + Y) + c = 0
99
⇒ P(X = 0) + P (X = 1) ≤ 1 − 2 2
100
⇒ + h + X 2 + (b − a) XY + − h + Y 2
a b a b
1 2 2 2 2
⇒ n
C0 p 0 q n + n C1 p1 q n −1 ≤
100
+ 2(g + f) X + 2( f − g) Y + c = 0
1 3 1
⇒ n + n n ≤ ⇒ 4n ≥ 300n + 100 ⇒ n ≥ 6
4 4 100 On comparing with Y + XY − X = 0, we get
2
a + b + 2h = 0, b − a = 1, a + b − 2h = 2
41. (a) As we know that,
2(g + f) = 1, f − g = 0 and c = 0
mean = µ = np and variance = σ = npq 2
1
Since it is given that, µ = 2σ 2 ∴ f = g= and a + b = 1
2 2
1 1
⇒ np = 2 npq ⇒ q = ∴ p =1− q = ∴ b = 1, a = 0, so h = −
1
2 2 2
and as µ + σ 2 = 3 So, the value of (h − ab) − 2gf
2
⇒ np + npq = 3
= − 0 − 2 = − = 0
1 1 1 1
n n
⇒ + = 3 ⇒ 3 n = 12 ⇒ n = 4 4 8 4 4
2 4
∴ P(X ≤ 3) = 1 − P(X = 4) = 1 − 4 C4 p 4 44. (c) The equation of line passes through point
1 15 π
=1 − = P(3, 4) makes an angle with the positive
16 16 6
direction of X-axis is
42. (c) Let the point P(x , y) such that for two points x−3 y−4
= =r
A(1, 2) and B(2, 1), π π
cos sin
PA + PB = 3 6 6
⇒ (x − 1)2 + (y − 2)2 + (x − 2)2 + (y − 1)2 = 3 3r r
So, let point Q 3 + , 4 + , since , the point Q
2 2
⇒ (x − 1)2 + (y − 2)2 = 3 − (x − 2)2 + (y − 1)2
on the line 12x + 5y + 10 = 0
On squaring both sides, we get 5
So, 36 + 6 3 r + 20 + r + 10 = 0
⇒ x 2 − 2x + y 2 − 4 y + 5 = 9 + x 2 − 4 x + y 2 2
132
− 2y + 5 − 6 (x − 2)2 + (y − 1)2 ⇒ 132 + (12 3 + 5) r = 0 ⇒ r = −
12 3 + 5
⇒ 2x − 2y − 9 = − 6 (x − 2)2 + (y − 1)2 132
∴ The length PQ is|r| =
12 3 + 5
Again on squaring both sides, we get
4 x 2 + 4 y 2 + 81 − 8 xy − 36 x + 36 y = 36 45. (d) Equation of line passing through the point of
[x 2 + y 2 − 4 x − 2y + 5] intersection of lines x + 2y − 19 = 0 and
x − 2y − 3 = 0 is
⇒ 32x + 8 xy + 32y − 108 x − 108 y + 99 = 0
2 2
(x + 2y − 19) + λ (x − 2y − 3) = 0
43. (a) Equation of given curve C is ⇒ (1 + λ) x + (2 − 2λ) y − (19 + 3λ) = 0, is at a
ax 2 + 2 hxy + by 2 + 2gx + 2 fy + c = 0 …(i) perpendicular distance of 5 units from point (−2, 4)
π |− 2 − 2λ + 8 − 8λ − 19 − 3λ|
Now, on rotating the axes through an angle in So, 5 =
4 (1 + λ)2 + 4 (1 − λ)2
the positive direction, so we should replace x by ⇒ 25 [5λ2 − 6λ + 5] = (13 λ + 13)2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 203
⇒ 125λ2 − 150λ + 125 = 169λ2 + 338λ + 169 Similarly, for point B(x 2 , y2) such that PB = 2 take
⇒ 44λ + 488λ + 44 = 0
2 the equation of line L2 in symmetric form
x−6 y+1
⇒ 11λ2 + 122λ + 11 = 0 ⇒ (11λ + 1) (λ + 11) = 0 L2 : = =± 2
π π
1 − cos sin
⇒ λ = − 11 or − 4 4
11 ⇒ x 2 = 6 + 1 and y2 = − 1 ± 1
∴The possible equation are Q x 2 , y2 ≥ 0, so B(x 2 , y2) is (5, 0)
−10 x + 24 y + 14 = 0 ⇒ 5x − 12y − 7 = 0 ∴ Slope of line joining origin and point A is m1 =
2
or 10 x + 24 y − 206 = 0 ⇒ 5x + 12y − 103 = 0 9
Now, on comparing with 5x + by + c = 0, we get and slope of line joining origin and point B is m2 = 0
2/ 9 − 0
The possible value of 5 + b + c = − 14 or −86 ∴ ∠BOA = θ = tan−1 −1 2
= tan
1+ 0 9
46. (a, d) The third side of the isosceles triangle is
−1 9
parallel to the angle bisector of the given lines = cos
85
7 x − y + 3 = 0 and x + y − 3 = 0.
Now, the equation of angle bisectors are 49. (a) Since equation polar of point (α i , β i) with
7x − y + 3 x+ y−3
=± respect to the circle x 2 + y 2 − 2gi x + c i2 = 0 is
50 2
α i x + β i y − gi (x + α i) + c i2 = 0
⇒ 7 x − y + 3 = ± 5 (x + y − 3)
⇒ (α i − gi) x + β i y + c i2 − α i gi = 0
or 2x − 6 y + 18 = 0 and 12x + 4 y − 12 = 0
or x − 3y + 9 = 0 and 3x + y − 3 = 0 Now, on comparing with line x − y = 0, we get
α i − gi β i c 2 − α i gi
Therefore, possible equation of third side passes = = i
through point (2, −5) are 1 −1 0
x − 3y = 17 or 3x + y = 1 ⇒ c i2 = α i gi and α i + β i = gi
3 α + β 3
47. (a) The combined equation of pair of lines joining ∴ ∑ i i =
∑ () 1 =3
point of intersection A and B of the line i =1 g i i =1
53. (a) Equation of circle passes through the point of 55. (b) Equation of tangent to the parabola y2 = 16 x at
intersections of given circles point P (4, 8) is
S1 ≡ (x + 3)2 + (y + 2)2 = 25 8 y = 8 (x + 4) ⇒ y = x + 4 …(i)
Q Tangent (i) meets the another parabola
and S2 = (x − 2)2 + (y − 3)2 = 25
y 2 = 16 x + 80 at A and B, so on solving them
is S1 + λS2 = 0
we have
⇒ (1 + λ) x 2 + (1 + λ) y 2 + (6 − 4λ) x + (4 − 6λ) y
(x + 4)2 = 16 x + 80
− 12(1 + λ) = 0
⇒ x 2 + 8 x + 16 = 16 x + 80
3 − 2λ 2 − 3λ
x 2 + y2 + x + 2 y − 12 = 0 …(i) ⇒ (x − 4) = 80 ⇒ x = 4 ± 4 5 and y = 8 ± 4 5
2
1 + λ 1+ λ
∴ A(4 + 4 5, 8 + 4 5) and B(4 − 4 5, 8 − 4 5)
Cuts the another given circle (x + 1)2 + (y − 2)2 = 16
∴ Mid-point of AB is (4, 8).
Orthogonally, so
3 − 2λ 2 − 3λ 56. (d) Let the equation of required ellipse is
2 −4 = − 12 − 11 x2 y2
1+ λ 1+ λ + 2 = 1, (a > b)
2
⇒ 6 − 4λ − 8 + 12λ = − 23 − 23λ a b
21 So, according to given information
⇒ 31λ = − 21 ⇒ λ = −
31 2ae = 8 6 …(i)
∴ Centre of the circle (i) is and (2 a) (2 b) = 80 …(ii)
3 + 42 2+
63 b2
e = 1− 2,
31 = − 135 , − 125
Q
− 31 , −
21 10
a
1−
21
1− 10
a2 − b2
31 31 So, a2 = 96 [from Eq. (i)]
a2
= − , −
27 25
2 2 ⇒ a 2 − b 2 = 96 …(iii)
Now, let the polynomial p(x) = ax 3 As the slope of tangent at point P(x1 , y1) and
∴ p(2x) = p ′(x) ⋅ p ′ ′(x) ⇒ 8ax = ( 3 ax ) ⋅ (6ax)
3 2 Q(x 2 , y2) on curve is given as 2, so put
dy
4 =2
⇒ a= dx
9
4 ⇒ 4 x 3 − 18 x 2 + 26 x − 10 = 2
∴The required polynomial is p(x) x 3
9 ⇒ 2x 3 − 9 x 2 + 13x − 6 = 0
5 4
Therefore ∑ p(x) = [13 + 23 + 33 + 43 + 53] ⇒ (x − 1) (2x 2 − 7 x + 6) = 0
x =1 9 ⇒ (x − 1) (2x 2 − 4 x − 3x + 6) = 0
2
4 5 × 6
= = 100 ⇒ (x − 1) [2x(x − 2) − 3(x − 2)] = 0
9 2 ⇒ (x − 1) (x − 2) (2x − 3) = 0
66. (a) It is given that, 3
∴ x = 1, , 2 ∴ (x1 , x 2) = (1, 2),
2x + 2y = 2x + y ⇒ 2− y + 2− x = 1 2
Q x1 , x 2 ∈ N ⇒ y1 = 3 and y2 = 5
On differentiating both sides w.r.t. ‘x’, we get
Therefore, x1 x 2 + y1 y2 = (1 × 2) + (3 × 5)
⇒ −2− y − 2− x log 2 = 0
dy
= 2 + 15 = 17
dx
dy 2− x 1 − 2− y 69. (d) Let a polynomial function
⇒ = − −y = − = − 2y + 1 = 1 − 2y x2 x3 x n+1
dx 2 2− y f (x) = a 0 x + a1 + a2 + ……+ a n
2 3 n+1
67. (c) Given curve is
Now, as f (x) is a polynomial so it is continuous
x = a(θ + sinθ), y = a(1 − cosθ) and differentiable in R.
dy sinθ θ
∴ = = tan and as f(0) = 0 and
dx 1 + cosθ 2 a a 9n
1 = a 0 + 1 + 3 + ... +
f () =0 (given)
∴Slope of tangent and normal drawn to the given 2 3 n+1
π
curve at P θ = is mT = 1 and mN = −1 So, according to Rolle’s theorem
2 f ′(x) = 0 for at least one value of x ∈(0, 1).
respectively. Therefore, Statement (I ) is true.
Now, equation of tangent to the given curve at It is given that [ f : a , b] → R is continuous on [a , b]
π and differentiable in (a , b), where a > 0 and
point P a + 1 , a is y − a = 1[x − a (π /2 + 1)] f (a) f (b)
2 =
b
⇒ f (b) = f (a).
a b a
∴Point A is , 0
aπ
2 Now, according to By Lagrange’s mean value
theorem (L.M.V.T), we have
and equation of normal to the given curve at point
b
π f (b) − f (a)
P is y − a = − 1 x − a + 1 f (b) − f (a) a f (a) f (b)
2 f ′(c) = = = =
b−a b−a a b
π
So, point B is a + 2 , 0 ∴ f ′(c) =
f (c)
⇒ cf ′(c) = f (c)
2
c
π
a + 1 a 1 Therefore, Statement II is also correct.
2
1 aπ 70. (a) It is given that there is a function y = f (x)
Therefore area of ∆PAB = | 0 1| such that it have no maximum but has only one
2 2
π minimum at x = 5with f(5) = 75, but f(–1) = − 249
a + 2 0 1 is given, so it is only possible the function is not
2
continuous in (−1, 5).
1 aπ aπ
= a − − 2a = a 2 2
71. (d) I = ∫ esin x (sin x cos x + cos3 x sin x) dx
2 2 2
sin 2 x
68. (a) Equation of given curve is = ∫e (1 + cos2 x) sin x cos x dx
y = x 4 − 6 x 3 + 13x 2 − 10 x + 5 = ∫ esin
2
x
(2 − sin2 x)sin x cos x dx
dy
So, = 4 x 3 − 18 x 2 + 26 x − 10
dx
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 207
dt π
Let sin2 x = t ⇒sin x cos x dx = Now, put tan3 x = t , so at x = 0, t = 0 and at x =
2 4
1 t 1 t = 1 and 3tan2 x sec2 x dx = dt
2∫
∴ I= e (2 − t ) dt = e t − [t ⋅ e t − e t ] + C
2 4 1 dt 4 1 dt
2
So, I = ∫ 2 = ∫
t t 1 1 sin2 x 3 t + 2t + 1 3 0 (t + 1)2
0
=e 1− + + C = esin x 1 + − + C
2 2 2 2 1
4 −1 −4 1
− 1 =
2
sin 2 x = =
=e [1 + f (x)] + C (given) 3 (t + 1) 3 2 3
0
1 sin2 x 1
Therefore, f (x) = − ⇒ f ′(x) = − sin 2x. 5
76. (a) I = ∫ (x − 3) (5 − x)5 dx 3
2 2 2 3
Let, x = 3cos2 θ + 5sin2 θ, so at x = 3,θ = 0
72. (c) I = ∫ 25x + 8 = ∫ 25x 2 + 9 −
2
1
dx π
25x 2 + 9 25x 2 + 9 and at x = 5, θ = and dx = 2 sin 2θ d θ
2
sin h−1
x 9 5x
= 25x 2 + 9 + Therefore,
2 2× 5 3 π/2
I= ∫0 (2sin2 θ)3 (2cos2 θ)5 2(sin 2θ) d θ
− sin h−1 + C
1 5x
π/2
5 3 = 210 ∫ sin7 θ cos11 θ dθ
0
25x 2 + 9 + sin h−1 + C
x 7 5x
= 210 × (7 − 1) (7 − 3) (7 − 5) × (11 − 1) (11 − 3)
2 10 3
(11 − 5) (11 − 7) (11 − 9)
=
73. (a) Given, I m, n = ∫ x m (log x)n dx 18 × 16 × 14 × 12 × 10 × 8 × 6 × 4 × 2
(6 × 4 × 2) (10 × 8 × 6 × 4 × 2)
x m+1 x m + 1 n(log x)n −1 = 210
= (log x)n
m+1
− ∫ m +1 x
dx 18 × 16 × 14 × 12 × 10 × 8 × 6 × 4 × 2
6×4×2 1 64
(Using integration by parts) = 210 = 210 =
18 × 16 × 14 × 12 16 × 7 × 9 63
x m+1 n
x m (log x)n −1 dx
m + 1∫
= (log x)n −
m+1 77. (c) Equation of given curves
x m+1
n x 2 + y 2 − 2ax = 0 and y 2 = ax
= (log x)n − I m , n −1 .
m+1 m+1 y
(a , a )
74. (c) It is given that,
1
x2+y2 –2ax=0
∫0 e (x − 1)n dx = 16 − 6e
x
and I = ∫0
π/4 sin2 2x
dx
= ∫0 a 2 − (x − a)2 dx − a ∫ x1 / 2 dx
0
f (x) a
x − a a 2 −1 x − a 2x 3/ 2
π/4 4sin2 x cos2 x = 2 ax − x 2 + sin − a
= ∫0 dx
2 2 a 3 0
sin x + cos6 x + 2sin3 x cos3 x
6
π a2 π 2
= a 2 − sq units.
π/4 4 tan2 x sec2 x 2
= − a2 +
= ∫0 tan6 x + 2tan3 x + 1
dx
3 2 2 4 3
208 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
⇒ − t + ln|5t − 2| = x + C ′
78. (b) Given equation is 1 2
lx + my − x − y = 0
2 2
…(i) 5 5
x − 2y + 1 2
On differentiating successively twice we get ⇒ − − x+ ln|5x − 10 y + 3| = C ′
5 25
2lx + 2myy′ − 1 − y′ = 0 …(ii) 1 1
and 2l + 2m(yy′ ′ + (y′)2) − y′ ′ = 0 …(iii) ⇒ ln (5x − 10 y + 3)2/ 25 = C ′ − − (6 x − 2y)
5 5
from Eqs. (i), (ii)and (iii) by eliminating l and m, C1 −
1
we get e 5
⇒ (5x − 10 y + 3) 2/ 25
= − 2 y)
x2 y2 −(x + y) e1 / 5( 6x
1
2x 2yy′ −(1 + y′) = 0 2/ 25 ( 6x − 2 y)
⇒ x − 2y +
3
e5 =C
2 2[(y′)2 + yy′ ′)] − y′ ′ 5
Physics
81. (c) We know that, among all inverse forces based 82. (a) Velocity of electromagnetic wave in free space
on inverse square law’s gravitational force is the is given as
weakest and nuclear force is the strongest. 1 1 1
c= ⇒ c2 = ⇒ = c2
Hence, FStrong nuclear > E Electromagnetic > FGravitational µ 0 ε0 µ 0 ε0 µ 0 ε0
…(i)
1 1
Weak nuclear force is a fundamental force in ⇒ Dimensions of = = [c 2]
nature that underlies some forms of radioactivity, µ 0 ε0 µ 0 ε0
governs the decay of unstable subatomic particles = [LT−1 ]2 = [L2T −2]
such as meson and initiates the nuclear fusion
reaction that fuels the sun. 83. (c) Let us use the conventional directions, as
These forces are considered weaker than shown in figure, to solve this problem.
electromagnetic forces and stronger than North
gravitational forces, i.e.
FElectromagnetic > FWeak nuclear > FGravitational …(ii)
Given, FElectromagnetic = E ⇒ FStrong nuclear = S West East
FWeak nuclear = W and FGravitational = G
Using Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
S> E> W> G South
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 209
According to question, let us draw the diagram. 85. (b) The given situation for connection of vectors is
B
20 m East
C B
20 m East
C
given as
P
30 m B
North 30 √2m 30 m
30√2m C
North Q
South-West South-East
A D A A
D E E S
Start End End Start E
point point point point D
Case I Case II
R
There are two possible diagrams. According to rule of vector addition,
Clearly, CE = AB = 30 m ⇒ CD = 30 2 m In ∆PQR,
Using Pythagoras theorem, A = B + E ⇒ E = A − B ⇒ − E = − A + B …(i)
(CE)2 + (DE)2 = (CD)2 Again, according to rule of vector addition,
In ∆PSR,
⇒ (DE)2 = (30 2)2 − (30)2 = 1800 − 900 = 900 m
C = A + D ⇒ A = C − D ⇒ A = − D + C …(ii)
⇒ DE = 30 m From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we see that option (b) is
Now, it is clear that Case I is not possible. correct.
Using Case II,
86. (c) The given situation is shown in the following
Clearly, displacement of the person is figure
End point − Start point = DA (along West)
vr=3ms–1
and DA = DE − AE B
C
= 30 m – 20 m = 10 m (along West)
–1
84. (c) Acceleration of the particle is given as vb=15ms
f = f0 1 −
t
…(i)
T A
∴ Velocity of particle is given as, Velocity of river, vr = 3 ms −1
t2 Velocity of boat, vb = 15 ms −1
v = ∫ f dt = ∫ f0 1 − dt = f0 t −
t
+ c …(ii)
T 2T Width of river = AB = 200 m
Given that, at t = 0, v = 0 According to question, we have to calculate
Hence, from Eq. (i), we get distance BC.
0 = f0 (0 − 0) + c ⇒ c=0 Time taken by boat to cross the river,
AB 200 40
∴ From Eq. (ii), we have t= = = s
vb 15 3
t2
v = f0 t − …(iii) Since, boat covers horizontal distance BC due to it
2T
own velocity.
Suppose, acceleration of the particle becomes zero 40
at time t = t1 . Hence, BC = vr × t = 3 × = 40 m
3
Hence, from Eq. (i),
87. (c) The given situation is shown in the following
0 = f0 1 − 1 ⇒ 1 − 1 = 0 ⇒ t1 = T
t t
figure
T T
Hence, velocity of particle at t = t1 = T, m m m m
from Eq. (iii), n! 6 2
t2
v = f0 t1 − 1
2T m
T 2
T f T
⇒ v = f0 T − = f0 T − = 0 mg
2T 2 2
210 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
Effective mass of the system of n masses placed on Clearly, it is lesser than static force F1 (= 6N), so
the table, block will move, i.e. we are dealing with kinetic
m m m friction now.
M = m+ + + …+
2 6 n! Hence, friction force (kinetic) acting on the body is
fk = µ k FN = 0.25 × 10 = 2.5 N
= m 1 + + + … +
1 1 1
2 6 n! 89. (d) Mass of body, m = 10 kg
= m + + … +
1 1 1 1
+ Force, F = 4N
1! 2! 3! n!
Acceleration produced in the body due to applied
= m 1 + + − 1
1 1 1 1
+ + …+ force,
1! 2! 3! n! F 4
a= = = 0.4 ms −2
M = m(e − 1) m 10
Q e = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + … + 1 For 0 ≤ t ≤ 1s , t1 = 1 s
1! 2! 3! n! ∴ Distance travelled by the body is given as
The given system of masses can be redrawn as 1 1
s1 = ut1 + at12 = 0 × 1 + × 0.4 × 12 = 0.2 m
a 2 2
T ∴ Work done,
M W1 = F × s1 = 4 × 0.2 = 0.8 J
a
T For 1 ≤ t ≤ 2s, t2 = 1 s
m Velocity of the body after t1 = 1 s is v, then
v = 0 + at1 = 0 + 0.4 × 1 = 0.4 ms −1
mg Distance travelled by the body in this situation is
If a be the acceleration of system of masses, then given as,
1 1
according to Newton’s second law of motion, s 2 = vt2 + at22 = 0.4 × 1 + × 0.4 × 12 = 0.6 m
T = Ma ⇒ T = m(e − 1)a …(i) 2 2
and mg − T = ma ⇒ T = mg − ma ∴ Work done, W2 = Fs 2 = 4 × 0.6 = 2.4 J
T = m(g − a) …(ii) ∴
W2 2.4 3
= = =3
From Eq. (i) and Eq. (ii), we get W1 0.8 1
m(e − 1) a = m(g − a) ⇒ a = g / e
90. (c) Mass of elevator, m = 500 kg
88. (a) In addition to the forces shown in figure, there Acceleration of elevator, a = 2 ms −2 (upward)
will be another upcoming normal force FN exerted
When elevator is going upward, then tension in
by the floor on the block. Using Newton’s second
the elevator cable,
law in horizontal and vertical directions, we get
T = m(g + a) = 500 (10 + 2) = 6000 N
F 2 +F N
∴Work done by the tension force in the cable,
a W = T × s = 6000 × 12 [Q given s = 12 m]
F1 = 72000 J = 72 kJ
fs
mg 91. (c) The given situation is shown in the following
figure
In horizontal direction,
F1 − fs = ma …(i)
and in vertical direction,
F2 + FN − mg = 0 …(ii) h
Given, F2 = 10N, m = 2kg and g = 10 ms −2
30º
⇒ 10 + FN − mg = 0
or FN = (2 × 10) − 10 = 10N …(iii) If h be height attained by the sphere before it
stopped, then according conservation of energy,
Hence, static friction, fs = µ s FN
K rot + K Trans = mgh
= 0.4 × 10 = 4N …(iv)
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 211
⇒
1 2 1 2
Iω + mvCM = mgh 1 2 a2 1 3a 2
∴ K = K a − ⇒ K = k× …(ii)
2 2 2 4 2 4
2
1 2
× mR2 CM + mvCM
v 1 2
⇒ = mgh From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
2 5 R 2
1 3a 2
∴ I = 2 mR2 ⇒ ω = vCM k×
K
= 2 4 = 3
5 R U 1 a2 1
2 k×
vCM v2 102 102 2 4
⇒ + CM = gh ⇒ + = 10 × h
5 2 5 2
94. (b) Gravitational force is a conservative force,
⇒ 20 + 50 = 10h ⇒ 70 = 10h hence work done in a complete cycle will be zero
70
⇒ h= = 7m due to zero displacement.
10 Again, since, work done, W = F⋅ dr = m a ⋅ dr
92. (c) Rotational kinetic energy of rod is given as If a ⊥ dr, then W = 0
Clearly, the moments when displacement vector
I makes 90° angle with acceleration, work done will
be zero.
95. (b) We know that, Young’s modulus is given by
L Stress F / a
Y = = ... (i)
Strain ∆l / l
F l
or ∆l = × …(ii)
1 2 1 ML2 2 a Y
K rot = Iω = ω
2 2 12 Given, F = 80 kN = 80 × 103 N
1 l =1m
K rot = ML2 ω2 …(i)
24 a = πr 2 = π × (10 × 10−3 m)2 = π × 10−4 m 2
But M = volume of rod × density Y = 2 × 1011 N/m 2
= AL × ρ
80 × 103 × 1
M = AL ρ …(ii) ⇒ ∆l = m
π × 10−4 × 2 × 1011
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we have
8 × 108 4
K rot =
1
× ALρ × L2 ω2 =
1
AL3ρω2 = m = × 10−3 m
24 24 π × 2 × 1011 π
4
93. (d) Potential energy of a body performing SHM is ⇒ ∆l = mm
given by π
1 2 96. (d) Weight of block in air, wair = 6000 N
U= kx
2
Weight of block in water, wwater = 4000 N
Here, x is the displacement of the body from mean
position.
a
Given, x= [a = amplitude] Cavity
2
2
1 a 1 a2
∴ U= k ⇒ U= k ...(i)
2 2 2 4
Now, kinetic energy of this body is given by
1 2 1 According to figure given,
K = mv = mω2 (a 2 − x 2) volume of cavity,
2 2
1 V1 = volume of water displaced − volume of iron
⇒ K = K (a − x 2)
2
weight of water displaced weight of iron
2 = −
a ρwater × g ρiron × g
Given, x=
2
212 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
∆U1 = ∆U 2
= 0.2 − 0.1 = 0.1 m 3
101. (c) We know that, there must be an antinode at
97. (b) Given, power absorbed by element, P = 100 W the open end. Since, a hole has been made at the
Mass of element, m = 100 g = 0.1 kg L
position , so there must be another antinode at
Change in temperature, 2
L
∆T = (127 − 126)° C = 1°C x= .
2
Specific heat of heating element,
s = 1 J/(g°C) = 1 × 103 J/(kg°C) L
103. (a) Given, diameter of pupil, d = 2 mm = 2 × 10−3 m 106. (c) As capacitor is disconnected from battery. Its
D = 20 m, λ = 600 nm = 6 × 10−7 m charges at the plates will get stored in the form of
electrostatic energy (Case I).
For any aparture, limit of resolution is given as, –q +q
y 1.22 λ 1.22 λD
–q +q' –q' +q'
≥ ⇒ y≥ – + –
[For lens] – +
D d d – + –+ – +
– + –+ – +
Putting the values – + –+ – +
6 × 10−7 × 20 × 1.22 – + –+ – +
y≥ – + –+ +
2 × 10−3
Case I Case II
⇒ y ≥ 6 × 10−3 × 1.22 ⇒ y ≥ 7.32 mm
When a dielectric is introduced inside this capacitor,
Hence, minimum required separation is 7.32 mm. it gets polarised as shown in (Case II). Due to this,
charges at surface of dielectric gets increased.
104. (a) A point source emit waves in all the possible
direction which leads to generation of a spherical Since, there is no external electric supply of power
source.
wavefront.
Hence, charges on capacitor remains unchanged.
105. (b) The given situation is shown in the following
figure 107. (c) Given, cross-sectional area,
G C Y A = 1 cm 2 =10−4 m 2
+q +q
+q B Charge density, n = 3 × 1023 m −3
X
F +q Current through wire, I = 24 × 10−3 A
EE, EF, EG,
We know that, for conductors,
EH –q H D +q EA, EB, EC, ED I = nA evd
I 24 × 10−3
E+q +q ⇒ vd = =
A nAe 3 × 10 × 10−4 × 1.6 × 10−19
23
Clearly, 5 x-components of E will be left to right,
8
while 3 x-components of E will be from right to = × 10−3 = 5 × 10−3 m/s
left. 1.6
From the figure given below 108. (a) The given circuit diagram is shown below
A B
r 2Ω
Y L/√2 6Ω 3Ω
L/2 6V
C
1.5Ω
L2 L2 3L2 D
r2 = + =
4 2 4
So, E due to one point charge Redrawing the above circuit diagram as
Kq 4 Kq 6Ω
|E| = 2 =
r 3 L2
Electric field at the centre of cube due to
contribution of all charges is given as 2Ω
A C
4 Kq 8 Kq 8 q
|E|Total = (5 − 3) = = B
1.5Ω
3 r2 3 r2 3 4 πε0 L2
3Ω
q 2 3L2 D
Given, |E| = α 2 Q r = I
4 πε 0 L 4
8 6V
Clearly, α=
3
214 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
sin 60° =
OM
⇒
3 OM
= = 2π ln (2) × 10−3 T
R 2 R
= 2 π ln (2) mT
3 3
⇒ OM = R ⇒ r = OM = R
2 2 111. (a) Given, m = magnetic dipole moment of earth
∴Magnetic field at point O due to current segment r = radius of earth
AB is given as
µ I It is assumed that earth has a bar magnet inside it.
B1 = 0 ⋅ [sin 30° + sin 30° ] Hence, magnetic field at any point on equitorial
4π r
line of earth’s bar magnet is given as,
µ0 I 1 1 µ 0I
= × + = [downward] µ m
4π 3 2 2 2 3 π R B= 0 ⋅ 3
R 4π r
2
∴ Magnitude to total magnetic field at centre is 112. (a) Given, number of turns in the circular coil,
given as, N = 70, r = 10 cm = 10−1 m
µ 0I 3 µ0 I
B = 6B1 = 6 × = [downward] B = 2 × 10−3 T
2 3 πR πR
θ = 0°
110. (a) Consider a small circular element of thickness
Magnetic flux, φ = NBA cosθ
dr at a distance r from the centre of spiral as
shown in the figure, = 70 × 2 × 10−3 × π r 2 × cos 0°
= 140 π × 10−3 × (10−1)2
dr
= 140 π × 10−5
r
22
a = 140 × × 10−5 = 4.4 × 10−3 Wb
7
We know that,
b φ = LI
φ 4.4 × 10−3
L= = = 2 × 10−3 H = 2 mH
I 2.2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 215
113. (d) The AC circuit is shown in the following figure, 1.2 E = E ′K + φ0 …(ii)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
L E E + φ0 0.5 + φ0
= K =
1.2 E E ′K + φ0 0.8 + φ0
C
R [Q E K = 0.5 eV and E ′K = 0.8 eV
]
5 0.5 + φ0
⇒ =
6 0.8 + φ0
4 + 5φ0 = 3 + 6φ0 ⇒ φ0 = 1 eV
Frequency of AC source is given as
1 116. (c) If R be the radius of circular path, then
f =
2π LC magnetic moment,
M = i × A = (e × f) × (π R2) Q i = e = ef
Clearly, it is resonant frequency.
T
Hence, X L = X C
= e ×
v
× (πR )
2
In this case, voltages developed across L and C are 2πR
equal in magnitude but opposite in pollaries.
Q ω = 2πf ⇒ V = 2πf ⇒ f =
V
∴ Z= R2 + (X L − X C)2 = R 2 + 02 R 2πR
Z=R evR
V V ⇒ M= …(i)
∴ I= = 2
Z R Now, using Bohr’s principle,
Hence, the current through R depends only on the nh
Angular momentum, L = mvR =
value of R and not L and C. 2π
nh
114. (d) Direction of magnetic field, ⇒ vR = ...(ii)
$ = $i − $j
B 2πm
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
Direction of electric field,
M = ×
e nh e nh
$ = $i + $j
E = ×
2 2πm 2m 2π
Direction of propagation of EM wave is given
according to poynting vector as 117. (b) Radioactive decay rate is directly proportional
$ =E
n $ ×B $ = ($i + $j) × ($i − $j) to number of nucleus present at any instant,
dN
= i × i + $j × $i − $i × $j − $j × $j
$ $ = − λN …(i)
dt
$) − k
= 0 + (− k $ − 0 = − 2k
$
ln 2
Here, λ is a constant related to half-life λ = ,
Hence, electromagnetic wave will travel along T1 / 2
−z-direction.
where, T1 / 2 is half-life time.
115. (b) According to Einstein’s photoelectric equation, In given case, total rate of decay is
EK = E − φ 0 dN
= − (λ1 + λ 2) N = − λ effective × N …(ii)
where, E K = kinetic energy, dt
E = energy of incident photon Here, λ1 =
ln 2
and λ 2 =
ln 2
and φ 0 = work function of metal surface. t1 t2
⇒ E = EK + φ0 …(i) ln 2
Similarly, λ effective =
When energy of incident photon is increased by t
20%, then Substituting these values in Eq. (ii), we have
20 6E ln 2 ln 2
E ′ = E + 20% of E = E + E= +
ln 2
100 5 N= N
1T T 2 t
⇒ E ′ = 1.2 E
1 1 1 t + t2 t t
∴ E ′K = E ′ − φ 0 ⇒ E ′ = E K′ + φ0 ⇒ = + = 1 or t = 1 2
t t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 + t2
216 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
118. (a) Given, potential difference across diode, Standard equation of modulating signal is given as
µAc µA
VD = 0.5V Cm ()t = Ac sin(ωc t) + cos(ωc − ωm) t − c
2 2
Maximum current in forward bias,
cos(ωc + ωm) t …(ii)
i = 20 mA = 20 × 10−3 A
Clearly, ωc > ωc − ωm and ωc + ωm > ωc
⇒ Resistance of diode,
Eq. (i) can also be written as,
V 0.5
RD = D = = 25 Ω π
i 20 × 10−3 t = A1 sin(ω1 t) + A2 cos + ω2t − A3 cos
Cm ()
2
Now, another resistance of 125 Ω is connected π + ω t …(iii)
with this diode in series. 3
2
So, effective resistance,
Comparing Eq. (ii) and Eq. (iii), we get
R = 25 + 125 = 150 Ω
A1 = Ac
Clearly, maximum voltage to be used during
forward bias, ωc = ω1
V = iR = 20 mA × 150 Ω ωc − ωm = ω2 …(iv)
= 3000 mV = 3.0 V and ωc + ωm = ω3 …(v)
µ Ac 2A2
119. (c) Zener diode is heavily dopped with both p and Also, = A2 ⇒ µ = …(vi)
2 A1
n region. This means that the behaviour of Zener
Substracting Eq. (iv) from Eq. (v), we have
diode in forward bias will be same while in reverse
ω3 − ω2 = (ωc + ωm) − (ωc − ωm)
bias, their junction potential is increased. So, that
when voltage crosses the breakdown voltage, then ⇒ 2ωm = ω3 − ω2
current through the Zener diode increases rapidly. ω − ω2
⇒ ωm = 3 …(vii)
2
120. (d) Modulating signal is given as
From Eq. (vi) and (vii), option (d) is correct.
t = A1 sin(ω1 t) + A2 sin(ω2t) − A3 sin(ω3t)
Cm () …(i)
where, ω1 > ω2 and ω3 > ω1
Chemistry
121. (a) Given, A M1 and M2 As n increases, the electron is also at a higher energy
Z1 Z2 B
and is, therefore less tightly bound to the nucleus.
Here, M1 ≠ M 2 and Z1 ≠ Z2 l = azimuthal quantum number
[M = atomic weight, Z = atomic number] The azimuthal quantum number is a quantum
But, M1 − Z1 = M 2 − Z2 number for an atomic orbital that determines, it
We know, orbital angular momentum and describes the
atomic weight = number of protons shape of the orbital.
+ number of neutrons Azimutal quantum number (l ) = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
and atomic number = number of protons Shape of orbitals = s, p, d, f, g
So, number of neutrons = atomic weight Energy of orbitals
− atomic weight s< p< d< f < g
Any of two or more species of atoms or nuclei that So, higher the value of n and l higher the energy of
have same number of neutrons are known as electron.
isotone. So, both elements are isotonic. Decreasing order of energy for the electrons,
Hence, option (a) is correct. n = 5 and l = 2 > n = 4 and l = 3 > n = 5 and
122. (a) Given, n = principal quantum number l = 0 > n = 4 and l = 1
The principal quantum number is one of four i.e. A> C> B> D
quantum numbers assigned to each electron in an Hence, correct option is (a).
atom to describe that electron state.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 217
123. (c) Iso-electronic species Atoms, molecules and Therefore, the order of bond angle is
ions that have the same electronic configuration NH +4 > NH 3 > NH −2
are said to be iso-electronic. So, So, correct option is (b).
Number of electrons 126. (b) It is defined as the concept of mixing two
(a) N 3− = 10 atomic orbitals with the same energy levels to give
F− = 10 a degenerated new type of orbitals.
O2 = 16 Number valence electrons ± Charge
Ca 2+ = 10 Hybridisation =
+ Number of single bonded atoms
Number of electrons 2
(b) Ca 2+ =10 Molecule Hybridisation
Cl − = 18 BCl 3 sp2
Al 3+ = 10
PCl 5 sp3d
O −2 = 17
NH 3 sp3
Number of electrons
(c) N 3− = 10 SF 6 sp3d 2
Mg 2+ = 10
So, correct option is (b).
F− = 10
O 2− = 10 127. (c) It is a gas law, which states that the pressure
Number of electrons exerted by a gas of given mass of constant
(d) Mg 2+ =10 temperature is inversely proportional to the
volume.
O −2 = 17
1
Cl − = 18 p∝ or pV = k
V
N −3 = 22
[Pressure multiplied by volume equals constant k]
Hence, correct option is (c). We plot a graph between p and V constant
124. (a) Electronegativity is the tendency of an atom to temperature is illustrated below,
attract a shared pair of electrons.
Atoms Electronegativity
H 2.20
p
C 2.5
N 3.0
Cl 3.1 V
Be 1.57
128. (c) Partial pressure In a mixture of gases, each
Al 1.61 constituent gas has a partial pressure, which is the
P 2.1 notional pressure of that constituent gas, if it
alone occupied the entire volume of the original
Electronegativity of H ≈ P, Be ≈ Al and N ≈ Cl. mixture at the same temperature.
So, correct option is (a). Dalton’s law Total pressure of an ideal gas
125. (b) According to VSEPR theory repulsion between : mixture is the sum of the partial pressure of the
Lone pair-lone pair > Lone pair-bond pair gases in the mixture.
Partial pressure due to n1 = p °1 = 1
n RT
> Bond pair-bond pair
V
As the repulsion is increases then bond angle is
Similarly, due to n2 = p2° = 2
decreases. n RT
V
Molecule Lone pair Bond pair Bond angle
(n + n2) RT
NH −2 2 2 105° Total pressure p = p1° + p2° = 1
V
NH 3 1 3 107° Given, total volume = 24.6 L
NH 4+ 0 4 109°28′ Moles of H 2 = 1.5 mol
218 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
Moles of N 2 = 2.5 mol 130. (c) Given, empirical formula of compound = C2H 5O
Temperature = 300 K Vapour density = 45
Partial pressure of N 2 = ? Molecular formula = ?
Moles of N 2 × RT
Partial pressure of N 2 = Empirical formulas show the simplest whole
V number ratio of atoms in a compound.
2. 5 moles × 8.314 × 103 L Pa K −1 mol −1 × 300K Molecular formula show the number of each type
=
24.6 L of atom in a molecule.
= 253475.61 Pa (convert into atm) Relation between empirical formula and molecular
(1 atm = 101325 Pa) formula.
= 2.5 atm (2.50160) Molecular formula = n (empirical formula)
Hence, option (c) is correct. MM (molar mass)
n=
129. (b) Limiting reagent In a chemical reaction, the EFM (empirical formula molar mass)
limiting reagent is the reactant that determine, Molecular weight = 2 × vapour density = 2 × 45 = 90
how much of the products are made. The other Let, the molecular forumula be C2x H 5x O x .
reactants are sometimes referred to as being in 90 (molecular weight)
excess, since there will be some leftover after the Therefore, n = = 1.47 ≈ 2
47 (EFM)
limiting reagent is completely used up.
Given, Value of x = 2
Molecular formula = (C2H 5O)2 = C4H10O 2
unbalanced reaction,
Hence, correct option is (c).
MnO 2 + HCl → MnCl 2 + H 2O
Initial amount 100 g 100 g 131. (c) Given,
of reactant
Molar mass 86.9 36.5 125.8 18
Gibbs free energy = −25 kJ mol −1
Temperature = 300 K
Balancing the reaction,
Equilibrium constant (K) = ?
MnO 2 + 4HCl → MnCl 2 + 2H 2O + Cl 2
Initial amount 100 g 100 g ∆G° = − RT ln K
Molar mass 86.9 36.5 125.8 18 70.9 −25 kJ mol −1 = (−8.314 J mol −1 K −1 × 300 K) ln k
Convert amounts to moles 25 kJ mol −1
1 mol ln K = − −1 −1
Moles of MnO 2 = 100g × = 1.15 mol of MnO 2 8.314 J mol K × 300 K
86.9 g
25 × 103 J mol −1
Moles of HCl = 100g ×
1 mol
= 2.73 mol of HCl =
36.5 g 8.314 J mol −1K −1 × 300 K
∆
133. (c) 137. (c) Graphite → C8K
K Graphite
Molecule Structure Number of ionisable (Vapours) intercadation
hydrogen compound
I. H 3 PO 4 3
These are super conductors. Super conductivity in
O
these compound is though to be related to the role
P of on inter layer state, a free electron like bond
HO OH lying roughly 2eV above the fermi level.
OH Due to presence of free electrons or unpaired
II. H 3 PO 3 O 2 electrons, it shows paramagnetism.
Hence, option (c) is correct.
P
H OH 138. (b) Photochemical smog is a type of smog
OH produced, when ultraviolet light from the sun
III. H 3 PO 2 O 1 reacts with nitrogen oxides in the atomosphere. It
is visible as a brown haze and is most prominent
P during the morning and afternoon, especially in
H H
densey populated, warm cities.
OH
Photochemical smog = mixture of ozone, nitric acid,
IV. H 4 P2O 6 O O 4 aldehydes, peroxyacyl nitrates
HO—P — P—OH and secondary pollutants.
Hence, correct option is (b).
OH OH
139. (c) Stability of carbanions A carbanion is a
Therefore, decreasing order of ionisable hydrogen. nucleophile, which stability and reactivity
H 4P2O 6 >H 3PO 4 >H 3PO 3 > H 3PO 2 determined by several factors. The inductive
effect, electronegative atoms adjacent to the
IV > I > II > III
charge will stabilise the charge.
Hence, correct option is (c).
Hybridisation of the charge-bearing atom
134. (c) When aluminium carbide (Al 4C3) is react with The greater the s-character of the charge bearing
deuterated water (D 2O) as a product formed atom, the more stable the anion.
Al(OH) 3 and CD 4 . The extent of conjugation of the anion
Al 4C3 +12D 2O → 4Al(OD)3 + 3CD 4 Resonance effects can stabilise the anion. This is
Hence, correct option is (c). especially true, when the anion is stabilised as a
result of aromaticity.
135. (c) Hydration enthalpy described as the amount (C6H 5)2CH − > CH 2 == CH CH −2 > HC ≡≡ C− >
of energy released on dilution of one mole of −
gaseous ions. sp 2 more stable Stable due More H 2C == CH
Alkali metals are highly hydrated and the extent due to to conjugation s-character
of hydration decreases down the group. aromaticity of charge sp-hybridised
The charge density is more for smaller ions and Therefore, IV > II > I > III
hence, the smaller ions have higher values of Hence, correct option is (c).
hydration enthalpy. Therefore, increasing order of 140. (b) Meta-directing groups are electron
hydration enthalpies of alkali metals. withdrawing groups.
Cs+ <Rb+ <K+ <Na+ <Li+ NO 2 , CHO, SO 3H, COR
Hence, correct option is (c). Hence, correct answer is (b).
136. (c) On strong heating of orthoboric acid (H 3PO 3) 141. (c) Order of reactivity of hydrogen halides (HX)
with propene is,
first breaks up into metaboric acid (HBO 2) and
H 2O. On further heating the metaboric acid breaks CH 3 CH == CH 2 + HX → CH 3 CH CH 3
up into boric oxide (B 2O 3) and water.
∆
X
3B(OH)3 → B 2O 3 + 3H 2O
Boric oxide /
Reaction type is electrophilic addition.
boric anhydride When propene treated with HX, it form propyl
So, correct answer is (c). halide.
220 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
cos φ =
(1 × 1) + (0 × 1) + (0 × 0) 146. (b) Given, log k = − 20 + 4
T
1 + (0)2 + (0)2
()2
1 2 + ()
() 1 2 + (0)2
Ea
1 Since, log k = log A −
cos φ = ⇒ φ = 45° 2. 303RT
2 Ea
Here, log A = 4 and − = 20
Hence, option (c) is correct. 2. 303R
143. (b) Given, So, A = 10−4 s−1 and E a = 2. 303 × 2 × 20
Molecular weight of 15% aqueous solution of
E a = 92 .12 cal mol −1
glucose = 180 g/mol
Molecular weight of solute = ? Hence, option (b) is correct.
π1 (glucose) = π 2 (unknown solute) 147. (d)
C1 (urea) = C2 (unknown solute) (a) Zone refining method The principle of
w × 1000 w × 1000 zone refining is that the impurities in an
Now, B = B
Bm × V Glucose mB × V Unknown solute
ingot or ore of metal are more soluble in the
melt state when compared to the
15 × 1000 8 × 1000 corresponding solid state of the impurities.
180 × 100 = m × 100
B (b) Vapour phase refining method This
180 × 100 × 8 × 1000 method is based on the principle that the
mB = impure metal is converted into a volatile
15 × 1000 × 100
compound and which can be collected
mB = 96
elsewhere. It is then decomposed used to
Hence, option (b) is correct. give back the pure metal.
144. (d) Given, (c) Liquation method This method is based on
Vapour pressure of pure water = 23 mm Hg 10% of the lower melting point of the metal than the
solute A impurities and tendency of the molten metal
to flow on the sloping surface.
Molecular weight of A = 50
Mass of A = 10 g (d) Chromatographic method This method is
based on the principle, where molecules in
Mass of water = 100 − 10 = 90 g
10 mixture applied onto the surface or into the
Number of moles of A = = 0.2 solid, and fluid stationary phase (stable phase)
50 is separating from each other while moving
90
Number of moles of water = =5 with the air of a mobile phase. In this
18 method, different components of a mixture
∴Total number of moles = 5 + 0.2 = 52. are differently adsorbed on an adsorbent.
5
Mole fraction of solvent = Hence, correct option (d).
5.2
148. (b)
ps = mole fraction of solvent × p ° (a) Poling method This is a method employed in
5
× 23 = 2211
. mm Hg ≈ 22 mm Hg the purification of metal, which contains its
2. 5 metal oxide as an impurity. Copper and tin
22 can be purified by this way, which contains
= = 0.028 atm. copper oxides and tin oxides as impurities.
760
(b) Zone refining method The principle of
145. (b) The relationship between cell potential and the zone refining is that the impurities in an
equilibrium constant. We know.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 221
CH OH O
CH2
OH OH Heat OH Phenol
H2O
+
3H2C == O OH OH
OH
H2C == O
HO OH OH OH Heat H2O OH
Repeat
HO OH
OH OH HO
222 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
I OH
CH3 CH3
+ p-nitrotoluene p-fluorotoluene
Mathematics
1. The number of bijective functions f : Z ® Z has a non-trivial solution, then the system of
such that f (x + y) = f (x) + f (y) " x , y Î Z, is equations P1 = a,P2 = b , P3 = c has
(a) unique solution
(a) two (b) four
(b) infinite number of solutions
(c) zero (d) infinitely many
(c) no solution
2. For each n ÎN, let An = {(n + 1)k / k Î N} and (d) unique solution only when a = b = c
X = U An × A mapping f : X ® N defined by 6. A is a singular matrix of order five. B is
n ÎN
another matrix having the rank r(B) equal to
f (x) = x , "x Î X, is
the rank r(A) and B has a non-zero minor of
(a) one-one and onto order 3. Then which one of the following is
(b) one-one but not onto true?
(c) onto but not one-one
(a) B is a 4 ´ 4 matrix
(d) neither one-one nor onto
(b) r( A) = r(B) = 4, irrespective of the order of B
3. For n > 2 and n ÎN, the product of the roots (c) r( A) = r(B) = 3, when all the fourth order minors
of (x - n)((x 2 - 2 nx)2 + (2 n2 - 5)(x 2 - 2 nx) of A are zero
(d)|B|= 0
+ (n4 - 5 n2 + 4)) = 0 is divisible by
(a) 625 (b) 25
7. The number of points z on the Argand plane
æ z -2 ö
(c) 120 (d) 80 which satisfy the conditions Reç ÷ =0
è z - 4iø
4. Let I be a unit matrix of order 6. Let A = (a ij )
æ z -2 ö
be a square matrix of order 6 such that and lim ç ÷ = 1 simultaneously is
è z - 4iø
ì1, if i + j = 7
a ij = í then (A(adj A) A -1) A 2 = (a) 0 (b) 1
î0 , if i + j ¹ 7 (c) 2 (d) infinitely many
(a) I (b) A 8. Let a = 1 + i and z = x + iy. If the curve
(c) - A (d) -I
zz + az + a z - 4 = 0 is cut by the straight line
5. Let a , b, c Ï {0 , 1}. If the system of equations (z + z) - i(z - z) + 2 = 0 at two points A and B,
then the equation of the circle passing
P1 º x + ay + az = 0 through the origin, A and B is
P2 º bx + y + bz = 0 (a) x2 + y2 + 3 x - 4 y = 0 (b) x2 + y2 + x + y = 0
P3 º cx + cy + z = 0 (c) x2 + y2 + 6 x + 2 y = 0 (d) x2 + y2 - 7 x - 12 y = 0
224 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
9. If ( 3 + i)10 = a + bi, a , b ÎR, then the values and B is the set of all distinct elements of A.
of a and b are respectively The number of permutations all the elements
of set B such that even integers are in
(a) 64 and -64 3 (b) 128 and 128 3
increasing order, is
(c) 256 and 256 3 (d) 512 and -512 3 26! 49! 50! 26!
(a) (b) (c) (d)
10. If z is a complex number such that 12 ! 12 !13! 24!26! 13!12 !
3 3
æ 1ö æ 1ö
z 2 + z + 1 = 0 , then ç z + ÷ + ç z 2 + 2 ÷ 16. If a represents the number of arrangements
è zø è z ø of p men and q women in a row such that all
3 3
æ 1ö æ 1 ö men are together and b represents the
+ ç z 3 + 3 ÷ + ..... + ç z 2020 + 2020 ÷ = number of circular arrangements of the same
è z ø è z ø
people with the same condition, then a : b is
(a) 4037 (b) -2020 (c) 4038 (d) 2020 + 673i
(a) (q + 1)p! : 1 (b) (q + 1) : 1
2
11. If a , b are the roots of ax + bx + c = 0 then (c) 1: p! (d) p! : q !
3 3
æ a ö æ b ö 17. If nC 0 , nC1 , nC 2 ,..., nC n respectively are the
ç ÷ -ç ÷ =
è ab + b ø è aa + b ø binomial coefficients in the expansion of
10
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) (a + b )2 (d) (a - b )2
(1 + x)n, then when n = 10, å nC r × r(r - 4) =
12. The maximum value of r =1
2
{ x ÎR / x +2 > 8 - x } = (a) 5120 (b) 7680
(a) 2 (b) 2 + 1 (c) 3 (d) 2 2 (c) 20480 (d) 28160
13. Let the roots of the equation 18. If sum of the coefficients of
3 2
E1 º x + x + lx + n = 0 be x i , (i = 1, 2 , 3) and x r (r = 0 , 1, 2 , ..., 2 n) in the expansion of
the roots of E 2 º x 3 + ax 2 + bx + c = 0 be 2n (2 n)C r
(1 + 3 x - 2 x 2)n is 128, then å r =
x i -1 (2 n)C r -1
. If the equation E 2 = 0 is a equation of r =1
2 (a) 120 (b) 135
class one, then the roots of these two
(c) 90 (d) 105
equations excluding the common roots are
1 19. If the partial fractions decomposition of
(a) 2, 3, , 1
2 x 4 + 24 x 2 + 28 A B C
-1 + 2 -1 - 2 is 2 + +
(b) 2,- 2 , , (x 2 + 1)3 x + 1 (x 2 + 1)2 (x 2 + 1)3
2 2
-1 + 3 i -1 - 3 i then B - 2 A + C =
(c) 3 i, - 3 i, ,
2 2 (a) 23 (b) 24
(d) 3 i, - 3 i, 1 + 2 3 i, 1 - 2 3 i (c) 25 (d) 26
14. If a, b, g, d are the roots of the equation 20. Match the items of List-I with those of List-II
a 3 + b 3 + g 3 + d3
x 4 + x 2 + 1 = 0 , then = List-I List-II
a 6 + b 6 + g 6 + d6 écos 37° cos 53° cot 135° ù
2 2
1 ê ú
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) -1 (d) A. If A = ê sin2 76° sin270° sin2 14° ú, I. -4
2 ê cos 180° cos 28° cos 62° ú
2 2
ë û
15. For n = 1, 2, 3,....50, let
then 3-| A| =
ì ì n üü
ï æ nö
ï(-1) 2 ç ÷ , if n is even ïï B. If the period of II. 2
ï ï è2ø ïï cos( 6 x - 4) - sec( 3 - 4 x ) 2 kp
A = ían / an = í ýý cot( 5 x + 3) + sin( 3 x + 4)
is
5
, then
n -1
ï ï æ n - 1 ö ïï k=
ï(-1) çè 2 ÷ø , if n is oddïï
2
ï
î î þþ
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 225
33. x , y , z are three vectors each of magnitude 39. An urn contains five balls. Two balls are
2 and each making an angle 60° with one drawn at random and they are found to be
another. If a = x ´ (y ´ z), b = y ´ (z ´ x), white. The probability that all the balls in the
c = x ´ y , then x = urn are white, is
1 1 3 2 2
(a) [(a + b) ´ c - (a + b)] (a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 8 5 3
1 40. If the probability function of a random
(b) [c + a - b]
2 k(n +1)
1 variable X is given by P(X = n) = for
(c) [(a + b) ´ c + (a + b)] 3n
2
1
n Î N È {0 } where k is a constant, then
(d) [(a ´ b) ´ c - a + b] P(X < 2) =
2
20 20 2 8
(a) (b) (c) (d)
34. Let a = 2i$ - 2$j + k$ , b = - $j + k$ . If c is a vector 27 81 27 81
such that a × c =|c|,|c - a|= 2 2 and the angle 41. An observer counts 240 vehicles per hour at a
p specific location on a highway. Assuming
between a ´ b and c is , then|(a ´ b) ´ c|=
3 that the arrival of vehicles at the location
3 3 3 follows Poisson distribution, the probability
(a) 3 3 (b) (c) (d) 0 that more than two vehicles arrive over a
2 2
30 sec time interval is
35. If S1 and S2 are the variances of the first 2k e2 - 5 e2 - 2 1 12 - e 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
and k(k > 1) natural numbers respectively, e 2
e 2
12e 2
e2
then (S1 / S2) lies in the interval
(a) [4, ¥) (b) (1, 4] (c) (4, 5] (d) [7, ¥) 42. A point P moves so that distance from (0, 2)
1
to P is times the distance of P from (-1, 0).
36. The standard deviations of two sets of 2
observations X = { x i } and Y = { y i } Then the locus of the point is
(i = 1, 2 , ..., 100) are respectively 5 and 6. If x , y (a) a circle with centre at (1, 4) and radius 10
100
are their means and å (x i - x)(y i - y) = 600 , (b) a parabola with focus at (1, 4) and length of latus
i =1 rectum 10
then the standard deviation of (c) an ellipse with centre at (-1, - 4) and length of the
Z = { z i / z i = x i - y i ) is major axis 10
(d) a hyperbola with centre at (-1, - 4) and length of
(a) 12 (b) 6
the transverse axis 10
(c) 7 (d) 10
43. When the coordinate axes are rotated
37. 4-digit numbers are formed using the digits through an angle q in anti clockwise
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 allowing repetition of the given direction, if the transformed equation of
digits. If a number is chosen at random from
x 2 + y 2 + 2 xy + 2 x + 6 y + 1 = 0 is
those numbers thus formed, then the
probability that it is exactly divisible by 3 is (2 + 3) X 2 + 2 XY + (2 - 3)Y 2 + aX + bY + 2 = 0 ,
(a)
7
(b)
5
(c)
5
(d)
1 then 3a - b =
36 18 6 3 (a) 10 (b) 2(1 + 2 3 ) (c) 20 (d) 2(3 + 3)
38. If E1 , E 2 ..., E n are an independent events 44. If the lines 3 x + y - 4 = 0, x - ay - 10 = 0,
1 bx + 2 y + 9 = 0 form three successive sides of a
such that P(E r) = , (r = 1, 2 , ..., n), then the
1+ r rectangle in that order and the fourth side
probability that atleast one of E1 , E 2 ,..., E n passes through (1, 2), then the area of that
happens is rectangle (in sq. units) is
1 n+ 1 n 1 (a) 8 (b)
15
(c)
51
(d)
51
(a) (b) (c) (d)
n+ 1 n(2 n + 1) n+ 1 2n + 1 10 40 4
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 227
45. The points A(2, 1), B(3, - 2) and C (a , b) are 51. The point/points of intersection of the
vertices of the rectangle ABCD. If the point common tangents of the two circles
P(3 , 4) lies on CD produced, then 5 a + 10 b = x 2 + y 2 - 8 x - 6 y + 21 = 0 and
(a) 41 (b) 10 (c) 45 (d) -15 x 2 + y 2 - 2 y - 15 = 0 is/are
a1 b1 c1 (a) (5, 8), (-4, 3) (b) (8, 5)
46. If a 2 b2 c2 = 0, then the lines (c) (3, 1) (d) (2, 1), (4, 3)
a3 b3 c3 52. L1 and L2 are two common tangents to two
a i x + bi y + ci = 0 (i = 1, 2 , 3) represent circles. If L1 touches the two circles at A(1, 1)
ai
(a) parallel lines if
b c
¹ i ¹ i (i ¹ j ) and B(0 , 1) and L2 touches the two circles at
aj bj c j æ 3 4 ö æ -1 7 ö
C ç , ÷, D ç , ÷, then the equation of the
a b
(b) coincident lines if i = i (i ¹ j ) è5 5 ø è 5 5 ø
aj bj radical axis of the two circles is
(c) concurrent lines but not coincident if (a) 2 x - 6 y = 7 (b) 2 x + y + 7 = 0
ai b c (c) 2 x + 6 y = 7 (d) x = y
= i = i (i ¹ j )
aj bj c j
a b c 53. The centre of the smallest circle which cuts
(d) concurrent lines if i ¹ i ¹ i (i ¹ j )
aj bj c j the circles x 2 + y 2 - 2 x - 4 y - 4 = 0 and
x 2 + y 2 - 10 x + 12 y + 52 = 0 orthogonally is
47. For integer k, if the area of the triangle
(a) (1, 2) (b) (-3, 2 ) (c) (3, - 2 ) (d) (3, 4)
formed by the pair of lines
S = 3 x 2 - 2 kxy + y 2 = 0 with the line 54. If all the vertices of an equilateral triangle lie
L = 2 x - y - 6 = 0 is 36 sq. units, then for the on the parabola y 2 = 16 x and one of them
angle q between the lines S = 0, sinq = coincides with the vertex of that parabola,
(a)
1
(b)
3
(c)
1
(d)
1 then the length of the side of that triangle is
2 2 3 5 (a) 32 3 (b) 16 3
48. If the sides of a triangle ABC are 2 x - y = 0,2 2 (c) 8 3 (d) 32
x + y - 1 = 0 and the sides of another triangle 55. If mx - y + c = 0 is a normal at a point P on
PQR are 2 x 2 - 5 xy + 2 y 2 = 0 , 7 x - 2 y - 12 = 0 , the parabola y 2 = 16 x and the focal distance
then the distance between the centroid of of P is 40 units, then|c|=
DABC and the orthocentre of DPQR is
(a) 108 (b) 132
4 1
(a) 261 (b) 165 (c) 2 29 (d) 56 3 (c) 66 (d) 60
3 3
p
49. If x 2 + y 2 - a 2 + l(x cos a + y sin a - p) = 0 is 56. If , q are the eccentric angles of the ends of
3
the smallest circle through the points of
x 2 y2
intersection of x 2 + y 2 = a 2 and a focal chord of the ellipse + = 1, then
x cos a + y sin a = p, 0 < p < a, then l = 16 12
tanq =
(a) 1 (b) - p (c) -2 p (d) -3p 1
(a) - 3 (b) 3 (c) -1 (d)
50. If PA and PB are the tangents drawn from the 2
point P(1, 1) to the circle
x 2 + y 2 + gx + gy - 2 = 0 with C as the centre, 57. If x + 2 y + k = 0, k > 0 is a tangent to the
then the area (in sq. units) of the ellipse 2 x 2 + y 2 = 2, then the equation of the
quadrilateral PACB is æ 1 kö
normal to the given ellipse at ç , ÷, is
(a) 2 g (b) g 3 - 4g è 2 3ø
g3 (a) 2 x - 2 y + 1 = 0 (b) 3 2 x - y - 2 = 0
(c) g 3 + 4g (d) + 4g
2 (c) 2 2 x - 5 y + 3 = 0 (d) 2 x + 3 y - 4 = 0
228 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
58. If (8, 2) is a point on the hyperbola whose 64. Match the functions of List-I with derivates
length of the transverse axis is 12 and given in List-II
conjugate axis is x = 0, then the eccentricity of
List-I List-II
that hyperbola is
(a)
2 2
(b)
8
(c)
2 2
(d)
8 A. sec -1 x I. 1
, x Î ( -1, 1)
7 5 7 5 1 - x2
59. If A(4 , 3, 2), B(5, 4 , 6), C(-1, - 1, 5) are the B. tanh-1 x II. -1
,x ¹ 0
vertices of a triangle, then the coordinates of | x | x2 + 1
the point in which the bisector of the angle A
meet the side BC is C. coth-1 x III. 1
,| x| > 1
| x | x2 - 1
(a) æç , , ö÷ (b) æç , , ö÷
22 17 45 17 22 45
è8 8 8ø è8 8 8ø
D. cosech-1 x IV. 1
, x Î R - [-1, 1]
-22 -17 45 ö -17 22 45 ö
(c) æç , , ÷ (d) æç , , ÷ 1 - x2
è 8 8 8ø è 8 8 8ø
V. -1
60. Assertion (A) The direction ratios of line L1 ,| x | < 1, x ¹ 0
4 10 | x| 1 - x2
are 2, 5, 7 and those of line L 2 are , ,
19 19
14 A B C D A B C D
. The lines L1 , L 2 are parallel. (a) V II I III (b) I III V II
19 (c) III I II V (d) III I IV II
Reason (R) The direction ratios of a line L1 x -1
are a1 , b1 , c1 and those of another line L 2 are 65. If f (x) = , then f ¢(0) + f ¢¢(0) =
ex
a 2 , b2 , c2 . The lines L1 and L 2 are parallel if
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) -1 (d) 2
a1 a 2 + b1 b2 + c1 c2 = 0
2 3 2
The correct option among the following is æ dy ö 1 d x æ dy ö d y
66. If ç ÷= and 2 ç ÷ + 2 = k, then
(a) (A) is true, (R) is true and (R) is the correct è dx ø æ dx ö è
dy dx ø dx
ç ÷
explanation for (A). è dy ø
(b) (A) is true, (R) is true but (R) is not the correct
explanation for (A). e kf (x ) - kf (x) =
(c) (A) is true but (R) is false. 1
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) (d) 2
(d) (A) is false but (R) is true. 2
x - 4 y -2 z -7 67. The approximate value of (3 126 + sin 61°)
61. If = = lies in the plane
1 1 2 correct to three decimal places, obtained by
ax + by + z = 7, then a + b = taking 1° = 0 .0174 radians, is
(a) -2 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 7 (a) 5.772 (b) 5.765 (c) 5.806 (d) 5.888
1 - cos(1 - cos x)
62. lim = 68. The radius of a sphere is changing. At an
x ®0 sin 4 x instant of time the rate of change in its
1 1 1 1 volume and its surface area are equal. Then
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 4 6 8 the value of radius at that instant is?
ì x 3
ï ,x ¹ 0 (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) (d) 3
63. At x = 0, f (x) = í| x|+2 x 2 is 2
ïk, x = 0 69. The volume of a sphere is increasing at the
î
(a) Continuous only when k = 0 rate of 4 p cc/sec. When its volume is 288p cc,
(b) Discontinuous only when k = 0 the rate of increase (in cm/sec) in its radius is
1 1 1 1
(c) Continuous for all values of k (a) (b) (c) (d)
(d) Discontinuous for all real values of k 36 6 7 49
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 229
Physics
81. The long range force experienced by a neutral 87. A circular freeway entrance and exit are
particle with a finite mass commonly banked to control a moving car at
(a) gravitational force (b) weak force 14 m/s. To design similar ramp for 28 m/s one
(c) electromagnetic force (d) strong force should
(a) increase the radius by factor 2
82. The dimension of angular momentum in (b) increase the radius by factor 4
mass (M), length (L) and time (T) is
(c) decrease the radius by factor 4
(a) [MLT -1] (b) [ML -1T -1] (d) decrease the radius by factor 2
(c) [ML 2 T -1] (d) [ML -1T -2 ]
88. A cyclist leans with the horizontal at angle
83. Consider that a truck is moving initially with 30°, while negotiating round a circular road
54 km/h. It has stopped by the driver after of radius 20 3 m. The speed of the cycle
looking at an obstacle with a deceleration of should be
10 m/s 2 . The distance travelled by truck (a) 7 3 m/s (b) 14 m/s (c) 7 6 m/s (d) 10 6 m/s
before coming to rest is
(a) 12 m (b) 11.25 m (c) 11.30 m (d) 11.20 m 89. The block starts from rest as shown in the
figure. Find the work done by force of 10 N
84. A ball is thrown vertically upwards with an and friction in the time 0 to 4 s.
initial velcoity u reaches maximum height in [Take, g = 10 m/s 2 ]
5 s. The ratio of distance travelled by the ball
in the 2nd and 7th second is (assume, g = 10 2 kg
10 N
m/s 2 )
µ=0.2
(a) 8 : 19 (b) 16 : 29
(c) 16 : 49 (d) 8 : 49 (a) 240 J, -96 J (b) 250 J, 96 J
(c) 240 J, 96 J (d) 250 J, -96 J
85. A particle of mass m = 1 kg moves in the
xy-plane. The force on it at time t is 90. Under action of force, a 2 kg body moves
t = [2 sin(at) $i + 3 cos(at) $j] N, where a = 1 s -1 .
F() such that its position x as function of time t
At time t = 0, the particle is at rest at the is given by x = at2 / 2, where x is in metre, t is
origin. Calculate the magnitude of its in seconds and a = 1 m/s 2 . The work done by
position vector r (in m) and velcoity vector v the force in the first two seconds is
p
(in m/s) at time t = s. (a) 4 J (b) 16 J (c) 40 J (d) 2 J
2
91. Consider a thin metal strip of mass 1 kg and
(a) r = [(p - 2 )2 + 9], v = 13 length 5m. Calculate its moment of inertia
(b) r = 13, v = 9 about an axis perpendicular to strip and
(c) r = 3, v = 2 located at 100 cm on strip from one its end.
(d) r = 1, v = 5 (Assume the breadth as the strip is
negligible)
86. A particle aimed at a target, projected with
(a) 4.33 kg-m 2 (b) 4.85 kg-m 2
an angle 15° with the horizontal is short of
(c) 4.11 kg-m 2 (d) 4.66 kg- m 2
the target by 10 m. If projected with an angle
of 45° is away from the target by 10 m, then 92. A solid cylinder is released from rest from the
the angle of projection to hit the target is top of an inclined plane of inclination 30°
(a) sin-1 æç ö÷
1 1
(b) sin-1 æç ö÷
1 3 and length 60 cm. If the cylinder rolls
2 è 4ø 2 è 4ø without slipping, then the speed when it
reaches the bottom is
(c) sin-1 æç ö÷ (d) sin-1 æç ö÷
1 10 1 20
2 è4ø 2 è4ø (a) 1.5 m/s (b) 2.0 m/s (c) 3.0 m/s (d) 6.0 m/s
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 231
93. A stiff spring having spring constant 98. Different material of two identical long bars
k = 400 N/ m is attached to the floor vertically. A and B are coated with wax and have their
A mass m = 10 kg is placed on top of the one end immersed in a hot oil bath. When
spring. The block oscillates if it is pressed the steady state is reached, the lengths for
downward and released. Find the extension which wax melt are l A and lB . If k A and kB
in the spring at which the block loses contact are thermal conductivities of materials, then
with spring. (Take, g = 10 m/s 2 ) KA lA K l K l K lB
(a) = (b) A = B (c) A = A (d) A =
KB lB K B lA K B lB KB lA
m
99. A gas is at constant pressure 4 ´ 10 5 N/m 2.
Spring
When a heat energy of 2000 J is supplied to
Floor the gas, its volume changes by 3 ´ 10 -3 m 3 .
What is the increase in its internal energy?
(a) 25 cm (b) 15 cm
(a) 650 J (b) 900 J (c) 800 J (d) 400 J
(c) 20 cm (d) 22 cm
100. Certain amount of heat supplied to an ideal
94. If the radius of the earth shrinks by 1%, its gas under isothermal condition will result in
mass remaining the same, then the acceleration
(a) an increase in the internal energy of the gas
due to gravity on the earth surface would
(b) external work done and a change in temperature
(a) increase by 1%
(c) a rise in temperature
(b) remain unchanged
(d) external work done by the system
(c) increase by 2%
(d) decrease by 9.8% 101. Two trucks heading in opposite directions
each with speed 0.1 u, approach each other.
95. Young’s modulus is proportionality constant The speed of the sound is u. The driver of first
that relates the force per unit area applied
truck sounds his horn of frequency 495 Hz.
perpendicularly at the surface of an object to
Let n1 and n 2 are the frequencies heard by the
(a) the fractional change in volume driver of second truck, when the trucks approach
(b) the fractional change in length each other and when the trucks have passed
(c) the fractional change in area each other. The magnitude of n1 - n 2 is
(d) the fractional change in mass (a) 150 Hz (b) 200 Hz (c) 220 Hz (d) 270 Hz
96. The change in surface energy when a big 102. A prism is made of a glass having refractive
spherical drop fo radius R is split into n index 2. If the angle of minimum deviation
spherical droplets of radius r is (T = surface
is equal to angle of the prism, then the angle
tension)
of prism is
(a) 4R 2 (n2 / 3 - 1)T (b) 4R 2 p(n1/ 3 - 1)T
-1/ 3
(a) 45° (b) 90° (c) 60° (d) 30°
(c) 4pR (n
2
- 1)T (d) 4pR 2 (n-2 / 3 - 1)T
103. A thin glass prism of angle 9° with refractive
97. A sheet of steel at 20°C has size as shown in index 1.4 is combined with another glass
figure below. If the co-efficient of linear prism of refractive index 1.6 as shown in the
expansion for steel is 10 -5°C -1 , then what is figure. The combination of the prism
the change in the area at 60°C? provides dispersion without deviation.
Determine the angle (A) of the second prism.
40 cm
µ=1.6
9º
20 cm
A
µ=1.4
2 2
(a) 0.84 cm (b) 0.64 cm
(c) 0.24 cm 2 (d) 0.14 cm 2 (a) 9° (b) 12° (c) 6° (d) 4°
232 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
104. Wavelength of light used in an optical 109. A straight wire of mass 0.2 kg and length
instruments are l1 = 4000 Å and l 2 = 5000 Å, 1.5 m carries a current 2A is shown in the
figure. It is suspended in mid-air by a
then the ratio of their respective resolving
uniform magnetic field B pointing to the
powers (corresponding to l1 and l 2 ) is
plane of paper. The magnitude of magnetic
(a) 3 : 5 (b) 9 : 1 (c) 4 : 5 (d) 5 : 4
field is (ignore, earth’s magnetic field and
105. The electric flux from a cube of edge l is f in assume g = 10 m/s 2 )
an enclosed charge. If the edge of the cube is I=2A
2 B
made l and the charge enclosed in the cube
3 (a) 0.55 T (b) 0.67 T (c) 0.75 T (d) 0.85 T
is doubled, then the electric flux value will be
f 110. The ratio of the magnetic field inside a
(a) 4f (b) 2f (c) (d) f
2 solenoid at an axial point well inside and at
an axial end point is
106. If the dielectric constant of a substance 1 3
(a) 2 (b) (c) 1 (d)
4 2 2
K = , then the electric susceptibility c in
3
111. A solenoid has a core of a material with
terms of vacuum permittivity e 0 is 800
e0 relative permeability . The windings of
(a) (b) 3e0 p
3
4 3 the solenoid are insulated from the core and
(c) e0 (d) e0 carry current of 2A. If the number of turns is
3 4
1000 per metre, find the magnetic field B.
107. 5µ F 2 µF (a) 640 mT (b) 330 mT (c) 480 mT (d) 560 mT
F
E G
112. An infinite long wire Y
5 µF 2 µF
lying along the Y -axis,
is carrying a current I I
as shown in the R
C D O X
figure. The magnetic
2µ F
20Ω flux through a circular
loop of radius R in the
xy-plane is [assume,
A B m 0 = magnetic in free
40Ω 100V space permeability]
Find potential difference points A & F and F & m0 I m0 I
(a) (b) m 0 IR (c) (d) m 0 IpR 2
B. 2 pR pR 2
(a) VAF = 10.2 V, VFB = 15.4 V 113. For an R-L-C circuit, driven with voltage of
(b) VAF = 22.3 V, VFB = 28.9 V 1
(c) VAF = 28.5 V, VFB = 71.4 V
amplitude Vm and frequency w0 = , the
LC
(d) VAF = 42.1 V VFB = 53.1 V
current exhibits resonance. The quality factor
108. Four 4 W resistors are connected together Q is
along the edges of a square. A 12 V battery w0 R R
(a) (b)
with internal resistance of 2W is connected L w0C
across a pair of the diagonally opposite CR w L
(c) (d) 0
corners of the square. The power dissipated w0 R
in the circuit is
(a) 36 W (b) 192 W 114. The typical wavelength of X-ray is
(c) 24 W (d) 48 W (a) 10-10 m (b) 10-15 m (c) 10-6 m (d) 106 m
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 233
115. In a photoelectric effect experiment if the 117. The binding energy (BE) per nucleon for an
frequency of light is doubled, the stopping element is 7.14 MeV. If the BE of element is
potential will 28.6 MeV, then the number of nucleons in the
(a) be halved element is
(b) become more than double (a) 4 (b) 8 (c) 16 (d) 32
(c) become less than double
118. In p-n-p transistor, the collector current is
(d) be doubled
(a) equal to emitter current
116. A monochromatic light of wavelength l ejects (b) slightly less than emitter current
photoelectrons from a metal surface with work (c) greater than emitter current
function (f) 2.4 eV. These photoelectrons are (d) half of emitter current
made to collide with hydrogen atoms in
119. The output of a NOR gate is HIGH when
ground state. The maximum value of l for
(a) all inputs are HIGH (b) any input is HIGH
which hydrogen atom may be ionised is
(c) any input is LOW (d) all inputs are LOW
[take, hc = 1240 eV-nm]
(a) 80 nm 120. The electromagnetic waves of frequency
(b) 77.5 nm 6 GHz are used in
(c) 75.5 nm (a) FM broadcast (b) TV communication
(d) 85 nm (c) satellite communication (d) cellular mobile radio
Chemistry
121. The maximum number of possible electrons 125. The correct set of symbols of the molecular
in a subshell with n = 3 and l = 2 is orbitals given below is
(a) 10 (b) 12 (c) 14 (d) 16
128. Which of the curve (Z vs p) will be followed by 133. The pH of the solution, when
a real gas? (i) sodium acetate is dissolved in water.
3
(ii) ammonium chloride is dissolved in
water.
2
(a) (i) pH > 7 (ii) pH<7
Z 1.0 1 (b) (i) pH = 7 (ii) pH = 0
(c) (i) pH > 7 (ii) pH>7
(d) (i) pH < 7 (ii) pH>7
0.5
134. Dihydrogen can be prepared by which of the
following reactions.
0
p (I) Reaction of granulated Zn with dil. HCl
(a) Pathway 3 only (b) Pathways 2 and 3 only (II) Reaction of Zn with aq. NaOH
(c) Pathways 1 and 2 only (d) Pathway 2 only (III) By heating calcium hydrogen carbonate
(a) (I) and (III) (b) (I), (II) and (III)
129. How much volume of 1 N aqueous solution of
H 2SO 4 should be taken, which will contain (c) (I) and (II) (d) (II) and (III)
0.2 moles of H 2SO 4 ? 135. The carbonates of alkaline earth metals
(a) 200 mL (b) 400 mL (c) 20 mL (d) 40 mL decompose on heating to give
130. The weight of potassium dichromate I. CO 2 II. Metal oxide
(molecular weight = 294) required to prepare III. H 2O IV. CO
0.04 N of 250 mL solution is (a) (I), (III) and (IV) (b) (I) and (II)
(a) 2.94 g (b) 29.4 g (c) 0.98 g (d) 0.49 g (c) (I), (II) and (III) (d) (II) and (III)
131. Which of the following statements regarding 136. Borax is converted into crystalline boron by
the first law of thermodynamics is correct? the following steps :
D
(a) The energy of the isolated system plus the energy Borax ¾¾
X
® H 3BO 3 ¾
¾ ® B 2O 3 ¾
¾Y
®B
of the surrounding is constant. H 2O D
(b) The energy of the isolated system minus the Identify X and Y respectively.
energy of the surrounding is constant.
(a) HCl and Mg (b) C and AI
(c) The energy of an isolated system is constant.
(c) HCl and C (d) HCl and Sn
(d) The energy of an isolated system varies.
137. Buckminister fullerene contains the
132. Aqueous solution of ferric nitrate when mixed
with aqueous solution of potassium following X number of six and Y number of
thiocyanate gives red colour solution. The five member rings. What is the value of X
intensity of red colour becomes constant on and Y ?
attaining equilibrium. (a) X = 10, Y = 12 (b) X = 15, Y = 15
Choose the correct statement when the (c) X = 20, Y = 12 (d) X = 10, Y = 20
following chemical is added to the above 138. The average atmospheric residence time is
solution at equilibrium. lowest for which of the given the greenhouse
I. Oxalic acid gas?
II. Mercuric chloride (a) Carbon dioxide (b) Methane
(a) Both (I) and (II) will decrease the intensity of red (c) Nitrous oxide (d) Freon
colour.
(b) Both (I) and (II) will increase the intensity of red 139. Which one of the following methods is
colour. suitable to separate a mixture of n-pentane
(c) (I) will increase but (II) will decrease the intensity of and toluene?
red colour.
(a) Steam distillation (b) Simple distillation
(d) (I) will decrease but (II) will increase the intensity of
(c) Sublimation (d) Vacuum distillation
red colour.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 235
141. The major products P and Q from the below 147. To resist the coagulation of 100 cc gold sol;
reactions are : 1 cc of 10% NaCl is added to it in the
presence of 10 -4 g gelatin. The gold number
CH 3CH == CH 2 ¾HBr
¾¾® P of gelatin is
( BH ) (a) 0.00001 (b) 0.0001 (c) 0.001 (d) 0.01
CH 3CH == CH 2 ¾ ¾¾
3 2
®- Q
H 2O , H 2O 2 / OH
148. In the following reactions, identify P, Q and
P Q R, respectively
Br
½ I. 3Fe2O 3 + CO ¾® 2 P + CO 2
(a) CH3 CHCH3 CH3 CH CH3
½ II. Fe3O 4 + 4 CO ¾® 3 Q + 4 CO 2
OH
Br III. Fe2O 3 + CO ¾® 2 R + CO 2
½ P Q R
(b) CH3 CHCH3 CH3CH2CH2OH
(a) Fe Fe 3O 4 FeO
(c) CH3CH2CH2Br CH3CH2CH2OH (b) Fe 3O 4 FeO Fe
(d) CH3CH2CH2Br CH3CH2COOH (c) Fe 3O 4 Fe FeO
142. A compound can crystallise in two forms (d) FeO Fe 3O 4 Fe
a and b which are fcc and bcc, respectively. 149. The number of dissociable protons in
The a-form has side length of 2 pm and the ‘‘orthophosphoric acid’’ is
b-form has side length of 4 pm. The ratio of
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 1
r
their density a is
rb 150. The geometry of XeOF4 is
(a) 32 (b) 16 (c) 8 (d) 4 (a) octahedral (b) tetrahedral
(c) linear (d) square pyramidal
143. A 1.17% solution of solute A is isotonic with
7.2% solution of glucose. If the molecular 151. Which of the following ions will exhibit
weight of solute A is 58.5, the value of van’t colour in aqueous solution?
Hoff factor, ‘i’ is (a) La +3 (Z = 57 ) (b) Ti 3 + (Z = 22 )
3+
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5 (c) Lu (Z = 71) (d) Sc 3 + (Z = 21)
144. A mixture of 3.0 moles of Na 2O and 1.5 mol 152. Which of the following correctly represents
of KO 2 is dissolved in 1000 mL of water. The the order of ligands in spectrochemical series?
vapour pressure of the solution in Torr, at (a) Br - < Cl - < NH3 < H2O (b) I- < Br - < H2O < [OH]-
100 °C is (c) F - < Cl - < H2O < NH3 (d) I- < Cl - < H2O < en
(a) 740 (b) 760 (c) 580 (d) 608
153. Monomeric units of melamine polymer are
2+
145. A solution of Fe is titrated potentiometrically H 2N N CH3
using Ce4+ solution. When 80% Fe2+ is (a) and CH2O
titrated, the EMF of the system in V is N N
(Given, E° Fe 3+ / Fe 2+ = 0 .77 V and
NH2
236 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
H 2N N CO2CH3 CO2CH3
(b) and CH3OH OCH3 OH
N N
(c) (d)
NH2
H 2N N NH3
158. An alkene A(C4H 8) exhibits cis/trans
(c) and CH2O isomerism. A on ozonolysis gives B, which
N N when reacted with NaOH followed by
hydroxylamine gave C. What are B and C?
NH2 B C
H 2N N NH3 (a) CH3CH2CHO CH3CH2CH ==NOH
(d) and CH2Cl2 (b) CH3CH2CHO CH3CH2CH == CHCH2CH == NOH
N N
(c) CH3CHO CH3CH == CHCH == NNH2
NH2 (d) CH3CHO CH3CH == CHCH == NOH
154. Xerophthalmia disease is caused by the 159. The major product formed in the following
reaction is
deficiency of CH==CH2
(a) vitamin K (b) vitamin B2
(i) KMnO4, KOH, D
(c) vitamin B6 (d) vitamin A
(ii) H3O+
155. Artificial sweetening agent from below is (iii) Br2/FeBr3
(a) (b)
(ii) N , H+
CH3
CH3 HO CH2 H3C
(c) (d) (a) —N N— N
Physics
81. (a) 82. (c) 83. (b) 84. (*) 85. (*) 86. (b) 87. (b) 88. (d) 89. (a) 90. (a)
91. (a) 92. (b) 93. (a) 94. (c) 95. (b) 96. (b) 97. (b) 98. (c) 99. (c) 100. (d)
101. (b) 102. (b) 103. (c) 104. (d) 105. (b) 106. (a) 107. (c) 108. (a) 109. (b) 110. (a)
111. (a) 112. (*) 113. (d) 114. (a) 115. (b) 116. (b) 117. (a) 118. (b) 119. (d) 120. (c)
Chemistry
121. (a) 122. (d) 123. (b) 124. (a) 125. (c) 126. (a) 127. (d) 128. (b) 129. (b) 130. (d)
131. (c) 132. (a) 133. (a) 134. (c) 135. (b) 136. (a) 137. (c) 138. (b) 139. (b) 140. (a)
141. (b) 142. (b) 143. (a) 144. (d) 145. (c) 146. (a) 147. (d) 148. (c) 149. (a) 150. (d)
151. (b) 152. (d) 153. (c) 154. (d) 155. (d) 156. (a) 157. (d) 158. (d) 159. (d) 160. (d)
=−I A [Q A −1
A = I] Now, given z = x + iy ⇒ |z|2 = x 2 + y 2
3 3 3
is a circle and given line α β α β
3
L : z + z − i (z − z) + 2 = 0 Now − = −
aβ + b aα + b − c / β −c / α
⇒ L : 2Re(z) − i 2 Im(z) + 2 = 0 3 3
αβ αβ
⇒ L : 2x − i(2yi) + 2 = 0 = − + = 0
c c
⇒ L: x + y+1= 0 …(iii)
Now, equation of circle passing through point of 12. (d) Given {x ∈ R : x + 2 > 8 − x 2 }
intersection of circle S and line L is
∴ Defining the function
S + λL = 0
x + 2≥ 0 ⇒ x ≥ − 2 …(i)
(x 2 + y 2 + 2x − 2y − 4) + λ (x + y + 1) = 0 …(iv)
and 8 − x 2 ≥ 0 ⇒ x ∈ [−2 2, 2 2] …(ii)
Pass through (0, 0)
∴ Put in Eq. (iv), we get Now, x + 2> 8 − x2
−4+ λ=0 ⇒ λ=4 ∴ Squaring on both sides,
Now, required circle is x + 2> 8 − x2 ⇒ x2 + x − 6 > 0
⇒ x 2 + y 2 + 2x − 2y − 4 + 4 (x + y + 1) = 0 ⇒(x + 3) (x − 2) > 0 ⇒ x ∈ (−∞ , − 3) ∪ (2, ∞)…(iii)
⇒ x + y + 6 x + 2y = 0
2 2 ∴According to Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii) ⇒ x ∈[2, 2 2]
∴Maximum value of x = 2 2.
9. (d) Let z = 3 + i ⇒ |z| = 3 + 1 = 2
1 π 13. (c) Given n1 , n2, n3 are roots of the equation
and arg(z) = tan−1 =
3 6 E1 : x 3 + x 2 + lx + n = 0 …(i)
π π
∴ Polar form of z = 2 cos + i sin ∴ Sum of roots x1 + x 2 + x 3 = −1 …(ii)
6 6 Now, E 2 : x 3 + ax 2 + bx + c = 0 is reciprocal
π π
10
equation of class one ⇒ c = 1 and a = b
⇒ z10 = 210 cos + i sin
6 6 ∴ E 2 : x 3 + ax 2 + ax + 1 = 0 …(iii)
10 π 10 π Given, Eq. (iii) have roots
⇒ z10 = 210 cos + i sin x1 − 1 x 2 − 1 x 3 − 1
6 6 , ,
2 2 2
1 3 x1 − 1 x 2 − 1 x 3 − 1
⇒ ( 3 + i)10 = 210 − i ⇒ + + =−a
2 2 2 2 2
⇒ ( 3 + i)10 = 512 − i 512 3 = a + ib x1 + x 2 + x 3 3
⇒ − =−a
2 2
⇒ a = 512 and b = − 512 3
From Eq. (ii),
10. (b) Given, z 2 + z + 1 = 0 x1 + x 2 + x 3 = − 1
−1 3
−1 ± 1 − 4
−1 ± 3i ∴ − =−a ⇒ a=2
∴ z= = ∴ z = ω, ω 2 2 2
2 2
∴Eq. (iii), x 3 + 2x 2 + 2x + 1 = 0
1 1
Now z + = ω + = ω + ω2 = − 1 (x + 1) (x 2 + x + 1) = 0 ∴ x = − 1, x 2 + x + 1 = 0
Z ω
1 1 −1 ± 3 i
z 2 + 2 = ω2 + 2 = ω2 + ω = − 1 ⇒ x=
z ω 2
3 3 3 x1 − 1
∴ Given, = − 1 ⇒ x1 = − 1
∴ z + + z 2 + 2 + …+ z 2020 + 2020
1 1 1
2
z z z
x 2 − 1 −1 + 3 i
⇒ (−1)3 + (−1)3 + …+ (−1)3 = −2020 = ⇒ x2 = 3 i
2 2
11. (a) Given, α , β are roots of ax 2 + bx + c = 0 x 3 − 1 −1 − 3 i
= ⇒ x3 = − 3 i
2 2
⇒ aα 2 + bα + c = 0 and aβ 2 + bβ + c = 0
∴ Roots of these two equation excluding common
α (aα + b) = − c and β (aβ + b) = − c roots are
c c −1 + 3 i −1 − 3 i
aα + b = − ⇒ aβ + b = − 3 i , − 3i , ,
α β 2 2
240 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
14. (a) Given α , β , γ , δ are roots ofx 4 + x 2 + 1 = 0 18. (d) Given sum of coefficient in expansion of
−1 ± 1 − 4 (1 + 3x − 2x 2)n is 128
−1 ± 3 i
∴ x2 = = ∴For sum of coefficient, putting n = 1 in the
2 2
expression (1 + 3x − 2x 2)n
1+ 3i −1 − 3 i
∴ x=± ,x =± ⇒ (1 + 3⋅1 − 2⋅1)n = 128 ⇒ 2n = 27 ⇒ n = 7
2 2 2n!
r⋅
1+ 3i 1+ 3i −1 − 3 i 2n r ⋅ 2 n C 2n r ! (2 n – r)!
Let α = ,β = − ,γ = Now ∑ 2 n r = ∑
2 2 2 r =1 Cr −1 r =1 2n!
−1 − 3 i (r − 1)! (2n − r + 1)!
δ=−
2
2n r ⋅ (2n − r + 1) 2n
= ∑ = ∑ (2n − r + 1) [Q n = 7]
r =1 r r =1
⇒ α +β + γ +δ =0
3 3 3 3
2n (2n + 1)
α 3 + β 3 + γ 3 + δ3 = (2n + 1) (2n) −
∴Given expression, =0 2
α 6 + β 6 + γ 6 + δ6 = (14 + 1) (14) − 7 (14 + 1) = 15 × 7 = 105
15. (a) Given, 19. (c) Given partial fraction of
x 4 + 24 x 2 + 28
n/ 2 n
n is even
A B C
(−1) , = 2 + +
2 (x 2 + 1)3 x + 1 (x 2 + 1)2 (x 2 + 1)3
A = an / an = n −1
n −1
(−1) 2 , n is odd
∴ x 4 + 24 x 2 + 28 = A(x 2 + 1)2 + B(x 2 + 1) + C
2
Now compare the coefficient of x 4 , x 2 constant
∴ A = {0, − 1, 2, − 3, 4, − 5,… − 25} term
∴ B = {0, − 1, 2, − 3, 4, − 5, … , 24, − 25} ⇒ A = 1, 24 = 2A + B, 28 = A + B + C
Here given integer = 12, total integer = 26 ⇒ B = 22 , C = 28 − 1 − 22 ⇒ C = 5
26! Now B − 2A + C = 22 − 2 + 5 = 25
∴ Required permutation =
12! cos2 37 cos2 53 cot135
16. (b) Given all men are together 20. (a) Given, A = sin2 76 sin 270 sin214
∴ Linear arrangement of p men and q women cos180 cos2 28 cos2 62
= p ! (q + 1)!
and circular arrangement of p men and q women cos2 37 cos2 53 −1
= p! q !
∴ A = sin2 76 −1 sin214
α p !(q + 1)! −1
⇒ = = (q + 1) : 1 cos2 28 cos2 62
β p ! q|!
10 cos2 37 cos2 53 −1
17. (b) Given n = 10, then ∑ n Cr r(r − 4)
r =1 ∴ |A| = sin2 76 −1 sin214
10 10
= ∑ n Cr r((r − 1) − 3) = ∑ (r (r − 1) n Cr − 3r n Cr) −1 cos2 28 cos2 62
r =1 r =1
10 n(n − 1) n Use C1 → C1 + C2 and C2 → C2 + C3
n−2 n −1
= ∑ (r(r − 1) Cr − 2 − 3⋅ r ⋅ Cr −1)
r =1 r (r − 1) r cos2 37 + cos2 53 cos2 53 − 1 −1
10 |A| = sin 76 − 1
2
−1 + sin214 sin214
n−2 n −1
= ∑ (n(n − 1) Cr − 2 − 3n ⋅ Cr −1)
r =1 −1 + cos2 28 cos2 28 + cos2 62 cos2 62
10 10
n−2 n −1 − sin2 53 −1
= n(n − 1) ∑ Cr − 2 − 3n ∑ Cr −1 1
r =1 r =1
10
|A| = − cos 76 − cos214 sin214
2
Given, n = 10 and ∑ n
Cr = 2n − sin2 28 1 cos2 62
r =1
10 − 2
∴ 10 (10 − 1) ⋅ 2 − 3 × 10 ⋅ 210 −1 1 − sin2 53 +1
= 10 × 9 × 2 − 30 × 2 = (90 − 60) ⋅ 2
8 9 8
|A| = − − sin 14 2
− cos214 − sin214 ⇒ |A| = 0
= 30 × 256 = 7680 − cos2 62 1 − cos2 62
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 241
1 3
And sin x = and cos x = 27. (a) For a triangle ABC, it is given that
10 10
c = 9, s = 10 and ∆ = 10 2
Putting values of sin x , cos x , tan x
A− B a −b c a − b s(s − c)
1
+
3 4 ∴ tan = cot =
sin x + cos x 10 10 10 12 2 a +b 2 a+ b ∆
= = =
tan x 1 1 10 a − b 10 × 1 1 a − b
= × =
3 3 a + b 10 2 2a + b
25. (c) Given that, tanh−1 1 + coth−1 x = log e ( f (x)) So, b 1 + 2 tan
A − B
x 2
for |x|> 1
1 + 1 1 a − b a + b + a −b
= b 1 + 2 × = b
+ a+ b
Q tanh−1 = log e
1 1 x 2 a b
x 2 1
1 − 2a 2b (a + b) − (a − b)
x = b = a = a
Q tanh−1 x = 1 log 1 + x a + b a + b a+ b
e a − b A − B
2 1 − x = a 1 −
+ = a 1 − 2 tan 2
+ a b
tanh = log e
−1 1
1 x 1
…(i)
x 2 x −1
28. (c) Let a triangle ABC of sides a , b , c, having area ∆
x + 1
and cot h−1 x = log e
1
…(ii) A
2 x −1
Adding the both Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
x + 1 c b
tanh−1 + cot h−1 x = log e
1 1
x 2 x − 1
x + 1
log e
1
+
2 x −1 B a C
x + 1 Area = ∆
= log e
x − 1 1
b c sin A = ∆ …(i)
2
tanh + coth−1 x = log e ( f (x))
−1 1
1
x and ac sin B = ∆ …(ii)
2
On comparing, we get
1
x +1 and ab sin c = ∆ …(iii)
f (x) = 2
x −1
Using cosine rule
−5 + 1 −4 2
At x = −5, f(−5) = = ⇒ f(−5) = a 2 = b 2 + c 2 − 2bc cos A
−5 − 1 −6 3
and b 2 = a 2 + c 2 − 2ac cos B
26. (c) Given that, 3 a + b 3 + c 3 = 8 …(i)
3 3 3
and c 2 = a 2 + b 2 − 2ab cos C
sin A + sin B + sin C
On adding, we get
Using sine rule for a triangle ABC a 2 + b 2 + c 2 = 2a 2 + 2b 2 + 2c 2
a b c
= = = 2R −2ab cos C − 2ac cos B − 2bc cos A
sin A sin B sin C
{where 2R → circumradius} or a 2 + b 2 + c 2 = 2(ab cos C + ac cos B + bc cos A)
∴ a = 2Rsin A, b = 2R sin B, c = 2R sin C …(iv)
Substituting the values of a , b , c in Eq (i), we get Now, from Eq. (i)
(2 R sin A)3 + (2R sin B)3 + (2R sin C)3 2∆
=8 bc =
sin3 A + sin3 B + sin3 C sin A
2∆
(2R)3 (sin3 A + sin3 B + sin3 C) Eq. (ii), ac =
or =8 sin B
sin3 A + sin3 B + sin3 C 2∆
Eq. (iii), ab =
or (2R)3 = 8 or 2R = 2 sin C
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 243
Putting these values in Eq. (iv), we get ∴ Compare Eqs. (i) and (ii),
a2 + b2 + c 2 = 2 2 + 3λ − µ = x …(iii)
2∆ cos C + 2∆ cos B + 2∆ cos A 1 − 2λ + 3µ = y …(iv)
−2 + 2λ + µ = z
sin C sin B sin A …(v)
a 2 + b 2 + c 2 = 4∆(cot C + cot B + cot A) Now, Eqs. [(iii) + (v)] ⇒ 5λ = x + z
1
a2 + b2 + c 2 ⇒ λ = (n + z) …(vi)
or cot C + cot B + cot A = 5
4∆ Eqs. [(iv) + (v)] ⇒ −1 + 4µ = y + z
a2 + b2 + c 2 1
or cot A + cot B + cot C = ⇒ µ = (y + z + 1) …(vii)
4∆ 4
29. (c) Given that, points A(4, 7, 8), B(2, 3, 4) and Putting value of λ and µ in Eq. (iii)
3 1
C(2, 5, 7) ⇒ 2 + (x + z) − (y + z + 1) = x
5 4
Length AB = (x A − x B)2 + (y A − yB)2 + (z A − zB)2
⇒ 40 + 12(x + z) − 5(y + z + 1) = 20 x
= (4 − 2)2 + (7 − 3)2 + (8 − 4)2 ⇒ 40 + 12x + 12z − 5y − 5z − 5 = 20 x
⇒ −8 x − 5y + 7z + 35 = 0
= (2)2 + (4)2 + (4)2 = 4 + 16 + 16
⇒ 8 x + 5y − 7z − 35 = 0
AB = 6
31. (c) ∴Vector normal to plane n = b × c
Length AC = (x A − x C)2 + (y A − yC)2 + (z A − zC)2
= (4 − 2)2 + (7 − 5)2 + (8 − 7)2 R (r)
b
= (2) + (2) + (1) =
2 2 2
4+ 4+1
AC = 3 ⇒ AB : AC = 6 : 3 = 2 : 1 c
A (a)
Now, let say the internal bisector of the angle A
meets the side BC that point D(x D , yD , zD) b×c
∴ n=
∴ x-coordinate of point D, |b × c|
mx C + nx B 2 × 2 + 1 × 2
xD = = ⇒ xD = 2 Now Ar ⋅ n = 0
m+ n 2+ 1 (b × c) b×c (b × c)
y-coordinate of point D, (r − a) ⋅ = 0 ⇒ r⋅ =a⋅
|b × c| |b × c | |b × c |
myC + nyB 2 × 5 + 1 × 3 13
yD = = = (b × c) [a b c]
m+ n 2+ 1 3 r⋅ =
|b × c| |b × c|
z-coordinate of point D,
mzC + nzB 2 × 7 + 1 × 4 18 32. (a) Given projections of A and B are P and Q
zD = = = =6
m+ n 2+ 1 3 respectively
A(1, 2, 0) and B(2, 1, 1)
Q Point D 2, , 6
13
3 Plane P : x + y + z = 3
2
A B
So, length = (4 − 2) + 7 − + (8 − 6)2
13
2
n=^
i+^
j+^
k
3
2
= (2)2 + + (2)2
8 x+y+z=3
3 P Q
64 136 2
= 4+ + 4= = 34 $
Vector ⊥ r to plane P : is n = $i + $j + k
9 9 3
∴ vector equation of line AP and BQ are
30. (d) Given, vector equation of plane $ ), BQ : 2$i + $j + k
AP : $i + 2$j + λ ($i + $j + k
r = (2 + 3λ − µ) $i + (1 − 2λ + 3µ) $j + (−2 + 2λ + µ) k $)
+ µ ($i + $j + k
…(i)
∴ any point on line AP and BQ is
$
Let r = x $i + y $j + z k …(ii) P(1 + λ , 2 + λ , λ), Q (2 + µ , 1 + µ , 1 + µ)
244 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
Point P and Q lies on the plane x + y + z = 3 34. (c) Given, a = 2$i − 2$j + k$ , then|a| = 4 + 4 + 1 = 3
∴ 1 + λ + 2+ λ + λ = 3 ⇒ λ = 0
−1 Now given|c − a| = 2 2
and 2+ µ + 1 + µ + 1 + µ = 3 ⇒ µ =
3 Squaring on both sides,
−1 1 1 |c − a|2 = 8 ⇒ |c|2 + |a|2 − 2a ⋅ c = 8
Point P(1, 2, 0), Q 2 − 1 − , 1 − , 1 −
3 3 3 |c|2 + 9 − 2|c| = 8 [Q|a| = 3 and a ⋅ c = |c|]
Q , ,
5 2 2 ∴ |c| − 2|c| + 1 = 0
2
3 3 3
(|c| − 1)2 = 0 ⇒ |c| − 1 = 0 ⇒ |c| = 1
∴Distance between
2 2 2 $i $j k $
PQ = 5 − 1 + 2 − 2 + 2 − 0
Now, we find (a × b) = 2 −2 1
3 3 3
0 −1 1
4 16 4 24 2 2
PQ = + + ⇒ PQ = ⇒ PQ =
9 9 9 9 3 $ (−2)
(a × b) = $i (−2 + 1) − $j (2 − 0) + k
33. (a) Given that, |x| = |y| = |z| = 2 and θ = 60° $
(a × b) = − $i − 2$j − 2k
Thus, x ⋅ y = |x||y| cosθ = ( 2) ( 2) cos 60° ∴ |a × b| = 1 + 4 + 4 = 3
1 π
= 2× =1 Now, given angle between a × b and c is .
2 3
Similarly y ⋅ z = z ⋅ x = 1
π 3 3 3
and x ⋅ x = |x||x|cos 0° = ( 2) ( 2) × 1 = 2 ∴ |(a × b) × c| = |a × b||c|⋅ sin = 3 × 1 × =
3 2 2
y ⋅ y = 2, z ⋅ z = 2
Now, a = x × (y × z) = (x ⋅ z) y − (x ⋅ y) z 35. (b) The variance of first 2k natural numbers
= 1⋅ y − 1⋅z 2
2k(2k + 1)(4 k + 1) 2k(2k + 1)
a = y −z …(i) S1 = −
Also, b = y × (z × x) = (y ⋅ z) z − (y ⋅ z) x 6 × 2k 2 × 2k
= 1 ⋅ z −1 ⋅ x 4 k + 1 2k + 1
= (2k + 1) −
b=z − x …(ii) 6 4
Adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get 2k + 1 4k2 − 1
= [8k + 2 − 6k − 3] =
a + b = (y − z) + (z − x) 12 12
y − x =a + b …(iii) and variance of first k natural numbers
Again c=x×y 2
k(k + 1)(2k + 1) k(k + 1)
Taking cross product with x on both sides S2 = −
6× k 2× k
x × c = x × (x × y) = (x ⋅ y) x − (x ⋅ x) y
+ +
= (k + 1)
x × c = (1) x − (2)y ⇒ x × c = x − 2y …(iv) 2 k 1 k 1
−
6 4
Finally, c = x × y
Taking cross product with y on both sides k+1 k2 − 1
= [4k + 2 − 3k − 3] =
y × c = y × (x × y) 12 12
y × c = (y ⋅ y) x − (y ⋅ x) y = (2)x − ()
1y S1 4k2 − 1 3 S
∴ = 2 =4+ 2 , (k > 1) ∴ 1 ∈(1, 4]
y × c = 2x − y …(v) S2 k −1 k −1 S2
Subtracting Eq. (v) from Eq. (iv), we get
x × c − y × c = (+ x − 2y) − (2x − y)
36. (c) From the given information, we can say that
100 100
(x − y) × c = − x − y or x + y = (y − x) × c Σ (x i − x)2 Σ (yi − y)2
i =1 i =1
From Eq. (iii), y − x = a + b = 5 and =6
100 100
∴ x + y = (a + b) × c …(vi) 100 100
Subtracting Eq. (iii) from Eq. (vi), we get ∴ Σ (x i − x)2 = 2500 and Σ (yi − y)2 = 3600
i =1 i =1
(x + y) − (y − x) = (a + b) × c − (a + b)
and it is also given that
2x = (a + b) × c − (a + b) 100
or
1
x = [(a + b) × c − (a + b)] Σ (x i − x)(yi − y) = 600
i =1
2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 245
42. (a) Let point P is (h, k). Given Q (0, 2) and R(−1, 0) Here line AB || CD
1 ⇒ slope of line AB = slope of line CD
then given PQ = PR −b
2 ⇒ −3 = ⇒ b=6
2
Squaring on both sides,
Now line AB ⊥ r BC
2(PQ)2 = (PR)2
2(h2 + (k − 2)2) = (h + 1)2 + k2 ⇒ (slope of line AB) × (slope of line BC) = − 1
⇒ (−3) = − 1 ⇒ a = 3
1
2h2 + 2k2 − 8k + 8 = h2 + 1 + 2h + k2
a
∴ h + k2 − 2h − 8k + 7 = 0
2
∴ Eq. of BC : x − 3y − 10 = 0
∴ Locus of point P Eq. of CD : 6 x + 2y + 9 = 0
x 2 + y 2 − 2x − 8 y + 7 = 0 …(i)
∴Distance between AB and CD
∴Eq. (i) is circle. 9
AB : 3x + y − 4 = 0 ⇒ CD : 3x + y + =0
∴ Centre (1, 4) and radius = 1 + 16 − 7 = 10 2
Hence, locus at point P is circle with centre (1, 4) −4 − 9 / 2 17
and radius 10 ∴ i.e., BC = =
9+1 2 10
43. (c) If coordinate axes are rotated through an Now line AD pass through the point (1, 2)
angle θ in anti-clockwise direction, then
⇒ Distance CD = distance of point(1, 2) from lineBC
x = X cosθ − Y sinθ
1 − 6 − 10 15
and y = X sinθ + Y cosθ, on substituting the values = =
of x and y in equation 1+ 9 10
x 2 + y 2 + 2xy + 2x + 6 y + 1 = 0, we get Now, area of rectangle ABCD = BC × CD
(X cosθ − Y sinθ)2 + (X sinθ + Y cosθ)2 17 15 17 × 15 51
= × = =
+2(X cosθ − Y sinθ )(X sinθ + Y cosθ ) 2 10 0 2 × 10 4
+ 2(X cosθ − Y sinθ) +6(X sinθ + Y cosθ) + 1 = 0
45. (b) Given, ABCD is a rectangle
⇒(cos2 θ + sin2 θ + 2sinθ cosθ) X 2
D P (3, 4) C (a, b)
+ (−2sinθ cosθ + 2sinθ cosθ + 2cos2 θ − 2sin2 θ)XY
+ (sin2 θ + cos2 θ − 2sinθ cosθ)Y 2
+ (2cosθ + 6sinθ) X + (6 cosθ − 2sinθ)Y + 1 = 0
⇒ (1 + sin 2θ) + 2cos 2θXY + (1 − sin 2θ)Y 2
+ (2cosθ + 6sinθ) X + (6 cosθ − 2sinθ)Y + 1 = 0
A (2, 1) B (3, –2)
On comparing with transformed given equation
(2 + 3) X 2 + 2XY + (2 − 3)Y 2 + aX + bY + 2 = 0, −2 − 1
Slope of AB = = − 3 = m1 …(i)
3− 2
we get
b+ 2
3 1 π Slope of BC = = m2 …(ii)
sin 2θ = , cos 2θ = ⇒ θ= a−3
2 2 6
∴ a = 4(cosθ + 3sinθ) = 2 3 + 6 Now AB ⊥ BC ⇒ m1 m2 = − 1 …(iii)
∴ Putting value of m1 and m2 in Eq. (iii)
and b = 4(3cosθ − sinθ) = 6 3 − 2
b + 2
∴3a − b = 6 3 + 18 − 6 3 + 2 = 20 −3 = −1
a − 3
44. (d) Let rectangle be ABCD. − 3b − 6 = − a + 3 ⇒ a − 3b − 9 = 0 …(iv)
D C Now, slope of line CD = slope of CP
bx+2y+9=0 b−4
m3 =
x–ay–10=0 a−3
b−4
∴ line AB || CD ⇒ m1 = m3 ∴ −3 =
a−3
A 3x+y–4=0 B
− 3a + 9 = b − 4 ⇒ 3a + b − 13 = 0 …(v)
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 247
a − 3 − − 9 = 0 ⇒ a +
7 21 ⇒ 15k2 − 56k + 52 = 0 ⇒ 15k2 − 30k − 26k + 52 = 0
−9=0
5 5 ⇒ 15k(k − 2) − 26(k − 2) = 0
a + = 0 ⇒ a =
24 24 ⇒ k=2 (Q k is an integer)
5 5
2 k2 − 3 1 1
24 7 ∴ tanθ = = ⇒ sinθ =
Now, 5a + 10b = 5 × + 10 × − = 24 − 14 = 10 3 +1 2 5
5 5
a1 b1 c1 48. (c) For ∆ABC, we have sides are
46. (d) Given, a2 b2 c 2 = 0 2 x 2 − y 2 = 0, x + y − 1 = 0
a 3 b3 c 3 ( 2x − y) ( 2 x + y) = 0, x + y − 1 = 0
2x − y = 0, 2 x + y = 0, x + y − 1 = 0
⇒ lines may be concurrent
or two pair of lines be parallel On solving these, we get vertices
ai b c (0, 0), ( 2 − 1, 2 − 2), (− 2 − 1, 2 + 2)
Now, if ≠ i ≠ i (i ≠ j)
aj bj cj For ∆PQR, we have sides are
2 x 2 − 5xy + 2y 2 = 0,7 x − 2y − 12 = 0
then lines are concurrent.
(2 x − y) (x − 2y) = 0,7 x − 2y − 12 = 0
47. (d) Equation of given pair of straight lines 2 x − y = 0, x − 2y = 0, 7 x − 2y − 12 = 0
S = 3x 2 − 2kxy + y 2 = 0 and the line On solving these, we get vertices (0, 0), (4, 8), (2, 1)
L = 2x − y − 6 = 0 Now, centroid of ∆ABC
On solving, we get 0 + 2 − 1 − 2 − 1 0 + 2 − 2 + 2 + 2
G= ,
3x 2 − 2kx(2x − 6) + (2x − 6)2 = 0 3 3
⇒ (7 − 4k) x 2 + 12(k − 2) x + 36 = 0 −2 4
= ,
3 3
Let the intersection points are A(x1 , y1) and B(x 2 , y2)
Orthocentre of ∆PQR,
∴The area of ∆ABC is
(8 − 1) (8 + 8) (2 − 4) (8 + 8) 28 8
0 0 0 H= , = ,−
1 y y 72 16 − 4 16 − 4 3 3
| x1 y1 1 | = 36 ⇒ 1 − 2 =
2
x 2 y2 1 x1 x 2 |x 2 x1| ∴ Required distance = GH
2 2
= 28 + 2 + −8 − 4
3 3 3 3
B (x2, y2)
= 100 + 16 = 116 = 2 29
A (x1, y1)
49. (c) Equation of circle x 2 + y2 − a 2 + λ
(x cosα + y sinα − p) = 0 is the smallest circle, then
− λ cosα − λ sinα
centre , lies on the line
2 2
θ
L=0 x cosα + y sinα = p …(i)
C ∴ Put centre in the line (i), then we getting
(0, 0)
− λ cos2 α λ sin2 α −λ
− =p ⇒ = p ⇒ λ = − 2p
2 2 2
248 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
3 1 (8)2 (2)2 64 4
cosθ + sinθ = 3 + 2sinθ i.e., − 2 = 1 or 2 − 2 = 1
2 2 a2 b a b
3 3 64 4 4 16 7 36
or cosθ = sinθ + 3 − = 1 or 2 = − 1 = or b 2 =
2 2 (6)2 b 2 b 9 9 7
1 3 As we know eccentricity of parabola,
cosθ = 3 sinθ + 2 or cosθ − sinθ = 1 36
2 2 (6)2 +
π π a2 + b2 7 = 2 2
or cos cosθ − sin sinθ = 1 e= =
3 3 a 6 7
π π
or cos + θ = 1 or cos + θ = cos 0°
59. (a) Given points are
3 3 A(4, 3, 2), B(5, 4, 6), C(−1, −1, 5)
On comparing both sides, we get AB = (5 − 4)2 + (4 − 3)2 + (6 − 2)2
π π −π
+ θ = 0° or θ = − ∴ tan θ = tan
3 3 3 = (1)2 + (1)2 + (4)2 = 18
tanθ = − 3 AB = 3 2
a2x b2y 1 × x 2× y
− = a2 − b2 ⇒ − =1− 2 If both lines are parallel then, their direction ratios
x1 y1 1 1 must be in equal proportion.
2 a1 b1 c1
i.e., = =
2 x − 2y = − 1 or 2x − 2y + 1 = 0 a 2 b2 c 2
Now, from Eq. (i)
58. (c) Let assume equation of hyperbola
(2)
4 10 + (7 ) 14
+ (5)
2 2
x
−
y
=1
19 19 19
a2 b2 cosθ =
2 2 2
Given that length of transverse axis, 2a = 12 or a = 6 22 + 52 + 72 4 + 10 + 14
Q Point (8, 2) lies on hyperbola, then it must 19 19 19
satisfy the equation of hyperbola
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 251
8 50 98 106 −h −h −h
+ + = lim = =
= 19 19 19 = 19 = 1 ⇒ θ = 0
h→ 0|− h| + 2(− h)2 h + 2h2 h(1 + 2h)
312 78 × 2 −1 −1
78
19 = lim = = −1
19 h→ 0 1 + 2h 1 + 2× 0
a1 2 19 b 5 19
or = = ⇒ 1 = = RHL = lim f (x) = lim f (0 + h)
a2 4 2 b2 10 2 x→ 0 + h→ 0
19 19 h h
= lim =
c1 7 19 a b c h→ 0 |h| + 2h2 h(1 + 2h)
= = Q 1 = 1 = 1
c2 14 2 a 2 b2 c 2 1 1
= lim = =1
19 h→ 0 1 + 2h 1 + 2× 0
Hence, both lines are parallel to each other. Also, f (0) = k
61. (a) Given that, line Q LHL ≠ RHL, therefore given function is
x−4 y − 2 z−7 discontinuous for all values of k.
= =
1 1 2 64. (d) (a) d (sec−1 x) = 1
,|x|> 1
Line is passing through point P(4, + 2, 7) and dx |x| x 2 − 1
direction ratios (1, 1, 2) d 1
and lies on the given plane ax + by + z = 7 (b) (tanh−1 x) = , x ∈ (−1, 1)
dx 1 − x2
So, point will satisfy the equation of plane
d 1
a(4) + b(+2) + (7) = 7 (c) (coth−1 x) = , x ∈ R − [−1, 1]
4 a + 2b = 0 …(i) dx 1 − x2
d −1
Now direction ratios of the line and direction (d) (cosech−1 x) = ,x≠0
ratios of the plane will be perpendicular so their dx |x| x 2 + 1
product must be zero
a1 a 2 + b1 b2 + c1 c 2 = (1)(a) + (1) (b) + (2) (1) 65. (c) Given that, f (x) = x −1
x
…(i)
e
0=a+ b+ 2
Differentiating Eq. (i) w.r.t. x on both sides, we get
or a+ b=−2
d d x
ex (x − 1) − (x − 1)
62. (d) Given that, lim 1 − cos(14− cos x)
(e )
f ′(x) = dx dx
x→ 0 sin x x 2
(e )
1 − cos(1 − cos x) (1 − cos x)2 x4
= lim × × v
d
u− u
dv
x→ 0 (1 − cos x) 2
x 4
sin4 x d u dx dx
2 Q dx v = v2
1 − cos (1 − cos x) 1 − cos x
= lim × lim
x→ 0 (1 − cos x)2 x→ 0 x2
4 e ⋅1 − (x − 1)e
x x
× lim
x =
x → 0 sin x e 2x
As x → 0 2− x
(1 − cos x) → 0 f ′(x) = x …(ii)
e
1 − cos(1 − cos x) (1 − cos x)2
= lim × lim Putting x = 0 in Eq. (ii), we get
(1 − cos x ) → 0 (1 − cos x) 2 x→ 0 x2 2− 0 2
4 f ′(0) = 0 = ⇒ f ′(0) = 2 …(iii)
× lim
x
e 1
2 x → 0 sin x
= × × (1)2
1 1 Now, differentiating Eq. (ii) w.r.t. x on both sides,
2 2 we get
Q lim 1 − cos x = 1 and lim x = 1 d d x
x→ 0 ex (2 − x) − (2 − x) (e )
x2 2 x → 0 sin x f ′ ′(x) = dx dx
1 x 2
= (e )
8 e x (−1) − (2 − x) e x
x
, x≠0 =
63. (d) Given that, f (x) = |x| + 2x 2 e 2x
k, x=0 (x − 3)
f ′ ′(x) = …(iv)
LHL = lim f (x) = lim f (0 − h) ex
x→ 0 − h→ 0
252 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
− m( m + 1)
− m( m + 1)
+1
x x − (1 + x) x 1 u 2
=1 −
1+ x
=1 − −
1 + x x2
or ∫u 2 du =
− m(m + 1)
+ C
x2 +1
2
1
f ′(x) = 1 + x n +1
x(x + 1) Q ∫ x dx =
n
n + 1
Since x > 0, therefore there is no possibility of f ′(x) ( m + 2) (1 − m)
to be zero at any value of x. 2
u
So, for the given function f ′(x) ≠ 0 = +C
(m + 2) (1 − m)
Also, for ∀ x ∈ R f ′ (x) > 0
i.e., function f (x) is strictly increasing its defined 2
domain. Now, putting the value of u.
( m + 2) (1 − m)
So, reason correctly explains given assertion.
(ln (x)) 2
= +C
71. (b) Given that, (m − 2 ) (1 − m)
x2 2
∫( 4 − x 2)3
dx …(i)
Comparing with given form,
(m + 2) (1 − m)
Substituting, x = 2sinθ and dx = 2 cosθ dθ K = and 2K = (m + 2) (1 − m)
2
Putting in Eq. (i),
(2sinθ)2
73. (d) Given that,
=∫ 2cos θ dθ m(m − 1)
Im = ∫ x cos nx dx = g(x) −
m
( 4 − (2 sinθ)2)3 I m−2 …(i)
n2
4 × 2 × sin θ cosθ dθ
2
8sin θ cosθ dθ
2
I m − 2 = ∫ x m − 2 cos n x dx
= ∫ ( 4 − 4 sin2 θ)3
= ∫ (2 cosθ)3
Solving integration by parts
sin2 θ cosθ
= cos n x ∫ x m − 2 dx − ∫ cos n x) ∫ x m − 2 dx dx
d
=∫ dθ = ∫ tan2 θ dθ
cos3 θ dx
= ∫ (sec2 θ − 1) dθ = ∫ sec2θ dθ − ∫ d θ x m −1 x m −1
= cos n x + n ∫ sin nx dx
= tanθ − θ + C m −1 m −1
where, C is integration constant. x m −1 cos n x n
x m −1 sin n x dx
m −1 ∫
x Im− 2 = +
Q x = 2sinθ or sinθ = m −1
2
Again integrating by parts method,
x x
∴ tanθ = or θ = tan−1 x m −1 cos n x n
Im− 2 = +
4− x 2 4− x
2
m −1 m −1
sin n x x m −1 dx − d sin n x x m −1 dx dx
=
x
− tan−1
x
+ C
∫ ∫ dx ∫
4 − x2 4 − x2
x m −1 cos n x n
= +
72. (d) Given that, m −1 m −1
dx sin n x ⋅ x m xm
∫ x ln(x) ln2(x) ln3(x) … lnm (x)
…(i)
m
− ∫ n ⋅ cos n x
m
dx
Substituting, ln x = u x m −1 cos n x n 1
Differentiating w.r.t ‘x’, = + ⋅
m −1 m −1 m
1
dx = du {x m sin n x − n ∫ x m cos n x dx}
x
254 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
1 π π
= sin 3 × + cos 3 × − sin 3 × 0 − cos 3 × 0 2x 2 − 4 x − 6 = 0 or x 2 − 2x − 3 = 0
9 2 2
or (x − 3) (x + 1) = 0 or x = − 1, x = 3
1 2 1 At x = −1, y = 2 × (−1) − (−1)2 = − 3
= [−1 + 0 − 0 − 1] = − or I = −
9 9 9
At x = 3, y = − 3
76. (c) Given that, So, both the curves are intersecting each other at
1 1 π points (−1, − 3) and (3, – 3)
sin−1 + sin−1 + …+
1 2 2
lim
n n
n→ ∞ n n n 2 y=2x–x2
1
The above expression may be written as
n r r (–1, –3) (3, –3)
Σ sin−1
r =1 n n = 1 x sin−1 x dx
= lim
n→ ∞ n ∫0 II I 2
y=x2–2x –6
Solving integration by parts method, we get ∴ Required area,
= sin−1 x ∫ x dx − ∫ (sin−1 x) ∫ x dx dx
1 1 d 3
0 0 dx A= ∫ y1 dx − ∫ y2 dx = ∫−1 (y1 − y2) dx
3
2 1
x
= sin−1 x ⋅ − ∫0
1 1
×
x2
dx
= ∫−1 (2x − x 2 − x 2 + 2x + 6) dx
2 0 1 − x2 2 3
3 −2 2 3
= ∫−1 (4 x − 2x + 6) dx = 2x − 3 x + 6 x −1
2
2 1
x 1 1 x2 − 1 + 1
= sin−1 x ⋅ − ∫ dx
= 2(3)2 − (3)3 + 6(3)− 2 (−1)2 − (−1)3 + 6(−1)
2 2
2 0 2 0 1 − x2
3 3
1 02 1
= sin−1 ()
1 ⋅ − sin−1 (0) ⋅ − = 18 +
10 64
= sq units
2 2 2 3 3
1 −(1 − x 2) 1 1 dx
∫0 1− x 2
dx −
2 ∫0 1 − x2
78. (a) Given the solution,
ax 2 + by 2 = 1 …(i)
π 1
= × − 0 + ∫
1 1 1 1 dx
1 − x dx − ∫
2 Now differentiating Eq. (i) w.r.t. x, we get
2 2 2 0 2 0 1 − x2 2ax + 2by
dy
= 0 or
y dy = − a
1 dx x dx b
π 1 x
1 − x 2 + sin−1 x − [sin−1 x]10
1 1
= +
4 2 2 0 2
Again differentiating w.r.t. x, we get
2
dy 2 d2y
x + y 2 − y
Q a 2 − x 2 dx = 1 a 2 − x 2 + 1 sin−1 x dy
∫
dx dx
2a 2a a dx
=0
x x2
= sin−1
dx
and ∫ d2y 2
or xy 2 + x − y = 0
dy dy
a − x 2 a 2
dx dx dx
π 1 1 1 −1 0
= + 1 − 1 + sin (1) −
2
1−0 2
This is the differential equation of order 2 and
4 2 2 2 2
degree 1 obtained from the solution (1).
−1
[sin−1 (2) − sin−1 (0)]
0
− sin−1 (0) ∴Comparing with αx 2 + βy 2 = 1
2 2
α = 2 , β = 1 ⇒ 2x 2 + y 2 = 1
π 1 1 π 1 π
= + 0 + − 0 − 0 − − 0
4 2 2 2 2 2
or
x2
+
y2 1
= 1 ⇒ a2 = , b2 = 1
π 1 π π π π π π 1 1 2
= + − 0 − = + − =
2
4 2 4 4 4 8 4 8
a2 1/ 2 1 1
77. (a) Curves, Eccentricity, e = 1 − = 1− = 1− ⇒e =
b2 1 2 2
y = 2x − x 2 ⇒ y = x 2 − 2x − 6
Intersecting points, 79. (b) Given, differential equation
2x − x 2 = x 2 − 2x − 6 xdy − ydx = x 2 + y 2 dx …(i)
256 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
=0 π π π e 6 eπ
At, x = , y sin =
ln
x2 −
6 6 6 2 2
π 1 1 π/3 π
or
y+ x 2 + y2
= e0 = 1 [Q e 0 = 1] y × = (e − e ) ⇒ y = e π / 3 − e π
π
6 2 2 6
x2
y+ x 2 + y 2 = x 2 or x 2 − y = x 2 + y2
Physics
81. (a) The long range force experienced by a neutral 82. (c) Angular momentum for a point mass about an
particle with a finite mass is gravitational force. axis with velocity component of v perpendicular to
In this universe each body attracts other body with the radial direction is given by
a force that is directly proportional to the product of Angular momentum, L = mvr
their masses (m1 and m2 ) and inversely proportional Dimension formula of angular momentum
to the square of distance (r) between them. = [M][LT−1 ] [L] = [ML2T−1 ]
G m1 m2
F= 83. (b) Given, initial velocity of truck, u = 54 km/h
r2
5
This force is called gravitational force. = 54 × = 15 m/s
18
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 257
88. (d) According to the question, the situation is as 91. (a) The given situation is as shown below,
shown below
N sin 30º 5m
N M=1 kg
O O'
θ=30º 1.5m 1m
N cos 30º
89. (a) Here, applied force, F = 10 N 92. (b) According to the question, given situation is
shown below
N
C
F=10N l
f
mg θ
A B
Friction force, f = µN = 0.2 × mg = 0.2 × 2 × 10 = 4 N In ∆ABC,
Net force, Fnet = F − f = 10 − 4 = 6 N BC
sinθ = ⇒ BC = AC sinθ = l sinθ
F 6
∴ Acceleration, a = net = = 3 ms −2 AC
m 2 From law of conservation of mechanical energy,
Distance covered in 4s, 1 1
mg (l sinθ) = Iω2 + mv2
1 1 2 2
s = 0 + at 2 = × 3 × (4)2 = 24 m
2 2 1 1
2
1 2
mr + mv
2 v
Work done by applied force of 10 N, mg(l sinθ) =
22 r 2
W1 = Fs = 10 × 24 = 240 J
Q I = 1 mr 2 and ω = v
Work done by friction force of 4N, 2 r
W2 = fs cos 180° = − 4 × 24 = − 96 J 1 1
2 mg l sinθ = + mv2
90. (a) Given, x = α t 4 2
2 3 4 g l sin θ
gl sinθ = v2 ⇒ v2 =
dx d αt 2 4 3
As we know that, v = = = αt …(i)
dt dt 2 4 g l sinθ 4 × 10 × 0.6 × sin 30°
⇒ v= =
According to work-energy theorem 3 3
1 1 [Q l = 60 cm = 0.6m]
Work done, W = mv2 = m (α t)2 [using Eq. (i)]
2 2 12
= = 4 = 2 m/s
1 2 2 1 3
= m α t = × 2 × () 1 2 × (2)2 = 4 J
2 2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 259
93. (a) The frequency of oscillation Surface area of big drop, A = 4 πR2
K Surface area of n small drops,
ω= …(i) A′ = n × 4 π r 2
m
The maximum acceleration in SHM, ∆A = A′ − A = 4 πnr 2 − 4 πR2 = 4 π(nr 2 − R2)
αmax = ω2 x = 4 π(n1 / 3R2 − R2) [from Eq. (i)]
2 1/ 3
where, x is the maximum extension in the spring. = 4 πR (n − 1)
To maintain contact with spring, the maximum The work done for change in area,
SHM acceleration should be equal to acceleration W = T × ∆A = T × 4 π R2 (n1 / 3 − 1)
due to gravity.
mg This work is store in the form of energy.
i.e., ω2 x = g ⇒ x = [from Eq. (i)]
K 97. (b) Given, t1 = 20°C and t2 = 60° C
10 × 10 1
= = [∴ K = 400N / m] Coefficient of linear expansion,
400 4
α = 10−5 ° C −1
= 0.25 m or 25 cm
As we know that, coefficient of area expansion is
94. (c) Acceleration due to gravity, ∆A ∆A
β= ⇒ 2α = [Q β = 2α]
GM A × ∆T A × ∆T
g1 =
R12 ∆A = 2α × A × ∆T
As, M remain constant and R becomes = 2 × 10−5 × 40 × 20 × 10−4 × (60 − 20)
R 99
R2 = R1 − 1% of R1 = R1 − 1 = R1 = 0.64 × 10−4 m2 = 0.64 cm 2
100 100
Therefore, the new gravitational acceleration 98. (c) As, two bars are placed in same medium at a
becomes, specified temperature. So, at steady state, the rate
GM GM × (100)2 (100)2 of heat flow is same in them.
g2 = 2 = = g1 = 1.02 g1
R2 (99)2 R12 (99)2 As we know,
Q KA∆T Q A QB K K
Change in the gravitational acceleration, = ⇒ = ⇒ A = B
t L t t LA LB
g2 − g1 = 1.02 g1 − g1 = 0.02 g1
K A LA
Hence, the percentage increase is ∴ =
K B LB
g2 − g1
× 100 = 0.02 × 100 = 2%
g1 99. (c) Given, pressure, p = 4 × 105 N/m2, ∆Q = 2000 J
So, if the radius of earth shrinks by 1%, the value Change in volume, ∆V = 3 × 10−3 m3
of g would increase by 2%. Now, the work done to change volume is
95. (b) If a rod or wire of length L and cross-section ∆W = p ∆V = 4 × 105 × 3 × 10−3 = 12 × 102 = 1200 J
area A under the action of stretching force F According to first law of thermodynamics,
applied normally to its face suffers a increase ∆L So, change in internal energy,
in length, then ∆U = ∆Q − ∆W = 2000 − 1200 = 800 J
tensile stress F/ A
Y = = 100. (d) For isothermal process, ∆T = constant
longitudinal strain ∆L
L As we know that, from first law of thermodynamics,
Hence, Young’s modulus is proportionality ∆Q = ∆U + ∆W = nCV ∆T + ∆W
constant that relates the force per unit area ⇒ ∆Q = ∆W [Q ∆T = 0]
applied perpendicularly at the surface of an object Hence, heat supplied to an ideal gas under
to the fractional change in length. isothermal condition will result in external work
96. (b) According to given situation, done by the system.
Volume of big drop = Volume of n small drops
101. (b) Given, frequency heard by first truck driver,
4 4 R3 R
π R3 = n × π r 3 ⇒ r 3 = or r = 1 / 3 ν = 495 Hz
3 3 n n Velocity of sound, vs = u
nR2 Velocity of trucks, v1 = v2 = 0.1 u
nr 2 = 2/ 3 = n1 / 3R2 …(i)
n
260 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
In the first case, when two trucks are approaching Hence, ratio of resolving power of two instruments is
each other: R1 λ 2 R 5000
= ⇒ 1 =
The frequency heard by second truck driver, R2 λ1 R2 4000
v + v2 u + 0.1 u [Q λ1 = 4000 Å and λ 2 = 5000Å]
ν1 = s ν= 495
vs − v1 u − 0.1 u R1 5
= or 5 : 4
1.1 R2 4
= × 495 = 605 Hz
0.9 105. (b) According to Gauss’s law, the electric flux
In the second case, when two trucks are receding through a closed surface is
each other: Q
Electric flux, φ = …(i)
The frequency heard by second truck driver, ε0
v − v2 u − 0.1 u Electric flux through a closed surface does not
ν2 = s ν = 495
vs + v1 u + 01
. u depend on the dimensions of closed surface, it
0.9 depends only the amount of charge enclosed by
= × 495 = 405 Hz the closed surface.
1.1
According to question,
ν1 − ν2 = 605 − 405 = 200 Hz
Q′ 2Q
Q′ = 2Q ⇒ φ′ = = = 2φ [using Eq. (i)]
102. (b) Let δ m be the angle of minimum deviation. ε0 ε0
As we know that,
106. (a) Given, K = 4
A + δm
sin 3
2 For a dielectric, the electric displacement,
µ=
sin
A D = ε0 E + P or D = ε0 E + P
2 Kε0 E = ε0 E + χE ⇒ χ = (K − 1) ε0
Given, µ= 2 and A = δ m 4 ε
⇒ χ = ε0 − 1 ⇒ χ = 0
A + A 3 3
sin
2 = sin A 107. (c) The given circuit is
⇒ 2=
A A 5µ F 2µF
sin sin
2 2 F
E G
A A
2 sin cos
⇒ 2= 2 2 [Q sin 2A = 2sin A cos A] 5µF 2µF
A
sin
2 C D
A A 1 2µF
2 = 2 cos ⇒ cos = 20Ω
2 2 2
A −1 1 A
⇒ = cos ⇒ = 45° ⇒ A = 90° A B
2 2 2 40Ω 100V
The two capacitors of 5 µF each are in parallel. So,
103. (c) For dispersion without deviation through a
their equivalent capacitance is (5 + 5) 10 µF.
prism combination,
Similarly, two 2µF capacitors are also in parallel.
δ m1 = δ m2 ⇒ A1 (µ 1 − 1) = A2 (µ 2 − 1) So, their equivalent capacitance is (2 + 2) 4 µ F.
(µ − 1) The circuit is now reduced to as shown
⇒ A2 = A1 1
(µ 2 − 1)
10µF 4µ F
Here, A1 = 9°, µ 1 = 1.4 and µ 2 = 1.6 F
E G
(1.4 − 1) 0.4
∴ A = A2 = 9 × =9× = 6°
(1.6 − 1) 0.6
C D
104. (d) As we know that,
2µF
Resolving power of optical instrument, 20Ω
2µ sinθ 1
RP = ⇒ RP or R ∝ A B
1.22 λ λ 40Ω 100V
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 261
In steady state, when all the capacitors are Magnetic field at the centre of a long solenoid is
charged, no current flow in the circuit. So, given by setting θ1 = 0° and θ2 = π.
potential across resistors is zero. µ nI µ nI
⇒ B1 = 0 (cos 0° − cos π) = 0 [1 − (−1)]
As in parallel combination, potential is same in 2 2
both wires CD and EG, i.e. 100 V. = µ 0 nI …(i)
In series combination, the potential is divided Similarly, the magnetic field at the end of a long
between the capacitor in the inverse ratio of their π
capacitance, i.e. solenoid is given by setting θ1 = and θ2 = π.
2
V AF 4 2 2
= = or 2 : 5 ∴ V AF = × 100 = 28.5 V µ 0 nI π µ nI
VFB 10 5 7 ⇒ B2 = cos − cos π = 0 [0 − (−1)]
2 2 2
5 µ nI
and VFB = × 100 = 71.4 V = 0 …(ii)
7 2
108. (a) According to the question, the circuit diagram From Eq. (i) and Eq. (ii), we get
is as shown below B1 µ 0 nI
= × 2= 2
4Ω B2 µ 0 nI
Chemistry
121. (a) The maximum number of possible electrons in 10−34 × 1028 10−6
∴ m= ⇒ m= kg
a subshell with n = 3, l = 2 are 10. 4π 4π
Because for, n = 3, l = 2 , i.e. d-subshell has 10 Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
electrons and 5-orbital.
123. (b) The basic difference in approach between
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer. Mendeleev’s periodic law and Modern periodic.
122. (d) Given, uncertainty in position (∆x) = 1 × 104 m law is as follows :
uncertainty in velocity (∆v) = 0.627 × 10−20 ms −1 The Mendeleev’s periodic law is based on atomic
Also, weight while modern periodic law is based on
h atomic number. i.e. according to Mendeleev’s
Q ∆x ⋅ ∆v = periodic law.
4π ⋅ m
If the element are arranged in order of increasing
where, h = Plank’s constant = 6.627 × 10−34 Js
atomic weights their properties vary in definite
m = to find (mass of particle) manner from member to member of the series, but
h 6.627 × 10−34 return more or less nearly to same value at certain
∴ m= = −8
∆x ⋅ ∆v ⋅ 4π 10 × 6.627 × 10−20 × 4 π fixed points in the series, while according to
modern periodic law.
10−34 × 1028
= in kg Physical and chemical properties of the elements
4π are periodic function of their atomic numbers.
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 263
m m 11 m
124. (a) A diagonal relationship is said to exist Thus, total number of moles = + =
between certain pairs of diagonally adjacent 4 40 40
elements in the 2nd and 3rd periods. Hence, mole fraction of lighter gas
(a) Li shows diagonal relationship with Mg. Due m/4 10
=
to comparable : 11m/40 11
Electronegativities ∴Partial pressure of lighter gas
Li = 1.0 ⇒ Mg = 1.20 10 10
= p0 × = 1.1 × = 1 atm
(b) Atomic size, i.e. 11 11
atomic radii (in pm) Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
H = 152 ⇒ Mg = 160
128. (b) Q Z = pV
(c) Atomic volume nRT
Li = 12 . 97 mL ⇒ Mg = 1397 . mL where,
Thus, Li-resembles Mg in many respects. Z = compressibility factor, p = pressure
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer. V = volume, n = number of moles
125. (c) R = gas constant, T = temperature,
(i) (= π*) Also, curves for (Z vs p)
(i) If Z > 1 the gas show positive deviation from
ideal behaviour and is less compressible.
(ii) If Z < 1, gas show negative deviation.
(ii) (= σ) (iii) No, real gas give a straight line parallel to (p).
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer, i.e. path
(iii) (= σ*) way (2) and (3) only.
129. (b) Q Basicity of H 2SO 4 = 2
∴ 1M = 2 m
(iv) (= π) n
Also, N=
V
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer, i.e. ∴ NV = n
(i) = π * 1 × V = 0.2 × 2 = 0.4
(ii) = σ ∴ V = 0.4 × 1000
(iii) = σ *
(iv) = π, molecular orbitals Volume, V = 400 mL
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
126. (a) Q Repulsive intraction of electron pairs is as
follows : 130. (d) K 2Cr2O 7 mostly react in acidic medium as
The electron pairs place themselve as for apart as oxidising agent. The reaction occurs as follows :
possible in the space in order to have minimum Cr2O 27− + 7H + + 6e − → 2Cr 3+ + 7H 2O
force of repulsion.
Q Reaction involve 6e − electrons.
The magnitude of different types of electronic Thus,
repulsions follows the order given below: Molar mass 294
(I) Lone pair-lone pair > (II) Lone pair-bond pair Equivalent weight = =
Number of electrons 6
> (III) Bond pair-bond pair
= 49
Hence, (a) is the correct answser,
i.e. (I) > (II) > (III). Q We have to prepare 0.04 N of 250 mL solution.
(Q 250 × 4 = 1000 mL)
127. (d) Given, pressure of mixture (p0 ) = 1.1 atm 0.04
Thus, = 0.01
Molecular weight of two gases = 4 and 40. 4
∴Number of moles of lighter gas = m/ 4 and weight of K 2Cr2O 7 is = 49 × 0.01 = 0.49 g
where, m = mass of gases Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
m
and, number of moles of heavier gas =
40
264 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
131. (c) Q According to first law of thermodynamics, The reaction occurs as follows :
∆ Mg(Y)
the total energy of an isolated system remains Borax HCl (X) H3BO 3 BrO 3 (B) Product
constant, through it may change from one form to H2O ∆
another. Thus, statement (c) is correct. {Na2 [B4O5(HO)4]⋅ 8H2O }
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
(i) Na 2B 4O 7⋅10H 2O + 2 HCl → 4B(OH)3
132. (a) Q When ferric nitrate is mixed with aqueous Borax
+ 2 NaCl + 5H 2O
solution of potassium thiocyanate, i.e. (KSCN). ∆
(ii) H 3BO 3 + Mg → Mg(BO 2)2 + 2 H 2O + H 2
The intensity of red colour becomes constant on
attaining equilibrium. Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
When, (I) oxalic acid, i.e. (C2H 2O 4) or (II) mercuric 137. (c) Buckminister fullerene is a type of fullerene
chloride, i.e. (HgCl 2) is added at equilibrium.
with formula C60 . It has a cage like fused sings
Both (I) and (II) will decrease the intensity of red that resembles a soccer ball.
colour. Due to formation of complex.
Buckminister fullerene contain even number of
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer. carbon atoms with 12-(twelve) five membered
133. (a) Q (i) Sodium acetate, i.e. (CH 3COONa) in water rings and 20 six membered rings, i.e.
gives CH 3COOH and NaOH as follows : (X) = 20 ⇒ (Y) = 12
CH 3COONa + H 2O a CH 3COOH + NaOH Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
Hence, for (i) pH > 7. [Q solution is basic] 138. (b) Atmospheric residence time is the average time
Also, spent by a molecule in the atmosphere, after it
(ii) when, ammonium chloride, i.e. (NH 4Cl) is leaves a source and before it encounters a sink.
added in water, it gives NH +4 (aqueous) and Cl − The tracking models estimate the global average
(aqueous) ions. residence time to be around 8.5 days based on
Eka-interium data, thus according to recent study
NH +4 (aqueous) + H 2O → NH 3 + H + + OH − the average residence time of water in the atmosphere
Hence, pH < 7 is 4-5 day’s is not correct. It is around 8.5.
Hence (a) is the correct answer, i.e. for (i) pH > 7 Methane has lowest average atmospheric
and for (ii) pH < 7. residence time among the greenhouse gases.
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
134. (c) Q (I) Zn + 2HCl (dil.) → ZnCl 2 + H 2 and CH3
139. (b) Q Toluene is
Q (II) Zn + 2NaOH (aq) → Na 2ZnO 2 + H 2
while calcium hydrogen carbonate, i.e. calcium
bicarbonate [Ca(HCO 3)2]. On heating give
∆
Ca(HCO 3)2 → CaCO 3 + CO 2 + H 2O n-pentane ion CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 one is
aromatic and other is straight chain compound.
As it only exsist in solution and will not give H 2.
Therefore, it can be separated by simple distillation.
Hence, (I) and (II) only give H 2, i.e. dihydrogen
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
and option (c) is the correct answer.
140. (a) 6-oxoheptanal heptane is
135. (b) All carbonates of alkaline earth metals
decompose on heating to give metal oxide and CH 3 C CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHO.
carbon dioxide (CO 2). All these carbonates are
O
white solids and the oxide that are produced are
It is formed by reductive ozonolysis of
also white solid
∆ CH3
M ⋅ CO 3 → M ⋅ O + CO 2
Metal carbonate Metal oxide i.e.
∴Option (b) is the correct answer, i.e. (I)
and (II) only. CH3
O3
136. (a) In the given reaction : CH3—C—CH2—CH2—CH2—CHO
Zn/H2O
(X) = HCl O
(Y) = Mg Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 265
n w
141. (b) In the reaction(s), π= ⋅ RT ⇒ π = × RT
HBr
V M
CH 3CH == CH 2 → (P) where, π = osmotic pressure, w = % of sample
CH 3CH == CH 2 →
( BH 3 ) 2
(Q) M = molar mass, R = gas constant
−
H 2 O, H 2 O 2 / OH T = temperature
The products are, Q These are isotonic.
M × % of glucose
∴ i= A
CH 3 CHCH 3 and CH 3 CH 2 CH 2OH % of A × M
(Q)
58.5 × 7.2 421.2
Br i= = =2
( P) . × 180 210.6
117
because, Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
HBr
CH 3CH == CH 2 → CH 3 CH CH 3 , 144. (d) Na2O and KO 2 , both are ionic compounds and
are completely ionised as follows :
Br (i) Na 2O → 2Na + + O 2− (i = 3)
(P)
(ii) KO 2 → K + + 2O 2− (i = 3)
Br add according to,
Markownikoff’s rule, while in Also,
p ° − ps
( BH 3) 2 Q = i ⋅ χ Na2 O + i ⋅ χ KO 2
CH 3 ⋅ CH == CH 2 → CH 3 ⋅ CH 2 ⋅ CH 2 OH p°
H 2 O, H 2 O 2 / OH − (Q) 1000
and moles of H 2O = = 555 .
H and OH and according to anti-Markownikoff’s 18
rule due to formation of radicals. where, p° = atmospheric pressure
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer. ps = vapour pressure of solution
142. (b) Density (ρα) for α-form = MZ1 3 p° = 760
N 0 (a1) p ° − ps 3 1.5
MZ2 ∴ = 3× + 3×
and density (ρβ) for β-from = p° 3 + 3 + 555 . 1.5 + 1.5 + 555
.
N 0 (a 2)3
9 1.5 × 3 9 4. 5
Given, = + = +
61.5 58.5 61.5 58. 5
side length (a1) for (α) = 2 pm
760 − ps
side length (a 2) for (β) = 4 pm = 014
. + 0.07 = 0.21 ≈ 0.20
760
where, M = molar-mass
ps = 608
N 0 = Avagadro number
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
Z1 and Z2 = number of particles in α and β form.
° 0.059 [Fe3+ ]
a1 and a 2 are side lengths. 145. (c) Q E = E cell − log 2+
Here, Z1 = 4, Z2 = 2, a1 = 2, a 2 = 4 n [Fe ]
ρα MZ1 / N 0 (a1)3 Z1 × (a 2)3 Given, Fe3+ / Fe2+ = 0.77 V
∴ = =
ρβ MZ2 / N 0 (a 2)3 Z2 × (a1)3 and, Fe2+ + Ce4 + → Fe3+ + Ce3+
ρα 4 × (4)3 256 ∴For 80% of Fe2+
= = = 16
ρβ 2 × (2)3 16 Fe2+ → Fe3+ + e −
Initial = 80 20
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer. Final = 20 80
143. (a) Q Molar mass of glucose (M) = 180 g Q
80
E = 0.77 − 0.059 log = 0.77 − 0.05 log 4
Molar mass of solute (A), i.e. (M A) = 58.5 20
% of A = 117
. % ∴ E = 0.77 − 0.0592 log 2
% of glucose = 7.2% = 0.77 − 0.06 = 0.77 − 0.0354 = 0.734
Also, Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
Q π (osmotic pressure) = CRT
266 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
146. (a) Q Rate (r) = rate constant (k) [conc.] order 151. (b) La3+ (Z = 57) has 54 electrons.
rate mol L−1 Ti 3+ (Z = 22) has 19 electrons.
k= =
[conc.]order ( = n ) [mol L−1 ]n Lu 3+ (Z = 71) has 68 electrons.
where, n = order of reaction and Sc3+ (Z = 21) has 18 electrons.
∴ k = mol1 − n , Ln −1 s−1 The species with unpaired electrons show colour
in aqueous solution.
For zero order (n = 0)
Because,
∴ k = mol L −1 s −1
Ti 3+ = [Ar]⋅ 4s1
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
Thus, has one unpaired electron.
147. (d) Gold number is the amount (in milligrams) of Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
aprotective colloid, which is just sufficient to
152. (d) When a ligand are arranged in order of the
prevent the coagulation of 10 mL of standard
magnitude of crystal field splitting, the
hydro gold sol, when 1 mL of 10% NaCl solution is
arrangement, thus obtained is called
added to it.
spectrochemical series, the series is as follows:
Q 10 cc gold sol = 1 cc of 10% NaCl
I − < Br − < Cl − < NO 3− < F − < H 2O < en
∴100 mL of gold sol = 1 cc of gelatin
Therefore, gold number of gelatin is Hence, among the given options,
1 × 10 I − < Cl − < H 2O < en
= 0.01
100 Thus, option (d) is the correct answer.
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. 153. (c) Monomer is a molecule that forms the basic unit
148. (c) Among the given equations, option (c) will of polymer. These are building blocks of a polymer.
give the required answer, i.e., Monomers bind to other monomer to form the
(P) = Fe3O 4 , (Q) = Fe, (R) = FeO, i.e. repeating chain molecules.
I. 3Fe2O 3 + CO → 2Fe3O 4 + CO 2 The monomers may be either natural or synthetic
in origin monomer of melamine are,
II. Fe3O 4 + 4CO → 3 Fe + 4CO 2
III. Fe2O 3 + CO → 2FeO + CO 2 H2N N NH2 H2N N NH2
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer. N N and CH2O, i.e. N N
149. (a) Orthophosphoric acid is H 3PO 4 , It dissociates
NH2 NH2
as follows :
HN—CH2—OH
(i) H 3PO 4 a H 2PO 4− + H +
H2N NH2
(ii) H 2PO 4−
a HPO 24− + H + H OH
+ O
(iii) HPO 24− → PO 34− + H + H N N +
Hence, has 3 dissociable protons. NH2
Therefore, option (a) is the correct answer.
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
150. (d) (i) XeOF 4 has one oxygen atom, which will
154. (d) Xerophthalmia is a medical condition in
form double bond with Xe. which eye fails to produce tears. It may be caused
(ii) XeOF 4 has four fluorine atoms, which form by deficiency of vitamin (A).
four single bond with Xe. Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
So, it has square pyramidal geometry.
Geometry of XeOF 4
155. (d) It is a sugar substitute in a food, that provides
sweet taste but has no or very little amount of
F F energy, i.e. it has zero or low calorie.
Xe Aspartame is an example of artificial sweetening
F F agent, it is about 200 times sweeter than sucrose
O and is used in beverages and cold drinks. It is a
Square pyramidal methyl ester of aspartic acid. It has molecular
Note The shape is to minimise the repulsion. formula C14H18 M 2O 5.
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 267
156. (a) The given chain reaction give the final Here, (B) is CH 3CHO
product as follows : and (C) is CH 3CH == CHCH == NOH.
CH3 (i) On ozonolysis double bond get broken to give
(i) KI, 95% CH3CHO.
(ii) Mg, dry ether
(ii) On reaction with NaOH followed by hydroxyl
CH3OH
O amine, we get
(iii)
CH 3 CH == CHCH == NOH
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
(iv) H2O
(v) 20% H3PO4, 358 K 159. (d) In the given reaction, the final product is as
follows :
(i) with KI, we get CH3I, which on treatment
CO2H
with Mg, dry ether give ethane (CH3 CH3).
CH==CH2
(ii) on treatment with (i) KMnO4, KOH, ∆
O (ii) H3O+
(iii) Br2/FeBr3 Br
Mathematics
1. Given that for any n ÎN there exist an odd 6. The rank of
integer q and a non-negative integer r such é 1 x x +1 ù
that, n can be written uniquely as n = q ´ 2 r . A= ê 2x 2
x -x x 2 + x ú is
ê 2 2
ú
Let f : N ® N ´ N be function defined by êë3 x (x - 1) x (x - 3 x + 2) x (x - 1)ûú
æ q + 1ö (a) 3; for all x ÎR
f (n) = ç r + 1, ÷. Then,
è 2 ø (b) 2; only for x = - 1
(a) f is one-one but not onto (c) 2; for all x except 0 and -1
(b) f is onto but not one-one (d) 3; only for x =0
(c) f is a bijection 7. z1 , z 2 are two fixed points on the Argand
(d) only f -1(1, 1) does not exist because f is not a
plane. If z is a complex number such that
bijection |z - z1| + |z - z 2| = l , then the locus of z is
2. If f : R ® R be defined by (a) a circle when| z1 - z2| < l
f (x) = x + 2| x + 1| + 2 | x - 1| , then the element (b) a parabola when| z1 + z2| = l
in the co-domain, which has unique pre (c) an ellipse when| z1 - z2| < l
image in the domain is (d) a straight line when| z1| = | z2| = l
(a) 3 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 5 8. If the four points A , B, C , D in the Argand
plane represented respectively by the complex
1 = 3 , and f (n + 1) - f (n) = 3(4 - 1), then
3. If f () n
numbers 2 + i , 4 + 3 i , 2 + 5 i , 3 i lie on a circle,
" n Î N, f (n) = then the centre of the circle is
(a) 4n - 1 (b) 4n - 5n + 4
(a) 1 + 2 i (b) 3 + 2 i (c) 3 + 4 i (d) 2 + 3 i
(c) 4n - 3n + 2 (d) 4n + 4n - 5
9. The roots of the equation (x - 1) = 32 (x + 1)5 are 5
4. For a square matrix B of order 3, ifBT = B-1 2 kpi
and|B| = 1, then|B - I|= 1 + 2e 5
(a) , k = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
(a) 1 (b) -1 (c) 2|B| (d)|BT|-1 2 kpi
1 - 2e 5
5. For a , b Î[0 , 2p] and g Î[0 , p) consider the 2 kpi
1 - 2e 5
system of equations (b) 2 kpi
, k = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
2 sin a - cos b + 3 tan g = 3 1 + 2e 5
4 sin a + 2 cos b - 2 tan g = 2 (c) 1, 2 w, 3w2 , 2 w + 3w2 , 5w2 + 7
6 sin a - 3 cos b + tan g = 9 2( k + 1) pi
3 + 2e 5
Then, which one of the following is true? (d) 2( k + 1) pi
, k = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
(a) 2 a - b - g = 0 (b) 2 a + b + g = 0 3 - 2e 5
(c) a - 2b - g = 0 (d) a + 2b - g = 0
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 269
10. If w is a non-real cube root of unity and different ways a student can choose his seven
x = w2 - w - 3 , then the value of questions for answering, is
(a) 1500 (b) 1200 (c) 1900 (d) 2700
x 4 + 6 x 3 + 10 x 2 - 12 x - 19 is
(a) 5 (b) 7 (c) 12 (d) –19 17. p , q are two prime numbers. For n = pq, if the
expansion ( x -5 + 2 x 5)n contains non-zero
4 5
11. The number of integral values of x satisfying
2
9 x - 2 < (x + 2) < 12 x - 3 is coefficient of x -n
and x 0 , then the least value
(a) not finite (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5 of such n is
12. Sum of the modulii of the complex roots of (a) 82 (b) 41 (c) 123 (d) 62
æ 1 ö æ 1ö 18. The binomial expansion (7 + 3 x)-2/ 5 is valid
the equation ç x 2 + 2 ÷ - 5 ç x + ÷ + 6 = 0 is
è x ø è xø æ -7 7 ö
for all x in the interval ç , ÷ and if the 4th
(a) 5 (b) 1 (c)
1
(d) 2 è 3 3ø
2
term of its expansion is kx 3 , then (7 12 / 5 k) =
13. If 2 + 3 is a root of the equation -2 -108 -72 36
(a) (b) (c) (d) -
f (x) = x 4 + 2 x 3 - 16 x 2 - 22 x + 7 = 0, then 125 125 125 125
which one of the following is not a root of 19. Let H (x) = 3 x 4 + 6 x 3 - 2 x 2 + 1 and g(x) be a
f (x) = 0?
polynomial of degree one. If
(a) 3 - 2 (b) 2 - 3
H (x) g(x)
(c) -3 + 2 (d) - 3 - 2 = f (x) +
(x - 1) (x + 1) (x - 2) (x - 1) (x + 1) (x - 2)
14. Assertion (A) If a1 , a 2 , ¼ , a n are the n then H (-1) + 2 H (2) - 3 H () 1 =
distinct roots of the equation x n - 2 = 0, then (a) f(-1) + 2 f(2 ) - 3f(1) (b) H(-1) + f(2 ) + g (3)
1 + (1 - a1) (1 - a 2)… (1 - a n-1) (1 - a n) = 0 (c) g (-1) + 2 g (2 ) - 3g (1) (d) H(1) + 2 f(2 ) - g (1)
Reason (R) If a 1 , a 2 , ¼ , a n are the roots of 20. The smallest positive value of x (in degrees)
f (x) º p 0 x + p1 x
n n -1
+ p2 x n- 2
+¼+ p n = 0, for which
then the roots of tan(x + 100 °) = tan(x + 50 °) tan(x) tan(x - 50 °)
is
f (g(x)) = 0 are g -1 (a i ), i = 1, 2 , 3 ,¼ , n 1°
(a) 15° (b) 22 (c) 75° (d) 30°
The correct option among the following is 2
(a) (A) is true, (R) is true and (R) is the correct 21. For n ÎN, if f (n) = (cos n x) (sec x)n and
explanation for (A). g(n) = (sin nx) (sec x)n, then
(b) (A) is true, (R) is true but (R) is not the correct
explanation for (A). f (2020) - f (2019) + (tan x) g(2019) =
(c) (A) is true but (R) is false . (a) sin x (b) cos x (c) 0 (d) 1
(d) (A) is false but (R) is true. 22. q and a lie in Q3. If cos(q - a), cos q , cos(q + a)
15. Let Sr = { x , y , z) / x + y + z = 11, x ³ r , y ³ r, are in harmonic progression, then
z ³ r , x , y , z , r are integers} and n(Sr) a
cosq sec =
represents the number of elements in S r . 2
Then n(S2) + n(S3) + n(S4) = (a) - 2 (b) 2 (c) - 3 (d) 3
(a) 78 (b) 27 (c) 165 (d) 234
23. If the possible solution of the equation
16. A certain question paper contains three parts 2 cos 2 x + 3 sin x - 3 = 0 constitute two
A , B, C with four questions in part A, five
questions in part B and six questions in part unequal angles of a triangle, then the third
C. A student is required to answer seven angle of that triangle is
p p p p
questions choosing at least two questions (a) (b) (c) (d)
from each part. Then the total number of 2 3 6 4
270 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
38. Let B(a , b , g) represents that a bag B contains 44. If the lines drawn along the diagonals of the
a red balls, b green balls and g blue balls. two squares formed by two pairs of lines
Given B1 (2 , 3 , 2), B2 (3 , 2 , 2), B3 (2 , 2 , 3). A die is x 2 - 3| x| + 2 = 0 and y 2 - 3 y + 2 = 0 form a
rolled. If the die shows up 2 or 3 or 5, then a square ABCD, then the equations of two
ball will be drawn at random from bag B1 . If adjacent sides of the square ABCD are
the die shows up 4 or 6, then a ball will be (a) x + y = - 3, x - y = 3 (b) x + y = 0, x - y = 3
drawn at random from bag B2 . If the die (c) x + y = 3, x - y = - 3 (d) x - y = 0, x + y = - 3
shows up 1, then from bag B3 a ball will be
drawn at random. Then the probability of 45. If p /3 is the angle between the straight lines
drawing a green ball from a bag thus chosen is px + qy + r = 0 and x sin a + y cos a = r(r ¹ 0)
2 5 3 2 which meet at a point A and the straight line
(a) (b) (c) (d)
7 14 5 3 x cos a - y sin a = 0 also passes through the
point A, then
39. If the coefficients a and b of a quadratic (a) p2 + q 2 = 4 (b) p2 + q 2 = 2
2
expression x + ax + b are chosen from the (c) p2 + q 2 = r 2 (d) p2 + q 2 = 2 r 2
sets A = {3 , 4 , 5} and B = {1, 2 , 3 , 4 }
respectively, then the probability that the 46. The distance between the point (2, 1) and the
equation x 2 + ax + b = 0 has real roots is image of the point (3 , - 1) with respect to the
1 5 3 7 line 2 x + y - 1 = 0 is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 6 4 12 37 81 89 29
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 5 5 5
40. A random variable X has the following
probability distribution 47. Let OABC be a parallelogram. The equation of
one diagonal AC isx + y - 1 = 0 and the
X = x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 combined equation of the sides OA , OC is
P( X = x ) 0.15 0.23 K 0.10 0.20 0.08 0.07 0.05 2 x 2 - y 2 = 0 . If G is centroid of the triangle
For the event E = {X / X is a prime number} OAC , then BG =
4
and the event F = { X / X < 4 }, the probability (a) 2 5 (b) 5
P(E È F) = 3
2 4
(a) 0.35 (b) 0.57 (c) 0.87 (d) 0.77 (c) 15 (d) 5
3 9
41. A fair coin is tossed K times so that the
48. The acute angle between the pair of straight
probability of getting four heads is equal to
lines joining the origin to the points of
that of getting six heads. If the probability is
intersection of the line x + y - 1 = 0 with the
maximum for getting r heads then r =
pair of straight lines
(a) 9 (b) 5 (c) 8 (d) 10
kx 2 + 8 xy - 3 y 2 + 2 x - 4 y - 1 = 0 is
42. If a variable line is moving such that the p p
(a) (b)
intercepts made by it on the coordinate axes 2 4
are reciprocal to each other, then the points
(c) cos -1 æç
1 ö
(d) cos -1 æç ö÷
3
P(x , y) on such lines satisfy ÷
è 10 ø è 2ø
(a) x + y > 4 (b) 4 xy > 1
(c) 4 xy < 1 (d) x + y = 4 49. The centre and radius of the circumcircle of
the triangle formed by the lines 2 x + 3 y = 10 ,
43. Suppose the axes X and Y are obtained by y = x and the X -axis are respectively.
rotating the axes x and y an angle q. If the -5 3
(a) æç , ö÷, (b) æç , 2 ö÷,
34 5 41
equation x 2 + 2 3 xy - y 2 = 4 a 2 is è 2 2ø 2 è2 ø 2
transformed to X 2 - Y 2 = 2 a 2 with respect to 5 -1 1 -5
(c) æç , ö÷, (d) æç , ö÷,
13 13
the XY -axes, then q is equal to è2 2 ø 2 è2 2 ø 2
(a) 45° (b) 60° (c) 90° (d) 30°
272 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
50. If the straight lines 3 x - 4 y + 4 = 0 and 54. If S(a , b) is a fixed point and P(a , b) is such a
6 x - 8 y - 7 = 0 are the tangents to the same variable point that
circle, then the area of that circle (in square 4[(x - a)2 + (y - b)2 ] = (ax + by + 7)2 represents
units) is a parabola, then the locus of P(a , b) is
9p 9p 25 p 121 p
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) b 2 = 4a (b) a2 + b 2 = 4
4 16 9 25
a 2
b 2
(c) + =1 (d) (a + b )2 = 4
51. In the List-I each item contains equations of 4 2
two circles, List-II contains the number of 55. If P(-3, 2) is an end point of the focal chord
common tangents for each pair of circles PQ of the parabola y 2 + 4 x + 4 y = 0 , then the
given in List-I. Match the items of List-I with slope of the normal drawn at Q is
those of the items of List-II -1 1
(a) (b) 2 (c) (d) -2
List-I List-II 2 2
A. x 2 + y 2 + 2 x + 8 y - 23 = 0, I. 0 56. Equation of a common tangent to the circle
x + y - 4 x - 10 y + 19 = 0
2 2 x 2 + y 2 = 4 and to the ellipse 2 x 2 + 25 y 2 = 50 is
(a) 2x + 21y + 23 = 0
B. x 2 + y2 = 1 II. 1
(b) 2x - 21y + 2 23 = 0
x 2 + y2 - 2 x - 6 y + 6 = 0
(c) 19 x - 2 y + 2 21 = 0
C. x 2 + y 2 - 8 x + 2 y = 0, III. 2 (d) 19 x - y + 2 20 = 0
x 2 + y 2 - 2 x - 16 y + 25 = 0 57. The q is the angle made by the common
D. x 2 + y2 = 4 IV. 3 tangent to the circle x 2 + y 2 = 16 and the ellipse
x 2 + y2 - 2 x = 0 x 2 y2
+ = 1 with positive X -axis, then cos 2q =
V. 4 25 9
-2 5 -1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
The correct match is 3 6 8 8
A B C D A B C D 58. For the hyperbola x 2 - y 2 - 4 x + 2 y + c = 0, if
(a) V I III II (b) IV I III II
(c) IV V III II (d) III IV I IV the focus is S (2 + 2 2 , k) and the directrix
that is adjacent to S is x = 2 + 2, then c =
æ 3ö
52. ç0 , ÷ is the radical centre of the circles (a) 0 (b) -1 (c) 1 (d) 2
è 4ø
S1 : x 2 + y 2 - 2 x + 6 y = 0 , 59. The quadrilateral formed by the points
A(1, 2 , 5), B(-1, 6 , 1), C (3 , 4 , - 3) and D(5 , 0 , 1) is a
S2 : x 2 + y 2 + 2 gx - 2 y + 6 = 0 and
(a) Parallelogram (b) Rectangle
S3 : x 2 + y 2 - 12 x + 2 fy + 3 = 0 . If S2 and S3 (c) Square (d) Rhombus
intersect orthogonally, then (g , f ) =
-11 ö -21ö
60. A line with direction cosines proportional to
(a) æç , 1÷ (b) æç1, æ -9 ö (d) æç -1,
-7 ö
÷ (c) ç 0, ÷ ÷ 2, 1, 2 meets the line L1 passing through
è 12 ø è 2 ø è 2 ø è 12 ø
(0 , - 1, 0) with direction ratios 1, 1, 1 at A(x , y , z)
53. For the circles (x - a)2 + y 2 = a 2 and and another line L 2 at B(1, 1, 1) then x + y + z =
x 2 + (y - a)2 = a 2 , where a > 0 , which one of (a) 7 (b) 8 (c) 9 (d)10
the following is not true? 61. If a plane p passes through the point (-1, 6 , 2)
(a) mid-point of the common chord is æç , ö÷
a a is perpendicular to the planes
è2 2 ø x + 2 y + 2 z - 5 = 0 and 3 x + 3 y + 2 z - 8 = 0 ,
(b) length of the common chord is ( 2a) then, the perpendicular distance from the
(c) the circles intersect at (0, 0) and (a, a) point (1, - 1, 1) to the plane p is
(d) common chord is at a distance of ( 2a) units from 20 21 27
(a) (b) (c) (d) 29
the centres of given circles 29 29 29
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 273
- 9 (log(1 + x))3 + C 77. If the area lying in the first quadrant and
(d) 6 log(1 + x) - 9 (log (1 + x)) 2 bounded by the circle x 2 + y 2 - 4 x = 0 , the
+ 7 (log (1 + x))3 + C parabola y 2 = x and the X -axis is A, then
2 6A -9 3 =
çæ x + 1 + x 2 ÷ö
è ø (a) p (b) 2p (c) 3p (d) 4p
73. ò 1+ x2
dx =
78. If the order and degree of the differential
x equation corresponding to the family of curves
(a) +C (b) log| x + 1 + x2| + C
1+ x 2 (x - 2)2 + (y - a)2 = b2 , (where a and b are
æç x + 1 + x2 ö÷
2 parameters) are m and n respectively, then
è ø m2 + n =
(c) x + 1 + x2 + C (d) +C
2 (a) 7 (b) 5 (c) 4 (d) 3
1/ 4
é x4 - x ù 79. Consider the differential equation
74. ò ê 20 ú dx = dy
=
1
and the following statements
ë x û
1/ 4 1/ 4 dx ax + 4 y + 7
4 æ ( x3 - 1)5 ö 4 æ x4 + 1ö
(a) çç 15
÷÷ +C (b) çç 4 ÷÷ +C A. The given differential equation is linear in x.
15 è x ø 15 è x ø B. The given differential equation is not linear
x4 + x2 + 1 3 4/ 3 in y.
(c) +C (d) (x + x1/ 3 ) + C
x 4 C. The given differential equation is linear in y.
é n3 / 2 n1 / 2 n3 / 2 n1 / 2 D. e ax is the integrating factor of the given
75. lim ê 5/ 2
- 3/ 2
+ 5/ 2
- differential equation.
n®¥
ën n (n + 2) (n + 3)3 / 2
Which one of the following options is true?
n3 / 2 n1 / 2 n3 / 2 (a) Only C and D are true (b) Only B and D are true
+ 5/ 2
- 3/ 2
+ .... + 5/ 2 (c) Only B and A are true (d) Only A and C are true
(n + 4) (n + 6) (n + 2(n - 1))
80. The solution of the differential equation
n1 / 2 ù
- 3/ 2 ú
= x cos x
dy
+ (x sin x + cos x) y = 1 is
(n + 3(n - 1)) û dx
- 2 -1 2 1 (a) x sec x - y tan x = C (b) x2 ycos x - tan x = C
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 9 3 3 9 3 (c) x y sec x + y tan x = C (d) x y sec x - tan x = C
Physics
81. Choose the correct statement. (c) Weak nuclear force is responsible for the stability
(a) Photons carry some momentum because, they of nuclei.
have a finite rest mass. (d) Electromagnetic force acts over large distances
(b) Electromagnetic force is weaker than weak and does not need any intervening medium.
nuclear force but stronger than gravitational
force.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 275
93. A particle is exhibiting simple harmonic 100. Mean free path of molecules in a polyatomic
motion has its displacement x and velocity v gas is independent of
related as 4 v 2 = 25 - x 2 . The time period of (a) number density of the molecules
SHM is (b) volume of the molecule
(a) p s (b) 2p s (c) temperature of the gas
(c) 3p s (d) 4 p s (d) gas constant R
94. If the escape velocity on earth is 11.2 km/s, 101. Three masses 700 g, 500 g and 400
its value for a planet having double the g are suspended at the end of a
radius and 8 time the mass of earth is spring shown in figure and are in
(a) 22.4 km/s (b) 24.3 km/s equilibrium. When the 700 g mass
is removed, the system oscillates 700 g
(c) 26.6 km/s (d) 44.8 km/s 500 g
with a time period of 3 s. If 500 g
95. If the bulk modulus of water is 2 ´ 10 9 Nm -2 , mass is further removed, then it 400 g
then the required pressure to reduce the will oscillate with a period of
given volume of water by 2% is (a) 1s (b) 2s (c) 3s (d)
12
s
-2 -2
(a) 2 ´ 10 Nm
7
(b) 4 ´ 10 Nm
7 5
(c) 8 ´ 106 Nm -2 (d) 5 ´ 107 Nm -2 102. A thin prism of angle 6° made of glass of
refractive index 1.5 is combined with another
96. The surface tension of 70 dynes/cm is equal
prism made of refractive index 1.75 to produce
to
dispersion without deviation. Then, the angle
(a) 70 N/m (b) 70 ´ 10-3 N/m of the second prism is
(c) 7 ´ 10 N/m
2
(d) 7 ´ 103 N/m (a) 5° (b) 8° (c) 4° (d) 6°
97. Assertion A thermos bottle consists of a 103. A small object is placed in the air, at a
double walled glass vessel with the space distance 45 cm from a convex refracting
between the two walls evacuated, so that the surface of radius of curvature 15 cm. If the
heat transfer between the contents of the surface separates air from glass of refractive
bottle and outside is minimised. index 1.5, then the position of image is
Reason The vacuum between the two walls (a) 100 cm (b) 120 cm (c) 125 cm (d) 135 cm
inhibits the heat transfer by radiation 104. Which of the following phenomena produces
mechanism. the colour in soap bubble?
Which of the following is correct? (a) Diffraction (b) Interference
(a) Assertion is true, Reason is true and Reason is (c) Polarisation (d) Refraction
the correct explanation for Assertion.
(b) Assertion is true, Reason is true but Reason is 105. Choose the incorrect statement.
not the correct explanation for Assertion. (a) Gauss’s law applies to a closed surface of any
(c) Assertion is true but Reason is false. shape.
(d) Assertion is false but Reason is true. (b) According to Gauss’s law, if a closed surface
encloses no charge, electric field must vanish
98. How much heat energy is supplied when 5 kg everywhere on the surface.
of water at 20°C is brought to its boiling point? (c) Gauss’s law can be derived from Coulomb’s law.
(Assume, specific heat of water = 4.2 J/g°C) (d) According to Gauss’s law, the net number of
(a) 1680 kJ (b) 1740 kJ lines crossing any closed surface in an outward
(c) 1680 J (d) 1740 J direction is proportional to the net charge on
surface.
99. What is the name of ideal-gas process in
which no heat is transferred? 106. In a regular polygon of 10 sides, each corner
is at a distance R from the centre. Identical
(a) Isochoric (b) Isothermal
charges are placed at 9 corners. At the centre,
(c) Isobaric (d) Adiabatic
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 277
the magnitude of electric field is E and the 113. A L-C-R series circuit is connected to a source
V of alternating current. At resonance, the applied
potential is V. The ratio is
E voltage and the current flowing through the
(a) 10 R (b)
9
(c)
9
R (d) 9R circuit will have a phase difference of
R 10 p p
(a) p (b) (c) (d) 0°
2 4
107. The resistance of a wire is 20 W. It is stretched,
so that the length becomes three times, then 114. A radiation of energy E falls on a perfectly
the new resistance of the wire will be reflecting surface. The momentum transferred
(a) 200 W (b) 160 W (c) 120 W (d) 180 W to the surface is (let c º speed of light)
E 2E E
(a) (b) (c) Ec (d) 2
108. In a meter bridge the resistances R and S are c c c
such that the null point is found at a distance
of 40 cm from one end. If a resistance of 10 W 115. According to the photoelectric effect, the plot
is connected in parallel with shunt S, then of kinetic energy of the emitted photo-electrons
the null point occurs at 90 cm from the same from a metal versus the frequency of the incident
end. The values of the two resistances R and S radiation gives a straight line whose slope
respectively are (a) is the same for all metals and independent of the
intensity of radiation
(a) 2.5 W, 3.5 W (b) 3.5 W, 2.5 W
(b) depends only on the intensity of radiation
(c) 1.5 W, 2.5 W (d) 2.5 W, 1.5 W (c) depends both on the intensity of the radiation and
109. Two similar coils which are separated by 2m the metal used
having radius of 1m and number of turns 80 (d) depends on the nature of metals used
have a common axis. Calculate the strength 116. The shortest wavelength in Lyman series is
of magnetic field at a point midway between 912 Å. Then, the longest wavelength in the
them on their common axis when a current series must be
is 0.2 A. (a) 9120 Å (b) 1824 Å (c) 1216 Å (d) 2432 Å
0.04 2
(a) 0.04 2 (b) 2 (c) (d) 117. Half-life of radioactive sample is 24 h. If a
2 0.04
newly prepared radioactive sample shows
110. A particle of mass m and charge Q moving 4 times the allowed and safe value of radio
with a speed v in a circular path of radius R activity, the minimum time after which one
has magnetic moment m. If the mass of the can work safely with the source is
particle is doubled and maintains the same (a) 48 h (b) 96 h (c) 8 h (d) 72 h
speed while revolving in the same circular 118. The current gain of a transistor is 0.98. If the
path, then the magnetic moment will be transistor is used in a common emitter
(a) doubled (b) halved arrangement what would be the change in
(c) tripled (d) unchanged collector current corresponding to a change
of 0.5 mA in the base current?
111. A short bar magnet placed with its axis at 30°
(a) 24.5 mA (b) 47.5 mA (c) 32.5 mA (d) 28.5 mA
with an external field of 800 G experiences a
torque of 0.016 Nm. The magnetic moment of 119. In a p-n-p transistor, the current carriers are
the bar magnet is (a) acceptor ions (b) donor ions
(a) 0.4 Am 2 (b) 0.5 Am 2 (c) 0.6 Am 2 (d) 0.7 Am 2 (c) free electrons (d) holes
112. Two concentric circular coils, one of small 120. The function of a detector is to demodulate
radius r and the other of large radius R are the modulated carrier wave and the steps for
placed co-axially with centres coinciding. If this process are
the radius r is changed by 2%, then the (a) demodulation and filtering
change in mutual inductance of the (b) demodulation and rectification
arrangement is (assume, r < < R) (c) rectification and filtering
(a) 2% (b) 1.5% (c) 4% (d) 0% (d) regeneration and filtering
278 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
Chemistry
121. Maximum number of electrons in a subshell 129. In the following reaction mixtures,
with n = 4 and l = 3 is I. Cu/CuSO 4 + Ag/Ag 2 SO 4
(a) 10 (b) 12 (c) 14 (d) 16 II. Zn / ZnSO 4 + Cu / CuSO4
122. From the following sets of quantum copper respectively undergoes
numbers, which set is possible? (a) reduction and reduction
1 (b) oxidation and reduction
(a) n = 1, l = 0, ml = + 1, ms = -
2 (c) reduction and oxidation
1 (d) oxidation and oxidation
(b) n = 1, l = 1, ml = 0 ms = +
2
1
130. The molecular mass of sucrose (C12H 22O11) is
(c) n = 3, l = 1, ml = 0, ms = +
2 (a) 312 g (b) 355 g (c) 342 g (d) 308 g
1
(d) n = 3, l = 3, ml = - 3, ms = + 131. In which of the processes, the entropy will
2 decrease
123. What is the correct order of atomic radius of (a) H 2 (g ) ¾® 2H(g )
Al, Na, B and Be? (b) Liquid water crystallises to ice
(a) Be < Na < Al < B (b) B < Be < Al < Na (c) Temperature of ice is raised from 10 K to 115 K
(c) Al < Be < B < Na (d) Na < Al < B < Be (d) 2NaHCO 3 (s ) ¾® Na 2CO 3 (s )+CO 2 (g ) + H2O(s )
124. Find the element, which displays greater 132. For a given equilibrium reaction, addition of
ability to form pp - pp multiple bonds to itself inert argon gas at constant volume can shift
and to other elements in the same block. the equilibrium in
(a) Na (b) Mg (c) Li (d) N N 2 (g) + 3H 2 (g) r 2NH 3 (g)
(a) forward direction
125. Which of the sulphur compound follows the (b) backward direction
octet rule? (c) remain unaffected
(a) H2SO 4 (b) SF6 (c) SCl 2 (d) SF4 (d) initially forward and then backward direction
126. D r H of which reaction correctly represents 133. For the given equilibrium reaction
the lattice enthalpy of NaCl(s)? H 2 (g) + I 2 (g) r 2HI(g)
(a) NaCl ( s ) ¾® Na ( g ) + Cl( g ) Choose the correct equation to calculate K p .
(b) NaCl ( s ) ¾® Na +( g ) + Cl - ( g ) (a) K p = KC (b) K p = KC (RT )
(c) Na ( g ) + Cl ( g ) ¾® NaCl( s ) (c) K p = KC (RT ) (d) K p = KC (RT )2
(d) Na +( g ) + Cl - ( g ) ¾® NaCl ( s )
134. When calcium carbide is reacted with heavy
127. The volume of a given amount of gas at 27°C water, which of the following product(s) will
3
at constant pressure is 420 cm . If the be formed
temperature is reduced by 20°C at constant
I. CD 4 II. C2D 2
pressure, what will be the volume of the gas?
III. Ca (OD)2 IV. Ca 2 × D 2O
(a) 350 cm 3 (b) 392 cm 3
(a) I and IV (b) II and III
(c) 450 cm 3 (d) 480 cm 3
(c) I, II and III (d) I, II, III and IV
pV
128. The compressibility factor Z = for 135. Which alkali metal emits blue colour light in
nRT
flame test?
hydrogen gas a 273 K and 1 atm pressure is
(a) Cs (b) Li (c) Na (d) K
(a) zero (b) one
(c) greater than one (d) between zero and one
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 279
136. Match the following : 142. A cubic structure is formed where atoms of
List-I List-II
element X are occupied at corner of cube and
(Compounds) (Uses) also at face centers. Atoms of element Y are
present at body center and at the edge centers.
A. Boron-10 I. Antiseptic
If all the atoms are removed along a plane
B. Borax II. Bullet proof vest passing through the middle of the cube
C. Boron-fibre III. Neutron absorber (bisecting the four edges), the formula will
D. Orthoboric acid IV. Heat resistance glasses
become
(a) XY2 (b) X 4 Y3 (c) XY (d) X 2 Y3
The correct match is
143. pH of 0.05 M aqueous solution of diethyl amine
A B C D A B C D is 10. The value of equilibrium constant is
(a) I IV II III (b) I III II IV
(a) 4 ´ 10-7 (b) 2 ´ 10-7 (c) 2 ´ 10-3 (d) 4 ´ 10-3
(c) III IV II I (d) III I II IV
137. Glass reacts with HF to produce 144. The observed molar mass determined for
Na 2SO 4 by freezing point depression method
(a) SiF4 (b) Na 2SiO 3 (c) H2SiO 3 (d) Silicones
is 50.0 g/mol. The molecular weight of
138. Which of the following molecules react with Na 2SO 4 is 142. What will be the degree of
haemoglobin of the blood to produce toxic dissociation a for Na 2SO 4 in water?
effect? (a) 0.23 (b) 0.18 (c) 0.78 (d) 0.92
(a) Carbon monoxide (b) Carbon dioxide 145. Copper is to be electrodeposited on a nickel
(c) Oxygen (d) Nitrogen block of (20 ´ 5) cm 2 area by using CuSO 4 as
139. The IUPAC name of the following compound is electrolyte. How much quantity of electricity
OH is needed to deposit a 3.6 mm layer of copper?
[Atomic weight of Cu = 63.5 mol -1
Density of CuSO 4 = 8.9 g/cc]
(a) 974 Coulombs (b) 580 Coulombs
(a) 3, 3-dimethylcyclohex-1-en-5-ol (c) 1080 Coulombs (d) 365 Coulombs
(b) 4, 4-dimethylcyclohex-1-en-2-ol
146. The half-life of a first order reaction varies
(c) 3, 3-dimethylcyclohex-5-en-1-ol with temperature according to
(d) 5, 5-dimethylcyclohex-2-en-1-ol 1
(a) ln(t 1/ 2 ) µ (b) ln(t 1/ 2 ) µ T
140. When CH 3Br and C2H 5Br are subjected to T
1
Wurtz reaction, the maximum number of (c) (t 1/ 2 ) µ (d) (t 1/ 2 ) µ T 2
T2
possible alkane product(s) formed is/are
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 147. The charge of “SnO 2-sol” in alkaline and
acidic medium are respectively
141. Maximum number of bromine atoms present
(Hint SnO 2 is amphoteric oxide)
in the final product P upon complete
bromination are (a) positive and positive (b) negative and negative
(c) positive and negative (d) negative and positive
Br
148. Which one of the following statements is
true about the froth flotation method?
(i) Alc. KOH, ∆ (a) Ores possessing magnetic properties can be
(ii) Br2 (excess)/CCl4 concentrated in this process
P (b) The mineral particles become wet by water
(c) The mineral particles become wet by oil
Br CH3 (d) It is not possible to separate a mixture of two
sulphide ores by adjusting proportion of oil to
(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 10 (d) 8 water
280 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
149. When cold and dilute NaOH reacts with Cl 2, 156. The major product in the following reaction
which of the following is formed? sequence is
(a) NaOCl (b) NaClO 2 NH2
(c) NaClO 3 (d) NaClO 4 (i) (CH3CO)2O, Pyridine
(ii) Br2, CH3CO2H
150. The hybridisation of Xe in XeO 3 is (iii) NaOH (aq)
3 3 (iv) HNO2
(a) sp (b) sp d (v) CuCl/HCl
(c) sp3d 3 (d) dsp2 NH2 Cl
Cl
151. Which of the following is a diamagnetic ion?
(a) (b)
(a) Co 2+ (b) Cu 2+
(c) Mn 2+ (d) Sc 3+
Br Br
152. Among the following Cr(III) complexes,
which one will have the highest octahedral Cl
crystal field splitting? Cl Br
(a) [CrF 6 ] 3- (b) [Cr(H 2 O) 6 ] 3+ (c) (d)
(c) [Cr(NH 3 ) 6 ] 3+ (d) [Cr(CN) 6 ] 3-
Br
153. Which one among the following is a
semi-synthetic polymer? 157. Match the following
(a) Cellulose acetate (b) Starch List-I List-II
(c) Rubber (d) Nylon-6, 6 (Reaction) (Product)
154. Considering the facts that A. Ketone + NaBH 4 I. 1°- alcohol
I. sucrose forms glycosidic linkage between
B. Ester + LiAlH 4 II. 3° - alcohol
C1 of glucose and C2 fructose, while
II. lactose forms glycosidic linkage between C. RMgX + Ketone III. 2° - alcohol
C1 of galactose and C4 of glucose.
IV. Alkane
Choose the correct statement.
(a) Both sucrose and lactose are reducing sugars. The correct match is
(b) Both sucrose the lactose are non-reducing sugars. A B C A B C
(c) Sucrose is reducing sugar and lactose is (a) III IV II (b) III I II
non-reducing sugar. (c) I IV II (d) II I IV
(d) Lactose is reducing sugar and sucrose is
non-reducing sugar.
158. The reaction of one mole of
3-ethyl-3-methylpenta-1, 4-diene with O 3
155. Match the following : and then with Zn/H 2 O, gives
C 2H5
List-I List-II
½
A. Codeine I. Antiseptic (a) 2 moles of HCHO and 1 mole of H3C —C — CHO
½
B. Dettol II. Antibiotic CH3
C. Tetracycline III. Narcotic analgesics
(b) 1 mole of CH 3 CHO, 1 mole of HCHO and 1 mole
The correct match is CH3
A B C A B C ½
(a) I II III (b) II III I of H—C —CHO
(c) III I II (d) III II I ½
C 2H5
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 281
159. Which of the following reactions gives 160. The product formed when aniline is treated
carboxylate ion in their reaction mixture? with chloroform in the presence of KOH
(alcoholic) is
CO, HCl (a) Phenol (b) Phenyl isothiocyanate
I.
anhyd. AlCl3/CuCl (c) Phenyl isocyanide (d) Cyanobenzene
Answers
Mathematics
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (*) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (d) 32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (c) 35. (b) 36. (a) 37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (b) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (c) 45. (a) 46. (c) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (c) 50. (b)
51. (c) 52. (a) 53. (d) 54. (b) 55. (a) 56. (b) 57. (d) 58. (b) 59. (c) 60. (b)
61. (d) 62. (b) 63. (c) 64. (a) 65. (b) 66. (d) 67. (b) 68. (c) 69. (a) 70. (b)
71. (b) 72. (d) 73. (d) 74. (a) 75. (b) 76. (a) 77. (d) 78. (b) 79. (c) 80. (d)
Physics
81. (d) 82. (b) 83. (c) 84. (d) 85. (d) 86. (b) 87. (a) 88. (b) 89. (b) 90. (c)
91. (a) 92. (a) 93. (d) 94. (a) 95. (b) 96. (b) 97. (c) 98. (a) 99. (d) 100. (d)
101. (b) 102. (c) 103. (d) 104. (b) 105. (b) 106. (d) 107. (d) 108. (*) 109. (*) 110. (d)
111. (a) 112. (c) 113. (d) 114. (b) 115. (a) 116. (c) 117. (a) 118. (a) 119. (d) 120. (c)
Chemistry
121. (c) 122. (c) 123. (b) 124. (d) 125. (c) 126. (b) 127. (b) 128. (c) 129. (b) 130. (c)
131. (b) 132. (c) 133. (a) 134. (b) 135. (a) 136. (c) 137. (a) 138. (a) 139. (d) 140. (c)
141. (d) 142. (c) 143. (b) 144. (d) 145. (a) 146. (a) 147. (d) 148. (c) 149. (a) 150. (a)
151. (d) 152. (d) 153. (a) 154. (d) 155. (c) 156. (b) 157. (b) 158. (d) 159. (b) 160. (c)
= (x 2 − 4 x + 1) (x 2 + 6 x + 7) Coefficient of x 0
−5n 41r 25n
= (x − 2 + 3) (x + 2 − 3) (x + 3 − 2) (x − 3 + 2) i.e., + =0 ⇒ r=
4 20 41
∴Roots are (2 ± 3) and(−3 ± 2) r is non-negative integer
∴3 − 2 is not root of f (x) Q n = 41, 82, K
put given n = pq
14. (a) Given, a1 , a2 , a3 , K , an are n distinct roots of
where p and q are prism
xn − 2 = 0
n = 82 = 2 × 41
∴ x n − 2 = (x − a1) (x − a 2) K (x − a n −1) (x − a n)
18. (b) We have,
put x = 1 −2/ 5
(7 + 3x)−2/ 5 = 7−2/ 5 1 + x
3
1 − 2 = (1 − a1) (1 − a 2) K (1 − a n −1) (1 − a n)
7
⇒ 1 + (1 − a1) (1 − a 2) K (1 − a n −1) (1 − a n) = 0
4th term of expansion is
∴ A is true 3
If α1 , α 2, α 3 , K , α n are n root of f (n) −2 −2 − 1 −2 − 2 3x
−2/ 5 5 5 5 7
∴ f (α1) = f (α 2) =K = f (α n) = 0 7
If α i = g(x) ⇒ x = g−1 (α i) 3!
7−2/ 5 − − − × 33
2 7 12
Then root of f (x) is 5 5 5
f g(x) = 0 are g−1 (α i), i = 1, 2, 3 K Q k=
6 × 73
R is also true and correct explanation for A. −2
− 3+ 1
k= 75 −108 ⇒ 712/ 5 k =
−108
15. (b) Given, 125 125
Sr = {(x , y, z) : x + y + z = 11, x ≥ r , y ≥ r , z ≥ r}
S2 = {(x , y, z) : x + y + z = 11, x ≥ 2, x ≥ 2, z ≥ 2} 19. (c) We have,
H(x) g(x)
Q x ≥ 2 ⇒ x − 2 ≥ 0, y − 2 ≥ 0, z − 2 ≥ 0 = f (x) +
(x − 1)(x + 1)(x − 2) (x − 1) (x + 1) (x − 2)
Let x − 2 = a, y − 2 = b, z − 2 = c
∴ x + y + z = 11 ⇒ a + b + c = 5, a , b , c ≥ 0 ⇒ H(x) = (x − 1) (x + 1) (x − 2) f (x) + g(x)
n(S2) = 5+ 3−1 C3−1 = 7C2 = 21 ⇒ H(−1) = 0 + g(−1) = g(−1)
H(2) = 0 + g(2) = g(2)
Similary, for S3 , a + b + c = 2
H(1) = 0 + g(1) = g(1)
n(S3) = 2+ 3−1 C2 = 4 C2 = 6
∴ H(−1) + 2H(2) − 3H(1) = g(−1) + 2g(2) − 3g(1)
For S4 , a + b + c = −1 (not possible)
∴ n(S2) + n(S3) + n(S4) = 21 + 6 + 0 = 27 20. (d) Given,
tan(x + 100°) = tan(x + 50°) tan x tan(x − 50°)
16. (d) In question paper contain three parts A, B and tan(x + 100°)
C having 4, 5 and 6 question respectively. ⇒ = tan(x + 50°) tan x
tan(x − 50°)
Total number of way of answering 7 question in
sin(x + 100) cos (x − 50°) sin(x + 50)sin x
which atleast two question each is ⇒ =
cos(x + 100) sin (x − 50°) cos(x + 50) cos x
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 285
=0 a +b +c 2s
= tan−1 = tan
−1
a + b − c 2(s − c)
22. (b) Given, cos(θ − α), cosθ, cos(θ + α) are in HP
s −1 r3 ∆ ∆
Q
2
=
1
+
1 = tan−1 = tan r3 = ,r =
cosθ cos(θ − α) cos(θ + α) s −c
r s−c s
2 cos(θ + α) + cos(θ − α) −1 11
⇒ = 25. (c) Given, sin h(2 tan h x) =
cosθ cos(θ − α) cos(θ + α) 60
2cosθ cosα 2tan h(tan h−1 x) 11
⇒
2
= =
cosθ cos2 θ − sin2 α 1 − (tan h(tan h−1 x))2 60
[uvw] 1 208 28
2
1040 − 784 16
Q (a + b + c) = × 2(u + v + w) σ= − = =
[abc] 6 5 5 25 5
1 σ 16 400
= (u + v + w) C.V = × 100 = × 100 =
3 x 28 7
33. (c) Given, V = 2$i + $j − k$ 37. (d) Let the probability getting head = p
$
W = $i + 3k probability of not getting head = 1 − p
$i $j $
k Given, he wins the game in odd number of tosses
$ 3
V×W= 2 1 −1 = 3$i − 7$j − k ∴ p + (1 − p)2 p + (1 − p)4 p + K =
4
1 0 3 p 3
=
Here, U is unit vector 1 − (1 − p)2 4
∴Maximum value of U ⋅(V × W) =|U||
⋅ V × W| 4p = 3 − 3(1 − 2p + p 2) = 6p − 3p 2
=1 × 9 + 49 + 1 = 59 2
3p 2 = 2p ⇒ p =
34. (c) Equation of line L1 is 3
5 coins are tossed at a time the probability of head
$ ) + λ (3$i + 2$j − 2k
r = ($i − 2$j − k $)
appears is
5
C5 =
Equation of line L2 is 52 32
$ ) + µ ($i − 6$j − 4k
r = ($i + 2$j − k $) 3 343
Distance between L1 and L2 38. (b) P(β1) = 3 , P(β 2) = 2 , P(β 3) = 1
$ ) × ($i − 6$j − 4k
(4$j) ⋅[(3$i + 2$j − 2k $ )] 6 6 6
D=
$ $ $
|(3i + 2 j − 2k) × (i − j) − 4k)|
$ $ $ β 3 β 2 β 2
P = , P = , P =
$i $j $ β1 7 β 2 7 β 3 7
k
$ $ Required probability P(β)
(3i + 2 j − 2k) × (i − 6 j − 4k) = 3
$ $ $ $ 2 −2
β β β
1 −6 −4 = P(β1) × P + P(β 2) × P + P(β 3) × P
β1 β2 β3
$)
= − (20$i − 10$j + 20k 3 3 2 2 1 2 9 + 4 + 2 15 5
= × + × + × = = =
$) 6 7 6 7 6 7 42 42 14
4$j ⋅(−20$i + 10$j − 20k 4
D= =
(20) + (10) + (20)
2 2 2 3 39. (b) Given equation,
x 2 + ax + b has real roots if a 2 ≥ 4b
35. (b) Given, x = 40, σ = 5⋅1, n = 100 favourable outcomes is
Σx i2 Σx 2 (3, 1) (3, 2) (4, 1) (4, 2) (4, 3), (4, 4)
σ =
2
− (x)2 ⇒ (5 ⋅ 1)2 = 1 − (40)2
100 100 (5, 1) (5, 2) (5, 3) (5, 4)
Σx12 = (26.01 + 1600) × 100 = 2601 + 1600 × 100 ∴Required probability =
10
=
10 5
=
The correct value of Σx12 = 2601 + 160000 − (50)2 3 × 4 12 6
P(F) = 015
. + 0.23 + 012. = 0.50, E ∩ F = {2, 3} C (–2, 2) B (–1, 2)
P(E ∩ F) = 0.23 + 012
. = 0.35
P(E ∪ F) = P(E) + P(F) − P(E ∩ F)
= 0.62 + 0.50 − 0.35 = 0.77
D (–2, 1) A (–1, 1)
41. (b) Given, n = K , p = 1 , q = 1
2 2 C′ (1, 2) B′ (2, 2)
P(X = 4) = P(X = 6)
K K
C4 C6
1 1
Q K
= K
⇒ K
C4 = K
C6
2 2
D′ (1, 1) A′ (2, 1)
K = 4 + 6 [Q n Cx = n C y , then n = x + y]
Equation of diagonal are B′ D ′ = x − y = 0
K = 10
10 Equation of diagonal A′ C ′ = x + y = 3
Cr
1
P(X = r) = 10
Equation of diagonal AC = x + y = 0
2
Equation of diagonal BD = x − y + 3 = 0
10
Probability is maximum when ⇒ r = =5 ∴Equation of adjacent sides of square is possible
2
Ist square, x + y = 3, x − y + 3 = 0
42. (c) Equation of line is moving such that intercept IInd square, x + y = 0, x − y = 0
mode by it on the coordinate axis are reciprocal to
each other is 45. (a) Lines
y px + qy + r = 0 …(i)
ax + = 1 ⇒ a 2 x − a + y = 0
a x sinα + y cosα = r …(ii)
a ∈R and x cosα − y sinα = 0 …(iii)
∴ 1 2 − 4 xy > 0
() are intersecting at A
∴lines are concurrent
4 xy < 1
p q r
43. (d) X and Y are obtained by rotating x and y by angle sinα cosα − r = 0
Q x = X cosθ − Y sinθ cosα − sinα 0
y = X sinθ + Y cosθ
⇒ p sinα + q cosα + 1 = 0
Q x 2 + 2 3xy − y 2 = 4a 2
π
Angle between Eqs. (i) and (ii) is
(X cosθ − Y sinθ)2 + 2 3(X cosθ − Y sinθ) 3
(X sinθ + Y cosθ) − (X sinθ + Y cosθ)2 = 4a 2 − p sinα
+
π cosα − p cosα + q sinα
is changing in X 2 − Y 2 = 2 a 2 ∴ tan = q ⇒ 3=
3 1 + p sinα q cosα + p sinα
∴ −2 × Y sinθ cosθ + 2 3(XY cos2 θ − XY sin2 θ) q cosα
−2X Y sinθ cosθ = 0 ⇒ 3(q cosα + p sinα) = − p cosα + q sinα
−4sinθ cosθ + 2 3(cos2 θ − sin2 θ) = 0
− 3 = − p cosα + q sinα [Q q cosα + p sinα = −1]
−2sin 2θ + 2 3 cos 2θ = 0
⇒ p cosα − q sinα = 3 and p sinα + q cosα = −1
1 π
tanθ = ⇒ θ = = 30° Adding and squaring, we get
3 6
p2 + q 2 = 3 + 1 ⇒ p2 + q 2 = 4
44. (c) Given, x 2 − 3|x| + 2 = 0
(|x| − 2 ) (|x| − 1) = 0
46. (c) Image of point (3, − 1) with respect to line
|x| = 2or |x| = 1 2x + y − 1 = 0 is
x = ± 2 or x = ± 1 x − 3 y+1 (6 − 1 − 1) −8
= = −2 =
and y 2 − 3y + 2 = 0 2 1 5 5
−16 −1 −8 −13
(y − 2) (y − 1) = 0 x= + 3= ⇒ y= −1 =
5 5 5 5
⇒ y = 2, 1
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 289
−1 −13 3x 2 + 8 xy − 3y 2 + 2x − 4 y − 1 = 0 by
Image ,
5 5 Homogenousing the equation
−1 −13 ∴ 3x 2 + 8 xy − 3y 2 + 2x(x + y) − 4 y(x + y)
Distance from (2, 1) to , is
5 5 − (x + y)2 = 0
2 2
D= 2 + 1 + 1 + 13 3x 2 + 8 xy − 3y 2 + 2x 2 + 2xy − 4 xy − 4 y 2
5 5 − x 2 − y 2 − 2xy = 0
121 + 324 445 89
D= = = 4 x 2 + 4 xy − 8 y 2 = 0 ⇒ x 2 + xy − 2y 2 = 0
25 25 5
2 (1 / 2)2 + 2 1
47. (b) Equation of diagonal of AC of a parallelogram ∴ tanθ = = 3 ⇒ cosθ =
1−2 1 + 32
OABC is x + y − 1 = 0
Equation of OA and OC is 2x 2 − y 2 = 0
⇒ θ = cos−1
1 1
cosθ =
C (–√2–1, 2+√2) B (–2, 4) 10 10
∴ 0, 3 lie on S − S = 0 −1
∴Slope of normal of θ =
4 2 3
2
3
0 − (2 + 2 f ) + 3 = 0 ⇒ 2 + 2 f = 4 ⇒ f = 1
4 56. (b) Let y = mx + c is common tangent of circle
S2 and S3 intersect orthogonally x2 y2
x 2 + y 2 = 4 and ellipse + =1
∴ 2g(−6) + 2(− f) = 6 + 3 25 2
−12g − 2 f = 9 ⇒ −12g − 2 = 9 [Q f = 1] ∴ y = mx ± 2 1 + m2
11 −11 −11
∴ g= = ∴ (g, f ) = , 1
−12 12 12 and y = mx ± 25m2 + 2 are coincide
Q 4(1 + m2) = 25m2 + 2
53. (d) Given, circle
(x − a)2 + y 2 = a 2 and x 2 + (y − a)2 = a 2 21m2 = 2 ⇒ m = ±
2
Common chord of circle is 21
(x − a)2 − x 2 + y 2 − (y − a)2 = 0
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 291
x + 2, x>0
(x − 2)2 (y − 1)2
− =1 62. (b) f (x) =
3− c 3− c 2 − x, x≤0
Focus of hyperbola is x 2 − 2x − 2, 1 ≤ x < 2
x − 2 = ± (3 − c) + (3 − c) g(x) = x − 7, x≥2
x − 2= ± 6 − 2c [Q ae = (3 − c) + (3 − c)] x + 5, x <1
x = 2± 6 − 2c ( f (x))2 − 2 f (x) − 2, 1 ≤ f (x) < 2
Here, 2 + 6 − 2c = 2 + 2 2 g( f (x)) = f (x) − 7, f (x) ≥ 2
∴ 6 − 2 c = 2 2 ⇒ 6 − 2 c = 8 ⇒ c = −1 f (x) + 5, f (x) < 1
59. (c) Vertices of quadrilateral f(0) = 2, lim gf (x) = gf (0) = g(2) = 2 − 7 = − 5
x→ 0
A(1, 2, 5) , B(−1, 6, 1), C(3, 4, − 3), D(5, 0, 1) 63. (c) We have,
∴ AB = 4 + 16 + 16 = 6 1
(x − a) e x − a − 1 , x≠a
BC = 16 + 4 + 16 = 6
f (x) = 1
CD = 4 + 16 + 16 = 6 e x −a + 1
0, x=a
AD = 16 + 4 + 16 = 6
1
AC = 4 + 4 + 64 = 72
e x −a −1 e −1 / h − 1
lim f (x) = lim (x − a) = lim − h =0
BD = 36 + 36 + 0 = 72 x → a− x → a−
1 h→ 0 e −1 / h + 1
e x −a + 1
Here, AB = BC = CD = AD and AC = BD 1
∴ ABCD forms a square. e x −a −1
lim f (x) = lim (x − a) 1
x→ a + x→ a +
60. (b) Equation of line L1 passing through (0, − 1, 0)
e x −a + 1
and with direction ratio (1, 1, 1) is −1 / h
h(1 − e )
x y+1 z = lim =0
= = h→ 0 1 + e −1 / h
1 1 1
∴ A(x , y, z) ≡ (λ , λ − 1, λ) Q f (x) is continuous at x = a
A line intersect A(x , y, z) and B(1, 1, 1) 64. (a) Given, lim f (x + h) − f (x) = e x (x + 1)
h→ 0 h
∴direction ratio of AB
⇒ f ′(x) = e x (x + 1) ⇒ f (x) = xe x + c ⇒ f(0) = 0
(λ − 1, λ − 2, λ − 1)
292 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
3
x−2 x − 2
4
A = (x)3/ 2 +
2
n −1 4 − (x − 2)2 + 2sin−1
1 1 1 3 0 2 2 3
= lim ∑ −
n→ ∞ n r = 0
1 + 3r
5/ 2 3/ 2
1 + 2r 3 1
A = 2 3 + (0 + 2sin−1 (1)) − + 2sin−1
n n 2 2
1
=∫
1
−
1
dx 3 π 3 3 2π
0 (1 + 2n) 5/ 2
A=2 3+ π− − = +
(1 + 3n)3/ 2 2 3 2 3
−1 1 2 1
1
6A − 9 3 = 4π
= + 1/ 2
3 (1 + 2n) 3/ 2
3 1
( + 3 n) 0 78. (b) Given, (x − 2)2 + (y − a)2 = b 2
1 1 1 2 2
=− × + + − On differentiating w.r.t. ‘x’
3 3 3 3 3× 2 3 2(x − 2) + 2(y − a) y′ = 0 …(i)
1 1 1 2 1
=− + + − =− Again differentiating w.r.t.‘x’
9 3 3 3 3 9 3 1 + (y − a) y′ ′ + y′2 = 0 …(ii)
76. (a) We have, From Eqs. (i) and (ii)
n+ 3 n+ 6 n+ 9 2 −(x − 2) y′ ′
lim + 2 + 2 +K 1+ + y′2 = 0 ⇒
n→ ∞ n2 + 12 + 2
+ 2
y′
n 2 n 3 n
(x − 2) y′ ′ = y′3 + y ′
1 + 3r Q Order = 2 , degree = 1
1 n n = 1 1 + 3x
lim ∑
n→ ∞ n r =1
r
2 ∫0 1 + dx
x2 ∴ m2 + n = (2)2 + 1 = 5
1 +
n 79. (c) We have, dy = 1
dx ax + 4 y + 7
1 1 3x
= ∫0 1 1 + x 2
+ dx
1 + x2 ⇒
dx
= ax + 4 y + 7 ⇒
dx
− ax = 4 y + 7
1
dy dy
= tan−1 x + log (1 + x 2)
3 dx
2 0 Which is form of + Px = Q
dy
3 π 3
= tan−1 1 + log 2 = + log 2 ∴Differential equation is linear in x but not linear
2 4 2 in y
77. (d) Given curve, IF = e ∫ ady = e ay
x + y − 4 x = 0 ⇒ (x − 2) + y = 4 and y = x
2 2 2 2 2
∴ A and B are true.
intersecting point of circle and parabola is (0, 0)and
(3, 3) 80. (d) We have,
dy
Required area x cos x + (x sin x + cos x) y = 1
y dx
dy
+ tan x + y =
1 sec x
dx x x
1
∫ tan x + dx
+ log x
IF = e x
= elog sec x
x′ x
(3, 0) (4, 0) = elog x sec x = x sec x
Solution of differential equation is
sec x
xy sec x = ∫ ⋅ x sec x dx + C
x
y′ ⇒ xy sec x = ∫ sec2 x dx + C
3 4
A= ∫0 xdx + ∫3 4 − (x − 2)2 dx ⇒ xy sec x = tan x + C ⇒ xy sec x − tan x = C
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 295
Physics
81. (d) Amongst the given options, the statement travelled by the body with speed v2. This scenario
given in option (d) is correct, but rest are is shown in the line-diagram below
incorrect. These can be corrected as follows A v1 B v2 C
Option (a) Photons carry some momentum, because s 2s
electro magnetic radiation carries momentum.
Option (b) Electromagnetic force is stronger than For A to C,
both weak nuclear force and gravitational force. Total distance travelled
Average speed =
Option (c) Weak nuclear force is not responsible for Total time taken
the stability of nuclei, it is the strong nuclear force, s1 + s 2 s + 2s
vavg = =
which is responsible for the stability of nuclei. t1 + t2 s 2s
+
82. (b) We know that, v1 v2
Electrostatic force 3s 3 3v1 v2
Electric field intensity = = = =
Electric charge 1 2 v2 + 2v1 v2 + 2v1
s +
⇒ E=
F v1 v2 v1 v2
q
84. (d) The given situation is as shown below
[F] [M1L1 T−2]
⇒ [E] = = = [M1L1 T−3A −1 ] …(i) N v
[q] [A1 T1 ]
Permeability of Free Space(µ 0) Dimension Calculation
µ P
Magnetic field intensity in at a point in space due to frk m
an infinitely long current carrying conducting wire
µ I 2πrB
B= 0 ⇒ µ0 = …(ii)
2πr I mg
Now, the magnetic force experienced by a current Here, N = mg and frk = µN = µ mg
carrying conductor, when placed in a uniform
Q Power, P = Fv cos(0°) = Fv × 1 = Fv
external magnetic field is given by
P P
F v= =
F = ILBsin(θ) ⇒ B = F frk
IL sin(θ)
P P
Put this value of B into Eq. (ii) to get vmax = (as P = constant) ⇒ vmax =
( frk)min µ mg
F
2πr
µ0 = IL sin(θ) = 2πrF 85. (d) When a particle moves along a vertical circle,
I I 2Lsin(θ) then it has its minimum speed at the highest
0 0 0 1 1 1 −2
point of the vertical circle and in this case it just
[2π] [r] [F] [M L T ] [L ] [M L T ] completes the loop. The minimum speed is
⇒ [µ 0 ] = =
[I 2] [L] [sin(θ)] [A 2] [L1 ] [M 0L0 T0 ] vmin = gR ⇒ vmin ∝ R
= [M1L1 T−2A −2] …(iii) (vmin)1 R1 v R
So, = ⇒ =
E [E]
2 2 (vmin)2 R2 (vmin)2 2R
So, now =
µ 0 [µ 0 ] ⇒
v
=
1
⇒ (vmin)2 = 2v
On putting the values from Eqs. (i) and (iii), we (vmin)2 2
will get
86. (b) Given that, initial velocity, u = 5 m/s
E 2 [M1L1 T−3A −1 ]2 [M 2L2T−6A −2]
µ = [M1L1 T−2A −2] = [M1L1 T−2A −2] and horizontal range = 2 × greatest height attained
0 u2 sin2 θ u2 sin 2θ
or H = 2× R ⇒ =
= [M1L1 T−4 ] = [MLT−4 ] 2g g
83. (c) Given that, the distances travelled by the body sin2 θ sin2 θ
⇒ = sin 2θ ⇒ = 2sinθ cosθ
are in ratio1 : 2 . 2 2
Let us suppose that s is the distance, the body sinθ sinθ
⇒ = 2cosθ ⇒ =4
travels with speed v1 . Then, 2s will be the distance 2 cosθ
296 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
So, the maximum distance between the blocks − a 2ω3 cos(ωt)sin(ωt) + a 2ω3 sin(ωt) cos(ωt)
cosθ =
will be = natural length + xtotal
a 2ω2 cos2(ωt) + a 2ω2 sin2(ωt)
= 10 cm + 0.4 cm = 10.4 cm
[Q Natural length = 10 cm (given)] × a 2ω4 sin2(ωt) + a 2ω4 cos2(ωt)
0
90. (c) U (x) cosθ =
a ω cos (ωt) + a ω sin2(ωt)
2 2 2 2 2
A B
× a 2ω4 sin2(ωt) + a 2ω4 cos2(ωt)
x
O P π
cosθ = 0 ⇒ θ =
− dU 2
Q F= = − (slope of U versus x curve)
dx 92. (a) Given, r = 1m
For OA Fcentrifugal = 4 × 10−12N
F = − (+ ve constant) = − ve constant
For AB m = 1.6 × 10−27 kg
F = −(0) = 0 ω=?
− ve constant ; for OA Fcentrifugal = mω2r ⇒ ω2 =
Fcentrifugal
So, F(x) = Q
0 ; for AB mr
Fcentrifugal 4 × 10−12 10−12
F (x) ω= = =
mr 1.6 × 10−27 × 1 0.4 × 10−27
A B x
O
P = . × 1015 =
25 25 × 1014 = 5 × 107 rad/s
∆p
Now, B= 101. (b) Time-period of oscillations, T = 2π m
− ∆V k
V
∆p ∆p
⇒ 2 × 109 = ⇒ 2 × 109 =
− − 1 1
50 50
2 × 109 1 700 g
⇒ 2 × 109 = 50(∆ p) ⇒ ∆p = = × 109
50 25 500 g
= 0.04 × 109 N/m 2 = 4 × 107 N/m 2 400 g
−5
96. (b) Surface tension = 70 dynes = 70 × 10−2 N/ m where, m = mass of the oscillating system
cm 10 and k = spring constant.
= 70 × 10−3 N/m Case I 700 g mass is removed, then
m = 500 g + 400 g = 900 g = 0.9 g
97. (c) The space between the two walls of a thermos
bottle is evacuated, so that the heat transfer due
to conduction and convection can be prevented.
But heat can travel through vacuum. So this
evacuated space cannot prevent the heat transfer
due to radiation. 500 g
Hence, Assertion is true, but Reason is false. 400 g
98. (a) Given that, m = 5 kg
0.9
c = 4.2
J
= 4.2 −3
J So, T1 = 2π
g × °C k
10 kg × ° C
J J 0.9
= 4.2 × 103 = 4200 3 = 2π …(i) [Q T1 = 3 s (given)]
kg × ° C kg × ° C k
Case II 500 g mass is further removed, then
T1 = 20°C, T2 = 100°C, ∆Q = ?
m = 400 g = 0.4 kg
Since, ∆Q = mc∆T = mc(T2 − T1) = 5 × 4200(100 − 20)
= 5 × 4200 × 80 = 1680000 J
= 1680 × 103 = 1680 kJ
99. (d) The ideal-gas process in which no heat or mass
is transferred between a thermodynamic system 400 g
and its surroundings is called as adiabatic process.
1 0.4
100. (d) Mean free path = So, T2 = 2π …(ii)
2πd 2nV k
vt vt On dividing Eq. (ii) by Eq. (i), we get
= =
2(πd 2v t)nV 2(V)nV 0.4
2π
where, d = size (diameter) of a molecule, T2
= k ⇒ T2 = 0.4 ⇒ T2 = 4
nV = number of molecules per unit volume, 3 0.9 3 0.9 3 9
2π
= number density of the molecules, k
v = average velocity of gas molecules, ⇒
T2 2
= ⇒ T2 = 2 s
t = time interval between two successive 3 3
collisions
102. (c) For dispersion without deviation
and V = volume of the molecule.
Net deviation = 0
So clearly, mean free path depends on number
density of the molecules, volume of the molecule, δ − δ′ = 0 ⇒ A(µ − 1) − A′(µ ′− 1) = 0
temperature of the gas (as average velocity of gas where, δ = deviation by first prism
molecules depend on temperature of the gas). δ′ = deviation by second prism
But mean free path doesn’t depend on gas A = angle of first prism = 6°
constant R. A′ = angle of second prism = ?
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 299
µ = refractive index of first prism = 1.5 Since, electric field is a vector quantity. So, the
µ ′ = refractive index of second prism = 1.75 electric field cancel each other for the charges of
⇒ A′(µ ′ − 1) = A(µ − 1) opposite corner of polygon.
A(µ − 1) 61 ( .5 − 1) 6(0.5) 2 Only 10q − (10 − 1) q = 10q − 9q = q will contribute
A′ = = = = 6 × = 4° the electric field at the centre of polygon. Thus,
(µ ′ − 1) (1.75 − 1) (0.75) 3
q
E=K 2 …(i)
103. (d) The given situation is shown below R
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
9Kq
C I V
O 15 cm ∴ = R =9R
45 cm v E Kq
air Glass
(µ1=1) (µ2=1.5) R2
Spherical 107. (d) Initial resistance,
separating u =–45 cm
ρl1
interface R =+15 cm R1 = 20 Ω ⇒ = 20 …(i)
A1
For, refraction through a spherical surface
µ 2 µ1 µ 2 − µ1 Now, l 2 = 3l1
− = Q Volume remains same.
v u R
1.5 1 1.5 − 1 ∴ V1 = V2 ⇒ A1 l1 = A2l 2
⇒ − = A1
v (−45) (+15) A1 l1 = A2 × 3l1 ⇒ A2 =
3
1.5 1 0.5 1.5 1 5
⇒ + = ⇒ + = So, final resistance,
v 45 15 v 45 150
ρl ρ × 3l1 9ρl1
1.5 1 1 1.5 1 1 R2 = 2 = = = 9 × 20Ω [by Eq. (i)]
⇒ + = ⇒ = − A2 A1 A1
v 45 30 v 30 45
3
1.5 3 − 2 1.5 1
⇒ = ⇒ = = 180Ω
v 90 v 90
⇒ v = 1.5 × 90 = + 135 cm 108. (*) Case I R S
Image will be formed at right side of separating
interface at a distance of 135 cm from it. G
104. (b) Colours in a soap-bubble are seen due to
interference between waves reflected from the top
and the bottom of soap bubble.
A C B
40 cm
105. (b) According to Gauss’s law, if a closed surface
100 cm
encloses no charge, electric field must vanish
everywhere on the surface. By the condition of a balanced Wheatstone bridge
It is incorrect, because the field can still came from R 40 40 2 3R
= = = ⇒ S= …(i)
external sources, so while the integral must vanish, S 100 − 40 60 3 2
there can still be an electric field on the surface. 10Ω
Case II
According to Gauss’s law, the net number of lines
crossing any closed surface in an outward direction R S
is proportional to the net charge on surface.
q
Q φenclosed = net ⇒ φenclosed ∝ qnet G
ε0
⇒ (KE)max = hν + φ0 …(i)
t
and y = mx + c …(ii) ⇒ (2)t/ 24 = (2)2 ⇒ = 2 ⇒ t = 48 h
24
On comparing Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
m = h = constant 118. (a) Current gain of a transistor = 0.98
So, the slope of (KE)max versus ν graph is same for all Since it is less than1, so it is the current gain in
metals and independent of the intensity of radiation. common base configuration i.e., α = 0.98
So, current gain in common emitter configuration,
116. (c) For H-atom (Lyman series formula)
α 0.98 0.98
1 1 1 β= = = = 49
= R 2 − 2 1 − α 1 − 0.98 0.02
λ 1 n2
∆I
For shortest wavelength (n2 = ∞), so Now, β= C
∆I B
1 1 1 1 1 1
= R 2 − 2 ⇒ = R − where, ∆I C = change in collector current = ?
λ 1 ∞ 912Å 1 ∞
and ∆I B = change in base current = 0.5mA
1 1
⇒ = R(1 − 0) ⇒ R = (Å)−1 …(i) On putting the values, we get
912Å 912
∆I C
For longest wavelength (n2 = 2), so 49 = ⇒ ∆I C = 49 × 0.5 mA
0.5mA
1 1 1
= R 2 − 2 = 24.5 mA
λ 1 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 3 119. (d) In a p-n-p transistor, the majority carriers are
⇒ = − ⇒ = holes. So, when it is connected to batteries, the
λ 912 Å 1 4 λ 912 Å 4
current is carried by shifting of holes inside the
1 1 transistor.
⇒ = ⇒ λ = 1216 Å
λ 1216 Å
120. (c) In demodulation process, the detector
117. (a) Newly prepared radioactive sample shows performs following functions.
4 times the allowed and safe value of radioactivity, (a) Rectification To convert all the negative going
so on reaching to the allowed and safe value, its peaks into positive going peaks, effectively
1
radioactivity will be reduced to th of the doubling the frequency of the carrier in
4 modulated wave.
current value, (b) Filtering Separation of AC and DC.
Chemistry
121. (c) Maximum number of electrons in a subshell 123. (b) Goupr-1 Group-2 Group-3
with n = A and l = 3, i.e. 4 f is
Period 2 : Li Be B ⇒ B < Br
= 2(2l + 1) = 2 (2 × 3 + 1) = 14
Period 3 : Na Mg Al ⇒ Al < Na
122. (c) (a) As, ml = − l ⋅ ⋅ ⋅ 0⋅ ⋅ ⋅ +1
Atomic radius
⇒ If, l = 0, ml ≠ + 1 ⇒ Incorrect. increases
(b) As,l = 0 to (n −1) ⇒ If, n = 1, l ≠ 1 ⇒ Incorrect.
(d) As, l = 0 to (n −1) ⇒ If, n = 3, l ≠ 3 ⇒ Incorrect. So, B < Be < Al < Na is the correct order of atomic
So, option (c) is correct. radius because along a period atomic radius
decreases but the group atomic radius increases.
302 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
pV 1 × 224
.
124. (d) Li, Na and Mg belong to s-block family. These So, Z= =
nRT 1 × 0.082 × 273
will never form pπ-pπ bond for any reason.
Only N of group-15 family has unique ability to [ R = 0.082 L atm mol −1 K −1 ]
form pπ-pπ multiple bond with itself and to other = 1.000625
elements having small size and high ⇒ Z >1
electronegativity in the same p-block family like
129. (b)
C and O. 0 0
+2 +1
∴
I. Cu/CuSO4 + 2Ag/Ag2SO4 [ Reducing power :
125. (c) Cu > Ag]
HO O Oxidation Reduction
(a) H2SO4 ⇒ 4+4+2+2=12 e – > (octet) –2e – +2e –
S
0 0
O +2 +2
∴
HO II. Zn/ZnSO4 + Cu/CuSO4 [ Reducing power :
Zn > Cu]
F Oxidation Reduction
–2e – +2e –
F F
(b) SF6 ⇒ S 6×2=12 e – > (octet)
F F So, the reactions can be written as,
0 +1 +2 0
F (i) Cu + Ag 2 SO 4 → CuSO 4 + 2Ag
0 +2 +2 0
(c) SCl2 ⇒ Cl— S —Cl 2×3+4=8 e – (octet) (ii) Zn + CuSO 4 → ZnSO 4 + Cu
⊕
146. (a) For a first order reaction, t1 / 2 = 0.693
s
143. (b) (C2H 5)2NH + H 2O a OH + (C H ) NH 2 5 2 2
k
(1 − α)C (excess) αC αC ⇒ ln t1 / 2 = ln(0.673/ k) = ln(0.693) − ln k …(i)
Equilibrium constant, Again, from Arrhenius equation,
αC × αC α 2C ~ 2 E
K = = −α C [ α << 1] ln k = ln A − a …(ii)
(1 − α)C (1 − α) RT
⇒ K = α 2C = (2 × 10−3)2 × 0.05 = 2 × 10−7 ⇒ Replacing ln k in Eq. (i),
ln(t1 / 2) = ln(0.693) − ln A + a = ln
E 0.693 E a 1
[Given : pH = 10, + ×
RT A R T
so, pOH = 4 1
⇒ ln(t1 / 2) ∝
⇒ [OH − ] = αC = 10−4 M T
10−4 147. (d) In alkaline medium, SnO 2-sol is [SnO 2]SnO 2−
⇒ α= = 2 × 10−3 3
0.05 ⇒ negatively charged.
As, C = 0.05 M (given)] In acidic medium, SnO 2 sol is [SnO 2]Sn4 +
(Molar mass)calculated ⇒ positively charged.
144. (d) van’t Hoff factor, i =
(Molar mass)observed
148. (c)
142
= = 2. 84 (a) This principle is valid for magnetic separation.
50 (b) This principle is valid for gravity separation.
Na 2SO 4 is an electrolyte in water (d) It is possible by froth flotation method.
⊕
Na2SO4 2Na + SO42– (c) So, option (c) is the correct principle associated
with froth flotation method.
Number of
ions, n = 3
149. (a) Cl 2 + 2NaOH → NaCl + NaOCl + H 2O
i − 1 2. 84 cold, dilute Chloride Hypochlorite
⇒ α= = = 0.92
n − 1 3 −1 150. (a)
A Geometry ⇒ Tetrahedral
sp3
×Q XeO3 ⇒ N
145. (a) ∴W = EQ = n O O Shape ⇒ Pyramidal
F F O
A×Q 1 1
⇒ A′ × h × d = H = (V + M − C + A) = (8 + 0 − 0 + 0) = 4 (sp 3)
nF 2 2
(A′ × h) × d × n × F [ V = number of valence electrons of Xe = 8
⇒ Q=
A M = number of monovalent atoms = 0
0.036 × 8.9 × 2 × 96500 C = number of cationic charge = 0
= = 973814
. − 974 C
C~
635. A = number of anionic charge = 0]
[ Volume of Cu-deposited on the nickel block
151. (d) (a) Co2+ ⇒[Ar]3d 7 : n = 3
= area of the block × thickness of copper layer
= A′ × h = (20 × 5) × (36. × 10−6 × 102)cm3 (b) Cu 2+ ⇒[Ar]3d 9 : n = 1
In the given octahedral complexes of Cr(II) ion, the (B) Ester + LiAlH 4 → 1°-alcohol (I)
ligands are F − , H 2O, NH 3 and CN − and their increasing
O ( R CH 2 OH)
order of field strength in spectrochemical series is ( R C OR ′ )
154. (d) Sucrose and lactose both are disaccharides. 2CH2 O + OHC—C—CHO
In sucrose, anomeric-C1 of α-D-glucose and C2 of (2 moles)
β-D-fructose are blocked by 1, 2-glycosidic linkage. So, CH2CH3 (1 mole)
it is a non-reducing sugar. In lactose, anomeric C1 of Option (d)
β-D-galactose is blocked by 1,4-glycosidic linkage but
anomeric-C1 of β-D-glucose has free —OH group, 159. (b)
which shows reducing property. CO, HCl CHO
I.
155. (c) The correct matching between List-I and List-II is Anhyd. AlCl3/CuCl
(A) Codeine — Narcotic analgesics (III) [Gattermann-Koch
reaction] Benzaldehyde
(B) Dettol — Antiseptic (I)
2[Ag (NH3)2]⊕
(C) Tetracycline — Antibiotic (II) II. CH3—CHO CH3COO + Ag↓
⇒ (A-III), (B-I), (C-II) ⇒ option (c) is correct. OH– Acetate ion
,
[Tollen s reagent] Carboxylate
156. (b)
NH2 NHCOCH3 NHCOCH3 CHO COO + Cu+
III. Cu2+/OH–
(CH3CO)2O, Py : Br2
Benzoate ion
– CH3COOH CH3COOH (Carboxylate)
[Schotten
Aniline –Baumann Acetanilide NH3 (i) Cl /hν NH2OH
reaction] Br 2
IV.
(ii) H2O/373 K
NH2 NH2/anion Cl
NaOH (aq) [Diazotisation] CuCl So, in reactions (II) and (III), carboxylate ion
–CH3COONa HNO2/10ºC HC, –N2
is present in their reaction mixture.
[Sandmeyer 160. (c)
Br Br reaction] Br NH2 NC
CHCl3
(1-bromo- KOH (alcoholic)
4-chloro-
benzene) [Carbylamine Phenyl isocyanide
Aniline reaction]
[aromatic or carbylamine
157. (b) The correct matching is as follows : 1°-amine]
Mathematics
1. If f :Z ® N is defined by é 2 -2 -4 ù
ì 2 n, if n>0 5. Let A = êê -1 3 4 úú and A2 = A. If r is the
ï êë 1 -2 x úû
f (n) = í 1, if n = 0 , then f is
ï -2 n - 1, if n<0 rank of A, then r + x =
î
(a) -3 (b) 2 (c) 1 (d) -1
(a) one-one but not onto
(b) onto but not one-one 6. Let a , b, c , d ÎR be such that ad - bc ¹ 0 and e
(c) both one-one and onto
be a positive number other than 1. If
(d) neither one-one nor onto
m b a m
x a y b = e m , x c y d = e n , D1 = , D2 =
2. Domain of cos -1[log 5(x 2 + 7 x + 15)] is n d c n
(a) The set of all real numbers a b
and D 3 = , then the values of x and y are
(b) (-¥,-5] È [-2, ¥) c d
(c) R - {-5,-2}, where R is the set of real numbers respectively.
(d) [-5, - 2 ] D1 D2 D3 D1
D3 D3 D2 D2
(a) e ,e (b) e ,e
3. Let f (n) = A(-2)n + B(-3)n " A , B ÎR and - D1 -D 2 D2 D3
n Î N - {1,2}. If f (n) + af (n - 1) + bf (n - 2) = 0, (c) e D3
,e D3
(d) e D1 ,e D1
then (a + b)(b - a) =
(a) 0 (b) 5 7. Let z be a complex number such that
(c) 7 (d) 11 |z|- z = 2 + i, where i = -1. Then,|z|=
5 41 5 5
4. If a and b are any two real numbers, then (a) (b) (c) (d)
2a - 2b - 4 4a 4a 2 4 3 4
10. For n > 1 and n ÎN, if z1 , z 2 ,..., z n are the roots 17. If x is so small that all terms containing x 2
of the equation (z + 1)n = z n, then and higher powers of x can be neglected,
-1 then the approximate value of
n
cot (2|Im z i|) - 1 -4
å 2 Re z i
= æ 2x ö
ç1 + ÷ (4 + 5 x)
1/ 2
i =1 è 3 ø 6
(a) 0 (b) i 3/ 2
, when x = , is
1 1 (9 + x) 371
(c) [p - (p - 2 )n] (d) [p + (p + 2 )n]
2 2 1 29 3 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
27 378 27 14
11. If x is real, then the maximum and minimum
x 2 + 14 x + 9 18. The sum of the coefficients of x -3/ 2 and x 3 in
values of are respectively the expansion of 3 + x + 5 + x when
x2 + 2x + 3
3 < x < 5, is
(a) 4,- 5 (b) 5,- 4 (c) 9, 3 (d) 24, 6
-9 + 5 5-5 / 2 - 18
(a) (b)
12. When R is the set of all real numbers, 16 16
ìï 12 - x - x 2 12 - x - x 2 üï -6 + 5 5- 6
í x ÎR : £ ý= (c) (d)
x + 10 2x + 9 ï 6 6
îï þ
(a) (-4, 1]È {3} (b) [-4, 1]
x5 - 5 A B C
19. If = f (x) + + 2 + , then the
(c) [-4, 1]È {3} (d) f, the empty set x3 + x2 x x x +1
larger value of K for which
13. If a and b are two complex roots of the f (K) + A + B + C = 1, is
equation (a) 3 (b) 2 (c) -2 (d) 4
6 x 6 - 25 x 5 + 31 x 4 - 31 x 2 + 25 x - 6 = 0 , then
a +b = 20. If cos x - sin x = a sin x , then
1 31 a sin x + cos x - sin x =
(a) (b)
5 5 (a) - a sin x (b) a cos x
6 5 (c) ( a - 1)sin x (d) - a cos x
(c) (d)
31 3
21. Match the items of List-I to the items of
14. If a is a root of multiplicity 3 of the equation List-II
x 5 - 8 x 4 + 25 x 3 - 38 x 2 + 28 x - 8 = 0 , then
List-I List-II
a 2 - 5a + 6 =
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3 A. The period of sin x is 2
I. 2 p
3
15. Consider the following statements:
B. Maximum value of II. 12 p
I. The number of positive integral solutions p
( 3 cos 3 x + sin 3 x )
of x1 + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 = 10 is 286. 3
II. If 25 ! = 10 n ´ k ,(k Î N), then n = 6 C. The period of sin x + cos x is III. p
3 2 2
Which one of the following options is true?
(a) Only I is true (b) Only II is true D. Intersection points of IV. 3p
(c) Both I and II are true (d) Both I and II are false y =|sin x| and y = 1 in ( 0, p ) 2
books but not all books from a collection of The correct match is
(2 n + 1) books. If the total number of ways in
A B C D
which he can select these books is 255, then (a) V I II III
the number of books in that collection is (b) IV I II III
(a) 4 (b) 9 (c) 10 (d) 7 (c) III I IV V
(d) IV III II V
308 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
27. In DABC , AD and BE are medians drawn from 33. The locus of the point P(r) which encloses a
7 p p triangle ABP of area 1 sq. unit with the fixed
A and B. If AD = , Ð DAB = and Ð ABE = , points A(i$) and B($j) is
2 8 4
(a) x2 + y2 + z2 = 4 (b) ( x + 2 )2 + x2 + y2 = 1
then the area (in sq. units) of D ABC is
7 49 49 7 (c) ( x + y - 1) + 2 z = 4 (d) ( x + y - 1)2 + y2 + z2 = 1
2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
12 36 12 36
34. The shortest distance between the skew-lines
28. If the radius of the incircle of a triangle with r = (- i$ + 3 k$ ) + t(2 i$ + 3 $j + 6 k$ ) and
sides 5 k ,6 k and 5k is 6, then the largest angle r = (3 i$ + $j - k$ ) + s(2 $i - $j + 2 k$ ) is
of that triangle is
10 22
(a) (b) (c) 9 (d) 8
(a) cot -1 æç ö÷ (b) tan-1 æç ö÷
3 24
17 17
è7 ø è7 ø
1th
(d) cos -1 æç
6 ö
(c) sin-1 æç ö÷
3 35. In a discrete data of the observations are
÷
è 5ø è 85 ø 4
1th
equal to a, another of the observations are
29. If a , b ,c are three independent vectors and 4
there exists a non zero scalar traid (l , m , n) equal to -a. Out of the remaining, half of them
such that l(3a + 2 b + c) + m(2a + 2 b + 3c) are equal to b and the rest are equal to -b. If the
+ n(a + 2 b + 5c) = 0, then variance of all the observations is (a b), then
(a) l = m = n (b) l = n (a) a2 = 4b 2 (b) a = -2 b
(c) l = n, m + 2 n = 0 (d) m + 2 n = 0, l + n = 0 (c) a = b (d) a = -3b
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 309
36. For the following distribution, the mean 41. If the probability that an individual will
deviation about the median is suffer a reaction from an injection of a drug
is 0.001, then the probability that out of 2000
xi 6 12 18 24 30 36 42
individuals having that injection, more than
fi 4 7 9 18 15 10 5 2 individuals will suffer a reaction, is
5 5 4 4
(a) 8.0 (b) 7.5 (c) 7.2 (d) 7.0 (a) (b) 1 - (c) 1 - (d)
e2 e2 e2 e2
37. If a man throws a die until he gets a number
bigger than 3, then the probability that he 42. Let A = (2, 3), B = (3, - 5) be two vertices of
gets a 5 in his last throw is DABC such that C is a point on the line
(a) 1/3 (b) 1/4 (c) 3/5 (d) 2/3 L º 3 x + 4 y - 5 = 0. Then the locus of the
centroid of DABC is a line parallel to
38. A diagnostic test has the probability 0.95 of (a) L = 0 (b) AB (c) AC (d) BC
giving a positive result when applied to a person
2 2
suffering from a certain disease and a 43. If aa + bb + cab + d = 0 is the transformed
probability 0.10 of giving a positive result when equation of 4 x 2 + 3 xy + 5 y 2 - 4 = 0 obtained
given to a non-sufferer. It is estimated that
3 y x 3
0.5% of the population are suffering from the by using a = x + and b = - + y,
disease. If this test is now administered to a 2 2 2 2
person from this population about whom there then c(a + b + d) =
is no information relating to the incidence of (a) 0 (b) 13 3 (c) 5 3 (d) 6
this disease and the test gives a positive result,
44. If the normal form of the equation of a
then the probability that he is a sufferer, is
straight line 4 x + 3 y + 2 = 0 is
(a) 0.9545 (b) 0.2194 (c) 0.0455 (d) 0.9499
x cos a + y sin a = p and its intercept form is
39. Consider the following statements x y p sec a
+ = 1, then =
Assertion (A) If P1 , P2 , P3 are probability of a b ab
-1 3 -3 1
happening of three independent events, then (a) (b) (c) (d)
probability of happening of atleast one of 2 2 2 2
them is 1 - [(1 - P1)(1 - P2)(1 - P3)] 45. For an integer K, if the point P(K 2 , K + 1) and
Reason (R) For any three independent the origin O(0 , 0) lie in the same region between
events A , B and C the lines x + 2 y - 5 = 0 and 3 x - y + 1 = 0 , then
P(A È B È C) = P(A) + P(B) + P(C) - P(A) P(B) the possible number of such points P is
-P(A) P(C) - P(B) P(C) + P(A) P(B) P(C) (a) 4 (b) 2
The correct option among the following is (c) 6 (d) Infinitely many
(a) (A) is true, (R) is true and (R) is the correct
explanation for (A)
46. The area (in square units) of the quadrilateral
formed by the point of intersection of the lines
(b) (A) is true, (R) is true but (R) is not the correct
explanation for (A) x + y - 1 = 0, x - y + 1 = 0, the point (1, 1) and
(c) (A) is true but (R) is false
the feet of the perpendiculars from this point
on to the lines is
(d) (A) is false but (R) is true
1 1
(a) (b) (c) 1 (d) 2
40. If probability function of a discrete random 2 2
variable X is P(X = r) = r / k, r = 1,2 ,3 ,4 ,5, then
æ kö 47. The condition that the lines joining the origin
P ç X = 2 or X = ÷, is to the points of intersection of the two curves
è 3ø
x 2 + y 2 + gx + c = 0 , x 2 + y 2 + 2 fy - c = 0 are at
(b) Pæç X = 4 or X = ö÷
k
(a) P( X = 1or X = 6) right angles, is
è 5ø
(a) g 2 - f 2 = 4c (b) g 2 - f 2 = 2c
(c) Pæç X = or X = 5ö÷ (d) Pç X = or X = 0ö÷
æ
k k
2 2
è 5 ø è 3 ø (c) f - 4g = 8c (d) g 2 - 4 f 2 = 8c
310 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
48. If a represent the square of the distance 55. If the parabola x 2 = 4 ay , (a > 0) makes an
between the origin and the point of intercept of length 40 units on the line
intersection of the lines x 2 - y 2 - x + 3 y - 2 = 0 y = 1 + 2 x then 4 a =
and b represent the product of the (a) 1 (b)
1
(c) 2 (d)
4
perpendicular distances from the origin on 2 3
the pair of lines, then ab = 56. If tangents are drawn to the ellipse x 2 + 2 y 2 = 2,
5 5
(a) (b) 1 (c) (d) 2 then the locus of the mid-points of the
4 2
intercepts made by those tangents between
49. If the parametric equations of the circle passing the coordinate axes is
through the points (3, 4), (3, 2) and (1, 4) is x 2 y2 x 2 y2
(a) + =1 (b) + =1
x = a + r cosq, y = b + r sinq, then ba r a = 2 4 4 2
1 1 1 1
(a) 27 (b) 18 (c) 9 (d) 54 (c) 2 + 2 = 1 (d) 2 + 2 = 1
2x 4y 4x 2y
50. From a point P on the circle 57. The area (in sq. units) of the quadrilateral
x 2 + y 2 - 4 x - 6 y + 9 = 0 , a pair of tangents PQ formed by the tangents drawn at the end
and PR are drawn touching the circle points of the latus rectum to the ellipse
x 2 + y 2 - 4 x - 6 y + 12 = 0 at Q and R. If C is x 2 y2
Sº + = 1 is
the centre of the concentric circles, then the 16 12
area of the DCQR (in sq. units) is (a) 96 (b) 16 (c) 128 (d) 64
1 3 3 3 58. If p , q are the eccentricities of the hyperbola
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 4 4 x2 y2
2
- = 1 and its conjugate hyperbola
51. The equations of the tangents drawn from a b2
the origin to the circle respectively, then the area of the square (in
x 2 + y 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + g 2 = 0 are sq. units) formed by the points of
(a) x = 0, (g 2 + f 2 )x - 2 gfy = 0
x 2 y2
intersection of the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1 and the
(b) x = 0, (g 2 - f 2 )x - 2 gfy = 0 p q
2 2
(c) y = 0, (g 2 - f 2 ) y - 2 gfx = 0 pair of lines x - y = 0 is
(d) y = 0, (g 2 + f 2 )y - 2 gfx = 0 (a) 4 (b) 2 (c)
3
(d) 16
2
52. If 2 x + y = 0 is the equation of a chord of the
59. P1 , P2 , P3 are three planes which are
circle x 2 + y 2 - 2 x - 6 y + 3 = 0 , then the circle
respectively parallel to the YZ, ZX and XY
with this chord as diameter passes through planes at distances a, b and c forming a
the point rectangular parallelopiped. d1 is a diagonal of
(a) (-3, 2 ) (b) (5, - 2 ) (c) (-5, 3) (d) (-2, 1) the face of XY -plane not passing through the
53. If the radical axis of the circles origin and d 2 is a diagonal of the plane P2
coterminous with d1 . If none of the coordinates
x 2 + y 2 + 2ax + 2by + c = 0 and
of the vertices of the parallelopiped are
3 negative, then the angle between d1 and d 2 is
x 2 + y 2 + x + 4 y + c = 0 touches the circle
2 æ a2 ö
(a) cos -1 ç ÷
x 2 + y 2 + 2 x + 2 y + 1 = 0 , then è a + b a +c ø
2 2 2 2
4 ab - 8 a - 3b + 10 =
(b) cos -1 æç 2 ö
a
(b) -2 (d) -4 ÷
(a) 2 (c) 4 è a + b2 + c 2 ø
p
54. If PQ is a focal chord of the parabola y 2 = 4 x (c)
2
with focus S and P = (4 , 4), then SQ = æ ö
a2
5 3 (d) sin-1 ç ÷
(a) 2 (b) (c) 5 (d) è a2 + b 2 b 2 + c 2 ø
4 2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 311
60. The obtuse angle between the lines whose 68. Let f : R ® R be a bijection. A curve
direction ratios are determined by the represented by y = f (x) is such that
equations a + b + c = 0, 2 ab + 2 ac - bc = 0 is f ¢ (x) > 0 "x Î R. The tangent and normal
5p 2p 7p 6p drawn at P(a , 1) on the curve cuts the X-axis
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 3 6 5 at A , B respectively and C is the foot of the
61. A plane meets the coordinate axes at A , B,C perpendicular from P onto the X-axis. If
respectively such that the centroid of the P(a , 1) is such a point that AC + CB is minimum,
DABC is (2, 3, 5). Then, the equation of that then the tangent at P is parallel to the line
plane is (a) x - y = 0 (b) ax + y - 1 = 0
(a) 3 x + 3 y + 3 z = 10 (b) 6 x + 9 y + 15 z = 1 2x
(c) j (d) - y = a2
(c) 2 x + 3 y + 5 z = 1 (d) 15 x + 10 y + 6 z = 90 a
62. Let [ x ] denote the greatest integer less than 69. The x-coordinate changes on the curve
or equal to x and k ³ 2 be an integer. Then 1
y = 3 x 5 + 15 x - 8 at the rate of units/sec.
æ æ é x ùö ö 5
sin ç2p ç[ x ] - ê ú ÷ - x ÷ + sin k A(x1 , y1), B(x 2 , y 2) are the points on the curve
è è ë k ûø ø
Lt = at which the y-coordinate changes at the rate
x ®k x-k of 6 units/sec, then the slope of AB =
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) -cos k (d) sink
(b) tan-1 æç ö÷ (c) 18
1
(a) 10 (d) tan-1 2
ì1 + x , 0 £ x £ 2 è2 ø
63. Define f (x) = í .
î3 - x , 2 < x £ 3 70. In DABC, Ð B = 90° and (b + a) is always a
If fof (x) is discontinuous at a and b in [0 , 3] constant. In order that DABC encloses the
and a < b, then 2 a + 3 b = maximum area, ÐC =
(a) 3 (b) 2 (c) 6 (d) 8 p p p 2p
(a) (b) (c) (d)
d 4 6 3 3
64. [cosech -1(tan 2 x)] =
dx (x - 1)dx
71. If ò = A. tan -1
f (x) +
(a) 2|sec 2 x| (b) cos 2 x 3 2
(x + 1) x + x + x
(c) -2| cosec 2 x| (d) sin2 x
constant, then the ordered pair (A , f (-1)) =
1 x
65. If f (x) =
x3 5
ò (2 u2 - uf ¢ (u) du, then f ¢ (5) = (a) (2, 1) (b) (2, -1) (c) (1, 2 ) (d) (-2, 2 )
13 2 13 5 æ2x + 3ö -5 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) 72. If f ç ÷ = x + 4, x ¹ , and
2 13 5 13 è3x + 5ø 3 3
66. Let f : R ® R be defined by ò f (x) dx = Ax + B ln|3 x - 2|+ C , then 3B - A =
æ x + y ö f (x) + f (y) 64 -52 -10 -8
fç ÷= for all x and y. If f ¢(0) (a) (b) (c) (d)
è 2 ø 2 9 21 3 3
exists and equals -1 and f (0) = 1, then f (2) = æ x 2 - 8 x + 19 ö e x (lx + m)
(a) -1 (b) 0 (c) 1/2 (d) 1 73. If ò e x çç 5
÷÷ dx = + C , then
è (x - 1) ø (x - 1)4
67. The angle A of DABC is found by measurement
4l + m =
1°
to be 67 and the area of DABC is calculated (a) -5 (b) -2 (c) 1 (d) 0
2
from the measurements of b, c , A. In measuring dx
A, an error of 9 min is made then the
74. ò (x - 2) x2 - 3x + 5
=
percentage error in the area of the triangle is
-1 é 7x- 8 ù
p
(2 - 3 )
p
(2 + 3 ) (a) cosh-1 ê +C
(a)
6
(b)
6 3 ë 37 ( x - 2 )úû
p p -1 -1 é x+ 4 ù
(c) ( 2 + 1) (d) ( 2 - 1) (b) sinh ê +C
12 12 3 ë 11( x - 2 )úû
312 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
The correct option among the following is 79. The general solution of the differential
(a) (A) is true, (R) is true and (R) is the correct dy 2 x - 3 y + 4
equation = is
explanation for (A) dx 3 x + 2 y - 7
(b) (A) is true, (R) is true but (R) is not the correct
(a) x2 + y2 = 3 xy + y + C
explanation for (A)
(b) (2 x - 3 y)2 + (3 x + 2 y)2 = C
(c) (A) is true but (R) is false
(d) (A) is false but (R) is true (c) x2 + y2 + 3 xy - 4 x - 7 y + C = 0
A(x) (d) x2 - 3 xy - y2 + 4 x + 7 y + C = 0
76. If cos x + cos 2 x +...+ cos nx = , then dy x + y + 1
2 sin x / 2 80. The general solution of = is
p dx y - x + 1
ò0 A(x) dx = (a) 2 xy + ( x + 1)2 - ( y + 1)2 = C
n2 -4n 2n -n
(a) (b) (c) (d) (b) ( x + 1)2 - ( y + 1)2 = C + xy
n+ 1 2n + 1 2n + 1 2n + 1 (c) ( x + 1)2 + 2 xy = C( y + 1)
77. The area (in sq. units) bounded by the (d) ( x + 1)( y + 1) = Cxy
parabola y = x 2 + 3, the tangent to the
Physics
81. Identify the incorrect statement. 83. A ball is thrown straight upward from
(a) All conserved quantities are not necessarily ground with a speed of 20 m/s. The ball was
scalars. caught on its way down at a point 5 m above
(b) The law of conservation of energy is valid only in the ground. The time taken by the ball
macroscopic domain. during entire trip is (assume, g = 10 m/s 2 )
(c) Weak nuclear force operates in the range of (a) 2 + 3 s (b) 3 - 3 s
~10-16 m.
(c) 2 + 2 s (d) 3.5 s
(d) Laws of nature do not change with time.
84. A motor-bike starts from rest, attains a
82. In an experiment the angles are required to velocity of 10 m/s with an acceleration of
be measured using an instrument in which
0.5 m/s 2 , travels 10 km with this uniform
29 divisions of the main scale exactly
velocity and then comes to halt with a
coincide with the 30 divisions of the vernier
uniform deceleration of 0.2 m/s 2 . The total
scale. If the smallest division of the main
time of travel is
scale is half a degree (= 0 .5°), then the least
count of the instrument is (a) 1070 s (b) 1050 s
(c) 1150 s (d) 1170 s
(a) half minute (b) one degree
(c) half degree (d) one minute
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 313
85. If r1 = 2x$ , r2 = 2y$ , where x$ and y$ are unit metre, t is in seconds and a = 1 m/s 2 . The
vectors along the X-axis and Y-axis work done during the first 4 s is
respectively, then the magnitude of r1 + r2 is (a) 0.96 J (b) 0.45 J
(c) 0.49 J (d) 0.53 J
(a) 2 2 (b) 2 3 (c) 3 2 (d) 3
91. A straight rod of length L is made of a
86. Let A 1 + A 2 = 5A 3, A 1 - A 2 = 3A 3, material having mass per unit length
|A 1| m(x) = l| x|, where x is measured from the
A 3 = 2 $i + 4 $j, then is
|A 2| centre of rod. The moment of inertia about
(a) 4 (b) 8 (c) 2 (d) 6 an axis perpendicular to the rod and passing
through one end of the rod will be L = 1 m
87. The velocity of an object of mass 2 kg is given and l = 16 kg/m 2 .
by v = (8 t i$ + 3 t2 $j) m/s, where t is time in (a)
32
kg-m 2 (b) 40 kg-m 2
seconds. What will be the direction of net 3
force on the object relative to the positive 36
(c) kg-m 2 (d) 246 kg-m 2
direction of X -axis, at the instant when its 5
magnitude is 20N? 92. Consider a uniform horizontal solid cylinder
(a) tan-1 æç ö÷ (b) tan-1 æç ö÷
1 2 of mass 10 kg such that its length is 9 times
è2 ø è 3ø its radius. Let the radius be 40 cm. Calculate
(c) tan-1 æç ö÷ (d) tan-1 æç ö÷
4 3 the moment of inertia of the cylinder about a
è 5ø è 4ø line passing through its edge and
perpendicular to its axis.
88. A box of mass m is in equilibrium under the
(a) 21.3 kg-m 2 (b) 18.7 kg-m 2
application of three forces as shown below. If
(c) 23.6 kg-m 2 (d) 10.9 kg-m 2
the magnitude of F1 is 10 N, what is the
magnitude of F3 ? 93. A particle is executing simple harmonic
motion in one-dimension. If the amplitude of
F2 oscillations is 0.2 cm and if its velocity at the
F1
mean position is 5m/s, then the angular
60° 30° frequency of the oscillation is
m
(a) 1000 rad/s (b) 1500 rad/s
F3 (c) 2000 rad/s (d) 2500 rad/s
94. A mass M is split into two parts m 0 and M - m0.
(a) 5N (b) 15 N (c) 20 N (d) 30 N These two masses are then separated by a
distance D. If the gravitational force between
89. A moving body with a mass m1 and velocity u m
the parts is maximum, then the ratio 0 is
strikes a stationary body of mass m2 . The M
m1 (a) 0.2 (b) 0.4 (c) 0.5 (d) 0.6
masses m1 and m2 should be in the ratio ,
m2
95. Two metal wires A and B have length L and
so as to decrease the velocity of the first body 3L respectively. The radius of cross-sectional
2u
to and giving a velocity of v to m2 circular area of wire A and B are R and 2R,
3 respectively. These wires are joined end to end
assuming a perfectly elastic impact. Then, the along their axis. When one end of the combined
m
ratio 1 is system is fixed and other end is pulled with a
m2 constant force F, the elongation in both the
(a) 5 (b) 1/5 (c) 1/25 (d) 25 wires is equal. If Y A and YB are Young’s
modulus of wire A and B, then the YB / Y A is
90. A force acts on a 30 g particle in such a way
3 4 2 3
that the position of the particle as a function (a) (b) (c) (d)
4 3 3 2
of time is given by x = at2 , where x is in
314 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
96. A hydraulic lift as shown in the figure is used 101. A body is oscillating in simple harmonic
to lift a mass of 1000 kg, which is placed on a motion according to the equation
piston (P1) of area 1m 2 . If the cross-section æ pö
x = 6 cos ç2 pt + ÷ m. The magnitude of the
area of the piston (P2) at the other end is è 3ø
0.01 m 2 , then how much mass needs to be acceleration (in m/s 2 ) of the body at t = 1s
put on it to lift the 1000 kg? (a) 12 p 2 (b) 12p (c) 4p 2 (d) 4p
1000 kg
102. A short straight object of length l lies along
P2 P1 the central axis of a spherical concave mirror,
at a distance X from the mirror. The focal
length of the mirror is F. If the length of the
æ l¢ ö
image in the mirror is l¢ , then ratio ç ÷ is
èlø
(assume, l << X and l << F)
(a) 1 kg (b) 10 kg x
(c) 50 kg (d) 100 kg
l
97. If a V and T are the coefficient of volume
2 2
expansion and temperature for an ideal gas F-X F - Xö
(a) (b) æç æ F ö (d) F
÷ (c) ç ÷
respectively, then F è F ø èF - X ø X
1
(a) aV = (b) aV = T
T 103. Consider a glass prism immersed in a liquid
1 1 as shown below. The refractive index of glass
(c) aV = (d) aV =
T T 2 and liquid is 1.5 and 1.2, respectively. A ray
of light enters the prism perpendicular to the
98. If l denotes the wavelength at which the face AB. The largest value of angle q is, if the
radiative emission from a black body at a ray is totally reflected at the face AC, then
temperature T is maximum, then
A
(a) l µ T -1 (b) l µ T 4
(c) l is independent of T (d) l µ T Liquid
99. A Carnot engine C1 operates between
temperature T1 and T2 (T1 > T2). A second
B θ
Carnot engine C 2 uses all the heat rejected by C
the engine C1 and operates between -1
(a) cos (0.8) -1
(b) sin (0.8)
temperature T2 and T3 (where T2 > T3 ). The
efficiency of this combined (C1 and C 2 (c) cos -1(0.6) (d) sin-1(0.4)
together) engine is 104. If in a Young’s double slit experiment the slit
T3 T3
(a) 1 - (b) 1 - separation is doubled and the distance of the
T1 T2 screen from the slits is reduced to half, then
(T2 + T3 ) æ T öæ T ö the fringe widths become how many times
(c) 1 - (d) 1 - ç1 - 2 ÷ ç1 - 3 ÷
T1 è T1 ø è T2 ø their original value?
1 1
(a) (b) 2 (c) (d) 4
100. All gases deviate from gas laws at 2 4
(a) low pressure and high temperature
(b) high pressure and low temperature 105. In a uniformly charged sphere of total charge
(c) low pressure and low temperature Q and radius R, the electric field E is plotted
(d) high pressure and high temperature as function of distance from the centre of the
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 315
sphere. The graph which would correspond A point P at a distance y away from the wire
to the above description will be carrying current i is shown in the figure. If
the magnetic field is zero at point P, then the
magnitude of i is
(a) E (b) E
I i
r r
x y P
æ x ö æ 2x ö æ y ö æ 2y ö
(c) E (d) E (a) I ç ÷ (b) I ç ÷ (c) I ç ÷ (d) I ç ÷
èx+ yø è x + yø èx+ yø è x + yø
Chemistry
121. Given the ratio of kinetic energy of electron (c) There is a time lag between the striking of light
in two orbitals is 16 : 9. Calculate the ratio of beam and the ejection of electrons from the
wavelength of electron waves? metal surface.
(d) For each metal, there is a characteristic minimum
(a) 4 : 3 (b) 9 : 16 (c) 3 : 4 (d) 16 : 9 frequency below which photoelectric is not
122. Which of the following results is not true observed.
about photoelectric effect? 123. Trans uranium elements are
(a) The electrons are ejected from the metal surface (a) elements before uranium
as soon as the beam of light strikes to the
surface. (b) inter transition elements
(b) The number of electrons ejected is proportional (c) elements after uranium
to the intensity or brightness of light. (d) actinoid elements
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 317
124. Arrange the following ions in the correct 132. Which of the following statement is correct?
order with respect to their ionic radii. (a) DG is equal to DG° when the system is at the
(a) Br - > Cl - >Na + >Be 2 + standard state.
(b) Be 2+ >Na + >Cl - >Br - (b) DG° is zero when the system is at equilibrium.
(c) DG measures activation energy of a reaction.
(c) Cl - >Br - >Na + >Be 2 +
(d) When DG is positive, the reaction should proceed
(d) Na + >Be 2 + >Br - >Cl - forward to form more product.
125. What is the correct order of bond lengths in 133. For a given reaction, 2 A q B + C , the
the following molecules? -3
equilibrium constant is 2 ´ 10 . If at any
I. O 2 II. O +2 III. O -2 IV. O 2-
2 given time the composition of the reaction
(a) III > IV > II > I (b) III > IV > I > II mixture is [ A] = [ B] = [C ] = 6 ´ 10 -5M; predict
(c) IV > III > II > I (d) IV > III > I > II in which direction the reaction will proceed
and the correct value for reaction quotient.
126. Which one of the following compound is (a) Forward direction and 1.0
hypervalent? (b) Backward direction and 1.0
(a) NO -3 (b) BF3 (c) PCl 5 (d) CH4 (c) Forward direction and 3 × 10 -5
(d) Backward direction and 3 ´ 10-5
127. What is the ratio of kinetic energy of 7 grams
of nitrogen and 4 grams of oxygen at T(K)? 134. At atmospheric pressure and very low
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 3 : 1 (d) 4 : 1 temperature, water crystallises to
(a) hexagonal form (b) cubic form
128. Equal amount of gases are kept in two (c) tetragonal form (d) tetrahedral form
separate containers. If densities of the two
gases are in 1 : 2 ratio and their temperatures 135. Which of the following statement(s) are
are in 2 : 1 ratio, calculate the ratio of their correct, when alkali metals burn in the
respective pressures. presence of oxygen?
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 1 I. Lithium forms monoxide
II. Sodium forms peroxide
129. Given the ratio of amounts of nitrogen and III. Potassium, rubidium and cesium forms
oxygen in a particular gaseous mixture is 4 :1. superoxide
Calculate the ratio of number of their (a) I and II (b) Only III (c) I and III (d) I, II and III
molecules?
136. Pick the correct statement.
(a) 11 : 4 (b) 32 : 7 (c) 4 : 15 (d) 13 : 8
I. Borax is white crystalline solid containing
130. Sulphuric acid reacts with sodium hydroxide [B 4O 5(OH)4 ]2- units.
as follows :
II. Aqueous solution of borax is acidic in nature.
H 2SO 4 + 2NaOH ¾® Na 2SO 4 + 2H 2O III. Cobalt gives blue colour in borax bead
What will be the amount of sodium sulphate test.
formed, when 1 L of 0.2 M sulphuric acid is (a) I and II (b) I and III
allowed to react with 1 L of 0.2 M sodium (c) Only II (d) II and III
hydroxide solution? 137. Which element does not show catenation
(a) 4.5 g (b) 142 g (c) 14.2 g (d) 1.42 g property?
(a) Si (b) Ge (c) Sn (d) Pb
131. For the reactions,
2Cl(g) ¾® Cl 2 (g) 138. Acid rain is mainly caused by the emissions
1 of which of the following gases?
CO 2 (g) ¾® CO(g) + O 2 (g) I. Sulphur dioxide II. Carbon dioxide
2
III. Nitrogen dioxide IV. Methane
What are the signs of DS, respectively?
(a) I and II (b) I, II and III
(a) Positive and positive (b) Positive and negative
(c) Negative and positive (d) Negative and negative (c) I and III (d) I, II, III and IV
318 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
139. During the course of estimating nitrogen 142. Intercepts of a plane in crystal is given by a,
using Kjeldahl’s method, the organic b / 2, 3c in a simple cubic unit cell. The miller
compound is heated with indices are
(a) conc. HCl (b) dil. H 2 SO 4 (a) (1 3 2) (b) (2 6 1) (c) (1 2 3) (d) (3 6 1)
(c) conc. H 2 SO 4 (d) conc. HI
143. Relative lowering of vapour pressure of a
140. An organic compound, ‘A’ with molecular dilute solution is 0.5. What is the mole
formula C8H 8O on reaction with I 2 /KOH gives fraction of the non-volatile solute?
salt of carboxylic acid ‘B’ and a (a) 0.5 (b) 0.25 (c) 1 (d) 2
halo-compound ‘C’. Compound ‘C’ on the
reaction with silver powder gives ‘D’. The 144. The solubility product of a sparingly soluble
structures of ‘A’ and ‘D’ are AB2 salt is 2.56 ´ 10 -4 M 3 at 25°C. The K f of
OH water is 1.8 K kg mol -1 . The depression in
O freezing point of a standard solution of AB2 is
CH 2 ; D : H 3C—C—H (a) 0.432 K (b) 0.216 K
(a) A: (c) 0.108 K (d) 13.824 K
O
145. Mg 2+ displaces hydrogen from acids but
copper does not. A galvanic cell prepared by
combining Cu/Cu 2+ and Mg/Mg 2+ has an
(b) A :
CH 3 ; D : HC ≡≡ CH
EMF of 2.71 V at 298 K. If the potential of
copper electrode is 0.34 V, what is the
O CH 2 reduction potential of Mg electrode?
; D : H 2C==CH 2 (a) + 3.05 V (b) -2.37 V
(c) A :
(c) +2.37 V (d) 2 V
151. When [ Ti(H 2O)6]Cl 3 is heated at 250°C, the 156. Arrange the following in the correct order of
change in colour is from reactivity towards nucleophilic substitution
(a) violet to red (b) violet to blue reaction.
(c) blue to green (d) violet to colourless I. 1-chloro-2-nitrobenzene
II. Chlorobenzene
152. Which compound is zero valent metal
complex? III. 1-chloro-3-nitrobenzene
(a) II > I > III (b) III > I > II
(a) [Cu(NH3 )4 ]SO 4 (b) [Pt(NH3 )2 Cl 2 ] (c) I > III > II (d) II > III > I
(c) [Ni(CO)4 ] (d) K 3 [Fe(CN)6 ]
157. Reactions that produce n-butanol in the
153. The structure given below is an example of following are :
— O — CH — CH2 — C — O — CH — C — O — (i) B2H6
I. CH 3CH 2CH ==CH 2 ¾¾¾¾¾®
(ii) NaOH/ H O 2 2
CH3 O CH2 O
(i) CH3Mgl
II. CH 3 CH 2 CHO ¾¾¾¾®
CH3 (ii) H O 2
COOH
(c) (d)
(d) CrO3/H2SO4
CH3
OH NH2
NO2
320 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
Br
159. Predict A and B in the following reaction |
sequence : (c) A. CH3 — CH2 — CH2 — CH — COOH
CH 3 — CH 2 — CH 2 — CH 2 — COOH B. CH3 —CH ==CH—CH2 —COOH
Br 2 KOH (alc.) Br
¾¾¾¾¾¾® A ¾¾¾¾® B |
Red phosphorus
(d) A. CH3 — CH2 — CH2 — CH — COOH
Br
| B. CH3 — CH2 — CH ==CH — COO -K+
(a) A. CH3 — (CH2 )2 — CH — COOH
Br 160. The major product formed by the reaction of
| benzylamine with nitrous acid is
B. CH3 — (CH2 )2 — CH — COO -K+
(a) phenol
Br
| (b) benzaldehyde
(b) A. CH3 — CH2 — CH — CH2 — COOH (c) chlorobenzene
Br (d) benzyl alcohol
|
B. CH3 — CH2 — CH ==CH —COO -K+
Answers
Mathematics
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (c)
11. (a) 12. (c) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (*) 19. (a) 20. (b)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (c) 30. (a)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (c) 34. (b) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (b)
41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (c) 44. (c) 45. (b) 46. (a) 47. (d) 48. (*) 49. (b) 50. (c)
51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (c) 54. (b) 55. (a) 56. (c) 57. (d) 58. (a) 59. (a) 60. (b)
61. (d) 62. (c) 63. (d) 64. (c) 65. (d) 66. (a) 67. (d) 68. (a) 69. (c) 70. (c)
71. (b) 72. (d) 73. (d) 74. (b) 75. (c) 76. (b) 77. (a) 78. (d) 79. (d) 80. (a)
Physics
81. (b) 82. (d) 83. (a) 84. (a) 85. (a) 86. (a) 87. (d) 88. (c) 89. (a) 90. (a)
91. (*) 92. (*) 93. (d) 94. (c) 95. (a) 96. (b) 97. (a) 98. (a) 99. (*) 100. (b)
101. (a) 102. (c) 103. (a) 104. (c) 105. (c) 106. (c) 107. (a) 108. (b) 109. (c) 110. (d)
111. (c) 112. (b) 113. (c) 114. (b) 115. (b) 116. (a) 117. (b) 118. (d) 119. (b) 120. (d)
Chemistry
121. (c) 122. (c) 123. (c) 124. (a) 125. (d) 126. (c) 127. (b) 128. (a) 129. (b) 130. (c)
131. (c) 132. (a) 133. (b) 134. (b) 135. (d) 136. (b) 137. (d) 138. (c) 139. (c) 140. (b)
141. (c) 142. (d) 143. (a) 144. (b) 145. (b) 146. (a) 147. (c) 148. (c) 149. (b) 150. (c)
151. (d) 152. (c) 153. (b) 154. (a) 155. (b) 156. (c) 157. (d) 158. (a) 159. (d) 160. (d)
e m/ b e n/ d
∴ = ⇒ x c / d − a/ b = e n / d − m / b 10. (c) Given, z1 , z2 , z3 ,..., zn are roots of equation
x a/ b xc/ d z + 1
1 (z + 1)n = z n ⇒ = ()
1 1/ n
c a bn − md × bd z
−
⇒ x = (e n / d − m / b) d b ⇒ x=e bd bc − ad
z +1 2kπ 2kπ
= cos + i sin
bn − md md − bn ∆1 z n n
∆3
⇒ x= ⇒ x=
e bc − ad =e e ad − bc 2kπ 2kπ
z + 1 = Z cos + i sin
e m/ b n n
Putting the value of x in y = a/ b we get
x 1
z=
an − mc ∆2 2kπ 2kπ
cos + i sin −1
y = e ad − bc = e ∆ 3 n n
kπ
7. (d) We have, |z|− z = 2 + i z = 1 − i cot
1
2 n
Let z = x + iy ∴ x 2 + y 2 − x − iy = 2 + i
−1 kπ
Rez = , Im(z) = cot
1
Equating real part and imaginary part we get, 2 2 n
x 2 + y 2 − x = 2 and y = −1 −1 kπ
2Re(zi) = 1, cot [2|Im zi|] =
∴ x2 + 1 = x + 2 ⇒ x2 + 1 = x2 + 4x + 4 n
ν cot −1 (2(Im zi) − 1 ν kπ
3 3 ∑ = ∑ − 1
⇒ x=− ⇒ z= − −i
4 4 i =1 2Re(zi) ι =1 n
9 25 5 π (n)(n + 1)
∴ |z|= +1 = = = (1 + 2 + 3 + ..... n) − n = π −n
16 16 4 n 2(n)
(n + 1)
8. (d) Given, arg(z − 2 − 3i) = π ⇒ z = x + iy
1 1
= π − n = [nπ + π − 2n] = [π − (π − 2)n]
4 2 2 2
z − 2 − 3i = x + iy − 2 − 3i = (x − 2) + (y − 3)i
11. (a) Let y = x 2+ 14 x + 9
2
y − 3 π y−3 π
arg(z − 2 − 3i) = tan−1 = ⇒ = tan x + 2x + 3
x − 2 4 x−2 4 ⇒ x 2 y + 2xy + 3y = x 2 + 14 x + 9
y − 3= x − 2 ⇒ x − y +1 = 0 ⇒ x 2(y − 1) + 2x(y − 7) + 3y − 9 = 0
∴ Locus of z is x − y + 1 = 0.
Here, x ∈ R
9. (b) We have, ∴ 4(y − 7)2 − 4(y − 1)(3y − 9) ≥ 0
cosθ cos 2θ cos 3θ a − 2cosθ
1+ + + + .... = (y − 7)2 − (3y 2 − 12y + 9) ≥ 0
2 4 8 5 + b cosθ
y 2 − 14 y + 49 − 3y 2 + 12y − 9 ≥ 0
Put, θ = 0
⇒ 2y 2 + 2y − 40 ≤ 0 ⇒ y 2 + y − 20 ≤ 0
1 1 1 a−2
∴ 1 + + + .... = (y + 5)(y − 4) ≤ 0 ∴ y ∈ [−5, 4]
2 4 8 5+ b
1 a−2 a−2 ∴Maximum and minimum value of
⇒ = ⇒ 2=
1−
1 5+ b 5+ b x 2 + 14 x + 9
are 4 and −5 respectively.
2 x 2 + 2x + 3
⇒ 10 + 2b = a − 2 ⇒ a − 2b = 12 …(i)
12. (c) We have, 12 − x − x ≤ 12 − x − x
2 2
Put, θ = π
1 1 1 a+ 2 x + 10 2x + 9
1 − + − + ... =
2 4 8 5− b ⇒ 12 − x − x (2x + 9 − x − 10) ≤ 0
2
1 a+ 2 2 a+ 2
⇒ = ⇒ = ⇒ 12 − x − x 2 (x − 1) ≤ 0
1 5− b 3 5− b
1+ ∴ 12 − x − x 2 ≥ 0 and x ≤ 1
2
⇒ x 2 + x − 12 ≤ 0 and x ≤ 1
⇒ 10 − 2b = 3a + 6 ⇒ 3a + 2b = 4 …(ii)
⇒ (x + 4)(x − 3) ≤ 0 and x ≤ 1
From Eq. (i) and (ii), we get
⇒ x ∈ [−4, 3] and x ∈ (−∞ ,1]
a = 4, b = −4
∴ x ∈ [−4, 1] ∪ {3}
∴ (a − b)2 = (4 + 4)2 = 82 = 64
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 323
13. (d) Given equation, 16. (b) The total number of collection of atleast (n + 1)
6 x 6 − 25x 5 + 31 x 4 − 31 x 2 + 25x − 6 = 0 books from (2n + 1) books is,
6(x 6 − 1) − 25x(x 4 − 1) + 31(x 4 − x 2) = 0 2n + 1
Cn + 1 + 2n + 1
Cn + 2 + ... 2n + 1 C2n + 1 = 255
(x 2 − 1)[6 x 4 + 6 x 2 + 6 − 25x 3 − 25x + 31 x 2] = 0 2 2n+ 1
⇒ − 1 = 255
6 x 4 + 6 − 25(x 3 + x) + 37 x 2 = 0 2
6 x 2 + 2 − 25 x + + 37 = 0 ⇒ 22n = 256 ⇒ 22n = 28 ⇒ n= 4
1 1
x x ∴Total number of books = 2n + 1 = 2 × 4 + 1 = 9
2
6 x + − 12 − 25 x + + 37 = 0
1 1 17. (d) We have,
x x −4
1 + 2 x (4 + 5x)1 / 2
2
6 x + − 25 x + + 25 = 0 3
1 1
x x (9 + x)3/ 2
∴ 6 y − 25y + 25 = 0
2 Q x + 1 = y x −4 1/ 2
= 1 +
2x
× 2 1 + x
5
x × (9 + x)−3/ 2
3 4
(6 y − 15)(6 y − 10) = 0
−4 1/ 2 −3/ 2
= 1 +
2x
× 2 × 1 + x
5 5 1 5 1 5 1 x
y= , ⇒ x + = ⇒ x = 2, × 1 +
2 3 x 2 2 3 4 27 9
1 5 2 8x 5 1
x + = has no real roots =
x 3 1 − 1 + x 1 − x
27 3 8 6
5
∴ α+β= 2 8 5 1 2 53
3 = 1 − x + x − x = 1 − x
27 3 8 6 27 24
14. (a) We have,
6 2 53 × 6
x 5 − 8 x 4 + 25x 3 − 38 x 2 + 28 x − 8 = 0 Put, x = = 1 −
371 27 24 × 371
Let f (x) = x 5 − 8 x 4 + 25x 3 − 38 x 2 + 28 x − 8
2 53 2 1431 1
f(2) = 32 − 128 + 200 − 152 + 56 − 8 = 1 − = × =
27 1484 27 1484 14
f(2) = 0 ⇒ f ′(x) = 5x 4 − 32x 3 + 75x 2 − 76 x + 28
f ′(2) = 80 − 256 + 300 − 152 + 28 ⇒ f ′(2) = 0 18. (*) We have, 3+ x + 5+ x
f ′′(x) = 20 x 3 − 96 x 2 + 150 x − 76 Here, 3 < x < 5
f ′′(2) = 160 − 384 + 300 − 76 ⇒ f ′′(2) = 0 1/ 2 1/ 2
∴ x1 / 2 1 + + 51 / 2 1 +
3 x
f ′′′(x) = 60 x 2 − 192x + 150 x 5
f ′′′(2) = 240 − 384 + 150 = 6 ⇒ f ′′′(2) ≠ 0 1/ 2 1 3 1 1 9
x 1 + + − 1 2 ...
∴ Given, α is a root of multiplicity 3 2 x 2 2 x
∴ α = 2 ⇒ α 2 − 5 α + 6 = 4 − 10 + 6 = 0 1 x x2 1 1 x 3
+51 / 2 1 + + − 1 2 + − 1 − 2 3
1 1 1
15. (b) The number of positive integral solution of 2 5 2 2 5 2 2 2 5
9× 8× 7
x1 + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 = 10 is 9 C3 = = 84 ∴ Coefficient of x −3/ 2 is,
1 × 2× 3 1 1 1 1 9
∴ Statement I is false. − 1 9 = × − × 9 = −
2 2 2 2 4
The exponent of 2 in 25! is
and coefficient of x 3 is,
25 + 25 + 25 + 25 = 12 + 6 + 3 + 1 = 22
51 / 2 × − 1 − 2 3
2 4 8 16 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 5
The exponent of 5 in (25)! is 1 −5
1 1 −3
3 3
25 + 25 = 5 + 1 = 6 = 52 ×
× − × − = 52 ×
5 25 2 2 2 8
Sum of coefficient of x −3/ 2
∴ Exponent of 10 in 25! = 6
−9 3 − 5/ 2 −18 + 3(5)−5/ 2
Hence, (25)! = 106 × k ⇒ k ∈ N and x3 = + 5 =
4 8 8
∴Statement II is true. (*) No option is matched.
324 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
cos x − sin x = a sin x ⇒ cos x = sin x( a + 1) ⇒ (tan−1 3 − tan−1 2) + (tan−1 4 − tan−1 2)....
sin x( a + 1)( a − 1) tan−1 (k + 2) − tan−1 (k + 1) = tan−1 α
cos x =
( a − 1) tan−1 (k + 2) − tan−1 2 = tan−1 α
( a − 1) cos x = a sin x − sin x k + 2− 2
tan−1 −1
= tan α
a cos x = a sin x + cos x − sin x 1 + (k + 2)(2)
∴ a sin x + cos x − sin x = a cos x
k k
⇒ =α ⇒ α =
21. (a) A. Period of sin2 x is π 1 + 2k + 4 2k + 5
f (x) = sin x
2
π π 3π
cos2 θ cosh 2α − cos2 hα = 1 ∠AOB = π − + = π −
cos h 2α + 1 8 4 8
cos2 θ cosh 2α − =1
2 By Sine rule,
AO
=
BO
π π
2cos θ cosh 2α − cosh 2α − 1 = 2
2
sin sin
4 8
cosh 2α(2cos2 θ − 1) = 3 ⇒ cos 2θ cosh 2α = 3 7 π π
× sin sin
26. (b) Let three sides are x −1, x,x + 1. BO = 3 8 = 7× 8 =
7
π 3 π π π
A sin 2 sin cos 6 cos
4 8 8 8
θ 1
Area of ∆AOB = AO × BO × sin ∠AOB
2
x+1 x 3π
sin π −
1 7 7 8
= × × ×
2θ 2 3 6 π
cos
B x–1 C 8
π
Given, largest angle is twice the smallest angle sin 3
=
7
× 8 = 7 Q sin 3π = cos 3π
(x + 1)2 + (x)2 − (x − 1)2 36 cos π 8
∴ cosθ = 36 8
2x(x + 1) 8
x 2 + 2x + 1 + x 2 − x 2 + 2x − 1 Area of ∆ABC = 3 ×
7
=
7
=
2x(x + 1) 36 12
x2 + 4x x+4 28. (b) Given, sides of ∆ABC is 5k, 5k and 6k respectively,
= = …(i)
2x(x + 1) 2(x + 1) A
By Sine rule,
x +1 x −1 x +1 x −1 θ θ
= ⇒ =
sin 2θ sinθ 2sinθ cosθ sinθ 5k 5k
x +1 4k
⇒ cosθ = …(ii)
2(x − 1)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), B 3k D 3k C
x +1 x+4
= ⇒ x=5 ABC is an isosceles triangle,
2(x − 1) 2(x + 1) 3
⇒ AD = 25k2 − 9k2 = 4k ⇒ tanθ =
∴ Sides are 4, 5, 6 4
1 15 15 15 15 2tanθ
∆= − 4 − 5 − 6 ∠BAC = 2θ ⇒ tan 2θ =
2 2 2 2 2 1 − tan2 θ
3
=
1
15 × 7 × 5 × 3 =
15
7 2×
4 = 24 ⇒ 2 θ = tan−1
24
4 4 ⇒ tan 2θ =
1−
9 7 7
27. (a) In ∆ABC, AD and BE are medians of ∆ABC 16
7 π
AD = ⇒ ∠DAB = ∴Largest angle is tan−1 .
24
2 8 7
π 2 2 7 7
∠ABE = ⇒ AO = AD = × =
4 3 3 2 3 29. (c) Given,
A l(3a + 2b + c) + m(2a + 2b + 3c) + n(a + 2b + 5c) = 0
Where l , m, n are scalar
π/8 ∴ a (3l + 2m + n) + 2b(l + m + n) + c (l + 3m + 5n) = 0
E
O a , b, c are independent vector
π/4 ∴ 3l + 2m + n = 0 …(i)
l + m+ n = 0 …(ii)
B D C
l + 3m + 5n = 0 …(ii)
326 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
r b
34. (b) Given, lines r = (− $i + 3k$ ) + t(2$i + 3$j + 6k$ )
and $ ) + s(2$i − $j + 2k
r = (3$i + $j − k $)
X 1 2 3 4 5 ⇒ 5α 2 + 4β 2 + 3αβ − 4 = 0
λ − 6
Clearly, ∆ABC is a right angle triangle Q Centre of circle λ − 1, lie on chord
– centre of circle is mid-point of AC i.e., O(2, 3) 2
r = AO = (3 − 2)2 + (2 − 3)2 = 1 + 1 = λ−6
2 ∴ 2(λ − 1) + =0 ⇒ λ=2
2
Equation of circle in parameter form is Q Equation of circle = x 2 + y 2 + 2x − 4 y + 3 = 0
x = 2 + 2cosθ ⇒ y = 3 + 2sinθ
(−2, 1) is lie on circle x 2 + y 2 + 2x − 4 y + 3 = 0
∴ a = 2, b = 3, r = 2
b a ⋅ r a = (3)2( 2)2 = 9 × 2 = 18 53. (c) Radical axis of circle x 2 + y2 + 2αx + 2βy + c = 0
3
and x 2 + y 2 + x + 4 y + c = 0 is
50. (c) Given equation of circle, 2
x 2 + y2 − 4 x − 6 y + 9 = 0 2α − 3 x + (2β − 4) y = 0
R = PC = 4+ 9− 9 = 2 2
x 2 + y 2 − 4 x − 6 y + 12 = 0 (4α − 3) x + 4 (β − 2) y = 0
(4α − 3) x + (β − 8) y = 0 touches the circle
r = QC = 4 + 9 − 12 = 1
x 2 + y 2 + 2x + 2y + 1 = 0
P
(4α − 3)(−1) + (3 − 8)(−1)
2 ∴ 1=
(4α − 3)2 + (4β − 8)2
R Q
θ ⇒ (4α − 3)2 + (4b − 8)2 = (4α + 4β − 11)2
1
C
⇒ 16α 2 − 24α + 9 + 16β 2 − 64β + 64
= 16α 2 + 16β 2 + 121 + 32 αβ − 88α − 88 β
⇒ 32αβ − 88α + 24α − 88β + 64β = 9 + 64 − 121
32αβ − 64α − 24β = −48 ⇒ 4αβ − 8α − 3β = −6
In ∆PQC, ⇒ 4αβ − 8α − 3β + 10 = −6 + 10 = 4
QC 1 π
cosθ = = ⇒θ= 54. (b) PQ is focal chord of parabola y2 = 4 x focus
PC 2 3
S(1, 0) and P(4, 4)
∴ Area of ∆QRC,
We know that, Length of Semi-latus rectum is
1 1 2π 1 3 3
= (CQ)2 × sin 2θ = × 1 × sin = ×1 × = Harmonic mean of PS and SQ
2 2 3 2 2 4 P (4, 4)
51. (c) Equation of tangent drawn from origin, ‘O’ of
the circle is x 2 + y 2 + 2gx + 2 fy + g2 = 0 or T 2 = SS1
2
∴
x + 0 + 2 f (y + 0) + g2 S (1, 0)
0 + 0 + 2g
2 2
= (x 2 + y 2 + 2gx + 2 fy + g2)(g2)
Q (t2, 2t)
⇒(gx + fy + g ) = g (x + y ) +2g x + 2 fg y + g
2 2 2 2 2 3 2 4
1 1 1 1
⇒ g2 x 2 + f 2 y 2 + g4 + 2g3 x + 2g2 fy + 2gfxy ∴ + =1 ⇒ =1−
PS SQ SQ PS
= g2 x 2 + g2 y 2 + 2g3 x + 2 fg2 y + g4 1 1 1 4 5
=1− = 1 − = ⇒ SQ =
⇒ f 2 y 2 + 2g2 fy + 2gfxy = g2 y 2 + 2 fg2 y SQ 9 + 16 5 5 4
⇒ y 2(g2 − f 2) − 2gfyx = 0 ⇒ y[(g2 − f 2) y − 2gfx] = 0
55. (a)
⇒ y = 0, (g2 − f 2) y − 2gfx = 0
y=1+2x
52. (d) 2x + y = 0 is equation of chord of circle, r1
A
x + y − 2x − 6 y + 3 = 0
2 2
B P
∴ x 2 + y 2 − 2x − 6 y + 3 + λ(2x + y) = 0
x 2 + y 2 + 2x(λ − 1) + y(λ − 6) + 3 = 0
2x + y = 0 is also diameter of the required circle x 2 = 4ay
330 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
1 dA 1 1
A= bc sinθ ⇒ = bc cosθ ⇒ dA = bc cosθdθ 70. (c) Given, a + b is constant
2 dθ 2 2 A
1
bc cosθdθ
dA
× 100 = 2 × 100 = cotθdθ × 100
A 1
bc sinθ b
2 b2 – a2
= cot
3π
×
π
× 100 Q θ = 67 1 ° = 3π
8 1200 2 8
π Q cos 3π =
= ( 2 − 1) 2 − 1 C a B
12 8
Let a+ b = k
68. (a) Given, y = f (x) Area of ∆ABC say A
Equation of tangent of curve y = f (x) at P(α , 1) is 1 1
A = × a × b 2 − a 2 ⇒ A2 = a 2(b 2 − a 2)
y − 1 = f (α)(x − α) 2 4
Equation of normal of curve at P(α , 1) is a 2
k 2 2
a − 2ka 3
A2 = ((k − a)2 − c 2) =
1 4 4
y −1 = − (x − a)
f ′(α) Differentiating w.r.t. ‘a’,
∴Tangent cut of X-axis at A dA 2k2a − 6ka 2
2A =
1 da 4
∴ A = α − , 0
f ′α For maximum or minimum
dA
=0
∴Normal cut of X-axis at B da
∴ B = (α + f ′(α), 0) d 2 A − k2
k2a − 3ka 2 = 0 ⇒ a = k / 3 ⇒ = <0
Point C = (α , 0) da 2 4A
1 A’s maximum value
AC + BC = α − α + + α + f ′(α) − α
f ′(α) a = k/3
1 k k a 1 π
AC − BC = + f ′(α) Now, a = , b = 2 ⇒ cosθ = = ⇒θ=
f ′(α) 3 3 b 2 3
AC + BC is minimum 71. (b) We have,
When, f ′(α) = 1 (x − 1)dx
∫ (x + 1) = A tan−1 f (x) + C
∴Equation of tangent of curve x + x + x
3 2
y − 1 = 1(x − α) ⇒ x − y = α + 1 (x − 1)dx
∴Equation of tangent of curve is parallel to
Let I= ∫ (x + 1) x3 + x2 + x
x − y = 0.
x −1
69. (c) Given, y = 3x 5 + 15x − 8 = ∫ 1
dx
dx 1 dy x(x + 1) x + + 1
= unit/sec ⇒ = 6 unit/sec x
dt 5 dt
+ 1 = t and 1 − 2 dx = dt
1 1
dy dx Put, x +
= (15x 4 + 15) x x
dt dt
1 (x − 1) x2
⇒ 6 = 15(x + 1) ×
4
5
⇒ x4 + 1 = 2 = ∫ x(x + 1)
t
×
(x − 1)
2
dt
⇒ x 4 = 1 ⇒ x = ±1 =∫
x dt
⇒ y()1 = 3 + 15 − 8 = 10 (x + 1)2 t
dt = ∫ x 2 + 2x + 1
t
y(−1) = −3 − 15 − 8 = −26 x
∴ A(1, 10), B(−1, −26) dt dt
−26 − 10 −36
= ∫ 1
=∫
(
1 + t) t
Slope of AB = = = 18 1 + x + + 1 t
−1 − 1 −2 x
1
= 2tan−1 t + C = 2tan−1 x+ +1 + C
x
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 333
1 dx
∴ A = 2 ⇒ f (x) = x +
+1 74. (b) Let I = ∫
x (x − 2) x 2 − 3x + 5
A = 2 ⇒ f(−1) = −1 − 1 + 1 = −1 1 −1 1
∴ (A, f (−1) = (2, − 1) Put, x − 2 = dx = 2 dt ⇒ x = 2 +
t t t
72. (d) We have, f 2x + 3 = x + 4 −1 / t 2
dt
3x + 5 ∴ I= ∫ 2
2x + 3 5y − 3 1 2+ 1 − 3 2+ 1 + 5
Put, = y ⇒ 2x + 3 = 3xy + 5y ⇒ x =
3x + 5 2 − 3y
t t t
5y − 3 5y − 3 + 8 − 12y 7y − 5 dt −1 dt
I = ∫−
3∫
∴ f (y) = + 4= ⇒ f (y) = = 2
2 − 3y 2 − 3y 3x − 2 3t 2 + t + 1 1 11
t + +
7x − 5 7x − 5 6 6
∴ f (x) = ⇒ ∫ f (x)dx = ∫ dx
3x − 2 3x − 2 −1 −1 6t + 1
I= sinh
t+ 2 3 11
Put, 3x − 2 = t ⇒ x =
3 −1 6 + (x − 2) 1
t + 2 I= sinh−1 + C t = x − 2
7 −5 3 11 ( x − 2)
dt 1 3
dx = = ∫ dt
3 3 t −1 x+4
I= sinh−1 + C
1 7t − 1 7 1 dt 3 11(x − 2)
= ∫ dt = ∫ dt − ∫
9 t 9 3 t a a
7 1 75. (c) We have, A = ∫ f (x) dx = ∫0 ( f (x) + f (− x))dx
= t − log t + C −a
9 9 b g( b)
7 1
A is true, R= ∫a f (x) dx = ∫ g( a) f (g(u) g′(u) du
= (3x − 2) − log|3x − 2| + C
9 9 Put, x = g(u), dx = g(u)du
7 1
= x − log|3x − 2|+ C at x = a = g(u) and x = b u = g−1 (b) ⇒ u = g−1 (a)
3 9 b g −1 ( b)
7
Here, A = , B = −
1 ∴ ∫a f (x)dx = ∫ g −1
( a)
f (g(x) g′(x)dx
3 9
∴ R is false.
∴ 3B − A = 3 − − = −
1 7 8
9 3 A(x)
3 76. (b) Given, cos x + cos 2x + ....+ cos nx =
2sin x / 2
73. (d) We have (n − 1)
A(x) = 2cos x +
nx
x 2 − 8 x + 19 e x (lx + m) ∴ x sin
∫ e (x − 1)5 dx = (x − 1)4 + C
x 2 2
+
A(x) = 2cos x sin
n 1 nx
x 2 − 5x + 4 − 3x + 15 2 2
Let I = ∫ e x dx
2n + 1
(x − 1)5 A(x) = sin
x
x − sin
2 2
(x − 4)(x − 1) (x − 5)
I = ∫ ex −3 dx π π
2n + 1 x
(x − 1) (x − 1)5 ∫ A(x)dx = ∫ sin 2 x − sin 2 dx
5
x−4 3(x − 5) 0 0
I = ∫ ex − dx
π
2n + 1 x
cos
− 4
(x − 1)5 2
( x 1) = − x + 2cos
2n + 1 2 20
x−4
Here, f (x) =
(x − 1)4 −2 2n + 1 π
= cos π + 2cos
−3(x − 5) 2n + 1 2 2
⇒ f (x) =
(x − 1)5 −2
− cos 0 + 2cos 0
e x (x − 4) 2n + 1
∴ I= +C
(x − 1)4 −2 4n
= 0− + 2 = −
∴ l = 1 m = −4
2n + 1 2n +1
∴ 4l + m = 4 − 4 = 0
334 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
3 2
77. (a) Given parabola, y = x 2 + 3 dy d 3 y d2y
− 3 = 2 + y
Tangent of parabola at (3, 12) is dx dx dx
Y + 12
= 3x + 3 ⇒ Y = 6 x − 6 Clearly, order and degree is 3 and 3 respectively.
2
79. (d) We have, dy = 2x − 3y + 4
dx 3x + 2y − 7
⇒ 3xdy + 2 ydy − 7dy = 2xdx − 3ydx + 4dx
⇒ 3xdy + 3ydx − 7dy + 2ydy − 2xdx − 4dx = 0
⇒ 3d(xy) + (2y − 7)dy − (4 + 2x)dx = 0
On integrating, we get
1 3 3xy + y 2 − 7 y − 4 x − x 2 = C
⇒ x − y 2 − 3xy + 4 x + 7 y + C = 0
2
3 3
Required area = ∫0 (x + 3) dx − ∫1 (6 x − 6) dx
2
80. (a) We have, dy = x + y + 1
3 dx y − x +1
x 3
= + 3x − [3x 2 − 6 x]13 ⇒ ydy − xdy + dy = xdx + ydx + dx
3 0 (y + 1)dy = (x + 1)dx + ydx + xdy
= (9 + 9) − ((27 − 18) + 3) = 18 − 12 = 6 (y + 1)dy = (x + 1)dx + d(xy)
78. (d) Given differential equation, (y + 1)2 (x + 1)2
3/ 2
On integrating, = + xy + C
d2y dy d 3 y 2 2
+ y+ − 3 =0 ⇒ (x + 1) − (y + 1) + 2xy = −2C
2 2
dx 2 dx dx
3/ 2 ⇒ 2xy + (x + 1)2 − (y + 1)2 = C
dy d 3 y d2y
− 3 = − 2 + y
dx dx dx
Physics
81. (b) The law of conservation of energy is valid 83. (a) The given situation of entire motion of ball is
both, macroscopic and microscopic domain. shown in the following figure.
All conserved quantities are not necessarily P
scalars. e.g., conservation of linear momentum
and angular momentum are vectors whereas
conservation of energy is scalar. h–5
82. (d) According to the question,given that h
29 main scale division (MSD) = 30 vernier scale B
division (VSD)
29 u =20 m/s 5m
⇒ 29 MSD = 30 VSD ⇒ 1 VSD = × 1 MSD A
30
29
⇒ 1 VSD = (0.5°) [Q1 MSD = 0.5° ] Initial speed of ball, u = 20 m/s
30
29 ° Total time taken by the ball to reach at highest
⇒ 1 VSD = point P is t1 , then from equation of vertical motion
60
v = u − gt ⇒ 0 = 20 − 10t1 ⇒ t1 = 2s
∴ Least count of vernier calliperse is given as
Maximum height attained by the ball is h, then
LC = 1 MSD − 1 VSD from equation
29 ° 30 − 29 ° 1 ° 1 1
h = ut − gt 2 = 20 × 2 − × 10 × 22 = 40 − 20 = 20 m
= 0.5° − = = 2 2
60 60 60
If t2 be the time taken by the ball to reach at B
= 1 min Q1 min = 1 degree
from point P, then
60
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 335
1 2 1
h − 5 = 0 × t2 + gt2 ⇒ 20 − 5 = 0 + × 10t22 87. (d) Given, mass of object, m2 = 2 kg
2 2
Velocity, v = (8t $i + 3t 2 $j) m/s
15 = 5t22 ⇒ t2 = 3 s
∴Acceleration of object is given as
∴Time taken by the ball during entire trip,
dv d
t = t1 + t2 = 2 + 3s a = = (8t $i + 3t 2$j)
dt dt
84. (a) The given situation of entire motion of motor a = 8$i + 6t $j ms −2
bike is shown in the figure.
Hence, according to Newton’s second law of
vA=0 vB=10m/s a=0 vC=vB D motion, force on the object,
A a=0.5m/s2 B C a' =0.2m/s2 vf =0 F = ma = 2(8$i + 6t $j)
10 km
⇒ F = 16$i + 12t $j …(i)
If time taken by the motorbike to reach from point
A to B is t AB , then for A to B, |F| = 162 + (12t)2
v A = 0, vB = 10 ms −1 , a = 0.5 ms −2
⇒ 20 = 162 + (12t)2 [Given, |F| = 20 N]
∴From equation, v = u + at
⇒ 400 = 256 + 144 t 2
vB = v A + at AB ⇒ 10 = 0 + 0.5t AB
10 ⇒ 144t 2 = 144 ⇒ t 2 = 1 ⇒ t = 1 s
⇒ t AB = = 20 s
0.5 Put t = 1 s in Eq. (i),we get
Since, motorbike moves from point B to C with F = 16$i + 12$j
constant velocity. Hence, time taken to travel
∴Angle made by force F relative to positive
distance BC is given as
direction of X-axis is given as
BC 10 km 10000 m
tBC = = = = 1000 s F
θ = tan−1 Y = tan−1 = tan−1
12 3
vB 10 ms−1 10 ms−1
FX 16 4
For motion of motorbike from point C to D,
time = tCD , vB = 10 ms−1 , v f = 0, a ′ = 0.2 ms−2 88. (c) All forces are resolved in two perpendicular
axes (X and Y ) as shown in the figure.
From equation, v = u − at ,
Y
v f = vB − a ′ tCD F2 F2 sin (60º)
0 = 10 − 0.2 × tCD ⇒ tCD = 50 s F1 sin (30º)
∴ Total time = t AB + tBC + tCD F1
= 20 s + 1000 s + 50 s = 1070 s
60º 30º
85. (a) Given, r1 = 2x$ ⇒ r2 = 2y$ X
F2 cos (60º) m F1 cos (30º)
∴ r1 + r2 = 2x$ + 2y$
∴ |r1 + r2| = 22 + 22 = 8=2 2
F3
86. (a) Given that,
A1 + A 2 = 5A 3 …(i)
Since, block of mass m is in equilibrium.
A1 − A 2 = 3A 3 …(ii)
Hence, resolving the forces in x-direction, we get
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
|F2|cos(60°) = |F1|cos(30°)
2A1 = 8A 3 ⇒ A1 = 4A 3
1 3
A1 = 4(2$i + 4$j) [Q A 3 = 2$i + 4$j (given)] |F2| × = 10 × (Q|F1| = 10 N given)
2 2
A = 8$i + 16$j
1 |F2| = 10 3 N
On subtracting Eqs. (ii) from (i), we get
Again, resolving the force in y-direction, we get
2A 2 = 2A 3 ⇒ A 2 = A 3 = 2$i + 4$j
|F3| = |F1|sin(30°) + |F2|sin(60°)
|A1| |8$i + 16$j| (8)2 + (16)2 1 3
= = = 10 × + 10 3 ×
|A 2| |2i + 4 j|
$ $ (2)2 + (4)2 2 2
64 + 256 320 = 5 + 15 = 20 N
= = = 16 = 4
4 + 16 20
336 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
89. (a) The given situation is shown in the following 91. (*) Mass per unit length,
figure. dM
= λ|x| ⇒ dM = λ|x|dx
Stationary dx
2u
m1 u m2 m1 3 m2 v A B
2u 2u − L / 2
x 2(− x) dx + ∫0
v− v−
v 2 − v1 3 =1 ⇒ 3 = 1 ⇒ v = 5u − x ; if x < 0
=1 ⇒
u1 − u 2 u− 0 u 3 Q|x| =
+ x ; if x ≥ 0
∴From Eq. (i), we get + L/ 2
= 16 ∫ (x 3) dx
0
m1 3 × 5u / 3 So, I AA (− x 3) dx + ∫
= =5 − L / 2 0
m2 u + L/ 2
x 4 0 x4
−2 = 16 − +
90. (a) Given, mass of particle, m = 30 g = 3 × 10 kg 4 −L/ 2 4 0
Displacement of the particle is given as
= 4[−[x 4 ]0− L / 2 + [x 4 ]+0 L / 2]
x = αt 2
L L
4 4
∴Velocity, v =
dx d 2
= αt ⇒ v = 2αt = 4 − (0)4 − − + + − (0)4
dt dt 2 2
dv d
Acceleration, a = = (2αt) ⇒ a = 2α L L
4 4
dt dt = 4 − 0 − + − 0
∴Force on the particle, 16 16
F = ma = 3 × 10−2 × 2α L4 L4 L4 L4
= 4 + = 4 =
= 6 × 10−2 N [Q α = 1] 16 16 8 2
∴Work done during first 4 s, Now by the theorem of parallel axes, the moment
4 4 −2 of inertia about axis BB,
W= ∫0 F dx = ∫0 6 × 10 dx 2
L2
I BB = I COM + ∫ dM = I COM +
L
4∫
dM
−2 4 −2 4 2
= 6 × 10 ∫0 dx = 6 × 10 ∫0 v dt [Q dx = vdt]
4
Put the value of dM and I COM
4 t2 L2 L / 2 L4 L2 L / 2
= 6 × 10−2 ∫ 2αt dt = 6 × 10−2 × 2α ⋅
0
2 0
I BB = I AA +
4 ∫0
λ|x|dx =
2
+
4 ∫0
λ |x|dx
4 2
= 12 × 10−2 × 8 [Q α = 1] L L L/ 2
= + × 16∫ (+ x) dx
2 4 0
= 0.96 J
[Q λ = 16 kg/m 2 (given)]
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 337
x2
L/ 2 Gm0 (M − m0)
L4 L4 F=
= + 4L2 = + 2L2 [x 2]0L / 2 D2
2 2 0 2
dF
F will be maximum, when =0
L4 L 2 L4 L2
+ 2L2 − (0)2 =
dm0
= + 2L2 − 0
d Gm0 (M − m0)
2 2 2 4 ⇒ =0
L4 L4 dm0 D2
= + = L = 1 = 1 kg-m
4 4 2
2 2 d Gm0 M − Gm02
⇒ =0
92. (*) Given, mass of solid cylinder, M = 10 kg dm0 D2
Radius, R = 40 cm = 0.4 m GM − 2Gm0
⇒ =0
L = 9R = 9 × 0.4 = 36
. m D2
⇒ GM − 2Gm0 = 0 ⇒ M − 2m0 = 0
Moment of inertia of the solid cylinder about the
m0 1
line passing through its centre and perpendicular ⇒ 2m0 = M ⇒ = = 0.5
to its axis is given as M 2
P1
93. (d) Given, amplitude, A = 0.2 cm = 2 × 10−3 m P2
Velocity at mean position in SHM
vmax = 5m/s
We know that,
v
vmax = Aω ⇒ ω = max
A
5
= . × 103 = 2500 rad s −1
= 25
2 × 10−3 ⇒
F1
= 2
F
A1 A2
94. (c) According to given situation,
1000 g m2 g
⇒ = [Q A1 = 1m2 , A2 = 0.01m2]
M m0 M–m0 1 0.01
⇒ m2 = 1000 × 0.01 = 10 kg
Again, m0 and M − m0 are kept at a distance D 97. (a) Change in volume due to increase of
gravitational force, temperature (∆T) is given by
∆V = α V V∆T …(i)
m0 M–m0
where, α V = coefficient of volume expansion
D and V = initial volume of gas.
338 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
π
For an ideal gas, we know that = − 12π cos 2πt + (2π)
pV = nRT …(ii) 3
nR∆T π
⇒ p∆V = nR∆T ⇒ ∆V = …(iii) a = − 24 π cos 2πt +
2
p 3
From Eqs. (i) and (iii), we get At, t = 1 s
π
nR∆T nR nR a = − 24 π 2 cos 2π +
α V ⋅ V∆ T = ⇒ αV = = [from Eq. (ii)] 3
p pV nRT
π 1
1 = − 24 π 2 cos = − 24 π 2 × = −12π 2
⇒ αV = 3 2
T −2
∴ |a| = 12π ms
2
R
r A B
R ⇓
106. (c) The given situation is shown in the following R
figure. 2R/3+R
=5R/3
R
R R R
+q –q
A C B D R
L L L
A B
Work done in moving a charge Q along semi-circle ⇓
is equal to change in potential energy.
340 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
R Unknown
resistance S R=1Ω
5R 5R 2
×
3 R= 3 = 5R
8 R
5R 8R
+R
3 3 R
R 25 cm 75 cm
100 cm
A ⇓ B At balance condition of meter bridge,
S 25 S 25 1
= ⇒ = ⇒ S = Ω = 0.33 Ω
5R/8+R =13R/8 R (100 − 25) 1 75 3
R
109. (c) The given situation is shown in the following figure
R
I i
R
A B x y P
Pavg
111. (c) The material used for making permanent Average intensity, I avg = …(i)
magnet must have high retentivity, so that it A
produces a strong magnetic field and must have where, Pavg = average power generated by source
high coercivity, so that its magnetisation is not 4
= 4% of 100 W = × 100 W = 4 W
destroyed by stray magnetic fields, temperature 100
variations or minor mechanical damage.
A = area to which energy is transmitted
112. (b) According to given condition, = 4 πr 2 = 4 π × (2)2 = 4 π × 4 = 16 π m2
Magnetic energy stored in solenoid X = Magnetic
energy stored in solenoid Y On putting the values into Eq. (i), we have
4 1
⇒ U X = UY I avg = ⇒ I avg = …(ii)
16π 4π
B2X V X B2 V B2V
⇒ = Y Y Q U = , V = volume Also average intensity, I avg = ε0 Erms
2
c …(iii)
2µ 0 2µ 0 2µ 0
where, ε0 = permittivity of free space
B2X V X = BY2 VY
and Erms = root mean square (rms) value of
⇒ B2X A X L X = BY2 AY LY electric field.
B2X A L 2A X 2L X c = speed of light in vacuum = 3 × 108 m/s
⇒ = Y × Y = ×
BY2 AX LX AX LX On putting the values into Eq. (iii), we get
B2X B I avg = ε0 × Erms
2
× 3 × 108 …(iv)
⇒ =4 ⇒ X = 4
BY2 BY On equating both the Eqs. (ii) and (iv), we get
BX 1 1
⇒ = 2 ⇒ B X : BY = 2 : 1 = ε0 × Erms
2
× 3 × 108 ⇒ = Erms
2
BY 4π 4 πε0 × 3 × 108
113. (c) Impedance (Z) of a series L-C-R circuit is given as 1 1 1
2
Erms = × = 9 × 109 ×
4 πε0 3 × 108 3 × 108
Z= R2 + (X L − X C)2 …(i)
1
2 Q = 9 × 109 Nm2 / C2
R + ωL −
1 4 πε0
= 2
ωC
= 3 × 10 = 30 V/m
2
1
⇒ Z= R2 + 2πfL − …(ii) 115. (b) Work-function of metal surface, φ0 = 25
. eV
2πfC
Wavelength, λ = 310 nm ⇒ hc = 1240 eV-nm
At X L = X C , then from Eq. (i),
According to Einstein’s photoelectric equation,
Zmin = R, and f = f0 [ f0 = resonance frequency]
hc 1240 eV-nm
Hence, the variation of Z with frequency f in a eV0 = − φ0 ⇒ eV0 = − 2.5 eV
series L-C-R circuit is given as λ 310 nm
1240
Z
⇒ V0 = − 25
. = 4 − 25
. = 1.5 V
310
116. (a) Wavelength for Lyman series is calculated as
= R 2 − 2
1 1 1
λ 1 n
Zmin=R For first line of Lyman series, n = 2
f=f0 f
= R 2 − 2 ⇒ =
1 1 1 1 3R
∴
λ 1 2 λ 4
114. (b) Sphere 4 4
⇒ λ= ⇒ R= …(i)
Source 3R 3λ
r
Wavelength of Balmer series is calculated as
= R 2 − 2
1 1 1
λ′ 2 n
For first line of Balmer series, n = 3
342 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2020
= R 2 − 2
1 1 1 In option (c)
∴
λ′ 2 3 A
1 5 1 5 4 A OR A +B
⇒ = R ⇒ = × [from Eq. (i)] B gate
λ′ 36 λ ′ 36 3λ B
A+B
1 5 27λ AND
⇒ = ⇒ λ′ = D
λ ′ 27λ 5 gate
A A+B
117. (b) Half-life of radioactive isotope, OR
gate A +B
T1 / 2 = 30 h
B
If N 0 be the initial amount of radioactive isotope,
then remaining amount (N) in time t is given as where, D = (A + B) ⋅ (A + B)
.
125 N = A⋅ A + A⋅ B + B⋅ A + B⋅ B
N = 125
. % of N 0 = × N0 ⇒ N = 0
100 8 = 0 + A⋅ B + B⋅ A + 0 = A⋅ B + A ⋅ B
We know that, Put A = 1 and B = 1,
n n then D = 1 ⋅ 1 + 1 ⋅1 = 1 ⋅ 0 + 0 ⋅1 = 0 + 0 = 0
N = N 0 = N 0
1 N0 1
⇒
2 8 2 So, this option is wrong.
3 n In option (d)
⇒ 1 = 1 ⇒ n= 3 ⇒
t
=3
2 2 T1 / 2 A
A
AND A·B
⇒ t = 3 × T1 / 2 = 3 × 30 = 90 h B
B gate
A·B
118. (d) In option (a) OR
D
gate
A A A·B
A AND A· B AND
B gate gate A·B
B
A·B B
OR
D
gate where, D = A ⋅ B + A ⋅ B
A A·B
AND Put A = 1 and B = 1,
gate A· B then D = 1 ⋅1 + 1 ⋅ 1 = 1 + 0 ⋅ 0 = 1 + 0 = 1
B So, this option is right.
where, D = A ⋅ B + A ⋅ B 119. (b) Given, base current in n-p-n transistor,
Put A = 1 and B = 1, I B = 2mA = 2 × 10−3 A
then D = 1 ⋅ 1 + 1 ⋅1 = 1 ⋅ 0 + 0 ⋅1 = 0 + 0 = 0
Since, 95% of emitted electrons reach the collector,
So, this option is wrong. hence
In option (b) Collector current,
I
A
A (A·B)=A+B I C = 95% of I E ⇒ I C = 0.95I E ⇒ I E = C …(i)
NAND =A +B 0.95
B gate
B But we know that,
I
NOR
D I E = I C + I B ⇒ C = I C + 2 × 10−3
gate 0.95
A IC
NAND ⇒ − I C = 2 × 10−3
gate 0.95
(A·B)=A+B
I C − 1 = 2 × 10−3 ⇒ I C ×
B 1 1
=A +B ⇒ = 2 × 10−3
0.95 19
where, D = [(A + B) + (A + B] = [(A + A) + (B + B)] ⇒ I C = 38 × 10−3 A = 38 mA
Put A = 1 and B = 1,
120. (d) Peak voltage (amplitude) of message signal,
then D = [(1 + 1) + (1 + 1)]
Am = 5 V
= [(0 + 1) + (1 + 0)] = [1 + 1] = [1] = 0 Amplitude of carrier wave, Ac = 20 V
A 5 1
So, this option is wrong. Q Modulation index, m f = m = = = 0.25
Ac 20 4
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 343
Chemistry
121 (c) From de-Broglie’s equation, Cl
h h Cl
λ= = PCl5 ⇒ Cl P 5×2=10 e– > octet (hypervalent)
mv 2m × KE Cl
1 λ 9 Cl
⇒ For an electrons, λ ∝ ⇒ 16 = = 3: 4
KE λ9 16 H
CH4 ⇒ H C H 4×2=8 e– > octet
122 (c) Regarding photoelectric effect, the statement H
of option-(c) is not correct. Because, the electrons
are ejected from the metal surface as soon as the 127 (b) The expression of average kinetic energy of a
beam of light strikes to the surface. gas molecule is,
3
123 (c) Trans uranium elements are elements after KE =× nRT
2
uranium, i.e. trans uranium elements have atomic
When, temperature (T in K) is constant,
number, Z > 92. KE ∝ n (mole)
(KE)N 2 n 7 / 28 1 8
124 (a) The electronic configuration of ⇒ = N2 = = × = 2 :1
(KE)O2 nO2 4 / 32 4 1
Be2+ is [2He] , Na + is [10 Ne] , Cl − is [ 18 Ar] and Br −
is [36Kr]. 128 (a) For a gas, density (d) = pM
We know, site of group 18 elements follow the RT
p
order He < Ne < Ar < Kr < Xe. For equal amount of the same gas, d ∝
T
So, the order of ionic radii of the given ions will be
d p T p d T 2 1
Br − > Cl − > Na+ > Be 2+ ⇒ 2 = 2 × 1 ⇒ 2 = 2 × 2 = × = 1 :1
d1 p1 T2 p1 d1 T1 1 2
1
125 (d) We know, bond length ∝ It should be mentioned in the question to match
Bond order (BO) with option (answer).
N − Na
where, BO = b 129 (b) Number of molecules (N) = Number of mole
2
(n) × Avogadro number (N A)
I. O2(16e −) II. O+2 (15 e −) Mass of gas (W)
10 − 6 10 − 5 = × NA
BO = = 2; = 2.5 ; Molar mass (M)
2 2 w
⇒ N∝
III. O−2 (17e −) IV. O22− (18e −) M
10 − 7 10 − 8 NN 2 wN 2 M w M
= 1.5 ; =1 So, = × O2 = N 2 × O2
2 2 N O2 M N 2 WO 2 N O 2 M N 2
In, the order of bond length 4 32
− + = × = 32: 7
(IV) O2− 2 > (III) O2 > (I) O2 > (II) O2 1 28
131 (c) 137 (d) Among group-14 elements, Pb does not show
(i) 2Cl( g) → Cl 2 ( g), ∆n g = 1 − 2 = − 1 catenation property.
So, ∆ S < 0 − Sn
The order of catenation is, C >> Si > Ge ~
1
(ii) CO2(g) → CO(g) + O2(g); 138 (c) Out of the gases,
2 I. SO 2 , II. CO 2, III. NO 2 and IV. CH 4
∆n g = 1 + − 1 =
1 1
OnlySO 2 andNO 2 are mainly responsible for acid rain.
2 2
2SO 2(g) + O 2(g) + 2H 2O → 2H 2SO 4 (aq) Acid rain
So, ∆S > 0 Rain water
(pH < 5. 6)
132 (a) (a) ∆G = ∆G° for a standard system of STP 4NO 2(g) + O 2(g) + 2H 2O → 4HNO 3(aq)
Rain water
condition (25°C, 1 atm).
The corrected statements of options–(a), (c) and 139 (c) While estimating nitrogen by Kjeldahl’s
(d) will be like, method, the organic compound is heated with
conc. H 2SO 4 , so that nitrogen in the organic
(b) At equilibrium state, ∆G = 0.
compound gets converted to (NH 4)2SO 4 .
(c) ∆G measures spontaneity of a reaction.
(d) When ∆G > 0, the reaction will proceed in 140 (b)
backward direction. O
COOK
133 (b) 2A c B+ C CH3 I2 /KOH
Reaction quotient, Haloform + CHI3 (Iodoform)
reaction ( C)
[B][C] (6 × 10−5) × (6 × 10−5) (A, C8H8O) ( B)
Q= = Potassium Ag/∆
[A]2 (6 × 10−5)2 Acetophenone
Keto-methyl benzoate
group HC≡≡ CH
⇒ Q = 1 > K eq = 2 × 10−3 (Acetylene)
(D)
So, the reaction will proceed in backward direction.
Given, at an instant, 141 (c) Bond dissociation energy or bond energy (BE)
[A] = [B] = [C] = 6 × 10−5 M of C H bond of a hydrocarbon (RH) can be
predicted from stability of free radical (R • ) formed
and equilibrium constant, K eq = 2 × 10−3 by homolytic bond fission of C H bond of the
hydrocarbon.
134 (b) At atmospheric pressure ice crystallises in the Homolytic bond
•
hexagonal form, but at very low temperature R H → R + H•
fission
water condense to cubic form.
1
So, (BE) C H ∝ •
135 (d) All alkali metals (Li, Na, K, Rb and Cs) form Stability of free radical (R )
I −2
monoxides (M 2 O).
I −1 H H H
Except Li, other alkali metals form peroxides (M 2 O 2) I. C==C –H– C==C
H H H H
Except Li and Na other alkali metals form (A)
I −1 / 2 sp 2
superoxides (M O2 ).
(Vinyl free radical)
So, statements I, II and III all are correct (option-d). ⇒ Less stable
H H
136 (b)
II. H—C—H –H
I. Structural formula of borax (Na2 B4 O7 .10H 2 O) H—C (1º)
is Na2[B4 O5 (OH)4 ]⋅ 8H 2 O ⇒ correct statement. ( B)
H H
II. Aqueous solution of borax is basic in nature, ⇒ No hyperconjugation
because borax in water dissociates into H 3 BO3 H
(weak acid) and NaOH (strong base).
Na 2B 4O 7 + 7H 2O → 4H 3BO 3 + 2NaOH⇒ III. H2C== CH—C—H –H CH2== CH—CH2
Incorrect statement.
H
III. Cobalt (Co) gives blue colour of cobalt ( C)
CH2—CH==CH2
metaborate [Co(BO 2)2] in borax bead
(NaBO 2 + B 2O 3) test ⇒ Correct statement. (1º=allyl free radical)
So, the correct statements are (I) and (III). ⇒ most stable
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 345
Stability order of free radicals 147 (c) Adsorption processes are exothermic (∆H < 0)
(C) > (D) > (B) > (A) and degree of randomness of adsorbate particles
decreases, i.e. ∆S < 0.
So, BE of C H bonds : I > II > IV > III. According to Gibbs’ equation, ∆G = ∆H − T∆S
at lower temperature adsorption becomes
spontaneous, i.e. ∆G < 0
142 (d) Miller indices (hkl) of crystal are the reciprocal
of intercepts along crystallographic axes (a, b, c). 148 (c) Out of given four elements C, S, Fe and Au, the
1 1 1 non-metals C and S exist in elemental form as
Here, h = , k = = 2, l = allotropes. Au is a less active metal. It also exists
1 1 3 in nature as elemental form, called nugget.
2
Fe is an electropositive metal. So, it exists in
1
So, hkl = 1 : 2 : = 3 : 6 : 1 or (361) ⇒ (hkl) = (361) earth’s crust in combined state (compounds),
3
e.g. Fe2O 3 , Fe3O 4 , FeS2 etc.
143 (a) Relative lowering of vapour pressure of a
149 (b) When white phosphorus (P4) is boiled with
non-volatile solute is expressed as :
∆p conc. NaOH solution, we get phosphine (PH 3) gas
RLVP = = χ B = 0.5 (given) in laboratory.
p°
P4 + 3NaOH + 3H 2O → PH 3 + 3NaH 2PO 2
where, χ B = mole fraction of the solute = 0.5
150 (c) Thermodynamically most stable allotrope of
144 (b) Let, solubility of AB2 (1 : 2 type electrolyte) is sulphur is rhombic sulphur (Sα) which is a
pure water = 5 mol L −1 = 5 M molecular crystal made of S8 units.
⇒ Ksp = 4S 3 = 2. 56 × 10−4 M 3 (given) III
151 (d) [Ti(H 2O)6]Cl 3 250
°C
IV
→ TiO 2
O2
∴ S = 0.04 M = 0.04 m (molal) under standard
condition of the solution. (Ti 3+ : 3d1) (Ti 4 + : 3d 0)
Depression of freezing point, Colourless
∆Tf = K f × m × i = 1.8 × 0.04 × 3 = 0.216 K Violet or purple colours is due to d d transition of
[Q Assuming complete dissociation of AB2, one unpaired d-electron.
van’t Hoff factor, i = 3] II II III
152 (c) [Cu(NH 3)4 ]SO4 [Pt(NH 3)2 Cl 2] K 3[Fe(CN)6]
145 (b) The galvanic cell can be represented as : (a) (b) (d)
0
Mg|Mg 2+ ||Cu 2+ |Cu [Ni(CO)4 ] ⇒ CO is a neutral ligand. So, in metal
°
E cell = E cathode
° − E anode
° = E° − E° carbonyls metal is present in their zero valent state.
Cu 2+ / Cu Mg 2+ / Mg
⇒ E ° 2+ = E ° 2+ − E Cell
° (Reduction potential) 153 (b)
—O—CH—CH2—C—O—CH—C—O—
Mg / Mg Cu / Cu
Mathematics
1. Match the functions of List-I with their 3. Assertion (A) If| x| < 1, then
nature in List-II and choose the correct ¥
x
option. å( - 1)n x n + 1 = x +1
n= 0
List I List II
Reason (R) If| x| < 1, then (1 + x)-1
(A) f : R ® R defined by (I) Injection but = 1 - x + x2 - x3 + …
f( x ) = cos(112 x - 37 ) not surjection
Which one of the following is true?
(B) f : A ® B defined by f( x ) = x| x | (II) Surjection but
(a) (A) and (R) are true, (R) is a correct explanation of (A)
when A = [-2, 2 ] and B = [-4, 4] not injection
(b) (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not a correct
(C) f : R ® R defined by (III) Bijection explanation of (A)
f( x ) = ( x - 2 )( x - 3)( x - 5) (c) (A) is true, but (R) is false
(d) (A) is false, but (R) is true
(D) f : N ® N defined by f( n) = n + 1 (IV) Neither
injection nor é1 2 3 ù
surjection 4. If A = ê1 3 5 ú, then (Adj (Adj A)) -1 =
ê ú
(V) Composite êë2 1 6 úû
function é 8 -6 3 ù é13 -9 1 ù
1ê
5 1 -2 ú
1ê
(a) (b) 4 0 -2 ú
Then, the correct match is 6ê ú 6ê ú
-
êë 5 3 1 úû -
êë 5 3 1 úû
A B C D A B C D
(a) I II III IV (b) IV I II III é13 -9 1 ù é4 -3 2 ù
1 ê
4 0 -2 ú
1 ê
(c) IV III II V (d) IV III II I (c) (d) 3 4 2ú
36 ê ú 12 ê ú
2. If [ x ] denotes the greatest integer function, êë -5 3 1 úû êë -5 2 1úû
6. Let AX = D be a system of three linear 14. If a , b , g are the roots of the equation
non-homogeneous equations. If| A| = 0 and x 3 + px 2 + qx + r = 0 , then
rank (A) = rank ([ AD]) = a, then (a + b)(b + g)(g + a) =
(a) AX = D will have infinite number of solutions when (a) p - qr (b) r - pq (c) q - rp (d) r + pq
a= 3
(b) AX = D will have unique solution when a < 3 15. Let x denote the number of ways of
(c) AX = D will have infinite number of solutions when arranging m boys and m girls in a row so that
a< 3 no two boys sit together. If y and z give the
(d) AX = D will have no solution when a < 3 number of ways of arranging m boys and
m girls in a row and around a circular table
7. If x + iy = (1 + i)6 - (1 - i)6, then which one of
respectively so that boys and girls sit
the following is true? alternately, then x : y : z =
(a) x + y = 16 (b)x + y = - 16 (a) m + 1 : m : m - 1 (b) 3 : 2 : 1
(c) x + y = - 8 (d) x + y = 8 (c) m - 1 : m : 2 (d) (m + 1)m : 2 m : 1
A3 A4
(a) [2, 3] (b) R - (2, 3) + + . Then, consider the
(c) f (d) [1, 5] x + 3 (x + 3)2
12. If both the roots of the equation following statements
x 2 - 4 ax + 1 - 3 a + 4 a 2 = 0 exceed 1, then a (i) All the Ai ’s are not distinct
lies in the interval (ii) There exists a pair, Ap and Aq such that
æ 7 - 17 ö æ 7 + 17 ö Ap2 = Aq2 (p ¹ q)
(a) ç -¥, ÷ (b)ç , ¥÷ 4
1
è 8
æ 7 - 17 1 ö
ø è 8
æ 1 7 + 17 ö
ø (iii) å Ai = 6
i =1
(c) ç , ÷ (d) ç , ÷
è 8 2ø è2 8 ø 4
(iv) å Ai = 1
13. If the cubic equation x 3 - ax 2 + ax - 1 = 0 is i =1
identical with the cubic equation whose roots Which one of the following is true?
are the squares of the roots of the given cubic (a) Only statement (iii) is false
equation, then the non-zero real value of ‘a’ is (b) Both the statements (ii) and (iv) are false
1 7 (c) Only statement (iv) is false
(a) (b) 2 (c) 3 (d)
2 2 (d) Both the statements (i) and (iii) are false
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 3
20. The period of cos(x + 8 x + 27 x + ¼ + n3 x) is 28. Corresponding to a triangle ABC, match the
2p 2p items given in List-I with the items given in
(a) (b)
n n2 (n + 1)2 List II.
8p 8p List I List II
(c) (d)
n2 (n + 1)2 n3 (n + 1)2
(A) rr2 = r1r3 (I) ÐA = 90°
21. sin 2(3°) + sin 2(6°) + sin 2(9°) + ¼ + sin 2(84°) (B) r1 + r2 = r3 - r (II) b 2 = c 2 + a2
+ sin 2 (87 °) + sin 2 (90 °) = (C) r1 = r + 2 R (III) ÐC = 90°
31 39
(a) (b) (IV) ÐB = 120°
2 2
59 The correct match is
(c) (d) 36
2 A B C A B C
p 2p 3p 4p 5p (a) II III I (b) II I III
22. cos - cos + cos - cos + cos (c) I IV III (d) III I IV
7 7 7 7 7
6p 29. Let the position vectors of two points A and B
- cos =
7 be a + b + c and a - 2 b + 3c, respectively. If
3 3 the points P and Q divide AB in the ratio 1 : 3
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d) 1
2 4 internally and externally respectively, then
3|AB| =
23. The number of integral values of k for which 1
the equation 7 cos x + 5 sin x = 2 k + 1 has a (a) 4|PQ| (b) 3|PQ| (c) |PQ| (d) 2|PQ|
2
solution, is
(a) 4 (b) 6 30. If a, b and c are three non-collinear points
(c) 8 (d) 10 and ka + 2 b + 3c is a point in the plane of
a , b, c, then k =
æ yö
24. sec ç tan -1 ÷ = (a) 4 (b) 5 (c) -5 (d) -4
è 2ø
4 + y2 4 - y2
31. If the vector a = 3$j + 4 k$ is the sum of two
(a) (b) vectors a 1 and a 2 , vector a 1 is parallel to
2 2
4 + y2 4 - y2 b = $i + $j and vector a 2 is perpendicular to b,
(c) (d) then a 1 =
2 2
1 1 2 3
(a) ($i + $j ) (b) ($i + $j ) (c) ($i + $j ) (d) ($i + $j )
25. The number of roots of the equation 2 3 3 2
-1 -1
2 + e cos h x
- esin h x
= 0 , is
32. The angle between the line of intersection of
(a) 0 (b) 1 the two planes r × (2 $i + 2 $j - 3 k$ ) = 5,
(c) 2 (d) 3
r × (3 $i + 3 $j - 5 k$ ) = 3 and the line
26. A wire of length 44 cm is bent into an arc of
r = 3 $i + 2 $j + k$ + t(5 i$ + 5 $j - 7 k$ ) is
a circle of radius 12 cm. The angle (in
-1 ö
(a) cos -1 æç (b) cos -1 æç
degrees) subtended by the arc at the centre 41 ö
÷ ÷
of the circle is è 28 ø è 17 99 ø
p p
11 ° 660 ö° (c) (d)
(a) æç ö÷ (b) æç ÷ 2 3
è3ø è p ø
(c) 150° (d) æç ö÷°
5 33. Let x = i$ + $j and y = 3i$ - 2k$ . Then, the vector
è 3ø
r of magnitude 21 satisfying r ´ x = y ´ x
27. In any triangle ABC, if a : b : c = 2 : 3 : 4, then and r ´ y = x ´ y , is
R:r = (a) - $i + 4$j - 2k$ (b) - $i - 4$j - 2k$
(a) 8 : 3 (b) 16 : 9 (c) 5 : 16 (d) 16 : 5 (c) 4$i + $j - 2k$ (d) 4$i - $j - 2k$
4 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
34. The acute angle between 41. If getting a head on a coin when it is tossed
r = (- $i + 3 k$ ) + l(2 i$ + 3 $j + 6 k$ ) and is considered as success, then the probability
of having more number of failures when ten
r × (10 i$ + 2 $j - 11k$ ) = 3, is
fair coins are tossed simultaneously, is
(a) sin-1 æç ö÷ (b) cos -1 æç ö÷
8 8 105 73 193 638
è 21ø è 21ø (a) (b) (c) (d)
28 27 29 210
(c) sin-1 æç ö÷ (d) cos -1 æç ö÷
5 5
è 21ø è 21ø 42. The set of all points that forms a triangle of
area 15 sq units with the points (1, -2) and
35. In a data with 15 number of observations x1, (-5 , 3) lies on
15 15
(a) 5 x + 6 y + 23 = 0
x 2 , x 3 ,…, x15, å x i2 = 3600 and å x i = 175. If (b) (5 x + 6 y - 23)(5 x + 6 y + 37 ) = 0
i =1 i =1
(c) 25 x2 + 36 y2 + 24 x - 30 y - 227 = 0
the value of one observation 20 was found
(d) 5 x + 6 y - 37 = 0
wrong and was replaced by its correct value
40, then the corrected variance of that data is 43. Suppose the new axes X , Y are generated by
(a) 151 (b) 149 rotating the coordinate axes x , y about the
(c) 145 (d) 144 origin through an angle of 30° in the
anti-clockwise direction. Then, the
36. If the coefficient of variation and variance of
transformed equation of
a frequency distribution are 7.2 and 3.24
respectively, then its mean is x 2 + 2 3 xy - y 2 = 2 a 2 with respect to new
(a) 45 (b) 25 axes X , Y is
(c) 20 (d) 16 (a) X 2 - Y 2 = a2 (b) X 2 + Y 2 = 2 a2
(c) X + 2 3 XY - Y = 2 a (d) X 2 - Y 2 = 2 a2
2 2 2
37. If five dice are thrown simultaneously, then
the probability that atleast three of them 44. A line L makes intercepts a and b on the
show the same numbered face is coordinate axes. The axes are rotated through
16 452 226 123 an angle q in the positive direction, keeping
(a) (b) (c) (d)
64 65 64 65 the origin fixed. If the line L makes
38. If two unbiased dice are rolled simultaneously intercepts p and q on the new coordinate
1 1
until a sum of the number appeared on these axes, then 2 + 2 =
dice is either 7 or 11, then the probability a b
that 7 comes before 11, is 1 1 1
(a) (b) -
3 3 5 2 p2q 2 p2 q2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
8 4 6 9 1 1 pq
(c) 2 + 2 (d)
p q p2 + q 2
39. A box contains 10 mangoes out of which
4 are spoiled. 2 mangoes are taken together 45. If m1 , m2(m1 > m2) are the slopes of the lines
at random. If one of them is found to be which make an angle of 30° with the line
good, then the probability that the other is m
also good, is joining the points (1, 2) and (3 , 4), then 1 =
1 2 8 5
m2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 15 13 (a) 2 + 3 (b) 2 - 3
(c) 7 + 4 3 (d) 7 - 4 3
40. Two dice are rolled. If a random variable X is
defined as the absolute difference of the two 46. If A(-2, 1), B(0 , - 2), C(1, 2) are the vertices of a
numbers that appear on them, then the triangle ABC, then the perpendicular distance
mean of X is from its circumcentre to the side BC is
13 19 35 7 13 3 17 5 10 2026
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)
18 9 18 22 22 11 22
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 5
47. If one of the lines ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 = 0 bisects 54. Study the following statements.
the angle between the positive coordinate I. The vertex of the parabola
axes, then æ m2 mö
x = ly 2 + my + n is ç n - ,- ÷
(a) a + b = 2 h (b) a - b = 2|h| è 4l 2l ø
(c) (a + b )2 = 4h2 (d) (a - b )2 = 4h2
II. The focus of the parabola y = lx 2 + mx + n
48. The equation of the pair of perpendicular æ 1 - m2 mö
lines passing through origin and forming an is ç n + ,- ÷
isosceles triangle with the line 2 x + 3 y = 6 , is è 4l 2l ø
(a) 5 x2 - 24 xy - 5 y2 = 0 (b) 4 x2 - 12 xy - 4 y2 = 0 III. The pole of the line lx + my + n = 0 with
(c) 6 x2 - 5 xy - 6 y2 = 0 (d) 9 x2 + 5 xy - 9 y2 = 0 respect to the parabola x 2 = 4 ay is
æ 2al n ö
49. If one of the diameter of the circle ç- , ÷
è m mø
x 2 + y 2 - 2 x - 6 y + 6 = 0 is a chord to the
circle with centre (2, 1), then the radius of Then, the correct option among the following
the bigger circle is is
(a) 6 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 3 (a) All the three statements are true
(b) Statements I & II are true but III is false
50. The line 3 x - y + k = 0 touches the circle (c) Statements I & III are true but II is false
x 2 + y 2 + 4 x - 6 y + 3 = 0 . If k1 , k2 (k1 < k2) are (d) Statements II & III are true but I is false
the two values of k, then the equation of the 55. Let P represent the point (3, 6) on the
chord of contact of the point (k1 , k2) with parabola y 2 = 12 x . For the parabola y 2 = 12 x ,
respect to the given circle is
if l1 is the length of the normal chord drawn
(a) 19 x + y - 18 = 0 (b) x + 19 y - 3 = 0
at P and l2 is the length of the focal chord
(c) x + 16 y - 56 = 0 (d) 20 x + 18 y - 7 = 0
l
drawn through P, then 1 =
51. If the line ax + by = 1 is a tangent to the circle l2
Sr º x 2 + y 2 - r 2 = 0, then which one of the (a) 2 2 (b) 3
following is true? (c) 4 2 (d) 5
(a) (a, b ) lies on the circle S1 = 0 56. A tangent is drawn at (3 3 cos q , sin q)
(b) (a, b ) lies inside the circle S1/ 2 = 0
(c) (a, b ) lies outside the circle S 2 = 0 æ pö x 2 y2
ç0 < q < ÷ to the ellipse + = 1. The
(d) (a, b ) lies on the circle S 3 = 0 è 2ø 27 1
52. Each of the two orthogonal circles C1 and C 2 value of q for which the sum of the intercepts
on the coordinate axes made by this tangent
passes through both the points (2, 0) and
attains the minimum, is
(-2, 0). If y = mx + c is a common tangent to p p 2p 2p
these circles, then (a) (b) (c) (d)
6 3 3 4
(a) c = 4(1 + 2 m )
2 2
(b) c = 2(1 + 2 m )
2 2
(c) c = 1 + m
2 2
(d) c 2 m2 = 4(1 + m2 ) 57. A line perpendicular to the X -axis cuts the
circle x 2 + y 2 = 9 at A and the ellipse
53. The equation of the circle whose diameter is
the common chord of the circles 4 x 2 + 9 y 2 = 36 at B such that A and B lie in
x 2 + y 2 - 3 x + y - 10 = 0 and the same quadrant. If q is the greatest acute
angle between the tangents drawn to the
x 2 + y 2 - x + 2 y - 20 = 0 , is
curves at A and B, then tanq =
(a) x2 + y2 - 3 x + 6 y + 15 = 0 1 1
(a) (b)
(b) x2 + y2 - 6 x + 4 y + 10 = 0 12 2 6
(c) x2 + y2 - 9 x + 2 y + 20 = 0 5 5
(c) (d)
(d) x2 + y2 - 9 x - 2 y + 20 = 0 24 4 6
6 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
x
3 cos - sin
x 74. ò (log x)2 dx =
cos x + x
71. If ò dx = f (x) + ò 2 2 dx + c,
(a) xlog x - 2 xlog x + c
1 + sin x x
cos + sin
x
(b) xlog x + 2 xlog x + c
2 2
(c) x(log x)2 - 2 x(log x - 1) + c
then f (x) =
x (d) x(log x)2 + 2 x(log x - 1) + c
- xcos
-2 x 2 n
k
å n2 + k 2 =
(a) (b)
x x x 75. lim
1 + tan cos + sin n®¥
2 2 2 k=1
x 1 1
xcos (a) log 2 (b) 2 log 2 (c) log 2 (d) 3log 2
2x 2 2 3
(c) (d)
x x x
1 + tan cos + sin 10
2 2 2 76. ò (5 - 10 x - x 2)dx =
cos 2 x 0
72. ò sin x
dx =
(a) 50 - 25p (b) (100 - 25p )
1 1
½ 2 + 1 - tan 2
x½ (c) (100 - 25p ) (d) (100 - 25p )
1 2 4
(a) log½ ½
2 2 ½ 2 - 1 - tan2 ½
x½
½ 77. Area of the region (in sq units) bounded by
1 ½1 - 1 - tan2 x½ the curves y = x, x = y and the lines x = 1,
- log½ ½+ c
½
2 ½1 + 1 - tan2 x½ x = 4, is
½
½ 2 ½ 8 49
1 2 + 1 - tan x (a) (b)
(b) log½ ½ 3 3
2 ½ 2 - 1 - tan2 x½ 16 14
½ ½ (c) (d)
3 3
1 ½1 + 1 - tan2 x½
- log½ ½+ c
½
2 ½1 - 1 - tan2 x½ 78. The differential equation representing the
½
family of circles of constant radius r is
1 ½ 2 - 1 - tan2 x½
(c) log½ ½ (a) r 2 y¢ ¢ = [1 + ( y¢ )2 ]2 (b) r 2 ( y¢ ¢ )2 = [1 + ( y¢ )2 ]2
4 2 ½ 2 + 1 - tan2 x½ (c) r ( y¢ ¢ ) = [1 + ( y¢ ) ]
2 2 2 3
(d) ( y¢ ¢ )2 = r 2 [1 + ( y¢ )2 ]2
½ ½
1 ½1 - 1 - tan2 x½
+ log½ ½+ c
½ 79. The solution of the differential equation
2 ½1 + 1 - tan2 x½ (2 x - 3 y + 5)dx + (9 y - 6 x - 7)dy = 0 , is
½
½2 - 1 - tan2 x½ (a) 3 x - 3 y + 8log|6 x - 9 y - 1| = c
1
(d) log½ ½ (b) 3 x - 9 y + 8log|6 x - 9 y - 1| = c
4 2 ½2 + 1 - tan2 x½ (c) 3 x - 9 y + 8log|2 x - 3 y - 1| = c
½ ½
½1 - 1 - tan2 x½ (d) 3 x - 9 y + 4log|2 x - 3 y - 1| = c
1
+ log½ ½+ c
½
2 2 ½1 + 1 - tan2 x½ 80. The solution of the differential equation
½
1 - y 2 dx + xdy - sin -1 ydy = 0 , is
(2 x + 3)
73. If ò dx -1
x (x + 1)(x + 2)(x + 3) + 1 (a) x = sin-1 y - 1 + ce - sin y
1 3p - q (b) y = x 1 - y2 + sin-1 y + c
=- 2 + c, then = -1
px + qx + r r (c) x = 1 + sin-1 y + cesin y
-1
(a) 0 (b) 1 (d) y = sin y - 1 + x 1 - y2 + c
(c) 2 (d) -1
Physics
81. Match the following fundamental forces of
nature with their relative strength.
List-I List-II Rain
87. Consider a system of two masses and a pulley 91. Three bodies, a ring, a solid disc and a solid
shown in the figure. The coefficient of sphere roll down the same inclined plane
friction between the two blocks and also without slipping. The radii of the bodies are
between block and table is 0.1. Find the force identical and they start from rest. If VS , VR
F, that must be given to the 0.8 kg block such and VD are the speeds of the sphere, ring and
that it attains acceleration of 5 m/s 2 . disc, respectively when they reach the
(Assume, acceleration due to gravity, bottom, then the correct option is
g = 10 m/s 2 .) (a) VS > VR > VD (b) VD > VS > VR
(c) VR > VD > VS (d) VS > VD > VR
98. A 210 W heater is used to heat 100 g water. 104. In a Young’s double slit experiment, mth
order and nth order of bright fringes are
The time required to raise the temperature of
formed at point P on a distant screen, if
this water from 25 °C to 100 °C is (specific
monochromatic source of wavelength 400 nm
heat capacity of water = 4200 J/Kg-°C)
and 600 nm are used respectively. The
(a) 100 s (b) 125 s (c) 150 s (d) 200 s
minimum value of m and n are respectively,
99. One mole of nitrogen gas being initially at a (a) 4,6 (b) 3,2 (c) 2,3 (d) 4,2
temperature of T0 = 300 K is adiabatically
105. Two small conducting balls of identical mass
compressed to increase its pressure 10 times.
20 g and identical charge 10 -10 C hang from
The final gas temperature after compression
non-conducting threads of length,
is (Assume, nitrogen gas molecules as rigid
L = 300 cm. If the equilibrium separation of
diatomic and 100 1 / 7 = 19
. )
balls is x and x << L then the magnitude of x is
(a) 120 K (b) 750 K (c) 650 K (d) 570 K 1
(Assume, 4 p Î0 = F/m and g = 10 m/s 2 )
100. Two gases A and B are contained in two 9 ´ 10 9
separate, but otherwise identical containers. 2 3
(a) mm (b) mm
Gas A consists of monatomic molecules, each 51/ 3
101/ 3
with atomic mass of 4 u whereas Gas B
consists of rigid diatomic molecules, each 31/ 3 32 / 3
(c) mm (d) mm
with atomic mass of 20 u. If gas A is kept at 10 5
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 11
106. The space between the two large parallel 109. Two infinitely long straight wires A and B,
plates is filled with a material of uniform each carrying current I are placed on x and
charge density r. Assume that one of the y-axis, respectively. The current in wires A
plate is kept at x = 0. The potential at any and B flow along - $i and $j directions
point x between these plates is given respectively. The force on a charged particle
by (A and B are constants). having charge q, moving from position,
r = d(i$ + $j) with velocity v = v$i is
m 0 Iqv $ m 0 Iqv $
(a) j (b) j
2 pd pd
m Iqv $
(c) 0 k (d) 0
2 pd
x 110. A long straight wire carrying current 16 A is
x=0
rx 3 æ rx 2 ö bent at 90° such that half of the wire lies
(a) - (b) - ç + Ax÷
2 Î0 è 2 Î0 ø along the positive x-axis and other half lies
along the positive y-axis. What is the
æ rx 2 ö æ rx 3 ö
(c) - ç + Ax + B÷ (d) - ç + Ax2 + Bx÷ magnitude of the magnetic field at the point,
è 2 Î0 ø è 4 Î0 ø m
r = (-2 i$ + 0 $j) mm? (Assume, 0 = 10 -7 H m -1 )
4p
107. Identify the correct statement among the
following. (a) 1.2 mT (b) 0.8 mT
(c) 3.2 mT (d) 1.6 mT
(a) Resistivity of metals decreases with temperature
because more electrons are available for 111. The magnitude of the force vector acting on a
conduction. unit length of a thin wire carrying a current
(b) Resistivity of metals increases with temperature I = 8 A at a point O, if the wire is bent as
because number of electrons decreases. shown in the figure with a radius,
(c) Resistivity of metals increases with temperature
R = 10 p cm is
because number of collisions between electrons
increases.
(d) Resistivity of metals decreases with temperature
because superconductivity sets in. R=10 π cm
108. For the circuits A and B as shown in the O
figure, identify the correct option. (a) 64 mN/m (b) 32 mN/m
(c) 20 mN/m (d) 100 mN/m
Circuit A Circuit B
112. A 10 W coil of 180 turns and diameter 4 cm is
placed in a uniform magnetic field so that
the magnetic flux is maximum through the
R
coil’s cross-sectional area. When the field is
R
A suddenly removed a charge of 360 mC flows
A
through a 618 W galvanometer connected to
V V the coil, find the magnetic field.
(a) 12 T (b) 6 T (c) 1 T (d) 8 T
(a) Circuit A is for accurate measurement of high
resistance and B is for low resistance.
113. An inductor coil is connected to a capacitor
(b) Circuit A is for accurate measurement of low
and an AC source of rms voltage 8V in series.
resistance and B is for high resistance. The rms current in the circuit is 16 A and is
(c) Both circuits can accurately measured high in phase with emf. If this inductor coil is
resistance only. connected to 6 V DC battery, the magnitude
(d) Both circuits can accurately measured low of steady current is
resistance only. (a) 8 A (b) 10 A (c) 12 A (d) 16 A
12 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
114. An electromagnetic wave of frequency atomic weight of A and B are same, then the
3.0 MHz passes from vacuum into a value of t is (Assume, ln 2 = 0 .7 )
(a) æç
200 ö
(b) æç ö÷ yrs
non-magnetic medium with permittivity, 10
÷ yrs
Î = 16 Î0 . Where, Î0 is the free space è 7 ø è7 ø
permittivity. The change in wavelength is (c) 7 yrs (d) 70 yrs
(a) -75 m (b) +75 m
118. When a zener diode is used as a regulator
(c) -50 m (d) +50 m
with zener voltage of 10 V, nearly five times
115. A particle of charge q, mass m and energy E the load current passes through the zener
has de-Broglie wavelength l. For a particle of diode. What should be the series resistance
charge 2q, mass 2 m and energy 2E, the for the zener diode. If load resistance is 2kW
de-Broglie wavelength is and the unregulated voltage supplied is 16 V.
l (a) 500 W (b) 100 W
(a) (b) 2l (c) 200 W (d) 800 W
4
l
(c) 8l (d) 119. The logic circuit below has the truth table,
2
same as that of
116. The collision of an electron with kinetic A
energy 5.5 eV and a hydrogen atom in its Y
B
ground state can be described as
(a) NOR gate (b) NAND gate
(a) completely inelastic (c) AND gate (d) OR gate
(b) may be completely inelastic
(c) may be partially elastic 120. A message signal is used to modulate a
(d) elastic carrier frequency. If the peak voltages of
message signal and carrier signals are
117. An alloy is composed of two radioactive
increased by 0.1% and 0.3% respectively, then
materials A and B having equal weight. The
the percentage change in modulation index is
half life of A and B are 10 yrs and 20 yrs
(a) 0.4 (b) 0.0
respectively. After time t, the alloy was found
(c) -0.4 (d) -02
.
æ1 ö
to consist of ç ÷ kg of A and 1 kg of B. If the
è eø
Chemistry
121. From the following energy levels of hydrogen 122. Match the following.
atom, the values of E ¥ and E 3 in J are,
respectively List-I List-II
(a) 1, - 0242
. ´ 10-18 (C) White light (III) | y|2 is zero
(b) ¥, - 0726
. ´ 10-18
(D) Heisenberg (IV) Spin state of electron
(c) 0, - 0242
. ´ 10-18 uncertainty principle
(d) 0,-0.321 ´ 10-18
(V) Continuous spectrum
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 13
140. Which of the following reaction produce copper deposited at the cathode? (Molar
alkane as the product? mass of Cu = 63.5 g mol -1 )
È Å CaO
(a) 3.17 (b) 1.58 (c) 6.35 (d) 0.79
I. R ¾ COONa + NaOH ¾®
D
O 146. For a zero-order reaction, the correct
|| expression for rate constant (k) at half-life
Zn - Hg
II. CH 3 C CH 3 ¾¾® time (t1 / 2) is (R0 = initial concentration of
conc. HCl reactant)
LiAlH 4 2.303 [R ] 2.303 [R ]
III. CH 3C ºº CCH 3 ¾¾® (a) k = log 0 (b) k = log 0
t 1/ 2 [R 0 ] t [R 0 ]
CH 3 2
| 1
NaBH 4 [R 0 ] - [R 0 ]
IV. CH 3 ¾ C ¾ Cl ¾¾® (c) k = 2 (d) k =
2.303
log[R 0 ]
| t 1/ 2 (t 2 - t 1 )
CH 3
(a) I, II, III (b) I, III, IV (c) I, II, IV (d) II, III, IV 147. Which one of the following is used as an eye
lotion?
141. Which of the following are not aromatic? (a) Milk of magnesia (b) Silver sol
(c) Colloidal antimony (d) Chromium salt sol
(A) (B)
148. Identify A and B respectively in the following
reactions :
4Au(s) + 8CN - (aq) + 2H 2O(aq)
(C) (D) O 2( g) Zn (s)
¾¾® A(aq) + 4OH - (aq) ¾® B + 2 Au(s)
(a) [Au(CN)2 ]- ; [Zn(CN)4 ]2-
(E) (F)
(b) Au(CN)4 ; [Zn(CN)4 ]2-
(a) A, C, E (b) B, E, F (c) B, C, F (d) C, D, E (c) HCN ; [Au(CN)4 ]2-
(d) AuCN ; [HCN]
142. How many of the following compounds show
ferrimagnetism? 149. Statement (A) Sulphur vapour is
Fe3O 4 ; MgFe2O 4 ; NiFe2O 4 ; MnO; CrO 2 paramagnetic.
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4 Statement (B) Reaction of dil. HCl with finely
-1 divided iron forms FeCl 3 and H 2 gas.
143. The molality (in mol kg ) of 1 mole of solute
in 50 g of solvent is The correct answer is
(a) 10 (b) 20 (c) 30 (d) 40 (a) Statement (A) is correct, but (B) is wrong.
(b) Both the statements are correct.
144. The freezing point of solution containing (c) Statement (A) is wrong, but (B) is correct.
10 mL of non-volatile and non-electrolyte (d) Both the statements are wrong.
liquid ‘‘A’’ in 500 g of water is -0 .413 °C. If
150. The reason for the noble gases to have low
K f of water is 1.86 K kg mol -1 and the
boiling and low melting point is
molecular weight of A = 60 g mol -1 , what is (a) atoms of the noble gases have weak covalent
the density of the solution in g mL -1 ? interaction
(b) atoms of the noble gases have weak dipole
(Assume D mix V = 0)
interaction
(a) 1.13 (b) 1.3 (c) 0.90 (d) 0.993 (c) atoms of the noble gases have weak
145. A current of 19296 C is passed through an van der Waals’ interaction
aqueous solution of copper sulphate using (d) atoms of the noble gases have weak dispersion
copper electrodes. What is the mass (in g) of forces
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 15
155. Identify opiates from the following 159. The decreasing order of acidic strength for
Codeine Thymine Epinephrine Morphine following acids is
( A) ( B) ( C) ( D) (A) CH 3COOH (B) CH 3CHClCH 2COOH
Thiamine Heroin
( E) ( F) (C) ClCH 2COOH (D) Cl 2CHCOOH
(a) A, D, F (b) C, D, E (c) B, E, F (d) A, B, C (a) B > C > A > D (b) D > C > B > A
156. Match the following : (c) D > B > C > A (d) C > D > B > A
(B) CH 3 ¾CH 2 ¾CH == CH 2 (II) 2°-alkyl bromide (a) C 6H5SO 3H, CH3NC, HCl
¾¾¾¾¾®
HBr O
(C 6H 5CO)2 O 2 , D ||
(b) CH3CONH ¾ S ¾C 6H5 , H2O, HCl
(C) Br 2 , hn (III) Allyl bromide ||
CH 3CH 2CH 3 ¾¾®
O
(D) CH ¾CH == CH ¾¾®
NBS (IV) Alkenyl bromide (c) C 6H5SO 3H, CH3CN, HCl
3 2
D (d) C 6H5SO 2Cl, CH3NC, H2O
Answers
Mathematics
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (*)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (*) 38. (b) 39. (d) 40. (d)
41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (a) 44. (c) 45. (c) 46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (a) 49. (d) 50. (c)
51. (a) 52. (a) 53. (d) 54. (c) 55. (a) 56. (a) 57. (b) 58. (b) 59. (b) 60. (b)
61. (a) 62. (b) 63. (a) 64. (d) 65. (c) 66. (d) 67. (c) 68. (a) 69. (c) 70. (a)
71. (a) 72. (b) 73. (a) 74. (c) 75. (a) 76. (c) 77. (b) 78. (c) 79. (b) 80. (a)
Physics
81. (a) 82. (b, d) 83. (a) 84. (b) 85. (d) 86. (d) 87. (a) 88. (d) 89. (a) 90. (c)
91. (d) 92. (c) 93. (c) 94. (a) 95. (c) 96. (c) 97. (b) 98. (c) 99. (d) 100. (c)
101. (b) 102. (a) 103. (c) 104. (b) 105. (b) 106. (c) 107. (c) 108. (b) 109. (b) 110. (b)
111. (a) 112. (c) 113. (c) 114. (a) 115. (d) 116. (d) 117. (a) 118. (c) 119. (b) 120. (d)
Chemistry
121. (c) 122. (d) 123. (a) 124. (a) 125. (b) 126. (d) 127. (c) 128. (c) 129. (b) 130. (d)
131. (d) 132. (a) 133. (a) 134. (a) 135. (d) 136. (b) 137. (a) 138. (d) 139. (d) 140. (c)
141. (b) 142. (c) 143. (b) 144. (d) 145. (c) 146. (c) 147. (b) 148. (a) 149. (a) 150. (c, d)
151. (a) 152. (b) 153. (c) 154. (d) 155. (a) 156. (d) 157. (b) 158. (c) 159. (b) 160. (b)
Note (*) None of the option is correct.
= − i + [i + i 2 + i 3 + ...+ i 4000 ] = − i as y ∈ R, D ≤ 0
∴ (a 2 − 7)2 + 4(3a + 1)(3a − 1) ≤ 0
9. (b) Qa 2 + b 2 + c 2 − ab − bc − ca ⇒ a 4 − 14a 2 + 49 + 36a 2 − 4 ≤ 0
= (a + bω + cω2)(a + bω2 + cω)
⇒ a 4 + 22a 2 + 45 ≤ 0
and a 3 + b 3 + c 3 − 3abc = (a + b + c)
[Qa 4 + 22a 2 + 45 > 0, ∀ a ∈ R]
(a 2 + b 2 + c 2 − ab − bc − ca)
⇒ a ∈φ
= (a + b + c)(a + bω + cω2)(a + bω2 + cω)
12. (b) We have,
So, (a + b + c)(a + bω + cω2)(a + bω2 + cω) x 2 − 4ax + 1 − 3a + 4a 2 = 0
= a + b + c − 3abc
3 3 3
Let f (x) = x 2 − 4ax + 1 − 3a + 4a 2
10. (*) Let the roots of x + bx + c = 0 is
3
Both roots of f (x) has greater than 1
cosα + i sin α , cosβ + i sinβ and cos γ + i sin γ ∴ f() 1 >0
Sum of roots = cosα + i sinα + cosβ 1 − 4a + 1 − 3a + 4a 2 > 0 ⇒ 4a 2 − 7a + 2 > 0
+ i sinβ + cos γ + i sin γ
Q 4a 2 − 7a + 2 = 0
⇒ 0 = (cosα + cosβ + cos γ) + i (sinα + sinβ + sin γ)
Hence, cosα + cosβ + cos γ = 0 7 ± 17
⇒ a=
and sinα + sinβ + sin γ = 0 8
α + β α − β = − cos γ 7 − 17 7 + 17
⇒ 2cos cos …(i) a ∈ −∞ , ∪ , ∞ …(i)
2 2 8 8
α + β α − β = − sin γ −b
and 2 sin sin …(ii) and >1
2 2 2a
(i) divided by (ii), we get 4a 1
∴ >1⇒a > …(ii)
α + β 2 2
cot = cot γ
2 and b 2 − 4ac ≥ 0
α + β = 2γ ∴ 16a 2 − 41
( − 3a + 4a 2) ≥ 0
Similarly, β + γ = 2α and γ + α = 2β ⇒ 4a 2 − 1 + 3a − 4a 2 > 0 ⇒ 3a − 1 ≥ 0
and α = β = γ 1
⇒ a≥ …(iii)
∴ cosα + cosβ + cos γ = 0 3
⇒ 3cosα = 0 From Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
⇒ cosα = cosβ = cos γ = 0 7 + 17
Now, b = cos(α + β) + cos (β + γ) + cos (γ + α) a ∈ , ∞
8
+ i [sin (α + β) + sin (β + γ) + sin (γ + α)]
∴Real part of b 13. (c) Let α , β , γ are roots of equation
= cos (α + β) + cos (β + γ) + cos (α + γ)
x 3 − ax 2 + ax − 1 = 0 …(i)
= cos 2 γ + cos 2α + cos 2 β
∴ α+β+ γ=a
= 2cos2 γ − 1 + 2 cos2 α − 1 + 2cos2 β − 1
αβ + βγ + αγ = a
= 0 − 1 + 0 − 1 + 0 − 1 = −3
αβγ = −1
Hence, no option is matched.
Cubic equation whose roots are α 2 , β 2 , γ 2 is
11. (c) Let y = ax − 2x2 + 3
2
2x − 3x + a x 2 − (α 2 + β 2 + γ 2) x 2 + (α 2β 2 + β 2γ 2 + α 2γ 2) x
⇒ 2xy − 3x 2 y + ay = ax 2 − 2x + 3 − α 2β 2γ 2 = 0 …(ii)
∴
y
= tan x Q s = a + b + c
2 2
Squaring on both sides, we get R 6 ⋅ 23 ⋅ k3 R 16
⇒ = ⇒ =
y2 r 5k ⋅ 3k ⋅ k r 5
⇒ = tan2 x
4 ∴ R : r = 16 : 5
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 21
28. (a) In ∆ABC 30. (c) a , b and c are three non-collinear point and
(A) We have, ka + 2 b + 3 c is a point in the plane a , b, c.
rr2 = r1 r3 ∴ ka + 2 b + 3 c = 0
∆ ∆ ∆ ∆ (s − a)(s − c) ⇒ k + 2+ 3= 0 ⇒ k = − 5
∴ ⋅ = ⋅ ⇒ =1
s s−b s−a s−c s(s − b)
31. (d) Given,
B B $ and b = $i + $j
a = 3$j + 4k
⇒ tan2 = 1 ⇒ tan = tan 45° ⇒ B = 90°
2 2
a = a1 + a 2
∴ b2 = a2 + c 2
a 1 is parallel to b.
∴A → II ∴ a 1 = λb = λ($i + $j)
(B) We have,
a 2 is perpendicular to b.
r1 + r2 = r3 − r
∴ a 2 ⋅b = 0
∆ ∆ ∆ ∆
+ = − (a − a 1) ⋅ b = 0
s−a s−b s−c s
(3$j + 4k$ − λ($i + $j)) ⋅ ($i + $j) = 0
s−b+ s−a s−s+ c
⇒ = $ ) ⋅ ($i + $j) = 0
(s − a)(s − b) s(s − c) (− λ$i + (3 − λ)$j + 4k
2s − (a + b) c C ⇒ −λ + 3 − λ = 0 ⇒ λ =
3
⇒ = = tan2 = 1
(s − a)(s − b) s(s − c) 2 2
⇒ ∠C = 90° 3
∴ a 1 = ($i + $j)
∴B → III 2
(C) r1 = r + 2R 32. (c) We have,
∆ ∆ a s(s − a) $) = 5
= + ⇒ sin A = r ⋅ (2$i + 2$j − 3k
s−a s sin A ∆ $) = 3
r ⋅ (3$i + 3$j − 5k
A A s(s − a) A
⇒ 2sin cos = = cot Direction ratio of line of intersection of two planes
2 2 (s − b)(s − c) 2
$i $j k
$
A 1 A 1
⇒sin2 = ⇒sin = ⇒ ∠A = 90°
is 2 2 −3 = − $i + $j
2 2 2 2
∴C → I 3 3 −5
29. (a) We have, Direction ratio of line
OA = a + b + c, OB = a − 2b + 3c $ + t(5$i + 5$j − 7k
r = 3$i + 2$j + k $)
AB = (a − 2b + 3c) − (a + b + c) is 5$i + 5$j − 7k$
= − 3b + 2c
∴
Point P divide AB in the ratio 1 : 3 internally, (− $i + $j) ⋅ (5$i + 5$j − 7k$)
a − 2 b + 3c + 3 a + 3 b + 3c 4a + b + 6c θ = cos−1 = cos−1 0
∴OP = = |− $i + $j||5$i + 5$j|
1+ 3 4
π
Point Q divides AB in the ratio 1 : 3 externally, θ = 90° =
2
a − 2 b + 3c − 3a − 3b − 3c 2a + 5b
∴ OQ = =
1−3 2 33. (c) Given,
$
x = $i + $j, y = 3$i − 2k
2a + 5 b 4a + b + 6c 9 b − 6 c
PQ = − =
2 4 4 r × x = y × x and r × y = x × y
1 ∴ (r − y) × x = 0
|AB| = 9b + 4c and |PQ| =
2 2
81 b + 36 c 2
2
4 r − y is parallel to x.
|PQ| =
1
9(9b2 + 4c 2) ⇒|PQ| =
3
9 b2 + 4 c 2 ∴ r = y + λx = 3i − 2k + λ(i + $j)
4 4 $
= (3 + λ)$i + λ$j − 2k
3
|PQ| = |AB| ⇒ 4|PQ| = 3|AB| |r| = 21
4
∴ (3 + λ)2 + λ2 + 4 = 21
22 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
⇒ 3X + Y − 2 3XY + 6 X + 4 3XY − 6Y − X
2 2 2 2 2
− 3Y 2 − 2 3XY = 8a 2
⇒ 8 X 2 − 8Y 2 = 8a 2 ⇒ X 2 − Y 2 = a 2 O (h, k)
∴ OA = OB = OC
d OA = OB
(h + 2)2 + (k − 1)2 = h2 + (k + 2)2
(a, 0) ⇒ 4h − 6k + 1 = 0 …(i)
24 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
OB = OC Equation of line AB is y =
1
x ⇒ 5y − x = 0
h2 + (k + 2)2 = (h − 1)2 + (k − 2)2 5
Equation of line AC is y = − 5x ⇒ y + 5x = 0
= 2h + 8k − 1 = 0 …(ii)
Combining equation is (5y − x)(y + 5x) = 0
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
1 3 ⇒ 5y 2 + 24 xy − 5x 2 = 0 ⇒ 5x 2 − 24 xy − 5y 2 = 0
h= − ,k=
22 22 49. (d) Equation of circle
Equation of BC
x 2 + y 2 − 2x − 6 y + 6 = 0
2+ 2
y + 2= (x)
1−0 A (1, 3)
B
4x − y − 2 = 0 r
Distance from circumcentre to line BC R
4 −1 − 3 − 2 O (2, 1)
22
d = 22
42 + 12
51 3 17 ) = 1+ 9−6=2
d= = Centre (1, 3,r
22 17 22
OA = (2 − 1)2 + (1 − 3)2 ⇒ OA = 1 + 4 = 5
47. (c) Equation of angle bisector of line positive
coordinate axes is y = x Q AB = r = 2 and R = r + OA
2 2 2
90° –2, 3
m1 m2
10 = |−9 + k| ⇒ ±10 = k − 9
45° 45° ∴ k = −1,19
B 2x+3y=6 C k1 = − 1, k2 = 19
Equation of chord of contact of (−1, 19) to the circle
−2
Slope of BC = − x + 19 y + 2(x − 1) − 3(y + 19) + 3 = 0
3
⇒ x + 16 y − 56 = 0
m + 2
1
Slope of AB = m1 tan 45° = 3 51. (a) We have,
1 − 2 m
ax + by = 1 is tangent of circle x 2 + y 2 − r 2 = 0
1
3 ax+by=1
1 − m1 = m1 + ⇒ m1 1 + = 1 −
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 r
1
⇒ m1 = 0, 0
5
QLine AB and AC are perpendicular
∴ m2 = − 5
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 25
∴ r=
1
⇒ r2 =
1 1
⇒ a2 + b2 = 2 3 + λ 1 + 2λ
∴ 2 − − 10 = 0
a2 + b2 a2 + b2 r ( + λ) 21
21 ( + λ)
r = 1, (a , b) lie on the circle 6 + 2λ − 1 − 2λ − 20 − 20λ = 0
∴(a , b) lie on the circle when S1 = 0 −3
λ=
4
52. (a) Let the equation of the circle be
x 2 + y 2 + 2gx + 2 fy + c = 0 Putting the value of λ in Eq. (i), we get
x 2 1 − + y 2 1 − − x 3 − + y1 −
3 3 3 6
Since, this circle is passes through (2, 0) and
4 4 4 4
(−2, 0)
− 10 + 20 × = 0
∴ 4 + 4 g + c = 0, ...(i) 3
4
4 − 4g + c = 0 ...(ii)
On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get g = 0, c = − 4 ⇒ x 2 + y 2 − 9 x − 2y + 20 = 0
∴Equation of circle x 2 + y 2 + 2 fy − 4 = 0
54. (c) (I) x = ly2 + my + n
Now, y = mx + c is tangent of circle m x n
⇒ y2 + y= −
−f + c l l l
∴ = f + 4
2
1 + m 2 m m2 x n m2
⇒ y2 + y+ 2
= − + 2
l 4l l l 4l
⇒ (c − f)2 = (1 + m2)( f 2 + 4) 2
y + = x − n−
m 1 m2
⇒ m2 f 2 + 2cf + 41
( + m2) − c 2 = 0 ⇒
2l l 4l
Let f1 f2 are roots of equation
m2 − m
( + m2) − c 2
41 Vertex = n − ,
∴ f1 f2 = 4l 2l
m2
Now, equation of this circle are Statement I is true.
x 2 + y 2 + 2 f1 y − 4 = 0 and x 2 + y 2 + 2 f2 y − 4 = 0 (II) We have,
y n mx
Since, these are orthogonals. y = lx 2 + mx + n ⇒ − = x2 +
l l l
∴ 2 f1 f2 = c1 + c 2 2
⇒ 2 f1 f2 = − 8 y n m2 m
− + 2 = x +
⇒ f1 f2 = − 4 l l 4l 2l
( + m2) − c 2
41 1 m2 m
2
⇒ = −4
m2 y − n − = x +
l 4l 2l
⇒ c 2 = 41
( + 2m2)
m m2 1
Focus = − , n − +
53. (d) Equation of given circles 2l 4l 4l
S1 = x 2 + y 2 − 3x + y − 10 = 0
Statement II is false.
S2 = x 2 + y 2 − x + 2y − 20 = 0 Statement III is also true.
QEquation of family of circles passes through 55. (a) We know that, length of normal of parabola
intersection of circles S1 and S2 is
y 2 = 4ax at (at 2 , 2at) = 8a t 2 + 1 and length of focal
S1 + λS2 = 0
2
chord = a t + .
x 2(1 + λ) + y 2(1 + λ) − x(3 + λ) + y(1 + 2λ) 1
t
− 10 − 20λ = 0 …(i)
Point P(3, 6) lie on parabola y 2 = 12x
QEquation of common chord of circles S1 and S2
S1 − S2 = − 2x − y + 10 = 0 ∴Here a = 3, t = 1
2x + y − 10 = 0 is diametre of circle S1 + λS2 = 0 Hence l1 = 8 × 3 1 + 1 = 24 2
Centre of circle S1 + λS2 = 0 is lie on l 2 = 31
( + 1)2 = 12
2x + y − 10 = 0
l1 24 2
3+ λ (1 + 2λ) = =2 2
QCentre ,− l2 12
( + λ)
21 ( + λ)
21
26 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
2 2
56. (a) Equation of tangent at (3 3 cosθ, sinθ) on the 58. (b) Equation of ellipse x + y = 1
x2 y2 16 25
ellipse + = 1 is Foci = (0, ± 3)
27 1
3 3x cosθ y sinθ ⇒ e1 = 1 −
16 3
= given e1 e 2 = 1
+ =1
27 1 25 5
x y sinθ (where e 2 is eccentricity of hyperbola)
cosθ + =1
3 3 1 x2 y2
Let equation of hyperbola − 2 + 2 = 1
Sum of intercepts of tangent a b
i.e. L = 3 3secθ + cosec θ its passes through (0, ± 3)
Q
dL
= 3 3secθ tanθ − cosec θ cot θ ∴ b2 = 9
dθ a2
For maxima or minima
dL
=0 ⇒ e2 = 1 +
dθ b2
3 3secθ tanθ − cosec θ cot θ = 0 a2
⇒ e 22 = 1 +
1 π b2
tan3 θ = ⇒ tanθ = 1 3 ⇒θ =
3 3 6 1 a2 25 a2
π ⇒ =1+ ⇒ =1+
Minimum at θ = e12
9 9 9
6
⇒ a 2 = 16
57. (b) Let the equation of line perpendicular to y2 x 2
Hence, the equation of hyperbola is − =1
X-axis cut the circle x 2 + y 2 = 9 at A is 9 16
(3cosα , 3sinα)
59. (b) We have, (1, 0, 3), (2, 1, 5), (−2, 3, 6) is mid
Equation of tangent at A is x cosα + y sinα = 3 point of the sides of triangle.
Slope = − cotα Centroid of ∆ABC is also the centroid of ∆DEF
Similarly, cut the ellipse 4 x 2 + 9 y 2 = 36 at B is A
(3cosα, 2sinα)
Equation of tangent at B
2cosα + 3sinα = 6
2 F E
Slope = − cotα
3
Angle between tangents is θ, then
− 2 + 1 cot α B D C
3 cot α
tanθ = = 1 + 2 − 2 0 + 1 + 3 3 + 5 + 6
2 2
1 + cot α 3 + 2cot 2 α ∴Centroid = , ,
3 3 3
3
cot α
= , ,
1 4 14
Let tanθ = z ⇒ z =
3 + 2cot 2 α 3 3 3
dz (3 + 2 cot 2 α)(cosec 2α) − cot α(4 cot α cosec 2α)
Q = − 60. (b) Let the direction ratio of normal to the plane P
dα (3 + 2 cot 2 α) is (a , b , c).
dz Qequation of another given plane x + y = 3 having
For maxima or minima =0
dα direction ratio of normal = (1, 1, 0)
∴3cosec2α + 2 cot 2 α cosec2α − 4 cot 2 α cosec2α = 0 π a+ b
∴cos =
3 3 4 a + b2 + c 2 × 2
2
⇒ cos2 α = ⇒ cotα =
2 2 1 a+ b
=
3 2 a + b2 + c 2 ×
2
2
2 3 1 1
Q tanθ = = × = ⇒(a + b) = a + b + c ⇒ 2ab = c 2
2 2 2 2
3 2 6 2 6
3+ 2×
2 which satisfied by the option (b)
1 ∴a = 1, b = 1, c = 2
∴Greatest acute angle when, tanθ = .
2 6
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 27
dy
= (x 2 + 1)(x 4 + 1)(x 8 + 1) + 2x(x + 1)(x 4 + 1) − 1 − 1
m1 − m2
dx tanθ = ⇒ tanθ = 4 2
(x 8 + 1) + 4 x 3(x + 1)(x 2 + 1)(x 8 + 1) + 8 x 7(x + 1) 1 + m1 m2
1 − 1
8
(x 2 + 1)(x 4 + 1)
6
∴ tanθ =
dy = (1 + 1)(1 + 1)(1 + 1) + 0 + 0 + 0 = 8 7
dx x = −1
28 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
t2 t2 x−5 x − 5
10
I = −∫ dt = − ∫ 2 dt I = 5x −
25
10 x − x 2 − sin−1
(1 − t )(2 − t )
2 2
(t − 1)(t 2 − 2) 2 2 5 0
2 1 −1
I = 50 − 0 − sin−1 1 − 0 − 0 − sin−1 (−1)
dt 25 25
I = − ∫ 2 − 2 dt = 2∫ 2 dt + ∫ t2 − 1
t − 2 t − 1 t −2 2 2
25 π 25 π
−2 t − 2 1 t − 1 I = 50 − × − ×
I= log + log + c 2 2 2 2
2 2 t + 2 2 t + 1 25π 1
I = 50 − ⇒ I = (100 − 25π)
−1 1 − tan x − 2 1 1 − tan x − 1
2 2 2 2
I= log + log + c
2
1 − tan x + 2 1 − tan x + 1 77. (b) We have,
2 2 2
y= x, x = y, x = 1, x = 4
1 2 + 1 − tan 2 x 1 1 + 1 − tan 2 x
I= log − log + c The graph of curves are
2
2 − 1 − tan x 1 − 1 − tan x
2 2 2
Physics
81. (a) The four fundamental forces of nature are as 82. (b, d) In statement (b), the percentage error in
follows, case of 1 m length is
(i) Strong nuclear force which is between ∆l1 0.01
× 100 = × 100 = 1%
nuclear particles like, quarks. Its strength is l1 1
very high and of the order of 1. while in case of 0.5 m length, it is
But it’s range is very short. ∆l 2 0.01
× 100 = × 100 = 2%
(ii) Weak nuclear force which is also between l2 0. 5
nuclear particles, however its strength is low
and of the order of 10−13. This force is usually As percentage error in case of 0.5 m length is
greater. So, the accuracy is less as compared to that
found in radioactive nuclei. It is also a short
of 1 m length. Hence this statements is incorrect.
range force.
In statement (d), according to the result of rounding
(iii) Electromagnetic force which is the force
off, if the number to be rounded off is 5, then the
between the electrically charged particles. Its
preceding digit remains unchanged if it is even or
strength is of the order of 10−2. But its range is
increased by 1, if it is odd. So, the correct result is
very high, upto infinity.
2.44. Hence, this is also an incorrect statement.
(iv) Gravitational force which is the force of
However, In statement (a), as the second
attraction between bodies due to gravity.
measured value i.e., 5.51 km is more closed to the
Its strength is very low and of the order of
result i.e., 5.678 km so, it is more precise. Hence,
10−39. But it’s range is very high upto
this statement is correct.
infinity.
Similarly, in the statement (c), the significant
So, the correct sequence of match is
digits in first number is 2 and in second number is
A → (ii), B → (iv), C → (i) and also 2 as the trailing zero after non-zero number,
D → (iii). having decimal point are significant. Thus, this
statement is also correct.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 31
Ball-1
83. (a) Suppose that both the u=0 85. (d) According to the question, there are two
balls meet at a distance h blocks of masses m1 and m2 which are kept in
from ball-1 after time t from contact on inclined plane of inclination 60° as
the start as shown in the h shown in the figure,
R2
figure,
R1 a
For downward motion of 21 m
R
ball-1, from second equation
of the motion, R
(21–h)
1
h = ut + gt 2 …(i) m 2g
2 v m 1g
1
h = 0 × t + × 10t 2
Ball-2
2 60º
[Qu = 0]
Coefficient of friction between the surface of plane
h = 5t 2 (ii) and surface of first block, µ 1 = 1.5 µ
For upward motion of ball-2, from second Coefficient of friction between the surface of plane
equation of the motion, and surface of second block, µ 2 = 1µ
1 Now, free body diagram for the first block,
h = vt − gt 2 (iii)
2 R1
Given, speed of ball-2, v = 14 m/s, acceleration due a µ 1R 1
to gravity, g = 10 m/s 2
Substituting these values in Eq. (iii), we get 60º
1
21 − h = 14t − × 10t 2 R+m1g sin 60º
m1g cos 60º
2
⇒ 21 − h = 14t − 5t 2 …(iv) m 1g
60º
Adding Eq. (ii) and (iv), we get
21 = 14 t If a be the common acceleration, then
3 m1 gsin 60° − µ 1 ⋅ R1 + R = m1 a
⇒ t = s = 1.5 s
3
2 m1 g − 1.5 µm1 g cos 60° + R = m1 a
∴From Eq. (ii), we get 2
h = 5 × (1.5)2 = 11.25 m 3 1.5 µm1 g
m1 g − + R = m1 a …(i)
45 2 2
= m Similarly, for second body,
4
R2
45 +R
Therefore, the ball-1 will have dropped m a µ 2R 2
4
when it passes ball-2.
60º
84. (b) The given situation can be shown in figure m2g sin 60º
below, m2g cos 60º
m2g
30º 60º
rain
m2 gsin 60° − µ 2R2 − R = m2a
3
v = 40m/s m2 g − µ m2 g cos 60° − R = m2a
θ 2
Car v = 40m/s 3 µm2 g
m2 g − − R = m2a …(ii)
As the rain makes an angle of 30° with the vertical. 2 2
So, the angle made by it with the horizontal is From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
θ = 90° − 30° = 60° 3 1.5µm1 g
m1 g − + R
And as the car is moving in horizontal direction 2 2 ma
= 1
with the same speed as that of the rain. So, the 3 µm2 g m2a
rain appears to him falling at an angle of 60°. m2 g − −R
2 2
32 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
3
⇒ m1 m2 g − 0.75 µ m1 m2 g + m2R R1
2
µR1
3
= m1 m2 g − 0.5 µ m1 m2 g − m1 R 0.8 Kg
2 T F
⇒ (m1 + m2)R = 0.25µ m1 m2 g µR
µm1 m2 g
⇒ R=
4(m1 + m2) (0.8+0.2) g
Hence, the force of reaction between the blocks
1 m1 m2 For 0.8 kg block, friction force due to 0.2 kg block
doing the motion is, R = µ g. is in opposite direction of applied force F.
4 (m1 + m2)
∴Equation of motion for 0.8 kg block,
86. (d) The given situation is shown in the figure F − T − µR − µR1 = 0.8a
below, putting the given values, we get
a
104 N F − T − 01
. (0.8 + 0.2) g − 01
. × 0.2g = 0.8a
g F − T − 01
. × 10 − 01 . × 0.2 × 10 = 0.8 × 5
8k
T1 F − T = 52
. …(i)
g 3 0º
Free body diagram for 0.2 kg body,
T2 5k 8g
sin 30º
8g cos 30º R1
g 8g
3k 30º 30º
sin
5g 5g cos 30º T
30º 5g 0.2 Kg µR1
in
3 gs
30º 30º 3g cos 30º
3g
and temperature of gas, TA = 27° C 103. (c) Given, maximum intensity along y-axis,
For diatomic gas B,
IY = I0
atomic mass of molecules of gas B,
mB = 2 × 20u = 40u and minimum intensity along x-axis,
2I
Temperature of gas, B = TB IX = 0
3
Since, rms speed of the molecules of gas, A = rms
speed of molecules of gas, B The intensity transmitted, through a polaroid with
pass axis 45° to y-axis (i.e., 45° to x-axis also) is
(vrms) A = (vrms)B given by Brewster’s law,
3RTA
=
3RTB I = I x cos2 45° + I y cos2 45°
mA mB 2I 0
= I 0 cos2 45° + cos2 45°
TA T 27 T 3
⇒ = B ⇒ = B
m A mB 4u 40 u 1 2I 1 I I 5I
= I0 ⋅ + 0 ⋅ = 0 + 0 = 0
⇒ TB = 270° C 2 3 2 2 3 6
101. (b) Given, length of spring, l = 16 m 104. (b) Let mth bright fringe of wavelength λ m and nth
speed of wave, v = 32m/s bright fringe of wave length λ n formed at a
and total number of nodes between the two fixed distance x n from central maxima at same point P,
ends of the string = 9 i.e., they coincide, therefore, x m = x n .
∴Total number of segments of vibrations between m λ mD n λ n D
=
fixed ends, p = 9 + 1 = 10 d d
∴frequency of the wave, f =
p
×v m λn
⇒ =
2L n λm
10
= × 32 = 10 Hz Putting the given values, we get
2 × 16
600 × 10−9
=
102. (a) Here, let frequencies of horn A and B are n A 400 × 10−9
and nB , respectively. [Given, λ m = 400 × 10−9 m, λ n = 600 × 10−9 m]
50
As given, n A − nB = m 3
10 ∴ =
n 2
n A − nB = 5 beats
So, least integral values of m and n satisfying
When, the horn B is blown while moving towards above requirement are m = 3 and n = 2.
the wall the apparent frequency,
v + v0 105. (b) Given, mass of each spherical ball,
nB ′ = nB
v − vs m = 20 g = 2 × 10−2 kg, g = 10 m/s 2
Since, both the observer and source are moving charge on each spherical ball,
with truck. q1 = q 2 = q = 10−10 C
So, vs = v0 = 10 m/s and length of thread,
330 + 10 L = 300 cm = 3 m
nB ′ = nB
330 − 10 According to the question,
A
nB ′ = nB1.0625
= nB ′ − nB = 0.0625 nB
As given, n′B − nB = 5 θ
0.0625 nB = 5 L
nB = 80 Hz
T cos θ
Q Given, that if frequency of A is decreased then
beat frequency is increases. L
So, nB > n A q θ T sin θ M q
F
B C
∴ n A = nB − 5 = 80 − 5 x/2 x/2
⇒ n A = 75Hz mg
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 37
We can conclud that the circuit A has been Where, current flowing through the wire, I = 16A
correctly connected. Therefore, it can be used to r = OP = (−2$i + 0$j) mm
measure R accurately, which can be calculated
with the help of ammeter and voltmeter reading as, Magnitude of the magnetic field at point P due to
voltage(V) current carrying wire along x-axis is zero because
R= [From ohm’s law] pont P lies in the direction of conducting wire
current (I) along x-axis.
However, when the arrangement of ammeter and ∴Magnitude of the magnetic field due to current
voltmeter is as per given in circuit B. The circuit carrying wire along y-axis at point P is given by
then is usually used for measuring higher µ I
resistance as compare to circuit A. B= 0 ⋅
4π r
109. (b) The given situation for two current carrying Putting the given values in above relation, we get
wires are shown in the figures. µ 16
y ( $j ) = 0 × [Qr = 2 mm = 2 × 10−3 m]
4 π 2 × 10−3
r=d$i+d$j = 10−7 × 8 × 103 = 0.8 × 10−3 T = 0.8 mT
B
P
111. (a) Given, current flowing through wire, I = 8 A
d
and radius of circular wire,
–i$ x R = 10π cm = 10 π × 10−2 m
A O $i
d
According to the question,
I=8 A
–j$
Position vector of charge particle, R=10 π cm
r = d($i + $j ) = d$i + d$j O
The magnetic field intensity due to the wire QMagnetic field produced by semi-circular current
carrying thin wire at centre O.
along − $i direction,
µ I
µ I $ B= 0
B1 = 0 ⋅ (− k ) 4R
2π d
Putting the given values, we get
Similarly, magnetic field intensity due to wire
along $j direction. 4 π × 10−7 × 8
B=
µ I $ 4 × 10 π × 10−2
B2 = 0 ⋅ (− k )
2π d ⇒ B = 8 × 10−6 T
∴Resultant magnetic field at point P due to both
∴Magnitude of the force on thin wire per unit
the wires,
µ I $ length.
B = B1 + B2 = 2⋅ 0 ⋅ (− k ) F = IB
2π d
µ I $ Putting the given values,
B = 0 ⋅ (− k )
π d = 8 × 8 × 10−6
∴Force on the charged particles, = 64 × 10−6 N/m = 64 µN/m
µ I
F = q (v × B) = q v$i × 0 ⋅ (− k $ ) = µ 0 I qv . $j
112. (c) Given, resistance of a coil, R = 10Ω
π d πd
number of turns in the coil, N = 180
110. (b) According to the question, a long straight wire and diameter of the coil = 4 cm = 4 × 10−2 m
is bent at 90° as shown in the figure, Magnetic flux associated with the coil is
y maximum.
Hence, θ = 0°
16 A
∴Magnetic flux, φ = BA
90º When magnetic field is suddenly removed, then
P x some charge flows through the galvanometer.
(–2,0) O 16 A
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 39
129. (b) The combustion reaction for methane is as in 1 L of pure water respectively.
follows : i.e. In Ca 2(PO 4)3
CH 4 + 2O 2 → CO 2 + 2H 2O Here, x = 2 and y = 3
Initial moles 10 50 0 0
Final moles 0 (50 − 20) = 30 10 20 Therefore, K sp = 22 ⋅ 33 S 2 + 3
[QAccording to balance equation, ratio of moles of K sp = 108 S 5 and option (a) is the correct answer.
O 2, H 2O and CO 2 are 2 : 2 : 1 respectively]
Hence, final moles of O 2 = 30 moles 134. (a) The balanced equation between the reaction of
H 2O = 20 moles KMnO 4 and H 2O 2 in acidic medium is as follows:
CO 2 = 10 moles and 2KMnO 4 + 5H 2O 2 + 3H 2SO 4 → 5O 2 + 2MnSO 4
option (b) is the correct answer. + K 2SO 4 + 8H 2O
Thus, 2 moles of KMnO 4 ≡ 5 moles of
130. (d) The disproportionation reaction for MnO 2−
4 H 2O 2 ≡ 5 moles of O 2(g) at STP.
occurs as follows : According to above relation:
+6 +4 +7
3MnO 24− + 4H+ → MnO 2 + 2MnO −4 + 2H 2O 34 g of H 2O 2 will give = 11. 2 L of O 2 at STP.
11.2 × 170
Hence, MnO 2– –
4 is oxidised to MnO 4 and reduced to
∴(34 × 5), i.e. 170 g of H 2O 2 will give =
34
MnO 2. Thus, oxidation state of Mn when MnO 2−
4
= 56 L
undergoes disproportionation reaction under
Q1 L of H 2O 2 give 10 L of O 2 at STP.
acidic medium are + 7 and + 4.
∴1 mL of H 2O 2 give 10 mL of O 2 at STP.
∴Hence option (d) is the correct answer.
and 56 mL of H 2O 2will give 560 mL of O 2
131. (d) Given, ∴Volume of H 2O 2 = 56 mL and (a) is the correct
Initial temperature = 0° C answer.
Final temperature = 30° C
135. (d) On hydrolysis of NaO 2, (a superoxide of
Thus, ∆T = 30° C
sodium), it gives O 2, H 2O 2 and NaOH as products.
Mass of ice (m) = 10 g i.e.
. Jg −1
Enthalpy of fusion (L) = 3335 2NaO 2 + 2H 2O → 2NaOH + O 2 + H 2O 2
. Jg −1 K −1
Cp of water = 418 Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
QHeat required (Q) = mL + mCp ∆T 136. (b) Structure of Al 2Cl 6 is
= 10 × 3335. + 10 × 418
. × 30 Cl Cl Cl
= 33350. + 1254.00 Al Al
= 4589 J Cl Cl Cl
= 4.59 kJ
Therefore,
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
(i) Oxidation state (x) of ‘Al’ in Al 2Cl 6 :
132. (a) For the reaction, = 2x − 6 = 0 or x = (+)3
0.5C(s) + 0.5CO 2(g) - CO(g) (ii) Coordination number of Al in Al 2Cl 6 is four
0. 5 CO 2(g) can give CO(g). (4), it is bonded to 4 chlorine atoms in Al 2Cl 6.
If 50% conversion of CO 2(g) takes place. (iii) Number of valence electrons around Al in
We have concentration of CO 2(g) = [0.25] Al 2Cl 6 = 2 × 4 = 8
QK p is calculated only for gaseous items, Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 43
LiAlH 4
137. (a) QGraphite is the most stable state of carbon (III) CH 3C ≡≡ C ⋅ CH 3 → Alkene
and its ∆H f° is considered as zero (Qhas more
van der Waals’ force) also ∆H f° for C60 > ∆H f° for This reaction is used for reduction of alkynes
diamond. which gives corresponding alkenes.
CH 3 CH 3
∆H f° values of graphite, diamond and C60 are = 0, | |
1.9 and 38.1 kJ mol −1 and ∆H f° values are in order : NaBH 4
(IV) CH 3 C Cl → Alkane, i.e. CH 3 C H
| |
Diamond < Fullerene < Graphite
CH 3 CH 3
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
138. (d) Enamel of teeth is Ca10 (PO 4)6(OH)2, when it
141. (b) Key Idea Conditions for species to be an aromatic
reacts with F – ions, following reaction will take are :
place.
(i) The aromatic structures follows Huckel’s rule, i.e.
Ca10 (PO 4)6(OH)2 + 2F − → Ca10 (PO 4)6F2 + 2OH −
species have (4n + 2) π-electrons in its structure.
Ca10 (PO 4)6F2 can be rewritten as : where, n = integer 0, 1, 2, 3, …… so on.
3[Ca 3(PO 4)2]CaF2 or 3[Ca 3(PO 4)2 ⋅ CaF2]
(ii) Should be planar ring structure.
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
(A) It follows Huckel’s rule and has planar
139. (d) structure thus, is an aromatic (Qn = 1,
(a) Kjeldahl method can be used for estimation πe − = 6).
of nitrogen in an organic sample. (B) It does not follow Huckel’s rule (Qhas
(b) Dumas method can be used for estimation of 8π electrons with n = 2).
nitrogen in an organic sample. (C) It follows Huckel’s rule and has planar
(c) Lassaigne method can be used for estimation structure. Thus, is an aromatic (Qn = 1,
of N, S, P and halogens in an organic sample. πe − = 6).
(d) Carius method can be used to find out the (D) It follows Huckel’s rule and has planar
percentage composition of halogen present in structure as it has n = 3 and 14π electrons.
an organic compound using Carius tube. (E) It does not follow Huckel’s rule, thus is not an
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. aromatic compound (n = 1, πe − = 4).
140. (c) (F) It also does not follow Huckel’s rule. Thus, is
− +
not an aromatic (n = 0, πe − = 4)
CaO
(I) R COONa + NaOH → (R H)
∆ (Alkane)
Hence, species (B), (E) and (F) are not
The mixture of NaOH + CaO is called sodalime aromatic and option (b) is the correct answer.
when it reacts with sodium salt of carboxylic
acid, it gives corresponding alkane. The 142. (c) In ferrimagnetic substances, the magnetic
reaction is called decarboxylation of salts of moments of the domains are alligned in parallel
carboxylic acids. and antiparallel directions in unequal number.
Zn- Hg
The net magnetic moment is small. Thus, these
(II) CH 3 C CH 3 → Alkane are weakly attracted by magnetic field than
|| conc. HCl ferromagnetic substances and these also lose
O ferrimagnetism on heating and become
paramagnetic. e.g. Fe3O 4 and ferrites like
The above reaction is called
ZnFe2O 4 , MgFe2O 4 and NiFe2O 4 etc.
Clemmensen-reduction. It converts aldehydes
and ketones to corresponding alkane.
44 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
w 1000 + 2H 2O
0.413 = 1.86 × B × Zn ( s ) 2−
60 500 → 2[Zn(CN)4 ] + 2Au
( B)
0.413 × 60 × 500
∴ wB = Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
1.86 × 1000
Mass of solute = 6.66 g 149. (a) Statement (A) Sulphur vapour is
Also, paramagnetic is correct statement as sulphur
Total mass vapour has formula S2, i.e. similar to O 2 and O 2 has
QDensity (d) of solution =
Total volume two unpaired electrons in its anti-bonding
6.66 + 500 506.66 molecular orbitals.
= = = 0.993 (g mL−1)
500 + 10 510 Statement (B) Reaction of HCl (dil.) with finely
divided iron forms FeCl 3 and H 2 gas is a wrong
Density (d) of solution = 0.993 g mL−1 statement as the whole reaction is as follows :
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. Fe + 2HCl(dil.) → FeCl 2 + H 2(g)
145. (c) Given, The H 2(g) produced will prevent the formation of
Fe3+ (i.e. FeCl 3).
Charge used = 19296 C
Molar mass of Cu = 635. Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
QCu in CuSO 4 has Cu 2+ charge means : 150. (c, d) Noble gases have low boiling point and low
melting point because of
2 × 96500 C of charge give = 635
. g of Cu
(i) weak van der Waals’ interactions and,
. × 19296
635
Thus, 19296 C of charge give = (ii) weak dispersion forces.
2 × 96500
Hence, option (c) and (d) both are the correct
= 6.35 g of copper (Cu). answer.
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 45
3 2 1
The complete reaction is given as below: (B) CH 3 CH CH 2 COOH, has one EWG
Ph Ph |
Cl
C O C O (i.e. Cl) at C-3 position and CH 3, i.e. one EDG
Na+CN– H3O+
(by hyperconjugation) at C3-position.
CN
2 1
C H C H (C) Cl CH 2 COOH, has one EWG (i.e.
O O– Cl-atoms) at C2 position.
2 1
Ph Ph (D) Cl 2 CH COOH , has two EWG’s (i.e. two
Cl-atom) at C 2-position.
C Intramolecular C O
rearragement Thus, order of acidic strength is
O (D) > (C) > (B) > (A) and option (b) is the
–H2O
C C COOH correct answer.
–
O O 160. (b) (i) NH3 (ii) ∆
(E) CH3COOH CH3CONH2
(Acetic acid) (Acetamide)
(iii) C6H5SO2Cl,
Hence, option ‘C’ is the correct answer.
Pyridine/ 343 K
159. (b) Key Idea Acidic strength increases with presence
of EWG (i.e. groups show–I effect) and decreases with
O
the presence of EDG (i.e. groups show +I or
hyperconjugation effect). More be the number and more CH3CO NH S C6H5
close be the EWG to the COOH group, more is the
acidic strength. O
2 1 (X)
(A) CH 3 COOH, has only one EDG, i.e. (by + H2O+HCl
hyperconjugation) one CH 3 group is bonded ( Y) (Z )
with COOH group. Hence, answer (b) is the correct option.
TS EAMCET 03 May 2019
Session 2
(3:00 PM to 6:00 PM)
Mathematics
1. If [ x ] denotes the greatest integer £ x, then é 1 2 0 -1ù é 1 4 -1ù
(c) ê 3 4 1 2 ú (d) ê2 3 0 ú
4 - x2 ê ú ê ú
the domain of the function f (x) = is êë -2 3 2 5 úû êë 0 1 2 úû
[ x] + 2
(a) (-¥, - 2 ] È [-1, 2 ) (b) (-¥, - 2 ) È [-1, 2 ] 6. Consider the following system of equations
(c) (- ¥, - 2 ) È (-1, 2 ) (d) (-¥, - 1] È [1, 2 ] in matrix form
9. If the complex cube roots of (-i) are a , b , g , III. Number of ways of placing ‘n’ objects in k
2 2 2 bins such that atleast one bin is non-empty is
then a + b + g = ( n-1)
C k -1 .
(a) 1 (b) -1 (c) -i (d) 0
n -1 ( n-1)
IV. nC k - Ck = C k -1
10. Imaginary part of ( 3 - i)2016 + (- 3 - i)2019 is
(a) 2 2016 (b) -2 2016 (c) -2 2019 (d) 2 2019
Then which of the above statements are true?
(a) All the four statements(b) (iii) and (iv) only
11. If a and b are the roots of the equation (c) All except (iii) (d) All except (i)
x 2 - 2 x + 4 = 0 , then a 12 + b12 = 4
18. For| x| < , the approximate value of
(a) 212 (b) 210 (c) 213 (d) –213 3
1
12. The solution set of the inequation 1
is
3 x + 31 - x - 4 < 0 , is (4 - 3 x) 2
(a) (0, 1) (b) (0, 2 ) (c) (1, 2 ) (d) (1, 3)
1 2 x 12 x2 3 x 15 2
(a) - + (b) 1 - - x
13. One of the real roots of the equation 4 3 39 16 256
x 3 - 6 x 2 + 6 x - 2 = 0 is 1 3 x 27 x2 1 3 x 15 2
(c) + + (d) - + x
1 1 2 16 256 2 16 256
23 23 2x + 7
(a) -1 (b) 2 (c) 1
(d) 1 19. If
23 -1 23 +1 (x + 4) (x 2 + 9) (x 2 + 16)
2
24. If a and b are the roots of the quadratic 30. If OA = $i + 2$j + 3k$ and OB = 4 i$ + k$ are the
equation 3 x 2 - 16 x + 5 = 0 , then position vectors of the points A and B, then
æa +b ö the position vector of a point on the line
tan -1 a + tan -1 b - tan -1 ç ÷= passing through B and parallel to the vector
è1 - ab ø
OA ´OB which is at a distance of 189 units
p
(a) 0 (b) p (c) (d) -p from B is
2
(a) 6$i + 11$j - 7k$ (b) 4$i + 11$j - 8 k$
25. sinh [log (2 + 5)] + cosh [log (2 + 3)] = (c) 2 $i - 11$j + 8 k$ (d) -2 $i - 11$j + 8 k$
(a) 4 (b) 3
(c) 2 (d) 1 31. A vector a of length 2 units is making an
angle 60º with each of the X -axis and Y -axis.
26. p1 , p 2 , p 3 are the altitudes of a triangle ABC If another vector b of length 2 units is
drawn from the vertices A , B and C making an angle 45º with each of the Y -axis
respectively. If D is the area of the triangle and Z-axis, then a ´ b =
and 2s is the sum of its sides a , b and c, then (a) (1 - 2 )$i - $j + k$ (b) $i - 2 $j + k$
1 1 1
+ - = (c) 2 $i - $j + 2k$ (d) i - 2 $j + (1 - 2 )k$
p1 p 2 p 3
s-a s-b 32. Let a be a non zero vector. If
(a) (b)
D D x = i$ ´ (a ´ $i), y = $j ´ (a ´ $j) - a and
s -c s
(c) (d) z = k$ ´ (a ´ k$ ) - a , then [ x y z] =
D D
(a)|a| (b) 2|a| (c) 0 (d) 1
27. If in triangle ABC ,
C C 33. If r = $i + $j + t (2$i - $j + k$ ) and r = 2$i + $j - k$ + s
a 2 + 2 bc - (b2 + c 2) = absin cos , then
2 2 (3 $i - 5 $j + 2 k$ ) are the vector equations of two
cot(B + C) = lines L1 and L 2 , then the shortest distance
8 1 between them is
(a) – (b)
15 4 9 10 11
15 (a) (b) (c) (d) 0
(c) - (d) 4 59 59 59
8
34. If r is a unit vector satisfying r ´ a = b, |a|= 2
28. If p1 , p 2 , p 3 are the altitudes of a triangle ABC
and|b|= 3, then one such r =
from the vertices A , B, C respectively, then
1 1
1 1 1 1 (a) [2 a + (b ´ a )] (b) [a - (2b ´ a )]
with the usual notation, 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 4 4
r1 r2 r3 r 1 1
(c) [a - (b ´ a )] (d) [a - (b ´ a )]
a2 b 2c 2 3 4
(a) p1 p2 p3 (b)
4D2
æ 1
35. The variance of the data 2, 3, 5, 11, 13, 17, 19
2 2 2
a bc 1 1ö
(c) 2
(d) 4 ç 2 + 2 + 2 ÷ is nearly
D è 1
p p p3ø
2 (a) 6.258 (b) 24.25
(c) 4.95 (d) 39.71
29. Vectors a , b , c , d are such that
(a ´ b) ´ (c ´ d) = O , P1 and P2 are two planes 36. The approximate value of the mean deviation
determined by vectors a , b and c , d about the mean for the following data is
respectively. Then the angle between the
Class Interval 0-2 2-4 4-6 6-8 8-10
planes P1 and P2 is
p Frequency 1 2 3 2 1
(a) 0 (b)
4
p p (a) 3.56 (b) 4.61
(c) (d) (c) 2.19 (d) 1.78
3 2
50 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
42. The locus of all points that are at a distance 48. The ratio in which the line x + y - 1 = 0
of atleast 2 units from (-3 , 0) is divides the line segment joining the origin
2 2
(a) {( x, y)| x + y + 6 x + 7 > 0} and the point of intersection of the lines
represented by
(b) {( x, y)| x2 + y2 + 6 x + 5 ³ 0}
2 x 2 - 13 xy - 7 y 2 + x + 23 y - 6 = 0 is
(c) {( x + y)| x2 + y2 - 6 x + 5 > 0}
(d) {( x, y)| x2 + y2 - 6 x + 5 £ 0} (a) 15 : 11 (b) -11 : 15
(c) 7 : 3 (d) 7 : 19
43. If q 1 , q 2 , q 3 are respectively the angles by 49. The lines represented by 5 x 2 - xy - 5 x + y = 0
which the coordinate axes are to be rotated are normals to a circle S = 0. If this circle
to eliminate the xy term from the following touches the circle
equations, then the descending order of these
S¢ º x 2 + y 2 - 2 x + 2 y - 7 = 0 externally, then
angles is
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 51
the equation of the chord of contact of centre 55. Consider the curves C1: y 2 = 4 x and
of S¢ = 0 with respect to S = 0 is
C 2 : x 2 + y2 - 6 x +1 = 0
(a) 2 y - 7 = 0 (b) x - 1 = 0
(c) 3 x + 4 y - 7 = 0 (d) x + y = 5 Assertion (A) The common tangents to the
curves C1 and C 2 are othogonal.
50. The equation of the circle that touches the
Y -axis at a distance of 4 units from the origin Reason (R) x - y + 1 = 0 and x + y + 1 = 0 are
and cuts off an intercept of 6 units on the the common tangents to the curves C1 and C 2
X -axis is The correct answer is
(a) x2 + y2 ± 5 x - 8 y + 16 = 0 (a) (A) is true, (R) is true and (R) is the correct
(b) x2 + y2 ± 2 x - 4 y = 0 explanation of (A).
(c) x2 + y2 ± 3 x - 2 y - 8 = 0 (b) (A) is true, (R) is true but (R) is not a correct
(d) x2 + y2 ± 10 x - 8 y + 16 = 0 explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is true but (R) is false.
51. The condition for the circles (d) (A) is false but (R) is true.
x 2 + y 2 + ax + 4 = 0 and x 2 + y 2 + by + 4 = 0 56. If OT is the semi-minor axis of an ellipse, A
to touch each other is and B are its foci and ÐATB is a right angle,
1 11 then the eccentricity of that ellipse is
(a) - = (b) a2 + b 2 = 16
a2 b 2 16 1
1 1 1 1 1 (a) 1 (b)
(c) 2 + 2 = (d) + =4 3
a b 16 a2 b2 1 1
(c) (d)
2 2
52. If the equation of the circle which passes
through the point (1, 1) and cuts both the 57. The locus of the mid-points of the portion of
circles x 2 + y 2 - 4 x - 6 y + 4 = 0 and x 2 y2
2 2 the tangents of the ellipse + =1
x + y + 6 x - 4 y + 15 = 0 orthogonally is 2 1
x 2 + y 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 , then 5 g + 2 f + c = intercepted between the coordinate axes is
1 1
(a) 0 (b) 1 (a) + =1 (b) 2 x2 + y2 = 4
4 x2 2 y2
(c) 3 (d) 2
1 1
(c) + =1 (d) x2 + 2 y2 = 4
53. If the line x + y + 1 = 0 intersects the circle 2 x2 4 y2
x 2 + y 2 + x + 3 y = 0 at two points A and B,
58. The distance between the tangents to the
then the centre of the circle which passes x 2 3 y2
through the points A , B and the point of hyperbola - = 1 which are parallel to
intersection of the tangents drawn at A and B 20 4
to the given circle is the line x + 3 y = 7 is
4
5 5 (a) 4 5 (b)
(a) æç , ö÷ (b) (1, - 1) 5
è 8 8ø
2
3 1 (c) (d) 2 5
(c) æç , - ö÷ (d) (3, - 4) 5
è 4 4ø
59. The length of the projection of the line
54. The vertex of the parabola (y - 1)2 = 8(x - 1) is
segment joining the points (3, 4, 5) and
at the centre of a circle and the parabola cuts (4, 6, 3) on the line joining the points
that circle at the ends of its latusrectum. (-1, 2 , 4 ) and (1, 0 , 5) is
Then the equation of that cicle is 4 5
(a) (b)
(a) x2 + y2 - 2 x - 2 y - 18 = 0 3 4
(b)x2 + y2 - 2 x - 2 y + 18 = 0 2
(c) (d) 1
(c) x2 + y2 + 2 x + 2 y - 16 = 0 3
(d) x2 + y2 - 2 x - 2 y + 16 = 0
52 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
1
60. If A(3, 2, 3), B (1, 4 , 6 ) and C(7 , 4 , 5) are the -
61. p1 is a plane passing through the point 66. The derivative of cos h -1 x with respect to log
(1,2,3) and perpendicular to the planes x at x = 5 is
x + 2 y + 3 z - 6 = 0, x + 2 y + 2 z - 5 = 0. If 5 1
(a) (b)
(-1, 2 , - 3) is the foot of the perpendicular 26 26
drawn from the point (1, 3 , 2) on to a plane 1 5
(c) (d)
p 2 , then the angle between the planes p1 and 2 6 2 6
p 2 is
67. A right solid circular cylinder of given volume
9 ö p
(a) cos -1 æç ÷ (b) will have the least total surface area when
è 255 ø 4
(a) its height is equal to its radius
æ 6ö p
(c) cos -1 ç ÷ (d) (b) its height is equal to its diameter
è 10 ø 2 (c) its height is independent of its radius
3
(d) its height is times of its radius
62. If [ x ] is the greatest integer function, then 4
æ[ x ]3 é x ù 3 ö
lim çç - ê ú ÷÷ = 68. The smaller side of the rectangle with the
x ®2 + è 3 ë3û ø largest area, that can be inscribed inside a
64
semi-circle of radius 2 units is of length
(a) 0 (b) 1 1
27 (a) (b) 3 (c) (d) 2
8 7 2 3
(c) (d)
3 3 69. Let a , b, c Î R be such that 2a + 3b + 6 c = 0 and
63. If the function defined by g(x) be the anti derivative of
ìæ 1 ö
-1 f (x) = ax 2 + bx + c. If the slopes of the
ï ç x 2 + e 2- x ÷ , for x ¹ 2 tangents drawn to the curve y = g(x) at
f (x) = í ç ÷
è ø (1, g()
1 ) and (2 , g (2)) are equal, then
ï
î k , for x = 2 (a)
a
=
b c
= (b)
a
=
b
=
c
3 -8 3 6 -18 7
is right continuous at x = 2, then k = a b c
(c) = = (d) a = b = c = -1
1 1 3 -6 2
(a) - (b) 0 (c) (d) 1
4 4
70. Let f (x) = (x - 3)2018(2 - x)2019 , x Î R. If f (a) is
ì
ï ax + b, if x £1 a relative maximum of f at a, then
ï 2 2a + 3 f (a) =
64. If f (x) = í ax + c , if 1 < x £ 2 20186
ï dx 2 + 1 (a)
x ³2 4037
ïî x , if 2018 2019
20186 2018 ö æ 2019 ö
(b) - 3 æç ÷ ç ÷
is differentiable on R, then ad - bc = 4037 è 4037 ø è 4037 ø
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 6
(c) -1 (d) 2 (d) 9
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 53
71. ò sin -1
x
dx =
77. The area of the region (in square units)
a+ x bounded by the curves y = x 3 , y = x , and
æ x ö æ xö -1 £ x £ 1, is
(a) cosec –1 ç ÷ ç ÷ + ax + c
è a + x ø è aø 1 1
(a) (b)
æ xö 4 2
(b) cos -1 ç ÷ (a - x)2 - ax + c 3 5
è aø (c) (d)
4 6
æ xö
(c) cos -1 ç ÷ (a + x) - ax + c 78. If the order of a differential equation
è aø 3
d2y æ dy ö æ dy ö
-1 æ x ö - 2 ç ÷ + sin ç ÷ + y = 0 is l and the
(d) tan ç ÷ (a + x) - ax + c è dx ø è dx ø
è aø dx 2
degree of the differential equation
x 2 -1 2 3
72. ò x3 4
2 x - 2 x +1 2
dx =
æ d2y ö 3 é æ dy ö ù 2
3
ç1 + 2 ÷ = ê2 - ç ÷ ú is m, then the
3 1 è dx ø êë è dx ø ú
(a) 2 x2 + 2 + +c (b) 2 x2 - +2 +c û
x2 x2 differential equation corresponding to the
1 2 1 family of curves y = Ax l + Be mx , where A and
(c) 2 x2 + x - 2 + c (d) 2- 2 + 4 +c
2 x x B are arbitrary constants, is
73. ò (log (sin x) + x cot x) dx = (a) (4 x2 - 2 x)y¢¢ + (16 x2 - 2 )y¢+ (32 x - 8)y = 0
(b) (2 x2 - x)y¢ ¢ + (8 x2 - 2 )y¢ + (16 x - 4)y = 0
(a) xlog(sin x) + c (b) x2 log(sin x) + c
(c) (2 x2 - 4t )y¢¢ -(8 x2 - 1)y¢ + (16 x - 4)y = 0
(c) - x log(sin x) + c (d) - x2 log (sin x) + c
(d)(4 x2 - 2 x)y¢ ¢ + (8 x2 - 1)y¢ + (16 x - 4)y = 0
2x2
74. If ò dx 79. The solution of the differential equation
(2 x 2 + a) (x 2 + 5) 3
ydx - xdy + 3 x 2 y 2 e x dx = 0 satisfying y = 1
5 x 2 x when x = 1, is
= tan -1 - tan -1 + c, then a =
3 5 3 2 (a) y æçe x
3
- (1 + 2e )ö÷ - x = 0
è ø
(a) 1 (b) 2
(b) y çæe x + (1 - e )÷ö + x = 0
3
(c) 3 (d) 4
è ø
3
75. If ò (3 x 2 - 4 x + 2)dx = k, then a root of (c) y æçe x
3
+ (1 + e )ö÷ - x = 0
0 è ø
3k
3x2 - 4 x + 2 = that lies in the interval (d) y æçe x
3
ö
- (1 + e )÷ + x = 0
5 è ø
[0, 3] is
2 7 80. The solution of the differential equation
(a) (b)
(1 + y 2) + æç x - e tan y ö÷
-1 dy
3 3 = 0 is
1 5 è ø dx
(c) (d)
2 2 -1 -1
(a) x e 2 tan y
- e tan y
=c
2a
- tan -1 y
76. If ò x 2 2 4
2 ax - x dx = ka , then k : p = (b) ( x - 2 ) e =c
0
-1 -1
(a) 1 : 8 (b) 3 : 8 (c) 2 xe tan y - e 2 tan y = c
-1 -1
(c) 5 : 8 (d) 9 : 8 (d) x e tan y + 2e 2 tan y = c
Physics
81. Which of the following represents tan q
8 m/s as shown in the figure. The ratio
fundamental forces of nature? tan a
(a) Gravitational force; Coulomb’s force; Strong is
surface tension force; weak van der Waal’s force. Normal
(b) Gravitational force; Electromagnetic force;
Strong viscous force; Weak nuclear force.
(c) Gravitational force; Magnetostatic force; Strong
nuclear force; Weak frictional force.
(d) Gravitational force; Electromagnetic force;
Strong nuclear force; Weak nuclear force. 45°
West East
82. Match the physical quantities given in List-I
with dimensions in List-II. (a) (1 - 2 ) 2
(b) (1 + 2 )2
(c) (1 + 2 ) (d) ( 2 - 1)
List I List II
A. Gravitational potential 0 2 -2 -1
(i) [M L T K ] 85. A ball is projected vertically up from ground.
–1 3 -2
Boy A standing at the window of first floor of
B. Stefan’s constant (ii) [M L T ] a nearby building observes that the time
C. Permittivity (iii) [ML0T –3K –4 ] interval between the ball crossing him while
going up and the ball crossing him while
D. Specific heat capacity (iv) [M-1L-3T 4 I2 ] going down is 2s. Another boy B standing on
the second floor notices that time interval
(The dimension of mass, length, time,
between the ball passing him twice, during
temperature and current are M, L, T, K and I,
up motion and down motion is 1s. Calculate
respectively). The correct match is
the difference between the vertical positions
A B C D of boy B and boy A (Assume, acceleration due
(a) IV I III II
to gravity, g = 10 m/s 2 )
(b) I IV II III
(c) III II I IV (a) 8.45 m (b) 3.75 m (c) 4.25 m (d) 2.50 m
(d) II III IV I
86. A bar of mass m resting on a smooth
83. Consider a car initially at rest, starts to move horizontal plane starts moving due to force
along a straight road first with acceleration |F| =
mg
. The magnitude of the force remains
5 m/s 2 , then with uniform velocity and 9
finally, decelerating at 5 m/s 2 , before coming constant with time. The force vector makes
to a stop. Total time taken from start to end an angle q with the horizontal which varies
is t = 25 s. If the average velocity during that with the distance covered as q = Cx. If the
time is 72 km/hr, the car moved with æ degree ö
constant, C = 10 ç ÷, then the speed of
uniform velocity for a time of è meter ø
(a) 15 s (b) 30 s (c) 155 s (d) 2 s the bar, when q becomes equal to 30º for the
84. A boy runs on a horizontal road with a speed first time, is (Take, g = 10 m/s 2 )
of 4 m/s while it is raining. He sees that the (a) 0.33 m/s (b) 0.50 m/s
rain is making an angle q with the vertical (c) 1.0 m/s (d) 0.8 m/s
while running from West to East. However,
when he runs from East to West, the angle is
87. A particle of mass m is moving along a circle
of radius R such that its tangential
a. The rain is pouring down at an angle 45º
acceleration a t varies with distance covered
with the vertical normal and at a speed of
x as a t = ax 2 where a is a constant. The
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 55
kinetic energy, K of the particle varies with 92. A particle of mass 0.1 kg is executing simple
the distance as K = bx c , where b and c are harmonic motion of amplitude 0.1 m. When
constants. The values of b and c are the particle passes through the mean position,
(a) b =
ma
;c = 3 (b) b =
ma
;c = 4 its kinetic energy is 8 ´ 10 -3 J. If the initial
3 4 phase is 45º, the equation of its motion is
ma ma (Assume, x ()t as the position of the particle at
(c) b = ;c = 4 (d) b = ;c = 3
2 2 time t.)
p
88. A mass of 2 kg initially at a height of 1.2 m . sinæç 4t + ö÷
(a) x(t ) = 01
above an uncompressed spring with spring è 4ø
p
constant 2 ´ 10 4 N/m, is released from rest to . sinç16t + ö÷
(b) x(t ) = 01 æ
è 4ø
fall on the spring. Taking the acceleration
æ æ p öö
due to gravity as 10 m/s 2 and neglecting the (c) x(t ) = 01
. sinç2 çt + ÷ ÷
è è 4 øø
air resistance, the compression of the spring
æ pö
in mm is (d) x(t ) = 01
. sin ç2t + ÷
è 4ø
(a) 20 (b) 40 (c) 50 (d) 60
89. A bullet of mass 1 kg fired with a speed 93. If a satellite has to orbit the earth in a
-1 circular path every 6 hrs, at what distance
2 ms from x = 0 passes through a block of
from the surface of the earth should be
wood whose centre is kept at a distance of
satellite placed (radius of earth, Re = 6400
10 m from the origin as shown in the figure. GM
The retarding force Fr on the bullet within km) (Assume, = 8 .0 ´ 10 12 N/m 2 /kg,
the wooden block is - 0 .5 / x. The minimum 4 p2
length of the block (upto one decimal digit) where, G and M are gravitational constant
required to completely stop the bullet is and mass of earth and 10 1/ 3 = 2.1.
(Assume, e 4 = 55) (a) 15100 km (b) 8720 km
(c) 20600 km (d) 5560 km
x=0 x=10
94. A copper wire of cross-sectional area 0.01
cm 2 is under a tension of 22 N. Find the
(a) 10.1 m (b) 9.2 m (c) 9.7 m (d) 19.3 m
percentage change in the cross-sectional area.
90. A solid spherical ball rolls on a horizontal (Young’s modulus of copper = 1.1 ´ 10 11 N/m 2
surface at 10 m/s and continues to roll up on and Poisson’s ratio = 0 .32)
an inclined surface as shown in the figure. If (a) 12.6 ´ 10-3 (b) 8.6 ´ 10-3
the mass of the ball is 11 kg and frictional (c) 6.4 ´ 10-3 (d) 2.8 ´ 10-3
losses are negligible, the value of h where the
95. A cylindrical tank with a large diameter is
ball stop and starts rolling down the
filled with water. Water drains out through a
inclination is (Assume, g = 10 m/s 2 ) hole at a bottom of the tank. If the
cross-sectional area of the hole is 6 cm 2 then
the drainge rate (in m 3 /s) when the depth of
h the water is 0.2 m, is
30°
. ´ 10-3
(a) 10 (b) 8.2 ´ 10-2
(a) 8 m (b) 6 m (c) 7 m (d) 10 m (c) 2.2 ´ 10-3
(d) 1.2 ´ 10-3
91. A long cylinderical rod is welded to a thin 96. The surface tension of the soap water
circular disc of diameter 0.5 m at a point on 1
its circumference. The rod is in the same solution is N/m. The free energy of the
10 p
plane as that of the disc and forms a tangent
surface layer of a soap bubble of diameter
to the disc. The radius of gyration of the disc
5 mm will be
about the rod (in m) is
(a) 2.5 ´ 10-6 J (b) 1 ´ 10-7 J
1 5 1
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2 2 (c) 8 ´ 106 J (d) 5 ´ 10-6 J
4 8 2
56 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
97. Statement A Convection involves flow of The speed of the vehicle is (Assume the
matter within a fluid due to unequal velocity of sound is 333 m/s.)
temperatures of its parts. (a) 6 m/s (b) 5 m/s
Statement B A hot bar placed under a (c) 3 m/s (d) 1 m/s
running tap water loses heat due to effect of 103. Three lenses of focal lengths +10 cm, -10 cm
convection with in water. and +30 cm are placed at distance of 30 cm,
Statement C Heat transfer always involves 35 cm and 45 cm, respectively from an object.
temperature different between two systems. The distance between the object and the
Identify the correct option. image formed is
(a) A, B, C are true (a) 100 cm (b) 75 cm
(b) Only A and C are true (c) 30 cm (d) 45 cm
(c) Only A and B are true
(d) Only B and C are true 104. In a Young’s double slit experiment, a thin
sheet of refractive index 1.6 is used to cover
98. A body cools from 70ºC to 40ºC in one slit while a thin the sheet of refractive
5 min. Calculate the time it takes to cool index 1.3 is used to cover the second slit. The
from 60º C to 30º C. The temperature of the thickness of both the sheets are same and the
surroundings is 20º C. wavelength of light used is 600 nm. If the
(a) 1 min (b) 7 min (c) 6 min (d) 15 min central point on the screen is now occupied
by what had been the 10th bright fringe
99. One mole of ideal gas goes through a process
(m = 10), then the thickness of covering
pV 3 = constant, where p and V are pressure sheets is
and volume, respectively. Let W be the work (a) 50 mm (b) 8 mm
done by the gas as its temperature is (c) 20 mm (d) 40 mm
increased by DT. The value of |W| is (R is the
universal gas constant.) 105. An infinite line of charge with uniform line
1 R charge density of 1 C/m is palced along the
(a) RDT (b) RDT (c) R 3 DT (d) DT
3 2 y-axis. A charge of 1C is placed on the x-axis
at a distance of d = 3 m from the origin. At
100. An ideal gas is placed in a tank at 27ºC. The what distance r from the origin on the
pressure is initially 600 kPa. One fourth of x-axis, the total electric field is zero.
the gas is then released from the tank and (Assume, 0 < r < d)
thermal equilibrium is established. What will (a) 1 m (b) 2 m
be the pressure if the temperature is 327º C? (c) 2.5 m (d) 1.75 m
(a) 900 kPa (b) 1000 kPa
(c) 1050 kPa (d) 1250 kPa 106. A capacitor of capacitance 4 mF is charged to
101. Which of the following equation represents a a potential difference of 6 V with a battery.
simple harmonic motion? (w is the angular The battery is removed and in its place
frequency, A is amplitude of oscillation and another capacitor of capacitance is 8 mF
introduced and the circuit is closed. The
i = -1
potential difference attained by each of the
dx d 2 x2 capacitors in V is
(a) = iw x 2 - A 2 (b) = w2 x
dt dt 2 (a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 8
d2x d2x
(c) 2 = iw x2 - A 2 (d) = wx 2
dt dt 2 107. Estimate the magnitude of current that
passes through a wire, if 0.1 mol of electrons
102. A musician on a moving vehicle plays a tone flow through it in 40 min. (Assume,
at 880 Hz note. When the vehicle was Avagadro’s number = 6 .0 ´ 10 23 )
approaching a listener, he receives it as
888 Hz tone. (a) 4 A (b) 9 A (c) 12 A (d) 14 A
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 57
108. Find the potential difference between a and 113. A sinusoidal voltage with a frequency of
b, as shown in the below circuit, 50 Hz is applied to a series LCR circuit with a
a resistance of 5W, inductance of 20 mH and a
capacitance of 500 mF. The magnitude of
impedance of the circuit is closed to
15 Ω 5Ω 45 V (a) 19.2 W (b) 14.4 W
(c) 9.6 W (d) 5 W
24 Ω 12 Ω 8Ω 114. The concept of displacement current solves
an ambiguity in
b (a) Gauss’s law (b) Faraday’s law
10 Ω (c) Ampere’s law (d) Coulomb’s law
(a) 165 V (b) 198 V (c) 213 V (d) 224 V 115. A photodiode sensor is used to measure the
109. A metal disc of radius, a = 10 cm rotates with output of a 300 W lamp kept 10 m away. The
a constant angular speed of w = 200 rad/s sensor has an opening of 2 cm in diameter.
about its axis. The potential difference How many photons enter the sensor if the
between the centre and the rim of the disc wavelength of the light is 660 nm and the
under a uniform magnetic field, B = 5 mT exposure time is 100 ms. (Assume that all
directed perpendicular to the disc, is the energy of the lamp is given off as light
(a) 2 mV (b) 5 mV (c) 10 mV (d) 15 mV and h = 6 .6 ´ 10 -34 Js)
(a) 3.6 ´ 1013 (b) 2.8 ´ 1013
110. A proton accelerated by a potential (c) 2.5 ´ 1013 . ´ 1013
(d) 18
difference 500 kV flies through a uniform
transverse magnetic field 0.1 T. The field is 116. To excite the spectral line of wavelength
spread on a region of 1.0 cm thickness. The 4960 Å of an atom, an excitation energy of
angle through which the proton gets deviated 7.7 eV is required. The ground state energy of
from its original direction is : (mass of proton the atom is 10.5 eV. The energies of two
. ´ 10 -27 kg and charge of proton
= 16 levels involved in the emission of 4960 Å line
. ´ 10 19 C)
= 16 are : (Assume hc = 1240 eV-nm, where h is
(a) 0.01 rad (b) 0.1 rad (c) 0.05 rad (d) 0.08 rad
planck’s constant and c is speed of light.)
(a) 14.2 eV, 16.1 eV
111. A toroid has an iron core with an internal (b) 12.2 eV, 18.2 eV
magnetic field of 10 p mT, when the current (c) 15.7 eV, 20.5 eV
in the winding of 1500 turns per meter is (d) 15.7 eV, 18.2 eV
10 A. Determine the field due to
117. In one average life-time of a radioactive
magnetisation (m 0 = 4 p ´ 10 -7 Hm -1)
nuclei,
8 p
(a) (4p ) mT (b) (10p ) mT (c) æç ö÷ mT (d) æç ö÷ mT (a) more than half the active nuclei decay.
èpø è 4ø
(b) half the active nuclei decay.
112. A conducting wire bent but in the shape of (c) less than half the active nuclei decay .
semicircle has length L and moves in its (d) all the nuclei decay.
plane with constant velocity v. A uniform 118. The truth table for the given logic circuit is
magnetic field B exists in the direction
perpendicular to the plane of the wire. The A
velocity makes an angles 45º to diameter
B
joining free ends and the emf induced
between the ends of the wire is F = a ( BvL). Y
The value of constant a is
2 1 2
(a) 2 (b) (c) (d)
p 2 p
58 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
(a) (d)
A B Y A B Y
0 0 0 0 0 1
0 1 1 0 1 0
1 0 1 1 0 0
1 1 0 1 1 0
Chemistry
121. The radius of the 2nd orbit of B 4+ ion is 124. The correct increasing order of basic
(a) 4.23 Å (b) 0.2340 Å character of Ce(OH)3, Gd(OH)3 and
(c) 0.4232 Å (d) 0.3241 Å Nd(OH)3 is
(a) Ce(OH)3 < Nd(OH)3 < Gd(OH)3
122. The product of uncertainty in the position (b) Gd(OH)3 < Ce(OH)3 < Nd(OH)3
and uncertainty in velocity of a particle is (c) Gd(OH)3 < Nd(OH)3 < Ce(OH)3
5.79 ´ 10 -5 m 2 s -1 . If uncertainty in the (d) Ce(OH)3 < Gd(OH)3 < Nd(OH)3
position is 1 nm, what is the uncertainty in
the measurement of its velocity in m s -1 ? 125. How many ions of the following have bond
. ´ 10
(a) 579 7
. ´ 10
(b) 579 5 order of 2.5?
. ´ 10
(c) 579 -5
. ´ 10
(d) 579 4 N –2 , NO - , C-2 , N+2 , C22 - , CN+
(a) 4 (b) 3
123. Among the isoelectronic ions (c) 2 (d) 5
(O 2- , N 3– , Mg 2+ , Na+), the ions with least and
126. Which of the following ions has tetrahedral
highest ionic radius are respectively
geometry and sp 3 -hybridisation for its central
(a) Mg 2+ , N3-
2+ 2- atom?
(b) Mg , O
(a) BH-4 (b) NH-2
(c) Na + , N3-
(d) Na + , O 2- (c) CO 2-
3 (d) H3O +
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 59
127. Diffusion of CH 4(g) and O 2(g) occurs under The correct answer is
similar conditions, then the ratio of their A B C D
rates of diffusion is (a) I V II III
(b) V III IV II
(a) 1.414 (b) 0.707 (c) 2.312 (d) 1.732
(c) IV II I III
128. The variation of compressibility factor (Z) (d) IV V II III
with pressure (p in bar) for some gases are 133. A solution of 0.1 mole of CH 3NH 2
shown in the figure below. Identify the gases
(K b = 5 ´ 10 -4 ) and 0.08 mole of HCl is
(A), (B) and (C) respectively
diluted to one litre, then the pOH of the
(B) solution is (log 125. = 0 .1)
(a) 10.1 (b) 3.9
(C)
(c) 4.9 (d) 9.9
Z (A ) 134. What are two types of crystal structures
shown by ice at different pressures?
(a) Hexagonal and monoclinic
(b) Cubic and monoclinic
p (c) Hexagonal and tetragonal
(a) real gas, N2 , CO 2 (b) ideal gas, H2 ,CO 2 (d) Cubic and hexagonal
(c) ideal gas, CO 2 , H2 (d) real gas, H2 , CO 2 135. Identify X and Y respectively in the following
129. What is the equivalent weight of methanol, if reactions
Air
one mole of CH 3OH is combusted to form CO Mg(s) ∆
MgO+B
and H 2O? H2 O H 2O
131 . Which of the following does not follow first 136. Which one among the following statements
law of thermodynamics? (W = work; q = heat; is correct about a solution of borax in water?
DU = change in internal energy) (a) It is acidic because it containsH3BO 3 and NaOH
(b) It dissociates into NaBO 2 and B 2O 3
(a) W > 0; q > 0;DU < 0 (b) W = 0; q = 0; DU = 0
(c) It is neutral because it containsNaOH and H3BO 3
(c) W > 0; q = 0; DU > 0 (d) W < 0; q < 0;DU < 0
(d) It is alkaline because it containsNaOH andH3BO 3
132. Match the following :
137. Identify the correct statements from the
List I (Reaction) List II ( K p ) following:
A. 2SO 2( g ) + O 2( g ) - 2SO 3( g ) I. 0.98 I. Quartz is a piezoelectric material.
at 298 K II. All group 14 tetrachlorides except CCl 4
are easily hydrolysed by water
B. 2SO 2( g ) + O 2( g ) - 2SO 3( g ) II. 3.0 ´ 10 4
at 700 K III. The C ¾ C bond distance within the layer
of graphite is 154 pm.
C. N 2O 4 ( g ) - 2NO 2( g ) at 298 K III. 1700
IV. SiO 2 is soluble in aqueous HCl solution.
D. N 2O 4 ( g ) - 2NO 2( g ) at 500 K IV. 4.0 ´ 10 24 (a) I, III (b) I, II
(c) III, IV (d) II, IV
V 6.8 ´ 10 -5
60 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
138. Match the following : 142. NaCl is a fcc lattice, where Na + ions are at
corner and face centre position. Chloride ions
List I List II are at edge centres and body centre positions.
A. SO 2 (i) Photochemical smog How many NaCl formula units will be in an
unit cell?
B. PAN (ii) Acid rain
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 3 (d) 1
C. Smoke (iii) Stratospheric pollutant
143. How many grams of glucose are required to
D. CF2Cl 2 (iv) Particulate prepare an aqueous solution of glucose
having a vapour pressure of 23.324 mm Hg at
The correct answer is 25ºC in 100 g of water? The vapour pressure
A B C D A B C D of pure water at 25ºC is 23.8 mm Hg.
(a) IV III I II (b) III I IV II (Molar mass of glucose = 180 g mol -1 )
(c) IV I III II (d) II I IV III
(a) 20.4 (b) 10.3 (c) 5.4 (d) 7.4
139. Find the suitable IUPAC name of the 144. If 0.1 M solution of NaCl is isotonic with
compound given below :
1.1 w% urea solution, the degree of ionisation
CH 2 ¾ CH 2 ¾ C ¾ CH 2 ¾ CH 2 ¾ CH ¾ CO 2H of NaCl is (molar masses of urea and NaCl are
½ ½½ ½ 60 and 58.5 g mol -1 respectively)
OH O Br (a) 2 (b) 0.83 (c) 1 (d) 1.83
145. An electrolyte of a polymer-salt complex of
(a) 2-bromo-7- hydroxy-5-oxo heptanoic acid poly (ethylene oxide) LiCF3 SO 3 is shaped
(b) 1-hydroxy-3-keto-6-bromo heptanoic acid into a free standing circular film of 20 mm
(c) 2-bromo-5-keto-7-hydroxy heptanoic acid diameter and a thickness of 20 mm. When it
(d) 5-oxo-7-hydroxy-2-bromo heptanoic acid is sandwiched between 2 stainless steel
140. The boiling point (in K) of cis but-2-ene and circular electrodes of the same diameter, this
314
dipole moment (in D) of trans but-2-ene are cell exhibits a conductance of S. What is
respectively 5
the specific conductivity of the electrolyte?
(a) 274,0.00 (b) 277,0.00
(c) 277, 0.33 (d) 274,0.33 (a) 4 m S cm -1 (b) 0.4 S cm -1
(c) 40 m S cm -1 (d) 0.004 S cm -1
141. The major product formed in the following
reaction sequence is 146. The following results have been obtained
NH2 during the kinetic studies of reaction :
(i) (CH3CO)2O/Pyridine
2NO + 2H 2 ¾¾® N 2 + 2H 2O
(ii) Conc. HNO3/Conc.H2SO4
-d [NO ]
(iii) H3O/HBr Expt mol L-1 s -1 [ NO] [ H2 ]
dt mol L -1 mol L -1
NH2 NHCOCH3 1. 4.8 ´ 10 -5 1 ´ 10 -2 1 ´ 10 -3
NO2 2. . ´ 10
432 –5
3 ´ 10 -2
1 ´ 10 -3
(a) (b) 3. 86.4 ´ 10 -5 3 ´ 10 -2 2 ´ 10 -3
147. The mass of haemoglobin in mg required to 153. Which one of the following is a
protect from coagulation of 50 mL of a gold biodegradable polymer?
sol on adding 5 mL of 10% NaCl solution is H H O O
(gold number of haemoglobin = 0 .03)
(a) 0.03 (b) 0.75 (a) [ N (CH2)6 N C (CH2)4 C ]n
(c) 0.30 (d) 0.15 O H
157. Find the correct order of acid strengths of the 159. Which of the below reactions produce
following compounds : carboxylic acids?
OH OH MnO 2
(A ) (B) I. HC ºº C ¾ CH == C ¾ CH 2OH ¾¾¾®
CH 3COCH 3
½
OH OH CH 3
(C) (D)
O ( i ) aq.NaOH
MeO II. Ph ¾ CCl 3 ¾¾¾¾®
Å
( ii ) H 2O/ H
CH3
OH ( i ) Mg
III. C2H 5Br ¾¾¾¾®
OH (ii) CO 2
( iii ) H 2O/ H Å
(E) (F )
K 2Cr 2O 7 / H 2SO 2
IV. CH 3CH == CHCH 3 ¾¾¾¾¾®
NO2 D
NO2
(a) I, II, III, (b) II, III, IV
(a) F > D > E > B > C > A
(c) I, III, IV (d) I, II, IV
(b) D > F > E > C > B > A
(c) D > E > F > B > C > A 160. Find the suitable method from the following
(d) F > E > D >B > C > A to prepare primary amines without the loss
158. The compound that does not undergo of carbons.
haloform reaction is (a) Gabriel method
(b) Alkylation method
(a) CH3CHO (b) CH3CH2OH
(c) Hoffmann Bromamide method
(c) CH3COCH3 (d) C 2H5COCH2CH3
(d) Stephen method
Answers
Mathematics
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (a) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (c)
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (c) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (a) 30. (a)
31. (a) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (d) 35. (d) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (b)
41. (a) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (d) 45. (*) 46. (d) 47. (c) 48. (a) 49. (a) 50. (d)
51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (c) 54. (a) 55. (a) 56. (c) 57. (c) 58. (b) 59. (a) 60. (a)
61. (c) 62. (c) 63. (c) 64. (c) 65. (b) 66. (d) 67. (b) 68. (d) 69. (b) 70. (c)
71. (d) 72. (d) 73. (a) 74. (d) 75. (b) 76. (c) 77. (b) 78. (c) 79. (d) 80. (c)
Physics
81. (d) 82. (d) 83. (a) 84. (b) 85. (b) 86. (a) 87. (a) 88. (c) 89. (*) 90. (c)
91. (b) 92. (a) 93. (b) 94. (a) 95. (d) 96. (d) 97. (b) 98. (b) 99. (d) 100. (a)
101. (a) 102. (c) 103. (b) 104. (c) 105. (b) 106. (a) 107. (a) 108. (c) 109. (b) 110. (a)
111. (a) 112. (d) 113. (d) 114. (c) 115. (c) 116. (d) 117. (a) 118. (a) 119. (a) 120. (c)
Chemistry
121. (c) 122. (d) 123. (a) 124. (c) 125. (b) 126. (a) 127. (a) 128. (b) 129. (a) 130. (b)
131. (a) 132. (c) 133. (b) 134. (d) 135. (d) 136. (d) 137. (b) 138. (d) 139. (a) 140. (b)
141. (c) 142. (b) 143. (a) 144. (b) 145. (c) 146. (a) 147. (d) 148. (a) 149. (b) 150. (d)
151. (c) 152. (c) 153. (c) 154. (b) 155. (b) 156. (c) 157. (a) 158. (d) 159. (b) 160. (a)
Note (*) None of the option is correct.
Answer with Solutions
Mathematics
1. (b) We have, 5. (a) Given,
4− x 2 |adj A|=|adj (adj A)|
f (x) = 2
[x] + 2 |A|n −1 =|A|( n −1)
f (x) is defined if ⇒ n − 1 = (n − 1)2
4 − x2 x2 − 4 ⇒ n − 1 = 1 ⇒ n = 2 {Qn>1}
≥0 ⇒ ≤0
[x] + 2 [x] + 2 The matrix
(x 2 − 4)([x] + 2) 1 2 3
⇒ ≤0 4 5 6 has rank = 2
([x] + 2)2
6 7 8
⇒ (x + 2) (x − 2) ([x] + 2) ≤ 0
By wavy curve method 6. (a) We have,
– + – + 1 x
2 [1 2 λ] y = 0
–2 –1 2
∴ x ∈ (−∞ , − 2) ∪ [−1, 2] λ z
2. (c) We have, 1 2 λ x
2 4 2λ y = 0
f (x) = (x + 1)2 − 1
λ 2λ λ z
2
Given f (x) = f −1 (x)
1 2 λ
Q f ( f (x)) = x
Let A = 2 4 2λ
( f (x) + 1)2 − 1 = x 2
λ 2λ λ
⇒ ( f (x) + 1)2 = x + 1
|A|= 1(4λ2 − 4λ2) − 2(2λ2 − 2λ2) + λ(4λ − 4λ)
⇒ (x + 1)4 = x + 1
|A|= 0, ∀ λ ∈ R
⇒ (x + 1) [(x + 1)3 − 1] = 0 ∴The given system has non trivial solution.
⇒ x = −1, x = 0 7. (a) Let, z = x + iy
x = {0, − 1}
∴z − 1 − 2i = x + iy − 1 − 2i = (x − 1) + (y − 2)i
3. (a) Given, y − 2 π
arg (z − 1 − 2i) = tan−1 =
12 + 22 + 32 +…… + n2 > x x −1 3
n(n + 1) (2n + 1) y−2 π
⇒ > x = tan = 3 ⇒ 3(x − 1) = y − 2
6 x −1 3
n(n + 1) (2n + 1) n(n)(2n) 3x − y + 2 − 3 = 0
Q >
6 6 ⇒ y = 3x + (2 − 3)
2n3 n3
∴ x= ⇒x = 8. (d) Given,
6 3
z + 3i
4. (a) We have, <1
3z + i
0 a b
A = −a 0 β x + (y + 3)i
<1 [Let z = x + iy]
3(x + iy) + i
− b α 0
|x + (y + 3)i|<|3x + (3y + 1)i|
|A|= 0 for all a, b
⇒ x 2 + (y + 3)2 < 9 x 2 + (3y + 1)2
∴ A is skew symmetric matrix.
Hence, α = −β ⇒α + β = 0 ⇒ x 2 + y2 + 6 y + 9 < 9 x 2 + 9 y2 + 6 y + 1
64 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
1 − tan2 x 1 1 1 1 1 1
⇒ − 2tan x + 2 = 0 ∴ + − = + −
1 + tan2 x p1 p2 p3 c sin B a sin C b sin A
⇒ (1 − tan2 x) − 2(tan x − 1)(1 + tan2 x) = 0 a b c 1 2(s − c) (s − c)
= + − = (a + b − c) = =
⇒ (1 − tan x)(1 + tan x + 2 + 2tan2 x) = 0 2∆ 2∆ 2∆ 2∆ 2∆ ∆
1 1 1 s
⇒ (1 − tan x) (2tan2 x + tan x + 3) = 0 ∴ + − =
p1 p2 p3 ∆
π π
⇒ tan x = 1 ⇒ tan x = tan ⇒ x = nπ +
4 4 27. (c) Given,
C C
24. (b) α , β are roots of equation 3x 2 − 16 x + 5 = 0. a 2 + 2bc − (b 2 + c 2) = ab sin cos
2 2
16 5
∴ α+β = , αβ = ⇒
1
a + 2bc − (b + c ) = ab sin C
2 2 2
3 3 2
Now,
α+β
tan−1 α + tan−1 β − tan−1 ⇒ a 2 − (b 2 + c 2 − 2bc) =
1
ab sin C
1 − αβ 2
α+β −1 α + β 1
= π + tan−1 − tan [Qαβ > 1] ⇒ a 2 − (b − c)2 = ab sin C
1 − αβ 1 − αβ 2
= π 1
⇒ (a − b + c) (a + b − c) = ab sin C
2
25. (a) We have, 4(s − b) (s − c) = ∆
sinh[log (2 + 5)] + cosh [log (2 + 3)]
s(s − a) (s − b) (s − c)
e log( 2+ 5)
−e − log ( 2+ 5)
e log( 2+ 3)
+ e − log( 2+ 3) ⇒ 4=
+ (s − b) (s − c)
2 2
s(s − a) A
1 1 ⇒ 4= ⇒ cot = 4
(2 + 5) − (2 + 3) + (s − b) (s − c) 2
= 2+ 5 + 2+ 3
2 2 A 1
⇒ tan =
(2 + 5) − ( 5 − 2) + (2 + 3) + (2 − 3) 8 2 4
= = =4
2 2 A
2tan
Q tan A = 2
26. (d) Given, A
BC = a, AC = b 1 − tan2
2
AB = c, AD = p1
2
1
BE = p2, CF = p3 4 8 15
⇒ tan A = = ⇒ cot A =
In ∆ABC, 1 15 8
1−
p1 1 1 16
sin B = ⇒ =
c p1 c sin B 15 15
⇒ cot[π − (B + C)] = ⇒ cot(B + C) = −
1 1 8 8
Similarly, =
p2 a sin C 28. (d) We have,
1 1 p1 , p2 , p3 are the altitudes of a triangle ABC from
and =
p3 b sin A the vertices A, B, C respectively.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 67
1 1 1 Similarly, b = $)
2 (cosα$i + cos 45º $j + cos 45º k
∴ ∆= ap1 = bp2 = cp3
2 2 2
cos α + cos 45º + cos2 45º = 1
2 2
∆ ∆ ∆ ∆
r1 = , r2 = , r3 = ,r =
cos2 α = 1 − + = 0
1 1
s−a s−b s−c s
2 2
1 1 1 1
∴ 2 + 2+ 2+ 2
2
1 $ 1 $ $ $
r1 r2 r3 r ∴ b= j+ k = j + k
2 2
(s − a)2 (s − b)2 (s − c)2 s 2
= + + + 2 $i $j k$
∆2 ∆2 ∆2 ∆
1 a ×b= 1 1 $
2 = (1 − 2)$i − $j + k
= 2 [4s − 2s(a + b + c) + (a + b + c )]
2 2 2 2
∆ 0 1 1
1 a2 + b2 + c 2
= 2 (4s 2 − 4s 2 + a 2 + b 2 + c 2) = 32. (c) Let a = a1 $i + a2$j + a3 k$
∆ ∆2
∴x = $i × (a × $i ) = a − a1$i = a2 $j + a3 k $
4∆2 1 1 1 1 1 1
= 2 2 + 2 + 2 = 4 2 + 2 + 2
∆ p1 p2 p3 p1 p2 p3 y = $j × (a × $j) − a = a − a 2$j − a = − a 2$j
z=k $ × (a × k $) − a = a − a k $ − a = −a k $
29. (a) Given, 3 3
(a × b) × (c × d) = 0 0 a2 a3
|a × b||c × d|sinθ = 0 [x y z] = 0 − a 2 0
⇒ θ = 0º 0 0 − a 3
∴Angle between plane P1 and P2 determined by [x y z] = 0
vector a , b and c, d respectively
θ = 0º 33. (b) We have,
$)
r = $i + $j + t(2$i − $j + k
30. (a) We have, $ + s (3$i − 5$j + 2k
$)
$ and OB = 4$i + k
$ r = 2$i + $j − k
OA = $i + 2$j + 3k
$i $j k$ Here,
a1 = $i + $j
$
Q OA × OB = 1 2 3 = 2$i + 11$j − 8k $
b1 = 2$i − $j + k
4 0 1
a = 2$i + $j − k$
2
Equation of line passing through B and parallel to b2 = 3$i − 5j$ + 2k$
OA × OB is
$ + λ( 2$i + 11$j − 8k)
$ $
a 2 − a 1 = $i − k
r = 4$i + k
r = (4 + 2λ)$i + 11λ$j+ (1 − 8λ)k $ $i $j k $
Distance from B to line is 189. $
b1 × b2 = 2 −1 1 = 3$i − $j − 7k
∴ 189 = (4 + 2λ − 4)2 + (11λ)2 + (1 − 8λ − 1)2 3 −5 2
(r × a) × a = b × a ∴ Required probability
(r.a)a − |a |2 r = b × a P(II) × P
R
II
P =
1 II
r = 2 [(a ⋅ r) a − b × a ] R
P(I) × P(R / I) + P(II) + P
R
|a|
II
1
r = ((|a||r|cosθ) a − b × a) 1 5
4 ×
2 11 35
1 = =
⇒ r = (a − (b × a)) 1 3
× +
1
×
5 68
4 2 7 2 11
35. (d) We have, 39. (a) Consider the events
2, 3, 5, 11, 13, 17, 19 A = Sum of number in two dice be greater than 9
2 + 3 + 5 + 11 + 13 + 17 + 19 70 B = Number of dice B is 5
x= = = 10
7 7 6
∴ P(A) =
Σ(x i − x)2 64 + 49 + 25 + 1 + 9 + 49 + 81 36
σ2 = =
7 7 6
P(B) =
278 36
σ =
2
= 39.71
7 2
P(A ∩ B) =
36. (d) 36
P(A ∩ B) 2 1
Required probability = P =
A
( x i − x ) = di
= =
Class- mid- frequency x i fi fi di B P(B) 6 3
interval value ( x i ) ( fi )
0-2 1 1 1 4 4 40. (b) Here,
1
2-4 3 2 6 2 4 n = 5, P = 20% = ,
4-6 5 3 15 0 0 5
1 4
6-8 7 2 14 2 4 q =1− p =1− =
5 5
8-10 9 1 9 4 4
Required probability
Σfi = 9 Σfi xi = 45 Σfid i = 16
P(r ≥ 2) = P(r = 2) + P(r = 3) + P(r = 4) + P(r = 5)
Σfi x i 45 2 3
x= = =5
P(r ≥ 2) = 5C2
1 4
Σfi 9 5 5
Σfi di 16
Mean deviation = = = 1.78 3 2 4 5
+ 5 C3 + 5C4 +
1 4 1 4 1
Σfi 9
5 5 5 5 5
37. (c) We have, 1
= (10 × 64 + 10 × 16 + 5 × 4 + 1)
P(A) = 0.3, P(B) = 0.4 and P(A ∩ B) = 0.5 55
∴ P(A) = 0.7, P(B) = 0.6 640 + 160 + 20 + 1 821
= =
P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) − P(A ∩ B) 3125 3125
= 0.7 + 0.6 − 0.5 = 0.8 41. (a) Here,
B P(B ∩ (A ∪ B)) P(A ∩ B)
Q P = = n = 500, p = 2%, q = 98%
A∪B P(A ∪ B) P(A ∪ B) Required probability
P(A) − P(A ∩ B) 0.7 − 0.5 P(X ≤ 1) = P(X = 0) + P(X = 1)
= = = 0.25
P(A ∪ B) 0.8 λ ° e − λ λe − λ
= +
38. (b) Bag I contains 3 Red and 4 Black balls 0! 1!
Bag II contains 5 Red and 6 Black balls P(X ≤ 1) = e −λ (1 + λ)
1 1 2
P(I) = , P(II) = = e −10 (1 + 10) [Qλ = np = 500 × = 10]
2 2 100
R 3 R
P = , P =
5 11
=
I 7 II 11 e10
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 69
x y
42. (b) Let the point A(x , y) and B(−3, 0). Also, − =1
−4 4 / 3
Given AB ≥ 2
∴ a = −4, b = −4 / 3
AB2 ≥ 4
Hence, 3πbp − 3aα
(x + 3) + y 2 ≥ 4
2
−4 4π
x 2 + y2 + 6 x + 5 ≥ 0 = 3π (2) − 3(−4) = 8π
3 3
∴Locus of point A is
45. (*) We have,
{(x , y) |x 2 + y 2 + 6 x + 5 ≥ 0}
A(1, 2), B(3,−1), C(4, 0)
43. (b) We have, Centroid of ∆ABC is
A1 = 3x 2 + 5xy + 3y 2 + 2x + 3y + 4 = 0 A(1, 2)
Since, axes are rotated through an angle θ1
∴ x = x1 cosθ1 − y1 sinθ1 , y = x1 sinθ1 + y1 cosθ1
Putting the value of x and y in A1 ,
3(x1 cosθ1 − y1 sinθ1)2 + 5(x1 cosθ1 − y1 sinθ1) O(h, k)
(x1 sinθ1 + y1 cosθ1) + 3(x1 sinθ1 + y1 cosθ1)2
+2(x1 cosθ1 − y1 sinθ1) + 3(x1 sinθ1 + y1 cosθ1) + 4 = 0 B(3, –1) C(4, 0)
Eliminating x1 y1 , we get 1 + 3 + 4 , 2 − 1 + 0 = 8 , 1
∴Coefficient of x1 y1 is zero
3 3 3 3
∴ −6 sin θ1 cos θ1 + 5(cos θ12 − sin θ12) + 6 sin θ1 cos θ1 = 0 Let (h, k) be circumcentre of ∆ABC
⇒ + 5cos 2 θ1 = 0 ∴ OA = OB = OC, OA = OB
⇒ cos 2θ1 = 0 ⇒ 2θ1 = 90° ⇒ θ1 = 45° (h − 1)2 + (k − 2)2 = (h − 3)2 + (k + 1)2
Similarly, for A2 = 5x 2 + 2 3xy + 3y 2 + 6 = 0
⇒h2 − 2h + 1 + k2 − 4k + 4 = h2 − 6h + 9 + k2 + 2k + 1
5(x1 cosθ2 − y1 sinθ2)2 + 2 3(x1 cosθ2 − y1 sinθ2) ⇒ 4h − 6k = 5 …(i)
(x1 sinθ2 + y1 cosθ2) + 3(x1 sinθ2 + y1 cosθ2)2 + 6 = 0 Similarly, OA = OC
Eliminating x , y, we get Q (h − 1)2 + (k − 2)2 = (h − 4)2 + k2
–10sinθ2 cosθ2 + 2 3(cos2 θ2 − sin2 θ2) + 6sinθ2 cosθ2 = 0 ⇒ 6h − 4k = 11 …(ii)
2 3 Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
–2sin 2 θ2 + 2 3 cos 2 θ2 = 0 ⇒ tan 2 θ2 =
2 23 7
h= , k=
tan 2 θ2 = 3 ⇒ 2 θ2 = 60° ⇒θ2 = 30° 10 10
For A3 = 4 x 2 + 3xy + 5y 2 − 4 = 0 Distance between circumcentre and centroid of
∆ABC is
After putting the value of x and y and on
2 2
elimination x , y, term, we get 23 − 8 7 1 11 2
+ − =
−8sinθ3 cosθ3 + 3(cos2 θ3 − sin2 θ3) 10 3 10 3 30
+10sinθ3 cosθ3 = 0 46. (d) Equation of given lines are
− 3 x + 2y + 1 = 0 …(i)
⇒ tan 2 θ3 = ⇒ 2θ3 = 120° ⇒θ3 = 60°
9 and x + 2y − 1 = 0 …(ii)
∴ 60° > 45° > 30° 1+1 2
Distance between parallel lines = =
∴ θ3 > θ1 > θ2 1+ 4 5
44. (d) We have, A line passes through the (−5, 4) and intercept of
2
x cosα + y sinα = p is normal form of equation length is perpendicular of the given line.
5
x + 3y + 4 = 0 ∴Equation of line
−1 3 2x − y + λ = 0
∴ cosα = , sinα = − , p = 2
2 2 Since, its passes through (−5, 4)
π 4π ∴ λ = 14
α = π+ =
3 3 Required line is 2x − y + 14 = 0.
70 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
−b b2 5
Centre = 0, Putting (2, 1), we get λ = −
, r2 = −4 2
2 4
Centre of circle
Circle are touch each other
−1 1 − 5 , −1 3 − 5 = 3 ,− 1
a2 b2 a2 b2
∴ + = −4+ −4 2 2 2 2 4 4
4 4 4 4
54. (a) We have,
a2 b2 a2 b2 a2 b2
+ = − 4+ − 4 + 2 − 4 − 4 (y − 1)2 = 8(x − 1)
4 4 4 4 4 4
Vertex = (1, 1)
a2 b2 Focus = (3, 1)
4= − 4 − 4
4 4 End of latusrectum = (3, 5) and (3, − 3)
a 2b 2 a2 b2 Equation of circle whose centre (1, 1) and passes
16 = − 4 + + 16 through (3, 5) and (3, −3) is
16 4 4
(x − 1)2 + (y − 1)2 = (3 − 1)2 + (5 − 1)2
a2 b2
a2 + b2 = x 2 + y 2 − 2x − 2y + 2 = 4 + 16
16
1 1 1 x 2 + y 2 − 2x − 2y − 18 = 0
⇒ + =
a 2 b 2 16 55. (a) We have,
52. (d) Equation of given circles are y 2 = 4 x and x 2 + y 2 − 6 x + 1 = 0
x + y − 4x − 6y + 4 = 0
2 2
…(i) Tangent to parabola is y = mx +
1
and x + y + 6 x − 4 y + 15 = 0
2 2
…(ii) m
1
The circle x 2 + y 2 + 2gx + 2 fy + c = 0 cuts the given y = mx + is also tangent of circle (x − 3)2 + y 2 = 8
m
circle (i) and (ii) orthogonally.
1
∴ −4 g − 6 f = c + 4 …(iii) 3m +
∴ 2 2= m
and 6 g − 4 f = c + 15 …(iv)
1 + m2
Also, circle is passes through (1, 1).
∴ 1 + 1 + 2g + 2 f + c = 0 1
⇒ ( + m2) = 9m2 +
81 +6
2g + 2 f + c = −2 …(v) m2
Solving Eqs. (iii), (iv) and (v), we get ⇒ (8 + 8m2)m2 = 9m4 + 1 + 6m2
3g = 4 ⇒ m4 − 2m2 + 1 = 0
∴ 5g + 2 f + c = 3g + (2g + 2 f + c) ⇒ (m2 − 1)2 = 0
= 4− 2= 2
∴ m = ±1
53. (c) Equation of circle passing through intersection ∴Common tangent of curves cuts of orthogonal
of line x + y + 1 = 0 and circle x 2 + y 2 + x + 3y = 0 is Equation of common tangents are
x 2 + y 2 + x + 3y + λ(x + y + 1) = 0 y = x + 1 and y = − x −1
x 2 + y 2 + (1 + λ) x + (3 + λ) y + λ = 0 ⇒ x − y + 1 = 0 and x + y + 1 = 0
x + y + 1 = 0 is chord of contact of circle ∴Both statements are true and (R) is correct
x 2 + y 2 + x + 3y = 0 explanation of (A).
Let (h, k) is intersection point of tangents at A and B. 56. (c) Given,
x + h 3y + 3k OT = b
∴ xh + yk + + =0
2 2 AB = 2ae
(2h + 1) x + (2k + 3) y + h + 3k = 0 ∠ATB = 90º
and x + y + 1 = 0 are identical ∴ AB2 = AT 2 + BT 2
2h + 1 2k + 3 h + 3k
∴ = = (2ae)2 = 2AT 2 [Q AT = BT]
1 1 1
Solving, we get h = 2, k = 1 (2, 1)lie on circle (2ae)2 = 2(b 2 + a 2e 2)
x 2 + y 2 + (1 + λ) x + (3 + λ) y + λ = 0 ⇒ 4a 2e 2 = 2b 2 + 2a 2e 2
72 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
b2 59. (a) Let OA = (3$i + 4$j + 5k$ ) and OB = (4$i + 6$j + 3k$ )
⇒ a 2e 2 = b 2 ⇒ e2 =
a2 $
AB = $i + 2$j − 2k
T $ and OD = (i + 5k
OC = (− $i + 2$j + 4k) $)
CD = 2$i − 2$j + k$
Projection of AB on CD is
A O B AB ⋅ CD |($i + 2$j − 2k $ ) ⋅ (2$i − 2$j + k
$ )|
=
|CD| 4+ 4+1
|2 − 4 + 2|
= = 4/ 3
3
b2 60. (a) A(3, 2, 3), B(1, 4, 6) and C(7, 4, 5) are the three
⇒ 1 − e2 = 1 −
a2 vertices of parallelogram ABCD
2 b2
⇒ 1− e = e
2 2
Q e = 1 − 2
Let M is mid-point of AC
a
1 1 ∴ Point M = (5, 3, 4)
⇒ e2 = ⇒e =
2 2 D C
2 2 θ
57. (c) Equation of tangents of ellipse x + y = 1 is
2 1
x M
cosθ + y sinθ = 1
2
The x-intercept and y-intercept are ( 2secθ, 0) and A B
(0, cos es θ) respectively Direction ratio of DC is equal to direction ratio of
Let (h, k) mid-point of intercept AB and direction ratio of DB is equal to direction
2secθ cosec θ ratio of MB.
∴ h= ,k= ∴ d.r of DC = (−2, 2, 3)
2 2
1 and d.r of DB = (−4, 1, 2)
⇒ cosθ =
2h Angle between DC and DB is
8 + 2+ 6
and sinθ =
1 θ = cos−1
2k 4 + 4 + 9 16 + 1 + 4
16
Squaring and adding, we get θ = cos−1
1 1 17 21
+ =1
2h2 4k2 θ = cos−1
16
1 1 357
Locus be + =1
2x 2 4 y 2 61. (c) Direction ratio of plane π1
2 2
58. (b) Equation of tangent to hyperbola x − 3y = 1 $i $
$j k
20 4
1 2 3 = −2$i + $j
parallel to x + 3y = 7 is
1 2 2
−1 20 4
y= x± −
3 9 3 Direction ratio of plane π 2 = ($i + 3$j + 2k$)
3y = − x ± 2 2 −(− $i + 2$j − 3k$ ) = 2$i + $j + 5k
$
x + 3y = 2 2 Angle between plane π1 and π 2 is
and x + 3y = −2 2 $)
(−2$i + $j) ⋅ (2$i + $j + 5k −4 + 1
θ = cos−1 = cos−1
Distance between parallel tangent is 4+1 4 + 1 + 25 5 30
2 2+ 2 2 4 2 4
d= = = 3 6
1+ 3 2 10 5 θ = cos−1 = ⇒θ = cos−1
150 10
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 73
f (x) = e − x
+e x2
63. (c) We have,
1
−1 −
1
− e − x 2e x
2
x 2 + e 2− x , x ≠ 2 ∴ f ′(x) = +
f (x) = 2 x x3
k ,x=2 −
1
2e −1 / x
2
1 e− x
2
1 3e x
f (x) is continuous at right of x = 2 ∴ f ′′ (x) = 1 + + 2 −
−1 4 x x x
6
x 4
1
∴ lim x 2 + e 2− x =k
x→ 2 + 2
1 e− x 1 2e −1 / x 2
−1 ∴ f ′′ (x) = 1 + − 3− 2
1
4 x x x 4 x
⇒ k = lim (2 + h)2 + e 2−( 2+ h) 1
h→ 0 ∴ α = , β = −2 (On comparing)
4
−1
1 −1
−
1 66. (d) u = cosh−1 x and v = log x
= lim (2 + h) + e = lim (2 + h) + 1
2 h 2
h→ 0 h→ 0
u = log(x + x 2 − 1) and v = log x
eh
= (4)−1 =
1 du 1
x dv 1
= 1 + and =
4 dx x + x 2 − 1 x −1
2 dx x
64. (c) We have, du
du 1 dv 1 du dx x
ax + b , if x ≤1 Q = and = ⇒ = =
dx x −1
2 dx x dv dv x −1
2
f (x) = ax 2 + c , if 1 < x ≤ 2
dx + 1 , if
2 dx
x≥2
x ∴
du
=
5
=
5
=
5
dv x =5 25 − 1 24 2 6
Q f (x) is differentiable, hence f (x) must be
continuous. 67. (b) Volume of cylinder (V) = πr 2h
∴ lim f (x) = lim f (x) Total surface area of cylinder (s) = 2πr 2 + 2πrh
x →1 − x →1 +
⇒ a + b = a + c ⇒b = c V
...(i) V = πr 2h ⇒ h =
and lim f (x) lim f (x) πr 2
x → 2− x→ 2 + Putting the value of h in s, we get
4d + 1 V 2V
⇒ 4a + c = s = 2πr 2 + 2πr 2 ⇒ S = 2πr 2 +
2 πr r
⇒ 8a + 2c = 4d + 1 …(ii) ds 2V
= 4 πr − 2
Q f (x) is differentiable on R. dr r
a, if x <1 For maxima or minima,
ds
=0
dr
∴ f ′(x) = 2ax , if 1 < x < 2
2V
d − 1 , if x >2 ∴ 4 πr − 2 = 0 ⇒ v = 2πr 3
x2 r
f (x) is differentiable at x = 1 V 2πr 3 d 2s 8V
h= = ⇒ h = 2r ⇒ 2 = 4 π + 3 > 0
Q a = 2a ⇒ a = 0 ...(iii) πr 2
πr dr r
And f (x) is differentiable at x = 2 ∴Total surface area is least, when height is equal
1 1 to diameter.
Q 4a = d − ⇒ d = …(iv)
4 4
74 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
68. (d) Let the length and width of rectangle be 2 x ⇒ I = ∫ 2aθ tanθsec2 θdθ
and y respectively. dθ
⇒ I = 2a θ∫ tan θ sec2 θdθ − ∫ tan θ sec 2 θdθ. dθ + c
B dθ ∫
θ tan2 θ tan2 θ
⇒ I = 2a −∫ dθ + c
r
y 2 2
⇒ I = a[θ tan2 θ − ∫ (sec2 θ − 1)dθ + c]
O x A
In ∆OAB ⇒ I = aθ tan2 θ − a tanθ + aθ + c
r = x + y ⇒ x = 4− y
2 2 2 2 2
[Qr = 2] ⇒ I = θ(a tan2 θ + a) − a tanθ + c
Area of rectangle = 2xy x
⇒ I = tan−1 (a + x) − ax + c
A = 2 4− y y 2 a
dA2 72. (d)We have,
A2 = 4(4 − y 2) y 2 ⇒ = 4(8 y − 4 y 3)
dy x 2 −1
2
I= ∫ x3 2x 4 − 2x 2 + 1
dx
dA
For maxima or minima =0
dy x 2 −1
∴ 8 y − 4 y3 = 0 ⇒ y2 = 2 ⇒ y = 2
I= ∫ 2 1
dx
x5 2− 2 + 4
The smaller side of rectangle that area is largest is 2. x x
Put 2 − 2 + 4 = t ⇒ 3 − 5 dx = dt
2 1 4 4
69. (b) We have, x x x x
2a + 3b + 6c = 0 …(i)
1 dt 1 1 2 1
4∫ t
g(x) is anti derivative of f (x) = ax 2 + bx + c ∴ I= ⇒I = t+c= 2− 2 + 4 + c
2 2 x x
∴ g′(x) = ax 2 + bx + c
73. (a) We have,
Given, g′()
1 = g′(2)
I = ∫ (log(sin x) + x cot x)dx
⇒ a + b + c = 4a + 2b + c
⇒ 3a + b = 0 d(log sin x)
...(ii) I = log sin x ∫ dx − ∫ ∫ dx. dx + ∫ x cot x dx
dx
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
a b c a b c I = x log sin x − ∫ x cot xdx + ∫ x cot xdx
= = ⇒ = =
−6 18 −7 6 −18 7 I = x log sin x + c
70. (c) We have, 74. (d) We have,
f (x) = (x − 3)2018 (2 − x)2019 2x 2 5 x 2 x
∫ (2x 2 + α)(x 2 + 5)dx = tan −1 − tan −1 +c
f ′(x) = 2018 (x − 3)2017(2 − x)2019 3 5 3 2
− 2019(x − 3)2018 (2 − x)2018 On differentiating both sides, we get
Put f ′(x) = 0 2x 2
∴ (x − 3)2017(2 − x)2018 (2x + α) (x 2 + 5)
2
10093
(4036 − 2018 x − 2019 x + 6057) ⇒ x = , 3, 2
5 1 1 2 1 1
4037
∴ f (x) is maximum at α = 3 = − ×
∴2α + 3 f(α) ⇒ 2(3) + 3 (0) = 6 3 x2 5 3 x2 2
1 + 1 +
5 2
71. (d) Let
2x 2
=
1 5 2
I = ∫ sin−1
x
dx ⇒ −
a+ x (2x + α) (x 2 + 5) 3 5 + x 2 2 + x 2
2
Y
x + y (e x − (1 + e)) + x = 0
y=x3
y=x 80. (c) We have,
−1 dy
(1, 1) (1 + y 2) + (x − etan y
) =0
dx
–1 −1
X′ X
O 1 dx x etan y
+ =
(–1, –1) dy 1 + y 2
1 + y2
1
∫ dy
1+ y2
IF = e
Y′ −1
Area of shaded region = etan y
0 1 Solution of given differential equation is
= ∫−1 (x − x )dx + ∫0 (x − x )dx
3 3
−1
−1 e 2tan y
x etan = ∫
y
dy
4 0 4 1 1 + y2
x2 x x2 x
= − + −
4 0
−1 1 2tan−1
2 4 −1 2 xetan y
= e y
+ c′
2
= − + − = 2 × =
1 1 1 1 1 1 −1 −1
2 4 2 4 2xetan y
− e 2tan y
= c [where, C = 2C ′]
4 2
Physics
81. (d) There are four types of fundamental forces in 84. (b) A relative motion between rain and boy is
nature namely, (i) Gravitational force (ii) shown in the figure below,
Electromagnetic force (iii) Strong nuclear force Boy Boy
and (iv) Weak nuclear forces. W E
93. (b) Given , time period of a satellite, T = 6 hr 95. (d) Given, cross-sectional area of hole,
4 6
= 2.16 × 10 s and radius of earth, R = 6.4 × 10 m A = 6 × 10−4 m 2 and depth of the water, h = 0.2 m
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 79
ω = angular frequency 104. (c) Given, refractive index of first sheet µ 1 = 1.6
differentiating equation w.r.t, t we get refractive index of second sheet µ 2 = 1.3 and
=
dx
= Aω cos(ωt + φ) wavelength of light, λ = 600 nm = 600 × 10−9 m
dt
A Young’s double slit experiment is shown below,
= Aω[1 − sin2(ωt + φ)]1 / 2 (Q cosθ = 1 − sin2 θ) in which two thin sheets are covered the slits.
1/ 2
x2 So, the path difference introduced in slit 1.
= Aω 1 − 2 = ω A2 − x 2
A ∆x1 = (µ 1 − 1)t = (1.6 − 1)t = 0.6t
dx t
⇒ = iω x 2 − A 2 (Q −1 = i) S1
dt
Therefore, the above equation represents a simple O
harmonic motion. Hence, the correct options (a). t
102. (c) Given, n0 = 880 Hz (Frequency of sound
S2
produced by musician), n = 888 Hz (frequency of
sound observed by observer and speed of sound,
v = 333 m/s). We know that, when sound source is Screen
in motion and observer is stationary, frequency Similarly, path difference introduced in slit 2,
heard,
∆x 2 = (µ 2 − 1)t = (1.3 − 1)t = 0.3 t
n = 0 ⇒ vs = v 1 − 0
nv n
v − vs n So, the net path difference introduced in central
maxima,
880
⇒ vs = 333 1 − = 3 m/s ∆x central maxima = ∆ x1 − ∆x 2 = 0.6t − 0.3t = 0.3t
888
For central maxima, which occupied the 10th
So, the correct option is (c).
bright fringe,
103. (b) Three lenses of focal length 10, −10 and 30 cm ∆x cen = 10λ
is given in figure, 10 × 600 × 10−9
f=10cm f=–10cm f=30cm
⇒ t= = 20 µm
0.3
Hence, the correct option is (c).
A B C
105. (b) An infinite line of
+y
O uniform charge density
is placed along y-axis
and a charge (+1C) is λ=1C/m
placed at x = +3 m, as x q=1c
30 cm 5 cm 10 cm shown in the figure.
Now, using lens formula, distance of image from For electric field to be d=3
lens A zero at x, there should
1 1 1 1 1 1 be
− = ⇒ − = ⇒ v A = +15 cm
v A uA fA v A (−30) +10 Eline charge = Epoint charge …(i)
Similarly, distance of image from lens B, As we know, for line charge
1 1 1 2kλ 2k
− =− ⇒ vB = ∞ Eline charge = = …(ii)
vB (+10) 10 x x
Similarly, for point charge,
distance of image from lens C,
kq k
1 1 1 Epoint charge = = …(iii)
− = ⇒ vc = +30 cm (3 − x)2 (3 − x)2
vc ∞ 30
Hence, the total distance between object and image, From Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
2k k 2 1
dT = d0 C + VC = (30 + 45)cm = 75 cm = ⇒ =
x (3 − x)2 x (3 − x)2
Hence, the correct option is (b).
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 81
15Ω 5Ω Req = 15×5 = 15 Ω Here first, we have to find the radius of circular
45V 1 15+5 4 path, (shown in figure) which is given by relation,
2 m(KE)
R=
qB
12Ω
Energy emitted by lamp in exposure time, 118. (a) The given logic circuit can be redrawn as,
E 0 = Power of lamp (p) ×exposure time (t)
A A.B
E 0 = 300 × 100 × 10−3 = 3 J B
B
So, the number of photons entering to sensor is
given by
E A′ Y=A.B+A. B
N= 0 × s A A.B
E A0
30 π × 10−4 So, from the above expression (boolean
= −19
×
3 × 10 4 π × 102 expression)of Y the truth table is shown below,
13
⇒ N = 2. 5 × 10
A B A B A.B A.B Y
So, the correct option is (c).
0 0 1 1 0 0 0
116. (d) Given, ground state energy of an atom,
0 1 1 0 0 1 1
E g = 10.5 eV
1 0 0 1 1 0 1
excitation energy = 7.7 eV and wavelength of
spectral line, λ = 4960 Å 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
As, it is given that the excitation of 7.7 eV So, the table of A, B and Y is matches with option (a).
required to limit electromagnetic wave(EMW) of
wavelength 4960 Å, then the energy of excited 119. (a) As, change in the collector current,
state is ∆I c = 8.9 mA and change in emitter currert,
E1 = E g + 7.7eV = 10.5 + 7.7 ∆I E = 9mA
E1 = 18.2 eV So, the current amplification factor,
∆I ∆I C
Now, the energy of photon of wavelength, 4960 Å β= C =
is ∆I B ∆I E − ∆I C
hc 12400 (Q ∆I E = ∆I C + ∆I B )
E= = = 2. 5 eV
λ 4960 ⇒ β=
8.9
=
8.9
= 89
So, the next possible spectral line emitting state (9 − 8.9) 01.
energy,
Hence, the correct option is (a).
E 2 = E1 − 2. 5 eV = 18.2 − 2. 5 = 157
. eV
So, the energy of two states is 15.7eV and 18.2 eV 120. (c) Key Idea The maximum line of right distance dm
Hence, the correct option is (d). between two transmitting antenna of height hT and
receiving antenna of height hR above the earth is given
117. (a) Key Idea The mean life of a radioactive element is by,
equal to the ratio of the sum of life-time of all the active dm = 2RhT + 2RhR
atom to the total numbers of active atom. It can be
expressed as, As, given that,height of transmitting antenna ,
1 hT = 45 × 10−3 km, distance between receiving and
Mean life, (τ) =
decay constant (λ) transmitting antenna, dm = 40 km and radius of
eath, R = 6400 km
Since, as we know that the half-life of radioactive
nuclei is given as, Let height of receiving antenna, hR = x
0.693 By putting the values in above expression,
T1 / 2 =
λ 40 = 2 × 6400 × 45 × 10−3 + 2 × 6400 × x × 10−3
So, from above expression, 40 = 24 + 2 × 6.4 × x
T1 / 2 = 0.693 τ (40 − 24)2
x= = 20 m
As, 0.693 is less than 1, so the average life time is 2 × 6.4
more than the half life of atom. Hence, the correct option is (c).
Hence, the correct option is (a).
Chemistry
2
Therefore, the basic character of hydroxides
121. (c) Radius of the nth orbit (rn) = 0.529 × n Å decreases from La(OH)3 to Lu(OH)3. Hence, the
Z
correct order of basic character will be
For B 4 + ion, (Z) = 5, second orbit (n) = 2
Gd(OH)3 <Nd(OH)3 <Ce(OH)3.
0.529 × (2)2 0.529 × 4
r2 (B 4 + ) = Å= Å
5 5 125. (b) Bond order
r2 (B 4 + ) = 0.4232 Å Number of bonding electrons – Number
of anti - bonding electrons
=
122. (d) According to Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle: 2
∆x. ∆v ≥
h – (10 − 5) 6
Bond order of N 2 is = = 2.5
4πm 2 2
where, ∆x = uncertainty in position − (10 − 6) 4
Bond order of NO is = =2
∆v = uncertainty in velocity 2 2
h = Planck’s constant 1 5
Bond order of C–2 is (9 − 4) = = 2. 5
2 2
Given, the product of uncertainty in the position
+ (9 − 4) 5
and uncertainty in velocity of a particle is Bond order of N 2 is = = 2. 5
. × 10−5 m 2 s −1 . It means ∆x. ∆v = 579
579 . × 10−5 2 2
(10 – 4) 6
2 −1
m s . Also, uncertainty in the position is 1 nm. Bond order of C2−
2 is = = 3.
2 2
∴ 10−9m × ∆v = 579
. × 10−5 m 2s −1 (Q1 nm = 10−9 m) (8 − 4)
Bond order of CN + is =2
. × 10−5 m2s−1
579 2
or, ∆v = . × 104 ms −1
= 579
10−9 m
126. (a) Boron-hydride ion (BH −4) has sp 3-hybridisation.
123. (a) If the ions derived from different atoms are Therefore, it is tetrahedral geometry.
isoelectronic, that means they all have same –
number of electrons in their electronic shells. H
Also, they will have get same electronic
configuration but their nuclear charge will differ B
because of their difference in number of protons
H H
in the nucleus. With increase in number of H
protons in the nucleus the electrons are more Tetrahedral
attracted towards nucleus thereby causing the
(b) In NH −2molecule, the number of sigma bond is
decrease in ionic radius.
2 and the number of lone pairs is 2, i.e.
The given ions are:
sp 3-hybridisation. Due to presence of 2 lone
Mg 2+ — number of protons = 12 and number of
pairs, NH −2 molecule will be bent shape similar
electrons = 10
Na + — number of protons = 11 and number of to water. –
electrons = 10
O 2− — number of protons = 8 and number of N
electrons = 10
N 3– — number of protons = 7 and number of H H
electrons = 10 Bent shape
Hence, the correct order of ionic radius of given
ions will be (c) The carbonate ion, CO 2−
3 has a trigonal planar
147. (d) Gold number is the number of milligram of 153. (c) Biodegradable polymers are a special class of
the protective colloid which prevents the polymer that can be broken into small segments
coagulation of 10 mL of red gold solution. When 1 by enzyme-catalysed reactions, using enzymes
mL of a 10 percent solution of sodium chloride is produced by microorganism. From the given
added to it. Here, gold number of Hb= 0.03 . option (c) is a biodegradable polymer.
So, mass of Hb require for 10 mL of gold is 0.03mg. It is a nylon-2-nylon-6 or nylon-2, 6 polymer. It is
So, weight (mass)require for 50 mL of gold an alternating polyamide copolymer of glycine and
solution is 0.15 mg. amino caproic acid and is biodegradable.
155. (b) Analgesic These are the drugs which are In case (D) para hydroxy acetophenone COCH 3
used for relieving pain. Codeine is an important group shows less (−R) effect than NO 2 group. So,
analgesic. it will be less acidic than para nitrophenol.
Tranquilizer The drugs which act on the central In case (E), m-nitrophenol will show less acidic
nervous system and help in reducing anxiety are character than D because in this case only −I effect
called tranquilizers. Phenalzine is a tranquilizer. is present.
In case (C) OMe is a electron releasing group
Antibiotic Antibiotics are defined as chemical
which decrease the stability of phenoxide ion by
substances produced by microorganisms that can
increasing electron density so it will be less acidic
inhibit the growth or even destroy other
than (B) and in case of (A) resonance is not
micro-organisms. Protonsil is an antibiotic.
present, Hence, it will be less acidic than C.
Antihistamine These drugs are also called as Hence, the correct order of acidic strengths of acid
anti-allergic drug and are used to treat allergy. is
Terfenadine is an antihistamine. Hence, correct
F >D >E >B >C > A
match is
A-III, B-I, C-IV, D-II. 158. (d) The Haloform reaction is given by aldehydes
and ketones containing three α-H atoms and
156. (c)
CH3
– +
(CH3)3 CO K , (CH3)3COH alcohols containing CH 3 CH group.
CH3CH2 C CH3
OH
Br H 3C CH3 H 2C CH3
C C + C CH2
In other words all the methyl ketones
H 3C CH3 H 3C
27% 73% CH C and only acetaldehyde (ethanal)
3 ||
(Internal alkene) (Terminal alkene)
O
So, in this reaction potassium tert-butoxide in (CH 3CHO) can give this test.
tert-butyl alcohol [(CH 3)3CO −K + in(CH 3)3COH] is NaOH + I 2 M NaOH
used to obtain the maximum percentage of CH 3 CHO → I 3C CHO →
or NaOH M
terminal alkene by dehydrohalogenation of
CH 3CH 2C(CH 3)2 Br. HCOO – + CHI 3
Note When a more hindered base is used, more of O
|| NaOH + I 2
the thermodynamically less favoured terminal alkene
CH 3 C CH 3 → CH 3COO – + CHI 3
is generated.
NaOH+I
If we will use other base then the reaction takes
2
CH 3CH 2OH → CHI 3 + HCOO −
place as follows: NaOH + I 2
C2H 5COCH 2CH 3 → does not give Haloform
CH3
CH2 CH3 H test.
CH3CH2O–Na+
CH3CH2 C CH3 C C +
CH3CH2OH 159. (b)
H CH3 MnO
Br 51% I. HC ≡≡ C CH == C CH 2OH →2
CH3COCH3
CH2 CH3 CH 3
CH3 5 4 3 2 1
C C + CH3 CH2 CH2 CH CH2 HC ≡≡ C CH == C CHO
H H 31%
18% CH 3
2-methyl pent-2-ene, 4-yne-1-al
157. (a) In case (F) para nitrophenol −R effect of (i)aq. NaOH
(NO 2) group at para position of benzene ring II. Ph CCl 3 → PhC(OH)3
increase its acidity by electron withdrawing effect (i)H O/ H+
2
of NO 2 group. → PhCOOH
Benzoic acid
90 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
(i)Mg O
III. C2H 5 Br → C2H 5MgBr
– + COOH C H
O MgBr OH ∆ H
N H
+ O
(ii) CO2 (iii) H2O / H –H2O –H2O
C — C2H5 C — C2H5 COOH C
O O Phthalic
O
Propanoic acid acid
Phthalic O
K 2 Cr2 O 7 / H 2SO 4 anhydride
IV. CH 3CH == CHCH 3 → 2CH 3COOH
∆ (Acetic acid
or ethanoic acid) NH
In reaction (II),(III),(IV) acids are formed. But in
reaction (I) aldehyde is formed.
O
160. (a) Gabriel method is the suitable method for the Phthalimide
preparation of primary amines without the loss of O O
carbons. This reaction is used for the preparation r s
Alc. K O H
of 1º aliphatic amine and 1º aromatic amine RX sr
(containing electron withdrawing group at o-and N R –KX
NK
p- position e.g. NO 2 group).
N-alkyl
Phthalimide on treatment with ethanolic KOH phthalide O O
forms potassium salt of phthalimide which on Potassium phthalimide
heating with RX followed by either alkaline COOH
hydrolysis or hydrazinolysis with hydrazine H+/H2O
(H 2N.NH 2) produces the corresponding 1º amine. s + RNH2
OH H2O 1° amine
COOH
Phthalic acid
TS EAMCET 04 May 2019
Session 1
(10:00 AM to 1:00 PM)
Mathematics
1. The domain of the function 6. For what values of ‘a’, the system of
é æ x öù equations x + y + z = 1,2 x + 3 y + 2 z = 2,
f (x) = sin -1 ê log 4 ç ÷ ú + 17 x - x 2 - 16 is ax + ay + 2 az = 4 will have a unique solution?
ë è 4 øû
(a) For a = 0 only (b) For all a ÎR - {0}
(a) [- 1, 1] (b) [1, 4]
(c) For all a ÎQ (d) For all a Ï N
(c) (0, 16] (d) [1, 16]
1
1 7. If z n = (1 + i 2)n , n Î Z, then Re (z 4 z 5) =
2. If f :[1, ¥) ® [0 , ¥) is given by f (x) = x - , 9
x
(a) 81 (b) 27
then f -1 (x) =
(c) 9 (d) 3
x
(a) x + x2 + 4 (b)
x2 - 1 8. If z = x + iy, then the centre of the circle
1 2 1 2 z-3
(c) [ x + x + 4] (d) [ x - x + 4] = 2, is
2 2 z - 2i
3. If the greatest divisor of 30 × 52n + 4 × 23n is 8
(a) æç - 1, - ö÷
8
(b) æç1, ö÷
p , " n Î N and that of 2 2n + 1 - 6 n - 2 is è 3ø è 3ø
æ 8ö 8
q, " n Î N , then p + q = (c) ç - 1, ÷ (d) æç1, - ö÷
è 3ø è 3ø
(a) 26 (b) 52 (c) 104 (d) 13
é0 5 ù 9. If z is a complex number such that|z + 4| ³ 3,
4. If A = ê ú and f (x) = x + x + ... + x ,
2 2018
12. The set of all real values of x satisfying the 20. If the angles of depression of the top and
inequalities x 2 - 4 x + 3 > 0 and bottom of a short building from the top of a
x 2 - 2 x - 8 £ 0 , is tall building are 30° and 60° respectively,then
the ratio of the heights of short and tall
(a) [- 2, 1) È (3, 4] (b) [- 1, 2 ) È (3, 4)
buildings is
(c) [- 2, 2 ) È (2, 4) (d) [0, 2 ) È (3, 5)
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 1 : 3 (d) 1 : 4
13. If the roots a , b , g of the equation
21. cos18° =
x 3 - 6 x 2 + px + 10 = 0 are in arithmetic
1 1
progression, then a 3 + b 3 + g 3 = (a) (5 - 5) (b) 5+ 5
8 2 2
(a) 132 (b) 134 (c) 629 (d) 645
14. a , b , g are the roots of the cubic equation 5 -1 5+1
(c) (d)
4 4
x + p1 x + p 2 x + p 3 = 0 . If Sr = a + b + g ,
3 2 r r r
16. A student is asked to answer 10 out of 13 23. For n Î Z, the general solution of the
questions is an examination such that he trigonometric equation sin x - 3 cos x
must answer atleast four questions from the
first five questions. The number of choices + 4 sin 2 x - 4 3 cos 2 x + sin 3 x – 3 cos 3 x = 0
available to him is is
(a) 140 (b) 176 (c) 196 (d) 280 np p np p
(a) + (b) +
2 8 2 6
17. If the 17th and the 18th terms in the expansion np p p
(c) ± (d) 2 np ±
of (2 + a)50 are equal, then the coefficient of 2 6 6
x 35 in the expansion of (a + x)- 2 is
24. For a > 0, if f (x) = ax + b is an onto function
(a) - 35 (b) 35 (c) 36 (d) - 36
from [ - 1, 1] to [0, 2],then
18. If the kth term in the expansion of é 1 1 1ù
6 cot ê tan -1 + tan -1 + tan -1 ú =
æ3 2 1 ö ë 7 8 5û
ç x - ÷ is independent of x, then the
è2 3x ø (a) f(- 1) (b) f(1) (c f(0) (d) f(2 )
numerically greatest term in the expansion of
k 25. The solution of the equation
æ3 2 1 ö 2
ç x - ÷ when x = , is 2 cosh 2 x + 10 sinh 2 x = 5 is
è2 3x ø 3 1 3 1 4
5 4 (a) logæç ö÷ (b) logæç ö÷
40 7 20 7 2 è 5ø 2 è 3ø
(a) (b) æç ö÷ (c) (d) æç ö÷
1 5 1 æ 5ö
81 è 6ø 27 è 6ø æ
(c) log ç ö÷ (d) logç ÷
2 è 4ø 2 è 3ø
27 x 2 + 32 x + 16 A B
19. If = +
(3 x + 2)2 (1 - x) 3 x + 2 (3 x + 2)2 26. In a triangle ABC, if
C a 2 - b2 - c 2 = bc(l2 - 2 l - 1), then
+ , then AB + BC + CA =
1- x (a) 0 £ l £ 4 (b) - 1 £ l £ 2
(a) 6 (b) 12 (c) 24 (d) 48 (c) - 1 £ l £ 3 (d) 0 £ l £ 3
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 93
27. If a and b respectively represent the lengths 33. If OA = 6 $i + 3$j - 4 k$ ,OB = 2$j + k,
$
of a side and a diagonal of a regular pentagon OC = 5 i$ - $j + 2 k$ are the coterminous edges of
b
that is inscribed in a circle, then = a parallelopiped, then the height of the
a parallelopiped drawn from the vertex A is
p p 85 5 85 17
(a) 2 sin (b) 2 cos (a) (b) (c) (d)
5 5 3 32 257 6
p p
(c) cos (d) sin
5 5 34. The shortest distance between the lines
28. In a right angled triangle, if the difference r = ( - 2 i$ + $j - k$ ) + r (2 i$ + 3 $j - k$ ) and
between the two acute angles is 60°, then the r = (i$ - $j + 2 k$ ) + k (- i$ + 2 $j + 4 k$ ) is
ratio of the lengths of the hypotenuse and 10 11 13
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d)
the perpendicular drawn to the hypotenuse 6 6 6
from its opposite vertex is
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 4 : 1 35. The mean deviation from the median of the
(c) 8 : 1 (d) 3 : 1 data 16, 22, 3, 14, 5, 10, 8, 6, 11, 4 is
(a) 5 (b) 5.7 (c) 4.7 (d) 4
29. If the position vectors of the points A , B, C , D
36. The variance of the following frequency
given by $i + 2 $j + 3 k$ , 2 $i - $j + 2 k$ ,
distribution is
1 $ 1
(7 i + 15 $j + 15 k$ ) and [7 i$ + 2 $j + (5 + 3 a) k$ ]
4 3 Class Interval 0-4 4-8 8-12 12-16 16-20
respectively are such that|AC| = |BD|, then Frequency 2 4 6 3 1
16 (3 a - 1)2 =
295 304 37 97
(a) 143 (b) 139 (c) 189 (d) 187 (a) (b) (c) (d)
16 16 4 4
30. If the points 2a + 3b - c , a - 2b + 3c ,
37. If two events E1 , E 2 are such that
3a + lb - 2c and a - 6 b + 6 c are coplanar,
5 3 1
then the direction cosines of the vector P (E1 È E 2) = , P (E1) = , P(E 2) = , then E1
l$i - 2 l$j + k$ are 8 4 2
and E 2 are
2 -4 1 2 5 7
(a) , , (b) - , , (a) independent events (b) mutually exclusive events
21 21 21 78 78 78
4 8 1 2 2 1 (c) exhaustive events (d) not independent events
(c) , , (d) , - , -
9 9 9 3 3 3 38. If a die is rolled twice and the sum of the
31. If L1 is a line through the point 5$i + 8 $j + 11k$ numbers appearing on them is observed to be
6, then the probability that the number 1
and parallel to the vector 2 i$ + 3 $j + 4 k$ and L 2 appears atleast once on them is
is a line through the point 4 $i + 6 $j + 8 k$ and 5 2 11 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
36 5 36 3
parallel to the vector 3 $i + 4 $j + 5 k$ , then the
point of intersection of L1 and L 2 is 39. An examination is attempted by 5000
(a) $i + $j + k$ (b) $i + 2 $j + 3k$ graduates, 2000 post-graduates and 1000
doctorate holders. The probabilities that a
(c) 2 $i + 3$j + k$ (d) $i - 2 $j + 2k$
graduate, a post graduate and a doctorate
32. a = 4 $i + 3$j and b are two vectors in XOY 2 3 4
holder will pass the examination are , ,
plane and a is perpendicular to b. A vector c 3 4 4
lying in the same plane and having respectively. If one of the examine passed the
projections 1 and 2 respectively a and b is examination, then the probability that he is a
post-graduate is
(a) 2 $i - $j (b) 2 $i + $j
45 100 24 5
(c) $i + 2 $j (d) 2 $i + 2 $j (a) (b) (c) (d)
169 169 169 64
94 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
40. The probability distribution of a discrete 46. Two points A (- a , 0) and B (a , 0) are given. If
random variable X is given below. If C is a variable point lying on one side of the
E(X 2) = Sx 2P(X = x), then 6 E(X 2) - Var (X ) = line AB such that ÐCAB - ÐCBA = a, where a
is a positive constant, then locus of the point
X = x -1 0 1 2 C is
P( X = x ) 1 1 1 1 (a) a2 + x2 + y2 + 2 xycot a = 0
3 6 6 3 (b) a2 - x2 + y2 + 2 xycot a = 0
(c) a2 - x2 - y2 + 2 xy tana = 0
1 19 (d) a2 - x2 + y2 + 2 xy tana = 0
(a) (b)
12 12
113 12 47. If the angle between the pair of lines
(c) (d)
12 113 x 2 + 2 2 xy + ky 2 = 0 , k > 0 is 45°, then the
41. If X is a Poision variable representing area (in square units) of the triangle formed
number of successes in 50 trials such that by the pair of bisectors of angles between the
2 P(X = 1) = 5 P (X = 5) + 2 P(X = 3), then the given lines and the line x + 2 y + 1 = 0 is
1 2
probability of getting success in one trial is (a) (b) 1 (c) (d) 2
3 3
(a) 2e -2 (b) 0.03 (c) 0.04 (d) 0.05
1 48. If d is the distance between the point of
42. Let lim (1 + 5t) t = K and X be the random intersection of the lines
t®0
x 2 + 4 xy + ky 2 - 4 x - 10 y + 3 = 0 and the
variable representing number of successes in
100 independent trials. If the probability of origin and p is the product of the
success in each trial is 0.05, then the perpendicular distances from the origin to
probability of getting at least one success is these lines, then d 2 - 20 p 2 =
1- K K -1 K+1 5K + 2 (a) 8 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 0
(a) (b) (c) (d)
K K 2K 7K
49. A line meets the coordinate axes at A and B.
43. If the origin is shifted to a point (h, k) by If the perpendicular distances from A and B
translation of axes in order to make the to the tangent drawn at the origin to the
equation x 2 + 5 xy + 2 y 2 + 5 x + 6 y + 7 = 0 circumcircle of DOAB are m and n
free from first order terms, then respectively, then the diameter of that circle
10 13 10 13 is
(a) h = - ,k = (b) h = - ,k=- m+ n 3(m + n)
17 17 17 17 (a) (b)
10 13 10 13 2 4
(c) h = ,k= (d) h = ,k=-
17 17 17 17 (c) m + n (d)2(m + n)
44. Suppose a line makes an angle of 120° with 50. The centre of the circle passing through the
the positive direction of X -axis. If the length point (0, 1) and touching the curve y = x 2 at
of the perpendicular from origin to that line (2, 4) is
16 53 -2 -4
is 4, then the equation of the line is (a) æç , ö÷ (b) æç , ö÷
(a) - 3 x + y = 8 (b) 3 x + y = 8 è 5 10 ø è 3 3ø
-4 2 -16 53 ö
(c) 3 x - y = 8 (d) 3 x + y = - 8 (c) æç , ö÷ (d) æç , ÷
è 3 3ø è 5 10 ø
45. Two straight lines are drawn through the
point (0, 2) such that the length of the 51. If the number of common tangents to the
perpendiculars from the point (4, 4) to these pair of circles x 2 + y 2 - 2 x + 4 y - 4 = 0 and
lines are each equal to 2 units. The equation x 2 + y 2 + 4 x - 4 y + a = 0 is 4, then the least
of the line joining the feet of these
integral value of a is
perpendiculars is
(a) 4 (b) 5
(a) y + x = 5 (b) 2 y + 3 x = 8
(c) 6 (d) 7
(c) y - 2 x = 10 (d)y + 2 x = 10
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 95
52. The equation of a circle of radius 5 units 57. If x + y + n =0 , n > 0 is a normal to the ellipse
touching another circle x 2 + 3 y 2 = 3 and x + my + 3 = 0, m < 0 is a
x 2 + y 2 - 2 x - 4 y - 20 = 0 at (5, 5) is tangent to the ellipse x 2 + 5 y 2 = 5, then the
(a) x2 + y2 + 18 x + 16 y - 220 = 0 point of intersection of these two lines satisfy
(b) x2 + y2 - x - y - 40 = 0 the equation
(c) x2 + y2 + 2 x - 3 y - 45 = 0 x2 y2
(d) x2 + y2 - 18 x - 16 y + 120 = 0 (a) - =1 (b) x - 5 y + 5 = 0
64 25
2
53. The equation of a circle concentric with the (c) x2 = y + 1 (d) y2 = - 25 x + 3
circle x 2 + y 2 - 6 x + 12 y + 15 = 0 and having 3
area that is twice the area of the given circle is 58. The product of lengths of the perpendiculars
(a) x2 + y2 - 6 x + 12 y - 15 = 0 from any point of the hyperbola x 2 - y 2 = 8 to
(b) x2 + y2 - 6 x + 12 y - 30 = 0 its asymptotes is
(c) x2 + y2 - 6 x + 12 y - 60 = 0 (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 8
(d) x2 + y2 - 6 x + 12 y + 15 = 0
59. If a triangle ABC with two vertices A (5, 4, 6)
54. If the locus of a point which divides a chord æ10 11 ö
with slope 2 of the parabola y 2 = 4 x , and B (1, - 1, 3) has its centroid at ç , 2 , ÷,
then the third vertex C is è 3 3ø
internally in the ratio 1 : 3 is a parabola, then
(a) (4, 2, 3) (b) (- 4, - 3, 2)
its vertex is
(c) (4, 3, 2) (d) (2, 4, 3)
3 3 3 3 3 3ö
(a) (2, 1) (b) æç , ö÷ (c) æç , ö÷ (d) æç , ÷
è 16 2 ø è 4 16 ø è 16 4ø 60. Let ABC be a triangle with A(a, 5, b),
B (- 2, 1, 6) and C (1, 0, - 3) as its vertices. If
55. If the normal at one end of the latusrectum
the median through B is equally inclined to
of the parabola y = 16 x meets the X -axis at
2
the coordinate axes, then a + b =
the point P, then the length of the chord (a) 10 (b) 12 (c) 14 (d) 16
passing through P and perpendicular to the
normal is 61. The equation of the plane in cartesian form,
(a) 48 2 (b) 32 2 (c) 24 2 (d) 20 2 6
which is at a distance of from the origin
29
56. Assertion (A) If the tangent and normal to
and its normal vector drawn from the origin
æpö
the ellipse 9 x 2 + 16 y 2 = 144 at the point P ç ÷ being 2 $i - 3 $j + 4 k$ , is
è3ø
on it meet the major axis in Q and R (a) 2 x - 3 y + 4 z = 6 (b) 2 x + 3 y - 4 z = 6
57 (c) - 2 x - 3 y + 4 z = 6 (d) 2 x + 3 y + 4 z = - 6
respectively, then QR = . 1
8 æ sin h2 x ö x 2
62. lim ç
x ® 0è
÷ =
Reason (R) If the tangent and normal to 2x ø
x 2 y2 1 2 4
the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1 at the point P(q) on it (a) 0 (b) e 3 (c) e 3 (d) e 3
a b
meet the major axis in Q and R respectively, 63. If the function f : R ® R defined by
a 2 sin 2 q - b2 cos 2 q
then QR = ì 1 - cos 2 x
a cos q æ ö
ïaç ÷ , for x <0
ïï è x2 ø
The correct answer is f (x) = í b, for x =0
(a) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct ï x
explanation of (A). ï , for x >0
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true but (R) is not the correct ïî 4 + x - 2
explanation of (A).
(c) (A) is true but (R) is false. is continuous at x = 0, then a + b =
(d) (A) is false but (R) is true. (a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 8
96 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
1 é -1 æ x 2 ö æ x4 + 4 ö ù
The correct matching is (a) ê tan ç ÷ + log ç ÷ú + C
2 ê è2 ø ç 2 ÷ú
A B C D A B C D ë è øû
(a) I IV II III (b) IV III I II 1 æ x + 2ö
2
(b) tan-1 ç ÷+C
(c) IV I III II (d) IV I II III 2 è 2x ø
dy d2y
= 4 and 2 = - 3 at a point P on the 1é æ x2 ö æ x4 + 4 ö ù
66. If (c) ê tan-1 ç ÷ - logç ÷ú + C
dx dx 2 ê è2 ø ç 4 ÷ú
ë è øû
æ d2x ö
-1 æ x + 1ö
2
curve y = f (x), then ç 2 ÷ = (d)
1
tan ç
è dy ø p ÷+C
2 è 2x ø
3 3 3
(a) 0 (b) - (c) (d) x +1
4 16 64 73. ò x(1 + xe ) dx =
x
-1
67. The approximate value of tan (0.999) (upto 1 + xe x xe x
4 decimal places) is (a) log +C (b) log +C
x+1 1 + xe x
(a) 0.7852 (b) 0.7102 (c) 0.8127 (d) 0.7526
1 3 3
(c) sec 2 x tan x + sec x tan x + 77. Let [ x ] be greatest integer function. Then,
4 8 4 1
log(sec x + tan x) + c ò–1
[ x + 2[ x + 2[ x ]]] dx =
1 11 3 (a) 0 (b) - 5 (c) - 7 (d) 10
(d) sec x tan3 x + sec x tan x +
4 8 4
log(sec x + tan x) + c 78. If k and l respectively are the order and
p degree of the differential equation whose
75. ò2
p cot 9 x dx = general solution represents the family of
circles of constant radius, then k 2 + l 2 =
4
-7 1 7 1 (a) 2 (b) 6 (c) 8 (d) 10
(a) + log 2 (b) - log 2
42 2 24 2
79. The solution of the differential equation
25 1 1 dy
(c) + log 2 (d) + 2 log 2 = 1 - cos(y - x) cot(y - x) is
24 2 24 dx
76. Let f (x) be an even function with period (a) x tan( y - x) = c (b) x = tan( y - x) + c
(c) x = sec ( y - x) + c (d) x + sec ( y - x) = c
2 and f (x) be integrable on every interval. If
x
g(x) = ò f ()
t dt, then g(x + 2) = 80. The general solution of the differential
0 dy
(a) g ( x) g (2 )
equation (y sin x + y) - cos 2 x = 0
dx
(b) g ( x) + g (2 )
(a) y2 = x - cos x + c (b) y = 1 + sin x + c
(c) g ( x)
(c) y2 = 2 x - 2 sin x + c (d) y2 = 2 x + 2 cos x + c
(d) g(2 )
Physics
81. Albert Einstein was confermed with the 84. A particle A moves along the line, y = 30 m
Nobel prize in physics for his work on with a constant velocity, v parallel to x-axis.
(a) special theory of relativity At the moment particle A passes the y-axis, a
(b) Bose-Einstein Statistics particle B starts from the origin with zero
(c) photoelectric effect initial speed and a constant acceleration,
(d) general relativity a = 0 .40 m/sec 2. The angle between a and
82. A quantity z, to be estimated has a y-axis is 60°. If the particles A and B collide
dependency on the variables a , b and c as after sometimes, then the value of|v| will be
z = ab2c -2. The percentage of error in the (a) 2 m/s (b) 3 m/s
measurement of a , b and c are respectively, (c) 4 m/s (d) 5 m/s
2.1%, 1.3% and 2.2%. The percentage of error æ1th ö
85. A ball moves one-fourth ç ÷ of a circle of
in the measurement of z would then be è4ø
(a) 5.6% (b) 1.6% (c) 1.0% (d) 9.1% radius R in time T. Let v1 and v2 be the
83. The nature of a graph drawn for a freely magnitudes of mean speed and mean velocity
falling body with time on the x-axis and v
vector. The ratio 1 will be
speed on the y-axis is (Assuming initial v2
speed to be zero.) p 3
(a) (b)
(a) a straight line with positive y-axis intercept. 2 p
(b) a straight line passing through the origin. 2 p
(c) (d)
(c) a parabola. 3p 2 2
(d) a straight line parallel to y-axis with positive x-axis
intercept.
98 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
86. A 4 kg object has a velocity, 3.0 $i m/s at some 92. A body of mass 0.3 kg hangs by a spring with
instant. Eights seconds later, its velocity is a force constant of 50 N/m. The amplitude of
(8 .0 $i + 10 .0 $j) m/s. Assuming that the object is 1
oscillations is damped and reaches of its
subjected to a constant net force, the e
magnitude of the force is original value in about 100 oscillations. If w
5 5 5 3 8 5 10 3 and w¢ are the angular frequencies of
(a) N (b) N (c) N (d) N undamped and damped oscillations
2 8 3 7
æ w - w¢ ö
respectively, then percentage of ç ÷ is
87. A block of mass 10 kg, initially at rest, makes è w ø
a downward motion on 45° inclined plane.
æ 1 ö æ p2 ö
Then the distance travelled by the block after (a) ç ÷ (b) ç ÷
2s is è 800p ø è 600 ø
æ 1 ö p ö
(Assume the coefficient of kinetic friction to (c) ç ÷ (d) æç ÷
2
è 800 p ø è 400 ø
be 0.3 and g = 10 ms -2)
9 93. If a planet of mass 6.4 ´ 10 23 kg can be
(a) 7 2 m (b) m (c) 10 2 m (d) 5 2 m
2
compressed into a sphere such that the
88. Conservative forces are defined as the force escape velocity from its surface is 8 ´ 10 4 m/s,
for which, then what should be the radius of the
(a) work done depends only on the initial and final sphere? (Gravitational constant,
positions. G = 6 .6 ´ 10 -11 Nm -2kg -2)
(b) work done depends on the initial and final
(a) 40.4 km (b) 13.2 km
positions and also on the path taken.
(c) 20.4 km (d) 6.8 km
(c) work done depends only on the path taken.
(d) work done depends only on the initial position. 94. A horizontal aluminium rod of diameter 4 cm
projected 6 cm from a wall. An object of mass
89. A rocket motor consumes 100 kg of fuel per 400 p kg is suspended from the end of the
second exhausting it with a speed of 5 km/s.
rod. The shearing modulus of aluminium is
The speed of the rocket when its mass is
3.0 ´ 10 10 N/m 2. The vertical deflection of the
1th
reduced to of its initial mass, is (Assume end of the rod is (Q g = 10 m/s 2)
20
initial speed to be zero and ignored (a) 0.01 mm (b) 0.02 mm
gravitational and viscous forces.) (c) 0.03 mm (d) 0.04 mm
(a) 20 km/s (b) 40 ln(2) km/s 95. A water tank kept on the ground has an
(c) 5 ln (20) km/s (d) 10 ln(10) km/s orifice of 2 mm diameter on the vertical side.
90. Ball A of mass 50 gm and speed 10 m/s What is the minimum height of the water
collides with other ball B of mass 10 gm and above the orifice for which the output flow of
speed 15 m/s travelling in opposite direction water is found to be turbulent? (Assume,
with each other. Determine the final speed of g = 10 m/s 2, r water = 10 3 kg/m 3,
2 viscosity = 1 centi-poise)
ball B, if the coefficient of restitution is .
5 (a) 3 cm (b) 4 cm (c) 6 cm (d) 2 cm
40 75 91 85
(a) m/s (b) m/s (c) m/s (d) m/s 96. A copper ball of radius 3.0 mm falls in an oil
3 3 8 6 tank of viscosity 1 kg/ms. Then, the terminal
91. A solid sphere of mass 5 kg rolls on a plane velocity of the copper ball will be (Density of
surfaces. Find its kinetic energy at an instant oil = 15
. ´ 10 3 kg/m 3, Density of copper
when its centre moves with speed 4 m/s. = 9 ´ 10 3 kg/m 3 and g = 10 m/s 2.)
(a) 56 J (b) 45 J (a) 18 ´ 10-2 m/s (b) 25 ´ 10-2 m/s
(c) 75 J (d) 105 J (c) 15 ´ 10-2 m/s (d) 20 ´ 10-2 m/s
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 99
97. The wavelength of the radiation emitted by a 103. A point object O is placed on the axis of a
black body is 1 mm and Wien’s constant is cylindrical piece of glass of refractive index
3 ´ 10 -3 mK. Then the temperature of the 1.6 as shown in the figure. One surface of the
black body will be glass piece is convex with radius of curvature
(a) 3 K (b) 30 K (c) 300 K (d) 3000 K 3 mm. The point appeared to be at 5 mm on
the axis when viewed along the axis and
98. A hot body placed in air cools down to a from right side of convex surface. The
lower temperature. The rate of decrease of distance of the point object from the convex
temperature is proportional to the surface is :
temperature difference from the µ1 =1.6
surrounding. The body loses 60% and 80% of µ2 = 1
maximum heat it can loose in time t1 and t2 R
1.6 I
respectively. The ratio t2 / t1 will be O
ln(10) ln(8) ln(1) ln(5) u υ
(a) (b) (c) (d)
ln(2 ) ln(6) ln(3) 5
ln æç ö÷
è2 ø (a) 4 mm (b) 6 mm
(c) 3 mm (d) 2.5 mm
99. A Carnot engine with efficiency h operates
between two heat reservoirs with 104. The limit of resolution of a telescope is
temperatures T1 and T2, where T1 > T2 . If only 2.5 ´ 10 -7 rad. If the telescope is used to
T1 is changed by 0.4%, the change in detect light of wavelength 500 nm coming
efficiency is Dh1 , whereas if only T2 is from a star, the diameter of the objective lens
changed by 0.2%, the efficiency is changed by used by telescope is
Dh1 (a) 244 cm (b) 258 cm
Dh2 . The ratio is approximately, (c) 228 cm (d) 264 cm
Dh 2
(a) - 2 (b) - 4 (c) + 3 (d) + 4 105. A non-conducting solid sphere has radius R
and uniform charge density. A spherical
100. An ideal gas in a closed container is heated R
so that the final rms speed of the gas cavity of radius is hollowed out of the
4
particles increases by 2 times the initial rms
sphere. The distance between center of
speed. If the initial gas temperature is 27°C,
R
then the final temperature of the ideal gas is : sphere and center of cavity is . If the charge
2
(a) 1200°C (b) 927°C (c) 827°C (d) 1473°C
of the sphere is Q after the creation of the
101. Consider two tuning forks with natural cavity and the magnitude of electric field at
frequency 250 Hz. One is moving away and æ Q ö
another is moving towards a stationary the center of the cavity is E = K ç ÷,
è 4 p Î0 R 2 ø
observer at same speed. If the observer hears
beats of frequency 5 Hz, then the speed of determined the approximate value of K.
the tuning fork is : (Given, speed of sound (a) 0.32 (b) 0.78 (c) 0.51 (d) 0.45
wave is 350 m/s.) 106. A metal plate of thickness 2 mm and area
(a) 2.5 m/s (b) 3.5 m/s (c) 5.0 m/s (d) 2.0 m/s 36pcm 2- is slide into a parallel plate capacitor
102. A drone fitted with siren in flying directly of plate spacing 6 mm and area 36p cm 2. The
away from the drone operator and towards a metal plate is at a distance 3 mm from one of
distant building at a speed of 15 m/s. The the plates. What is the capacitance of this
siren produces sound of frequency 780 Hz. æ 1 ö
What is the frequency that the operator hears arrangement? çLet = 9 ´ 10 9 Nm 2 C-2 ÷
è 4 p Î0 ø
in the echo reflected from the building.
[Speed of sound is 340 m/s.] (a) 8 pF (b) 15 pF
(a) 766 Hz (b) 800 Hz (c) 816 Hz (d) 840 Hz (c) 25 pF (d) 20 pF
100 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
107. For the circuit shown in the figure, calculate 112. Consider a current in a circuit falls from
the resistance between the points A and B. 6.0 A to 1.0 A in 0.2 s. If an average emf of
R R R R R 150 V is induced by the circuit, then the self
A inductance of the circuit is
2R 2R 2R 2R 2R R (a) 2 H (b) 6 H
(c) 4 H (d) 8 H
B
(a) 0.5 R (b) R 113. A series LCR circuit with L = 0.5 H and
6 R = 10 W is connected to an AC supply with
(c) 15 R (d) R
5 rms voltage and frequency equal to 200 V
108. If the resistances are chosen for the circuit 150
and Hz, respectively. The magnitude of
shown in figure in such a way that no p
current flows through the battery with emf the capacitance is varied so that current
E1 , the voltage V2 across R2 and the current I 3 amplitude in the circuit becomes
flowing through R3 are respectively, maximum.The rms voltage difference across
R1
the inductor is
(a) 3000 V (b) 2500 V
(c) 2000 V (d) 2600 V
E1
E2 2V
R3=2 Ω 114. The magnetic field of an electromagnetic-
2V
R4
R2 wave obeys the relation in a certain region is
B = 10 -12 sin(5 ´ 10 6 t) T, where t is the time.
5 5 Then, the induced emf, in a 300 turns in coil
(a) V2 = - 4 V, I3 = A (b) V2 = + 4 V, I3 = A
2 2 of area 20 cm 2 oriented perpendicular to the
(c) V2 = - 3 V, I3 = 1 A (d) V2 = + 3 V, I3 = 2 A field is
(a) - 2 ´ 10-5 cos(5 ´ 106 t ) V
109. A semi-circular loop of radius 30 cm wire (b) - 3 ´ 10-6 cos(5 ´ 106 t ) V
carries current 6 A. An uniform magnetic (c) - 2.5 ´ 10-6 cos(5 ´ 106 t ) V
field 0.5 T is present perpendicular to the (d) - 3.3 ´ 10-6 cos(5 ´ 106 t ) V
plane of the loop. What is the magnitude of
force exerted on the wire? 115. The wavelength of a charged particle of mass
(a) 0.9 N (b) 1.8 N (c) 0.8 N (d) 1.4 N 8 .0 ´ 10 -31 kg, charge 16
. ´ 10 -19 C and kinetic
energy 3 keV will be (Planck constant,
110. A dielectric circular disc of radius R carries a
h = 6 .4 ´ 10 -34 Js)
uniform surface charge density s. If it rotates
about its axis with angular velocity w , the (a) 0.4 Å (b) 2.1 Å
magnetic field at the cente of disc is : (c) 1.0 Å (d) 1 Å
m 0 s wR 2 m 0 s wR 116. Let l P and l L be the longest wavelengths
(a) (b)
2p 2 observed in the Paschen and Lyman series
m 0 s wR 2 m 0 s wR 2
(c) (d) respectively. Choose the correct option
4 2 2 lP
(a) 4 < <6
111. The earth’s magnetic field at the geometric lL
poles is 10 ´ 10 -5 T. The magnitude of the l
(b) 7 < P < 8
lL
field at a point on the earth’s surface where
l
the radius makes an angle q with the axis of (c) 15 < P < 16
earth’s assumed magnetic dipole is 5 ´ 10 -5 T. lL
l
The magnitude of q in degree is : (d) 30 < P < 32
lL
(a) 30° (b) 60° (c) 45° (d) 75°
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 101
117. A radioactive nucleus can decay in two 119. The truth table of a logic gate is given below.
different processes with half life 0.7 hr and then identify the gate.
0.3 hr.
Input Output
The effective average life of the nucleus in
minutes approximately is A B Y
(value of ln 2 = 0 .7 ) 0 0 1
(a) 14 (b) 18 0 1 1
(c) 24 (d) 26
1 0 1
118. Assertion (A) Si and GaAs are the preferred
1 1 0
materials for solar cells.
Reason (R) Both these materials have (a) NOT gate (b) OR gate
energy band gaps much below the energy (c) AND gate (d) NAND gate
level corresponding to the maximum solar 120. A transmitting antenna has a height 20 m.
irradiance ln the solar spectrum. What will be the height of receiving antenna,
The correct answer is if the maximum distance between them for
(a) (A) is correct but (R) is incorrect. satisfactory communication in line-of-sight
(b) Both (A) and (R) are correct and (R) is the correct (LOS) mode is 40 km? (The earth radius is
explanation of (A). 6400 km.)
(c) Both (A) and (R) are correct but (R) is not the (a) 25 m (b) 30 m
correct explanation of (A). (c) 60 m (d) 45 m
(d) Both (A) and (R) are incorrect.
Chemistry
121. The maximum number of electrons that can 124. Arrange the following in the decreasing
have the set of quantum numbers, n = 4, order of radius.
1
ml = 0 and ms = is S2- , P 3- , Cl - , Ca 2+ , Ar, K +
2
(a) P3 - >S2 - >Cl – > Ar >K + >Ca 2+
(a) 3 (b) 4 (b) Cl - >P3 - >S2 - > Ar >K+ >Ca 2+
(c) 5 (d) 6 (c) Ar >P3 - >S2 - >Cl - >Ca 2+ >K+
122. Which of the following pairs has the identical (d) K+ >Ca 2+ >Cl - >S2 - >P3 - > Ar
e / m value? 125. Which of the following compounds has the
(a) An a-particle and deuterium ion highest dipole moment (D)?
(b) A proton and neutron
(a) HBr (b) CH3COCH3 (c) H2S (d) COCl 2
(c) An electron and g -rays
(d) A proton and deuterium ion 126. Match the following :
123. The reason for a cation to be smaller than its List I List II
parent atom is (Hybridisation) (Compound/ion)
(a) repulsion between the electrons of outer orbit A. sp3d I. [PtCl 4 ]2 -
(b) Increased electrostatic attraction between
nucleus and electrons. B. sp3d 2 II. SF6
(c) increase in the mass of the cation compared to C. dsp 2
III. BCl 3
neutral atom.
D. dsp3 IV. PCl 5
(d) change in the number of protons of cation
compared to neutral atom. V. ClF3
102 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
130. One third litre of x MK 2Cr2O 7 is required to 136. Which of the following statements is/are
completely oxidise 2 L of 0.1 M ferrous correct for group 13 elements?
ammonium sulphate in acid medium. What A. Al reacts with dil.HCl to liberate H2 gas
is x? B. Al reacts with conc. HNO 3 to liberate H2 gas
(a) 0.03 (b) 0.1 C. Boron reacts with only acids to liberate H2 gas
(c) 0.2 (d) 0.5 D. Anhydrous AlCl 3 reacts with moisture to liberate
H2 gas
131. Enthalpy change for freezing of 1 g of water (a) B, C, D (b) A, B, D (c) A, C (d) A
at 1 bar and 0°C is 334 J. Calculate the
internal energy change in J when 1 g of 137. If one wants to make methanol out of
water is converted into ice? synthesis gas. What should be the ratio of the
gaseous components in the synthesis gas?
(a) 205 (b) 334
(c) 0 (d) 668 (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 1 (c) 1 : 3 (d) 3 : 1
132. For a chemical reaction, the standard Gibbs 138. The irritant red haze in traffic and congested
energy change, DG° is - 7 .64 ´ 10 J mol .4 -1 places is due to
What is the value of equilibrium constant (a) CO 2
(b) O 3
(K)?
(c) SO X (oxides of sulphur)
(a) K = 1 (b) K > 1 (d) NO X (oxides of nitrogen)
(c) K < 1 (d) K = 0
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 103
139. Identify the atoms or groups from the 142. Match the following:
following that exhibit -R effect and + R effect
when present on benzene ring: List I List II
(c) (d)
(a) Copper-silver nitrate interface
(b) Silver-copper sulphate interface
141. The order of stability of below resonance (c) There will be no spontaneous reaction
structures is (d) Both interfaces will give spontaneous reaction
NH2 NH2 NH2 146. The decomposition of O 3(g) follows first order
kinetics and is given by
O 3(g) ¾® O 2(g) + O(g)
The rate constant for this reaction is
(I) (II) (III)
. ´ 10 -3 s -1 . The initial pressure of O 3(g) is
10
(a) II > I > III (b) I > II > III 100 atm.
(c) III > II > I (d) I > III > II
104 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
What will be the partial pressure (in atm) of (c) XeF4 does not have any lone pair of electrons;
O 3 , O 2 , O respectively after 38.38 minutes? XeF6 has one lone pair of electrons on Xe
(a) 95, 5, 5 (b) 10, 90, 0 (d) XeF4 has two lone pairs of electrons on Xe; XeF6
(c) 10, 90, 90 (d) 10, 0, 90 has one lone pair of electrons on Xe
147. Identify the correct statements from the 151.Match the following:
following: List I List II
(i) A closed vessel containing 90% CO 2 and
A. Oxidation state of V in VOCl 2 I. 0
10% O 2 is an aerosol.
(ii) Milk is an emulsion. B. Number of unpaired electrons in II. 1
MnO 24 - ion
(iii) Smoke is an aerosol.
(iv) Peptisation is a method of purification of C. Number of unpaired electrons in III. 5
colloidal solution. [NiCl 4 ]2 - ion
(v) Ultrafilteration is a method of D. This oxidation state is exhibited by IV. 3
purification of colloidal solution. all lanthanide ions
(a) (i), (ii), (iii) (b) (i), (iii), (iv) V. 4
(c) (ii), (iii), (v) (d) (i), (ii), (v)
VI. 2
148. Statement (A) Mg can reduce Al 2O 3 above
1350°C. The correct answer is
A B C D A B C D
Statement (B) Al can reduce MgO below
(a) V II VI IV (b) V I IV III
1350°C. (c) VI I V IV (d) IV II V III
The correct answer is
(a) Both (A) and (B) are wrong. 152. The name of the compound
(b) (A) is correct, but (B) is wrong. ([ Ag(NH 3)2][ Ag(CN)2]) is
(c) (A) is wrong, but (B) is correct. (a) dicyanoargentate (I) diammino (I) silver
(d) Both (A) and (B) are correct. (b) diamino silver dicyanate
(c) diammine silver (I) dicyanoargentate (I)
149. Match the following: (d) silver diamminedicyano argentate
List I List II 153. Match the following:
(Acid) (Reagents used for preparation)
A. H 3PO 2 I. Red P4 + alkali List I List II
(I) (II)
CHO
H2
(b)
NO2 NO2 Pd–BaSO4
Cl Cl CHO
Conc.NaOH
NO2 (c) ∆
(III) (IV)
NO2 CO, HCl
(d)
Anhyd.AlCl3/CuCl
NO2
(a) III > I > IV > II (b) I > III > IV > II
(c) II > IV > I > III (d) II > III > IV > I
159. Statement (A) Carboxylic acid can be
obtained by the reaction of R ¾ C ºº N with
157. In the following reaction, the major products Å
H 3 O under mild reaction conditions.
are
Statement (B) Hydrolysis of R ¾ C ºº N in
È Å
alkaline aqueous medium gives R ¾ COONa
O Hl ··
? and NH 3 as products.
I
The correct answer is
(a) Both (A) and (B) are correct
OH (b) Both (A) and (B) are not correct
(a)
,
(c) (A) is correct, but (B) is not correct
(d) (A) is not correct but (B) is correct
OH
160. Benzaldehyde can be converted to
I benzonitrile by treatment with
(b)
, (a) NH3
I (b) NH3 followed by reaction with C 6H5SO 2Cl
(c)NH2OH followed by reaction with acetic anhydride
(c) I (d) NH2OH
,
Answers
Mathematics
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (b) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (d) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (c)
41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (d) 46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (a) 49. (c) 50. (d)
51. (b) 52. (d) 53. (a) 54. (d) 55. (b) 56. (c) 57. (b) 58. (c) 59. (c) 60. (d)
61. (a) 62. (c) 63. (c) 64. (a) 65. (d) 66. (d) 67. (a) 68. (b) 69. (b) 70. (c)
71. (a) 72. (a) 73. (b) 74. (b) 75. (a) 76. (b) 77. (c) 78. (c) 79. (d) 80. (d)
Physics
81. (c) 82. (d) 83. (b) 84. (b) 85. (d) 86. (a) 87. (a) 88. (a) 89. (c) 90. (d)
91. (a) 92. (c) 93. (b) 94. (b) 95. (*) 96. (c) 97. (a) 98. (d) 99. (a) 100. (b)
101. (b) 102. (c) 103. (a) 104. (a) 105. (c) 106. (c) 107. (b) 108. (c) 109. (b) 110. (b)
111. (c) 112. (b) 113. (a) 114. (b) 115. (a) 116. (c) 117. (b) 118. (a) 119. (d) 120. (d)
Chemistry
121. (b) 122. (a) 123. (b) 124. (a) 125. (b) 126. (a) 127. (d) 128. (c) 129. (b) 130. (b)
131. (b) 132. (b) 133. (c) 134. (c) 135. (d) 136. (d) 137. (a) 138. (d) 139. (d) 140. (b, c)
141. (b) 142. (a) 143. (c) 144. (c) 145. (a) 146. (c) 147. (c) 148. (a) 149. (d) 150. (d)
151. (a) 152. (c) 153. (b) 154. (a) 155. (a) 156. (c) 157. (b) 158. (c) 159. (d) 160. (c)
Note (*) None of the option is correct.
∴ a≠0 ⇒ 2x 2 + 2x (2 − y) − 22 + 5y = 0
Hence, a ∈ R − {0} x ∈R
108 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
50
α 3 + β 3 + γ 3 = 6 (36 − 9) − 30 ⇒ a=
C16
× 2=1
50
= 6 × 27 − 30 C17
= 162 − 30 = 132 ∴Now, coefficient of x 35 in the expansion
14. (b) We have, (1 + x)−2 = − 36
α , β , γ are roots of equation
18. (c) We have,
x 3 + p1 x 2 + p2 x + p3 = 0 6
kth term is the expansion of x 2 −
3 1
Sr = α + β + γ
r r r is
2 3x
S1 = α + β + γ = 10 independent of x
S2 = α 2 + β 2 + γ 2 = 38 6− r r
Now, Tr + 1 = 6Cr (x)12 − 2r × − (x − r)
3 1
S3 = α 3 + β 3 + γ 3 = − 1840 2 3
6− r r
Now, α 3 + β 3 + γ 3 − 3αβγ = (α + β + γ) Tr + 1 = 6Cr
3
(x)12 − 3r −
1
2 3
(α 2 + β 2 + γ 2 − (αβ + βγ + γα))
Tr + i is independent of x
⇒ − 1840 + 3p3 = 10
∴ 12 − 3r = 0, r = 4
(α + β + γ)2 − (α 2 + β 2 + γ 2)
38 − ∴ k= r +1= 5
2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 109
5
⇒ H = 3H − 3h
Greatest term of x 2 −
3 1
2 3x ⇒ 2H = 3h
h 2
⇒ =
H 3
r=
n + 1 = 6 Q x = 2
∴ h : H = 2: 3
9 x 3 1 + 9 × 8 3
1 + 2 27 21. (b) We know that,
2
5 −1
r= 18
=2 sin18° =
7 4
3 2
27 x 4 cos18° = 1 − sin2 18°
∴ T3 = 5C2 x 2 −
3 1
= 10 × ×
2 3x 8 9 2
5 − 1 16 − 5 − 1 + 2 5
27 2
4
1 20 = 1− =
T3 = 10 × × × = 4 16
8 3 9 27
10 + 2 5 5+ 5 5+ 5
19. (b) We have, ⇒ cos18° = = =
16 8 2 2
27 x 2 + 32x + 16 A B C
= + +
(3x + 2) (1 − x)
2
3x + 2 (3x + 2) 2
1− x 22. (d) Given,
⇒ 27 x + 32x + 16 = A (3x + 2) (1 − x) + B
2 A+ B+ C= π
sin A − sin B + sin C
(1 − x) + C (3x + 2)2
A + B A − B
= 2cos C
C
Put x = 1 both sides, we get sin + 2sin cos
2 2 2 2
27 + 32 + 16 = 0 + 0 + 25C −
= 2sin sin + 2sin cos
C A B C C
C=3
2 2 2 2
Put x = − 2 / 3 both sides, we get
= 2sin sin A − B + cos C
C
12 −
64
+ 16 = B
5 2
2 2
3 3
A−B A + B
= 2sin sin + sin
C
B=4
2 2 2
Put x = 0 both sides, we get
16 = 2A + B + 4C C A B
= 2sin 2sin cos
2A = 16 − B − 4C = 16 − 4 − 12 = 0 2 2 2
π
sin 2x − = 0, cos x + 2 ≠ 0 26. (c) We have,
3 a 2 − b 2 − c 2 = bc (λ2 − 2λ −1)
π
⇒ 2x − = nπ b2 + c 2 − a2 1
3 ⇒ = − (λ2 − 2λ − 1)
π nπ π 2bc 2
⇒ 2x = nπ + ⇒ x= +
1 2
3 2 6 ⇒ cos A = − (λ − 2λ − 1)
2
24. (b) We have,
− 1 ≤ cos A ≤ 1
f (x) = ax + b is onto from [− 1, 1] to [0, 2] 1
Q f (− 1) = − a + b = 0 … (i) ∴ − 1 ≤ − (λ2 − 2λ − 1) ≤ 1
2
1 =a+ b=2
f () … (ii)
⇒ − 2 ≤ λ2 − 2λ − 1 ≤ 2
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
⇒ − 2 ≤ (λ − 1)2 − 2 ≤ 2
a = 1, b = 1
∴ f (x) = x + 1 ⇒ 0 ≤ (λ − 1)2 ≤ 4
Now, ⇒ −1≤ λ ≤ 3
cot tan−1 + tan−1 + tan−1
1 1 1
27. (b) We have,
7 8 5
a = side of pentagon
1 + 1
1 b = diagonal of regular pentagon
cot tan−1 + tan−1 8 5
7 1 1 B
1 − ×
8 5
a a
1 1
+
−1 1 −1 1 −1 7 3 C
cot tan + tan ⇒ cot tan b
7 3 1 1 3π
1− × 10 D
7 3 a a
π
cot tan −1 1 −1
⇒ cot (cot 2) = 2 5
2
A a
1 =1 + 1 = 2
f()
3π
cot tan−1 + tan−1 + tan−1 = f ()
∠ACB =
1 1 1
∴ 1
7 8 5 5
3π π
∠ACD = and ∠CAD =
25. (b) We have, 10 5
2cos h2x + 10sin h2x = 5 In ∆ACD,
e 2x + e −2x e 2x − e −2x π AD π
2 + 10 =5 cos = ⇒ AD = a cos
2 2 5 AC 5
π b π
2e 2x + 2e −2x + 10e 2x − 10e −2x = 10 2AD = 2a cos ⇒ = 2 cos
5 a 5
12e 2x − 8e −2x − 10 = 0
28. (b) Given,
6e 2x − 4−2x − 5 = 0
In right angle ∆ABC,
6 (e 2x )2 − 5e 2x − 4 = 0 x − y = 60° A
6(e 2x )2 − 8e 2x + 3e 2x − 4 = 0 x + y = 90° y
(2e 2x + 1) (3e 2x − 4) = 0 ∴ x = 75°
⇒ 3e 2x − 4 = 0, 2e 2x + 1 ≠ 0 ∴ y = 15° D
4 In ∆ABD,
⇒ e 2x = BD
3 tan y =
4 AD x
⇒ 2x = log C B
3 AD
= cot15° … (i)
1 4 BD
⇒ x = log
2 3
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 111
In ∆BDC, ⇒ − 1 (7λ − 21 − 9) + 5 (7 − 1) + 4 (− 9 + λ − 3) = 0
tan x =
BD ⇒ − 7λ + 30 + 30 − 48 + 4λ = 0
CD ⇒ 3λ = 12
CD ⇒ λ=4
⇒ = cot 75° … (ii)
BD $
Direction cosine of λ$i − 2λ$j + k
On adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get λ − 2λ 1
AD + CD is , ,
= cot15° + cot 75° 5λ + 1
2
5λ + 1
2
5λ2 + 1
BD
AC Put λ = 4
= 2+ 3 + 2− 3 = 4 4 8 1
BD ∴ Direction cosine is , , .
9 9 9
Q AC : BD = 4 : 1
31. (b) Line L1 is passing through 5$i + 8$j + 11k$ and
29. (d) Given, $.
$) parallel to the vector 2$i + 3$j + 4k
A = ($i + 2$j + 3k
∴ L1 ≡ r = 5$i + 8$j + 11k $ + λ (2$i + 3$j + 4k
$)
$)
B = (2$i − $j + 2k
$
line L2 is passing through 4$i + 6$j + 8k and
1 $ $)
C= (7 i + 15$j + 15k $
4 parallel to the vector 3$i + 4$j + 5k
1 $) ∴ $ + µ (3$i + 4$j + 5k
L2 ≡ r = 4$i + 6$j + 8k $)
D = (7$i + 2$j + (5 + 3a) k
3 L1 and L2 are intersecting.
AC = $i + $j + k
7 15 15 $ $
− ($i + 2$j + 3k) ∴ 5$i + 8$j + 11k$ + λ (2$i + 3$j + 4k
$ ) = 4$i + 6$j
4 4 4
+ 8k$ + µ (3$i + 4$j + 5k
$)
3 7 3$
AC = $i + $j + k $ $
4 4 4 ⇒ $i + 2$j + 3k = (3µ − 2λ)$i + (4µ − 3λ)$j + (5µ − 4λ)k
5 + 3a $
and BD = $i + $j + ⇒ 3 µ − 2λ = 1
7 2 $ … (i)
k − (2$i − $j + 2k)
3 3 3 4 µ − 3λ = 2 … (ii)
1 $ 5 $ 3a − 1 $ On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
BD = i + j+ k
3 3 3 µ = −1, λ = − 2
Also given, |AC| = |BD| Put λ = − 2 in L1
2 2 2 2 2 2 We get r = $i + 2$j + 3k$
3a − 1
Q + + = + +
3 7 3 1 5
4 4 4 3 3 3 $
∴Point of intersection of L1 and L2 is $i + 2$j + 3k
9 + 49 + 9 1 + 25 + (3a − 1) 2
⇒ = 32. (a) Given,
16 9 a = 4$i + 3$j and a . b = 0
67 26 + (3a − 1)2
⇒ = a .c b.c
16 9 = 1, =2
|a| |b|
⇒ 603 = 416 + 16(3a − 1)2
a .b = 0
⇒ 16(3a − 1)2 = 187 ∴ b = 3$i − 4$j
30. (c) We have, Let c = x$i + y$j
2a + 3b − c, a − 2b + 3c, 3a + λb − 2c and (4 i + 3$j) . (x$i + y$j)
$
a − 6b + 6c are coplanar. ∴ =1
5
1 − 2 − 2− 3 3+ 1
= 4x + 4y = 5 … (i)
∴ 3− 2 λ − 3 − 2+ 1 = 0 b.c
and =2
1−2 −6−3 6+1 |b|
−1 −5 4 ∴ 3x − 4 y = 10 … (ii)
⇒ 1 λ − 3 −1 = 0 On solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
−1 −9 7 x = 2, y = − 1
∴ c = 2$i − $j
112 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
2
P(A / E1) =
3
, P(A / E 2) = , P(A / E 3) = 4 / 5 P(X ≥ 1) = 1 − P(X = 0) = 1 − e −5
3 4
e5 − 1 K − 1
∴Required probability P(X ≥ 1) = =
P(E 2) × P(A / E 2) e5 K
= P (E 2 / A) =
P(E1) × P(A / E1) + P(E 2) × PA / E 2 43. (b) Origin is shifted (h, k)
+ P(E 3) × P(A / E 3) ∴ New coordinate (x ′, y ′)
2 x ′ = x − h, y′ = y − k
× 3/ 4
8 45
= = ∴ x 2 + 5xy + 2y 2 + 5x + 6 y + 7 = 0
5 2 2 3 1 4 169
× + × + ×
8 3 8 4 8 5 (x ′ + h)2 + 5 (x ′ + h) (y′ + k) + 2(y′ + k)2
BC = 2 ⇒ tanα =
2xy
x 2 − a 2 − y2
4m − 4 + 2
∴ 2=
1 + m2 ⇒ x 2 − y 2 − 2 xy cotα − a 2 = 0
⇒ a 2 − x 2 + y 2 + 2 xy cotα = 0
1 + m2 = (2m − 1)
⇒ 1 + m2 = 4m2 − 4m + 1
47. (a) We have,
x 2 + 2 2 xy + ky 2
3
⇒ m = 0,
4 2 2− k
tanθ =
m = 0, y = 2 k+1
∴D(4, 2) 2 2− k
tan 45° = [Qθ = 45° ]
Equation of line passing through D and C is k+1
perpendicular to AB.
⇒ (k + 1)2 = 4(2 − k)
∴ Required equation of line
− (4 − 0) ⇒ k2 + 2k + 1 = 8 − 4k
y − 2= (x − 4)
4−2 ⇒ k2 + 6k − 7 = 0
y − 2 = − 2(x − 4) ⇒ (k + 7) (k − 1) = 0
y + 2x = 10 ⇒ k = 1, k ≠ − 7 [Q k > 0]
46. (b) Given, Equation of angle bisector of line
x 2 + 2 2xy + y 2 = 0
C (x, y)
x 2 − y2 xy
=
0 2
x 2 − y2 = 0
β γ
A (–a, 0) B (a, 0) Area of triangle formed by line
x 2 − y 2 = 0 and x + 2y + 1 = 0
|1 0 − ()
1 ⋅ ()
1 |
A(− a , 0), B(a , 0) ∆=
|1(2)2 − (0) − ()
1 2|
Let C(x , y)
Slope of AB = 0 | 0 + 1| 1
∆= =
∴tanβ = Slope of AC |4 − 1| 3
y
∴tanβ = 48. (a) We have,
x+ a
x 2 + 4 xy + ky 2 − 4 x − 10 y + 3 = 0
Slope of BC = tan(π − γ) Represents a pair of straight line
y
⇒ − tan γ = 1 2 −2
x−a
∴ 2 k −5 = 0
−y
⇒ tan γ = −2 −5 3
x−a
⇒ (3k − 25) − 2 (6 − 10) − 2 (− 10 + 2k) = 0
Given, β − γ =α
tanβ − tan γ ⇒ 3k − 25 + 8 + 20 − 4k = 0
Q tan(β − γ) = ⇒ k=3
1 + tanβ tan γ
∴Equation of pair of straight line is
y y
+ x 2 + 4 xy + 3y 2 − 4 x − 10 y + 3 = 0
x+ a x−a
⇒ tanα =
y2 Equation of lines are
1− 2 (x + y − 3) = 0 and x + 3y − 1 = 0
x − a2
Intersection point of line (4, − 1)
y(x − a + x + a)
⇒ tanα = d = Distance from origin to point of intersection
x 2 − a 2 − y2
= 17
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 115
∴Equation of circle concentric with given circle is Put the value of y in y 2 = 16 x, we get
(x − 3)2 + (y + 6)2 = 60 (12 − x)2 = 16 x
x + y − 6 x + 12y − 15 = 0
2 2
144 − 24 x + x 2 = 16 x
54. (d) Let P(t12 , 2t1) and Q(t22 , 2t2) are extremetre of x 2 − 40 x + 144 = 0
chord (x − 36) (x − 4) = 0
x = 4, 36
2 , 2t)
P (t 1
∴ y = 4 − 12 = − 8 and y = 36 − 12 = 24
1
R (h, k) ∴Length of chord = (36 − 4)2 + (24 + 8)2
= 322 + 322 = 32 2
3
2 2
2
56. (c) Equation of tangent of ellipse x 2 + y2 = 1 at
(t2 , 2t 2 )Q a b
(a cosθ, b sinθ) is
3t12 + t22 6t1 + 2t2 x cos θ y sin θ
∴ h= ,k= + =1
4 4 a b
Slope of PQ = 2
It cuts the major axis at Q , 0
a
2t1 − 2t2 cosθ
∴ 2=
t12 − t22
Equation of normal of ellipse at (a cosθ, b sinθ) is
t1 + t2 = 1 ⇒ t2 = 1 − t1
ax by
Put the value of t2 in h and k, we get − = a2 − b2
4h = 3t12 + (1 − t1)2,4k = 6t1 + 2 − 2t1 cosθ sinθ
(a 2 − b 2) cosθ
4h = 4t12 − 2t1 + 1, 4k = 4t1 + 2 It cuts the major axis at R , 0
a
Eliminating t1 , we get
2 2
2k − 1 2k − 1 + 1 a (a 2 − b 2) cosθ
4h = 4 − 2 ∴Distance QR = −
2 2 cosθ a
4h = 4k2 − 6k + 3 a 2 − (a 2 − b 2) cos2 θ
2 =
k − 3 = 4 h − 3 a cosθ
⇒
4 16 a 2 − a 2 cos2 θ + b 2 cos2 θ
=
∴Vertex ,
3 3 a cosθ
16 4
a 2 sin2 θ + b 2 cos2 θ
=
55. (b) We have, y2 = 16 x a cosθ
Coordinate of latusrectum (4, 8) π
Put a = 4, b = 3, θ = , we get
Equation of normal at (4, 8) is y = − x + 12 3
Q (36, 24) 3 1
16 × + 9 ×
4, 8 QR = 4 4 = 48 + 9 = 57
1 8 8
4×
2
(12, 0) Hence, A is true, R is false.
57. (b) We have,
x + y + n = 0 is a normal to the ellipse
P (4, –8) x 2 + 3y 2 = 3
(3 − 1)
It cuts x-axis at (12, 0) ∴ n= ±
3+ 1
Equation of chord passing through (12, 0) and
perpendicular of normal is y = x − 12 n= ±1
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 117
π 2π
63. (c) We have, ∴ f ′ = 2 sin =2
4 4
a(1 − cos 2x)
, x<0 C = f (x) = sin π[ x]
x2 f (x) = 0 when, x = 1−
f (x) = b, x=0
x ∴ f ′(x) = 0
, x>0
4 + x −2 D = f (x) = log|x − 1|
1
f (x) is continuous at x = 0 f ′(x) =
x −1
∴ lim f (x) = f (0)
f ′ = − 2
x → 0− 1
2
a(1 − cos 2x)
lim =b ∴A → IV, B → 1, C → II, D → III
x → 0− x2
−1
66. (d) dx = dy
2
a(2sin x)
lim =b dx
x→ 0 x2 dy
⇒ 2a = b 2
d x −1 d dy dx
= × ×
Also, lim f (x) = b dy 2 dy 2 dx dx dy
x → 0+
dx
x
∴ lim =b d 2 x − d 2 y dy
3
x→ 0
4+ x−2 ⇒ = /
dy 2 dx 2 dx
x( 4+ x + 2) d2x −3 3 dy d2y
⇒ lim =b = 2 = − 3 = = 4, 2 = − 3
x→ 0 x Q
dy P (4) 64 dx dx
⇒ 4 = b, a = 2
∴ a + b = 2+ 4 = 6 67. (a) Let
y = tan−1 x
64. (a) We have,
y + ∆y = tan−1 (x + ∆x)
1 − x
f (x) = cos h−1
1 + x x = 1, ∆x = − 0.001
dy 1
1 d 1 − x =
f ′(x) = × dx 1 + x 2
2 dx 1 + x
1 − x dx
−1 dy =
1 + x 1 + x2
(1 + x) (1 + x) (− 1) − (1 − x)()
1 − 0.001
f ′(x) = × dy = [Q dx ≈ ∆x]
(1 + x)2 − (1 + x)2 (1 + x)2 1+1
−1 − x −1 + x − 0.001
f ′(x) = dy =
( − 4 x)(1 + x) 2
−1 ∴tan−1 (0.999) = y + ∆y
f ′(x) =
(1 + x) − x 0.001 π 0.001
= tan−1 1 − = −
2 4 2
65. (d) A = y = |x| + |x − 2|
= 0.7857 − 0.0005 = 0.7852
dy
at x = 2does not exists
dx 68. (b) We have,
B = f (x) = |cos 2x| y = f (x)
dy
cos 2x 0 ≤ x ≤ π / 4 = f ′(x)
f (x) = π π dx
− cos 2x < x<
4 2 dy = f ′()
1
dx 1 , 2
− 2sin 2x 0 ≤ x < π / 4
∴ f ′(x) = π −1
2sin 2x < x < π /2 Slope of normal =
4 f ′()
1
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 119
3π −2 t dt
9 ∫ t
∴ Normal of curve makes an angle with ∴ I=
4
positive direction of X-axis 2 2
I = − ∫ dt = − t + c
3π −1 −1 9 9
∴ tan = ⇒ −1 = ⇒ f ′()
1 =1
4 f ′()
1 f ′()
1 −2 8 − x
∴ I= + c
69. (b) We have, 9 1+ x
−1
ex + log x + x − 2 = 0 72. (a) Let
Let f (x) = e x −1
+ log x + x − 2 x 3 + 2x
1
I= ∫ x4 + 4
dx
−1
f ′(x) = e x + +1
x x3 2x
f ′(x) > 0, ∀ x ∈ R
I= ∫ x4 + 4
dx + ∫ x 4 + 4 dx
f (x) is monotonic increasing function. 1 4x3 dt
Hence, f (x) has only one real roots.
I= ∫
4 x + 4
4
dx + ∫ 2
t + 4
[Qput x 2 = t]
|sec x + tan x| + c
I= ∫−1 [x + 2 [x + 2[x]]] dx
1
(sec2 x)sec x tan x
I=
4
3
+ sec x tan x +
8 8
3 I= ∫−1 [x + 2[x] + 4[x]] dx
[Q[x + n] = [x] + n]
log|sec x + tan x| + c 1
I=
(1 + tan2 x)sec x tan x 3
+ sec x tan x
I= ∫−1 ([x] + 2 [x] + 4[x])dx
1
4 8
3
I= ∫−1 7[x]dx
+ log|sec x + tan x| + c 0 1
8 I = − 7∫ dx + ∫0odx ⇒ I = − 7
−1
sec x tan3 x 5 3
I= + sec x tan x +
4 8 8 78. (c) Equation of circle with constant radius r is
(x − a)2 + (y − b)2 = r 2
log|sec x + tan x| + c
x = a + r cosθ, y = b + r sinθ
75. (a) We have, dx dy
= r sinθ, = r cosθ
π/2 dθ dθ
I= ∫π / 4 cot
9
x dx
dy d2y dθ
= − cotθ ⇒ = cosec2 θ
π/2 cos9 x dx dx 2 dx
I= ∫π / 4 sin9 x dx
d 2 y −1 d2y
2
= cosec3θ ⇒ r 2 2 = (cosec2θ)3
Put sin x = t, cos x dx = dt dx 2
r dx
π 1 π 2
x = ,t= , x = , t =1 d2y
4 2 2 r 2 2 = (1 + cot 2 θ)3
dx
1 (1 − t 2)4
∴ I= ∫1 t9
dt
d2y
2
dy
2 3
2
r 2 2 = 1 +
1 − 4t 2 + 6t 4 − 4t 6 + t 8 dx dx
1
I= ∫1 2
t9
dt
Order = 2, degree = 2
1 t −9 − 4t −7 + 6t −5 − 4t −3 + 1 dt ∴ k = 2 and l = 2
I= ∫1 2 t k2 + l 2 = 4 + 4 = 8
1
I = 8 − 6 + 4 − 2 + log t
1 4 6 4
79. (d) We have,
8t 6t 4t 2t 1 / 2 dy
= 1 − cos(y − x) cot(y − x)
I= dx
1 − 4 + 6 − 4 + 0 − 2 − 32 − 6 − 4 − 1 log 2 dy dv
8 6 4 2
6 2
Put y − x = v ⇒ =1 +
dx dx
−7 1 dv dv cos2 v
I= + log 2 ∴1 + = 1 − cos v cot v ⇒ =−
24 2 dx dx sin v
sin v
76. (b) We have, ⇒ −∫ dv = ∫ dx ⇒ − ∫ sec v tan v dv = dx
x cos2 v
g(x) = ∫0 f ()t dt ⇒ − secv = x + c ⇒ x + sec(y − x) = c
x + 2
g(x + 2) = ∫0 f ()
t dt 80. (d) We have, (ysin x + y) dy − cos2 x = 0
2 2+ x dx
∫0 f ()t dt + ∫2 f ()
t dt
⇒
cos2 x
∫ y dy = ∫ 1 + sin x dx
2 x
g(x + 2) = ∫0 f ()t dt + ∫2 f ()t dt [Q f (x) is periodic
with period= 2]
⇒ ∫ y dy = ∫ (1 − sin x) dx
y2
g(x + 2) = g(2) + g(x) (Q f (x) , is even function ⇒ = x + cos x + c
periodic with 2) 2
⇒ y 2 = 2x + 2cos x + c
∴ g(x + 2) = g(x) + g(2)
Physics
81. (c) Albert Einstein was mostly famous by his 1 3
⇒ u= × 0.4 × × 300
work on special theory of relativity, but he got a 2 2
Nobel prize in physics for the explanation of ⇒ u = 3 m/s
photoelectric effect. Hence, the correct option is (b).
So, the correct option is (c).
85. (d) Key idea Mean speed of a moving body,
82. (d) Given ,z = ab 2c −2 vrms =
total distance
So, the percentage error in the volume is given by total time taken
∆z ∆a ∆b ∆c
× 100 = + 2 × 100
Mean velocity vector for a moving body,
+ 2
z
a b c total displacement
vvv =
= 2.1% + 2 (1 . 3%) + 2 (2. 2%) = 9 .1% total time taken
So, the correct option is (d). A ball moving in a circular arc is shown in the
figure below, B
83. (b) As we know that, for free falling body the 2πR 1
equation of velocity is Here, vrms = × = v1
4 T
v = u + gt 2R
Since, u = 0 then Similarly, vvv = = v2
T O A
v = gt (Q g = 10 m/s 2) v π R
Hence, 1 =
v = 10t v2 2 2
Which is show that a straight line passing through Option (d) is correct.
the origin. So, the correct option is (b).
86. (a) Given, mass of an object, m = 4 kg, u = 3i m/s
84. (b) As shown in the figure, two particles are
moving with velocity v and acceleration a. v = (8$i + 10$j) m/s and time t = 8 s
As we know, equation of the motion
A
v v = u + at
⇒ 8$i + 10$j = 3$i + a × 8
1
⇒ a = (5$i + 10$j) m/s 2
30 m 8
60º So, force F = ma
a=0.4m/s2 4 1
F = (5$i + 10$j) = (5$i + 10$j) N
B x 8 2
1 2 2 5 5
⇒ F= 5 + 10 = N
Let the time of collision of two particles be t, then 2 2
the equation of motion, Hence, the option (a) is correct.
1
s = ut + at 2 87. (a) The figure given below, shows the downward
2
motion of a body on the inclined plane, then
For particle A,
µg cos θ
a cos 60° t 2
30 m = (0)t +
2
0.4 1 2 a
⇒ 30 = × ×t
2 2 θ
t = 300 gsin θ
g g cos θ
Hence, in time t = 300, both travelled equal
θ
distance in horizontal direction, so that the
collision takes place. The equation of acceleration in downwards
1 motion of the block,
⇒ ut = a cos 30° t 2 (Q30° = 90° − 60°)
2 a = gsinθ − µ g cosθ …(i)
122 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
Where , x = verticle deflection of the end of the Where, wavelength of the radiation ,
rod. λ = 1mm = 1 × 10−3 m
L
Area Wien’s constant, b = 3 × 10−3 mK
b 3 × 10−3
x ⇒ T= = = 3K
λ 1 × 10−3
So, the correct option is (a).
98. (d) According to Newton’s law of cooling,
dT dT
mg − α ∆ Τ or = − K∆Τ
dt dt
Here, L = 6 cm = 6 × 10−2 m, radius R = 2 cm
Solved the above Eq., we get
= 2 × 10−2 m T()t − T0
t = T0 + (T1 − T0) e − kt ⇒ e − kt =
T()
mass, m = 400 π kg and η = 3 × 1010 N/m 2 T1 − T0
Putting these values, in Eq. (i) we get 1 T − T0
or t= ln 1
(400 π × 10) × 6 × 10−2 k t − T0
T ()
3 × 1010 =
π (2 × 10−2)2 x Where, T1 = temperature of body at t = 0
4 π × 103 × 6 × 10−2 T0 = temperature of surrounding.
⇒x = ⇒ x = 0.02 mm
π × 4 × 10−4 × 3 × 1010 Let T1 = 0°C
Hence, the correct option is (b). 1 − T0 1 − Q0
So, t = ln = ln [QQ(t)= mcT()]
t
95. (*) Here, D = 2mm, η = 1 centi-poise = 10−3 Pa-s k T()t − T0 k Q ()
t − Q0
and density of the water, ρ =103 kg/m 3 According to the question , the body loses 60% and
For flow to be just turbulent, Re = 3000 80% of maximum heat in time t1 and t2
Rη 3000 × 10−3
∴ v= e = 3 = 1.5 1 − Q0
ρD 10 × 2 × 10−3 then t1 = ln …(i)
k 60
Q0 − Q0
v2 100
We know that the velocity head, h =
2g
1 − Q0
(1.5)2 t2 = ln …(ii)
⇒ h= = 01125
. − 11 cm
~ k 80
2 × 10 Q0 − Q0
100
So, no option is matched. Divide Eqs. (ii) by (i), we get
96. (c) Given, radius of copper ball, r = 3 × 10−3 m,
1 − Q0
viscosity of oil, η = 1 kg/ms, ln
k 80 Q − Q
density of oil, ρ = 1.5 × 103 kg/m 3 and t2 100 0 0
=
density of copper, σ = 9 × 103 kg/m 3 t1 1 − Q0
ln
2 r 2(σ − ρ) g k 100 − Q0
Terminal velocity, vT =
9 n
− Q0
Putting the given values, we get ln
80Q0 − 100Q0 − Q × 100
ln 0
2 (3 × 10−3)2(9 × 103 − 1.5 × 103) × 10
= × t 100 −20Q0
9 1 ⇒ 2 = =
t1 Q × 5
2 −6 − Q0 ln 0
= × 9 × 10 × 7.5 × 103 ×10 ln 2Q0
9 60Q0 − 100Q0
⇒ vT = 15 × 10−2 m/s 100
Hence, the correct option is (c). ln (5)
=
5
97. (a) As we know temperature of a black body is ln
given by, 2
λT = b (Wien’s displacement law) Hence, the correct option is (d).
124 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
99. (a) Key Idea Efficiency of Carnot engine, Hence, from the Eq. (i) and (ii), we get,
T2 1 1
η =1 − x = n0 v −
T1 v − vs v + vs
where, T1 = source temperature and v + vs − v + vs
x = n0 v
T2 = sink temperature v2 − vs2
If T1 is changed by 0.4%, then 2vs
∆η ∆T1 ∆T2 ⇒ x = n0 v 2 2
= + v − vs
η T1 T2
x(v2 − vs2) = n0 v(2vs)
(From combination of the error)
∆η 1 0.4 where, vs = speed of the tuning fork
⇒ = + 0 … (i) 2 n0 v
η 100 ⇒ vs2 + . vs − v2 = 0
5
Similarly, T2 is changed by 0.2%, then
∆η2 0.2 Now, putting the values, in above Eqs. we get
=0+ … (ii)
vs2 + 35000 vs − 122500 = 0
η 100
So, from Eq. (i) and (ii), we get It is a quadratic equation, so the positive value of
∆η 1 0.4 vs is
= =2 7
∆η 2 0.2 vs = = 35. m/s
2
Hence, option (a) is correct.
Hence, the correct option is (b).
100. (b) As, rms velocity of ideal gas particles is given,
102. (c) A drone fitted with siren as shown in the figure,
3kT
vrms = Drone
m n0
⇒ vrms ∝ T v
where, temperature T is measured in kelvin scale. n
So, the ratio
v12rms T1
2
= Building
v2rms T2
Obsesver
As given, v2 rms = 2v1 rms and T1 = 27°C = 300 K
v12 rms 300 Given, speed of drones, vs = 15 m/s, actual
⇒ = frequency, n0 = 780 Hz and speed of sound,
4v12 rms x
v = 340 m/s
⇒ x = 300 × 4 = 1200 K As source is moving towards the building, so the
Hence, 1200K = (1200 − 273)°C = 927°C apparent frequency reflected by the building is
Hence, the correct option is (b). nv 780 × 340
n= 0 = = 816 Hz
v − vs 340 − 15
101. (b) Given, speed of sound, v = 350 m/s, actual
As we know, there is no change in the apparent
frequency, n0 = 250 Hz and number of beats
frequency by the reflection from the building.
heared, x = 5
Hence,
As source is moving towards the observer the echo heard by observer is 816 Hz.
therefore, the apparent frequency,
So, the correct option is (c).
v
n1 = n0 ⋅ … (i)
v − vs 103. (a) A point object O is placed on the axis of a
Similarly, as source is moving away from the cylindrical glass as shown in the figure,
observer, therefore the apparent frequency, µ1=1.6 µ2=1
nv
n2 = 0 … (ii) R
v + vs I
O
Beats heared by the observer, x = n1 − n2 u v
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 125
For a curved spherical surface, Now, it is given that Q be the charge after the
µ 2 µ1 µ1 − µ 2 creation of the cavity.
+ =
4 3 R
3
v u R
π R −
where, v = 5mm, R = − 3 mm, µ 1 = 1.6 and µ 2 = 1 Q 3 4
Putting the given values in the above expression, So, =
Q0 4
we get πR 3
3
1 1.6 1.6 − 1
+ = QSince, for a uniform charged density object,
5 u −3 charge ∝ volume
1.6 1 2 63
= − 0.2 − = − ⇒
Q
=
u 5 5 Q0 64
1.6 × 5
⇒ u= − = − 4 mm Q 64
2 ⇒ Q0 = … (ii)
63
Hence, the correct option is (a).
104. (a) Given, limit of resolution, α = 2. 5 × 10−7 rad. So, from the Eq. (i) and (ii), we get
and wavelength, λ = 500 nm E=
Q 64 × 1
As, limit of resolution of a telescope, 4 πε0 R2 63 2
1.22 λ Q
α=
a = 0.5079 2
4 πε0 R
1.22λ 1.22 × 500 × 10−9
So, a= = Q
α 2 . 5 × 10−7 ⇒ E = 0.51 2
4 πε0 R
⇒ a = 2. 44 m
= 244 cm Hence, K = 0.51
Hence, the correct option is (a). ∴ So, the correct option is (c).
105. (c) A cavity of radius R is made inside a 106. (c) When metal plate of thickness 2 mm is
4 inserted into a parallel plate capacitor, then the
non-conducting solid sphere as shown in the figure. arrangement is shown as,
3 mm 1 mm
R/4
O O′
R R/2
t=2 mm
Let Q0 be the charge, present on the sphere when
6 mm
cavity was absent.
Hence, E = E Q0 − E cavity Given, thickness of plate, t = 2 mm and
Where, E = electric field at centre of cavity, area, A = 36 π cm2
R
E Q0 = electric field at a distance from centre and The above circuit can be redrawn as,
2
E cavity = electric field due to cavity itself at its centre.
C1 C1
Q0 R
Hence, E = −0
4 πε0 R3 2 ε A
where, C1 = 0 and C2 = 0
ε A
Q0 1 d1 d2
⇒ E= … (i)
4 πε0 R2 2 Now, Ceq =
C1 C2
(In the series combination)
C1 + C2
126 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
R R
1 × 1 A
d d2 ε0 A
⇒ Ceq = ε0 A 1 =
1 1 d1 + d2 2R 2R 2R R Req6 =R
+
d1 d2 B
1 36 π × 10−4 R R
⇒ Ceq = × A
4 π × 9 × 10 9
3 × 10−3 + 1 × 10−3
1 2R 2R R Req7 =2R
Q = 9 × 109Nm2/C2
4 πε0 B
1 R
= × 10−10 = 25 × 10−12 F = 25 pF A
4
So, the correct option is (c). 2R 2R R Req8 =R
R R R R R
A So, the equivalent circuit is
2R 2R 2R 2R 2R R A
B R
Req =R+R=2R
1
R R R R R B
A
Hence, the correct option is (b).
2R 2R 2R 2R 2R R
108. (c) Resistance R1 and R4 are connected in series,
B so the circuit can be redrawn as
2R×2R
R eq = =R
2 2R+2R R1+R4 B
R R R R
A E1 E2 5V
2V 2 Ω=R3
2R 2R 2R 2R R
R2
B
Req =R+R=2R A
3 I1 I3
R R R
A As given, I1 = 0 A, so the potential drop of 2V
takes place across the parallel branch AB and
2R 2R 2R 2R R
resistor R3.
B Hence, 2 = I 3R3 = I 3 2
2R×2R
R eq = =R ⇒ I3 = 1 A
4 2R+2R
Similarly, V AB = 5 − I 3R2
R R R 2 = 5 − 1.R2
A
⇒ R2 = 3Ω
2R 2R 2R R Req5 =2R ⇒ V2 = − I 3R2 = − 3 × 1 = − 3 V
B
Hence, the correct option is (c).
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 127
115. (a) Here, m = 8 × 10−31 kg, q = 1.6 × 10−19 C Where, T 1 = half life of nth material.
n
2
and KE = 3keV
Here, effective half life of the net material,
Now, the de-Broglie wavelength, of a charged 0.7 × 0.3
particle, T 1 = = 0.21 hr
eff
2
0 .7 + 0.3
h
λ= … (i)
p
Q T 1 = 0.7 hr, T 1 = 0.3 hr
and p= 2 m KE … (ii) 1
2
2
2
From Eq. (i) and (ii), we get As we know, T1 / 2 = 0.693 τ aveg. mean life
h T 1
λ= eff
2m KE ⇒ τ aveg. mean life = 2
0.693
Putting the given values, we get
0.21
6.4 × 10−34 = = 0.3 hr.
⇒ λ= 0.693
2 × 8 × 10−31 × 3 × 103 × 1.6 × 10−19
⇒ τ aveg. mean life = 0.3 × 60 = 18 min.
⇒ λ ≈ 0.4 Å Hence, the correct option is (b).
Hence, the correct option is (a).
118. (a) Key Idea The energy band gap of Si is 1.14 eV and
GaAs is 1.42 eV.
116. (c) As we know, wavelength for Paschen-series. Both Si and GaAs are used to make solar cells. In
1 visible spectrum, energy is vary from about 3 eV
1 1
= R 2 − 2 , np = 4, 5, 6 on the violet side to 1.5 eV on red side, so visible
λP 3 np light can make solar energy.
and wavelength for Lyman-series, But radiowaves, microwaves and Infrared waves
1 1 has less photon energy than the band gap of Si
= R 1 − 2 , nL = 2 , 3, 4 ... and GaAs.
λL nL
Hence, the assertion is correct but reason is
Hence, λ p for np = 4 wrong. Therefore, the correct option is (a).
1 1 1 7R
= R − , = … (i) 119. (d) In the given truth table, the output is high if
λp
9 16 9 × 16
atleast one input is low, so it is a truth table of
and λ L for nL = 2 NAND gate.
1 1 3R Hence, the correct option is (d).
= R 1 − = … (ii)
λL 4 4
120. (d) Given, height of transmitting antenna
From Eq. (i) and (ii), we get ht = 20 m, maximum line of sight (LOS) distance
λp 3R / 4 between receiving antenna and transmitting
= = 15.42 antenna = 40 km and radius of Earth,
λ L 7R / 9 × 16
R = 6400 km. The maximum line of sight distance,
λ
So, 15 < P < 16 dm = 2RhT + 2RhR
λL
Hence, the correct option is (c). ⇒ 40 × 103 = 2 × 6.4 × 106 × 20 +
2 × 6.4 × 106 × x
117. (b) Key Idea If a radioactive sample has more than
one radioactive material then the effective half life. ⇒ 2 × 6.4 × 106 x = 24000
1 1 1 1
= + + + ... ⇒ x = 45 m
Teff T / 2 T 1 T1 T1
1 2 3 Hence, the correct option is (d).
2 2 3
Chemistry
121. (b) Quantum number (n) = 4, ml = 0, ms = 1 126. (a) (A–IV)
2 Cl
Cl
Maximum number of electrons (n = 4), = 4 Cl—P
Cl
122. (a) Deuterium and α-particles have identicle value Cl
of e/m. Both deuterium and α-particles emit and
(Triangular bipyramidal)
absorb at the equal frequencies.
123. (b) Cations are smaller than its parent atom due 5σ = 5-hybrid orbital
to higher electrostatic attraction between nucleus = sp 3d-hybridisation
and electrons. (B–II)
F
124. (a) Among isoelectronic species, when negative F F
charge present at atomic species than radii of S
F F
species increase in comparison of parent atom. On
the other hand positive charge at atomic species F
decreases the atomic radii. In other words, more (Octahedral)
be the value of negative charge and less the value
6σ = 6-hybrid orbital
of positive charge, more is its size and vice-versa.
Hence, atomic radii = sp 3d 2-hybridisation
P 3− >S2− >Cl − > Ar >K+ >Ca 2+ (C–I)
2–
Cl Cl
125. (b) (a) Dipole moment of HBr Pt
µnet Cl Cl
(Square planar)
H Br
µ = 1.6 D 4σ = 4-hybrid orbital
(b) Dipole moment of acetone = dsp 2-hybridisation
(D–V)
µnet F
C Cl F
CH3 CH3 F
due to methyl group, (ERG) lies in direction of (T-shape)
oxygen therefore, net dipole moment increases.
3σ + 2lp = 5 hybrid orbital
µ net = 2.69 D
= sp 3d or dsp 3
(c) Dipole moment of H 2S
µnet Hence, option (a) is correct.
2.3 atm × 2.6 × 10−3 L 132. (b) Standard Gibbs free energy,
n=
0.0821 L atm mol −1 / K × 300 K ∆G° = − 2.303 RT log K
n = 2 × 10−4 mol Given, ∆G° = − 7.64 × 104 J/mol
∆G°
128. (c) The explanation of given statements are as log K = −
2.303RT
follows:
∆G°
(a) Gas particles are considered as point masses or K = antilog −
rigid particles. 2.303 RT
(b) Kinetic energy of gas molecules are directly (−) 7.64 × 104
proportional to absolute temperature. K = antilog −
2.303 × 8.314 × 298
∴ K.E. ∝ T
Here, K is greater than one.
Therefore, K.E. increase with increasing
temperature. Thus, option (b) is correct.
(c) Rigid elastic gas particles show collisions and 133. (c) Acid dissociation constant (K a) is also known
follow energy conservation rule. Therefore,
as acidity constant. It is quantitative measurement
energy of molecules before and after the
of strength of acid in solution. Larger the value of
collisions are equal.
K a, stronger is the acid.
(d) The distribution of molecular speed of gas
Acidic strength
remain constant at particular temperature.
Hence, option (c) is incorrect. COOH OH
D. AlCl 3 reacts with moisture and form Similarly CH 3CH 2C ≡≡ CH also gives
aluminium hydroxide. decolourisation of Br2 solution, reaction with HBr
AlCl 3 + 3H 2O → Al(OH)3 + 3HCl and addition of ozone
Hence, option (d) is correct. Br Br
Br2
137. (a) Synthesis gas is a fuel gas mixture, consisting CH3CH2C≡≡ CH CH3CH2C—C—H
of H 2 and CO in ratio 1 : 2. Synthesis gas is used to
produce ammonia or methanol. Br Br
1,1,2,2-tetra
CO + 2H 2 → CH 3OH bromo butane
Methanol Br
Hence, option (a) is correct. HBr
CH3CH2—C—CH3
138. (d) The irritant red haze in traffic and congested
places is due to the oxides of nitrogen. Nitrogen Br
oxide has a deep red colour and poisonous gas. 2,2-dibromobutane
153. (b) (A-II) Neoprene is prepared from 155. (a) Methacetin is used as antipyretic and also
chloroprene. used in breath test to predict liver failure in
patient with cirrhosis. Thus, option (a) is correct.
n,CH2==,C,—,CH =
=CH2
∆ CH2 ,—,C,==CH
, ,—,CH2
n
Cl Cl
C
Polychloroprene NH CH3
(neoprene)
158. (c) Benzaldehyde on heating with conc. NaOH When alkyl cyanide hydrolysed in presence of
– +
gives Cannizzaro reaction and form benzyl alochol. alkaline medium, RCOONa Na and ammonia
O gas are obtained
– + H O/ H+ − +
—C—H
CH2OH COONa R C ≡≡ N
2
→ R C ONa + NH 3
2
NaOH
+
NaOH
O
Reduced product Oxidised product Therefore, statement (B) is correct.
(benzylic alcohol) (sodium benzoate)
160. (c) When benzaldehyde reacts with NH 2OH
Cannizzaro reaction involves the base induced (hydroxyl amine) then oxime is formed. Further
disproportionation of two molecule of a
oxime gives benzonitrile on heating.
non-enolizable aldehyde to give a primary alcohol
and carboxylic salt. Thus, option (c) is correct. H H
H2O / H+ O —C ≡≡ N
R,—,C,—,OH,
Thus, option (c) is correct.
O
TS EAMCET 04 May 2019
Session 2
(3:00 PM to 6:00 PM)
Mathematics
8. If z = x + iy represents a point P in the (ii) Number of ways is which ‘n’ people can
(n - 1)!
argand plane, then the area of the region be arranged at a circular table is
represented by the inequality 2
2 < |z -(1 + i)|< 3 is (iii) Number of ways of selecting atleast one
(a) 49 p (b) 36 p thing out of the given n distinct things is
(c) 25 p (d) 5 p 2 n - 1.
exceed 20, then the minimum value of a is Then match the items of List-I with those of
1 1 List-II.
(a) 27 (b) (c) 13 (d)
13 27
List I List II
12. A student while solving a quadratic equation
in x, he copied its constant term incorrectly (A) a0 + a2 + ... + a2 n (I) n × 3 n -1
and got its roots as 5 and 9. Another student (B) a1 + a3 + ... + a2 n - 1 (II) n × 3 n
copied the constant term and coefficient of x 2
(C) a1 + 2 a2 + 3a3 + ... + 2 na2 n (III) 1 ( 3 n + 1)
of the same equation correctly as 12 and 4 2
respectively. If s , p and D denote respectively
the sum of the roots, the product of the roots (IV) 1 ( 3 n - 1)
2
and the discriminate of the correct equation,
D
then = The correct match is
3p + s A B C A B C
(a) 48 (b) 45 (c) 8 (d) 16 (a) IV I III (b) IV III I
(c) III I II (d) III IV II
13. The product of the real roots of the equation
5
(x + 1)4 + (x + 3)4 = 8 is 18. For x = , if tk is the first negative term in the
7
(a) 0 (b) 74
expansion of (1 + x)7/ 5, then, t1 + t2 + ... + tk =
(c) 7 - 2 3 (d) 7 + 2 3
13 107
(a) (b)
14. The sum of all the real numbers satisfying 7 14
the equation x 2 + | x - 3| = 4 is (c)
104
(d)
921
(a) 0 (b) 1 49 28
(c) 2 (d) - 1 19. The coefficient of x 6 in the power series
15. Consider the following statement : x 4 - 12 x 2 + 7
expansion of is
(i) Number of one-one functions from set A (x 2 + 1)3
to set B, where O(A) = m and (a) 149 (b) - 253
O(B) = n (m £ n) is given by n Pm. (c) - 145 (d) 253
138 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
33. Let a = i$ + 2$j - k$ and b = $i + $j + k$ . If p is a probability 0.5, an error in Y alone causes the
unit vector such that [abp] is maximum. program to crash with probability 0.7 and an
then p = error in both X and Y cause the program to
1 $ 1 $ $ $ crash with probability 0.8, then the
(a) ( i - 2 $j + k$) (b) ( i + j - k) probability that the program is crashed is
6 3
1 1 $ 23 26 29 31
(c) $)
(3$i - 2 $j - k (d) $)
( i + 2 $j + 3k (a) (b) (c) (d)
14 14 125 125 125 125
34. If a = 2$j - 3$j + k$ , b = i$ - $j + 2k$ and 40. Two dice are rolled. If a random variable X
denotes the sum of the numbers on them
c = 2 $i + $j + k$ are three vectors, then and m denotes the mean of X , then
|(a ´ b) ´ c |= m + P (X < 5) + P (X > 9) + P (x = 7) =
39 15 17
(a)| a ´ (b ´ c)| (b) |a ´ (b ´ c)| (a) (b) 17 (c) (d) 15
11 2 2
11
(c) | a ´ (b ´ c)| (d) 11| a ´ (b ´ c)|
39 41. A boy rolled a die once. If an even number
appear on then the number of chocolates the
35. The mean deviation about the median of the boy gets is equal to two more then the
following distributions is number appeared. If an odd number appear
x 6 12 18 24 30 36 42
on that die. Then the number of chocolates
he gets is equal to three more than the
f 4 7 9 18 15 10 5 number appeared. If a random variable X
represents the number of chocolates the boy
(a) 7.5 (b) 8.4 (c) 9.2 (d) 9.6
receive, then the range of X is
36. For a group of 100 observations, the (a) {4, 6, 8} (b) {3, 5, 7} (c) {3, 4, 7} (d) {2, 3}
arithmetic mean and standard deviation are
8 and 10 .5 respectively. The mean and
42. Match the locus of the points in List-I with
the curves in List-II (Here, p , q and r are
standard deviation of 50 items selected from
constants and t, q and l are parameters)
these 100 observations are 10 and 2
respectively. Then the standard deviation of List I List II
the remaining 50 observation is
(A) é pæ 1ö q æt - 1ö ù (I) parabola
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 3.5 (d) 4 ê 2 çèt + t ÷ø, 2 ç
è
÷
t ø úû
ë
37. If a number is selected from the first 30
(B) ( p + q cos q, r + q sin q) (II) circle
natural numbers, then the probability that
the number selected is divisible by 4 or 7, is (C) ( p + l2 , q - l ) (III) ellipse
4 1 7 1 (IV) hyperbola
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 5 30 3
The correct match is
38. If 80% of flights depart on time, 70% of A B C A B C
flights arrive on time and 65% of flights (a) IV I II (b) III II I
depart on time and arrive on time, then the (c) IV II I (d) II III IV
probability that a flight that has just
departed on time will arrive on time is 43. When the origin is shifted to (1, - 2) by
13 11 13 11 translation of coordinate axes, the
(a) (b) (c) (d)
16 16 14 14 transformed coordinates of (3 , - 2) are (a , b). If
the axes are rotated about origin through an
39. A computer program has two modules X and
angle of 45° after the translation, then the
Y and errors in them occur independently. X
transformed coordinates of (a , b) are
has an error with probability 0.1 and Y has
(a) ( 2 , 0) (b) (0, 2 )
an error with probability 0.3. If an error in X
(c) (- 2 , 2 ) (d) ( 2 , - 2 )
alone cause the program to crash with
140 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
44. If a straight line is passing through the point II. The pole of the line x + y + 1 = 0 with respect
of intersection of the lines 3 x - 4 y + 1 = 0 , to the circle x 2 + y 2 = 9 is (9 , 9).
5 x + y - 1 = 0 and making equal non-zero Then, which one of the following is true?
intercepts on the coordinate axes, then the
(a) Both I and II are true (b) Neither I nor II is true
area (in sq. units) of the triangle formed by
(c) I is false and II is true (d) I is true and II is false
this line with the coordinate axes, is
121 121 529 1058 51. If P is the point of contact of the circles
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1058 529 121 121 x 2 + y 2 + 4 x + 4 y - 10 = 0 and
45. If the equations of the perpendicular x 2 + y 2 - 6 x - 6 y + 10 = 0 and Q is their
bisectors of the sides AB and AC of a DABC external centre of similitude, then the
are x - y + 5 = 0 and x + 2 y = 0 respectively equation of the circle with P and Q as the
and if A is (1, - 2), then the equation of the extremities of its diameter is
perpendicular bisector of the side BC is (a) x2 + y2 + 14 x + 14 y - 26 = 0
(a) 3 x + 3 y + 5 = 0 (b) 9 x - 23 y + 40 = 0 (b) x2 + y2 + 5x + 5y - 8 = 0
(c) 6 x + 15 y = 5 (d) 23 x - 14 y + 100 = 0 (c) x2 + y2 - 5x - 5y + 8 = 0
(d) x2 + y2 - 14 x - 14 y + 26 = 0
46. If the lines x + 3 y - 5 = 0 , 5 x + 2 y - 12 = 0
and 3 x - ky - 1 = 0 do not form a triangle,
52. Let k > 0 , s a º x 2 + y 2 + 2ax + k = 0 and
then a value of k is s b º x 2 + y 2 + 2by - k = 0. Then match the
1 -1 -6 6 items of List-I with those of List-II.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 5 5 5
List I List II
47. If the combined equation of the diagonals of
(A) Point circles of s a = 0 (i) do not exist
the square formed by the pairs of lines
xy + 4 x - 5 y - 20 = 0 and (B) Point circles of s b = 0 (ii) intersecting
xy - 5 x + 4 y - 20 = 0 is x 2 - y 2 - kx + ly = 0 , (C) The circles in s a = 0 are (iii) non-intersecting
then k + l =.
(D) The circles in s b = 0 are (iv) ( ± k , 0)
(a) 0 (b) 2
(c) -1 (d) 1 (v) ( 0, ± k)
48. The equation of the pair of bisectors of the The correct match is
triangle between the pair of straight lines A B C D
3 x 2 + 7 xy + 2 y 2 + 5 x + 5 y + 2 = 0 is (a) (iii) (iv) (ii) (i)
(a) 7(3 x + 5)2 - 2 (3 x + 5) ( y + 5) - 7 ( y + 5)2 = 0 (b) (ii) (iv) (i) (iii)
(b) 7(3 x - 5)2 - 2 (3 x - 5) ( y - 5) - 7 ( y - 5)2 = 0 (c) (iv) (i) (iii) (ii)
(c) 7(5 x + 3)2 - 2 (5 x + 3) (5 y + 1) - 7 (5 y + 1)2 = 0 (d) (iv) (iii) (i) (ii)
(d) 7(5 x - 3)2 - 2 (5 x - 3) (5 y - 1) - 7 (5 y - 1)2 = 0
53. The equation of the circle touching the line
2 at a (1 - t2) 2 x + 3 y + 1 = 0 at the point (1, - 1) and
49. If x = ,y= , where t is a
1+ t 2
1 + t2 orthogonal to the circle which has the line
parameter, then a is segment having end points (0 , - 1) and (-2 , 3)
(a) the length of the latusrectum of a parabola as diameter, is
(b) the radius of a circle (a) x2 + y2 - 10 x + 5 y + 1 = 0
(c) the length of the transverse axis of a hyperbola (b) x2 + y2 + 5 x - 10 y - 1 = 0
(d) the length of the semi-major axis of an ellipse (c) 2 x2 + 2 y2 + 10 x - 5 y - 1 = 0
(d) 2 x2 + 2 y2 - 10 x - 5 y + 1 = 0
50. Consider the following statements :
I. If P(x1 , y1) and Q (x 2 , y 2) are conjugate points 54. The angle between the tangents drawn from
with respect to the circle the point (1, 4) to the parabola y 2 = 4 x is
x 2 + y 2 + 2 gx + 2 fy + c = 0 , then (a)
p
(b)
p
(c)
3p
(d) p
x1 x 2 + y1 y 2 + g(x1 + x 2) + f (y1 + y 2) + c = 0 3 2 4
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 141
56. The normal drawn at the point 63. The set of values of x for which the function
æ p pö x2 x2 æ x - 1ö
ç 9 cos , 7 sin ÷ to the ellipse + =1 f (x) = log ç ÷ is continuous, is
è 4 4ø 9 7 è x + 2ø
intersects its major axis at the point (a) R (b) (- ¥, - 2 ) È (0, ¥)
æ 2ö æ 2 ö (c) (- ¥, -2 ) È (1, ¥) (d) (- 2, - 1)
(a) ç 0, ÷ (b) ç - , 0÷
è 7ø è 9 ø
64. If the function f : R ® R, defined by
æ 2ö æ 2 ö
(c) ç 0, - ÷ (d) ç , 0÷ ì 5
è 7ø è 9 ø 5 - 3 x , if x £
ï 3
f (x) = í , then ‘ f ’ is
57. If (1, - 2) is the focus and x + y - 2 = 0 is the ï x - 3 x + 20 , if x > 5
2
(Assume density of water, r = 1000 kg/m 3 102. Two particles executing simple harmonic
and acceleration of gravity, g = 10 m/s 2) æ pö
motion as described by y1 = 30 sin ç2 pt + ÷
è 3ø
10 cm
Oil and y 2 = 10 (sin 2 pt + 3 cos 2 pt) have
amplitudes A1 and A2 respectively. The ratio
A1 : A2 is
10 cm Water (a) 2 : 1 (b) 1 : 1
(c) 3 : 2 (d) 1 : 3
(a) 850 Pa (b) 780 Pa
(c) 800 Pa (d) 830 Pa
103. Two lenses A and B having focal lengths
2.0 cm and 5.0 cm, respectively are placed
97. A vessel of volume V contains ideal gas 14 cm apart. Lens A is placed to the left of
having mass density r at temperature T and lens B. An object is placed 3 cm to the left of
pressure p. After a portion of the gas is let lens A. The distance of the image from lens A
out, the pressure in the vessel is decreased by
will be
Dp. The mass of the released gas is 40 82
Dp (a) cm (b) cm
(a) rV D p / p (b) 3 3
p 112 92
r (c) cm (d) cm
(c) (d) (rV )2 D p / p 5 5
p
104. The pass-axes of two polarisers were kept
98. A cup of coffee cools from 150°F to 144°F in such that the incident unpolarised beam of
1 min in a room temperature at 72°F. How intensity I 0, gets completely blocked. Another
much time with the coffee take to cool from polariser was introduced in between these
110°F to 104°F in the same room? two polarisers with its pass-axis 60° with
(a) 1.55 min (b) 2.14 min respect to the pass-axis of the first one. The
(c) 2.89 min (d) 3.35 min output intensity would then become
3
99. An ideal gas at initial temperature T0 and (a) 0 (b) I0
32
initial volume V0 is expanded adiabatically to 3 3
a volume 2 V0. The gas is then expanded (c) I0 (d) I0
16 8
isothermally to a volume 5 V0 and there after
compressed adiabatically so that the 105. A negative charge is placed at the centre of
temperature of the gas becomes again T0. If the non-conducting sphere. The direction of
the final volume of the gas is aV0, then the electric field on any point at the surface of
value of constant a is the sphere is
(a) 2.5 (b) 1.5 (c) 2.0 (d) 3.0 (a) radially inward
(b) radially outward
100. A thermally insulated vessel containing (c) along the tangent to the surface
monatomic gas is moving with a speed of (d) no electric field produced
30 m/s. If the vessel suddenly stops, the
increase in gas temperature is (Molar mass of 106. A spherical drop of liquid carrying charge, Q
gas = 83 g/mol and R = 8 .3 J/K mol) has potential V0 at its surface. If two drops of
(a) 1 K (b) 3 K (c) 4 K (d) 6 K same charge and radius combine to form a
101. A string of length 100 cm has three resonant single spherical drop, then the potential at
frequencies, 120 Hz, 200 Hz and 280 Hz. If a the surface of new drop is (Assume, V = 0 at
node is formed at the end of the string, the infinity.)
speed of the transverse wave on this string is : (a) 2 V
1
3
(b) 4 V
1
3
0 0
(a) 60 m/s (b) 80 m/s 1 -1
107. Calculate the voltage across AB terminals in 113. LCR circuit, the resonance frequency of
the given circuit, circuit increases two times of the initial
10 Ω A 10 Ω circuit by changing C and C ¢ and R from
100 W to 400 W, while the inductance was
kept the same. The ratio C / C ¢, is
5V 10 Ω 3V (a) 2 (b) 8
(c) 16 (d) 4
B 114. In a travelling plane electromagnetic wave,
3 8 3 2 the maximum magnetic field is 1.26 ´ 10 -4 T.
(a) V (b) V (c) V (d) V
8 3 2 3
The intensity of the wave is
108. When subjected to a voltage of 10 V, the . ´ 10 -6 H/m)
(Assume, m 0 = 126
current through a resistor at a temperature of W W
. ´ 106 2
(a) 156 . ´ 106 2
(b) 189
40°C is 0 .1 A. The temperature coefficient of m m
resistance of the material of the resistor is (c) 8.92 ´ 105 2
W W
(d) 4.62 ´ 106 2
2 ´ 10 -4 ° C-1 . The temperature of the resistor m m
in °C when the current drops to 0.098 A is 115. A cobalt (Co) plate is placed at a distance of
(a) 142 (b) 167 (c) 181 (d) 206 1 m from a point source of power 1 W.
-5
109. A magnetic field of 5 ´ 10 T is produced at a Assume a circular area of the plate of radius,
r = 1 A is exposed to the radiation and ejects
perpendicular distance of 0.2 m from a long
photo electrons. The light energy is
straight wire carrying electric current. If the
-7 considered to be spread uniformly and the
permeability of free space is 4 p ´ 10 T m/A.
work function of cobalt is 5 eV. The
The current passing through the wire in A is minimum time the target should be exposed
(a) 45 (b) 40 (c) 50 (d) 30 to the light source to eject a photoelectron
(Assuming no reflection losses) is
110. A long wire carries a current of 18 A kept
along the axis of a long solenoid of radius (a) 320 s (b) 450 s
1 cm. The field due to the solenoid is (c) 860 s (d) 100 s
8 .0 ´ 10 -3T. The magnitude of the resultant 116. A hydrogen sample is prepared in a
field at a point 0.6 mm from the solenoid axis particular excited state A of quantum
is (Assume, m 0 = 4 p ´ 10 -7 Tm/A) number, n A = 3. The ground state energy of
(a) 6 ´ 10- 3 T (b) 6 ´ 10-4 T hydrogen atom is -|E|. The photons of
-3 -3
|E|
(c) 2 7 ´ 10 T (d) 10 ´ 10 T energy are absorbed in the sample which
12
111. A small bar magnet experiences a torque of results in the excitation of some electrons to
0.016 Nm when placed with its axis at 30° excited state B of quantum number nB , whose
with an external field of 0.04 T. If the bar value is
magnet is replaced by a solenoid of
2 (a) 6 (b) 4
cross-sectional area of 1 cm and 1000 turns
(c) 5 (d) 7
but having the same magnetic moment as
that of bar magnet, then the current flowing 117. The half life of neutron is 693 seconds. What
through the solenoid is fraction of neutrons will decay when a beam
(a) 2 A (b) 4 A (c) 6 A (d) 8 A of neutrons, having kinetic energy of 0.084
eV, travells a distance of 1 km?
112. A rod of length 80 cm rotates about its mid
point with a frequency of 10 rev/s. The (mass of neutron = 168 . ´ 10 -27 kg, and
potential difference (in volts) between two ln 2 = 0 .693)
ends of the rod due to a magnetic field, (a) 60 ´ 10-5 (b) 15 ´ 10-5
B = 0 .5 T directed perpendicular to the rod is (c) 25 ´ 10-5 (d) 50 ´ 10-5
(a) p (b) 1.6 p (c) 2 p (d) 0.8 p
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 147
118. For a given truth table A , B and C are inputs 119. Two diodes are connected in the following
and Y is the output, then the functional form fashion. Provision is made to connect either
of the circuit is +5 V or ground (0 V) to the points A to B.
The output Q will act as
A B C Y A
0 0 0 1 Q
0 0 1 1 R
B
5V 5V
0 1 0 0
(a) OR gate (b) AND gate
0 1 1 0 (c) XOR gate (d) NAND gate
1 0 0 1
120. Carrier waves are used for communicating
1 0 1 1 signals over long distance, because
(a) carrier waves can be generated very easily.
1 1 0 0
(b) low frequencies can not be easily modulated by
1 1 1 0 the carrier waves.
(c) low frequencies can be transmitted over long
(a) A distances.
(b) B (d) carrier waves generated at higher frequencies
(c) A + BC can be transmitted over long distances.
(d) A + B + C
Chemistry
121. In the Millikan’s oil drop method, which of the 125. Which is the correct order of dipole moments
following force does not act on the oil drop? of BF3 , NF3 and NH 3?
(a) Gravitational force (b) Viscous force (a) NH3 > BF3 > NF3
(c) Magnetic force (d) Electrostatic force (b) BF3 >NF3 >NH3
(c) NH3 >NF3 >BF3
122. Which of the following series correctly (d) NF3 >NH3 >BF3
represents the energy of the radiation?
(a) Radio waves > X-rays > visible > IR 126. Match the following :
(b) UV > X-rays > IR > radio waves
List I List II
(c) g-rays > IR > visible > micro wave
(Molecules/ions) (Bond order)
(d) X-rays > UV > IR > micro wave
A. N +2 I. 1.0
123. Identify the correct order of ionic radii of the
following ions. B. CO II. 1.5
(a) Al 3+ >K+ >Mg 2+ >Li+
(b) K+ >Mg 2+ > Al 3+ >Li+ C. O2 III. 2.0
(c) K+ >Li+ >Mg 2+ > Al 3+ D. O -
IV. 2.5
(d) K+ > Mg 2+ > Li+ > Al 3+
2
V. 3
124. The elements with highest and lowest
electron gain enthalpy in group 16 The correct answer is
respectively are A B C D A B C D
(a) O ; Te (b) O ; Po (a) IV V III II (b) III IV V II
(c) S ; O (d) S ; Te (c) IV II III I (d) V IV II III
148 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
127. The van der Waals’ equation for 0.5 mol of a 134. Which one of the following given highest
gas is volume of O 2 at STP on complete
a ö æV - bö
(a) æç p +
decomposition?
÷ç ÷ = RT
è 4V 2 ø è 2 ø (a) 2 mL of 100 V H2O 2 (b) 500 mL of 30 V H2O 2
(b) æç p +
a ö (c) 1 L of 10 V H2O 2 (d) 100 mL of 20 V H2O 2
÷ (2 V - b ) = RT
è 4V 2 ø
135. The frequency of the radiation emitted by
æ
(c) ç p +
a ö
÷ (2 V - 4b ) = RT alkali metals in the flame test follows the
è 4V 2 ø
order :
(d) æç p +
a ö 2 RT
÷= (a) Li >Na >K >Cs (b) Li >K >Na >Cs
è 4V 2 ø 2(V - b )
(c) K >Na >Li >Cs (d) K >Cs >Na >Li
128. Which one of the following represents 136. Which one of the following is correct relating
Boyle’s temperature of a gas? to diborane (B 2H 6)?
(a) The temperature at which an ideal gas obeys
(a) Colourless liquid (b) Colourless solid
Boyle’s law.
(c) Colourless gas (d) Colourless gel
(b) The temperature at which the compressibility
factor is less than 1 for a real gas. 137. Identify the correct statement(s) from the
(c) The temperature at which a gas obeys ideal gas following:
law over an appreciable range of pressure. I. The catenation property of group 14
(d) The temperature at which the compressibility
elements decreases form carbon to tin.
factor deviates from 1 for an ideal gas.
II. Fullerene (C60) has 20 five-membered
129. The approximate molarity of a solution in carbon rings and 12 six-membered carbon
mol L -1 that contains 13.50 g of NaCl rings.
dissolved in 452 mL of water is III. SiO 2 is soluble in conc. NaOH.
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.51 (c) 1.0 (d) 1.2 (a) Only II (b) I, III
(c) I, II (d) II, III
130. The coefficient x , y , p , q and r in the following
balanced equations respectively are : 138. Consider the following reactions involving
2-
x MnO 4 (aq) + y H 2O( l ) ® some atmospheric pollutants.
- -
p MnO 2(s) + q MnO 4 (aq) + r OH (aq) NO + O 3 ® NO 2 + O 2 ¾¾ hn
® NO + O 3
(a) 3, 2, 2, 4, 1 (b) 2, 3, 1, 1, 5 4NO 2 + O 2 + 2H 2O ¾® 4HNO 3
(c) 2, 3, 2, 1, 5 (d) 3, 2, 1, 2, 4 3CH 4 + 2O 3 ¾® 3H 2C == O + 3H 2O
131. The increase in entropy in JK -1 of a Based on the above, the formation of
substance when it absorbs 1 kJ of heat formaldehyde from methane in the
energy at 3 K is atmosphere will be controlled by
(a) 3.33 (b) 333.3 (c) 0.333 (d) 0.0333 (a) Only O 3 (b) O 3 and NO 2
(c) O 3 , NO and NO 2 (d) NO and NO 2
132. Consider the equilibrium, H 2 + I 2 2HI.
-
Calculate the equilibrium constant of the 139. The number of no bond resonance structures
reverse reaction when the equilibrium possible for but-1-ene and a 3° carbocation
concentration of H 2 , I 2and HI are having methyl, ethyl and isobutyl groups on
1.14 ´ 10 -2 , 0.12 ´ 10 -2 and 2.52 ´ 10 -2 mol L-1 , cationic carbon respectively are
respectively (a) 3, 7 (b) 4, 6
(a) 46.4 (b) 0.021 (c) 18.42 (d) 0.054 (c) 2, 7 (d) 5, 6
133. The concentration in M of OH - in 0.001M 140. Total number of acyclic and cyclic isomers
H 2SO 4 is possible for molecular formula C4H 6 is
(a) 1 ´ 10 -13
(b) 0.5 ´ 10 -12 (a) 5 (b) 7
(c) 5 ´ 10-12 (d) 0.5 ´ 10-13 (c) 9 (d) 8
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 149
141. The order of stability of aromatic 146. When the temperature of a reaction is raised
hydrocarbons given below is by 10°C, how many times the rate will be
enhanced?
Structure
(a) 1.5 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 4
A B C 147. The most effective coagulating agent among
D the following for Sb2S3 sol is
Resonance 36 61 84 92 (a) Na 2SO 4 (b) Al 2 (SO 4 )3
stabilisation (c) NH4 Cl (d) NaCl
energy in
148. Which of the following statements are
kcal/mol
correct related to metallurgy?
(a) A < D < B < C (A) In electrolytic refining of copper, pure Cu
(b) D < A < B < C is used as anode.
(c) B < C < D < A (B) Zone refining is based on the principle
(d) A < D < B < C that impurities are more soluble in the
142. In a compound AB, A atoms occupy the melt than in the solid state of the metal.
corners of the cube and the B atoms occupy (C) TiI 4 upon heating will give pure Ti.
the body centre of the cube. If the A atoms (D) Very pure Zr may be obtained by
possess magnetic moment due to up-spin galvanisation.
and B atoms possess magnetic moment due (E) In copper smelting, hot air is used to
to down spin, the magnetic nature of the convert to CuSO 4 .
compound AB in an isolated unit cell is The correct answer is
(a) paramagnetic (b) ferrimagnetic (a) (A), (B), (E) (b) (B), (C)
(c) diamagnetic (d) anti-ferromagnetic (c) (B), (C), (D), (E) (d) (B), (C), (D)
143. Two compounds form an ideal solution at 149. Identify all the products formed when XeF4 is
room temperature. Which of the following completely hydrolysed.
are correct for this ideal solution?
(a) Xe, XeO 3 , O 2 , HF (b) Xe, O 2 , HF
(A) DG = (+ ve) (c) XeO 3 ,O 2 (d) XeO 3
(B) DS = (+ ve) surrounding
(C) DS = (+ ve) system 150. What are the compounds formed when white
(D) Dmax H = 0 phosphorus is dissolved in boiling NaOH
(a) C, D (b) B, C, D (c) B, C (d) A, D solution in an inert atmosphere?
144. If a solute associates in a solvent, its (a) PH3 , NaPO 4 (b) NaH2PO 4 , P(OH)3
(c) PH3 ,NaH2PO 2 (d) P4 O10 ,Na
experimentally calculated molar mass using
boiling point elevation method will be 151. Match the following:
(a) half of the actual value
(b) will remain same as actual value Metal ion Colour
(c) one fourth of the actual value A. V 4+
I. Colourless
(d) higher than the actual value 3+
B. Ti II. Purple
145. For a half-cell containing a Pt rod immersed C. 4+
III. Green
Ti
in a solution of 1 M HA, O 2(g) is bubbled at
2+
1 atm. The standard reduction potential for D. Ni IV. Blue
water formation is 1.23 V. Given a V. Yellow
dissociation constant, K a = 1 ´ 10 - 4 for HA,
what is EHalf -cell at 298 K in V ? The correct answer is
(a) 1.289 (b) 1.171 A B C D A B C D
(c) 1.348 (d) 1.112 (a) IV II I III (b) II V I III
(c) III II I V (d) IV V I III
150 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
152. The correct order of the increasing magnetic 157. Arrange the following compounds in the
moments for the following ions is correct order of their acid strength.
NiCl 24- ; Fe(H 2O)26+ ; Ni(CN)24- ; Cu(H 2O)62+ OH
(a) Ni(CN)24 - <Cu(H2O)26 + <NiCl 24 - <Fe(H2O)26 + CH2
(b) NiCl 2-
<Ni(CN)2- 2+
<Fe(H2O) <Cu(H2O) 2+ CH3
4 4 6 6
H 2O , , CHOH ,
CH3 OH
(c) Ni(CN)24 - <NiCl 2-
4
2+
<Cu(H2O)
6 <Fe(H2O) 2+
6
CH3
(d) Ni(CN)24 - <Cu(H2O)26 + < Fe(H2O)26 + < NiCl 2-
4 (A) (B) (C) (D)
(a) A > D > C >B (b) A > B > C > D
153. The monomer units of nylon-6, 6, nylon
(c) B > C > D > A (d) B > A > D > C
2-nylon-6 are respectively
(a) H2NCH2CO 2H, H2N ¾( CH2¾
)6 NH 2;HO 2C 158. The product (P) of below reaction sequence
¾( CH2¾
) 4 CO 2H, H2NCH2CO 2H (i) NaOH
(b) H2NCH2CO 2H,HO 2C ¾ ( CH2¾)4 CO 2H; CH 3CH 2CHO ¾¾¾¾¾¾®
Å P
(ii) D , H
H2N(CH2 )6 ,NH2 ,H2N ¾
( CH2 )¾5
CO 2H (iii) H 2 / Ni , 573K
(c) H2N(CH2 )6 NH2 ,HO 2C ¾( CH 2)¾
4 CO 2H CH3
H2NCH2CO 2H, H2N ¾ ( CH 2¾
)5 CO 2H |
(a) CH3CH2CH == C ¾ CH3
(d) H2NCH2CO 2H, H2N ¾( CH 2 ¾
)5 CO2 H ,H2N CH3
¾
( CH2¾ ( CH2 )¾
) 6 NH2 , HO 2C ¾ 4 CO 2H ½
(b) CH3CH2CH2 CH ¾ CH 2OH
154. The product(s) formed when glucose reacts CH3
with a strong oxidising agent like HNO 3 is/are |
(a) COOH(CHOH)4 COOH (c) CH3CH2CH == C ¾ CHO
(b) CO 2 , H2O CH3
(c) COOH (CHOH)4 CHO |
(d) CO, CO 2 , H2O (d) CH3CH2CH == C ¾ CO 2H
155. Which of the following statements are true 159. What are the suitable conditions for the
for saccharin? following transformation?
(A) It is a sodium salt and is not soluble in water. CO2H
(B) It is much sweetner than cane sugar.
(C) It is of great value for diabetic patients and is CO2H
excreted as such in urine. (a) KMnO 4 - H2SO 4 / D (b) O 3 / O 2 ,Zn + H2O
(D) It is harmful. (c) OsO 4 (d) Pb(OAc)4
(a) A, B
(b) B, C 160. The compound ‘A’ decolourises Br2 / CCl 4 and
(c) C, D releases N 2 gas with HNO 2. The compound ‘A’
(d) B, D is
156. The final product “B” of the below reaction NH2
sequence is (a) (b)
Br N
½ (C 6H 5CO) 2 O2
KOH/ C 2 H 5 OH H
CH 3 ¾ CH ¾ CH 3 ¾¾¾® A ¾¾¾¾® B
HBr
H Me
(a) CH3CH2CH2OH N
(b) CH3CH == CH2
H
(c) CH3CH2CH2Br (c) N (d)
(d) (CH3CH2CH2 )2 O
Answers
Mathematics
1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (d) 12. (*) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (b) 30. (b)
31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (a)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (a) 45. (d) 46. (c) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (b) 50. (d)
51. (d) 52. (c) 53. (d) 54. (a) 55. (d) 56. (d) 57. (c) 58. (b) 59. (a) 60. (d)
61. (c) 62. (c) 63. (c) 64. (c) 65. (d) 66. (c) 67. (a) 68. (b) 69. (c) 70. (d)
71. (a) 72. (b) 73. (d) 74. (c) 75. (a) 76. (d) 77. (d) 78. (c) 79. (c) 80. (d)
Physics
81. (c) 82. (c) 83. (b) 84. (*) 85. (c) 86. (d) 87. (b) 88. (b) 89. (a) 90. (a,b,c)
91. (d) 92. (b) 93. (a) 94. (c) 95. (c) 96. (d) 97. (a) 98. (b) 99. (a) 100. (b)
101. (b) 102. (c) 103. (b) 104. (b) 105. (a) 106. (b) 107. (b) 108. (a) 109. (c) 110. (d)
111. (d) 112. (d) 113. (d) 114. (b) 115. (a) 116. (a) 117. (*) 118. (b) 119. (b) 120. (d)
Chemistry
121. (c) 122. (d) 123. (c) 124. (c) 125. (c) 126. (a) 127. (b) 128. (c) 129. (b) 130. (d)
131. (b) 132. (b) 133. (c) 134. (b) 135. (d) 136. (c) 137. (b) 138. (c) 139. (c) 140. (c)
141. (d) 142. (d) 143. (a) 144. (d) 145. (c) 146. (c) 147. (b) 148. (b) 149. (a) 150. (c)
i 2rπ
∴ z=− 3−i 16 −
= i ∑e 17
⇒ |z|= (− 3)2 + (−1)2 = 3+ 1 = 4=2 r =1
−1 1 π 16 −
2iπ
and tanθ = = ⇒θ = = i ∑Kr [where, K = e 17 ]
− 3 3 6
r =1
Since θ lie in 3rd quadrant
π 5π 1 − k16 (k − k17)
∴arg (z) = − π − = − = i k = i
6 6 1 − k (1 − k)
− 5π − 5π i(k − 1)
Hence z = 2 cos + i sin =
6 6 (1 − k)
c 12
P= = =3 16. (b) Given,
a 4 3 identical balls can be distributed into 7 distinct
∆ = b 2 − 4ac bins.
= (−56)2 − 4 × 4 × 12 i.e x1 + x 2 + x 3 + x 4 + x 5 + x 6 + x 7 = 3
∴Total number ways : 7 + 3 − 1 C7 − 1 = 9C6 = 84
= 3136 − 192 = 2944
∆ 2944 2944
∴ = = = 128 17. (d) We have,
3p + S 3 × 3 + 14 23
(1 + x + x 2)n = a 0 + a1 x + a 2 x 2 + ... + a 2n x 2n
13. (c) We have, Put x = 1, we get
(x + 1)4 + (x + 3)4 = 8 3n = a 0 + a1 + a 2 + a 3 + ... + a 2n … (i)
(x + 2 − 1) + (x + 2 + 1) = 8
4 4
Put x = i , we get
2
C A−B C C
20. (c) We have, = 2 sin cos + 2sin cos
2 2 2 2
1 + cos π 1 + cos 3π 1 + cos 5π 1 + cos 7 π A−B
= 2 sin cos
C
+ cos
C
8 8 8 8
2 2 2
1 + cos π 1 + cos 3π 1 − cos 3π 1 − cos π A − B + C A − B − C
8 8 8 8 C
= 2 sin 2 cos 2 2 cos 2 2
[Q cos (π − θ) = cos θ] 2 2 2
2 π 3π
= 1 − cos 1 − cos2
8 8 C A + C − B A − (B + C)
= 4 sin cos cos
2 π 2 3π 2 π π π
= sin sin2 −
2 4 4
= sin sin π − 6B π − 6A
8 8 8 2 8 =
C
4 sin cos
cos
2 2 12 12
π π 1 π π
= sin2cos2 = 2 sin cos π − 6A π − 6B sin C
8 8 4 8 8 = 4 cos cos
12 12 2
1 π 1 1 1
= sin2 = × =
4 4 4 2 8 23. (b) We have,
2 sin2 x + (3 2 + 1) sin x + 3 > 0
21. (d) We have,
3cos2 A + 2cos2 B = 4 ⇒ ( 2 sin x + 1) (sin x + 3) > 0
−1 5π
⇒ ( − sin A) + 21
31 2
( − sin B) = 4
2
⇒ sin x > x ∈ π , …(i)
2 4
⇒ 5 − 3sin A − 2sin B = 4
2 2
and x 2 − 7 x + 10 < 0
⇒ 3sin2 A + 2sin2 B = 1
(x − 5) (x − 2) < 0
⇒ 3sin2 A = 1 − 2sin2 B x ∈(2, 5) …(ii)
⇒ 3sin2 A = cos 2B From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
5π
Again, x ∈ 2,
3sin A 2cos B 4
=
sin B cos A 24. (b) Given,
⇒ 3sin A cos A = 2sin B cos B cos−1 x + cos−1 y + cos−1 z = 3π
⇒ 3sin 2A = 2sin 2B We know that, cos−1 x ∈ [0, π]
Now, cos(A + 2B)
∴ cos−1 x = cos−1 y = cos−1 z = π
= cos A cos 2B − sin Asin 2B x = cos π = − 1 = y = z
= cos A(3sin2 A) − sin A sin 2A ∴ x + y + z + 3= 0
3
2 Satisfying the equation.
= 3cos Asin2 A − 3sin2 A cos A = 0 25. (b) We have,
∴ A + 2B = 90° sin h−1 ( 8) + sin h−1 ( 24) = α
Let sin h−1 ( 8) = x
22. (d) Given, A + B + C = π
3 ⇒ sin h (x) = 8
π − 6A π − 6B cos (hx) = 1 + 8 = 9=3
sin + sin + sin C
6 6 −1
and sin h ( 24) = y ⇒sin h(y) = 24
π − 6 A + π − 6B
= 2 sin cos h(y) = 1 + 24 = 5
12
π − 6 A − π + 6B sin h (x + y) = sin hx cos hy
cos + sin C + cos hx sin hy
12
sin h (x + y) = 5 8 + 3 24 = 10 2 + 6 6
π A + B A − B + sin C
= 2sin − cos ∴ x + y = sin h−1 (6 6 + 10 2)
6 2 2
π π C A − B α = sin h−1 (6 6 + 10 2)
= 2 sin − + cos
C C
+ 2sin cos sin h(α) = 6 6 + 10 2
6 6 2 2 2 2
156 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
1 2 3 6
26. (b) We have, = = = =
cos A cos B + sin A sin B sin C = 1 s −a s−b s−c s
In ∆ ABC, ∴
1 6
= ⇒ 5s = 6a and
2 6
= ⇒ 4s = 6b
cos A cos B + sin A sin B sin C = 1 s−a s s−b s
is possible of A = 45° , B = 45° , C = 90° Hence, a : b = 5s : 4s = 5 : 4
1 1
i.e. cos 45° cos 45°+ sin 45° sin 45° sin 90° = + = 1
2 2 29. (b) We have,
∴ sin A + sin B + sin C $ and 3$i + 4$j
− $i + 2$j − 2k
= sin 45° + sin 45° + sin 90° a and b are the angle bisector of vectors
1 1
= + + 1= 2 + 1 $
3$i + 4$j − $i + 2$j − 2k
2 2 ∴|a | = λ +
5 3
27. (d) In ∆ ABC, $
4$i + 22$j − 10k
AD and BE are median of ∆ABC =λ
15
π π
AD = 4, ∠DAB = and ∠ABE =
2 λ
6 3 |a | = 6= 16 + 484 + 100
A 3 15
⇒ λ =1
π/6 3$i + 4$j − $i + 2$j − 2k$
Similarly |b | = µ −
E 5 3
G 14 i + 2 j + 10k
$ $ $
π/3 = µ
B C 15
D 2 µ
|b | = 3= 196 + 4 + 100
∴∠AGB = π − (∠ABG + ∠GAB) 3 15
π π π
∠AGB = π − + = ⇒ µ =1
3 6 2 $ 14$i + 2$j + 10k
$
4$i + 22$j − 10k
2 2 8 ∴ a −b= −
AG = AD = × 4 = 15 15
3 3 3 2
= (− $i + 2$j − 2k $)
In ∆AGB,
3
π AG
sin =
3 AB 30. (b) Given vectors
8 2 16 $ and 7$i − 2$j + αk
2α 2$i + 4α$j + k $
AB = × =
3 3 3 3 Angle between these vector are obtuse
Area of ∆ABC = 2 area of ∆ABD ∴ cosθ < 0
1 π $)
$ ) (7$i − 2$j + αk
= 2 × AB × AD × sin (2α 2$i + 4α$j + k
2 6 $ $|
1 16 1 | 2α i + 4α$j + k || 7$i − 2$j + αk
2$
= 2× × ×4×
2 3 3 2 ⇒ 14α 2 − 8α + α < 0 ⇒14α 2 − 7α < 0
32
⇒α ∈ 0,
= 1
sq. units. ⇒ 7 α (2 α − 1) < 0
3 3 2
1
28. (d) Given, ∴ 0< α <
2
r1 = 2r2 = 3r3
31. (a) A line L passing through $i + 2$j − 3k$ and
∆ 2∆ 3∆ 1 2 3
= = = = = parallel to vector $ is
2$i − 5$j + 3k
s−a s−b s−c s −a s−b s−c
r = $i + 2$j − 3k$ + λ ( 2$i − 5$j + 3k
$)
1 2 3 1 + 2+ 3
= = = =
s −a s−b s−c s −a + s − b + s − c Let any point P lie on line is
1 2 3 6 ( 2λ + 1, − 5λ + 2, 3λ − 3)
= = = = $
s − a s − b s − c 3s −2s point A = i + 2$j − 3k
$
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 157
37. (d) Number divisible by 4 from first 30 natural 41. (a) Number appeared on dice
number is 7. 2, 4, 6 then by gets (4, 6, 8) chocolate
Number divisible by 7 from first 30 natural Number appeared on dice
number is 4. Number divisible by both 4 and 7 1, 3, 5 the boy also gets (4, 6, 8) chocolates
from first 30 natural number is 1
∴Range of X is {4, 6, 8}
∴Required probability
=
7
+
4
−
1 42. (c) (A) Let h = P t + 1 , k = q t − 1
30 30 30 2 t 2 t
2h 1 2k 1
=
10 1
= ⇒ = t + and =t−
30 3 p t q t
2
4h2
= t 2 + 2 + 2 = t − + 4
1 1
38. (a) Consider the event ⇒
p 2
t t
A = Flight departs on time
B = Flight arrive of time 4h2 4k2
∴ − 2 = 4 represent hyperbola.
p(A) = 80%, p(B) = 70%, p(A ∩ B) = 65% p2 q
P(A ∩ B)
Required probability = P = (B) h = p + q cosθ, k = r + q sin θ
B
A P(A) ∴ (h − p)2 + (k − r)2 = q 2
65% 13 (x − p)2 + (y − r)2 = q 2 represent circle.
= =
80% 16
(C) h = p + λ2 , k = q − λ
39. (d) Let the probability having error in X is h = p + (q − k)2
P(E1) = 0.1,
⇒ (y − q)2 = x − p, Which represent parabola.
the probability having error in Y is P(E 2) = 0.3
Q Events are independent. ∴ A → IV,B → II, C → I
∴ P(E1 ∩ E 2) = P(E1)P(E 2) = 0. 03 43. (d) Given,
Now, probability having error in X only is (h, k) ≡ (1, − 2) and (x , y) = (3, − 2)
(0.1 − 0. 03) = 0. 07 ∴ α = x − h and β = y − k
Probability having error in Y only is ∴ (α , β) ≡ (2, 0)
(0. 3 − 0. 03) = 0. 27
Axes rotated about origin through an angle of 45°
It is given that program is crashed, if an error in X
causes alone is 0.5, ∴New coordinate is
if error in Y causes alone is 0.7, and if error in both (2 cos 45° + 0, − 2 sin 45° + 0) = ( 2, − 2)
X and Y causes is 0.8.
So, required probability
44. (a) Equation of line passing through the point of
intersection of lines 3x − 4 y + 1 = 0 and
= (0.07 × 0.5) + (0.27 × 0.7) + (0.03 × 0.8)
35 + 189 + 24 248 31 5x + y − 1 = 0 is
= = =
1000 1000 125 (3x − 4 y + 1) + λ (5x + y − 1) = 0
⇒(3 + 5λ) x + (−4 + λ) y + 1 − λ = 0
40. (a) X = denotes the sum of number when two
Given line has equal intercepts
dice are rolled
∴ 3 + 5λ = − 4 + λ
X 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 7
⇒ λ=−
P( X ) 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 4 3 2 1 4
36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 ∴Equation of line is
x y
Pi X i 2 6 12 20 30 42 40 36 30 22 12 23x + 23y = 11 ⇒ + =1
11 11
36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
23 23
252
µ (Mean) = ΣPi X i = =7 ∴Area of triangle formed by the line and
36 1 11 11
coordinates axes = × ×
Now, µ − p (X < 5) + P ( X > 9) + p(X = 7) 2 23 23
252 6 6 6 270 15 121
+ + + = = =
36 36 36 36 36 2 1058
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 159
45. (d) Equation of the perpendicular bisector of the 47. (b) We have,
sides AB and AC of ∆ ABC are x − y + 5 = 0 and D (–4,5) y–5=0 C (5,5)
x + 2y = 0
A (1, –2)
x+4=0 x–5=0
x–y+5 =0 x+2y=0
A (–4,–4) y+4=0 B (5,–4)
(i) xy + 4 x − 5y − 20 = 0
B (x2,y2) D C (x3 , y3)
(x − 5) (y + 4) = 0
B is the image of A with respect to line (ii) xy − 5x + 4 y −20 = 0
x − y + 5= 0 (x + 4) (y − 5) = 0
x − 1 y2 + 2 1 + 2+
= − 2
5
= 2 = Equation of diagonal AC
1 −1 2
y+ 4= x + 4
x 2 − 1 y2 + 2 ⇒ x− y=0
= = =−8
1 −1 Equation diagonal BD
∴ x 2 = − 7, y2 = 6 y + 4 = − (x − 5)
B (− 7, 6) ⇒ x+ y −1 = 0
C(x 3 , y3) is image of A(1, − 2) with respect to line Combined equation of diagonal are
x + 2y = 0 (x − y) (x + y − 1) = 0
x 3 − 1 y3 + 2 −21 ( − 4) x 2 − y2 − x + y = 0
∴ = =
1 2 5 ∴ k = 1, l = 1
11 2
x 3 = , y3 = Hence, k + l = 1 + 1 = 2
5 5
Solving x − y + 5 = 0 48. (c) Given, pair of straight line
and x + 2y = 0 3x 2 + 7 xy + 2y 2 + 5x + 5y + 2 = 0
10 5 The pair of straight line are
We get x = − , y =
3 3 (3x + y + 2) (x + 2y + 1) = 0
− 7 + 11 6 + 2 − 3 − 1
Intersection point of lines are ,
Coordinate of D = 5, 5 = − 12 , 16 5 5
2 2 5 5 ∴Angle bisector of line are
2 2
x + 3 − y + 1 2 x + y +
3 1
Equation of perpendicular bisector of side BC
5 5 = 5 5
5 48 − 25 10
y− = x + ⇒ 23x − 14 y + 100 = 0 3− 2 7
3 − 36 + 50 3
⇒ 7 (5x + 3)2 − 2 (5x + 3) (5y + 1) − 7 (5y + 1)2 = 0
46. (c) The lines
x + 3y − 5 = 0 ...(i)
49. (b) We have,
2at
5x + 2y − 12 = 0 ...(ii) x=
1 + t2
3x − ky − 1 = 0 ...(iii)
a(1 − t 2)
do not form a triangle y=
line (ii) and (iii) are parallel 1 + t2
Q
5
=− ≠
2 12 put t = tan θ, We get
3 k 1 x = a sin 2θ, y = a cos 2θ
6 Squaring and adding we get
⇒ k=−
5 x 2 + y2 = a 2
⇒ 13k = 65
∴ a is radius of circle.
⇒ k=5
160 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
at (9, 9) is
9x + 9y = 9 ⇒ x + y = 1
( _ g, _ f )
∴II statements is false.
x 2+y 2+2gx
51. (d) We have, +2fy+c=0
x 2 + y 2 + 4 x + 4 y − 10 = 0 and
x 2 + y 2 − 6 x − 6 y + 10 = 0 It is passes through (1, − 1)
∴ 2g −2 f + c = − 2 …(ii)
Centre c1 = (− 2, − 2) and r1 = 3 2
Equation of circle whose end point of diametre
c 2 = (3, 3) and r2 = 2 2 (0 , − 1) and (−2, 3) is
P is the point of contact of circle x (x + 2) + (y + 1) (y − 3) = 0
x 2 + y 2 + 2x − 2y − 3 = 0 … (iii)
Eqs. (i) and (iii) are orthogonal
3√2 2√2 ∴ 2g − 2 f = c − 3 …(iv)
C1(–2,–2) P(x,y) (3,3) From Eqs. (ii) and (iv), we get
1
− 2− c = c − 3⇒ c =
2
and g = −5 / 2 and f = –5 / 4
9 2 − 4 2 9 2 − 4 2
∴ P= , ∴Equation of circle 2x 2 + 2y 2 − 10 x − 5y + 1 = 0
5 2 5 2
1
P = (1, 1) which satisfied the value of c =
2
Q is external centre of similitde,
9 2 + 4 2 9 2 + 4 2 54. (a) Given, y2 = 4 x [∴a = 1]
Q= , a
2 2 General equation of parabola = y = mx +
m
Q = (13, 13)
[where, m is the slope]
a
at (1, 4); 4 = m +
Equation of circle PO as diametre is m
(x − 1)(x − 13) + (y − 1) (y − 13) = 0 1
⇒ 4 = m + ⇒ m2 − 4m + 1 = 0
x 2 + y 2 − 14 x − 14 y + 26 = 0 m
Let m1 and m2 are the roots.
52. (c) We have, ∴ m1 + m2 = 4 and m1 m2 = 1
Sα = x 2 + y 2 + 2αx + k = 0
|m1 − m2| (m1 + m2)2 − 4m1 m2
Sβ = x 2 + y 2 + 2βy − k = 0 Now, tanθ = =
|1 + m1 m2| 1 + m1 m2
(A) Sα = 0 is a point circle of α 2 − k = 0 ⇒ α = ± k
(4)2 − 41
() 16 − 4 12 2 3
Central of Sα = (± k , 0) = = = =
1+1 2 2 2
(B) Sβ = 0 is a point circle π π
⇒ tanθ = 3 ⇒ tanθ = tan ⇒ θ =
of β 2 + k = 0 do not exist. [Q k > 0] 3 3
(C) Sα = 0 is a point circle of these are non 55. (d) Normal of the parabola y2 = 16 x is
intersecting
y = mx − 8m − 4m3 …(i)
(D) Sβ = 0 is not point circle
Now, y = − x + k is normal of parabola
∴ These are intersecting
∴ m = −1
A (iv), B (i), (C) (iii), D (ii)
put m = − 1 in Eq. (i) we get
53. (d) Let the equation of circle is y=− x + 8+ 4
x 2 + y 2 + 2gx + 2 fy + c = 0 … (i) y = − x + 12
∴ k = 12
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 161
r(4h − rh)
= 2π + h(2)
67. (a) Given, dS
dt r
dl = 0.01
dS
Area of equilateral triangle = 2π (4h − rh + 2h)
3 2 dt
i.e. A= l dS
4 ⇒ = 2π (6h − rh)
dt
dA 3
⇒ = l dS
dl 2 = 2π (72 − 48) [Q h = 12, r = 4]
dt
dA 3 ldl
× 100 = × 100 dS
= 48π
A 2 A dt
dA 3l
× 100 = × 0.01 × 100 70. (d) Given, x + y = 60
A 3 2
2× l By AM ≥ GM
4
y y y
dA
× 100 =
2 x+ + + 3 1/ 4
A l 3 3 3 ≥ xy
2 4 27
∴ Percentage in area of triangle is . 1
l
x + y xy 3 4
⇒ ≥
68. (b) We have, 4 27
Length of subtangent = Length of subnormal 1
dx dy 60 xy 3 4
∴ y1 = y1 ⇒ ≥
dy dx 4 27
⇒
dy
= ±1 xy 3
⇒ ≤ (15)4
dx 27
dx
2 (45)4
Length of tangent = y1 1 + ⇒ xy 3 ≤ 33 × 34 × 54 ⇒ xy 3 ≤
dy 3
(45)4
∴Maximum value of xy 3 is .
Length of tangent = | y1 1 + 1 |= 2 |y1 | 3
69. (c) Given, d(2r) = 4 cm/s 71. (a) We have,
dt
dr
I= ∫ 1 + 2cot x (cot x + cosec x) dx
⇒ = 2cm/s
dt I= ∫ 1 + cot 2 x + 2 cosecx cot x + cot 2 x dx
Volume of cylinder = πr 2h
I= ∫ (cosec x + cot x) dx
2
v = πr 2h
I = ∫ (cosec x + cot x) dx
= π r 2 + 2rh
dv dh dr
⇒
dt dt dt I = log (cosecx − cot x) + log sin x + c
Volume is unchanged and height of cylinder is I = log (cosec x − cot x) sin x + c
decreasing I = log (1 − cos x) + c
πr 2h = π − r 2 + 2rh (2)
dh
∴ ⇒ I = log 2 sin2 + c ⇒ I = 2 log sin
x x
+ c
dt 2 2
dh
⇒ rh = − r + 4h 72. (b) We have,
dt
dh 4h − rh αx 1 − β sin x x
∫e dx = − e cot + c
x
⇒ =
dt r 1 − cos x 2
Lateral surface area of cylinder (S) = 2πrh On differentiating by both sides, we get
= 2π r + h 1 − β sin x
dS dh dr x x 1 2 x
e αx = − e cot − cosec
dt dt dt 1 − cos x 2 2 2
164 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
⇒ I=−I
= − cosec3 x cot x − 3∫ cosec3 x(cosec2 x − 1)dx ⇒ I=0
= − cosec3 x cot x − 3∫ cosec5 xdx + ∫ cosec xdx
3
76. (d) Let 3/ 2
= − cosec3 x cot x − 3I + 3I1 , I= ∫ | x sin (πx) | dx
where I1 = ∫ cosec3 xdx −1
1 3/ 2
Now, I1 = ∫ cosec3 xdx = ∫ cosecx ⋅ cosec2 xdx I= ∫ x sin πx dx − ∫ x sin πx dx
= cosec x(− cot x) − ∫ − cot x(− cosec x cot x)dx −1 1
1 3/ 2
= − cosec x cot x − ∫ cosec x cot 2 xdx I = 2 ∫ x sin πx dx − ∫ x sin πx dx
0 1
= − cosec x cot x − ∫ cosec x(cosec x − 1)dx
2
1
− x cos πx sin πx
= − cosec x cot x − ∫ cosec3 xdx + I = 2 +
∫ cosec xdx π π 2 0
x 3/ 2
− x cos πx sin πx
= − cosec x cot x − I1 + log tan − +
2 π π 1
2
x
⇒ 2I1 = − cosec x cot x + log tan 1
I = 2 + 0 − (0) − 0 − 2 −
1 1
2
∴ I = − cosec3 x cot x − 3I + 3 π π π
3 1
− 1 cosec x cot x + 1 log tan x I= + 2
2 2 2 π π
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 165
3 2xdx + 2ydy
⇒ 2ydy + xdx =
2 x 2 + y2 + 2
3
(2, 8) and (3, 13) ⇒ 2ydy + xdx = d (log (x 2 + y 2 + 2)
Area of shaded region 2
3 On integrating both sides, we get
∫ ((5x − 2) − (x + 4)dx
2
2y 2 + x 2 = 3log (x 2 + y 2 + 2) + c
2
3 x 2 + 2y 2 − 3 log |x 2 + y 2 + 2| = c
3
5x 2 x 3
= ∫ (5x − x − 6) dx =
2
− − 6x
2 3 80. (d) We have,
2 2 dy
x log x + y = log x 2
45 1
= − 9 − 18 − 10 − − 12 =
8 dx
2 3 6
⇒
dy
+
y
=
2 log x
dx x log x x log x
78. (c) Equation of family of parabola with focus at
dy y 2
origin and the X-axis its axis is ⇒ + =
y 2 = − 4a (x − a) …(i) dx x log x x
1
⇒ y 2 = − 4ax + 4a 2 ∫ x log x dx
IF = e =e log (log x )
⇒ 2yy′ = − 4a
IF = log x
yy′
⇒ a=− Solution of different equation is
2
2log x
Putting the value of a in Eq. (i), we get y log x = ∫ dx + c
x
yy′
y 2 = 2yy′ x + y log x = (log x)2 + c
2
(2x + yy′) put x = e , y = 0 we get
y = 2y′
2 0 =1 + c ⇒c = −1
⇒ y = 2xy′ + yy′2 ∴ y log x = (log x)2 − 1
2 put x = e2
y + 2x
dy dy
⇒ − y=0 y log e 2 = (log e 2)2 − 1
dx dx
2y = 4 − 1
m = order = 1
3
n = degree = 2 ⇒ y=
2
∴mn − m + n = 2 − 1 + 2 = 3 3
∴ y(e ) =
2
2
Physics
81. (c) The properties of the four basic forces are From graph, it is a slope of distance-time graph for
given in the following table, position A to C and D to B is always positive,
therefore both the average speed and
Force Approximate Attraction/ instantaneous speed are not always zero,
Relative Range Repulsion therefore, option (a) is not correct.
Strength Total displacement from A to B
Average velocity =
a. Gravitational 10 −38 Infinite attractive only Total time interval
b. Electromagnetic 10 −2
Infinite attractive and Since, total displacement depends on straight
repulsive distance between initial and final points, hence,
displacement between A to B always non zero,
c. Weak-nuclear 10 −13 < 10 −18 m attractive and
repulsive therefore the average speed is always non zero.
Since, no distance is travelled between point C to
d. Strong-nuclear 1 < 10 −15 m attractive and
D is zero. Hence, instantaneous speed at every
repulsive
instant between C to D is zero.
The above table suggests that the range of weak Hence, option (b) is correct and option (c) and (d)
nuclear force is smaller than the range of strong are incorrect.
nuclear force, gravitation and electromagnetic force.
84. (*) According to question,
Hence, option (c) is correct. A′
From Eqs. (i) and (ii) 87. (b) According to the question,
(3t)2 − 3(3t) + 9t 2 = 0
9t 2 − 9t + 9t 2 = 0
1
18t 2 − 9t = 0 ⇒ t =
2
2T
85. (c) Given, velocity of truck, v = 30 m/s 2T
a T a
time taken by truck to move a distance of 100 m,
100 10
t= ⇒ t= s
30 3 A
B C
If v1 be the velocity of projectile in upward
direction then time taken by the projectile to reach Given, mass of body A, is half of mass of rod B.
at maximum height is t1 , then m
i.e., m A = B ⇒ mB = 2m A
0 = v1 − gt, 2
v1 = gt1 and length of rod = 500 cm = 5 m
10 Since, rod B and body C is in equilibrium, hence
t 5
But, t1 = = 3 = s mass of rod B = mass of rod C
2 2 3 i.e., mB = mC
5 10 × 5 50
∴ v1 = g × = = m/s By applying Newton’s law of motion,
3 3 3 2T − m A g = m Aa … (i)
86. (d) Given, (mB + mC) g − 2T = (mB + mC)a
angular deceleration ∝ angular speed or 2mB g − 2T = 2mB a
− dω or 4 m A g − 2 T = 4 m Aa … (ii)
i.e., ∝ ω
dt Adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
− dω 3m A g = 5m Aa
or = k ω, where, k is constant
3 3 × 10
dt ⇒ a= g= = 6 m/s 2
ω dω t 5 5
or −∫ = k ∫ dt
ω0 ω 0 If t be the time to cross the rod of length
− [2 ω]ωω 0 = k [t]0t 500 cm = 5 m
1
⇒ − 2 [ ω − ω0 ] = kt ∴From Eqs., s = 0 + at 2
2
ω − ω0 = −
kt 2s 2× 5
⇒ t= = = 1.28 s ≈ 1 s
2 a 6
kt
⇒ ω = ω0 − …(i) 88. (b) Given,
2
When ω = 0, then the total time of rotation, length of a rigid wire, l = 1 m
2 ω0 mass of the ball, m = 500 g = 0.5 kg
τ=t=
k velocity of ball at a point, C = v m/s
∴ Mean angular speed,
2 ω0/k C
k2t 2 B
∫ ωdt = ∫ (ω0 +
4
− kt ω0 )dt h 60°
< ω >= 0 30°
O
∫ dt 2 ω0 / k D
2 ω0/k
k2t 3 k
ω0 t + − ω0 t 2
12 2 0
= A u=6 m/s
2 ω0 / k
Motion of body in vertical plane is shown in the
ω0 figure.
After solving , we get =
3
168 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
92. (b) Displacement of a body is given by If dl be the change in length of small element dx
π due to rotation, by application of force dF.
x = 3 cos 2πt + m
4 ω
dx
velocity of body is given by v =
dt
dx
d π
= 3 cos 2πt + dF
dt 4 x
L
π
= − 3 sin 2πt + . (2π)
4 Young’s modulus,
π stress dF / A
v = − 6 π sin 2πt + Y = =
strain dl / x
4
d F. x
Acceleration of body is given by a =
dv ⇒ dl =
dt AY
AYdl
d π ⇒ dF = … (i)
= − 6 π sin 2πt +
dt 4
x
Where, dF = centrifugal force due to mass of the
π
= − 6 π cos 2πt + . (2π) element of length, dx.
4 dF = dm. xω2
π
a = − 12π 2 cos 2πt + m
4 dF = . xdxω2 … (ii)
L
at, t = 2s QChange in mass dm= m dx
π L
a = − 12π 2 cos 4 π +
4
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
π 1
= − 12π cos = − 12π 2.
2 AYdl m
= . x dx ω2
4 2 x L
= − 6 2π 2 m/s 2 mx 2ω2
⇒ dl = . dx
93. (a) Given, LAY
radius of earth, Re = 6400 km = 6.4 × 106 m ⇒ Total change in length,
L mx 2ω2
and acceleration of gravity, g = 10 m/s 2 l = ∫ dl = ∫ dx
0 LAY
∴Escape velocity of the surface of earth,
mω2L2 m ω2L3 ρω2L3
= = . =
ve = 2gRe = 2 × 10 × 6.4 × 106 = 11.3 × 103 m/s 3AY AL 3Y 3Y
Again, when g′ = 2g 95. (c) Given, height of cylinder, H = 50 cm
R
R′ =
2
H–h
Now, escape velocity is given by
R
∴ ve′ = 2g′ R′ = 2 × 2g × = 2gR = ve H
2
h
= 11.3 × 103 m/s = 11.3 km/s ≈ 12 km/s
99. (a) For adiabatic expansion, ∴ f0 = greatest common factor of 120 Hz, 200 Hz
γ −1 and 280 Hz i.e., f0 = 40 Hz
T2 V1
T1 V1γ − 1 = T2V2γ − 1 ⇒ = Now, we know that, speed of transverse wave is
T1 V2 given by ν = 2lf0 = 2 × 1 × 40 = 80 m/s.
Here, T1 = T0 102. (c) Given,
γ −1
T2 V0 displacement equation of the first particle,
= π
T0 2V0 y1 = 30 sin 2πt +
γ −1 3
1 V1 = V0
T2 = T0
Q V = 2V Hence, its amplitude, A1 = 30 m
2 2 0
displacement equation of the second particle,
Again, gas is expanded isothermally, therefore
y2 = 10 (sin 2π t + 3 cos 2πt)
p1 V1′ = p2V 2′
1 3
V ′ = V = 2 V = 10 × 2 sin 2πt + cos 2πt
Here, 1 2 0
2 2
V2′ = 5 V0
π π
= 20 cos sin 2πt + sin cos 2πt
p1 V2′ 5V0 3 3
= =
p2 V1′ 2 V0 π
⇒ y2 = 20 sin 2πt +
p1 V2′ 5 3
= = … (i)
p2 V1′ 2 ∴its amplitude, A2 = 20 m
Finally gas compressed again adiabatically, ∴ A1 : A2 = 30 : 20 = 3 : 2
therefore, by adiabatic relation, 103. (b) Focal length of lens A, f1 =2 cm, focal length
TV γ − 1 = constant lens B1 , f2 = 5 cm
γ −1
V T
T2 (V2′)γ − 1 = T3 ( V3 ) γ −1 A B
⇒ 3 = 2
′
V2 T3
B
[∴ T3 = T0 ] B′′
γ −1 A′
1
γ −1 T0 A A′′
V3 2 V2′ 5 V0 8 cm
= ⇒ V3 = = = 2. 5 V0 3cm B′ v2
V2′ T0 2 2 v1
Hence, the value of constant is 2. 5. 14 cm
100. (b) Given, velocity of monatomic gas, The given situation is shown is the figure.
v = 30 m/s For lens A,
molar mass of gas, m = 83 g/mole u1 = − 3 cm, v1 = ?
= 0.083 kg/mole 1 1 1
From lens formula, − =
and gas constant, R = 8.3 J/K-mol v u f
3RT 1 1 1
∴ As we know that v = + =
m v1 3 2
3 × 8.3 × T ⇒ v1 = 6 cm
30 =
0.083 Image formed by lens A works as a object for
30 = 300 T lens B.
900 Hence, for lens B
⇒ 900 = 300 T ⇒ T =
300 u2 = − (14 − 6) = − 8 cm
T = 3K
From lens formula,
101. (b) Given, length of string, l = 100 cm = 1 m 1 1 1
− =
Three resonant frequencies are given as v2 u2 f2
f1 = 120 Hz, f2 = 200 Hz, f3 = 280 Hz 1 1 1
+ =
QFundamental frequency ( f0) is equal to the v2 8 5
greatest common factor of f1 , f2 and f3.
172 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
1 3
⇒ = 106. (b) Given,
v2 40 charge of spherical drop of liquid = Q
40 and potential at its surface = V0
∴ v2 = cm
3 1 Q
If r be the radius of drop, V0 = …(i)
∴Distance of final image ( A′′B′′) from lens A, 4 πε0 r
40 82 If R be the radius of big drop when two drops of
= 14 + v2 = 14 + = cm
3 3 radius r are combined, then volume of big drop =
volume of both small drops
104. (b) Since, the pass axes of two polarisers 4 3 4 3 4 3
P1 and P2 were kept such that the incident i.e., πR = πr + πr
unpolarised beam of intensity I 0 gets completely 3 3 3
blocked. R = 2r ⇒ R = 21 / 3 r
3 3
This means that both polarisers were kept cross ∴charge on the big drop, Q′ = Q + Q = 2 Q
(perpendicular of their pass axes) to each other. ∴Potential at the surface of big (new) drop,
When third polariser P3 is introduced between 1 Q′ 1 2Q
V′ = =
P1 and P2 such that the angle between the pass 4 πε0 R 4 πε0 2 r 1/ 3
axes of P1 and P3 is 60°, i.e. θ1 = 60°.
1 Q 2/ 3
intensity of polarised light emerging from first = .2 = V0 . 41 / 3 = 41 / 3. V0
I 4 πε0 r
polaroid, I1 = 0
2 107. (b) Given, circuit diagram is shown in the figure,
Intensity of polarised light ( I 3 ) emerging from If I1 and I 2 be the loop currents in loop (1) and
polaroid P3 is given by law of Malus, loop (2), respectively then
i.e., I 3 = I1 cos2 θ,
10 Ω A 10 Ω
I I 1
= 0 cos2 60 = 0
2 2 4
I0 5V 10 Ω 3V
I3 = I1 I2
8
Now, the angle between pass axis of P3 and P2,
B
θ2 = 90° − 60° = 30° loop-1 loop-2
∴Intensity of polarised light emerging from lost By KVL in loop (1),
(second) polaroid P2. − 5 + 10I1 + 10(I1 − I 2) = 0
I 3 3I 20I1 − 10I 2 = 5
I 2 = I 3 cos2 30° = 0 . = 0 … (i)
8 4 32 By KVL in loop (2),
105. (a) When a negative charge is placed at the centre 10I 2 + 3 + 10(I 2 −I1) = 0
of the non-conducting sphere. The direction of − 10 I1 + 20I 2 = − 3
electric field on any point at the surface of the − 20 I1 + 40I 2 = − 6 … (ii)
sphere is radially inward, as shown in the figure,
Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
because electric field lines always enter into the
negative charge comming from infinity. 30I 2 = − 1
−1
I2 = A
30
− 1 7
From Eq. (i), 20I1 − 10 = 5 ⇒ I1 = A
30 30
7 − 1
∴Current in branch AB, I AB = I1 − I 2 = −
O 30 30
–q
8
I AB = A
30
∴Voltage across a terminal AB,
8 8
V AB = I AB × R AB = × 10 = V
30 3
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 173
108. (a) Given, Since, current carrying wire is placed along the
axis of solenoid, hence magnetic field produced by
voltage, V1 = 10 V,
wire and magnetic field due to solenoid at point
current through resistor, I1 = 01
. A, P, both are perpendicular to each other, Hence, the
temperature, t1 = 40°C magnitude of the resultant magnetic field,
and temperature coefficient, α = 2 × 10−4 ° C−1 B= B12 + B22
∴Resistance of resistor at t1 = 40° C
= (8 × 10−3)2 + (6 × 10−3)2
V 10
Rt1 = 1 = = 100 Ω = 10 × 10−3 T
I1 01
.
Since, Rt = R0 (1 + αt) 111. (d) Given,
Rt1 = R0 (1 + αt1) torque on a bar magnet, τ = 0.016 Nm,
100 = R0 (1 + 2 × 10−4 × 40) θ = 30° and magnetic field, B = 0.04 T
100 Since, τ = mΒ sinθ
R0 = = 99.21 Ω
1.008 ∴0.016 = m × 0.04 × sin 30°
At temperature t2, current drops to 0.098 A, then 2 × 0.016
⇒ m=
resistance of resistor is given by 0.04
V 10 m = 0.8 Am 2 … (i)
Rt2 = = = 102.04 Ω
I 0.098
For solenoid, area of cross-section,
Since, Rt2 = R0 (1 + α t2)
A = 1 cm 2 = 10−4 m 2
102 .04 = 99.21 (1 + 2 × 10−4 t2)
Number of turns in solenoid,
0.0285
⇒1 + 2 × 10−4 t2 = 1.0285 ⇒ t2 = N = 1000
2 × 10−4
∴ magnetic moment of solenoid,
= 142.6 ≈ 142 °C m = NIA
109. (c) Given, magnetic field, B = 5 × 10−5 T ⇒ I=
m
NA
r = 0.2 m
0.8
and µ 0 = 4 π × 10−7 mT/A = [From Eq. (i)]
1000 × 10−4
Magnetic field produced by long straight current
(I) carrying wire is given by = 8A
−7
µ0 I 4 π × 10 I 112. (b) Given, frequency of revolution of the rod,
B= . ⇒ 5 × 10−5 = ×
2π r 2π 0.2 f = 10 rev/s,
5 × 10−5 × 2π × 0.2 2 length of rod, L = 80 cm = 0.8 m and magnetic
⇒ I= = 0.5 × 10 = 50 A field B = 0.5 T
4 π × 10−7
Since, rod is rotated about its mid point, hence
110. (d) Given, current in a long wire, I = 18 A radius of circular revolution,
L 0.8
P r= = = 0.4 m
0.6 mm 2 2
18A
∴Potential difference between centre of rod and
one end of rod due to revolution in magnetic is
given by
magnetic field due to a solenoid, change in flux
V ′ = induced emf =
B1 = 8 × 10−3 T time taken
2
and r = 0.6 mm = 0.6 × 10 m −3 B. π r 2 Q f = 1
= B. πr . f
−2 T T
Radius of solenoid, R = 1 cm = 1 × 10 m
2
= 0.5 × π × (0.4) × 10
Magnetic field due to current carrying wire at a
point, P = 0.8 π
µ I 18
B2 = 0 . = 2 × 10−7 × ∴Potential difference between two ends of rod due
2π r 0.6 × 10−3 to revolution in the magnetic field,
= 6 × 10−3 T (in upward direction) V = 2V ′ = 2 × 0.8 π = 1.6 π
174 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
118. (b) The given truth table is voltage across R. Therefore, the final output across
R is zero (low).
A B C Y =B A
0 0 0 1 Q
R
0 0 1 1 B V2 = 5V
0 1 0 0 V1 = 5V
Chemistry
121. (c) Electrically charged droplet of oil located High energy Low energy
between two parallel metal surfaces forming the
plates of capacitor. Gamma Visible Infrared Micro
Radio
X-rays UV-rays and
rays rays rays waves
The plate were oriented horizontally, with one Television
plate above the other. Atomised oil drop was
introduced through a small hole in between the Short 380 mm 780 mm Long
wavelength wavelength
plates and it is ionised by X-ray, making them
Wavelength (λ) increases
negatively charged. First, with zero applied
electric field, the velocity of a falling droplet Energy ( E) of radiation decreases
was measured. At terminal velocity, the
drag force (viscous force)equals to the
Thus, correct order of energy is
gravitational force.
X-rays > UV > IR > microwaves.
Both forces depends on the radius in different
ways, when electric field was applied between the 123. (c) Ionic radii of alkali metal ion is larger than
plates then drop were suspended in mechanical alkaline earth metals due to higher nuclear
equilibrium. charge. On the other hand, on moving down the
By repeating the experiment for many droplet group ionic radii increases. Thus, correct order of
they confirmed the charges were all small integer ionic radii is
multiples of a certain base value which was found K+ >Li+ > Mg 2+ > Al 3+
to be1.59 × 10−19 C. Magnetic force absent in oil
droplet experiment. Thus, option (c) is correct. 124. (c) The electron gain enthalpy decreases with
increases in size of the central atom on moving
122. (d) Energy of radiation depends on wavelength of down the group. Oxygen has less negative electron
electromagnetic radiation. gain enthalpy than sulphur.
Hence, option (c) is correct.
176 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
140. (c) Total number of acyclic and cyclic isomers 144. (d) If a solute associates in a solvent, its
possible for molecular formula C4H 6 is 9 which are experimentally calculated molar mass using
as follows : boiling point elevation method will be higher than
(i) CH 3 CH 2 C ≡≡ CH the actual value. As colligative property are
1-butyne inversely proportional to molecular mass of solute.
(ii) CH 3 C ≡≡ C CH 3 145. (c)
2-butyne Pt rod
(iii) CH 2 == CH CH == CH 2
But-1, 3-ene
(iv) CH 3 CH == C == CH 2
But-2,3-ene
CH2
O2 gas at 1 atm
(v) (vi)
1 M HA solution
(C) TiI 4 on heating will give pure Ti at above 154. (a) When glucose oxidised by strong oxidising
1100°C temperature. reagent like HNO 3 then glucaric acid obtained
TiI 4 >
1100 ° C
→ Ti + 2I 2 from oxidation of aldehyde and alcohol group.
Thus, option (b) is correct. CHO COOH
CH3
Negative charge at oxygen atom increases due to (P)
electron releasing nature of methyl or ethyl group.
Order of acid strength is inverse of basic strength. Thus, option (b) is correct.
OH 159. (a)
O
KMnO4-H2SO4/∆
C—OH
> H2O > CH3CH2OH > (CH3)2CHOH
Oxidative
C—OH
cleavage of
(B) (A) (D) (C)
CH==CH and
O
Thus, option (d) is correct. conversion into
carboxylic acid (Glutaric acid)
158. (b) CH3CH2—C—H + CH3—CH2—C—H
Thus, option (a) is correct.
O O 160. (a)
Aldol
NaOH condensation NH2 OH
HNO2
+ N2+H2O
CH3
(A )
CH3—CH2—CH—CH—CHO
Br2/CCl4
Br OH
OH
(Aldol)
+
∆ H (Dehydration)
Br
TS EAMCET 06 May 2019
Session 1
(10:00 AM to 1:00 PM)
8. The sum of the products of the non-conjugate 15. The number of different permutations of
roots of i1 / 4 taken two at a time is letters that can be formed by taking 4 letters
(a) 2 (b) 0 (c) -1 (d) -2 at a time from the letters of the word
‘REPETITION’ is
p ½1 + z 4½
9. If z = cos a + i sin a; 0 < a < , then½ ½= (a) 210 (b) 720 (c) 1398 (d) 5040
½1 - z ½
3
4
cos 2 a cos a 16. If n = (210)2(360)(143), then the total number
(a) (b)
3 3 of non trivial factors of n is
sin a sin a
2 2 (a) 256 (b) 872 (c) 1504 (d) 1438
cos 2 a cos a
(c) (d) 17. If p is an integral multiple of 4 lying in
a a
sin sin
2 2 between the coefficients of x 4 and x in the
8
If A1 , A2, A3 and A4 denote the lengths of the 20. If sin2q and cos2q are solutions of
intercepts on the X -axis made by the above x 2 + bx - c = 0 , then
curve respectively, then which of the (a) b 2 + 2c + 1 = 0 (b) b 2 + 2c - 1 = 0
following is true? (c) b 2 - 2c + 1 = 0 (d) b 2 - 2c - 1 = 0
(a) A1 > A2 > A3 > A4 > 0 (b) A4 < A2 < A3
(c) A3 < A2 < A4 (d) A2 < A4 < A3
21. If cot q + tan q = 3 and 1 - cos 2 q - a cos q = 0,
then
13. The condition to be satisfied in order that one (a) 6a2 (9 - a2 ) = 1 (b) 6a2 (a2 - 9) = 1
root of x + bx + cx + d = 0 is the sum of the
3 2
(c) 9a2 (6 - a2 ) = 1 (d) 9a2 (a2 - 6) = 1
other two roots, is
22. If sin x + sin y = p, cos x + cos y = q, then
(a) 3d 2 + b 3 = b 2c (b) 6d + b 3 = 2 bc
(c) 8d + b 3 = 4bc (d) 8d + b 2 = 4bc sec(x + y) =
2 pq p2 + q 2
14. If each root of the equation (a) (b)
p + q2
2
q 2 - p2
2 x 3 + ax 2 - 8 x + b = 0 is reduced by one, then 2 pq p+ q
(c) (d) 2
in the transformed equation thus formed, the p2 + q 2 p + q2
term containing x 2 and the constant term are
vanishing. The roots of the original equation 23. The number of solutions of the equation
are sin A - 5 sin 2 A + sin 3 A
(a) 1, -3, 2 (b) 1, 1 ± 7 = cos A - 5 cos 2 A + cos 3 A in (0 , p) is
(c) 1, 1, -6 (d) 1, 3 2 , - 2 (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 183
24. If x1 , x 2 , x 3 are the real roots of the equation 31. If the vector 19 $i + 22$j + 5k$ bisects an angle
x - x tan q + x tan q + tan q = 0 and
3 2 2
between the vectors a and 6 i$ + 8 $j, then the
p unit vector in the direction of a is
0 < q < , then the value of
4 1 1
(a) (4 $i + 3k$ ) (b) (2 $i + 2 $j + k$ )
p 5 3
tan x1 + tan -1 x 2 + tan -1 x 3 at q =
-1
is 1 1
12 (c) ($i + 2 $j + 2 k$ ) (d) (2 $i + 2 $j - k$ )
p p p p 3 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 4 3 2 32. Let p = i$ + 2$j - k$ , q = 2$i - $j + k$ . If a and b
æp xö æ yö are two vectors such that p = a - 2 b,
25. If y = log e tan ç + ÷, then tan hç ÷ =
è4 2ø è2ø q = 2a + b , then the angle between a and b is
p
(a) cos -1 æç
x 3 ö
(a) cot (b) tan x ÷ (b)
2 è 2 221 ø 2
x 7 p
(c) cot hx (d) tan (c) cos -1 (d)
2 143 3
A 33. If a = i$ + $j + k$ , a × b = 1 and a ´ b = $j - k$ ,
26. In a DABC, if a + 3b = 3c, then sin =
2 then b =
a 3 a 2 (a) 2 $i (b) 2 $j - k$
(a) (b)
2 bc 3 bc
(c) $i - $j + k$ (d) $i
2a 1 ab 2
(c) (d)
3 bc 3 c 34. The distance of the origin from the plane
27. Let one of the sides of a triangle be 17 cm r × (3 $i + 4 $j - 12 k$ ) = 7 measured parallel to the
and the sum of all the sides of the triangle be line r = (i$ + 2 $j + 3 k$ ) + t(6 $i + 2 $j + 3 k$ ) is
40 cm. If the sum of two adjacent sides is 45 49 7 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
35 cm, then the area (in sq. cms) of the 8 10 10 5
triangle is
(a) 15 2 (b) 20 2 (c) 30 2 (d) 35 2 35. If a , b , g are the mean deviations about the
mean, median and mode of the data 1, 2, 2,
28. If the perimeter of the triangle ABC is 50 cm, 3, 3, 3, 4, 6 respectively, then
C B
then bcos 2 + c cos 2 = (a) a < b < g (b) a = b = g
2 2 (c) a ¹ b = g (d) b < a < g
(a) 20 (b) 25 (c) 30 (d) 35
36. The coefficient of variation for the following
29. If P , Q , R and S are the points with position data is
vectors $i + $j - k$ , 2 $i - $j + 3 k$ , 2 $i - 3 k$ and xi 5 7 9 11
3 i$ - 2 $j + k$ respectively, then the angle fi 3 2 1 2
between PQ and RS is
p p 23 23 23 23
(a) 0 (b) (c) p (d) (a) 9 (b) 20 (c) 15 (d) 7
2 3 2 3 4 6
30. If the plane passing through the points 37. In a town the probability that a sick person
$i + $j + k$ , 2 $i - k$ and the origin meets the line may need to be admitted to an ICU is 10%. If
the probability that a person getting
passing through the points $i + 3 $j - 2 k$ and admitted to an ICU goes above 5%, then the
$i - $j + 3 k$ at the points A, then A = threat level is raised. The minimum
1 1 $ percentage of the population of the town that
(a) (9$i + 8$j + 7k$ ) (b) (11i + 9$j + 8k$ ) should fall sick in order to raise the threat
9 11
1 1 level is
(c) (11$i - 9$j + 8k$ ) (d) (-11 $i + 9 $j - 8k$ )
11 11 (a) 15 (b) 30 (c) 50 (d) 70
184 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
38. A bag contains 6 red, 2 white and 8 blue 43. The point P(1, 4) occupies the positions A , B
balls. Three are drawn at random from the and C respectively after undergoing the
bag. Match the items of List-I with those following three transformation successively.
items of List-II. I. Reflection about the line y = x .
List I List II II. Translation through a distance of 1 unit
along the positive direction of X -axis.
A. Probability that none of the balls is I. 1
white 70
III. Rotation of the line OB through an angle
p
B. Probability of getting 2 white and 1 II. 6 about the origin in the anti-clockwise
4
blue ball 35
direction. Then, the coordinates of C are
C. Probability of getting 2 blue and 1 III. 13 (a) ( 2 , 2 2 ) (b) (2 2 , 3 2 )
white ball 20
(c) æç ,
5 7 ö
(d) æç ,
2 3 ö
÷ ÷
D. Probability of getting 1 red, 1 white IV. 1 è 2 2ø è 2 2ø
and 1 blue ball 10
2
44. If the normal drawn from the origin to the
V.
straight line 2 x + 7 y + 6 = 0 makes an angle q
5
with the positive X -axis, then q =
The correct match is 7 7
(a) tan-1 (b) p - tan-1
A B C D A B C D 2 2
7 7
(a) III I IV II (b) III IV V II (c) p + tan-1 (d) - tan-1
(c) IV III I V (d) II I V IV 2 2
39. A boy speaks truth in 3 out of 5 times. If he 45. (x1 , y1) is the point of concurrencey of a
throws a die and tells that the number family of lines. If the algebraic sum of the
appeared on it is five, then the probability lengths of the perpendicular drawn to these
that it is actually five, is lines from (2, 0), (0, 2) and (1, 1) is zero,
1 1 13 3 then (x1 , y1) =
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 10 30 13 (a) (1, 1) (b) (0, 2) (c) (-1, 1) (d) (1, 2)
40. A fair coin is tossed a fixed number of times. 46. If the line 3 x + 4 y + l = 0 divides the
If the probability of getting five heads is distance between the lines 3 x + 4 y + 5 = 0
equal to that of getting seven heads, then the and 3 x + 4 y - 5 = 0 in the ratio of 3 : 7, then
probability of getting four heads is a value of l is
495 429 165 35 (a) -2 (b) 2 (c) 0 (d) 5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4096 2048 1024 512
47. Assertion (A) The lines 2 x 2 + 5 xy + 2 y 2 = 0
41. If a poisson variate X satisfies P(X = 2) and x - 2 y + 1 = 0 form a right angled
= P(X = 3), then P(X = 5) = triangle.
81 81
(a) (b) Reason (R) The equation ax 2 + 2 hxy + by 2 = 0
40e 5 40e 3
243 243 represents a pair of perpendicular lines if
(c) (d) a + b=0
40e 3 40e 5
Then choose the correct answer
42. The ends of a rod of length l moves on two (a) (A) is false, (R) is true
mutually perpendicular lines. The locus of (b) (A) is true, (R) is false
the point on the rod which divides it in the (c) (A) is true, (R) is true, but R is not the correct
ratio 1 : 2 is explanation to (A)
(a) 3 x2 + 4 y2 = 2 l 2 (b) 9 x2 + 16 y2 = 5l 2 (d) (A) is true, (R) is true and (R) is the correct
(c) 4 x2 + 3 y2 = 6l 2 (d) 9 x2 + 36 y2 = 4l 2 explanation to (A)
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 185
48. The combined equation of the diagonals of 54. If y = mx + 1 is tangent to the parabola
the square formed by the pairs of lines y 2 = 4 x , then m =
xy + 6 y - 4 x - 24 = 0 and
(a) -1 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) -2
xy + 6 x - 4 y - 24 = 0 is
(a) x2 - y2 + 2 x - 2 y = 0 55. If the line segment joining the vertex of
(b) x2 - y2 + 2 x + 2 y = 0 the parabola y 2 = 4 ax and a point on the
(c) x2 - y2 + x + y = 0 parabola, makes an angle q with the
(d) x2 + y2 - 2 xy + x - y = 0 positive X -axis, then the length of that line
49. If the angle between a pair of tangents drawn segment is
from a point P to the circle 4asin q 4acos q
(a) (b)
p cos 2 q sin2 q
x + y - 4 x + 2 y + 3 = 0 is then, the locus
2 2
(c) 4asin q × cos 2 q (d) 4acos q × sin2 q
2
of P is 56. The minimum length of the intercept
(a) x2 + y2 - 2x + 2y + 3=0 between the coordinate axes made by a
(b) x2 + y2 - 8x + 4y + 2=0 x 2 y2
(c) x2 + y2 + 4x + 2 y + 1= 0 tangent of the ellipse + = 1 is
64 4
(d) x2 + y2 - 4x + 2 y + 1= 0 17
(a) 10 (b)
50. If a variable circle S = 0 touches the line y = x 2
15
and passes through the point (0 , 0), then the (c) 8 (d)
2
fixed point that lies on the common chord of the
circles x 2 + y 2 + 6 x + 8 y - 7 = 0 and S = 0 is x 2 y2
57. An ellipse + = 1(a > b) is inscribed in a
a 2 b2
(a) æç , ö÷ (b) æç - , - ö÷
1 1 1 1
è2 2 ø è 2 2ø rectangle of dimensions 2a and 2b
respectively, If the angle between the
(c) æç , - ö÷ (d) æç - , ö÷
1 1 1 1
è2 2 ø è 2 2ø diagonals of the rectangle is tan -1 (4 3), then
the eccentricity of that ellipse is
51. Two chords of the circle
1 1 1 2
x 2 + y 2 - 2 gx - 2 hy + g 2 + h2 - c 2 = 0 are (a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 3 3
passing through the point (g , h + c) and the
line y = x bisects these two chords. Then 58. If L1 = 0 and L2 = 0 are the asymptotes of the
(a) 4g 2 - 4h2 - 8gh + 4hc - 4gc - c 2 = 0 hyperbola 9 x 2 - 4 y 2 + 36 x + 8 y - 4 = 0 , then
(b) 4g 2 + 4h2 - 8gh + 4hc - 4gc - c 2 < 0
the product of the perpendicular distances
(c) 4g 2 + 4h2 + 8gh + 4hc + 4gc + c 2 = 0
from the point (1, 1) to the lines, L1 = 0 and
(d) 4g 2 + 4h2 - 8gh + 4hc - 4gc - c 2 > 0
L 2 = 0 is
52. The centre of the circle passing through the 32 64 81 162
(a) (b) (c) (d)
point (1, 1) and orthogonal to the circles 13 13 13 13
x 2 + y 2 + 3 x - 5 y + 7 = 0 and
59. The volume of the tetrahedron (in cubic
x 2 + y 2 - 6 x - 10 y + 9 = 0 is units) formed by the plane 2 x + y + z = K
(a) æç - ,
71 ö
(b) æç , -
19 19 55 ö 2V 3
÷ ÷ and the coordinate planes is , then K : V =
è 52 52 ø è 52 52 ø 3
(c) æç - ,
19 ö
(d) æç - ,
55 19 55 ö
÷ ÷ (a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 6 (c) 4 : 3 (d) 2 : 1
è 52 52 ø è 52 52 ø
60. The direction ratios of a bisector of the angle
53. The length of the common chord of the between two lines whose direction ratios are
circles x 2 + y 2 - 6 x - 4 y + 9 = 0 and 1, 1, 2 and 3, - 3, 0 are
x 2 + y 2 - 8 x - 6 y + 23 = 0 is (a) 1 + 3, 1 - 3 , 2 (b) 1 - 18, 1 + 18, 2
(a) 2 (b) 2 (c) 2 2 (d) 4 (c) 1 - 3, 1 - 3, -2 (d) 1, 1, 1
186 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
61. Let P(1, - 2, 5) be the foot of the perpendicular 67. The coordinates of a point on the curve
drawn from the origin to the plane p1 and x = a(q + sin q), y = a(1 - cos q) where the
the same P be the foot of the perpendicular p
tangent is inclined at an angle to the
from (1, 2 , - 1) to the plane p 2. Then the acute 4
angle between the planes p1 and p 2 is positive X -axis, are
p p
(a) cos -1 æç (a) æç aæç - 1ö÷, aö÷ (b) æç aæç + 1ö÷, aö÷
19 ö
(b) cos -1 æç
19 ö
÷ ÷
è 390 ø è 340 ø è è2 ø ø è è2 ø ø
p ö
(c) cos -1 æç
19 ö
(d) cos -1 æç
19 ö æ
÷ ÷ (c) ç a , a÷ (d) (a, a)
è 370 ø è 350 ø è 2 ø
d2y 2 dx
66. If x + y - x - y = c, then = 72. If ò = f (x) + c, then f (x) =
dx 2 cos x sin 2 x
2
1 æ dy ö -c 4 (a) 2 sec x
(a) ç ÷ (b)
y è dx ø 4 y3 (b) tan x
2 (c) 2 tan x
-c 2
(c) yæç ö÷
dy
(d) 3 (d) 2 2 tan x
è dx ø 4y
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 187
p 2 p 2 p
(a) + tan-1 2 (b) -- tan-1 3 (c) y = 2 tanç2 x + ö÷ - 4 x - 1
æ
4 3 3 3 è 4ø
p 2 p 2 æ pö
(c) - + tan-1 2 (d) - tan-1 4 (d) y = 2 tanç x + ÷ + 4 x - 1
12 3 6 3 è 8ø
Physics
81. Match the following table. A B C D
(a) IV II I II
List-I List-II (b) II III IV I
(c) I II IV III
A. Michelson-Morley I. The existence of
(d) IV III II I
experiment anti-matter
B. Stern-Gerlach II. The existence of 82. Consider a spongy block of mass m floating
experiment de-Broglie matter waves on a flowing river. The maximum mass of
the block is related to the speed of the river
C. Davisson-Germer III. Electrons have spins
flow n, acceleration due to gravity g and the
experiment
density of the block r such that
D. Anderson discovery IV. The non-existence of mmax = kv x g yr z (k is constant). The values of
of positron ether
x , y and z should then respectively be
188 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
(Mass of the spongy block is assumed to vary The total momentum, the ball imparts on to
due to absorption of water by it) the ground after 3 impacts is
(a) 6, 3, 2 (b) 6, -3, 1 (Let g = 10 m/s 2)
(c) 3, 6, 1 (d) 6, 1, 3 14 20
(a) kg m/s (b) kg m/s
4 6
83. A ball is thrown vertically upward from the 26 21
ground at time, t = 0 s. It passes the top of a (c) kg m/s (d) kg m/s
12 4
tower at t = 3 s and 2 s later it reaches and its
maximum height. The height of the tower is 88. A block of mass 100 g is
(Acceleration due to gravity, g = 10 m/s 2) suspended vertically from a k=1N/m
(a) 105 m (b) 125 m massless spring system of
(c) 85 m (d) 65 m spring constant, k = 1 N/m each. m=100g
The block is hit from above to
84. Rain is falling vertically with a speed of impart an impulse of 2 Ns. k=1N/m
30 m/s. A man rides a bicycle with a speed of Calculate the maximum
10 m/s from East to West direction. At what displacement from the
the angle with the vertical, he sees the rain Equilibrium position of the block.
falling? (Take, g = 10 m/s 2)
(a) tan-1 æç ö÷ towards West (b) tan-1 (3) towards West
1
(a) 2 m (b) 4m (c) 5 m (d) 9 m
è 3ø
(c) tan-1 æç ö÷ towards East (d) tan-1 (3) towards East 89. A metal chain of mass 2 kg and length 90 cm
1
è 3ø over hangs a table with 60 cm on the table.
How much work needs to be done to put the
85. An archer shoots an arrow from a height hanging part of the chain back on the table?
4.2 m above the ground with a speed 40 m/s (Let g = 10 m/s 2)
and at an angle 30° as shown in the figure.
Determine the horizontal distance R covered (a) 2 J (b) 10 J (c) 1 J (d) 3 J
by the arrow, when it hits the ground, 90. A thin circular disc of mass 12 kg and radius
(Take g = 10 m/s 2) 0.5 m rotates with an angular velocity of
30°
100 rad/s. The rotational kinetic energy of the
disc is
(a) 12.2 kJ (b) 5.5 kJ (c) 9.2 kJ (d) 7.5 kJ
4.2 m
91. The distance between Sun and Earth is
. ´ 10 11 m and the radius of Earth is
16
R 6 .4 ´ 10 6 m. The ratio of the angular
185 95
(a) m (b) 84 3 m (c) 68 3 m (d) m momentum of Earth around the Sun to the
3 3 angular momentum around its own axis is
86. A bullet enters a wooden block with velocity approximately (Assume Earth as a solid
120 m/s. The bullet travels 1.5 s in the block sphere with uniform mass density and
before its velocity reduces to zero due to rotates around the Sun in a circular path.)
resistance force which is proportional to the (a) 2.0 ´ 102 . ´ 108
(b) 51
square root of the velocity. The distance (c) 4.3 ´ 106 . ´ 1012
(d) 87
travelled by the bullet in the wooden block is 92. A uniform rod of length 1.8 m suspended by
(a) 10 m (b) 60 m (c) 25 m (d) 40 m an end is made to undergo small oscillations.
87. A bouncing ball of mass 200 g falls from the Find the length of the simple pendulum
height of 5 m on a horizontal ground. After having the mass and time period equal to
every impact with the ground, the velocity of that of the rod.
1 (a) 3.6 m (b) 1.2 m
the ball decreases by times. (c) 2.4 m (d) 4.2 m
2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 189
93. A planet of mass m moves around the Sun 99. Pressure at the Earth’s surface is p 0 = 10 5 Pa
along an elliptical path with a period of and the density of air at Earth’s surface is
revolution T. During the motion, the planet’s r 0 = 1.4 kg/m 3. At height h from the surface of
maximum and minimum distance from Sun r
R Earth the density of air is reduced to 0 , the
is R and respectively. If T 2 = a R 3, then the 2
3 value of h is (Assume that the temperature is
magnitude of constant a will be constant through out the earth’s atmosphere
10 p 20 p 2 and let ln(2) = 0 .7 )
(a) × (b) ×
9 Gm 27 Gm (a) 10,500 m (b) 5,000 m
32 p 2 1 p2
(c) × (d) × (c) 1,500 m (d) 2,800 m
27 Gm 18 Gm
100. Consider an ideal gas at pressure p, volume V
94. A copper wire and an aluminium wire have and temperature T. The mean free path for
lengths in the ratio 5 : 2, diameters in the
molecules of the gas is L. If the radius of gas
ratio 4 : 3 and forces applied in the ratio 4 : 5.
molecules, as well as pressure, volume and
Find the ratio of increase in length of the
temperature of the gas are doubled, then the
copper wire to that aluminium wire. (Let
mean free path will be
. ´ 10 11 Nm -2, YAl = 0 .7 ´ 10 11 Nm -2)
YCu = 11 5L L L
176 63 189 33 (a) (b) (c) (d) 2L
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2 4 8
63 88 11 89
101. Two identical sinusoidal waves are moving in
95. Consider a water droplet of diameter 0.2 mm the same direction along a stretched string,
2
where the outside pressure is 1.5 N/cm at interfere with each other. The phase
25°C. The pressure inside the droplet, when difference between them is 120°. The
the surface tension at 25 °C is 0.08 N/m is amplitudes of both the waves are same. If the
(a) 0.32 N/cm 2 (b) 1.18 N/cm 2 amplitude of the resultant wave due to
(c) 1.82 N/cm 2 (d) 1.66 N/cm 2 interference is 2 mm, the amplitude of each
96. A hydrophilic surface is characterised by the wave is
contact angle at the water solid interface. (a) 1 mm (b) 2 mm (c) 3 mm (d) 2 3 mm
The value of contact angle should be 102. A whistle of frequency 660 Hz moves in a
(a) > 90° (b) < 90° (c) = 90° (d) = 180° circle of radius 1 m at an angular speed of
97. The temperature of a body is increased from 10 rad/s. The highest frequency heard by a
T1 = 127 °C to T2 = 227 °C. The ambient listener at a long distance and at rest with
temperature is 27°C. The energies emitted per respect to the center of the circle is (Let
second by the body at T1 and T2 are E1 and E 2 speed of sound = 340 m/s.)
E (a) 700 Hz (b) 640 Hz (c) 720 Hz (d) 680 Hz
respectively. The ratio of 2 is
E1 103. An object O is placed at 7 cm to the left of a
(a) 1.8 (b) 2.7 (c) 3.1 (d) 4.3 concave mirror of radius of curvature 12 cm
as shown in the figure. The position of the
98. Two thin metallic spherical shells of radii image will be at a distance of
20 cm and 30 cm, respectively are placed
with their centres coinciding. A material of
thermal conductivity a is filled in the space
between the shells. The inner shell is
O
maintained at 300 K and the outer shell at
310 K. If the rate at which heat flows radially
through the material is 40 W, find the value (a) 20 cm from the mirror to the left.
of a (in units of J s -1 m -1 K -1 ). (b) 30 cm from the mirror to the right.
3 4p 5 p (c) 42 cm from the mirror to the left.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
p 3 3p 2 (d) 42 cm from the mirror to the right.
190 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
104. Light consisting of a plane waves of 109. Two particles carrying equal charges move
wavelength, l1 = 8 ´ 10 -5 cm and parallel to each other with the speed
l 2 = 6 ´ 10 -5 cm generates an interference 150 km/s. If F1 and F2 are magnetic and
electric forces between two charged particles
pattern in Young’s double slit experiment. If
|F | æ 1 ö
n1 denotes the n1 th dark fringe due to light of then, 1 is çLet m 0e 0 = s2 / m2 ÷
wavelength l1 which coincides with n2th bright |F2| è 9 ´ 10 16
ø
fringe due to light of wavelength l 2 , then . ´ 10-6
(a) 10 . ´ 10-7
(b) 15
(a) n1 = 3, n2 = 1 (b) n1 = 4, n2 = 5 (c) 3.0 ´ 10-6 (d) 2.5 ´ 10-7
(c) n1 = 1, n2 = 2 (d) n1 = 3, n2 = 2
110. A very long wire carrying a current 4 2 A is
105. A spherical volume contains a uniformly bent at a right angles. The magnitude of
distributed charge of density 10. ´ 10 -6 C/m 3. magnetic field (|B|) at a point P lying on a
Find the electrical field (in N/C) at a point line perpendicular to the bent wire at a
inside the volume at a distance 1 mm from distance, d = 20 cm from the point of the
æ 1 ö bending will be (Let m 0 = 4 p ´ 10 -7 H/m)
the centre. çLet = 9 ´ 10 9 Nm 2C-2 ÷
è 4 p Î0 ø 2
8 p
(a) (b) 6p (c) (d) 12p
p 6
113. A coil is connected to an AC source with peak The time at which the ratio of the remaining
30 nuclei of R2 to that of R1 will be e is
emf, 8 V and frequency Hz. The coil has (Let ln 2 = 0 .7 )
p
resistance of 8 W. If the average power (a) 2 ´ 1016 s (b) 4 ´ 1016 s
dissipated by the coil is 0.4 W, then the (c) 3 ´ 1016 s (d) 5 ´ 1016 s
inductance of the coil is 118. A person applies a sine wave and square
(a) 0.8 H (b) 2.0 H wave to an AND gate as shown in the figure
(c) 1.4 H (d) 0.4 H (i) and (ii). Assuming that both the voltages
114. A flashlight of intensity 9 W/cm 2 illuminates are applied in phase, the person observes the
a perfectly reflective surface of area 300 cm 2. output at E and F on (i) and (ii), respectively.
The average force exerted on the surface due [Assume minimum voltage of 5 V is
to the incident light photons is equivalent to logic (i)]
(a) 0 N (b) 14 mN (c) 18 mN (d) 12 mN Sine wave, 50 Hz, 2 V Sine wave, 100 Hz, 8 V
A C
115. A parallel beam of monochromatic light of (i) (ii)
E F
frequency n is incident on a surface. The
B D
intensity of the beam is I and area of the
Square wave, 107 Hz, 6 V Square wave, 100 Hz, 6 V
surface is A. Find the force exerted by the
light of beam on the surface is perfectly (a) Square wave at 50 Hz and square wave at 100 Hz.
reflecting and the light beam is incident at an (b) Sine wave at 50 Hz and square wave at 100 Hz.
angle of incidence q. (The speed of light is (c) No output and sine wave at 100 Hz.
denoted as c.) (d) No output and pulsed wave at 100 Hz.
2 IA sin2 q IA cos 2 q
(a) (b) 119. Consider an amplifier circuit in which a
pc c
transistor is used in common-emitter mode.
2 IA cos 2 q IA cos 2 q
(c) (d) The load resistance 3 kW. When a signal of
c 2c
30 mV is added to base emitter voltage, the
116. Monochromatic radiation is incident on base current is changed by 30 mA and the
hydrogen (H) sample which is in ground collector current is changed by 3 mA. The
state. If the hydrogen atoms emit radiation of power gain in this circuit will be
ten different wavelengths after absorbing the (a) 10000 (b) 20000 (c) 30000 (d) 40000
incident radiation, then the wavelength of
120. A message signal is used to modulated a
the incident radiation is (Let hc = 1242
carrier signal of frequency 5 MHz and peak
eV-nm)
voltage of 40 V. In the process, two
(a) 84.4 nm (b) 102.6 nm side-bands are produced seperated by 40 kHz.
(c) 72.5 nm (d) 95.1 nm
If the modulation index is 0.75, then the
117. Two radioactive materials R1 and R2 have peak voltage and frequency of the messages
decay constants 6 l and l, respectively. The signal, respectively are
half life of R2 is 1.4 ´ 10 s. Initially they
17 (a) 60 V ; 10 kHz (b) 60 V ; 20 kHz
(c) 30 V ; 10 kHz (d) 30 V ; 20 kHz
contain some number of nuclei.
Chemistry
121. The speed of the electron (in ms -1 ) in the 126. Match the following:
third orbit of hydrogen atom is
approximately List I List II
(mass of electron = 9 .1 ´ 10 -31 kg) (Molecular geometry) (Molecule)
125. Which of the following have linear structure? 129. The number of moles of H 2, which is required
I. SnCl 2 II. BeF2 to produce 10 moles of NH 3 in the following
III. SO 2
+
IV. NO 2
reaction is
V. C 2H2 aH 2(g) + bNO 2(g) ¾® cNH 3(g) + dH 2O(g)
(a) I, II, IV (b) II, IV, V (a) 10 (b) 20
(c) II, III, IV (d) I, IV, V (c) 35 (d) 53
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 193
130. Match the following: 135. Which gas/gases evolve(s) when sodium
metal is reacted with water at room
List I List II temperature?
D
A. TiCl ( l ) + 2Mg( s ) ¾® I. Disproportionat (a) Oxygen only
4
-ion reaction (b) Hydrogen only
Ti( s ) + 2MgCl 2 ( s )
(c) Sodium vapour and hydrogen
B. 2H 2O 2 ( aq ) ¾® 2H 2O( l ) II. Metal (d) Hydrogen and water vapour
+ O 2(g ) displacement
reaction 136. A and B are formed when borax is dissolved
D in water. C and B are formed when borax is
C. C ( s ) + O ( g ) ¾® CO ( g ) III. Decomposition
2 2
reaction
reacted with aqueous HCl solution. What are
D
A and C respectively?
D. 2NaH( s ) ¾® 2Na ( s ) + H ( g ) IV. Combination
2 (a) NaCl, NaOH (b) NaOH, NaCl
reaction
(c) NaBO 2 , NaCl (d) NaOH, NaBO 2
The correct answer is 137. How many nearest neighbours are there for
A B C D A B C D
Si and O atoms in quartz crystals?
(a) II I IV III (b) I II III IV
(c) II I III IV (d) IV III II I (a) 4 (Si) ; 2 (O) (b) 4 (Si) ; 4 (O)
(c) 2 (Si) ; 2 (O) (d) 3 (Si) ; 2 (O)
131. What is the standard enthalpy of reaction
(in kJ) when two moles of Fe2O 3(s) reacts 138. Match the following:
with H 2 gas to give Fe metal? List I List II
DH °f of Fe2O 3(s) and H 2O ()
l are – 824.2 and A. Bleaching of paper I. CF2Cl 2
–285.83 kJ mol -1 respectively. B. Eye irritant II. H 2O 2
(a) -66.58 (b) -33.3 (c) -538.37 (d) -1110.03
C. Freons III. Na 2 AsO 3
132. In which of the following plots, an D. Herbicide IV. PAN
endothermic reaction is correctly
represented? V. CO 2
133. What is the order of relative basic strength of 140. Which of the following statements is correct
ClO -2 , ClO -3 , ClO -4 ? in the Kolbe’s electrolysis?
-
(a) ClO >ClO >ClO - - -
(b) ClO >ClO >ClO - - (a) Hydrocarbons containing even number of carbon
2 3 4 3 2 4
-
(c) ClO >ClO >ClO - - -
(d) ClO >ClO >ClO - - atoms produced at anode
4 2 3 2 4 3
(b) Hydrocarbons containing odd number of carbon
134. How many water molecules present in atoms produced at anode
CuSO 4 × 5H 2O are hydrogen bonded? (c) Hydrocarbons containing even number of carbon
(a) 5 (b) 1 atoms produced at cathode
(c) 4 (d) 2 (d) Hydrocarbons containing odd number of carbon
atoms produced at cathode
194 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
141. The correct order of rates of C¾ Br bond 146. The first order decomposition of H 2O 2 in an
ionisation of the following bromides is appropriate medium is characterised by a rate
Br constant of 0.2303 min -1 . What is the time
Br Br (in min) required to complete 9/10 fraction of
the reaction?
(a) 0.1 (b) 10 (c) 100 (d) 0.01
O
(i) (ii) (iii) 147. Which of the following statements is/are not
correct?
(a) (i) > (ii) > (iii)
(b) (ii) > (iii) > (i) (A) Adsorption is accompanied by decrease in
enthalpy as well as decrease in entropy of the
(c) (i) > (iii) > (ii)
system.
(d) (ii) > (i) > (iii)
(B) Gases, which can react strongly with adsorbent
142. If an element having atomic number 96 show chemisorption.
crystallises in cubic lattice with a density of (C) When the value of the slope of the Freundlich
10.3 g cm -3 and the edge length of 314 pm isotherm is non-zero, adsorption is independent
then, the structure of solid is of pressure.
(D) Gold number of potato starch is 0.15.
(a) hcp (b) fcc
(c) bcc (d) simple cubic (a) A, D (b) B, C (c) A, C (d) C, D
143. The vapour pressure of pure CCl 4 (molar 148. Which one of the following is used to
-1 produce Al by electrolysis?
mass = 154 g mol ) and SnCl 4 (molar mass
(a) Molten Al 2O 3 + Na 3 AlF6 electrolyte, carbon
= 170 g mol -1 ) at 25°C are 115.0 and 238.0 coated steel vessel cathode, graphite anode.
torr respectively. Assuming ideal behaviour, (b) Al 2O 3 + PbF2 electrolyte, steel cathode, graphite
calculate the total approximate vapour anode
pressure in torr of a solution containing 10 g (c) Molten Al 2O 3 + Na 3 AlF6 electrolyte, graphite
of CCl 4 and 15 g of SnCl 4 . cathode, steel anode
(a) 185.85 (b) 190.0 (d) Al 2O 3 + H2O electrolyte, graphite cathode, steel
(c) 180.7 (d) 182.1 anode
144. A camphor sample melts at 176°C. K f for 149. Statement (A) Among the oxides of nitrogen,
-1 NO and NO 2 are paramagnetic.
camphor is 40 K kg mol . A solution of
0.02 g of a hydrocarbon in 0.8 g of camphor Statement (B) NO is paramagnetic in the
melts at 156.77 °C. The hydrocarbon is made gaseous state and diamagnetic in liquid state.
up of 92.3% of carbon. What is the molecular The correct answer is
formula of the hydrocarbon? (a) (A) is correct, (B) is not correct
(a) C 6H6 (b) C12H12 (b) Both (A) and (B) are not correct
(c) C 4 H4 (d) C 8H8 (c) (A) is not correct, (B) is correct
145. If ‘A’ is the reactant and ‘P’ is the product, (d) Both (A) and (B) are correct
which one of the following is the correct 150. The products formed during the reaction of
form of Nernst equation? carbon with conc. H 2SO 4 are
D
= expæç (E - E° )ö÷
[ A] RT
(a)
è nF ø C + H 2SO 4 ¾® products
[P ]
(a) CO, SO 2 , H2O (b) CO 2 , SO 2 , H2O
= expæç (E - E° )ö÷
[ A] nF
(b)
[P ] è RT ø (c) CO, CO 2 , H2O (d) SO 2 , H2O
= expæç - (E - E° )ö÷
[ A] nF 151. How many protons will be consumed when
(c)
[P ] è RT ø dichromate ion oxidises Fe2+ ions in aqueous
(d) E = E° -
RT [ A]
ln
acidic medium?
nF [P] (a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 10 (d) 14
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 195
152. Which one of the following is tris (iv) CH3 ¾ CH2 ¾ CH2 ¾ CH2 ¾ C H2
|
(ethane-1, 2-diammine) cobalt (III) Br
sulphate?
(a) (ii), (iv)
(a) [Co(en)2 ]2 (SO 4 )3 (b) [Co(en)2 SO 4 ]
(b) (i), (iv)
(c) [Co(en)3 ]SO 4 (d) [Co(en)3 ]2 (SO 4 )3
(c) (ii), (iii), (iv)
153. Which of the following polymer is formed (d) (i), (ii)
due to the co-polymerisation of
1,3-butadiene and phenylethene? 157. The major product (P) formed in the below
(a) Buna-N (b) Neoprene reaction is
(c) Novalac (d) Buna-S CH2
154. Find the reagent that oxidises glucose into
(i) Hg(OAc)2/H2O-THF
saccharic acid? s P?
(ii) NaBH4, OH
(a) Br2 , H2O (b) HI, D
(c) HNO 3 , H2O (d) HCN
CH3
155. Which one among the following is an (a) (b) OH
antioxidant?
OH
(a) H2N SO2NH2 CH3
(c) (d) OAc
CH3 OH CH3
H3C CH3
158. Identify X , Y and Z respectively from the
(b) H3C CH3
following reactions :
Y
Schiff's
CH3 (1) Passed through red hot iron tube base
C2H2 X
(2) CO, HCl, Anhyd. AlCl3/CuCl
O HNO3/H2SO4
273 K
Z
C2H5 H
N NH2
(c) C2H5 CHO CHO
O N O (a) , ,
H
NO2
O
CHO NHNH2 CO2H
s r (b) , ,
(d) N Na
S
O O NO2
156. Find the reactants which on heating with CO2H NH2 CO2H
alcoholic KOH produces the compound (c) , ,
CH 3 ¾ CH 2 ¾ CH 2 ¾ CH == CH 2.
(i) CH3 ¾C H ¾CH2 ¾CH2 ¾CH3
| NO2
Br NHNH2
(ii) CH3 ¾CH2 ¾C H ¾CH2 ¾CH3 CHO CO2H
| (d) , ,
Br
(iii) CH3 ¾CH2 ¾CH2 ¾C H ¾CH2Br O2N NO2 NO2
|
Br
196 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
159. Identify the structure of Z in the following 160. The major products P and Q formed in the
reaction sequence following reactions of benzonitrile are
D Strong CN
Phthalic acid + NH 3 - X ¾® Y ¾¾® Z Na/EtOH (i) HCl (conc.), cold
heating P Q
(ii) Br2.KOH, ∆
O
NH2 O
NH2
(a) (b)
OH
NH2 NH2
(a) ,
O
NH2
O (b) NH
,
CN
NH2
(c) (d) NH
(c) NH2
CN ,
O O
NH2
(d) NH2
,
Answers
Mathematics
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (b) 23. (b) 24. (a) 25. (d) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (a) 30. (b)
31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (a)
41. (b) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (a) 46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (a) 49. (d) 50. (a)
51. (b) 52. (d) 53. (c) 54. (b) 55. (b) 56. (a) 57. (b) 58. (c) 59. (d) 60. (a)
61. (a) 62. (c) 63. (d) 64. (d) 65. (a) 66. (b) 67. (b) 68. (b) 69. (b) 70. (b)
71. (c) 72. (c) 73. (d) 74. (b) 75. (c) 76. (a) 77. (d) 78. (d) 79. (b) 80. (c)
Physics
81. (d) 82. (b) 83. (a) 84. (a) 85. (b) 86. (*) 87. (d) 88. (b) 89. (c) 90. (d)
91. (c) 92. (b) 93. (c) 94. (b) 95. (d) 96. (b) 97. (*) 98. (c) 99. (*) 100. (b)
101. (b) 102. (d) 103. (c) 104. (c) 105. (d) 106. (b) 107. (d) 108. (b) 109. (d) 110. (d)
111. (a) 112. (a) 113. (d) 114. (c) 115. (c) 116. (d) 117. (b) 118. (d) 119. (c) 120. (d)
Chemistry
121. (c) 122. (d) 123. (a) 124. (d) 125. (b) 126. (d) 127. (d) 128. (c) 129. (c) 130. (a)
131. (a) 132. (d) 133. (a) 134. (b) 135. (c) 136. (b) 137. (a) 138. (d) 139. (d) 140. (a)
141. (d) 142. (d) 143. (a) 144. (c) 145. (b) 146. (b) 147. (d) 148. (a) 149. (d) 150. (b)
151. (d) 152. (d) 153. (d) 154. (c) 155. (b) 156. (b) 157. (c) 158. (a) 159. (d) 160. (c)
For the coefficient of x 4 , put r = 4, we get 20. (b) According to given informations
8×7×6×5 sin 2θ + cos 2θ = − b and
8
C4 = = 70
4 × 3× 2 sin 2θ cos 2θ = − c
For the coefficient of x, put r = 5, we get Q(sin 2θ + cos 2θ)2 = sin2 2θ + cos2 2θ + 2sin 2θ cos 2θ
8×7×6 ⇒(− b)2 = 1 + 2(− c)
8
C5 = = 56
3× 2
⇒ b 2 + 2c − 1 = 0
Now, the numbers which are integral multiple of 4
and lying in between 56 and 70 are 60, 64 and 68. Hence, option (b) is correct.
Hence, option (a) is correct. 21. (c) If cot θ + tanθ = 3
18. (c) Since, the general term in the expansion of 1
⇒ =3
3 2 + 1 is
n sinθ cosθ
3 ⇒ 3sinθ cosθ = 1
3 …(i)
r and 1 − cos2 θ − α cosθ = 0
Tr + 1 = n Cr (21 / 3)n − r 1 / 3
1
3 ⇒ sin2 θ = α cosθ …(ii)
n−6 From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
Now, the 7th term from beginning = n C6 2 3 3−2 α
n−6 sin3 θ = …(iii)
and the 7th term from end = n C6 1 / 3
1 3
(21 / 3)6
3 Now, from Eq. (ii), we get
QIt is given that, sin4 θ = α 2 cos2 θ
n−6
⇒ sin4 θ = α 2(1 − sin2 θ)
n
C6 2 3 3−2 1 1 1
= ⇒ = 4/ 3
2/ 3
6− n
6 6− n
+ 2 6 ⇒ α = α 2 1 − α
n 2
C6 3 2 3
6 3
3 3
6−n 6−n 1/ 3
⇒ + 2=1⇒ = −1 α
3 3 [From Eq. (iii) sinθ = ]
3
⇒ 6 − n = − 3⇒ n = 9
α4 α
2
α
2/ 3
α
2/ 3
Hence, option (c) is correct. ⇒ = α 6 1 − − 3 1 −
81 3 3 3
19. (d) It is given that
3x 4 + 5x 2 + 2 Ax + B Cx + D Ex + F α
4/ 3
= + 2 + 2 2/ 3
(x 2 + 1)2(x 2 + 2) x 2 + 2 x +1 (x + 1)2 α 2
α 3
− 3
1
⇒ = α 2 1 −
81 9 3 α2
⇒(3x 4 + 5x 2 + 2) = (Ax + B)(x 2 + 1)2
+ (Cx + D)(x 2 + 1)(x 2 + 2) + (Ex + F)(x 2 + 2)
2 α
2/ 3
α
4/ 3
On putting x 2 = − 1, we get Qα 1 − =
3 3
3 − 5 + 2 = (iE + F)()
1 ⇒ E = 0, F = 0
On putting x 2 = − 2 , we get 1 α2 1
⇒ = α 2 1 − −
12 − 10 + 2 = ( 2iA + B)(−1)2 81 9 3
⇒ 4= 2iA + B 1 2 α2
⇒ = α2 − ⇒ 9α (6 − α ) = 1
2 2
⇒ A = 0, B = 4 81 3 9
Now, on putting x = 0, we get Hence, option (c) is correct.
2 = B + 2D + 2F
22. (b) It is given that, sin x + sin y = p, and
⇒ 2D = − 2 ⇒ D = −1
So, A + 2B + D + 4E cos x + cos y = q
= 0 + 2(4) + (−1) + 4(0) So, on squaring and adding, we get
= 8 −1 = 7 2 + 2cos(x − y) = p 2 + q 2 …(i)
Hence, option (d) is correct.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 201
= − $i +
19 3 22 4 $ 5$
29. (a) Given position vectors − j+ k
$ λ 5 λ 5 λ
OP = $i + $j − k
a
$
OQ = 2$i − $j + 3k Q is unit vector along a, so
|a|
$ and OS = 3$i − 2$j + k
OR = 2$i − 3k $ 2 2 2
19 − 3 + 22 − 4 + 5 = 1
$
So, PQ = OQ – OP = $i − 2$j + 4k λ 5 λ 5 λ
and $
RS = OS − OR = $i − 2$j + 4k 361 484 25 9 16 114 176
+ 2 + 2 + + − − =1
a b c λ2 λ λ 25 25 5λ 5λ
As 1 = 1 = 1 870 290
a 2 b2 c 2 ⇒ 2 − = 0 ⇒ λ = 15
λ 5λ
∴Angle between PQ and RS is 0. $
= − $i +
a 19 3 22 4 $ k
Hence, option (a) is correct. So, − j+
|a| 15 5 15 5 3
30. (b) Equation of plane passing through points $
$ ), (2i$ − k
($i + $j + k $ ) and origin is 10 10 $ k 1 $ $)
= $i + j + = (2i + 2$j + k
15 15 3 3
x y z
Hence, option (b) is correct.
1 1 1 = 0
32. (a) Qp = a − 2b and q = 2a + b
2 0 −1
$ ) + 2(2$i − $j + k
So, 5a = p + 2q = ($i + 2$j − k $)
⇒ − x + y(2 + 1) + z(−2) = 0
⇒ x − 3y + 2z = 0 …(i) $
= 5$i + k
And equation of line passes through points $
k
$ ) and ($i − $j + 3k
$ ) is ⇒ a = $i +
($i + 3$j − 2k 5
x −1 y − 3 z + 2 $
= = = r (Let) …(ii) $ ) − 2$i − 2k
Similarly, b = q − 2a = (2$i − $j + k
0 4 −5 5
So, point P (1, 4r + 3, − 5r − 2) lie on the line (ii), 3k$
For the point of intersection of plane (i) and line (ii) = − $j +
5
put point P(1, 4r + 3, − 5r − 2) in the equation of So, angle between a and b is
plane (i), we get
3
1 − 12r − 9 − 10r − 4 = 0
−1 a ⋅ b −1 25
⇒ −22r − 12 = 0 θ = cos = cos
|a||b| 26 × 34
6
⇒ r=− 5 5
11
−24 + 33 30 − 22 9 8 3 −1 3
So, point P 1, , = 1, , = cos−1 = cos
11 11 11 11 2 13 × 17 2 221
1 $ ). Hence, option (a) is correct.
So, the vector form of point is (11$i + 9$j + 8k
11
33. (d) Let vector b = b1 $i + b2$j + b3k$ , then
Hence, option (b) is correct.
a ⋅ b = b1 + b2 + b3 = 1 (given) …(i)
31. (b) Let vector a = a1 $i + a2$j + a3k$ and a × b = (b3 − b2)$i + (b1 − b3)$j + (b2 − b1)k$
Now, vector bisector of angle between a and $ (given)
= $j − k
6$i + 8$j is
So, b2 = b3, b1 = b3 + 1 and b1 = b2 + 1 …(ii)
a 6$i + 8$j a 6$i + 8$j
λ + = λ + From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
|a| 6 + 8
2 2 |a| 10
(b3 + 1) + b3 + b3 = 1
$
= 19$i + 22$j + 5k (given) ⇒ b3 = 0 = b2 and b1 = 1
$ So, b = $i
a 19$i + 22$j + 5k
− $i + $j
3 4
⇒ = Hence, option (d) is correct.
|a| λ 5 5
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 203
σ
34. (b) Since, equation of line passes through origin ∴Coefficient of variation = × 100
and parallel to the vector (6$i + 2$j + 3k $ ) is x
.
244
x y z = × 100
= = = r (Let) …(i) 7.5
6 2 3
= 3253
.
Now, a general point on the line (i) is P(6r , 2r , 3r).
Let point P(6r , 2r , 3r) lies on the given plane 37. (c) Let minimum percentage of the population of
$) = 7 the town that should fall sick in order to raise the
r ⋅ (3$i + 4$j − 12k
threat level is x.
⇒ 3x + 4 y − 12z = 7 …(ii) Now, according to given informations, the
So, 3(6r) + 4(2r) − 12(3r) = 7 10% of x = 5
⇒ 18r + 8r − 36r = 7 10
⇒ x = 5 ⇒ x = 50 percentage
7 100
⇒ r=−
10 Hence, option (c) is correct.
So, point P − , − , − , so distance of the
42 14 21
38. (a) Since, the bag contains 6 red, 2 white and
10 10 10
8 blue balls. So, probability of drawn three balls,
origin to point P is such that none of the balls is white
2 2 2
42 + 14 + 21 = 7 36 + 4 + 9 = 49
14
C 14 × 13 × 12 13
= 16 3 = =
10 10 10 10 10 C3 16 × 15 × 14 20
Hence, option (b) is correct. Probability of getting 2 white and 1 blue ball
2
C2 × 8 C1 8 × 3× 2 1
35. (b) Given data, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 6 = = =
1 + 2 + 2 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 4 + 6 24
16
C3 16 × 15 × 14 70
QMean = = =3
8 8 Probability of getting 2 blue and 1 white ball
3+ 3 8
C2 × 2C1 8 × 7 × 2 × 3 × 2
QMedian = = 3 and Mode = 3 = =
2 16
C3 2 × 16 × 15 × 14
QMean = Median = Mode, for given data, so 1
deviations about mean, median and mode α , β and =
10
γ are also same.
Probability of getting 1 red, 1 white and 1 blue
∴ α =β = γ ball
Hence, option (b) is correct. 6
C × 2C × 8 C1 6 × 2 × 8 × 3 × 2 6
= 1 16 1 = =
36. (b) Option (b), 20 23 is correct. C3 16 × 15 × 14 35
3
So, A(III), B(I), C(IV) and D(II)
xi fi xi 2 fi xi fi xi 2 Hence, option (a) is correct.
5 3 25 15 75 39. (d) Let E1 : Event of getting a five
7 2 49 14 98 E 2 : Event of not getting a five
9 1 81 9 81 and A: Event that the boy reports that it is a five.
11 2 121 22 242 So , required probabilltv by Baye’s theorem
A
Total 8 60 496 P(E1) ⋅ P
E1
P 1 =
E
Σfi x i 60 A A A
Mean (x) = = = 7.5 P(E1) ⋅ P + P(E 2)P
Σfi 8 E1 E2
2
Σfi x i 2 Σfi x i 1
×
3
Standard deviation (σ) = − 3 3
Σfi Σfi = 6 5 = =
1 × 3 + 5 × 2 3 + 10 13
=
496
− (7.5)2 = . − 56.25
6225 6 5 6 5
8 Hence, option (d) is correct.
= 6 = 2.44
204 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
40. (a) According to Binomial probability 43. (b) Reflection of point P(1, 4) about the line y = x
distribution, Let ‘n’ number of times coin is tossed. is A(4, 1).
So, probability of getting five heads Now, after translation of point A(4, 1) through a
n−5 5 n distance of 1 unit along the positive direction of
= n C5 1 = nC 1
1
5 X-axis, the new coordinate is B(5, 1).
2 2 2
n Now, after rotation of the line OB through an
And probability of getting seven heads = n C7 π
1
angle about the origin in the anti-clockwise
2 4
According to given information, direction, the new coordinate
π π π π
n n = C 5cos − 1sin , 5sin + 1 cos
C7 = n C5
1 1 4
n
4 4 4
2 2
= C 5
−
1 5
+
1
, = C(2 2, 3 2)
⇒ n = 12 {Qif n Cx = n C y ⇒ x + y = n} 2 2 2 2
12 Hence, option (b) is correct.
C4
1
So, probability of getting four heads = 12
2 44. (c) Given equation of straight line,
12 × 11 × 10 × 9 1 495
= = Y
4 × 3× 2 212 4096
Hence, option (a) is correct.
41. (b) According to given information,
(–3, 0)
λ2e − λ λ3e − λ θ
= ⇒λ = 3 X′
O
X
2! 3! A
B
35 e −3 81e −3 81 M
So, P(X = 5) = = =
5! 40 40e 3 0,–6 2x+7y+6=0
7
Hence, option (b) is correct.
42. (d) Let mutually perpendicular lines are axes only. Y′
x y
Y 2x + 7 y + 6 = 0 ⇒ + =1
−3 −6 / 7
So, angle θ = π + ∠AOM
(0, b) = π + α [Let ∠AOM = α],
Q(tanα) × Slope of line = −1
2
⇒(tanα) × − = − 1
(h , k ) 2
7
1 ⇒ tanα = 7 / 2
X 7
O (a, 0) So, required angle θ = π + tan−1
2
Hence, option (c) is correct.
2a 3h b
Q = h⇒a = and = k
3 2 3 45. (a) Let the equation of line passes through point
(x1 , y1) having slope m is
⇒ b = 3k
y − y1 − m(x − x1) = 0 …(i)
Q a + b =l
2 2 2
Now, algebraic sum of the lengths of the
9h2 perpendiculars drawn to the line (i) from (2, 0),
⇒ + 9k2 = l 2
4 (0, 2) and (1, 1) is
⇒ 9h2 + 36k2 = 4l 2 − y1 − 2m + mx1 2 − y1 + mx1
+
1+ m 2
1 + m2
On taking locus of point (h, k), we get
1 − y1 − m + mx1
9 x 2 + 36 y 2 = 4l 2 + = 0 (given)
1 + m2
Hence, option (d) is correct.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 205
⇒ m(−2 + x1 + x1 − 1 + x1) So, the vertices of square are (4, 4), (4, −6), (−6, −6)
+ (− y1 + 2 − y1 + 1 − y1) = 0 and (−6, 4).
⇒ m(3x1 − 3) + (3 − 3y1) = 0 (–6, 4)D A(4, 4)
⇒ m(x1 − 1) + (1 − y1) = 0
On comparing the coefficient of different terms,
We get x1 − 1 = 0 and y1 − 1 = 0
So, (x1 , y1) = (1, 1)
Hence, option (a) is correct.
46. (b) According to the given informations, C(–6, –6) B(4, –6)
|λ − 5|
Now equation of diagonal AC is y − 4 = 1(x − 4)
32 + 42 3 |λ − 5| 3 ⇒ x−y=0
= ⇒ =
|λ + 5| 7 |λ + 5| 7 and equation of diagonal BD is y − 4 = −1 (x + 6)
32 + 42 ⇒ x + y + 2= 0
5− λ 3 So, combined equation of the diagonals is
⇒ = {Qλ ∈ (−5, 5}
)
5+ λ 7 (x − y)(x + y + 2) = 0
⇒ 35 − 7λ = 15 + 3λ ⇒ x 2 − y 2 + 2x − 2y = 0
⇒ 10λ = 20 ⇒ λ = 2 Hence, option (a) is correct.
Hence, option (b) is correct. 49. (d) Given, equation of circle
47. (c) Given, equation of lines 2x + 5xy + 2y = 0
2 2 x 2 + y 2 − 4 x + 2y + 3 = 0, Now required locus of
⇒ 2x 2 + 4 xy + xy + 2y 2 = 0 point P is (x − 2)2 + (y + 1)2 = 2(4 + 1 − 3)
= 68 + 64 tan2 θ + 4 cot 2 θ
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 207
⇒ 2 3 + 2 − 3 3 + 2 = 0
b b b Qa and b have same magnitudes, so the bisector
a a a vector of angle between a and b are ± a ± b
$ ) ± ( 3$i − 3$j)
= ± ($i + $j + 2k
⇒ 2 − 3 3 + 2 = 0
b b
a a From the options the vector
(1 + 3)$i + (1 − 3)$j + 2k $ is correct, means
⇒
b
=
3 as b > 0 direction ratios of a bisector is1 + 3,1 − 3, 2.
a 2 a
Hence, option (a) is correct.
x2 y2
Now, the eccentricity of the ellipse + = 1 is 61. (a) According to given informations, the direction
a2 b2
ratios of normal to the plane π1 are 1 − 0, −2 − 0,
2
e = 1 − = 1 − =
b 3 1 1
= 5 − 0 i.e. 1, − 2, 5 .
a 4 4 2 And similarly direction ratios of normal to the
Hence, option (b) is correct. plane π 2 are
1 − 1, 2 − (−2), −1 − 5 i.e. 0, 4, − 6
58. (c) Equation of given hyperbola is
So, the acute angle between planes π1 and π 2 is
9 x 2 − 4 y 2 + 36 x + 8 y − 4 = 0
1 0) + (−2)(4) + (5)(−6)
()(
⇒ 9(x + 4 x + 4) − 4(y 2 − 2y + 1) = 36
2 cos−1
1 + 4 + 25 0 + 16 + 36
208 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
2 3
dy
2 c2 ⇒ h=
2
2
d y dx 2y
⇒ = − = − [From Eq. (i)] 3
dx 2
y y So, x-coordinate of point P is .
2
c4
=− 70. (b) Since, the minimum value of
4 y3 α 2 − 64 64 − α 2
f (x) = 2x 2 + αx + 8 is − =
Hence, option (b) is correct. 8 8
67. (b) According to the given information, And the maximum value of g(x) = − 3x 2 − 4 x + α 2
dy
=1 12α 2 − 16 16 + 12α 2
…(i) is − =
dx −12 12
dy dx
Q = a sinθ and = a(1 + cosθ) Now, according to the question
dθ dθ 64 − α 2 16 + 12 α 2
dy =
8 12
dy dθ a sinθ
∴ = = =1 ⇒ 192 − 3α 2 = 32 + 24α 2
dx dx a(1 + cosθ)
dθ ⇒ 27α 2 = 160 ⇒α 2 =
160
θ θ 27
2sin cos
sinθ 2 2 = 1 ⇒ tan θ = 1 Hence, option (b) is correct.
⇒ =1⇒
1 + cosθ 2θ 2 dx
2cos 71. (c) I = ∫
2 4sin x + 3 cos x
θ π π
⇒ = ⇒θ = Let 3 = r cosθ and 4 = r sin θ
2 4 2
4
π ⇒ r = 5 and θ = tan−1
So, the required point on the curve is a + 1 , a 3
2
dx 1
So, I = ∫
r cos (x − θ) 5 ∫
. = sec (x − θ) dθ
Hence, option (b) is correct.
1
= log|sec (x − θ) + tan(x − θ)| + c
68. (b) According to the given informations I ∝ tanθ 5
∆I ∆θ 1 4 4
= log|sec (x − tan−1 ) + tan(x − tan−1 )| + c
So, × 100 = sec2 θ × 100
I θ 5 3 3
∆θ π 1 π Hence, option (c) is correct.
At θ = 45°, × 100 = × × 100 =
θ 4 100 4 2 dx
∆I
72. (c) I = ∫ = f (x) + c (given)
So, percentage error in current is × 100 cos x sin 2x
I dx sec2 x dx
= 2× =
π π So, I = ∫ cos x sin x cos x
=∫
tan x
4 2
Hence, option (b) is correct. Let tan x = t 2 ⇒sec2 xdx = 2tdt
2tdt
69. (b) Let the point P(h, k) on the given curve So, I = ∫ = 2∫ dt = 2t + c = 2 tan x + c
t
y = 3x 2 − 5x + 7
So, f (x) = 2 tan x
So, k = 3h2 − 5h + 7 …(i)
Hence, option (c) is correct.
dy y − y1
and = 6h − 5 = 2 2
dx P 2−1 73. (d) I = ∫ e x sec x + tan x − cot x dx
sin x
Q y1 = 3 − 5 + 7 = 5 and y2 = 12 − 10 + 7 = 9
dy 9−5 1 + sin x − cos x
∴ = 6h − 5 =
x cos 2 x cos x sin x dx
dx P 1 = ∫e
sin x
⇒ 6h − 5 = 4
⇒ 6h = 9
210 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
tan x + 1 0
−1 π/2
π/2
sin2xdx = 4 −
− 4 2 tan 2 cos 2x
+ c = 4∫
2 0 2 0
= 2[−(−1 − 1)] = 4
Hence, option (b) is correct. Hence, option (d) is correct.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 211
4.5 × 10−3 =
9 µ0 I 4 2
B1 = ⋅ = 10−7 ×
t2 − 25 4π d 0.2
4.5 × 10−3 t2 − 112. 5 × 10−3 = 9 −6
= 2 2 × 10 T
4.5 t2 − 112.5 = 9 × 103 Magnetic field at point P due to current carrying
4.5 t2 = 9000 + 112.5 wire 2,
4.5 t2 = 9112.5 µ I 4 2
B2 = 0 ⋅ = 10−7 × = 2 2 × 10−6 T
9112.5 4π d 0.2
t2 = = 2025°C
4.5 since, B1 and B2 both are in perpendicular
Hence, the temperature of the filament when the direction to each other, hence the resultant
bulb is turned on 2025°C. magnetic field at point P,
B= B12 + B22
109. (d) Given, two charge particles having same
charge, q move with same speed = (2 2 × 10−6)2 + (2 2 × 10−6)2
i.e., v1 = v2 = 150 km/s = 1.5 × 105 m/s = 2 2 × 10−6 1 + 1
Electric force between two moving charge particle
= 4 × 10−6 T = 4µT
is same as they are static,
1 q2 Hence, the magnitude of the magnetic field is 4µT.
i.e., F2 = ⋅ 2 …(i)
4 π ε0 r 111. (a) Susceptibility of a diamagnetic material is a
Magnetic force between two moving charge negative quantity, (χ < 0) while paramagnetic;
particles is given by ferromagnetic and superparamagnetic material
µ q ⋅q v v have positive susceptibility (χ > 0), hence it is
F1 = 0 ⋅ 1 22 1 2 incorrect statement.
4π r
[Qq1 = q 2 = q and v1 = v2 = v] Paramagnetic materials obey Curie’s law.
Ferromagnetic materials have permanent
µ q v 2 2
F1 = 0 ⋅ 2 …(ii) magnetic domains and each domain contains near
4π r about1017 atoms.
From Eq. (i) and (ii), we get Magnetisation of soft ferromagnetic substance
µ 0 q 2 v2 disappear easily after removal of external
F1 ⋅
= 4 π r 2 = ε0µ 0 v2
2
∴ magnetic field.
F2 1 q So, among the given statements statement (a) is
⋅ 2
4 π ε0 r incorrect.
1 −7 Hence, the correct option is (a).
= × (1.5 × 10 ) = 2.5 × 10
5 2
9 × 1016
112. (a) Given, a toroid with a rectangular
F
Hence, 1 is 2.5 × 10−7. cross-section of inner radius a and outer radius b.
F2 Height of the solenoid = h
Magnetic field inside a rectangular toroid is given by
110. (d) Given, µ 0 = 4 π × 10−7 H/m
µ nI
distance, d = 20 cm = 0.2 m B= 0 …(i)
2πr
and current, I = 4 2 A
r
∴Magnetic field at a point P due to current
carrying wire 1,
2 a dx h
I O
b
b
µ 0 nI ∴Radiation pressure due to incident light photon,
φ = ∫ B. dx = ∫ 2π r
⋅ (h dr)
2I 2 × 9 × 104
a p= =
µ 0 nIh 1
b c 3 × 108
2π ∫a r
φ= dr
(Qc = speed of light = 3. 0 × 108 m/s)
µ nhI p = 6 × 10−4 N/m 2
⇒ φ= 0 [log r]ba
2π
Average force exerted on the surface,
µ nhI
⇒ φ= 0 (log b − log a) F=p× A
2π
µ nhI b = 6 × 10−4 × 3 × 10−2
φ= 0 ln
2π a = 18 × 10−6 N = 18 µN
Now, self inductance of rectangular toroid,
115. (c) When a light beam is incident at an angle of
nφ
L= incidence θ, the intensity across the surface is
I geometrically reduced by the cosine of that angle
Putting the value of φ, we get and the component of the radiation force against
µn2h b the surface will also be reduced by the cosine of θ,
L= ln hence resulting pressure,
2π a
I
pincident = cos2 θ,
113. (d) Given, peak emf, V0 = 8 V c
30 Where, c is velocity of light.
Frequency of AC source, f = Hz and resistance,
π Since, light wave reflects also from reflecting
R = 8Ω surface, hence the recoil due to the reflected wave
8 Q V = V0 will further contribute to the radiation pressure.
Vrms = V ms I
2 2 ∴ pemitted = cos2 θ
c
∴ Vrms × Irms × cos φ = 0.4
V R ∴ pnet = pincident + pemitted
Vrms × rms × = 0.4 I I
Z Z = cos2 θ + cos2 θ
QPower factor, cos φ = R c c
2I
Z pnet = cos2 θ
c
V 2rms
× R = 0.4 ∴Force exerted by the light beam,
Z2
2IA cos2 θ
8 ×8
2 F = pnet × Area (A) =
c
2
⇒ = 0.4
X L2 + R2 116. (d) Given, hc = 1242 eV-nm
X L2 + R = 640
2 Since, monochromatic radiation is incident on
hydrogen sample which is in ground state.
X L2 + 64 = 640
Hence, the energy of ground state is given by
ω L = 640 − 64
2 2
(Q X L = ωL) |E| = 136
. eV
576 hc Q E = hc
L2 = 2 = 136
.
ω λ λ
24 24 24 hc 1242
⇒L = = = = 0.4 H λ= = nm
ω 2π ×
30 60 136
. 136
.
π − 951
= 91.3 nm ~ . nm
The inductance of the coil is 0.4 H. Hence, the wavelength of incident radiation is
114. (c) Given, intensity of flash light, I = 9 W/cm 2 95.1 nm.
= 9 × 104 W/m 2 117. (b) For two radioactive elements R1 and R2, decay
Area, A = 300 cm = 3 × 10
2 −2
m 2 constants,
λ1 = 6 λ and λ 2 = λ
220 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
Half-life of R2, (t1 / 2)2 = 1.4 × 1017 s (ii) Sine wave, 100 Hz, 8 V
If N 0 be the initial number of nuclei at t = 0, in both C
R1 and R2 or N1 and N 2 be the nuclei after time t. F
n
N1 = N 0
1 1 D
Then,
2 square wave 100 Hz, 6 V
n
N 2 = N 0
1 2 In figure (i), sine wave and square wave both have
and
2 different frequency, respectively, 50 Hz and 107 Hz.
n 2 − n1 Hence, these voltages are not processed by AND
N2 1
∴ = gate, therefore, no output is obtained from gate (i).
N1 2 In figure (ii), since wave and square wave both have
n 2 − n1
N2
e =
1 same frequency of 100 Hz, hence, these voltage are
2 Q N = e processed by AND gate. Since, logic gate (AND gate)
1
1 gives output in two level (0 and 1) only at same
log e e = (n2 − n1) log frequency of input. Therefore, the output of gate (ii)
2
will be pulsed wave of 100 Hz.
1 = (n2 − n1) log 2−1
⇒ 1 = (n1 − n2) log 2 119. (c) Given, load resistance in common emitter mode,
1 = (n1 − n2) 0.7 R = 3 kΩ = 3000 Ω
1 Input voltage, Vi = 30 mV
⇒ n1 − n2 =
0.7 Change in base current,
t
−
t
=
1
…(i) ∆I B = 30 µA = 3 × 10−5 A
(t1 / 2)1 (t1 / 2)2 0.7 Change in collector current,
0.693 0.693
Since, (t1 / 2)2 = = ∆I c = 3 mA = 3 × 10−3 A
λ2 λ
Current gain in common emitter mode,
0.693 0.693
⇒ λ= = = 0.495 × 10−17 ∆I c 3 × 10−3
(t1 / 2)2 1.4 × 1017 β= = = 100
∆I B 3 × 10−5
∴ λ1 = 6 λ = 6 × 0.495 × 10−17 Vi 30 × 10−3
−17 Input resistance, Rin = = = 1000Ω
= 2. 97 × 10 m ∆ IB 3 × 10−5
0.693 0.693 R 3000
∴ (t1 / 2)1 = = ∴Power gain (Pv) = β 2 ⋅ = 1002 × = 30000
λ1 2 . 97 × 10−17 Rin 1000
(t1 / 2)1 = 0.23 × 1017 s Hence, the power gain in this circuit will be 30000.
∴From Eq. (i), we get 120. (d) Given, frequency of carrier signal, f = 5 MHz
t t 1
− = and peak voltage, Vc = 40 V
0.23 × 1017 1.4 × 1017 0.7
17 Modulation index, µ = 0.75
t
1 1 10
− = V
0.23 1.4 0.7 ∴ µ= m [QVm is peak voltage
Vc of message signal]
1017
. )=
t(364 Vm
0.7 0.75 =
10 17
10 40
t= = × 1016
0.7 × 364
. 2.56 ⇒ Vm = 40 × 0.75
Vm = 30 V
= 39
. × 1016 ≈ 4 × 1016 s
Since, difference of frequencies of two side bands
118. (d) Given, is equal to the band width (2 fm).
(i) Sine wave, 50 Hz, 2 V i.e., Band width = 40 kHz
A 2 fm = 40 kHz ⇒ fm = 20 kHz
E Hence, the peak voltage and frequencey will be
B 30 V and 20 kHz.
square wave 107 Hz, 6 V
Chemistry
121. (c) Velocity of an electron can be given as follows: III. The oxidation state of O in OF 2 = + 1 and
Z oxidation state of O in Na 2O = − 1. Hence, the
Velocity (speed) [v] = 2.18 × 10 ⋅ 6
given statement is not correct.
n
where, Z = atomic number IV. The radius of Na + ion is smaller than F − ion
because both are isoelectronic species but F −
n = number of orbit
has less number of protons (i.e. more number
For hydrogen atom, Z = 1 ⇒ n = 3 of electrons) [i.e. F has 9 protons], than, that
Therefore, v = 218
Z
. × 106 ⋅ = 218 . × 106 ×
1 of Na + (has 11 protons).
n 3 Hence, Na + ion is of smaller in size than that of
= 0.726 × 106 ms −1 F − ion (due to greater attractive force in sodium.)
v = 7.26 × 105 ms −1 Thus, I and III are not the correct statements.
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer. Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
122. (d) Radius of an electron (rn) in any orbit can be 125. (b) Structure of :
calculated as follows : I. SnCl 2 Sn have 4 valence electrons,
0.52 × 10−10 n2 which form two sigma (σ) bonds
rn = m Sn
Z and have one lone pair (lp) of
electrons over Sn atom, thus have Cl Cl
where, n = number of orbit, Z = atomic number
V-shaped structure.
For Li 2+ - n = 2, Z = 3
II. BeF 2 F —Be—F
For Be 3+ - n = 3, Z = 4
Linear Be have two valence electrons bonded
r 2+ n2
×
Z with 2F-atoms, thus has no lp of electrons and
Therefore, ( Li ) =
r( Be3 + ) Z ( Li 2 + ) n2 ( Be3 + ) have linear structure.
III. SO2 Sulphur (S) have six (6)
22
= × 2 =
4 16
3 27 valence electrons, out of which S
3 sulphur can form one coordinate
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. sigma, one simple (σ) and one pi (π) O O
bond with O-atoms having one lp of electrons
123. (a) While going from left to right of the periodic over sulphur atom.
table, the atomic size decreases more rapidly for Thus, SO 2 have bent structure.
the 3d-series compared to 4 f-series of elements. + +
Also, 3d-electrons experience lesser shielding than IV. NO2 Nitrogen in NO 2 have four (4) electrons
4 f-electrons. in its outermost shell, which are involved in
Thus, both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are +
formation of O == N → O one coordinate,
correct and (R) is the correct explanation of (A). ( Linear)
124. (d) The explanation of given statements are: one simple sigma and one π- bond with
O-atoms. It has no lp of electrons over N-atom,
I. Both beryllium (Be) and barium (Ba) belongs
thus have linear structure.
to the same group (i.e. group-II) and as we
move down the group, size of atom/ion V. C2 H2 H C ≡≡ C H
increases while their covalent character (Linear)
decreases. Thus, Ba compounds are generally Carbon has four valence electrons which
less covalent than Be compounds. forms two sigma bonds with two H-atoms
Therefore, the given statement is not correct. one by each C-atom) and one sigma bond
II. The electron gain enthalpy of He is positive between two C-atoms. It also forms two pi (π)
because of very small size with full-filled bonds between two C-atoms to complete its
electronic configuration. (i.e. 1s 2). Hence, the octate. Thus, has linear structure.
given statement is correct. Hence, option (b) [i.e. II, IV and V] is the
correct answer.
222 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
7 × 10
126. (d) = moles of H 2.
2
(A) Trigonal planar → (III) BF 3, because boron
Therefore, moles of H 2(g) required = 35 moles.
has three (3) valence electrons which are
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
involved in formation of three sigma (σ) bonds
with 3F-atoms and has no lone pair (lp) of 130. (a)
electrons. ∆
l + 2Mg(s) →
(A) TiCl 4 () Ti (s) + 2MgCl 2(s)
(B) Tetrahedral → (IV) CCl 4 , because carbon has
four (4) valence electrons which are involved The above reaction is an example of metal
in formation of four sigma (σ) bonds with displacement reaction in which more reactive
4Cl-atoms and has no lp of electrons. metal. (i.e. Mg) will displace less reactive
metal (i.e. Ti).
(C) Trigonal bipyramidal → (I) PCl 5, because
Thus, option (II) is related with (A).
phosphorus has five valence electrons which
are involved in formation of five sigma (σ) (B) 2H 2O 2(aq) → 2H 2O() l + O 2(g)
bonds with 5Cl atoms and has no lp of The above reaction is an example of
electrons. disproportionation reaction in which O-atom
of H 2O 2 is oxidised as (O 2) and also reduced to
(D) Octahedral → (II) SF 6, because sulphur has
H 2O. Thus, option (I) is related with (B).
six valence electrons which are involved in ∆
formation of six sigma (σ) bonds with (C) C(s) + O 2(g) → CO 2(g)
6F-atoms and has no lp of electrons. The above reaction is an example of
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. combination reaction in which carbon(s)
combines with O 2(g) to give CO 2(g).
127. (d) Boyle’s law state that, Thus, option (IV) is related with (C).
1
p∝ (at constant T and n) ∆
(D) 2NaH(s) → 2Na(s) + H 2(g)
V
or pV = constant (say k) The above reaction is an example of
decomposition reaction in which NaH is
Also, from Charles’ law, we have : decomposes to Na(s) and H 2(g).
V ∝T Thus, option (III) is related with (D).
V
or = constant Hence,
T
Therefore, plots (ii) and (iii) are correct. (A) → (II), (B) → (I), (C) → (IV), (D) → (III)
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. and option (a) is the correct answer.
8a
128. (c) Given, Tc = ; 131. (a) When Fe2O 3(s) reacts with H 2(g), it will give Fe
27Rb and H 2O as follows : Fe2O 3 + 3H 2 → 2Fe + 3H 2O
a
pc = ; Vc = 3b When 2 moles of Fe2O 3 are used, the reaction
27b 2 becomes as follows:
pV
QCompressibility factor (Z) = 2[Fe2O 3 + 3H 2 → 2Fe + 3H 2O]
RT
pc ⋅ Vc Given, ∆H °f for Fe2O 3 (s) = − 824.2 kJ mol −1
(Z) at critical state =
R ⋅ Tc and ∆H °f for H 2O () . kJ mol −1
l = − 28583
R ⋅ 27b
Z=
a
× [3b] × QStandard enthalpy of reaction
27b 2 R ⋅ 8a
3 (∆HR° ) = ∑ ∆H °f (Product) − Σ ∆H °f (Reacant)
Z=
8 H ° for H 2 = 0
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer. and f° (as are present in free state)
H f for Fe = 0
129. (c) The reaction of H 2(g) with NO 2(g) occurs as
Thus, ∆ HR° = [6 × − 28583 . ] − [2 × (− 824.2)]
follows :
°
7 H 2 (g) + 2 NO 2(g) → 2 NH 3(g) + 4H 2O(g) ∆HR = (−1714.98) + (1648.4)
Q2 moles of NH 3 are produced by = 7 moles of H 2. ∆HR° = − 66.58 kJ/mol
∴10 moles of NH 3 are produced by Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 223
133. (a) More be the oxidation state of central atom 136. (b) The reaction of borax (Na2B 4O 7) with water
(i.e. Cl-atom), more is the acidic nature of the occurs as follows :
species and lesser will be the basic strength. Na 2B 4O 7 + 7H 2O → 4H 3BO 3 + 2NaOH
As, oxidation number of : ( B) ( A)
Therefore, χSnCl 4 = 1 − 0.43 = 0.57 Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
Thus, ptotal = 0.43 × 11500
. + 0.57 × 238
146. (b) Given, rate constant (k) for
= 49.45 + 13566
. first order = 0.2303 min −1 .
= 18511
. ≈ 18585 . torr
For first order reaction,
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
2.303 a
Time ()t = log …(i)
144. (c) Melting point of camphor = 176° C k a − x
(K f ) for camphor = 40 K kg mol −1 where, a = initial concentration
Mass of hydrocarbon (wB) = 0.02 g (a − x) = concentration at time ()t
Mass of camphor (w A) = 0.8 g x = amount complete
Temperature of camphor (at which it melts) Let, initial concentration (a) = 1
= 156.77°C x=
9
Thus, ∆Tf for camphor = 176 − 156.77 10
= 19.23° C = 19.23 K 9 1
then, (a − x) = 1 − =
∴ Depression in freezing point, 10 10
K × wB 1000 From equation (i),
∆Tf = f × 2.303 1
MB WA t= log
0.2303 1
40 × 0.02 × 1000
19.23 = 10
M B × 0.8
t = 10 log10
Molar mass of solute (M B)
t = 10 × 1 = 10 min −1
40 × 0.02 × 1000
= = 52 Hence, option (b) is correct.
19.23 × 0.8
147. (d)
Element % %
= mol Mol ratio (A) Adsorption is accompained by decrease in
atomic mass enthalpy as well as in entropy of the system
C 92.3% 7.7 7.7/7.7=1 ∆G = ∆H − T ∆S and adsorption is an
exothermic process [thus has ∆H = (−)ve, i.e.
H 7.7% 7.7 7.7/7.7=1 decreases] and randomness, i.e. (∆S) also
decreases because after adsorption free
C:H = 1:1 movement is restricted, but to make the ∆G(−)
∴ Empirical formula = CH ve, ∆H > T. ∆S. Hence, the statement (A) is
Empirical formula weight = 12 + 1 = 13 correct.
Molecular weight 52 (B) Gases, which can react strongly with
Multiple (n) = = =4 adsorbent show chemisorption as they form
Empirical formula weight 13
chemical bonds with the adsorbent. Hence,
Thus, molecular formula = (CH)4 = C4H 4 the statement (c) is also correct.
145. (b) According to Nernst equation : (C) When the value of slope of the Freundlich
RT [Product] isotherm is non-zero, adsorption of a gas
E = E° − ln depends on pressure over it, till the adsorption
nF [Reactant]
is possible. According to Freundlich isotherm
RT [P]
or, E = E° − ln equation :
nF [A] x
= k ⋅ p1 / n
RT P m
or, E − E° = − ln where,
nF A
x = mass of gas adsorbed,
nF ( E − E °)
A = e RT m = mass of adsorbent,
or,
P p = pressure,
nF k = constant,
(E − E ° )
[A] n = integer number,
or = exp RT
[P] Hence, statement (C) is not correct.
226 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
(D) Gold number is defined as, ‘‘The number of 150. (b) When H 2SO 4 (conc.) react with non-metals, it
milligrams of a hydrophilic colloid that will
give oxoacid of non-metal and SO 2 (g). If oxoacid
just prevent the precipitation of 10 mL of a is unstable, it decomposes, [as in H 2CO 3, which
gold sol on the addition of 1 mL of 10% decomposes as CO 2 + H 2O] the whole reaction
sodium chloride solution’’. Gold number for occurs as follows :
patato starch is 20. ∆
C + H 2SO 4 → H 2CO 3 + SO 2 → CO 2 + H 2O + SO 2
Hence, statements (C) and (D) are not correct and
therefore (d) is the correct option. Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
148. (a) Molten Al 2O 3 + Na3AlF6 as electrolyte, carbon 151. (d) When dichromate ion, oxidises Fe2+ ions in
coated steel vessel cathode, graphite anode is used aqueous acidic medium to Fe 3+ , the following
to produce aluminium (Al) by electrolysis. The reaction takes place :
process is called Hall’s process. Cr2O 27− + 14H + + 6Fe2+ → 6Fe3+ + 2Cr 3+ + 7H 2O
In this process, purified alumina is mixed with Hence, 14 protons are consumed in the reaction
Na 3 AlF6 or CaF2 (cryolite or fluorspar), which and option (d) is the correct answer.
lowers the melting point of alumina and brings
conductivity. 152. (d) The given name is of cation type complex.
Thus, its formula is [Co(en)3]2 (SO 4)3 and is named
In the electrolytic cell, steel cathode and series as tris (ethane 1, 2, diammine) cobalt (III)
of graphite anode are used. sulphate. The following rules are used while
The overall reaction is naming the complex :
2Al 2O3 + 3C → 4Al + 3CO2 ↑ (i) The cation is named first (if present outside
the coordination sphere).
The electrolytic reactions are as follows:
(ii) Then, the ligands are named in an
Al 2O3 → 2Al 3 + + 3 O2−
alphabetical order along with their quantity
At cathode Al 3+ + 3 e − → Al ()
l before the name of central atom/ion. (This
procedure is reversed for writing the formula).
At anode C(s) + O2− (melt) → CO(g) + 2 e −
(iii) The name of central metal is written along
C(s) + 2O2− (melt) → CO2(g) + 4 e − with its oxidation state in roman.
The oxygen liberated at anode reacts with the (iv) If, name of ligand includes numerical prefix,
carbon of anode producing CO and CO2 . then, the terms bis for (2) tris for (3) etc. are
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer. used and name of ligand is written in
parentheses.
149. (d) Statement (A) Among the oxides of (v) If, anion is present outside the coordination
nitrogen, NO and NO 2 are paramagnetic is the sphere, it named without their quantity.
correct statement as N-atom contains unpaired
(vi) If the complex ion is a cation, the metal is
electrons in its structure.
••
named as the name of metal but, if the
•
Structure of NO → ••N == O complex ion is an anion, the name of metal
•• ends with suffix-‘ate’.
N (vii) The neutral complex molecules are named
Structure of NO 2 → similar to that of complex cation.
O O
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
Statement (B) NO is paramagnetic in gaseous
state and diamagnetic in liquid-state is also the
153. (d) Co-polymerisation of 1, 3-butadine and
phenyl ethene gives buna-S as follows :
correct statement as NO in liquid state exists as
dimer with no unpaired electron in the structure. n ⋅ CH 2 ==CH CH ==CH 2 + n ⋅ CH 2 ==CH
N O Ph
154. (c) On oxidation with HNO 3 and H 2O, the glucose 157. (c) In the given reaction,
gives saccharic acid as follows : CH2
CHO COOH
HNO 3 ,H 2 O (i) Hg(OAc)/H2O-THF
(CHOH)4 → (CHOH)4 (ii) NaBH . OH
(P )
Oxidation 4
CH 2OH COOH
Glucose Saccharic acid
The cycloalkenes form an intermediate product
using Hg 2+ salt, like Hg(OAc) 2 in aqueous THF,
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
which on reduction by NaBH 4 ⋅ OH gives
155. (b) Antioxidants are substances that may protect corresponding alcohol as final product.
our cells, against the effects of free radicals. These The whole reaction occurs as follows :
are good reducing agent and are capable to CH2 CH3OCO CH2 HgOCO CH3 HO CH3
produce free radicals to protect us from the effects
of free radicals. Hg(OAc)2/H2O-THF NaBH4. OH
Among the given options, only option (b) BHT
(butylated hydroxy toluene) is a good reducing
(P)
agent and can provide free radical.
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer. Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
156. (b) On heating haloalkane with alcoholic KOH, 158. (a) The (X), (Y) and (Z) in the given reaction are
gives CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH ==CH 2 are : as follows:
CHO
(i) CH 3 CH CH 2 CH 2 CH 3
(i) CO, HCl
Br Passed through
red hot iron tube Anhyd. AlCl3/CuCl
KOH (alc.)
3C2H 2 →
→ CH 2 ==CH CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 Benzene Benzaldehyde
Elimination
X
[by using Hofmann’s rule]. [Gattermann-Koch reaction]
Hence, the formation of given product is possible. CHO NH2
(ii) CH 3 CH 2 CH CH 2 CH 3
Br + Schiff’ s base
KOH (alc.)
→ CH 3 CH ==CH CH 2 CH 3 (X) (Y)
Hence, the formation of given product is not CHO CHO
possible.
(iii) CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH CH 2Br HNO3/H2SO4
273K
Br NO2
(X)
KOH (alc.) m-nitrobenzaldehyde
→ CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH ==CHBr. (Z)
Elimination
Hence, the formation of given product is not Nitration of benzaldehyde occurs at m-position.
possible. Hence,
(iv) CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CHO NH2
(X) = , (Y) =
KOH (alc.) Br
→ CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH ==CH 2
Elimination CHO
Hence, the formation of given product is and (Z) =
possible. Thus, (i) and (iv) are the reactants
that can give the given product.
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer. NO2
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
228 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2019
159. (d) The given reaction takes place as The reaction occurs as follows :
follows:
sr CN
COOH COONH4
+ 2NH3 Na/EtOH NH2
sr
COOH COONH4
Phthalic acid Ammonium phthalate (P)
∆ –2H2O When C6H 5CN reacts with (i) HCl (conc. cold) and
(ii) Br2/KOH, it gives corresponding primary amine
O O with one C-atom less, as in parent formula (using
C Hoffmann-Bromamide degradation reaction).
C
–NH3
NH2 Thus, the final product is
NH Strong
heating NH2 NH2
C
O O
Phthalimide Phthalimide
The whole reaction is as follows:
160. (c) When C6H 5CN reacts with Na/EtOH, C6H 5CN CN NH2
undergo for reduction and C ≡≡ N, changes to
CH 2 NH 2. (i) HCl (conc., cold)
(ii) Br2, KOH, ∆
Thus, the product (P) is
(Aniline )(Q)
NH2
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
TS EAMCET 04 May 2018
Session 1
(10:00 AM to 1:00 PM)
Mathematics
1. Let f : R ® R, g : R ® R be differentiable é 1 r r2 l ù
functions such that ( fog)(x) = x . If 5. Let l , m , n Î R and A = êê r r 2 1 m úú. Then,
f (x) = 2 x + cos x + sin 2 x , then the value of êë r 2 1 r n úû
99
å g(1 + (2n - 1)p) is the set of all real values of r for which the
n=1 rank of A is 3, is
p (a) (0, ¥) (b) R (c) R - {1} (d) R - {0}
(a) 1250p (b) (99)2
2
(c) (99)2 p (d) 2500p 6. The following system of equations
x + y + z = 9, 2 x + 5 y + 7 z = 52
2. If f :[1, ¥) ® [1, ¥] is defined by
1 + 1 + 4 log 2 x and x + 7 y + 11z = 77 has
f (x) = , then f -1 (3) = (a) no solution (b) exactly 2 solution
2 (c) only one solution (d) infinitely many solutions
1+ 5
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 64 (d)
2 7. Z is a complex number such that|Z| £ 2 and
p p
3. If a and b are the greatest divisors of n(n2 - 1) - £ amp Z £ . The area of the region
3 3
and 2 n(n2 + 2) respectively for all n Î N , then formed by locus of Z is
ab = 2p p 4p 8p
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) 18 (b) 36 (c) 27 (d) 9 3 3 3 3
é1 -1 -1 ù 8. The points in the argand plane given by
ê6 3 6 ú
ê -1 Z1 = - 3 + 5 i, Z 2 = - 1 + 6 i, Z 3 = - 2 + 8 i,
2 1ú
4. Let A = ê ú. If Z 4 = - 4 + 7 i form a
ê3 3 3ú
(a) parallelogram (b) rectangle
ê -1 1 1ú
(c) rhombus (d) square
êë 6 3 6 úû
1 9. When n = 8, ( 3 + i)n + ( 3 - i)n =
A 2016l + A 2017m + A 2018n = A, for every
a (a) -256 (b) -128
l , m , n Î N , then the value of a is (c) 256i (d) 128i
1 1 7p
(a) (b) 10. If 2 cis is one of the values of z1 / 5, then z =
6 3 5
1 2
(c) (d) (a) 32 + 32 i (b) -32 (c) -1 (d) 32
2 3
230 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
equal roots. If a , b are the other two roots of (a) xz + yz = xy + z (b) xyz = yz + x
this equation, then a + b + ab = (c) xy + z = xy + zx (d) x + y + z = xyz + z
(a) -4 (b) 3 (c) -2 (d) -5 23. Number of solutions of the equation
15. If all possible numbers are formed by using sin x - sin 2 x + sin 3 x = 2 cos 2 x - 2 cos x in
the digits 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 without repetition and (0 , p) is
they are arranged in descending order, then (a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 4
the rank of the number 327 is
1 5 2 1
(a) 31 (b) 175 (c) 149 (d) 271 24. 2 tan -1 + sec -1 + 2 tan -1 =
5 7 8
16. If a is the number of all even divisors and b is p p p p
(a) (b) (c) (d)
the number of all odd divisors of the number 6 4 3 8
10800, then 2 a + 3 b =
14
(a) 72 (b) 132 (c) 96 (d) 136 25. If cosh x = , sinh x = cos q and
3
17. If the coefficient of x 5 in the expansion of p
13 - p < q < - , then sinq =
æ 2 1ö -5 2
ç ax + ÷ is equal to the coefficient of x
è bx ø 1 2 1 2
(a) (b) (c) - (d) -
13 3 3 3 3
æ 1 ö
in the expansion of ç ax - 2 ÷ , then ab = A-B 1 A+B
è bx ø 26. In DABC, if a = 5 and tan = tan ,
1 7 4 2 4 2
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d)
6 6 2 then a 2 - b2 =
18. For n Î N , in the expansion of (4 x -3 + a 4 x 5)n, (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
the sum of all binomial coefficients lies 27. In a DABC, if A = 2B and the sides opposite to
between 200 and 400 and the term independent the angles A , B, C are a + 1, a - 1 and a
of x is 448. Then, the value of a is respectively, then a =
1
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) (d) 0 (a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 6
2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 231
28. In DABC, right angled at A, the circumradius, 35. x1 , x 2 , ...., x n are n observations with mean x
inradius and radius of the excircle opposite to and standard deviation s. Match the items of
A are respectively in the ratio 2 : 5 : l, then the List-I with those of List-II
roots of the equation
List-I List-II
x 2 - (l - 5) x + (l - 6) = 0 are
n
A (i) Median
(a) 3, 4 (b) 5, 13 (c) 1, 3 (d) 8, 13 å(x i - x)
i =1
29. Let 3$i + $j - k$ be the position vector of a point
B. Let A be a point on the line which is B Variance ( s 2 ) (ii) Coefficient of variation
passing through B and parallel to the vector C Mean deviation (iii) Zero
2 i$ - $j + 2 k$ . If|BA|= 18, then the position D Measure used to find (iv) Mean of the absolute
vector of A is the homogeneity of deviations from any
(a) -9$i + 7 $j - 13k$ (b) -9$i + 3$j + 12 k$ given two series measure of central
(c) 9$i - 3$j + 2 k$ (d) 3$i - $j + 7 k$ tendency
(v) Mean of the squares of
30. The vector that is parallel to the vector the deviations from
2 $i - 2 $j - 4 k$ and coplanar with the vectors mean
$i + $j and $j + k$ is
The correct answer is
(a) $i - k$ (b) $i + $j - k$ A B C D A B C D
(c) $i - $j - 2 k$ (d) 3$i + 3$j + 6k$ (a) (i) (v) (ii) (iii) (b) (i) (iv) (iii) (ii)
(c) (iii) (v) (iv) (ii) (d) (iii) (v) (ii) (i)
31. A line L is passing through the point A whose
position vector is $i + 2 $j - 3 k$ and parallel to 36. The variance of 50 observations is 7. If each
observation is multiplied by 6 and then 5 is
the vector 2 $i + $j + 2 k$ . A plane p is passing subtracted from it, then the variance of the
through the points $i + $j + k$ , $i - $j - k$ and new data is
parallel to the vector $i - 2 $j. Then, the point (a) 37 (b) 42 (c) 247 (d) 252
where this plane p meets the line L is 37. Two dice are thrown and two coins are tossed
1 simultaneously. The probability of getting
(a) (-7 $i + $j - 19k$ ) (b) 7 $i + $j - 19k$
3 prime numbers on both the dice along with a
(c) 3$i + 3$j - k$ (d) 2 $i - $j + k$ head and a tail on the two coins is
1 1 3 1
32. If the position vectors of three points A , B, C (a) (b) (c) (d)
8 2 16 4
respectively are $i + 2 $j + k$ , 2 $i - $j + 2 k$ and
$i + $j + 2 k$ , then the perpendicular distance of 38. 5 persons entered a lift cabin on the ground
the point C from the line AB is floor of a 7 floor house. Suppose, that each of
3 4 6 8 them independently and with equal
(a) (b) (c) (d) probability can leave the cabin at any floor
11 11 11 11
beginning with the first. The probability of all
33. The volume of a tetrahedron whose vertices the 5 persons leaving the cabin at different
are 4 $i + 5 $j + k$ , - $j + k$ , 3 $i + 9 $j + 4 k$ and floors, is
360 5 5 5!
-2 $i + 4 $j + 4 k$ is (in cubic units) (a) (b) (c) (d)
14 2401 54 18 7!
(a) (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 30
3 39. A company produces 10000 items per day. On
34. If the vectors b , c , d are not coplanar, then a particular day 2500 items were produced on
machine A, 3500 on machine B and 4000 on
the vector (a ´ b) ´ (c ´ d) + (a ´ c) ´ (d ´ b)
machine C. The probability that an item
+ (a ´ d) ´ (b ´ c) is
produced by the machines A, B, C to be
(a) parallel to a (b) parallel to b
defective is respectively 2%, 3% and 5%. If
(c) parallel to c (d) perpendicular to a
232 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
one item is selected at random from the 45. The incentre of the triangle formed by the
output and is found to be defective, then the straight line having 3 as X -intercept and 4 as
probability that it was produced machine C, is Y -intercept, together with the coordinate
10 16 40 21 axes, is
(a) (b) (c) (d)
71 71 71 71
(b) æç , ö÷
3 3
(a) (2, 2)
40. A random variable X takes the values 1, 2, 3 è2 2 ø
and 4 such that 2 P(X = 1) = 3 P (c) (1, 2) (d) (1, 1)
(X = 2) = P(X = 3) = 5 P(X = 4). If s 2 is the 46. The equation of the straight line in the
variance and m is the mean of X . Then, normal form which is parallel to the lines
s 2 + m2 = x + 2 y + 3 = 0 and x + 2 y + 8 = 0 and dividing
(a)
421
(b)
570
(c)
149
(d)
3480 the distance between these two lines in the
61 61 61 3721 ratio 1 : 2 internally is
10
41. An executive in a company makes on an (a) xcos a + ysin a = , a = tan-1 2
45
average 5 telephone calls per hour at a cost of 14
` 2 per cell. The probability that in any hour (b) xcos a + ysin a = , a = p + tan-1 2
45
the cost of the calls exceeds a sum of 14
` 4 is (c) xcos a + ysin a = , a = tan-1 2
45
2e 4 - 35 2e 5 - 37 10
(a) (b) (d) xcos a + ysin a = , a = p + tan-1 2
2e 5 2e 5 45
37
(c) 1 - 4 (d) 1 - (18.5)e 5
e 47. A pair of straight lines is passing through the
point (1, 1). One of the lines makes an angle
42. A quadrilateral ABCD is divided by the q with the positive direction of X -axis and
diagonal AC into two triangles of equal areas. the other makes the same angle with the
If A , B, C are respectively, (3 , 4), (-3 , 6), (-5 , 1), positive direction of Y -axis. If the equation of
then the locus of D is the pair of straight lines is
(a) ( x - 8 y - 57 )( x - 8 y + 11) = 0
(b) ( x - 8 y - 57 )( x - 8 y - 11) = 0 x 2 - (a + 2) xy + y 2 + a(x + y - 1) = 0 , a ¹ - 2,
(c) (3 x - 8 y - 57 )(3 x - 8 y + 11) = 0 then the value of q is
(d) (3 x - 8 y - 11)(3 x - 8 y + 57 ) = 0 1 æ 2 ö 1 æ 2 ö
(a) sin-1 ç ÷ (b) sin ç ÷
43. By rotating the coordinate axes in the 2 èa + 2ø 2 èa + 2ø
positive direction about the origin by an 1 æ 2 ö 1 æ 2 ö
(c) tan-1 ç ÷ (d) tan ç ÷
angle a, if the point (1, 2) is transformed to 2 èa + 2ø 2 èa + 2ø
æ3 3 - 1 3 + 3ö
ç , ÷ in new coordinate system 48. If the pair of lines 6 x 2 + xy - y 2 = 0 and
è 2 2 2 2 ø
3 x 2 - axy - y 2 = 0 , a > 0 have a common line,
Then, a =
p p p p then a =
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1
3 6 9 12 (a) (b) 1
2
44. Let a ¹ 0,b ¹ 0, c be three real numbers and (c) 2 (d) 4
ap + bq + c
L(p , q) = , "p , q Î R. 49. If the chord L º y - mx - 1 = 0 of the circle
a 2 + b2 S º x 2 + y 2 - 1 = 0 touches the circle
æ2 1ö æ1 2ö S1 º x 2 + y 2 - 4 x + 1 = 0 , then the possible
If L ç , ÷ + L ç , ÷ + L(2 , 2) = 0 , then the line
è3 3ø è3 3ø points for which L = 0 is a chord of contact of
ax + by + c = 0 always passes through the fixed S = 0 are
point (a) (2 ± 6, 0) (b) (2 ± 6, 1)
(a) (0, 1) (b) (1, 1) (c) (2, 2) (d) (-1, -1) (c) (2, 0) (d) ( 6, 1)
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 233
(v) 1 3p p p
2 (a) p (b) (c) (d)
4 2 4
The correct answer is x
74. If ò dx = A log| x 2 + 1|
A B C D A B C D (x 2 + 1)(x - 1)
(a) (v) (iii) (i) (ii) (b) (iv) (ii) (i) (iii) + B tan -1 x + C log| x - 1| + d, then A + B + C =
(c) (iv) (i) (ii) (iii) (d) (i) (iii) (iv) (ii) 1 1
(a) (b)
(sin -1 x)2 4 2
66. If y = , then (1 - x 2) y 2 - xy1 = 3 5
2 (c) (d)
4 4
(a) y (b) 2 y (c) 1 (d) 2
p/ 2 cos 3 x
67. If the relative errors in the base radius and 75. ò0 sin x + cos x
dx =
the height of a cone are same and equal to
0.02, then the percentage error in the volume p -1 p -1
(a) (b)
of that cone is 2 4
1+ p p-3
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 8 (c) (d)
4 4
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 235
3
ò (2 + x )dx = 78. The differential equation corresponding to
2
76.
0
the family of circles having centres on X -axis
1é 12 + 2 2 + K + (3n)2 ù and passing through the origin is
(a) lim ê2 n + ú
n® ¥
në n2 û dy dy
(a) y2 + x2 + =0 (b) y2 - x2 + =0
1é 1 + 2 + K + 6n ù
2 2 2
dx dx
(b) lim ê 3n + ú
n® ¥
në n2 û dy dy
(c) y2 + x2 + 2 xy = 0 (d) y2 - x2 - 2 xy = 0
1é 12 + 2 2 + K + 9n2 ù dx dx
(c) lim ê 6n + ú
n® ¥
në n2 û 79. The general solution of the differential
1é 12 + 2 2 + K + 3n2 ù equation (x 2 + xy) y ¢ = y 2 is
(d) lim ê 3n + ú
n® ¥
në n2 û y
-
y
-
y -2 y
(a) e x = cx (b) e x
= cy (c) e x
= cxy (d) e x
= cy
77. The area enclosed (in square units) by the
curve y = x 4 - x 2, the X -axis and the vertical 80. At any point on a curve, the slope of the
lines passing through the two minimum tangent is equal to the sum of abscissa and
points of the curve is the product of ordinate and abscissa of that
48 2 5
point. If the curve passes through (0, 1), then
(a) (b) the equation of the curve is
5 48 2 x2
7 7 2
(c) (d) (a) y = 2e 2
-1 (b) y = 2e x
60 2 30 2 2 2
(c) y = e - x (d) y = 2e - x - 1
Physics
81. Assertion (A) When we bounce a ball on the velocity < v > proportional to L as < v > µ L1 / 3.
ground, it comes to rest after a few bounces, The constant b is given as
losing all its energy. This is an example of (a)
1
(b)
1
(c)
2
(d)
1
violation of conservation of energy. 4 3 3 2
Reason (R) Energy can change from one 84. Consider a particle moving along the positive
form to another but the total energy is direction of X -axis. The velocity of the
always conserved. particle is given by v = a x (a is a positive
Which of the following is true? constant). At time t = 0, if the particle is
(a) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct located at x = 0, the time dependence of the
explanation of (A) velocity and the acceleration of the particle
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true, but (R) is not the correct are respectively
explanation of (A) a2 a2
(c) (A) is true, but (R) is false (a) t and (b) a2t and a2
2 2
(d) (A) is false, but (R) is true a a a2 a2
(c) t and (d) t and
82. A gas satisfies the relation pV 5/ 3 = k, where p 2 2 4 4
is pressure, V is volume and k is constant. 85. The magnitude of velocity and acceleration
The dimension of constant k are and velocity of a particle moving in a plane,
(a) [ML4 T-2 ] (b) [ML2 T-2 ] whose position vector r = 3 t2i$ + 2 t$j + k$ at
(c) [ML6 T-2 ] (d) [MLT-2 ]
t = 2s are respectively
83. A car moves in positive y-direction with (a) 148, 6 (b) 144, 6 (c) 13, 3 (d) 14, 3
velocity v proportional to distance travelled y Note In the question paper sequence is given,
as v(y) µ y b, where b is a positive constant. (acceleration and velocity) which is not matching
The car covers a distance L with average with any of option given.
236 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
86. Two objects are located at height 10 m above 90. A ball of mass 1 kg moving along x-direction
the ground. At some point of time, the collides elastically with a stationary ball of
objects are thrown with initial velocity mass m. The first ball (mass = 1 kg) recoils at
2 2 m/s at an angle 45° and 135° with the right angle to its original direction of motion.
positive X -axis, respectively. Assuming If the second ball starts moving at an angle
g = 10 m/s 2, the velocity vectors will be 30° with the X -axis, then the value of m
perpendicular to each other at time is equal to must be
(a) 0.2 s (b) 0.4 s (a) 0.5 kg (b) 1.5 kg (c) 2.5 kg (d) 2 kg
(c) 0.6 s (d) 0.8 s 91. A machine gun can fire 200 bullets/min. If
87. String AB of unstretched length, L is 35 g bullets are fired at a speed of 750 m/s,
stretched by applying a force F at the then the average force exerted by the gun on
mid-point C such that the segments AC and the bullets is
BC make an angle q with AB as shown in the (a) 87.5 N (b) 26.2 N
figure. The string may be considered as an (c) 78.9 N (d) 110.3 N
elastic element with a force to elongation 92. A solid sphere of radius R makes a perfect
ratio K. The force F is given by rolling down on a plane which is inclined to
the horizontal axis at an angle q. If the radius
L
A B of gyration is k, then its acceleration is
θ θ g sinq g sin q
(a) (b)
C æ k2 ö (R 2 + k 2 )
ç1 + 2 ÷
è R ø
F
g sin q g sinq
(a) KL(1 - tan q)sin q (b) 2 KL(1 - cos q)tan q (c) (d)
2(R 2 + k 2 ) æ k2 ö
(c) KL(1 - cos q)tan q (d) 2 KL(1 - sin q)tan q 2 ç1 + 2 ÷
è R ø
88. A block of mass 5 kg is kept against an
accelerating wedge with a wedge angle of 45° 93. A particle of mass m is attached to four
to the horizontal. The coefficient of friction springs with spring constant k , k , 2 k and 2k
between the block and the wedge is m = 0 .4 . as shown in the figure. Four springs are
What is the minimum absolute value of the attached to the four corners of a square and a
acceleration of the wedge to keep the block particle is placed at the center. If the particle
steady? [Assume, g = 10 m/s 2] is pushed slightly towards any sides of the
square and released, the period of oscillation
5 kg
will be
45º k k
Y
60 30 30 60
(a) m/s 2 (b) m/s 2 (c) m/s 2 (d) m/s 2 2k X
7 7 7 7 2k
89. An object moves along the circle with normal
acceleration proportional to ta, where t is the m m m m
(a) 2 p (b) 2 p (c) 2 p (d) 2 p
time and a is a positive constant. The power 3k 3 2k 6k 2k
developed by all the forces acting on the
object will have time dependence 94. The ratio of the height above the surface of
proportional to earth to the depth below, the surface of
(a) t a - 1 (b) t a / 2 earth, for gravitational accelerations to be the
1+ a
same (assuming small heights) is
(c) t 2
(d) t 2a
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.5 (c) 1.0 (d) 1.25
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 237
95. A steel rod has radius 50 mm and length 2 m. 100. An air bubble rises from the bottom of a
It is stretched along its length with a force of water tank of height 5 m. If the initial
400 kN. This causes an elongation of 0.5 mm. volume of the bubble is 3 mm 3, then what
Find the (approximate) Young's modulus of will be its volume as it reaches the surface?
steel from this information. Assume that its temperature does not
(a) 2 ´ 010 Nm2 (b) 1011 Nm2 change.
(c) 2 ´ 1011 Nm2 (d) 1012 Nm2 [g = 9 .8 m/s 2, 1 atm = 10 5 Pa, density of water
96. Consider a vessel filled with a liquid upto = 1 gm/cc]
height H. The bottom of the vessel lies in the (a) 1.5 mm3 (b) 4.5 mm3 (c) 9 mm3 (d) 6 mm3
X Y -plane passing through the origin. The
density of the liquid varies with Z-axis as 101. Two harmonic travelling waves are described
é by the equations y1 = a sin(kx - wt) and
æzö ù
2
105. A point charge of 50 mC is placed in the 109. Two circular loops L1 and L2 of wire carrying
XY -plane at a location with radius vector equal and opposite currents are placed
r0 = 2 i$ + 3 $j m. The electric field strength and parallel to each other with a common axis.
its magnitude at a point with radius vector The radius of loop L1 is R1 and that of L 2 is R2.
The distance between the centres of the loops
r = 8 $i - 5 $j m is
is 3 R1 . The magnetic field at the centre of L 2
(e 0 = 8 .85 ´ 10 -12 C2/ N - m 2)
shall be zero, if
(a) 4.5 kV/m (b) 45 kV/m
(a) R 2 = 4R1 (b) R 2 = 2 R1
(c) 0.45 kV/m (d) 450 kV/m
(c) R 2 = 2 R1 (d) R 2 = 8R1
106. The work done to assemble the three charges 110. A non-conducting thin disc of radius R
in a configuration as shown in the figure
rotates about its axis with an angular velocity
below is
w. The surface charge density on the disc
–2q
varies with the distance r from the centre as
b
é ærö ù
a a s(r) = s 0 ê1 + ç ÷ ú, where s 0 and b are
êë è Rø ú
û
–q a +q constants. If the magnetic induction at the
æ9 ö
center is B = ç ÷ m 0 s 0wR, the value of b is
-3q 2 -2q 2 è10 ø
(a) (b)
4pe0 a 4pe0 a 1
(a) (b) 4
-q 2 4
(c) (d) 0
4pe0 a (c)
1
(d) 2
2
107. Consider the following two circuits
111. A bar magnet of magnetic moment M is
[A] 20 bulbs are connected in series to a placed at a distance D with its axis along
power supply line. positive X -axis. Likewise, second bar manget
[B] 20 bulbs identical to [A] are connected in of magnetic moment M is placed at a
a parallel circuit to an identical power distance 2D on positive Y -axis and
supply line. perpendicular to it as shown in the figure.
Identify which of the following is not true? The magnitude of magnetic field at the origin
(a) If one bulb in [A] blows out, all others will stop ém Mù
is|B| = a ê 0 3 ú. The value of a must be
glowing ë 4p D û
(b) Bulbs in [A] glow brighter, since the current (assume D >> l, where l is the length of
flowing in [A] is higher
magnets)
(c) If one bulb in [B] blows, other bulbs will still glow
Y
(d) Bulbs in [B] have the highest voltage across each
bulb
N S
108. A tapered bar of length L and end diameters
D1 and D2 is made of a material of electrical 2D
X
0D
resistivity r. The electrical resistance of the N S
bar is
4rL 4rL
(a) (b) 15
p(D1 + D2 )2 p(D1 - D2 )2 (a) 2 (b)
8
rp D1 D2 4rL 17 9
(c) (d) (c) (d)
4L2 pD1 D2 8 8
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 239
112. A wire loop enclosing a semi-circle of radius 115. At an incident radiation frequency of n1 ,
R is located on the boundary of a uniform which is greater than the threshold
magnetic field of induction B. At time t = 0, frequency, the stoopping potential for a
the loop is set into rotation with angular certain metal is V1 . At frequency 2 n1 , the
velocity angular w about its axis 0, coinciding stopping potential is 3 V1 . If the stopping
with a line vector B on the boundary as potential at frequency 4 n1 is nV1 , then n is
shown in the figure. The emf induced in the (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 6 (d) 7
loop is
116. The de-Broglie wavelength of an electron of
kinetic energy 9 eV is (take,
h = 4 ´ 10 -15 eV-s, c = 3 ´ 10 10 cm/s and the
0 φ
mass me of electron as me c 2 = 0 .5 MeV)
149. Identify the reactions in which N 2 is liberated 156. The major product (P) formed in the
following reaction is
(i) (NH 4)2SO 4 + NaOH ¾®
D
Cl
(ii) NH 3 + Cl 2 ¾® (iii) (NH 4)2Cr2O 7 ¾®
D Conc.H2SO4
(iv) NH 4NO 3 ¾® 2 + CCl3CHO ∆
P
(v) NH 4Cl( aq) + NaNO 2(aq) ¾®
CCl3
(a) (i), (ii), (iii) (b) (iii), (iv), (v) Cl Cl
CH
(c) (ii), (iii), (v) (d) (i), (iii), (iv) (a)
150. What are X and Y , respectively in the
following reactions?
Au + aqua-regia ¾® AuCl -4 + H 2O + X Cl
CHO
Cl
A
(b) Me Ph : Me Ph : CH2—NO2 B
NH2
(a) ; NH2OH
Me Ph COOH
(c) Me Ph : Me Ph : (b) ; NH3
N
NH2 A B
Ph COOH NO2
Me
(c) ;
NH
(d) Me Ph : Me Ph :
N C
NH2
(d) CH2—NH2 ;: NH3
Me Ph
Answers
Mathematics
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (b)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (a) 30. (c)
31. (a) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (c) 36. (d) 37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (a)
41. (b) 42. (d) 43. (d) 44. (b) 45. (d) 46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (a) 49. (b) 50. (b)
51. (b) 52. (d) 53. (a) 54. (c) 55. (c) 56. (c) 57. (d) 58. (d) 59. (c) 60. (a)
61. (b) 62. (b) 63. (c) 64. (c) 65. (c) 66. (c) 67. (c) 68. (c) 69. (d) 70. (b)
71. (b) 72. (b) 73. (d) 74. (c) 75. (b) 76. (c) 77. (d) 78. (d) 79. (b) 80. (a)
Physics
81. (d) 82. (a) 83. (b) 84. (a) 85. (a) 86. (b) 87. (c) 88. (b) 89. (a) 90. (d)
91. (a) 92. (a) 93. (b) 94. (b) 95. (c) 96. (d) 97. (d) 98. (a) 99. (b) 100. (b)
101. (d) 102. (b) 103. (c) 104. (c) 105. (a) 106. (c) 107. (b) 108. (d) 109. (d) 110. (a)
111. (b) 112. (a) 113. (b) 114. (c) 115. (d) 116. (a) 117. (b) 118. (b) 119. (a) 120. (c)
Chemistry
121. (b) 122. (c) 123. (b) 124. (d) 125. (b) 126. (d) 127. (d) 128. (d) 129. (b) 130. (b)
131. (d) 132. (b) 133. (d) 134. (d) 135. (d) 136. (a) 137. (d) 138. (a) 139. (c) 140. (b)
141. (a) 142. (a) 143. (a) 144. (a) 145. (a) 146. (a) 147. (b) 148. (b) 149. (c) 150. (c)
151. (a) 152. (b) 153. (a) 154. (c) 155. (b) 156. (c) 157. (c) 158. (d) 159. (b) 160. (d)
Answer with Solutions
Mathematics
1. (b) Q fog (x) = x and f (x) = 2x + cos x + sin2 x 1 −
1
−
1
6 3 6 1 − 2 − 1
∴ g(x) is inverse function of f (x). 1 1 2
2
4. (b) Q A = − = 6 − 2 4
So, 1 + (2n − 1) π = 2x + cos x + sin2 x
13 13 3
1 − 1 2 1
⇒1 + (2n − 1) π = 2x + cos x + 1 − cos2 x −
6 3 6
⇒ 2x + cos x − cos2 x = (2n − 1) π ...(i)
Ap = A, for every p ∈ N
π
For n = 1, x = So, A2016 l = A2017 m = A2018 n
2
3π = A, for every l, m, n∈ N.
n = 2, x = 1
2 So, A 2016 l
+ A2017 m + A2018 n = 3A = A (given)
7π α
n = 3, x = 1
2 ⇒ α=
M M 3
2n − 1 5. (c) Q A is 3 × 4 matrix, so rank of A≤ 3.
n= n x = π
2
99 QIt is given that rank of A = 3
So, ∑ g(1 + (2n − 1) π) 1 r r2
n =1
∴ r r2 1 ≠ 0 ⇒ r3 + r3 + r3 − r6 − 1 − r3 ≠ 0
π 3π 7 π
= + + + K + upto 99 terms r2 1 r
2 2 2
π ⇒ − (r 3 − 1)2 ≠ 0 ⇒ r ≠1
= [1 + 3 + 7 + K + upto 99 terms]
2 ∴ r ∈R − {1}
π
= (99)2
2 6. (d) The given system of equations
x+ y + z =9
1 + 1 + 4 log 2 x
2. (c) Q f (x) = = y (Let) 2x + 5y + 7z = 52
2
and x + 7 y + 11z = 77
⇒ 1 + 4 log 2 x = (2y − 1)2
1 1 1
(2y − 1)2 − 1 Q ∆ = 2 5 7 = 55 + 7 + 14 − 5 − 49 − 22 = 0
⇒ log 2 x =
4 1 7 11
( 2x − 1) 2 − 1
( 2 y − 1) 2 − 1
−1
4
9 1 1
⇒ x =2 4 ⇒ f (x) = 2
∆1 = 52 5 7 = 495 + 539 + 364 − 385
( 2 × 3 − 1) 2 −1
−1 77 7 11
∴ f (3) = 2 4 = 26 = 64
− 441 − 572 = 0
3. (b) For all n ∈ N 1 9 1
α is greatest divisors of n(n2 − 1) ∆ 2 = 2 52 7 = 0
1 77 11
= value of n(n2 − 1)
1 1 9
for n= 2 = 2 [22 − 1] = 6
and ∆ 3 = 2 5 52 = 0
and β is greatest divisors of 2n(n2 + 2)
1 7 77
= value of 2n(n2 + 2) for n = 1
Q∆ = ∆1 = ∆ 2 = ∆ 3 = 0
= 2× 11
( + 2) = 6
∴System of equations have infinitely many
So, αβ = 6 × 6 = 36 solutions.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 245
Σα = 0, Σαβ = −
pq
and αβγδ =
p So, coefficient of x − 5 in the expansion of
p+ q q(p + q) 13
ax − 1 is 13 C a .
7
6 6
So, (Σα)2 − Σαβ + αβγδ = 0 +
pq
+
p bx
2
b
p + q q(p + q) According to the question,
p 1 a6 a7
= q + 13
C7 7 = 13C6 6
p +q q b b
4 ⇒ ab = 1
= 1 +
5 5 = ×
4 26 104
=
18. (b) QSum of all binomial coefficients is 2n .
4 1 5 5 5 25
+
5 5 and 200 < 2n < 400 ⇒ n= 8
n−r
14. (c) Q x 5 − 5x 3 + 5x 2 − 1 = (x − 1)3 (x 2 + 3x + 1) 5
r
= Cr 3
1
QGeneral term Tr + 1 n
ar x 4
So, α + β = − 3 and αβ = 1
x4
So, α + β + αβ = − 2
3 3 5
− n+ r+ r
15. (d) Number of possible 5 digit numbers is 120 = n Cr a r x 4 4 4
19. (c) x + x +3 2x 2− 2x + 1
4 3 2
17. (a) The general term in the expansion of
13 x + x
ax 2 + 1
bx 2x 2 − 2x + 1
=x+
1 x3 + x2
T( p+1) = 13Cp (ax 2)13 − p
(bx)p = x+
A B
+ 2 +
C
[let]
a13 − p 26 − 3p x x x +1
= 13
Cp x
bp ⇒ 2x 2− 2x + 1 = Ax(x + 1) + B(x + 1) + Cx 2
For x ,p=7
5
By comparing the coefficients of x 2, x and
So, coefficient of x 5 in the expansion of constant terms.
13 6
ax 2 + 1 is 13 C a [Qp = 7] A + C = 2, A + B = − 2 and B = 1
7 7
bx b ⇒ A = − 3, B = 1 and C = 5
Similarly, the general term in the expansion of So, A + B + C = 3 and P(x) = x
13
ax − 1 So, A + B + C = P(3)
bx 2
q 20. (b) Q A(n) = sinn α + cosn α
Tq + 1 = Cq(ax)
13 13 − q − 1
1 A(4) + A(2) A(5)
bx 2 Then, A()
a13 − q = (sin α + cos α) (sin4 α + cos4 α)
= Cq(− 1)q
13
x13 − 3q
bq + (sin2 α + cos2 α) (sin5 α + cos5 α)
for x − 5, q = 6
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 247
∞
= (sin α + cosα) [(sin2 α + cos2 α)2 1
22. (a) Q x = ∑ cos θ=
2n
40 40
36. (d) QThe variance is remains unchanged if we add = =
or subtract a positive number to each observation, 10 + 21 + 40 71
but if any positive number ‘k’ is multiplied to each
observation, then variance becomes k2 times. 40. (a) Given that,
P(x = 1) P(x = 2) P(x = 3) P(x = 4)
So, variance of the new data is 62 × 7 = 36 × 7 = 252. = = = =k (let)
1 1 1 1
37. (a) Since number of getting prime numbers 2 3 5
{2, 3, 5} is 3 therefore number of getting prime Q P(x =1) + P(x = 2) + P(x = 3) + P(x = 4) = 1
numbers on both the dice is 3 × 3. k k k 30
And getting a head and a tail on two coins = 1 ×1 × 2 ⇒ + + k + =1 ⇒ k =
2 3 5 61
And total number of possibilities = (6 × 6) × (2 × 2) So, P(x =1) = p1 =
30
=
15
3 × 3× 1 × 1 × 2 1 2 × 61 61
So, required probability = =
16 × 6 × 2 × 2 8 P(x = 2) = p2 =
30
=
10
3 × 61 61
38. (b) From ground floor to 7 floor, a person can
leave the lift cabin in six floor (beginning with the 30
first floor). Since, 5 persons leaving the cabin at P(x = 3) = p3 =
61
different floors, so number of way to do so is 6 P5. 30 6
and P(x = 4) = p4 = =
And total number of possible ways = 65 5 × 61 61
6
So, required probability =
P5 4
65 Q σ 2 = ∑ pi x i2 − µ 2
i =1
6 × 5× 4 × 3× 2 5
= =
6 × 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 54
σ 2 + µ 2 =
15 2 10
⇒ ×1 + × 22
61 61
39. (c) Total number of items produced in a day
= 10000. +
30
× 32 + × 42
6
Let E1 , E 2, E 3 be the events of selecting a item 61 61
produced by Machines A, B, C respectively. Then, 15 + 40 + 270 + 96 421
2500 25 5 = =
P(E1) = = = 61 61
10000 100 20
3500 35 7 41. (b) The number of telephone calls per hour is a
P(E 2) = = =
10000 100 20 random variable with mean = 5.
4000 40 8 The required probability is given by
P(E 3) = = = 2 −5 r
10000 100 20 e ⋅5
P(r > 2) = 1 − P(r ≤ 2) = 1 − ∑
Let E be the event of selecting a defective item. r=0 r!
Then,
50 51 52 1 37 2e 5 − 37
E 2 E 3 E 5 =1 − + + 5 =1− 5 =
P = , P = , P = 0! 1! 2! e 2e 2e 5
E1 100 E 2 100 E 3 100
49. (b) The chord y − mx − 1 = 0 is tangent to the circle and 2g(3) + 2 f (− 1) = c + 1 ...(iv)
From Eqs. (ii), (iii) and (iv)
S1 ≡ x 2 + y 2 − 4 x + 1 = 0
f = 0 and g = 0
or (x − 2)2 + (y − 0)2 = 3 So, c =−1
| 2m + 1| So, equation of required circle is x 2 + y 2 = 1
So, = 3
1 + m2 ∴Centre is (0, 0).
⇒ 4m2 + 1 + 4m = 3 + 3m2
53. (a) Let the equation of required circle is
⇒ (m+ 2)2 = 6 x 2 + y 2 + 2gx + 2 fy + c = 0 ...(i)
⇒ m = − 2± 6 Since, circle (i) cuts the circles
Now, equation of chord is L ≡ y + (2 ± 6) x − 1 = 0, x 2 + y 2 − 2x + 6 y = 0,
Let possible point is (x1 , y1) for which the chord x 2 + y 2 − 4 x − 2y + 6 = 0 and
L = 0 is chord of contact of circle
x 2 + y 2 − 12x + 2y + 3 = 0 orthogonally, then
S ≡ x 2 + y 2 − 1 = 0.
− 2g + 6 f = c ...(ii)
So, xx1 + yy1 − 1 = 0 and y + (2 ± 6) x − 1 = 0
− 4g − 2f = c + 6 ...(iii)
x1 y −1
represent same line, so = 1 = and − 12g + 2 f = c + 3 ...(iv)
2± 6 1 −1
From Eqs. (ii), (iii) and (iv), we get
⇒ (x1 , y1) ≡ (2 ± 6 , 1) 3 9
g = 0, f = − and c = −
4 2
50. (b) The given circle is
So, equation of required circle is
x 2 + y 2 − 6 x − 2y + 1 = 0
3 9
x 2 + y2 − y − = 0
⇒ (x − 3)2 + (y − 1)2 = 9 ...(i) 2 2
and the line y + c = 0 is tangent to the circle at Now, equation of tangent at point (0, 3) is
point (a , 4), so 3 9
3y − (y + 3) − = 0 ⇒ y = 3
4+ c=0 4 2
⇒ c=−4 ...(ii)
54. (c) Let point of intersection of required tangents
and slope of line joining the point of contact and is (h, k), then equation of pair of tangents drawn
centre is infinite, so
a−3 through the point (h, k) to the parabola y 2 = 8 x is
= 0 ⇒ a =3
4 −1 (y 2 − 8 x)(k2 − 8h) = [yk − 4(x + h)]2 ...(i)
So, ac = − 12 QEquation of tangent at the vertex of parabola is
x = 0, so let M(0, y1) and N(0, y2), so we will get y1
51. (b) For four common tangent, the distance
and y2 by putting x = 0 in Eq. (i).
between centres of two circles C1 C2 should be
more than the sum of radii (r1 + r2). y 2(k2 − 8h) = (yk − 4h)2
∴ 49 + 9 > 49 + 9 − 33 + a ⇒ y 2k2 − 8hy 2 = y 2k2 + 16h2 − 8hky
⇒ 58 > 25 + a ⇒ a < 58 − 5
⇒ y 2 − ky + 2h = 0 having roots y1 and y2.
Q a ∈ N so, a = {1, 2}
∴ Two circles are possible only. k2 − 8h
∴ | y1 − y2 | = = 4 (given)
1
52. (d) Let the equation of circle is ⇒ k − 8h =16 ⇒ k = 8(h + 2)
2 2
y = mx − 2 m − m3
x 2 + y 2 + 6 x − 2y + 1 = 0, orthogonally, so 1 1
...(i)
4 4
2g(− 1) + 2 f (2) = c + 1 ...(iii)
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 253
Similarly,
l1 l 2
=
c
...(v) Now, LHD (at (x = 0))
n1 n2 a (0 − h)2 log(cos(0 − h))
−0
ll mm
So, 1 2 = 1 2 = 1 2
nn log(1 + h2)
[from Eqs. (iv) and (v)] = lim
1 1 1 h→ 0 −h
a b c
h2 log(cos h) log(cos h)
If lines whose direction cosines given by the = lim = lim h ×
h → 0 log(1 + h2) h→ 0 log(1 + h2)
relation Eqs. (i) and (ii) are perpendicular if
1 1 1 −h − h2
+ + =0
log()
1
a b c =0× =0
−1
61. (b) If the plane ax + by + cz = 1, passes through
and RHD (at x = 0)
) then a + 2b + 3c = 1.
(1, 2, 3,
h2 log(cos h)
= lim
62. (b) lim 3| x | − x − lim log(1 3+ x )
3
h → 0 log(1 + h2)
x → − ∞ | x | − 2x x→ 0 sin x
h
log(1 + x 3) h log(cos h) log()
1
× x3 = lim =0× =0
− 3x − x x 3
h → 0 log(1 + h2)
= lim − lim , 1
x → − ∞ − x − 2x x→ 0 3
sin x × x 3 h2
x
∴ f (x) is differentiable at x = 0.
[Q|x | = − x, x< 0]
3+ 1 2x − 2, x≥2
=
4
− 1 = − 1=
1
65. (c)(a) Q y = |x| + | x − 2| =
1+ 2 3 3 2, x <2
x − 2 + a, x < 2 2− 2
Now, LHD (at x = 2) = lim
| x − 2| h→ 0 −h
63. (c) Given, f (x) = a + b , x= 2 0
x − 2 + b, x > 2 = lim = 0 RHD (at x = 2)
h→ 0 −h
| x − 2|
[ (2 + h)] − 2
= lim 2
− 1 + a , x < 2 h→ 0 h
= a + b , x = 2 2h
= lim =2
1 + b, x >2 h→ 0 h
dy
If f (x) is continuous at x = 2 , then So, , at x = 2, does not exist.
dx
−1 + a =a + b =1 + b
π
So, a = 1, b = − 1 0, x=
(b) Q f (x) = |cos 2x |= 4
∴a+ b=0 π
− cos 2 x , x >
64. (c) Given function, 4
π
x 2 log(cos x)
x≠0 − cos 2 + h − 0
f (x) = log(1 + x 2) 4
, π+
So f ′ = lim
0, x=0 4 h→ 0 h
log(cos(0 − h)) log()
1 = lim
sin 2h
=2
QLHL (at x = 0) = lim = =0 h→ 0
h→ 0 log(1 + h2) 1 h
h2 sin π = 0, 1 ≤ x < 2
(c) Since, f (x) =
and RHL (at x = 0) sin 0 = 0, 0 ≤ x < 1
= lim
log(cos h) log()
=
1
=0 − 0−0
So, f ′ (1 ) = lim =0
h→ 0 log (1 + h2) 1 h→ 0 − h
h2
1 1
and f(0) = 0 log , x=
(d) Since, f (x) = 2 2
∴ f (x) is a continuous at x = 0. log(1 − x), 0 < x < 1
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 255
4
⇒ 1 − x 2 y1 = sin− 1 x
dv
2x 1 For maximum volume =0
⇒ 1 − x 2 y2 − y1 = dh
2 1− x 2
1 − x2 3h2
⇒ π 9 − =0
⇒ (1 − x 2) y2 − xy1 = 1 4
⇒ h= 2 3
67. (c) Given that relative errors ∆r = ∆h = 0.02
r h dx e 2x
1 72. (b) I = ∫ = ∫ 2x dx
For cone, the volume is V = πr 2h −x 2
(e + e )
x
(e + 1)2
3
∆V ∆r ∆h (e 2x + 1) = t
percentage error × 100 = 2 + × 100 = 6
Let
V r h ⇒ 2e 2x dx = dt
68. (c) Given curve is x = a(1 + cosθ), y = a sin θ So,
1 dt
I= ∫ 2 =− + c
1
⇒(x − a)2 + y 2 = a 2, is a circle. 2 t 2t
1
The normal to the circle always passes through the =− + c
2(e 2x + 1)
centre of the circle.
π
So, normal at a point to the given curve passes dx
73. (d) I = ∫ 2
through centre (a , 0). 0
1 + (tan x) 2018
= 7 =−
88
=−
44 I=∫ 2 dx ...(ii)
6 42 21
0
(sin x) 2018
+ (cos x) 2018
256 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
∑ 2 + n
1
= lim
n→ ∞ n
On comparing the coefficients of different terms r = 1
P +Q= 0 ...(i)
1 12 + 22 + 32 + K + (3n)2
R − Q =1 ...(ii) = lim (2 × 3n) +
n→ ∞ n n2
and P−R=0 ...(iii)
From Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), 1 12 + 22 + 32 + K + 9n2
= lim 6n +
1 1 n→ ∞ n n2
P = R = and Q = −
2 2
x 77. (d) For points of minimum
So, I=∫ 2 dx
(x + 1) (x − 1) dy
=0
1 dx 1 − x +1 dx
= ∫
2 x − 1 2 ∫ x2 + 1
+ dx
⇒ 4 x 3 − 2x = 0
1 1 2x dx 1 dx 1
= log | x − 1 | − ∫ 2 ⇒ x=±
4 x + 1 2∫ x2 + 1
+
2 2
y
1 1 1
= log | x − 1 | − log | x 2 + 1|+ tan− 1 (x) + d
2 4 2 y=x4 –x2
1 1 1
So, A=− ,B= ,C=
4 2 2
–1/√2 1/√2
1 1 1 3 x
∴ A+ B+ C = − + + = (–1, 0) (1, 0)
4 2 2 4 0
π
cos3 x
75. (b) Let I = ∫ 2 dx ...(i)
0 sin x + cos x 1
The required area = 2 ∫0 2 (x − x 2)dx
4
a a
By using property ∫ f (x) dx = ∫ f (a − x) dx
0 0
π 1/ 2
sin3 x x5 x3
I= ∫
0
2
cos x + sin x
dx ...(ii) =2 −
5 3 0
By adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), 1 1
π =2 −
sin3 x + cos3 x 5× 4 2 3 × 2 2
2I = ∫02 sin x + cos x
dx
3 − 10 14 7
=2 = =
π
(sin x + cos x) (sin2 x + cos2 x − sin x cos x) 60 2 60 2 30 2
= ∫
0
2
sin x + cos x
dx
78. (d) Equation of family of circles having centres on
π
1 − 1 sin 2x dx X-axis and passing through the origin is
2I = ∫ 0
2
2
x 2 + y 2 + 2ax = 0 ...(i)
π
On differentiation
π 1 − cos 2x 2 π 1
= − = + (− 1 − 1) dy
2 2 2 20 2 4 2x + 2y + 2a = 0 ...(ii)
dx
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 257
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), on the elimination of 2a ⇒ log v + v = − log x − log c
x 2 + y 2 + − 2x − 2y x = 0
dy y y
⇒ log + = − log(cx)
dx x x
dy − −
y y
⇒ x 2 + y 2 − 2x 2 − 2xy =0
log × cx = − ⇒ cy = e x ⇒ e x = cy
y y
dx x x
dy
⇒ y 2 − x 2 − 2xy = 0
dx 80. (a) According to the question,
dy
79. (b) Given differential equation = x + xy
2 dx
dy y
= dy
dx x 2 + xy ⇒ = xdx
1+ y
put y = vx x2
dy dv ⇒ log|1 + y | = +c ...(i)
⇒ =v+ x 2
dx dx
QThe curve (i) passes through the point (0,1)
Now, the differential equation will be
∴ log 2 = c
dv v2 x 2
v+x = 2 ∴The equation of required curve is
dx x + vx 2
x2
dv v2 log(1 + y) = + log 2
⇒ v+x = 2
dx 1 + v
x2 x2
v2 v2 − v − v2 1+ y
⇒ x
dv
= −v = =−
v ⇒ =e 2 ⇒ y= 2 e 2 −1
dx 1 + v 1+ v 1+ v 2
1+ v dx
⇒ dv = −
v x
Physics
81.(d)(A) Energy conservation is a universal law, so But according to question,
there is no violation possibility of this in < v > ∝ y1 / 3
nature. (False) 1
So, β=
(R) This is the statement of energy conservation 3
law. (True)
84. (a) Given, v = α x and at x = 0, t = 0
82. (a) Given, pV 5/ 3 = k To find velocity and acceleration in terms of time,
Using dimensional balance method we need to find x as function of t.
p = ML−1 T −2 dx
Dimension of Q =α x
dt
Dimension of V = L3 dx
∴ = α dt
⇒ Dimension of V 5/ 3
= L5 x
As, dimension of LHS = Dimension of RHS On integrating both sides, we get
So, dimension of k =[ML−1 T −2 ] × [L5] = [ML4 T −2 ] 2 x = αt + C
Using, x = 0 at t = 0 ⇒ C = 0
83. (b) Relation between average velocity and
α
instantaneous velocity is ∴ x = t
1 t2 2
< v> =
t2 − t1 ∫t1
v()
t dt
Hence, velocity, v =
α2
t (Qv = α x )
2
t ∝ y β (independent of t)
In the given problem, v()
dv α 2
So, t or (v) ∝ y β
< v > ∝ v() and acceleration, a = =
dt 2
258 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
90. (d) 1 k2 k2
m∫
v2 m2=m or fr dt = ω()
t = v()
t (using ω = v / R)
R R2
u1 u2=0 30º k2
m1=1kg m2=m ⇒ t =
v() ∫ gsinθdt − R2
v()
t
Before collision v1 1
or t =
v()
k2
∫ gsinθ dt
m1=1kg 1 + 2
R
According to the law of conservation of
momentum, So, acceleration,
1 × u1 = mv2 cos 30° (X-axis) dv()
t gsinθ
t =
a() =
3 k2
⇒ u1 = mv2 dt
2 1 + 2
R
and 1 × v1 = mv2 sin 30° (Y-axis)
1 93. (b) Along Y-axis, net force on the particle is
v1 = mv2
2
F = − (kx sin 45° + kx sin 45° + 2kx sin
From kinetic energy conservation,
135° + 2kxsin135°)
1 2 1 2 1 2 6
u1 = v1 + mv2 =− kx
2 2 2 2
1 2 d2x d 2 x 3 2 kx
⇒ u1 − v1 = mv2
2 2
⇒ m = − 3 2 kx ⇒ + =0
2 dt 2
dt 2 m
On putting the values of u1 and v1 , we get
This is the equation of SHM.
3 2 2 1 2 2 1 2
m v2 − m v2 = mv2 Angular frequency, ω2 = 3 2
k
4 4 2 m
⇒ m = 2 kg
f = π
1 3 2k m
⇒ ⇒ T = 2π
2
91. (a) Mass of bullet = 35 g = 35 kg m 3 2k
1000
200 10 −1 94. (b) Gravitation at height h from surface,
Number of bullets per second = = 5
gh = g1 −
60 3 2h
Speed of bullet = 750 m/s R
∴ Force exerted by gun on bullets, Gravitation at depth d from surface,
gd = g(1 − d / R)
35 10
F= × × 750 = 35 × 2.5 = 87.5 N For gh = gd
1000 3
⇒ d = 2h
92. (a) By forces balancing perpendicular to inclined So, ratio of height w.r.t. depth is
plane, h 1
= = 0.5
N = mg cosθ d 2
By forces balancing parallel to inclined plane,
95. (c) Given, F = 400 kN = 400 × 103 N
dv
mgsinθ − fr = m L = 2m
dt
r = 50 mm = 5 × 10−2 m
dv mgsinθ − fr 1
⇒ = ⇒ v()t = ∫ gsinθdt − ∫ fr dt ∆l = 0.5 mm = 5 × 10−4 m
dt m m
dω F⋅L
Now, torque, τ=I = r × Fr and I = mk2 Young’s modulus, Y =
dt A ⋅ ∆l
dω dω rF 4 × 105 × 2 × 104 × 104 8×7
∴ mk2 = rFr or = r2 = = × 1013
dt dt mk 22
× 25 × 5 22 × 5 × 25
R 7
⇒ ω()
t =
mk2 ∫ fr dt ≈ 2 × 1011 Nm2
260 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
T2 T 1
96. (d) Pressure at bottom ⇒ 1−η= ⇒ 1 = … (i)
T1 T2 (1 − η)
z=H 1 z
2
= g× ∫z = 0 πr 2
× πr 2 × dz × ρ0 2 − 2
H
In second case,
T2
z=H 1.5η = 1 −
z=H z2 z3 T1 + ∆T
= g × ∫ ρ0 2 − 2 dz = g × ρ 2z −
z=0 H 3H 2 z = 0 T2
or 1 − 1. 5η =
T1 + ∆T
H3 H
= gρ0 2H − = gρ0 2H − T1 + ∆T 1
3H 2 3 ⇒ = … (ii)
T2 (1 − 1.5η)
= gρ0
5H 5
= ρ gh
3 3 0 Using Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
∆T 1 1
97. (d) (No option is matching) = −
T2 1 − 1.5η 1 − η
V2 1 − η − 1 + 1.5η
Using pV = RT and p = 3 − g 2 , we get =
V0 (1 − η) (1 − 1.5η)
3V g V 3 0.5η T2
T= − …(i) ⇒ ∆T =
R RV02 (1 − η) (1 − 1.5η)
Differentiating w.r.t. volume, we get
dT 3 g 100. (b) Using
= − × 3V 2 (pa + ρgh) r13 par23
dV R RV02 =
T1 T2
dT
For maximum T , =0 Q T1 = T2
dV
1
⇒ −
3 g
× 3V 2 = 0 ⇒ V = 0
V ∴ r23 = (pa + ρgh)r13
R RV02 g pa
Magnitude of x = x = 62 + 82 ρ l 1 1 ρl
= × − =
⇒ x = 10 m π b − a a b π ab
Kq 4 ρl
∴ Electric field, E= 2 =
x π D1 D2
262 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
R1 I R2 I ⇒ 5β + 10 = 9β + 9
1
⇒ β=
√3 R1 B=0 4
114. (c) Intensity of radiations, I = Power × Efficiency 117. (b) Decay equation, N = N 0 exp (− λt)
Area
100 Given, N1 = N 0 / 3, N 2 = ?
= ×η t1 = 20 h t2 = 20 h
4 × π × (10)3
So, N1 = N 0 exp (− λt1)
1
Now, half of intensity is provided by electric field ⇒ = e (− 20 λ) ⇒ e 20 λ = 3
and another half by magnetic field. 3
N
1 1 1 E2 Now, N 2 = N 0 exp (− λt2) ⇒ 0 = e 80 λ
So, I = ε0 Erms
2
c = ε0 max c N2
2 2 2 2
N0 20 λ 4
[E rms = Emax / 2] ⇒ = (e ) = (3)4
N2
100 1 4
⇒ η = × 8.85 × 10−12 × × 3 × 108 1 N
4 π × 103 2 2 ⇒ N2 = 4 N0 = 0
(3) 81
8.85 × 2 × 3 × 1256 × 10−4
⇒ η=
100 118. (b) RL = 10 × 103 Ω, ∆I c = 4 × 10−3A, ∆I B = 20 × 10−6
⇒ η=
6.66 A, VBE = 40 × 10−3 V
100 Power gain = β 2RL / RB
or η = 6.66% 2 2
∆I R ∆I RL
115. (d) Photoelectric effect, hν = hν0 + eV (Einstein’s = c . L = c ×
∆I B RB ∆I B (VBE / ∆I B)
equation) 2
h 40 × 10−3 10 × 103
⇒ V= (ν − ν0) = −6
× × 20 × 10−6
e 20 × 10 40 × 10−3
h h
Given, V1 = (ν1 − ν0) and 3V1 = (2ν1 − ν0) ⇒ AP = 2 × 10−7 W
e e
3V1 2ν1 − ν0 119. (a)
⇒ = ⇒ ν1 = 2ν0
V1 ν1 − ν0 AND
Z b OR
h h F
∴ V1 = (2ν0 − ν0) = ν0 NOT
X
e e
Y a
h
At frequency 4ν1 , nV1 = (4ν1 − ν0)
e Let’s name intermediate states as a and b as
h h shown in figure.
= (8ν0 − ν0) = 7 × ν0
e e Now, a=Y
⇒ nV1 = 7V1 ⇒ n = 7 b = Za = zy
116. (a) For electron, pc = 2.KEm0 c 2 F = b + X = ZY + X
129. (b) The chemical reaction involved during the When N = 1, K a = 1.0 × 10−5
titration of I2(aq) by S2 O2−
3 (aq) using starch 1 × 10−5
When N = 0.1, K a =
indicator is 0.1 × 10−2
I3− + 2S2 O23 − → S4 O26 − + 3I− ⇒ K a = 10−2
At the end point deep blue colour disappears
due to the decomposition of the iodine-starch
134. (d) The reaction equations for the given reactants
are:
complex. Thus, the colour change at end point
is from blue to colourless. (a) H2O + H2S → HS− + H3O+
130. (b) Limestone (CaCO3) molar mass = 100 g/mol (b) 3H2O + N 3− → NH3 + 3OH−
10 g of 100% pure limestone = 10 g of CaCO3 (c) 2H2O + SiCl 4 → SiO 2 + 4HCl
But 10 g of 90% pure limestone 1
(d) H2O + F2 → 2HF + O 2
= 9 g of CaCO3 2
9 g of CaCO3 = 0.09 mole of CaCO3 1
→ 2H + 2F − + O 2
+
Chemical reaction involved on heating CaCO3 2
is given by the equation.
∆
135. (d) On dissolving sodium (Na) metal in liquid
CaCO3 → CaO + CO2(g) ammonia (NH 3) blue colour solution is obtained
1 mol 1 mol
due to formation of ammoniated electrons which
Thus, 1 mole of CaCO3 yields 1 mole of CO2(g) absorbs energy in the visible region. Reaction
or 22.4 L of CO2(g). involved is
Hence, 0.09 mole of CaCO3 will yield Na + ( x + y)NH 3 → [Na(NH 3 )+x ] + [e(NH 3) y ]−
= 0.09 × 22.4 L of CO2
= 2.016 L of CO2. 136. (a)
(i) In orthoboric acid (H3BO 3) is boron sp 2
131. (d) Free energy change is linked to equilibrium
constant (K p) by the formula. hybridised. It forms three bonds with
∆G° = − 2.303 RT log K p three hydroxyl group which lie on the
Value of R = 8.314 J mol −1 K −1 same plane. Thus, in orthoboric acid,
boron is in planar geometry, thus
T = 298 K
statement is correct.
K p = 3 × 10−29
(ii) BCl 3 is a non-polar molecule with a
Substituting these value in equation and symmetrical distribution of electrons
solving the value, ∆G° obtained is 163 kJ mol −1 . and flat geometry. It forms a polar
132. (b) K p is related to K C by the formula. non-covalent bond with NH3 molecule
due to presence of empty orbital in
K p = K C (RT)∆n boron and lone pair of electrons over
For the equation 2A(g) - 2B(g) + C(g) N-atom, which has tetrahedral
∆n = (2 + 1) − 2 = 1 geometry. Thus, statement is correct.
R = 0.0821 bar mol −1 K −1 (iii) Borax is a salt of a strong base and a
weak acid (H3BO 3). Hence, it is basic in
T = 1069 K nature. Thus, this statement is
K C = 375 × 10−6 incorrect.
Substituting the values in equation and
solving we get K p = 3.3 × 10− 4 137. (d) The approx yield of various methyl
substituted chlorosilanes is as follows:
133. (d) The reaction equation of dissociation of CH 3SiCl 3 < 10 − 30% yield
CH 3 COOH is (CH 3 )2 SiCl 2 < 50% yield
CH 3 COOH(aq ) → CH 3 COO− + H + (CH 3 )3 SiCl < 10% yield
[CH 3 COO]− [H]+ (CH 3)4 Si < 5% yield
Ka = = 1.0 × 10−5
[CH 3 COOH] Thus, yield of (CH 3)4 Si is minimum.
266 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
19147
. × 3500 Thus, correct order of increasing paramagnetic
E a = log (3 × 10−2) ×
2 behaviour of ions is
E a = 49.49 kJ mol −1 Cu 2+ < V 2+ < Cr 2+ < Mn 2+ .
Greater the number of unpaired electrons
147. (b) The degree of absorption increases with the more is the paramagnetic behaviour.
decrease in temperature. The correct order of
temperature is T2 < T3 < T1 . 152. (b) To exhibit isomerism symmetry of molecular
structure is important. Structure of given
148. (b) Only following ores are sulphide ores. compounds explain their isomeric nature.
Sphalerite = zinc sulfide (i) NiCl 2Br22− → tetrahedral → no isomers.
Fool’s gold = iron disulfide 2–
Cl
Chalcopyrites = copper iron sulphide
Rest are not sulphide ores Ni
Br Cl
Calamine = zinc carbonate and silicate Br
Malachite = copper carbonate hydroxide
Siderite = iron carbonate (ii) Pt(NH3)2Cl 2 → square planar → have
Zincite = zinc oxide isomers.
Kaolinite = basic aluminium silicate Cl NH3 Cl NH3
Pt Pt
149. (c) On completing the equations: Cl NH3 H 3N Cl
cis trans
(i) (NH4)2SO 4 + NaOH → NH3 + H2O
+ Na2SO 4 (iii) Co(NH3 )3Cl 3 → octahedral → have
isomers.
(ii) NH3 + 3Cl 2(excess) →
N 2 + 3HCl + Cl 2 NH3 NH3
∆
Cl NH3 Cl NH3
(iii) (NH4)2Cr2O7
→ N 2 + Cr2O 3 + H2O Co Co
Cl NH3 Cl Cl
∆
(iv) NH4NO 3
→ N 2O + 2H2O Cl NH3
trans cis
(v) NH4Cl (aq) + NaNO 2 (aq) →
N 2 + H2O + NaCl (iv) Pd(NH3 )3 Br + → square planar → no
isomers.
N 2 is being liberated in equation b , c and e. +
Br NH3
150. (c) 3Au + HNO 3 + 3HCl r 3AuCl + NO + H O 2 Pd
( aqua-regia) ( x) H 3N NH3
3Pt + 4HNO 3 + 12 HCl r3 PtCl 4 + 4NO + 8H 2O 3 → octahedral → have
(v) Co(en)3+
( aqua-regia)
(Y)
isomers.
151. (a) Species having unpaired electron shows
paramagnetic behaviour. NH2 NH2
Cu 2+ (27) → 1s 2 2s 2 2p 6 3s 2 3p 6 3d 9 → H2N NH2 NH2 NH2
1 unpaired e − Co Co
H2N NH2 NH2 NH2
Cr 2+ (22) → 1s 2 2s 2 2p 6 3s 2 3p 6 3d 4 → NH2 NH2
4 unpaired e −
2+ 2 2 6 2 6 3 2
V (23) → 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p 3d 4s →
3 unpaired e −
153. (a) Formation of terylene from ethylene glycol
2+ and terephthalic acid is a condensation
Mn (23) → 1s 2s 2p 3s 3p 4d 0 3d 5 →
2 2 6 2 6
polymerisation reaction which can be represented
5 unpaired e − by the equation.
268 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
Cl Cl
nHOH2C—CH2OH + nHOOC— —COOH + H2O
Ethylene glycol Terephthalic
acid CH
CCl3
CH2OH CH2OH
OH
O O
Br
OH O OH
OH OH 158. (d)
Glycosidic PCC H2N–NH2
linkage Me Ph Me Ph
OH OH
OH (A )
155. (b) Antioxidants are substances that prevent or KOH
slow the damage of cells caused by free radicals, Me Ph
(CH2OH)2
Me Ph
butylated hydroxytoluene is an antioxidant. (C)
N
(B) NH2
Antiseptic are antimicrobial substances that are
applied to living tissue to reduce the possibility of 159. (b)
infection. Bithionol is an antiseptic.
C—NH2 COOH
Antibiotic are antimicrobial substances that act ∆
against bacteria. An example is chloramphenicol. H3O+
+ NH3
Ammonia
156. (c) Benzamide Benzoic
acid
H— —Cl H
Conc.H2SO4 160. (d) Carbylamine test is also known as Hofmann’s
+ CCl3—C==O ∆ isocyanide test, it is used for detection of primary
H— —Cl
Chloral amines. If primary amine is present it forms
(1 mol)
carbylamine (isocyanide) and gives foul smelling
Chlorobenzene substance. Since, on reduction of tertiary amide
(2 mol) with LiAlH 4 no primary amine is obtained as
product, so carbyl amine test fails.
TS EAMCET 04 May 2018
Session 2
(03:00 PM to 6:00 PM)
Mathematics
1. The set of all values of x and the set of all 6. The set of real values of a for which the system
values of a for which the real valued function of linear equations
f (x) = log a (x - [ x]) is defined are respectively x + (sin a) y + (cos a)z = 0
(a) R - Z and (0, 1) (b) Z and R - {0, 1}
x + (cos a) y + (sin a)z = 0
(c) Z - and (1, ¥) (d) R and R - x + (sin a) y - (cos a)z = 0
2. A function f : R - {0} ® R is defined as has a non-trivial solution is
np p p
ì x 2 + 3 x - 7, x > 0 (a) + (-1)n + (n is an integer)
f (x) = í 2 4 8
î h(x) , x<0 np p
(b) + (-1)n (n is an integer)
If f (x) is an odd function, then h(x) = 2 8
np n p p
(a) x2 + 3 x + 7 (b) x2 + 3 x - 7 (c) + (-1) - (n is an integer)
(c) - x2 + 3 x + 7 (d) - x2 - 3 x + 7 2 8 8
np p p
3. x n + y n is divisible by (d) + (-1)n - (n is an integer)
2 4 8
(a) x - y for all n Î N 1 - 10i cos q
(b) x + y for all n Î N 7. If is purely real, then one of the
1 - 10 3i sin q
(c) x + y for all n = 2 m - 1, m Î N
(d) x + y for all n = 2 m, m Î N values of q is
p p p p
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4. Let A be the set of all 3 ´ 3 determinants with 6 4 3 2
entries 0 or 1 only and B be the subset of A
consisting of all determinants with value 1. If C 8. If z and w are complex numbers such that
is the subset of A consisting of all determinants 3p
z - iw = 0 and Arg (zw) = , then Arg z =
with value -1, then 4
(a) n (C ) = 0 (b) n (B) = n(C ) p p p 3p
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(c) A = B È C (d) n (B) = 2 n( A) 16 8 4 4
½1 bc + ad b2c 2 + a2d 2½ 9. The number of complex roots of the equation
5. ½1 ca + bd c 2a2 + b2d 2½ = x11 - x 7 + x 4 - 1 = 0 whose arguments lie in the
½ ½
½1 ab + cd a2b2 + c 2d 2½ first quadrant is
(a)(a - b )(b - c )(c - d )(a - d )(a - c )(d - b ) (a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 7 (d) 9
(b) (a - b )(a - c )(b - c )(b - d )(a - d )(c - d ) 10. If a is a root of z - z + 1 = 0, then
2
11. Let E1 º ax 2 + bx + c, E2 º bx 2 + cx + a, 3x + 2 A Bx + C
19. If = + , then
(x + 1)(2 x + 3) x + 1 2 x 2 + 3
2
a2 b2 c2
E3 º cx 2 + bx + a and + + = 3. If these A-B+C=
bc ca ab
quadratic expressions have a common zero, (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 5
then the quadratic expression having zeroes 20. sin10° sin 50° sin 60° sin 70° = m and
that are common to E2 and E3 and different n
from the zeroes of E1 is tan 20° tan 40° tan 60° tan 80° = n, then =
m
a(b + c )
(a) x2 - x + bc (b) ax2 + bx + c 3 3 16
bc (a) (b) 16 3 (c) (d) 8 3
a(b + c )x a 2 16 3
(c) x - b(c + a)x + ac
2
(d) x - 2
+
bc bc 21. Assertion (A) If a = 12°, b = 15°, g = 18°, then
11 x + 12 x + 62 tan 2a tan 2b + tan 2b tan 2g + tan 2g tan 2a = 1
12. If for any real x, = y is such that
x2 + 4 x + 2 A B B C
Reason (R) In DABC, tan tan + tan tan
y < a or y ³ b, then a, b are 2 2 2 2
(a) 3, 5 (b) -5, 3 (c) -4, 5 (d) -6, 4 C A
+ tan tan = 1
2 2
13. Given that the roots of x 3 + 3px 2 + 3qx + r = 0 Which of the following is true?
are in harmonic progression. Then, (a) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct
(a) 2q 3 = r(3 pq - r ) (b) q 3 = r(3 pq - r ) explanation of (A)
(c) q 3 = - r(3 pq - r ) (d) q 3 = r(r + 3 pq ) (b) Both (A) and (R) are true, but (R) is not the
correct explanation of (A)
14. If a, b, g are the roots of x 3 + px 2 + qx + r = 0, (c) (A) is true, but (R) is false
then a 3 + b 3 + g 3 = (d) (A) is false, but (R) is true
(a) p3 - 3 pq + r (b) p2 - 2 pq + r 22. cot q - tan q - 2 tan 2q - 4 tan 4 q =
(c) 3 pq - 3r - p3 (d) 3 pq + 3r + p3
(a) 4cot 8q - tan 6q (b) cot 8q + tan 3q
15. The number of proper divisors of the number (c) cot 8q + cot 6q (d) 8cot 8q
obtained by dividing 13! with 100 is
23. If the general solution of
(a) 216 (b) 430 (c) 214 (d) 790
sin x + 3sin 3 x + sin 5 x = 0 is x = y then the set
16. In an admission test, there are 15 multiple of all values of cos y is
ì 3 3 ü
(b) ìí-1, , 1üý
choice questions. Each question is followed by 1
(a) í-1, - , , 1ý
4 alternatives to choose. Out of these there may îï 2 2 þ îï 2 þ
be one or more than one correct answers. If a ì 3 3ü
(d) ìí-1, - , , 1üý
1 1
student attempts all the 15 questions and (c) í- , 0, 1, ý
marks the answers randomly, then number of îï 2 2 þ ïî 2 2 þ
p
different ways he can answer the question 24. If cos -1 2 x + cos -1 3 x = , then x =
paper is 3
4 ´ 15 3 3 2 3
(a) C4 (b) 1515 (c) 415 (d) 4!× 15! (a) (b) (c) (d)
2 7 7 5 2 5
17. The absolute value of the numerically greatest
term in the expansion of (2 x - 3 y)12 when x = 3, 25. If cos h b = sec a cos q, sinh b = cosec a sin q, then
y = 2 is sinh 2 b =
12
(a) C 5 6 12 12
(b) C 6 6 12 12
(c) C 4 6 12 12
(d) C 9 6 12 (a) sin a cos a (b) cos 2 a
(c) sin2 a (d) sin a + cos a
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 271
26. In a DABC, sin A and sin B satisfy 31. A point lying on the plane that passes through
c 2 x 2 - c(a + b) x + ab = 0, then the points $i - $j + k$ , $i - 2$j + 3k$ and $i + 2$j - 3k$ is
(a) the triangle is acute angled (a) - $i + 2 $j - 3 k$ (b) - $i + $j - k$
(b) the triangle is obtuse angled
(c) $i + $j - k$ (d) 4$i + 2 $j + 3 k$
3
(c) sinC =
2 32. A non-zero vector a is parallel to the line of
a+ b intersection of the plane determined by the
(d) sin A + cos A =
c vectors i$ , i$ + $j and the plane determined by
27. Let ABC be an isosceles triangle with BC as its vectors $i - $j, $i + k$ . The angle between a and
base. Then, rr1 =
a2 ($i - 2$j + 2k$ ) is
(a) a2 (b) (c) R 2 sin2 A (d) R 2 sin2 2 B p p p 2p
2 (a) (b) (c) (d)
28. In a DABC, a + b + c = 2b c + 2a b , then B =
4 4 4 2 2 2 2 6 4 3 5
p 3p p 33. The equation of the plane passing through the
(a) or (b)
4 4 2 points with position vectors A(2i$ + 6$j - 6k$ ),
p 2p p 5p B(-3i$ + 10$j - 9k$ ) and C(-5i$ - 6k$ ) is
(c) or (d) or
3 3 6 6
(a) r × (2 $i - $j - 2k$ ) = 2 (b) r × ($i - 2 $j - k$ ) = 1
29. If a = 2$i + 3$j + k$ , b = $i - 3$j - 5k$ and (c) r × (2 $i + $j - 2k$ ) = 3 (d) r × ($i + 2 $j - 2k$ ) = 3
c = 3i$ - 4 k$ , then match the items of List-I with
34. If a, b and c are three vectors with magnitudes
those of List-II. 1, 1 and 2 respectively and a ´ (a ´ c) + b = 0,
List-I List-II then the angle between a and c is
2p p p p
(a) (b) (c) (d)
A Unit vector in the (i) 5$i + 3$j - 3k$ 5 3 4 6
direction opposite to
that a - b is 35. The coefficient of variation of the first n natural
numbers is
B If AB = a , BC = b, then (ii) 2 $i - 8 k$
100 100 n + 1
CA = 3 (a) (n - 1) (b)
3 3 n-1
C If a , b, c are the position (iii) -3$i + 4k$
3 n+1 100 n - 1
vectors of the vertices a (c) (d)
triangle then, its 100 n - 1 3 n+1
centroid is
36. Two distributions A and B have the same mean.
D In D part it is b + d (iv) $i 6$j 6k$
- - - If their coefficients of variation are
instead of b - d 73 73 73 6 and 2 respectively and s A , s B are their
If d is a vector of standard deviations, then
magnitude 2 14 and (a) sA = 3sB (b) 3sA = sB (c) sA = 2 sB (d) 2sA = sB
parallel to the vector a ,
then b + d = 37. From a certain population, the probability of
1
(v) 3 $ 5 $ 3 $ chosing a colour blind man is and that of a
i + j - k 20
43 43 43 1
colour blind woman is . If a randomly chosen
A B C D A B C D 10
(a) (iv) (iii) (ii) (i) (b) (iv) (iii) (ii) (v) person is found to be colour blind, then the
probability that the person is a man is
(c) (iv) (iii) (i) (ii) (d) (i) (ii) (iii) (v)
2 2 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
30. If 2$i - $j + 3k$ , -12$i - $j - 3k,
$ - $i + 2$j - 4 k$ and 9 3 3 9
l$i + 2$j - k$ are the position vectors of four 38. From a lot containing n good and m bad articles,
coplanar points, then l = if 2 articles are picked at random in succession
(a) -2 (b) 6 (c) 3 (d) -6
without replacement, then the probability that
the second article picked is bad is
272 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
m m-1
(a) (b) 45. The straight lines x + 3 y - 4 = 0,x + y - 4 = 0
m+ n m+ n
(n - 1)(m - 1) mn
and 3 x + y - 4 = 0
(c) (d) (a) form an isosceles triangle
(m + n)2 (m + n)2
(b) are concurrent
39. In a classroom 5% of the boys and 2% of the (c) form an equilateral triangle
girls are taller than 1.6 m. The class consists of (d) form a right angled isosceles triangle
60% girl students. The probability that a randomly
46. The combined equation of the straight lines
selected student is taken than1.6 m is
passing through (1, 1) and making an angle of
121 5 3 4
(a) (b) (c) (d) 45° with the straight line x + y - 1 = 0 is
125 8 8 125
(a) 2 x2 + 3 xy - 2 y2 - 7 x + y + 1 = 0
40. The distribution of a random variable X is given (b) xy - x - y + 1 = 0
below (c) xy + 2 y2 - x - 5 y - 3 = 0
X = x 1 2 3 4
(d) 2 x2 - xy - 3 x + y + 1 = 0
52. The number of common tangents to the circles 58. If the product of the slopes of the tangents
x 2 + y 2 + 4 x = 0 and x 2 + y 2 - 2 x = 0 is drawn from an external point P to the
x2 y 2
(a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1 hyperbola 2 - 2 = 1 is a constant k2 , then the
a b
2
53. If is the length of the common chord of the locus of P is
5 (a) y2 + b 2 = k 2 ( x2 - a2 ) (b) y2 - b 2 = k 2 ( x2 - a2 )
circles x 2 + y 2 + 2 x + 2 y + 1 = 0 and (c) x2 + b 2 = k 2 ( y2 - a2 ) (d) x2 - b 2 = k 2 ( y2 - a2 )
x 2 + y 2 + ax + 3 y + 2 = 0,a ¹ 0 , then a =
(a) 4 (b) 3 59. Let A , B , C be three points on OX , OY , OZ
(c) 2 (d) 1 respectively at the distances 3, 6, 9 from origin.
54. Match the items of List-I with those of List-II Let Q be the point (2, 5, 8) and P be the point
equidistant from O , A , B ,C. Then, the
List-I List-II coordinates of the point R which divides PQ in
A Equation of the tangent drawn (i) -36 the ratio 3 : 2 is
(a) æç , , ö÷ (b) æç , , 5ö÷
at(2, 8 ) on the curve y 2 = 4 x is 17 29 43 7 16
è 10 5 10 ø è5 5 ø
B Equation of the normal to the (ii) 4
(c) æç , , ö÷ (d) æç , , 6ö÷
9 21 33 8 19
curve y 2 = 16 x, that makes
è5 5 5 ø è5 5 ø
and angle of 45° with its axis is
C The chord joining the points (iii) 8 60. If the direction cosines of two lines are such
( x1 , y1 ) and ( x2, y2 ) on the curve that l + m + n = 0, l 2 + m2 - n 2 = 0, then the
y 2 = 12 x is a focal chord if angle between them is
y1 y2 = p p p p
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 4 3 2
D A value of k for which (iv) x - 2 y + 2 = 0
x - 3 = 0 is the directrix of the 61. If the line joining the points A (1, 0, 0) and
curve y 2 - kx + 16 = 0 is B(0, 0, 1) is a normal to the plane p which passes
(v) x + y - 12 = 0 through the point A, then the angle between
the planes p and x + y + z = 6 is
(vi) x - y - 12 = 0 p p p p
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Then, which of the following is correct? 6 4 3 2
A B C D A B C D
62. The number of points at which the function
(a) (v) (iv) (iii) (ii) (b) (vi) (v) (ii) (i)
(c) (iv) (vi) (i) (ii) (d) (iv) (vi) (ii) (iii) 11 + | x| - 6 2 + | x|
f (x) = is discontinuous in
55. An equilateral triangle is inscribed in the 6 - 2 2 + | x|
parabola y 2 = 16ax with one of its vertices at the (-¥ , ¥) is
origin. Then, the centroid of that triangle is (a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 2 (d) 3
(a) (8 a, 0) (b) (16 a, 0) ì 1 + px - 1 - px
(c) (32 a, 0) (d) (48 a, 0) ï , -1 £ x < 0
63. If f (x) = í x is
56. If the straight line 8 x + 3 2 y = 36 touches the ï 2x + 1
, 0 £ x £1
x2 y2 î x-2
ellipse + = 2 at (a, b), then a + 2b = continuous on [-1, 1], then p =
9 4
1 1 1
36 8 12 + 2 2 16 (a) - (b) - (c) (d) 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2 4 2
5 2 3 3 3
dy
1
57. For an ellipse with eccentricity , the centre is 64. If y = tan -1 (sin x) + cosec-1 (e 2x + 1), then =
dx
2 1 1
at the origin. If one of its directrices is x = 4, (a) +
x(1 + sin2 x ) e4 x + 2
+1
then the equation of the ellipse is
cos x 2
(a) 3 x2 + 4 y2 = 12 (b) 3 x2 + 4 y2 = 49 (b) -
(c) 3 x2 + 4 y2 = 1 (d) 4 x2 + 3 y2 = 12 2 x(1 + sin2 x ) e 4x + 2
-1
274 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
cos x
+
2 æ t +1 ö
(c)
(1 + sin2 x ) 4x + 2
72. If f ç ÷ = t + 1, then ò f (x)dx =
e +1 è 2t + 1 ø
1 cos x 1 x2
(d) - (a) +c
2 x (1 + sin2 x ) e 2x + 1 - 1 2
1
(b) log(2 x - 1) + log( x + 1) + c
65. If f : R ® R is such that f (3) = 16, f ¢(3) = 4, then 2
1
xf (3) - 3 f (x) (c) log(2 x - 1) + c
lim = 2
x ®3 x-3 x 1
(d) + log(2 x - 1) + c
(a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 8 (d) 12 2 4
x 8 - 9 x 2 + 18
66. If y = e (log x), then xy 2 + (x - 1) y =
x 73. ò x4 - 3x2 + 3
dx =
80. The differential equation corresponding to all the circles lying in the first quadrant and touching the
coordinate axes is
é æ dy ö ù = æ x + y dy ö
2 2 2 2
(b) ( x - y)2 éê1 + ùú = æç x + y ö÷
dy dy
(a) ( x - y)2 ê1 + ç ÷ ú ç ÷
êë è dx ø ú è dx ø ë dx û è dx ø
û
1
é æ dy ö ù = x + y æ dy ö
2 2
(d) ( x - y) éê1 + ùú = æç x + y ö÷
dy dy 2
(c) ( x - y)2 ê1 + ç ÷ ú ç ÷
2
êë è dx ø ú è dx ø ë dx û è dx ø
û
Physics
81. Match the entries in List I with those in List II. 84. A particle starts from origin at time t = 0 and
List I List II moves in positive x-direction. Its velocity v
varies with times as v = 10t$i cm/s. The distance
A. Unified interaction reducing (i) Strong
the number of fundamental interaction covered by the particle in 8 s will be
forces from four to three (a) 320 cm (b) 80 cm
B. Force between two (ii) Gravitational (c) 120 cm (d) 640 cm
molecules separated by a force 85. Consider an object kept at the centre, in the
distance near about the
XY-plane, on which five coplanar forces act as
sum of the molecular radii
shown in the figure. The resultant force on the
C. Nuclear binding force (iii) Electroweak object is
interaction Y
D. Bodies of astronomical (iv) Electromagnetic 16 N 15 N
proportions interaction
A B C D A B C D 45° 60°
(a) (iii) (iv) (i) (ii) (b) (iii) (i) (ii) (iv) 30° 19 N
(c) (iii) (i) (iv) (ii) (d) (ii) (i) (iii) (iv) 11N
82. Assertion (A) Electromagnetic force is 22 N
enormously strong as compared to gravitational
force. Yet, gravity dominates in the large-scale (a) 6.5 N, 330° (b) 6.5 N, 300°
phenomena (e.g. formation of galaxies). (c) 6.5 N, 30° (d) 5.7 N, 331°
Reason (R) Existence of positive and negative 86. Consider an object making uniform motion
charges make matter mostly electrically around a circle of radius 5 m with tangential
neutral. velocity 2 ms -1 . The time it takes to complete
Which of the following is true? 2 revolution and the magnitude of acceleration
(a) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct respectively are
explanation of (A) (a) 0.2 p s and 0.8 ms -2 (b) 0. 5p s and 1 ms -2
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true, but (R) is not the (c) 10p s and 0.8 ms -2 (d) 5p s and 5 ms -2
correct explanation of (A)
(c) (A) is true, but (R) is false 87. A small block starts sliding down an inclined
(d) (A) is false, but (R) is true plane forming an angle 45° horizontal. The
83. An object moves in a straight line with coefficient of friction m, varies with distance s as
deceleration whose magnitude varies with m = cs 2 where, c is a constant of appropriate
velocity as 3v 2 / 3 . If at an initial point, the dimensions, then distance covered by the block
velocity is 8 m/s, then the distance travelled by before it stops is
the object before it stops is 3 1
(a) (b) 3C (c) C (d)
(a) 2 m (b) 4 m (c) 6 m (d) 8 m C C
276 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
88. A movable steel plate is placed between fixed displaced by small amount x from its
steel and brass plates and the stack of plates is equilibrium position and released, the period of
subjected to a oscillation is
weight of 100 N Weight
as shown in the Steel k1 k2
figure. The Steel m
coefficient of Brass
kinetic friction
for steel on steel m(k1 + k2 ) m
(a) 2 p (b) 2 p
is 0.57 and for steel on brass is 0.44. Assuming k1 k2 k1 + k2
that the entire weight comes onto the stack and mk1 k2 m(k1 - k2 )
that the weight of the plates is negligible in (c) 2 p (d) 2 p
(k1 + k2 ) k1 k2
comparison to the applied weight, the force
required to move the middle plate (in N) is 94. The density of a solid sphere of radius R is
(a) 13 (b) 101 (c) 440 (d) 570 r2
r(r) = 20 where, r is the distance from its
89. A car of mass 1200 kg (together with the R2
driver) is moving with a constant acceleration centre. If the gravitational field due to this
of 2 m/s 2 . How much power does the engine sphere at a distance 4R from its centre is E and
generate at the instance, when the speed G is the gravitational constant, then the ratio of
reaches 20 m/s? (Assume that the coefficient of E
friction between the car and the road is 0.5). is
GR
(a) 48000 W (b) 120000 W p 3p
(a) (b) 3p (c) (d) p
(c) 168000 W (d) 288000 W 5 2
90. A ball moving with a velocity v, collides head on 95. In a tensile test on a metal bar of diameter
with a stationary second ball of same mass. 0.015 m and length 0.2 m, the relation between
After the collision, the velocity of the first ball the load and elongation within the proportional
is reduced to 0.15 v. The kinetic energy of the limit is found to be F = 97.2 ´ 106 (DL), where F
system is decreased nearly by is the load (in N) and DL is the elongation (in m).
(a) 20% (b) 25% (c) 30% (d) 40% The Young’s modulus of the material in GPa is
91. A uniform disc of mass 100 kg and radius 2 m (a) 75.5 (b) 85.6 (c) 98.7 (d) 110
is rotating at 1 rad/s about a perpendicular axis 96. A tank of height 15 m and cross-section area
passing through its centre. A boy of mass 60 kg 10 m 2 is filled with water. There is a small hole
standing at the centre of the disk suddenly of cross-section area a which is much smaller
jumps to a point which is 1 m from the centre than the container, located at a height of 12 m
of the disc. The final angular velocity of the boy from the base of the container. How much force
(in rad/s) is should be applied with a piston at the top level,
(a) 0.77 (b) 0.5 (c) 41 (d) 2 so that the water coming out of the hole hits
92. A force F1 = A$j is applied to a point, whose the ground at a distance of 16 m? (Take,
density of water = 1000 kg m -3 )
radius vector r = ai$, while a force F = B$i is
1 2
97. An ideal gas has molar heat capacity C V at index of glass = 3, the parallel shift d between
constant volume. The gas undergoes a process the emerging and entering rays in mm is
where in the temperature changes as i
T = T 0(1 + aV 2), where, T and V are temperature
and volume respectively, T 0 and a are positive
constants. The molar heat capacity C of the gas b
is given as C = C V + Rf (V), where, f (V) is a
function of volume. The expression for f (V) is
aV 2 1 + aV 2 d
(a) (b)
1 + aV 2 2 aV 2
1 3 4 40
(c) aV 2 (1 + aV 2 ) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d) 15 3
2 aV (1 + aV 2 )
2 4 3 3
103. Let S1 be the amount of Rayleigh scattered light
98. A container is filled with a liquid that cools
from 100 °C to 70 °C in 5 min, when kept at of wavelength l1 and S2 that of light of
room temperature of 30 °C. The time that it wavelength l 2 from a particle of size a. Which
must have taken to cool down to 80 °C from its of the following statement is true?
4
initial temperature approximately is S1 æ l 2 ö
(a) = ç ÷ , if l1 , l 2 >> a
(a) 1.7 min (b) 2.6 min S 2 è l1 ø
(c) 8.2 min (d) 4.1 min 4
S1 æ l1 ö
(b) = ç ÷ , if l1 , l 2 >> a
99. An ideal gas in a cylinder is compressed S2 è l2 ø
adiabatically to one-third of its original volume. S1 æ l 2 ö
4
107. A resistance network is connected to a battery X-axis and on the magnetic axis of magnet
as shown in the figure below. If the internal placed on Y-axis. If the magnitude of total
resistance of the battery is 5W, then the value of é m Mù
magnetic field at the origin is B = a ê 0 3 ú ,
R (in W) for maximum power delivered to the ë 4p d û
network is then the value of constant a will be
3R R (d >> l, where l is the length of the bar
magnets and direction of N to S in magnets is
4R R opposite with respect to each other)
2R 3R Y
5Ω
d
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 6
N
108. Find the voltage V2 across R2 for the given X
circuit S
R1 R3 d
S
8Ω
R2 2 Ω R4 2 Ω
N
V1=12 V
V3=6 V
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 5
110. A charge q enters a region having electric field 113. An oscillating circuit consisting of a capacitor
E and magnetic field B with velocity v. If it with capacitance C = 10mF, a coil with
continues to move with the same velocity, then inductance L = 6.0mH and active resistance
which of the following statement is not true R = 10W. The mean power that should be fed to
(a) E × B = 0 the circuit to maintain undamped harmonic
(b) E × v = 0 oscillations with an external driving power with
E ´B 50Hz and a Vm of 280 V is
(c) If v × B = 0, then v =
B´B (a) 3.8 W (b) 48 W (c) 3 mW (d) 48 mW
(d) v ´ E = B 114. If the magnetic field of a plane electromagnetic
111. Two identical bar magnets of magnetic moment wave is given by
M each, are placed along X and Y-axes, 5 ´ 10-6 sin(0.6 ´ 102 x + 0.5 ´ 1010 t), then the speed
respectively at a distance d from the origin (as of the wave is
shown in the figure). The origin lies on (a) 0.83 ´ 107 m / s (b) 0.83 ´ 108 m / s
perpendicular bisector of magnet placed on (c) 5.24 ´ 108 m / s (d) 5.24 ´ 109 m / s
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 279
115. An isolated lead ball is charged upon changed by 7mA. For such transistor, the
continuous irradiation by EM radiation of current amplification factor is
wavelength, l = 221 nm. The maximum (a) 30 (b) 34 (c) 40 (d) 45
potential attained by the lead ball, if its work
119. In a p-n junction diode, an electric field of
function is 4.14 eV is (take, h = 6.63 ´ 10-34 J - s,
c = 3 ´ 108 m / s, e = 1.6 ´ 10-19C) magnitude 2 ´ 105 V / m exists in the depletion
region. A particle with charge -3e can diffuse
(a) 1.49 V (b) 2.67 V
(c) 3.14V (d) 0.51V
from n-side to p-side, if it has minimum kinetic
energy 0.6 eV.
116. An energy of 13.6 eV is equal to
The width of the depletion region of the p-n
(a) 0.518 ´ 10-25 kcal junction is
(b) 6.04 ´ 10-25 kWh
(a) 300 nm (b) 600 nm
(c) 2.17 ´ 10-10 J
(c) 1000 nm (d) 1200 nm
(d) 2.17 ´ 10-15 kN-m
117. The frequency of light emitted, when the 120. A person tries to broadcast with the same
electron makes transition from the level of antenna both the signals at 107 Hz and
principle quantum number n = 2 to the level 106 Hz. If the receiver at some distance has to
with n = 1 is (Take, the ionization energy of receive an equal strength for both the
frequencies, then the broadcaster has to
hydrogen to be 13.6 eV andh ~ - 4 ´ 10-15 eV - s)
approximately increase the signal strength at
(a) 2.55 ´ 1015 Hz . ´ 1015 Hz
(b) 17
106 Hz to 107 Hz by
(c) 3.4 ´ 1015 Hz (d) 51. ´ 1015 Hz 1
(a) times (b) 10 times
118. In a junction transistor, the collector current 10
changes by 6.8 mA, if the emitter current is 1
(c) 100 times (d) times
100
Chemistry
121. Calculate the number of protons, neutrons and (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
14
electrons respectively in N . 3- (a) T T F F (b) F T F T
7
(c) F F F T (d) T F T F
(a) 7, 10, 7 (b) 7, 7, 10
(c) 10, 7, 7 (d) 7, 7, 7 125. Group the molecules/ ions according to bond
order.
122. The order of filling of electrons in orbitals in Ti is
(a) 1s, 2s, 2p, 3s, 3p, 3 d and 4s (a) (O 22 - ,Li 2 ,O 22 + )(F2 ,N2 ,He 22 + )
(b) 1s, 2s, 2p, 3s, 3p, 4s and 3 d (b) (F2 ,O 22 + ,N2 )(O 22 - ,He 22 + ,Li 2 )
(c) 1s, 2s, 2p, 3s, 4s, 3p and 3 d (c) (O -2 ,Li 2 ,F2 ,He 22 + )(N2 ,O 2+
2 )
(d) 1s, 2s, 2p, 3s, 3 d, 3p and 4s
(d) (Li 2 ,F2 ,O 22 + )(N2 ,O 22 - ,He 22 + )
123. The symbol of an element is Une. Its atomic
number is
126. Match the bond order for the following molecules.
(a) 110 (b) 109 (c) 101 (d) 108 List I List II
124. Statement A. Li 2 i. 3
(i) Na 2O < MgO < ZnO<P4O 6-Acidic property B. N2 ii. 1.5
(ii) F > Cl > Br-Electron gain enthalpy C. Be 2 iii. 1.0
(iii) M 2- > M - > M + > M 2+ -ionic size D. O2 iv. 0
(iv) The second ionisation enthalpy of Cu is v. 2
more than second ionisation enthalpy of K.
The correct answer is
Which of the following is the correct A B C D A B C D
representation of True (T)/ False (F) for the (a) ii iii i v (b) iii i iv v
given statements? (c) iv i v iii (d) iii ii v i
280 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
127. Helium molecule is two times heavier than 135. Calcium on heating in N 2 yields an ionic
compound A, which reacts with water to give
hydrogen molecule at 298 K. According to
Ca(OH)2 and a gas B. Identify A and B
kinetic theory, the average kinetic energy of
(a) CaN2 ,NO (b) Ca 3N2 ,NH3
helium at 298 K is
(c) CaN2 ,NH3 (d) Ca 3N2 ,NO
(a) two times higher than a hydrogen molecule
136. The formula of borax is
(b) four times higher than a hydrogen molecule
(a) Na 2B 4 O 7 × 5H2O (b) Na 2B 4 O 7 × 7H2O
(c) same as that of a hydrogen molecule (c) Na 2B 4 O 7 × 10H2O (d) Na 2B 4 O 7 × 2H2O
(d) half of a hydrogen molecule
137. In which allotropes of carbon does each carbon
128. The ratio between the most probable speed of atom form four bonds with other carbon
N 2 at 400 K and CO at 800 K is (molar mass of atoms?
N 2 = 28 g mol -1 , molar mass of CO = 28 g mol -1 ) (a) Graphite (b) Graphite and C 60
(c) Diamond (d) Diamond and C 60
(a) 0.75 (b) 0.25 (c) 0.707 (d) 1.414
138. Which of the following chemicals is not
129. Relative abundance (in percentage) of 14 C involved in photochemical smog formation?
isotope is
(a) SO 2 (b) O 3 (c) NO 2 (d) NO
(a) 1.1 (b) 2 ´ 10-10
139. The IUPAC name of the following compound is
(c) 2 ´ 10-4 (d) 2 ´ 10-5
(a) 2-hydroxy-5-oxoethylcyclohexane O
130. Calculate the molality of 1 L solution of 93% (b) 2-ethyl-4-oxocyclohexanol
H2SO 4 by w/V [d H 2SO4 = 1. 84 g / cc] (c) 3-ethyl-4-hydroxycyclohexanone
(a) 3.71 (b) 8.5 (c) 12.4 (d) 1.042 (d) 6-hydroxy-3-oxoethylcyclohexane
131. Amongst the chemical reactions given below, 140. Number of possible constitutional OH
isomers of alkane with formula C 6H14
the reactions with increasing entropy are
is
(i) H2O () l ® H2O( g ) (a) 3 (b) 5
(ii) C(s ) + CO 2(g) ® 2CO(g) (c) 2 (d) 10
(iii) 2H2(g)+O 2(g) ® 2H2O() l
141. In the process of formation of nitronium ion,
(iv) N 2(g)+O 2(g) ® Mixture of N 2 and O 2 nitric acid acts as
(a) (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) (b) (i), (ii), (iii) (a) a base (b) an acid
(c) (i), (ii), (iv) (d) (ii), (iii), (iv) (c) a catalyst (d) a solvent
132. For the formation of NH3 from N 2 and H2 at 142. NaCl is heated in an atmosphere of sodium
500 K, the concentration of N 2 , H2 and NH3 at vapour. The resultant yellow colour is due to
equilibrium are 1. 5 ´ 10-2 M, 3.0 ´ 10-2 M and the formation of
1. 2 ´ 10-2 M, respectively. The equilibrium (a) Frenkel defect
constant for the reverse reaction is (b) Schottky defect
(a) 3.56 ´ 102 (b) 2.81 ´ 10-3 (c) F-centers
(c) 3.56 ´ 10-2 (d) 2.81 ´ 103 (d) impurity defects
143. Calculate the approximate DT b (in K) for
133. Estimate the approximate pK a of 0.5 M
0.001 molal KCl solution, if its van’t-Hoff factor
CH3COOH. Degree of dissociation (ionisation) is is 1.98 [K b of water is 0. 52 K kg mol -1 ]
0.15 (log 1.32 = 0.12) (a) 1.03 . ´ 10-3
(b) 103
(a) 2.0 (b) 1.5 (c) 1.88 (d) 0.15 . ´ 10-5
(c) 103 . ´ 10-1
(d) 103
134. The natural relative abundance of isotopes of 144. Henry’s law constant for CO 2 in water is
hydrogen is 1.67 K bar at 25°C. The quantity of CO 2 in
(a) 11 H = 99.985%; 12 D = 0.015% 1000 mL of soda water when packed under
(b)11 H = 99.985%; 12 D = 0.015%; 13 T =10-16 % 5 bar CO 2 pressure at 25°C is
(c) 11 H = 99.100%; 12 D = 0.900% (a) 0.084 mol (b) 0.167 mol
(c) 0.252 mol (d) 0.336 mol
(d) 11 H = 99.900% ; 12 D = 0.10%; 13 T =10-15 %
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 281
145. Which of the following correctly represents 151. Identify the correct actinide series from the
Nernst equation? following.
[P = products, R = reactants] (a) Nd, Np, No (b) Pr, Pa, Pu
[ P] (c) Pa, Lr, Pu (d) Lu, Lr, Th
(a) DG = DG°+2.303RT log
[R ]
[ P]
152. Consider the complexes.
(b) DG = DG°-2.303RT log (i) [Pd(NH3)2ClBr]
[R ]
[ R] (ii) [Pd(NH3)2Cl 2]
(c) DG° = DG + 2.303RT log (iii) [Pd(en)Cl 2]
[P ]
[ R] (iv) [Pd(en)ClBr]
(d) DG° = DG - 2.303RT log
[P ] (v) [Pd(en)2] Cl 2 (en = ethylenediamine)
The total number of geometrical isomers of (a)
146. For a particular reaction, the rate constant is same as the total number of geometrical
becomes double on increasing temperature isomers of
from 27°C to 37°C. Calculate the approximate
(a) (ii) (b) (iii)
activation energy
(c) (iv) (d) (v)
(in kcal mol -1 R = 2 cal mol -1 K -1 )
(a) 1289 (b) 12.89 (c) 1.28 (d) 53.41 153. Identify the monomers used in the
manufacture of glyptal (X), dacron (Y) and
147. Identify the correct statements from the nylon 2-nylon 6(Z).
following.
(X)
(i) In the oxidation of oxalic acid with COOH
KMnO 4 in acid medium, Mn 2+ acts as OH
(a) ,
auto catalyst. OH
HOOC (Y)
(ii) CdS colloidal solution can be precipitated O
by the addition of Cl - ions.
(iii) The gold numbers of three protective OH OH
colloids (A, B, C) is 0.03, 25 and 0.25 OH , HO
respectively. Their protective power
follows the order A > C > B. O
(iv) Physisorption is an irreversible process. H2N (Z)
(c) Reaction of bromobenzene with NaNO 2 and HCl 160. In the following reaction, the major product
at 273 K followed by the reaction with CuCN
(P) formed is
(d) Reaction of aniline with KCN NH2
N2Cl
159. From the following reactions, identify the 273K
reactions that give carboxylic acids as products. + P[major]
(pH 4–5)
1) KMnO 4 /KOH
(i) CH2CH2CH2CH2OH ¾ ¾¾¾¾¾¾®
2)Dil.H 2SO 4
(a) N NH2
Anhyd. AlCl3
(ii) +CO+HCl H
Cu2Cl2
H2N
(I) O3
(iii)
(ii) Zn H 2O (b) N N
OH H
(I) O3 (c) N N N
(iv) + Ccl4
(ii) H r
Answers
Mathematics
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (a)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (b) 20. (b)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (a) 30. (b)
31. (c) 32. (d) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (d) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (c) 44. (d) 45. (a) 46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (d) 49. (c) 50. (c)
51. (a) 52. (b) 53. (a) 54. (c) 55. (c) 56. (d) 57. (a) 58. (a) 59. (c) 60. (c)
61. (a) 62. (c) 63. (a) 64. (b) 65. (a) 66. (a) 67. (d) 68. (b) 69. (b) 70. (d)
71. (b) 72. (d) 73. (c) 74. (a) 75. (c) 76. (d) 77. (a) 78. (c) 79. (c) 80. (a)
Physics
81. (a) 82. (a) 83. (b) 84. (a) 85. (a) 86. (c) 87. (a) 88. (b) 89. (c) 90. (b)
91. (a) 92. (a) 93. (b) 94. (d) 95. (d) 96. (a) 97. (b) 98. (b) 99. (a) 100. (a)
101. (c) 102. (c) 103. (a) 104. (*) 105. (a) 106. (*) 107. (a) 108. (*) 109. (a) 110. (d)
111. (c) 112. (a) 113. (a) 114. (b) 115. (a) 116. (b) 117. (a) 118. (b) 119. (c) 120. (c)
Chemistry
121. (b) 122. (b) 123. (b) 124. (d) 125. (c) 126. (b) 127. (c) 128. (c) 129. (b) 130. (d)
131. (c) 132. (b) 133. (c) 134. (b) 135. (b) 136. (c) 137. (c) 138. (a) 139. (c) 140. (b)
141. (a) 142. (c) 143. (b) 144. (b) 145. (a,c) 146. (b) 147. (c) 148. (c) 149. (d) 150. (d)
151. (c) 152. (a) 153. (c) 154. (c) 155. (a) 156. (a) 157. (c) 158. (b) 159. (b) 160. (d)
It will be defined if log a {x − [x]} ≥ 0 , so x − {x} ≥ 1 ⇒ − [{c(a − d) + b(d − a)}{c 2(b 2 − a 2) + d 2(a 2 − b 2)}]
(Not possible) x − [x] > 0 , so x ≠ Z Often after simplify we are getting
So, R − (Z) and (0, 1). (a − b)(a − c)(b − c)(b − d)(a − d)(c − d)
2
2. (c) f (x) = x + 3x − 7, x > 0 6. (c) x + sinαy + cosαz = 0, x + cosαy + sinαz = 0
h(x) , x<0
− x + sinαy − cosαz = 0
f (x) is odd function, then h(x) = ? 1 sinα cosα
for odd function Non-trivial sol, so 1 cosα sinα = 0
h(− x) = − h(x) ⇒ h(− x) = (− x)2 − 3x − 7 −1 sinα − cosα
⇒ h(− x) = x 2 − 3x − 7 ⇒|(
1 − sin α − cos α) − sinα(− cosα + sinα)
2 2
α + β + γ = −p Put x =
7
in Eq. (i), we get
⇒ αβ + βγ + γα = q 5 (n − 2)
⇒ αβγ = − r n (n − 1)
49
=
3
⇒[α + β + γ]3 = α 3 + β 3 + γ 3 + 3(α + β + γ) 25 (n − 2)2 5
(αβ + βγ + γα) + 3αβγ ⇒ (n2 − n) 49 = 15 (n2 − 4n + 4)
⇒α + β + γ = (α + β + γ) − 3(− p)(q) + 3(− r)
3 3 3 3
⇒ 34n2 + 11n − 60 = 0
⇒ α + β + γ = − p + 3pq − 3r
3 3 3 3
3 20
⇒ n = − or n =
2 17
15. (b)13! = 2 × 3 × 4 × 5 × 6 × 7 × 8 × 9 × 10 × 11 × 12 × 13 7 1 2
∴ x= =−
13! is divided by 100 5 − − 2
3 5
13! 2
Then, = 28 × 35 × 71 × 111 × 131
100 −3
⇒ 12
C6 ⋅ (2x)6(3y) =
6 12
C6 ⋅ (2⋅ 3)6 ⋅ (3⋅ 2)6 =12 C6 ⋅ (6)12 When x =1
5A + 2B + 2C = 5
18. (b) We have series 26 26
3 3⋅ 7 3⋅ 7 ⋅ 9 − 1 + 2B + = 5 ⇒ 2B = 6 −
+ + + ... 5 5
10 10 ⋅15 10 ⋅15⋅ 20 4 2
2B = ⇒ B=
3 3⋅ 7 3⋅ 7 ⋅ 9 5 5
= + + 3 + ...
5 × 2! 52 ⋅ 3! 5 ⋅ 4! 1 2 13 10
∴ A−B+ C = − − + = =2
We know that, 5 5 5 5
n(n − 1) 2 n(n − 1) (n − 2) 3 20. (b) sin10° sin 50° sin 60° sin 70° = m and
(1 + x)n = 1 + nx + x + x + ...
2! 3! tan 20° tan 40° tan 60° tan 80° = n
Here comparing, n
n(n − 1) 2 3 Then, =?
x = m
2! 5 × 2! 3 1
n(n − 1) (n − 2) 3 3⋅ 7 m= ⋅ [2sin10° sin 50° ]⋅ sin 70°
and x = 2 2 2
3! 5 × 3! 3
⇒ m= [cos 40° − cos 60° ] sin 70°
3
n(n − 1) x 2 = … (i) 4
5 3
cos 40° − ⋅ sin 70°
1
21 =
and n(n − 1) (n − 2) x =
3
… (ii) 4 2
25
3 31
3 21 7 = cos 40° sin 70° − sin 70°
⇒ (n − 2) x × = ⇒ x= 4 4 2
5 25 5 (n − 2)
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 287
=
1 3 1
(2sin 50° sin 70°) − sin 70°⋅
3 [cos2 2 θ − sin2 2 θ] sin 4θ
⇒ 2⋅ 2 −4
2 4 2 4 2sin 2 θ ⋅ cos 2 θ cos 4θ
3 3
= [cos 20° − cos120° ] − sin 70° 4 cos 4θ sin 4 θ cos 2 4 θ − sin 2 4 θ cos 8θ
8 8 ⇒ −4 = 4 =8
sin 4 θ cos 4 θ sin 4 θ cos 4 θ sin 8θ
3 31 3 3
= cos 20° + − sin 70° = =m ⇒ 8 cot 8θ
8 8 2 8 16
= tan 60°⋅ tan 20°⋅ tan 40°⋅ tan 80° 23. (d) sin x + sin 5x + 3sin 3x = 0
= tan 60°⋅ tan 20°⋅ tan(60°− 20°) ⋅ tan(60°+ 20°) ⇒ 2sin 3x cos 2x + 3sin 3x = 0
⇒ tan 60°⋅ tan 3(20) ⇒ tan 60°⋅ tan 60 = n ⇒ sin 3x [+ 2cos 2x + 3] = 0 ⇒ sin 3x = 0
n= 3 ⇒ x = 0, π
n 3 × 16 y = 0, π ⇒ cos 0 = 1
= ⇒ 16 3 So,
m 3 3
⇒ cos π = − 1 and cos 2x = −
21. (a) α = 12° , β = 15° , γ = 18° 2
3 3
⇒ 2cos2 x − 1 = − ⇒ 2cos2 x = 1 −
⇒ tan 2 α tan 2 β + tan 2 β tan 2 γ 2 2
+ tan 2 γ tan 2 α = 1 1 1
⇒ cos x =
2
⇒ cos x = ±
⇒ tan 2 α[tan 2 β + tan 2 γ] = 1 − tan 2 β tan 2 γ 4 2
tan 2 β + tan 2 γ 1 1
⇒ tan 2 α =1 ⇒ cos y = 1, − 1, , −
1 + tan 2 β tan 2 γ 2 2
⇒ tan 2α ⋅ tan(2β + 2γ) = 1 24. (a) cos−1 2x + cos−1 3x = π
3
⇒ tan(2 β + 2γ) = cot 2 α π
⇒ tan{30 + 36} = cot 24 cos−1 {2x ⋅ 3x − 1 − 4 x 2 1 − 9 x 2 } =
3
⇒ tan 66° = cot 24° 1
⇒ 6x − 1 − 4x 1 − 9x =
2 2 2
⇒ tan 66° = tan(90° − 66°) 2
⇒ tan 66° = tan 66° which is true 1
⇒ − 1 − 4x 1 − 9x = − 6x2
2 2
A B B C C A 2
R → tan tan + tan tan = 1 − tan tan 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 ⇒ 1 − 13x 2 + 36 x 4 = 6 x 2 −
B A C 2
tan tan + tan 2
1 − 13x + 36 x = 6 x −
1
2 2 2 = 1 ⇒ 2 4 2
A C 2
1 − tan tan
2 2 ⇒ 4 − 52x + 144 x = 144 x 4 + 1 − 24 x 2
2 4
A C B ⇒ − 28 x 2 = − 3
⇒ tan + = cot ⇒ A + B + C = 180
2 2 2 3 3
⇒ x2 = ⇒ x=
A+ C B 28 2 7
⇒ A + C = 180 − B ⇒ = 90 −
2 2
25. (c) We have,
⇒ tan 90° − = cot
B B B B
⇒ cot = cot cosh β = sec α cos θ
2 2 2 2
⇒ cos2 h β = sec2 α cos2 θ
R is true and it is correct explanation of A.
⇒ cosh 2 β = sec2 α (1 − sin2 θ)
22. (d) cot θ − tanθ − 2tan 2 θ − 4 tan 4 θ ⇒ cosh 2 β = sec2 α (1 − sinh 2 β sin2 α)
cosθ sinθ sin 2 θ sin 4θ ⇒ 1 + sinh 2 β = sec2 α − tan2 α sinh 2 β
= − −2 −4
sinθ cosθ cos 2 θ cos 4θ
⇒ sinh 2 β (1 + tan2 α) = sec2 α − 1
cos θ − sin θ
2 2
sin 2 θ sin 4θ
=2 −2 −4 tan2 α
2sinθ cosθ cos 2 θ cos 4θ ⇒ sinh 2 β = = sin2 α
1 + tan2 α
cos 2 θ 2sin 2 θ sin 4θ
=2 − −4 [Q1 + tan2 θ = sec2 θ]
sin 2 θ cos 2 θ cos 4θ
288 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
A B C
26. (d) We have, r1 = 4R sin cos cos
2 2 2
c x − c (a + b) x + ab = 0
2 2
2 A B B C C
∴ rr1 = 16R sin
2
sin cos sin cos
⇒ c 2 x 2 − cax − cbx + ab = 0 2 2 2 2 2
⇒ cx (cx − a) − b (cx − a) = 0 2 A
= 4R sin . sin B sin C
2
⇒ (cx − a) (cx − b) = 0 2
⇒ cx − a = 0 or cx − b = 0 2 A
a b = 4R sin . sin2 B
2
[Q ∠B = ∠C]
⇒ x = and x = 2
π A
= 4R2 sin2 sin2 −
c c A
As, sin A and sin B are roots of the given equation. 2 2 2
a b
Let sin A = and sin B = A
= 4R2 sin2 cos2
A
c c 2 2
a b
⇒ c= and c = 2 A A
2
sin A sin B = R 2 sin cos = R2 sin2 A
2 2
a b
⇒ = =c … (i) 28. (a) We have, a 4 + b 4 + c 4 = 2b 2 (c 2 + a 2)
sin A sin B
a b c ⇒ a + b + c − 2b 2c 2 − 2a 2b 2 = 0
4 4 4
Using sine law, = = …(ii)
sin A sin B sin C Add 2a 2c 2 on both sides, we get
c ⇒ a 4 + b 4 + c 4 − 2b 2c 2 − 2a 2b 2 + 2c 2a 2 = 2c 2a 2
So, = c [from Eqs. (i) and (ii)]
sin c ⇒ (a 2 + c 2 − b 2)2 = 2 c 2a 2
c
⇒ sin c = 4(a 2 + c 2 − b 2)2
c ⇒ =2
⇒ sin C = 1 Qsin π = 1 (2 ca)2
2
π (a 2 + c 2− b 2)2 1 c 2 + a2 − b2
⇒ ∠C = ⇒ 2
= Q cos B =
2 (2 ca) 2 2 ca
Since, ∆ABC is right angled at ∠c. 1
∴ cos2 B =
In ∆ABC, A 2
1
⇒ cos B =
2
c π 3π
b So, we get ∠C = or
4 4
$ $
29. (a) a = 2i + 3 j + k, b = i − 3$j − 5k$ , c = 3$j − 4k$
$ $
c b
b c
B a C (2$i + 3$j + k$) + ($i − 3$j − 5k$) + (3$i − 4k$)
=
We know that, 3
A B C 6$i + 0$j − 8k$ 8$
r = 4R sin sin sin = = 2i − k
$ …(ii)
2 2 2 3 3
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 289
= n + 1 n − 1 =
n2 − 1 So, standard deviation of X is
2 6 12 1
Now, 2c + 4c + 6c + 8c = 1 ⇒ c = for standard
So, coefficient of variance 20
n2 − 1 deviation
12 × 100 n − 1 ⋅ 100 ⇒ 100 n − 1
2
=
n+1 (n + 1)2 3 3 n+1 x Px x ⋅ Px x2 x2 Px
2
1 2 2 1 2
36. (a) Let x A = x B = x
σA σ 20 20 20
× 100 = 6, B × 100 = 2
xA xB 2 4 8 4 16
σA σB
× 100 = 6 , × 100 = 2 20 20 20
x x
σ A × 100 σ B × 100 3 6 18 9 54
= x, = x
6 2 20 20 20
σ A × 100 σ B × 100
⇒ = ⇒ σ A = 3σ B
6 2 4 8 32 16 128
20 20 20
37. (c) PCBM = 1 , PCBW = 1
20 10 60 200
1 1 ΣxPx = =3 Σ x 2 ⋅ Px = = 10
Person is Man = Person is woman = 20 20
2 2
1 1 1 1
⋅
2 20 20 1 σ= Σ x 2 ⋅ Px − (Σx ⋅ Px)2
PCBM = ⇒ ⇒ 20 ⇒
1 1 1 1 1 1 1+ 2 3
⋅ + ⋅ +
M
2 20 2 10 20 10 20 ⇒ σ = 10 − (3)2 ⇒ 1
38. (a) Good articles = n, bad articles = m 41. (b) P = 3 , q = 1 getting atleast 4 successes in 5
4 4
2 articles are picked up without replacement trial is Now, getting atleast 4 successes is
2n is bad 5
C4 p 4 q1 + 5C5 p 5q 0
Conditions First bad and second bad or first
4 5
Good and second bad 5! 3 1 5! 3
⇒ ⋅ + ⋅
m
⋅
m −1
+
n
⋅
m 4! 4 4 5! 0! 4
m + n m + n − 1 m + n m + n −1 4 5
5⋅ +
3 1 3
m2 − m + mn m(m + n − 1) So,
= 4 4 4
(m + n)(m + n − 1) (m + n)(m + n − 1) 4
3 5 + 3 ⇒ 81 ⋅ (2) ⇒ 81
=
m So,
4 4 4 256 128
m+ n
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 291
x+3y–4=0 3x+y–4=0
BC = 32 = 4 2
CA = 10
Q AB = CA = 10
∴ ABC an isosceles triangle.
46. (b) Combined equation of straight line passing
through (1, 1) makes angle 45° with line
x + y −1 = 0
x + y + 2= 0
(1, 1)
x+ y
=1
−2
x + y x + y
∴ x 2 + y 2 + xy + x + 3y
−2
45º 45º
(− 2
)
2
x + y
x + y −1 = 0 + 1 ⋅ =0
m ± tanθ −2
(y − 1) = (x − 1)
1 m m tanθ making homogeneous
−1 ± 1 x 2 + xy 3xy + 3y 2
⇒ (y − 1) = (x − 1) ⇒ x 2 + y 2 + xy + +
1 m (−1) −2 −2
0 x 2 + y 2 + 2xy
⇒ y − 1 = (x − 1) ⇒ y − 1 = 0 + =0
2 4
−2
⇒ x 2 1 − + + y 2 1 − + + xy 1 − − + = 0
⇒ (y − 1) = (x − 1) ⇒ x − 1 = 0 1 1 3 1 1 3 1
0 2 4 2 4 2 2 2
So, combined equation
3 2 1 2 1
⇒ (y − 1)(x − 1) = 0 ⇒ x − y − xy = 0
4 4 2
⇒ xy − y − x + 1 = 0
⇒ 3x 2 − y 2 − 2xy = 0
47. (c) Centroid at12x 2 − 20 xy + 7 y2 = 0 (pair at
straight lines) and 2x − 3y + 4 = 0 is (α , β). So, equation of bisector
12x 2 − 14 xy − 6 xy + 7 y 2 = 0 x 2 − y 2 xy x 2 − y2 xy
So, ⇒ = ⇒ =
a−b h 4 −1
2x(6 x − 7 y) − y(6 x − 7 y) = 0
2x − y = 0, 6 x − 7 y = 0 ⇒ y 2 − x 2 = 4 xy ⇒ x 2 − y 2 + 4 xy = 0
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 293
α 2 − 4α + 4 2
(–k, 2) (4, 6) ⇒ p2 = ⇒ 2 r 2 − p2 =
α 2 − 4α + 5 5
and r2 = 16 + 36 − 43 = 52 − 43 = 9=3 1 1
⇒ r 2 − p2 = ⇒ r 2 − p2 = =1
common tangent = S1 − S2 = 0 5 5
So, x 2 + y 2 + 2kx − 4 y + 1 − x 2 − y 2 + 8 x + 12y − 43 = 0 ⇒ 5r 2 − 5p 2 = 1 [Q r = 1]
(2k + 8) x + 8 y − 42 = 0 α 2 − 4α + 4
⇒ 5− 5 2 =1
Perpendicular drawn from any circle is equal to α − 4α + 5
respective circle
⇒ 5α 2 − 20α + 25 − 5α 2 + 20α − 20 = α 2 − 4α + 5
(2k + 8)4 + 48 − 42
So, =3 ⇒ α 2 − 4α + 5 = 5
(2k + 8)2 + 64
⇒ α (α − 4) = 0
8k + 32 + 6 ∴ α=4
⇒ =3
4k2 + 64 + 32k + 64 54. (c) A. Equation of tangent is yy1 − 2(x + x1) = 0
⇒ 8k + 38 = 3 4k + 32k + 128
2 So, 8 y = 2(x + 2) ⇒ 8 y = 2x + 4
Now, 6
y1 y2 = 6t × − = −36
t
8x+3√2y –36=0
y 2 = kx − 16 ⇒ y 2 = k x −
16
D. We have,
k
On comparing it with y 2 = 4ax , we get xx1 yy1
+ − 2= 0 …(i)
k 9 4
∴ 4a = k ⇒ a =
4 8 x + 3 2y − 36 = 0 …(ii)
Again its directrix is given by Eqs. (i) and (ii) represents same line, so
16 x1 y1 1
x− = −a = =
k (9) ⋅ (8) (4) ⋅ (3 2) 18
16 k
⇒ x= − 72 12 2
k 4 ⇒ x1 = , y1 =
18 18
On comparing it with x − 3 = 0, we get
16 k ⇒ x1 = 4 = a
− =3
k 4 2 2
⇒ y1 = =b
⇒ 64 − k2 = 12k 3
⇒ k + 12k − 64 = 0
2
∴ a+ 2b = 4 + 2⋅
2 2
⇒ k = 4, − 16 3
⇒ k=4 [k ≠ −16] 12 + 4 16
⇒ =
(a)→(iv); (b)→(vi); (c)→(i); (d)→(ii) 3 3
57. (a) Given, e = 1 centre (0,0) and directrix = 4
55. (c) 2
A (√3 l/2, l/2)
l l/2
(0, 0) x=a/e
30° ⇒a/e=4
(0, 0) O √3 l/2
2a = 4 ⇒ a = 2
x2 y2
B ∴Equation of ellipse = 2 + 2 =1
a a (1 − e 2)
Let the length at one side is l, so coordinate of A is x2 y2 x2 y2
3l l ⇒ + =1 ⇒ + =1
, lies on parabola so in y 2 = 16ax 4 41 − 1 4 4⋅ 3
2 2
4 4
l2 3 ⇒ 3x 2 + 4 y 2 = 12
= 16a l
4 2 58. (a) Let the point be P(h, k).
16 3 Tangent from (h, k) to hyperbola
⇒ l= ⋅ 4a ⇒ 32 3a
2
2 x 2 y2 h2 k2
− 2 = 1 is 2 − 2 − 1 = 2 − 2 − 1
hx ky
⇒ A = (48a ,16 3a) O(0,0) B (48a ,−16 3) a 2
b a b a b
48a + 48a + 0 16 3a − 16 3a + 0 x 2 y2
Centroid = , 2 − 2 − 1
3 3 a b
= (32a ,0)
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 295
3 and (b2) =
0 +1 +1 = 2
2 2 2
X
O (0, 0, 0) A (3, 0, 0) b1 ⋅ b2 1 1
9 ∴ cosθ = ⇒ =
(b1 )(b2) 2⋅ 2 2
π
C (0, 0, 9) ⇒ θ=
Z 3
Let P is (u, v, w). 61. (d) Given points A(1, 0, 0) and B(0, 0, 1)
Here, PO2 = PA2, PO2 = PB2, PO2 = PC 2 (1,0, 0) A B (0, 0, 1)
u2 + v2 + w2 = (u − 3)2 + v2 + w2 Direction ratios of the line joining points are
⇒ u2 + v2 + w2 = u2 − 6u + 9 + v2 + u2 (x 2 − x1), (y2 − y1), (z2 − z1)
3 i.e. (−1, 1, 1). So, a = −1, b = 1 and c = 1
6u = 9 ⇒ u =
2 ∴Equation of plane
(ii) PO 2 = PB 2 ⇒ u 2 + v 2 + w 2 (x − 1)a + (y − 0) b + (z − 0)c = 0
= u2 + (v − 6)2 + w2 ⇒ −(x − a) + z = 0
⇒ u2 + v2 + w2 = u2 + v2 −12v + 36 + w2 ⇒ π = − x + 0y + z + a = 0
⇒ x+ y+ z = 6
v=3 [angle between these two planes]
(iii) PO 2 = PC 2 (−1)()
1 + 0 + ()()
11
⇒ u2 + v2 + w2 = u2 + v2 + (w − 9)2 ⇒ cosθ =
1+ 0+1 1+1+1
⇒ u2 + v2 + w2 = u2 + v2 + w2 −18w + 81 a1 a 2 + b1 b2 + c1 c 2
Q cosθ =
81 9 a1 + b1 + c1 a 2 + b2 + c 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
⇒ w= ⇒ w=
18 2
Now, −1 + 1 π
⇒ cosθ = ⇒0 ⇒ θ=
2⋅ 3
(
(
3 , 3, 9 3:2 2
2 2 P R Q (2, 5, 8)
296 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
11 + x − 6 2 + x dy e x d2y x ⋅ e x − e x dy
62. (c) f (x) = ⇒ = + y ⇒x 2 = x + x
dx x dx x2 dx
6 − 2 2+ x
d 2 y x 2e x − xe x dy
⇒ x 2 = + x
This function will be discontinuous where dx x2 dx
function is undefined.
d2y xe x {x − 1} dy
11 + x − 6 2 + x ⇒ x 2 + (x − 1) y = +x + (x − 1) y
So, it is undefined, if < 0 and dx x2 dx
6 − 2 2+ x xd 2 y e x (x − 1) dy
⇒ + (x − 1) y = + (x − 1) y + x
6 − 2 2 + x = 0 and 2 + x < 0 dx 2
x dx
ex dy
Now, 2 + x < 0 ⇒ x < −2 = ex − + (x − 1)e x ln x + x
x dx
Not possible.
= (x − 1)e x + ln x + x
1 dy
Again 6 − 2 2 + x = 0 x dx
⇒ −2 2 + x = −6 d2y ex dy
⇒ x 2
+ (x − 1) y = (x − 1) + e ln x + x
x
dx x dx
⇒ 2+ x = 3 ⇒ 2+ x = 9
d2y dy
⇒ x =7 ⇒ x = ±7 ⇒ x 2 + (x − 1) y = (x − 1 + x) [by Eq. (i)]
dx dx
Hence, numbers of points is 2. d2y dy
x 2 + (x − 1) y = (2x − 1)
1 + px − 1 − px dx dx
,−1 ≤ x < 0
63. (a) f (x) = x 67. (a) Let f (x) = cos x + e − x
2x + 1
,0 ≤ x ≤ 1
x−2 and α and β be two roots of the question
Continues in [−1,1], so it is continues at x = 0 also e x cos x + 1 = 0 such that α < β, then cosα + e − α = 0
and cosβ + e − β = 0 ...(i)
So, lim f (x) = lim f (x) = f (0)
x→ 0 s x→ 0 ⊕ clearly, f (x) is continous on [α , β] and
1 − Px − 1 + px 2(0) + 1 differentiable on (α , β) also f (α) − f (β)
lim = [using Eq. (i)]
x→ 0 s −x 0− 2
By Rolle’s theorem there exists C∈(α , β) such that
1 1
1 − px − 1 − px +… f ′(c) = 0
2 2 1
⇒ lim =− ⇒ − sin c − e − c ⇒
= 0 e c sin c + 1 = 0
x→ 0 −x 2
− px 1 1 ⇒ x = c is a root of e x sin x + 1 = 0
⇒ =− ⇒ p=−
–x 2 2 68. (d) dr = 0.01 cm/s, when r = 12 cm, then dA = ?
64. (b) y = tan−1 (sin x) + cosec−1 (e 2x + 1) dt dt
dA dr
dy 1 cos x 1 ⋅ e 2x + 1 ⋅ 2 A = πr 2 ⇒ = 2πr
So, = ⋅ − dt dt
dx 1 + sin x 2 x
2
e 2x + 1 e 4 x + 2 − 1 dA 24
⇒ = 2π(12) ⋅ (0.01) ⇒ π ⇒ 0.24 π
dy cos x 2 dt 100
= −
dx 2 x ⋅ (1 + sin2 x) e 4x + 2 −1 69. (b) y = x 2 ⋅ e −2x x > 0
– + –
65. (a) f(3) = 16 f ′(3) = 4 dy
= x 2 ⋅ (−2)e −2x + e −2x ⋅ 2x 0 1
xf (3) − 3 f (x) 0 form dx
⇒ lim
x→ 3 x−3 0 dy
= 0 ⇒ 2xe −2x {1 − x} = 0 ⇒ x = 0, 1
f (3) − 3 f ′(x) dx
By L’Hospital Rule, lim
x→ 3 1 By first derivative method
⇒ f (3) − 3 f ′(3) ⇒ 16 − 3(4) ⇒ 4 Minima at x = 0 and Maxima at x = 1
66. (a) Given, y = e x (log x) So, maximum value = yx =1 = () 1 2 e −2
dy e x 1
= + e x ln x ...(i) ⇒
dx x e2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 297
1 2x − 1 + 1 1 1 ⇒ ln 2 − ln()1 ⇒ ln 2 = P
2 ∫ 2x − 1
= dx= ∫ 1 + dx So, e p = eln 2 ⇒ 2
2 2x − 1
π /2 1 − sin 2x π /2 (cos x − sin x ) 2
∫0 dx ∫0 dx
= x + log (2x − 1) + c
1 1 1 + sin 2x (cos x + sin x ) 2
76. (d) Let I = e =e
2 2
π /2 π
∫0 tan 2 − x dx π /2
= e ∫0
4 |tan ( π / 4 −x| dx
x 1
= + log (2x − 1) + c =e
2 4 π / 2 tan ( π / 4 −x ) dx − π / 2 tan ( π / 4 −x ) dx
∫0 ∫π / 4
= e
73. (c) ∫ x 4 − 9 x 2 + 18 dx
8 2
π /4 π /2
π π
− − log|(sec − x |
x − 3x + 3 − log (sec − x
4 0 4
π / 4
= e
x 8 − 9 x 2 + 18 6 x 4 − 18 x 2 + 18
Q = x 4 + 3x 2 + = e [( 0 + log 2 ) − ( − log 2 + 0)]
x − 3x + 3
4 2
x 4 − 3x 2 + 3
= e 2 log 2 = elog 2 = 2
⇒ x + 3x + 6
4 2
R f fSS
F
fSB
Mg sin θ Mg cos θ
45º where, fSS = friction between steel plates
and fSB = friction between steel and brass plates.
Mg
⇒ For kinetic-friction, the applied force (F) is
Mgsinθ − f = Ma equal or greater than friction force for moving the
Mgsinθ − µMg cosθ = Ma steel plate, so fSS + fSB ≤ F
gsinθ − µg cosθ = a Therefore, fSS = µ SS × R = 0. 57 × 100 = 57 N
g[sinθ − Cs 2 cosθ] = a … (i) fSB = µ SB × R = 0 ⋅ 44 × 100 = 44 N
Q a=
dv
=v
dv ⇒ 57 + 44 = N
dt ds ⇒ 101 newton = N
ads = vdv … (ii)
89. (c)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get a Car, m=1200 kg
⇒ g[sinθ − Cs 2 cosθ] ds = vdv F f
Integrating both sides, we get
1200 g=w
Cs 3 v2
⇒ (gsinθ) s − g cosθ = + K … (iii)
3 2 Power of engine overcomes friction and provides
For θ = 45°, we have, necessary acceleration to the car.
Now friction, f = µ mg = 0. 5 × 1200 × 10 = 6000 N
g s − Cs g = v + K
3 2
and accelerating force, F = ma = 1200 × 2 = 2400 N
2 3 2 2
So, total force produced by engine
Initially t = 0, s = 0, u = 0, substituting these, we
= FT = 8400 N
get k = 0
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 301
m1 m2 m1 m2
Before collision At collision After collision –j
τ1 = moment due to F1 = r1 × F1
⇒ Momentum is conserved,
⇒ τ1 = a$i × A$j
m1 u1 + m2u2 = m1 v1 + m1 v2
τ = aAk $
Given m1 = m2 = m, u1 = v and u2 = 0, 1 … (i)
also v = 0.15 v Second case
mv = m(0.15v) + mv2 j
v − 0.15v = v2 r2=bj
⇒ 0 ⋅ 85v = v2 m / s … (i)
Here, initial kinetic energy is i
–i F2=Bi
1 1
mu12 = mv2 … (ii)
2 2
Final kinetic energy is
–j
1 2 1 2 1 1
mv1 + mv2 = m(0.15v)2 + m(0. 85v)2 … (iii)
2 2 2 2 τ 2 = r2 × F2
The decrement in kinetic energy is τ 2 = b$j × Bi$
∆KE = (KE)i − (KE)f
τ = − bBk$
2 … (ii)
∆KE = mv2 − m(0 ⋅15v)2 + m(0. 85)
1 1 1
⇒
2 2 2 So, net moment is τ = τ1 + τ 2
1 2 ⇒ τ = (aA + (− bB)k$
∆KE = mv [1 − (0.15) + 0. 85 ]]
2 2
… (iv)
2 τ = (aA − bB) k$
∆KE
% change in kinetic energy = × 100
(KE)i 93. (b) According to question,
1 2
mv [1 − (⋅15)2 − (⋅85)2]
2 M
= k1 k2
1 2
mv
2
% decrease in KE = 25⋅ 5% ≈ 25%
91. (a) Angular momentum is conserved as there is where, k1 = spring constant for first spring
no external torque. and k2 = spring constant for second spring.
So, I1 ω1 = I 2 2ω2 As, both the spring are in parallel connection, so
⇒ M disc × Rdisc
2 1 2
1 spring constant equivalent kp is
ω1 = M disc Rdisc + M boy Rboy ω2
2
2 2 kp = k1 + k2 … (i)
The time period of oscillation for string mass
⇒ × 100 × 22 × 1 = × 100 × 22 + 60 × 12 × ω2
1 1
2 2 system is given by
200 m
⇒ω2 = = 0.77 rad- s−1 T = 2π … (ii)
200 + 60 kp
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
92. (a) Given that, m
T = 2π
F1 = A$j, r1 = a$i k1 + k2
F2 = B$i , r2 = b$j
302 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
mC
30
= k − 30
170
12m 300 2
mC = k[85 − 30]
1
16m 10
As, range of water jet = 16 m.
mC = k(55)
1
⇒ … (i)
If velocity of efflux is v, then 10
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 303
mC = k[60]
20
⇒ … (ii) 104. (*) (No option is matching)
t ′′
Number of fringes shift due to extra path
After, solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get difference caused by transparent slab is
t ′′ = 3. 05min (nearest answer is b) (µ − 1) t
n=
λ
99. (a) For adiabatic process, ∆Q = 0
So, when two plates of thickness t1 and t2 are
Now, from first law of thermodynamics, we have placed infront of slits, then shift is
∆Q = ∆U + ∆W (µ − 1)(t2 − t1)
n = n2 − n1 =
∆W = −45J or work is done on the gas. λ
⇒ 0 = ∆U − 45 (
1 .5 − 1) (0132
. − . ) × 10−3
01
=
⇒ ∆U = 45J 600 × 10− 9
100. (a) As V and T are same for both gases, we can write 0.5 × 0.032 × 106
= = 27 fringes
p1 V = n1 RT 600
, where p1 and p2 are partial
and p2V = n2RT r
3
105. (a) Given, ρ(r) = ρ0 1 −
pressures of the gases. R
p n
⇒ 1 = 1 where, 1- for oxygen and 2- for
p2 n2
So, effective charge at r is q(r) = ∫ ρ (r) ⋅ V
nitrogen. r 4
3
100 n1 n 1 = ρ0 1 − πr 3
⇒ = ⇒ 1 = = 0.5 R 3
200 n2 n2 2
v For maximum value of field,
101. (c) Frequency of reflected sound, f1 = f dq(r)
v − vs =0
dr
330 1000 × 330
= 1000 = 4 r3 3r 2
330 − 33 297 ⇒ πρ0 3r 2 1 − 3 + r 3 − 3 = 0
3 R R
Frequency observed by observer,
v + vD 1000 × 330 330 + 33 3r 5 3r 5
f2 = f1 ⇒ 3r 2 − − 3 =0
= R3
v 297 330 R
3
R R
1000 × 363 ⇒ r =
3
⇒ r = 1/ 3
= = 1.2 × 1000 = 1.2 kHz 2 2
297
102. (c) We have, sin r = sin i = sin 60° = 1
106. (*) (No option is matching)
µ 3 2 Using, φ = − ∫ E . dr
⇒ Angle of refraction, r = 30° we get φ = − ∫ a(y$i + x$j) (dx ⋅ $i + dy ⋅ $j)
Now, lateral shift d is given by
= − a (∫ (ydx + xdy) = − a ∫ d(xy)
d = t.sec(r) ⋅ sin(i − r)
= 0.04 × sec(30°) ⋅ sin(60° − 30°) = 0.04 × tan 30° = − a xy + C
0.04 0.04 × 1000 40 ∴Potential, φ(x , y) = − axy + C
= m= mm = mm
3 3 3 (None of the option is matching)
304 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
107. (a) Given is an unbalanced Wheatstones’ bridge, 109. (a) Angular deflection of a moving coil
in which current distribution will be as shown galvanometer is given by
B
θ =
NBA
i2 i
3R 2R k
i1-i2 500 × 0.2 × 0.001
i i1
D i1+i2=i = × 6 π × 10− 8
Ai 4R 6 × 10− 7
2
5 × 0.2 × 10− 1 × 6 π × 10− 8
2R 3R =
i1 6 × 10− 7
C
5W π
θ=
+ – 100
V 110. (d) Lorentz force on electron,
Now in loop ABCA, using KVL we have, F = q(E + v + B)
− 3Ri1 − 4R(i1 − i 2) + 2Ri 2 = 0 For regular motion, F = 0
− 3Ri1 − 4Ri i + 4Ri 2 + 2Ri 2 = 0 ⇒ E + (v × B) = 0
7i1 = 6i 2 ⇒ E ||(v × B), also [v × B is perpendicular to both
6 v and B]
⇒ i1 = i 2
7 Now, E ⊥ v and E ⊥ B [(i) and (ii) are right]
Also, i1 + i 2 = i ⇒ E ⋅ v = 0 and E ⋅ B = 0
v⋅B = 0⇒v ⊥ B
Hence, + 1 i 2 = i or i 2 = i
6 7 Now, if
7 13 So, E ⊥ v ⊥ B
6 6 7 6 E= v × B
∴ i1 = i 2 = × i ⇒ i1 = i
7 7 13 13 E × B = (v × B) × B
Now from loop ABDA (which includes cell), we v × B = vB n$
have, 3Ri1 + 2Ri 2 ≈ V (nearly because internal ⇒ (vB) × B = v(B ⋅ B)
resistance in not taken in account) E× B
6 7 ⇒ v= [iii) is right]
3R × i + 2R × i ≈ iReq B⋅ B
13 13 Now, E= v × B
18 + 14 32
⇒ Req = R = R v × E = v × v × B =0 ≠ B
13 13 So, option (d) is wrong.
For maximum power delivered to circuit, 111. (c) Magnetic field due to axial magnet,
(internal resistance of source) = (external µ 2M
B1 = 0 3 (+ Y direction)
resistance) 4π d
32R 13 × 5 Magnetic field due to equatorial magnet,
⇒ 5= or R = . Ω
= 203
13 32 µ M
B2 = 0 3 (+ Y direction)
or R ≈ 2Ω 4π d
108. (*) Using Kirchhoff’s loop rule, we get So, effective magnetic field
µ M
12V = 8i1 + 2(i1 − i 2) … (i) B = B1 + B2 = 3 0 3
4 πd
6V = 2(i 2 − i1) + i 2R3 + 2i 2 … (ii) ⇒ α=3
R1 R3
B1 (axial)
i1 8Ω i1–i2 B2 (equatorial)
R4 2Ω
(1) R2 2Ω (2) N
V1=12V i2 M2
V3=6V S
S
M1
As value of R3 is not given solution cannot be N
found (data insufficient).
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 305
Z
Z = 318.55 Ω
Z
Vrms V0 / 2
Length along Y-axis would be l sin 30° =
l rms current, i rms = =
2 Z Z
280
length = L i rms = = 0.621 A
Velocity of rod = v0 , along X-axis 2 × 318.55
3 As energy is only dissipated in resistance as heat
variable magnet is field, B = B0 , along Z-axis.
y
L and no power dissipates in capacitor and inductor,
so average power dissipates as heat
Now, induced emf (formula) P = i rms
2
⋅R
E = Blv
P = (0.621)2 × 10
where, B, l ⊥ and v are perpendicular to each other,
l = L/2 P = 38
. W
Now, consider a small element of length dy at a 3.8 W power should be fed to maintain an
distance y from origin along Y-axis, then emf of undamped oscillation.
element 114. (b) Given, k = 2π = 0.6 × 102 m − 1
y3 λ
dE = B(dy)v0 = B0 3 v0 ⋅ dy 2π
L ω= = 0 ⋅ 5 × 1010 s− 1
T
Emf of the rod,
2π λ 0 ⋅ 5 × 1010
B v L/ 2
E = 0 3 0 ∫ y 3 ⋅ dy ⇒ Velocity, v = ω / k = × =
L 0 T 2π 0 ⋅ 6 × 102
L/ 2 v = 0 ⋅ 83 × 108 m/s
B0 v0 y 4
E=
L3 4 115. (a) Given, λ = 2.21 × 10− 7 m
So, energy of imparted by radiation in the lead ball,
B0 v0 (L / 2)4 B0 v0 L
E= ⇒ E= hc 6.62 × 10− 34 × 3 × 108
L3 4 64 E= = = 9 × 10− 19 J
λ 2.21 × 10− 7
113. (a) R = 10 Ω L = 6 µH, C = 10µH 9 × 10− 19
L=6µH
or E= eV = 563
. eV
R=10Ω C=10µF 1.6 × 10− 19
Work function of lead ball = 4 ⋅14 eV
So, maximum energy attained by ball is
5⋅ 63 − 4 ⋅14 = 1 ⋅ 49 eV
Equivalent maximum potential is 1.49 V.
50 Hz, Vm=280V 116. (b) E = 136
. eV
Impedence of the circuit, . × 1.6 × 10− 19 J (or W - s)
= 136
Z=R2 + (X C − X L)2 = 21.76 × 10− 19 W -s
Capacitive reactance, X C =
1
=
1 21.76 × 10−19
= kW-h
ω C 2πfC 1000 × 60 × 60
1
XC = = 6. 04 × 10−25 kW-h
. × 50 × 10 × 10−6
2 × 314
= 318.47 Ω
306 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
117. (a) As ionisation energy is 13.6 eV, so its negative 119. (c) For depletion width d, developed potential is
will be the energy of atom in ground state (n = 1) V = E ⋅ d = 2 × 105 × d
hence E1 = − 136. eV
For charged particle, experienced potential is
Energy in second orbit (n = 1) Energy 0 ⋅ 6 eV
136. V= = = 0⋅ 2 V
E 2 = − 2 = − 34 . eV Charge 3e
2
So, 2 × 105 × d = 0 ⋅ 2
When electron jumps from n = 2 to n = 1, then
energy of photon emitted by atom ⇒ d = 10− 6 m or 1000 nm
∆E = E 2 − E1
120. (c) Power of signal radiated by an antenna
= − 34
. − (− 136.) 1
∆E = 10.2 eV P∝ , where, λ = wavelength of signal
λ2
So, frequency (ν), or P ∝ν2, where, ν = frequency
hν = 10.2 eV P1 ν12
10.2 eV 10.2 eV so =
ν= = P2 ν22
h 4 × 10−15 eV- s
+ 15
Given, ν1 = 107 Hz, ν2 = 106 Hz
ν = 255
. × 10 Hz 2
P1 107
118. (b) Given, ∆I C = 6 ⋅ 8 mA = = 100
P2 106
∆I E = 7 mA
So, ∆I B = 0 ⋅ 2 mA ⇒ P1 = 100 P2
QCurrent amplification is > 1 Power of frequency 107 is 100 times greater than
So, it must be CE configuration 106. So, signal strength of frequency 106 Hz need to
∆I 6.8 mA be increased by 100 times for equal strength at
Amplification factor, β = C = some distance.
∆I B 0.2 mA
⇒ β = 34
Chemistry
3− Its come under d-block trans actinide elements. It
121. (b) 14
7N nitrogen has an atomic number of 7. So,
it has 7 proton. To find the number of neutrons, is an extremely radioactive synthetic element
have to substract the atomic number from the which is not found in nature and synthesised in
atomic mass. So, atomic mass of nitrogen is 14. laboratory.
Neutron is– 14 − 7 = 7. 124. (d)
(A.M) (A.N)
When an ion has a negative charge, the atom has (i) Acidic property increases with the increase in
gained electrons, therefore to calculate the total oxidation number of the central atom (element)
number of present electrons, have to add the and for same oxidation number acidic nature
amount of extra charge to the atomic number, so, increases along the period (according to long
7 + 3 = 10 electrons. form periodic table). So, this statement is correct.
122. (b) According to Aufbau principle the order of (ii) Electro gain enthalpy for Cl is more(−)ve than of
filling of electrons in orbitals is F (due to extremely small size of F-atom) and
electron gain enthalpy for Br-atom is less (−) ve
1s 2 ,2s 2 ,2p 6 ,3s 2 ,3p 6 ,4s 2, 3d10 ,4p 6 …… than of Cl-atom (due to its larger size). Hence,
Ti = 22 electrons. the statement in false.
So, the order of filling of electrons in orbital is (iii) If any ion accept the electron, ionic size will
Ti =1s 2 , 2s 2 , 2p 6 , 3s 2 , 3p 6 , 4s 2 , 3d 2 increase and if the electron will donate then ionic
size will reduces.
123. (b) Une is a synthetic chemical element with symbol
Mt (Meitnerium) and its atomic number is 109. So, the ionic size order will be
Because in one, U = un, i . e.1, n = nil, i.e. 0 M 2− > M − > M + > M 2+ .
e = enn, i.e. 9 Thus, this statement is correct.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 307
(iv) For 2nd I.E, the electron is removed from M + ion. 129. (b) Carbon has mainly three isotopes. C-12, C-13
QK + has fully-filled noble gas configuration while and C-14. C-14 is a radioactive isotope of carbon
Cu + has full-filled d10 configuration and K has no and present in least quantity, i.e. near about
d-subshell. Thus, 2nd I.E for K + is more than of (2 ´ 10-10 ).
Cu + ion. 12
C 13
C 14
C
Hence, statement (iv) is false. 98.9% 1.08% 2 ´ 10 -10
125. (c) Bond order of the group 130. (d) Given, [dH 2SO 4 = 1.84g / cc]
O -2 has = 1, Li 2 has = 1
Number of moles of solute
Molality (m) = .
F2 has = 1, He2+
2 has = 1 Weight of solvent in kg
Similarly, N 2 has B.O = 3 and O 2+ 2 has B .O = 3, i.e. Weight = 93g
all the species (O 2 Li 2, F 2 and He 2+
-
2 ) has B . O = 1 Molecular weight = 98g
and both the numbers (N 2 and O 2+ 2 ) has B.O ‘3’.
weight 1
Solute = ´
Hence, these can be grouped together. mol weight of solvent
M
126. (b) Bond order the number of chemical bonds d= m= d´V
V
between a pair of atom. So,
m = 1. 84 g mL-1 ´ 1000 mL = 1840 g
(B.O)
93
Li 2 = Li ¾Li (1) Weight of H 2SO 4 = ´ 1000 = 930 g
100
N2 = N ºº N (3) So, weight of solvent = 1840 - 930 g
Be2 = Be. Be (No bond) (0) = 910 g = 0.91 kg
O 2 = O == O (2) 93 g 1
= ´
Note Zero bond order means the molecule is too 98 g 0. 91 kg
unstable and so it will not exist. = 1. 042 mol / kg
Electrons will fill according to the energy levels of
the orbitals. 131. (c) (i) H 2O ()l = H 2O ( g) system is changed so,
entropy is maximum.
127. (c) Average kinetic energy of gas molecules
depend upon temperature and not on the nature (ii) C(s ) + CO2 ( g) ¾® 2 CO (g) in this system
of gas. product has more number of gaseous moles.
Thus, entropy increases.
Average kinetic energy = (3/2) KT
(iii) 2H2 ( g) + O2 ( g) ¾® 2H2O (l) gaseous system is
Thus, hydrogen and helium have same kinetic converted into liquid system. So, entropy
energy at same temperature. decreases.
128. (c) Most probable speed = 2RT (iv) N2 ( g) + O2(g) ¾® mixture of N2 and O2 mixture
M of N2 and O2, on mixing total gaseous volume
Molar mass of N 2 = 28 g mol -1 increases in comparison to their individual
volume hence entropy increases.
Molar mass of CO = 28 g mol -1
132. (b) Given: Concentration of
N 2 at 400 K [N 2] = 1. 5 ´ 10-2 M
CO at 800 K
[H 2] = 3. 0 ´ 10-2 M
Ratio between the most probable speed of
[NH 3] = 1. 2 ´ 10-2 M
2RT1 2R ´ 400
The reaction for the formation of NH 3 is
M2 28
N 2 and CO = = N 2 + 3H 2 r 2NH 3
2RT2 2R ´ 800
Thus, the reverse reaction will be
M2 28
2NH 3 r N 2 + 3H 2 and
400 1 equilibrium constant (K C ) will be
= = = 0.5
800 2 [N ]× [H 2]3 [1. 5 ´ 10-2][30 . ´ 10-2]3
KC = 2 =
Remaining ratio r( N 2) : r( CO) = 1 : 0 . 707 [NH 3] 2
[1. 2 ´ 10-2]2
308 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
144. (b) We know that 150. (d) When gold (Au) dissolved in aqua-regia, it
n1 forms chloroauric (HAuCl 4 ) ion. It will react very
p = K H ci Þ p = K H ´
n1 + n2 slowly with chlorin gas at room temperature to
Given is p = pressure (5 bar) form gold chloride. We know that aqua-regia
K H = Henery’s constant (1.67 K bar) is
c1 = mole fraction of solute CO 2 3HCl + HNO 3
n1 H
c1 = Þ 5 = 1. 67 ´ 103 ´ 1 Au + HCl + HNO 3 ¾® [AuCl 4 ]-
n1 + n2 55.5
555. ´5 151. The actinide series includes elements with the atomic
H1 = = 0.167 mol
1. 67 ´ 103 number 89-103. It is shown in the bottom row is
separated out form the rest of the periodic table.
145. (a,c) Nernst equation is
2. 303 RT [P] 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96
E cell = E° cell - log
nF [R] Ac Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm
°
DG = - nFE cell , DG° = - nFE cell
97 98 99 100 101 102 103
[P]
DG = DG°+2. 303RT log Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
[R]
DG° = DG + 2. 303RT log
[R] 152.(a) (i) [Pd(NH 3)2ClBr] (ii) [Pd(NH 3)2Cl 2]
[P] Ma 2bc Ma 2b2
146. (b) We know that G.I = 2 G.I = 2
k2 Ea 10 cis and trans cis and trans
log = ´
k1 2. 303R 93 ´ 1000 (iii) [Pd(en)Cl 2] (iv) [Pd(en)ClBr]
Maab2 Mabc
E a = 0. 3010 ´ 2 ´ 93 ´ 100 ´ 2. 303
G.I = 3 G.I = 3
E a = 5598 . 6 cal ´ 2.303
(v) Pd(en)2Cl 2
E a = 56 ´ 2. 303 = 12. 89 kcal / mol
Ma 2b2
147.(c) (i) Oxidation of oxalic acid with KMnO 4 in acid G.I = 4
medium, Mn2+ acts as auto catalyst. So, this So, only (i) and (ii) have two, i.e. same number of
statement is correct. geometrical isomers.
(ii) CDS colloidal solution can be precipitated by the 153. (c) Glyptalox
addition of Cl - ions. This statement is incorrect.
(x)
(iii) The gold numbers of three protective colloids
(A, B, C) is 0.03, 25 and 0.25 respectively. OH + HO Glyptal
OH
Their protective power follows the order A > C> B OH
so the statement is correct.
Phthalic acid Glycerol
(iv) Physisorption is not an irreversible process.
148. (c) Ag + CN - (aq) + H O + O ¾® Dacron (y)
2 2
[ Ag(CN)2]- (aq) + OH -
[Ag(CN 2)- aq + Zn(s) ¾® Ag(s) + [Zn(CN 4)]2- (aq) H3—O—C— —C—OH
So, for the extration of AgO2 act as oxidising Terephthalic acid + CH2—CH2 Dacron
agent and Zn dust act as reducing agent.
OH OH
149. (d) AgCl is soluble in ammonia because it forms Glycol
complex [Ag(NH 3)2]+ with ammonia. Formation of Nylon-2 Nylon-6 (Z)
this complex make it like ionic, therefore it is 2 NH 2 ¾ (CH 2)5 ¾ COOH + NH 2 × CH 2 × COOH ®
(Amino caproic acid) (Glycine)
soluble in aqueous ammonia.
Nylon-2, Nylon-6
AgCl + 2NH 4OH ¾® Ag(NH 3)+2 + H 2O + Cl -
(Highly soluble)
310 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
154. (c) Nitrogenous bases are - Adenine (A), guanine 157. (c)
(G), thymine (T), cytosine (C) and uracil (U). OH ONa ONa Cl
DNA contains A, G, T, C whereas RNA contains A, CH
G, C, U (In place of thymine uracil is present) NaOH/H2O Cl
+••CCl2
NH2
H H
C N N
N HN
NH2 ONa+ ONa OH
N N NH2 N N CHO CH
C OH
Adenine Guanine
HC H
159. (b)
R (1) KMnO4/KOH
R2 (i) CH3—CH2—CH2—CH2—OH (2) Dil H SO
2 4
Codeine (x) is CH3—CH2—CH2—COOH
R1 = OCH 3 (Ethoxy group)
R2 = OH (Hydroxy group) CHO
Anhydrous AlCl3
Heroin (y) is (ii) + CO + HCl Cu Cl
2 2
R2 = OAc (Acetoxy)
R2 = OAc (Acetoxy) Zn–H2O
(iii) + O3 OHC—CH2
Ozonolysis
156. (a)(A) CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2 —CH2—CH2—CHO
Br Br OH OH
COOH
(i) NaOH
Zn (iv) + CCl4
+ ZnBr (ii) H
Mathematics
ìæ a bö ü 6. If x = a, y = b, z = c is the solution of the system
1. Let X = í ç ÷ : a, b, c , d Î Rý. Define
î è c d ø þ of simultaneous linear equations x + y + z = 4,
f : X ® R by f (A) = det (A), " A Î X . Then, f is x - y + z = 2, x + 2 y + 2z = 1, then ab + bc + ca =
(a) one-one but not onto (a) 0 (b) -25 (c) 1 (d) -4
(b) onto but not one-one
7. The common roots of the equations
(c) one-one and onto
z3 + 2z2 + 2z + 1 = 0 and z2018 + z2017 + 1 = 0
(d) neither one-one nor onto
satisfy the equation
1
2. Let x ¹ 0,| x| < and (a) z2 - z + 1 = 0 (b) z4 + z2 + 1 = 0
2 (c) z6 + z3 + 1 = 0 (d) z12 + z6 - 1 = 0
f (x) = 1 + 2 x + 4 x 2 + 8 x 3 + … . Then, f -1 (x) =
x-1 x-1 x-1 8. The area (in sq units) of the triangle whose
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1 - 2 x
2x 2 x vertices are the points represented by the
complex numbers 0, z, ze ia (0 < a < p) is
3. For all positive integers k, if the greatest divisor 1 1
of 25k + 12k - 1 is d, then 4 d = (a) | z|2 (b) | z|2 sin a
2 2
(a) 36 (b) 8 (c) 20 (d) 24 1 1
(c) | z|2 sin acos a (d) | z|2 cos a
é 1 2 3ù 2 2
4. If A = êê 4 5 6úú , then (AA¢)¢ = 1 (z20 + 1)(z40 + 1)(z60 + 1)
9. If z + = 1, then =
êë 7 8 9úû z z60
é 14 32 50 ù é 14 50 32 ù (a) -2 (b) 2
(a) ê 32 122 194ú (b) ê 32 122 194 ú (c) 1 (d) –1
ê ú ê ú
êë 50 194 256úû êë 50 194 122 úû 10. If w0 , w1 , …, wn - 1 are the nth roots of unity,
é 14 32 50 ù é 14 32 50 ù then (1 + 2w0)(1 + 2w1)(1 + 2w2)¼(1 + 2wn - 1) =
(c) ê 32 194 122 ú (d) ê 32 77 122 ú (a) 1 + (-1)n 2 n (b) 1 + 2 n
ê ú ê ú
êë 32 122 77 úû êë 50 122 194 úû (c) (-1)n + 2 n (d) 1 + (-1)n - 1 2 n
½1 a 2 a 3½ ½bc b + c 1½ 11. If k Î R, then roots of (x - 2)(x - 3) = k2 are
5. If D1 = ½1 b 2 b 3½and D 2 = ½ca c + a 1½, always
½ ½ ½ ½
½ab a + b 1½
2
½1 c c 3½ (a) real and distinct (b) real and equal
(c) complex number (d) rational numbers
D
then 1 =
D2 12. If x 2 - 3ax + 14 = 0 and x 2 + 2ax - 16 = 0 have a
(a) ab + bc + ca (b) abc common root then a 4 + a 2 =
(c) 2(ab + bc + ca) (d) (a + b + c )2 (a) 2 (b) 90 (c) 6 (d) 20
312 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
31. Assertion (A) a , b , c , d are position vectors of With respect to the consistencies of the above
4 points such that 2a - 3b + 7c - 6d = 0 Þ groups, the increasing order of them is
a , b , c , d are coplanar. (a) I, III, II (b) II, I, III (c) III, II, I (d) I, II, III
Reason (R) Vector equation of the plane 37. In a battery manufacturing factory, machines
passing through three points whose position P ,Q and R manufacture 20%, 30% and 50%
vectors are a , b , c is r = (1 - x - y)a + xb + yc. respectively of the total output. The chances
Which of the following is true? that a defective battery is produced by these
machines are 1%, 1.5% and 2% respectively. If a
(a) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct battery is selected as random from production,
explanation of (A)
then the probability that it is defective is
(b) Both (A) and (R) are true, but (R) is not the correct 69 33 1 29
explanation of (A) (a) (b) (c) (d)
2000 2000 40 2000
(c) (A) is true, but (R) is false
(d) (A) is false, but (R) is true
38. Suppose A and B are events of a random
1 1
experiment such that P(A) = , P(A Ç B) =
32. If|a| = 4,|b| = 5,|a - b| = 3 and q is the angle 3 5
between the vectors a and b, then tan 2 q = 3
and P(A È B) = .
4 3 16 9 5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 4 9 16 Then, match the items of List-I with the items
of List-II
33. If e is a unit vector perpendicular to the plane
determined by the points 2$i + $j + k$ , $i - $j + k$ List-I List-II
and - $i + $j - k.
$ If a = 2$i - 3$j + 6k$ , then the A P æç ö÷
A (i) 2
è Bø 15
projection vector of a on e is
11 $) 1 $) B P( B ) (ii) 4
(a) (-2 $i + $j + 3k (b) ($i - 2 $j + 2 k
14 3 15
1 $) 1 $)
(c) (2 $i - 3$j + 6k (d) (2 $i - $j + 3k C P( A Ç B ) (iii) 8
7 14 15
34. If a = 2i$ + $j - 3k$ , b = $i - 2$j + 3k$ , D P( B Ç A ) (iv) 2
3
c = - $i + $j - 4 k$ and d = i$ + $j + 2k$ , then
(v) 3
(a ´ b) ´ (c ´ d) =
7
$
(a) -7 $i + $j + 3k $
(b) 8$i - 36$j + 60k
(c) 5$i + $j - k$ $
(d) -8$i - 36$j + 12 k A B C D A B C D
(a) (iv) (i) (iii) (ii) (b) (v) (i) (ii) (iii)
35. The mean and standard deviation of a (c) (iv) (ii) (i) (v) (d) (v) (iii) (i) (ii)
distribution of weights of a group of 20 boys are
40 kg and 5 kg respectively. 39. In a test, a student either guesses or copies or
If two boys of weights 43 kg and 37 kg are knows the answer to a multiple choice question
excluded from this group, then the variance of with four choices having one correct answer.
1
the distribution of weights of the remaining The probability that he guesses the answer is
group of boys is 3
1
(a) 26.18 (b) 5.27 (c) 26.78 (d) 5.17 and the probability that he copies it is . The
12
36. Consider the following data. probability that his answer is correct given that
Group I Group II Group III 1
he copied it is . The probability that he knew
6
Number of 50 60 90
the answer, given that he has correctly
observations
answered it, is
Mean 113 120 115 6 15 7 10
(a) (b) (c) (d)
Standard deviation 6 8 7 7 49 12 13
314 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
40. The probability that a mechanic making an 47. The straight line x + y + 1 = 0 bisects an angle
error while using a machine on the nth day is between the pair of lines of which one is
1 2 x + 3 y - 4 = 0 . Then, the equation of the other
given by P(En) = n . If he has operated the
2 line is
machine for 4 days, the probability that he had (a) 3 x - 2 y + 9 = 0 (b) 3 x - 2 y - 9 = 0
not made a mistake on 3 of 4 days is (c) 3 x + 2 y + 9 = 0 (d) x - y - 1 = 0
1 1 243 343
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 4 512 1024 48. The combined equation of the pair of straight
lines passing through the point of intersection
41. If the probability of a bad reaction from a of the pair of lines
vaccination is 0.01, then the probability that x 2 + 4 xy + 3 y 2 - 4 x - 10 y + 3 = 0 and having
exactly two out of 300 people will get bad 1 1
reaction is slopes and - is
2 3
7 9 7 9
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) x2 - y2 - 8 x - 2 y + 15 = 0
2e 3 2e 3 e3 e3 (b) x2 + 7 xy + 12 y2 - x - 4 y = 0
42. If A = (1, 2), B = (2, 1) and P is a variable point (c) x2 + 7 xy + 10 y2 - x - 8 y - 2 = 0
satisfying the condition|PA - PB| = 3, then the (d) x2 + xy - 6 y2 - 7 x - 16 y + 6 = 0
locus of P is 49. If a circle C1 : x 2 + y 2 = 16 intersects another
(a) 8 x2 + 2 xy + 8 y2 + 27 x + 27 y + 45 = 0 circle C 2 with radius 5 such that the common
(b) 4 x2 + xy + 4 y2 - 27 x - 27 y + 90 = 0 chord is of maximum length and has a slope
(c) 32 x2 + 8 xy + 32 y2 - 108 x - 108 y + 99 = 0 3
(d) 8 x2 - 2 xy + 8 y2 - 27 x - 27 y + 45 = 0 equal to then the centre of the circle C 2 is
4
43. For a ¹ b ¹ c, if the lines x + 2ay + a = 0, (a) æç - , ö÷
9 12
(b) æç , ö÷
9 12
x + 3by + b = 0 and x + 4 cy + c = 0 are è 5 5ø è5 5 ø
(c) æç - , ö÷ (d) æç , - ö÷
concurrent, then a, b, c are in 5 6 7 12
(a) Arithmetic progression è 9 5ø è5 5ø
(b) Geometric progression
50. The equation of the circle which touches the
(c) Harmonic progression
circle x 2 + y 2 - 6 x + 6 y + 17 = 0 externally and
(d) Arithmetico geometric progression
having the lines x 2 - 3 xy - 3 x + 9 y = 0 as two
44. A point moves in the XY-plane such that the sum normals, is
of its distances from two mutually perpendicular (a) x2 + y2 - 2 x + 5y - 1 = 0
lines is always equal to 3. The area enclosed by (b) x2 + y2 + 2 x + 3y + 1 = 0
the locus of that point is (in sq. units) (c) x2 + y2 - 6x - 2 y + 1 = 0
9 (d) x2 + y2 + 4x - 3y + 3 = 0
(a) 27 (b) 18 (c) 9 (d)
2
51. Let A be the centre of the circle
45. The equations of two altitudes of an equilateral x 2 + y 2 - 2 x - 4 y - 20 = 0. If the tangents
triangle are 3 x - y + 8 - 4 3 = 0 and drawn at the point B(1, 7) and D(4 , - 2) on the
3 x + y - 12 - 4 3 = 0. The equation of the given circle meet at the point C, then the area of
third altitude is the quadrilateral ABCD is
(a) 3 x + y = 4 (b) y = 10 (a) 60 (b) 65 (c) 70 (d) 75
(c) x = 10 (d) x - 3 y = 4 52. Let x - 4 = 0 be the radical axis of two circles
which are intersecting orthogonally. If
46. If P1 , P2 , P3 , …, Pn are n points on the line y = x x 2 + y 2 = 36 is one of those circles, then the
all lying in the first quadrant, such that other circle is
(OPn) = n(OPn - 1) (O is origin), OP1 = 1 and (a) x2 + y2 - 16 x + 36 = 0
(b) x2 + y2 - 18 x + 36 = 0
Pn = (2520 2 , 2520 2), then n = (c) x2 + y2 - 18 x + 24 = 0
(a) 5 (b) 6 (c) 7 (d) 8 (d) x2 + y2 - 6 x + 8 y + 36 = 0
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 315
53. The length of common chord of the circles 59. Let A(3, 2, - 4) and B(9, 8, - 10) be two points.
x + y - 6 x - 4 y + 13 - c = 0 and
2 2 2 Let P1 divide AB in the ratio 1 : 2 and P2 divide
AB in the ratio 2 : 1. If the point P(a , b , g)
x + y - 4 x - 6 y + 13 - c = 0 is
2 2 2
divides P1 P2 in the ratio 1 : 1, then
1
(a) 4c 2 - 2 (b) 4c 2 - 2 a + 2b + 2 g =
2
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
(c) c 2 - 2 (d) 4c 2 - 1
60. If the direction cosines of the two lines satisfy
54. If P is (3, 1) and Q is a point on the curve
the equations l + m + n = 0, 2lm + 2ln - mn = 0,
y = 8 x, then the locus of the mid-point of the
2
then the acute angle between these lines is
line segment PQ is
(a) cos -1 æç ö÷ (b) 30° (c) cos -1 æç ö÷ (d) 60°
1 2
(a) 4 y2 - 12 x - 6 y + 21 = 0 è 3ø è 3ø
(b) 4 y2 - 16 x - 4 y + 25 = 0
(c) 4 y2 + 8 x - 3 y - 18 = 0 61. If the equation of the plane passing through the
(d) 4 y2 - 12 x + 8 y - 15 = 0 point (2, –1, 3) and perpendicular to the planes
55. Let P(2, 4), Q(18, - 12) be the points on the 3 x - 2 y + z = 9 and x + y + z = 9 is
x + by + cz + d = 0, then d =
parabola y 2 = 8 x. The equation of straight line
11 1
1 (a) (b) 0 (c) 3 (d)
having slope and passing through the point of 3 3
2
intersection of the tangents to the parabola a + 2 x - 3a
62. lim =
drawn at the points P and Q is x ®a x- a
(a) 2 x - y = 1 (b) 2 x - y = 2 5 1 1 2
(c) x - 2 y = 1 (d) x - 2 y = 2 (a) - (b) - (c) (d)
3 3 3 3
56. Let A be a vertex of the ellipse 63. If a function f (x) defined by
x2 y2
Sº + - 1 = 0 and F be a focus of the ì ax + b, x £ -1
4 9 ï 2 a
x2 y2 f (x) = í 2 x + 2bx - , -1 < x < 1 is continuous
ellipse S ¢ º + - 1 = 0. Let P be a point on ï 2
9 4 7, x ³1
î
the major axis of the ellipse S¢ = 0, which on R, then (a, b) =
divides OF in the ratio 2 : 1 (O is the origin). If (a) (-22, - 3) (b) (22, - 3) (c) (11, - 6) (d) (-22, - 6)
the length of the chord of the ellipse S = 0 2
64. The derivative of y = (sin x)x with respect to x is
3 101
through A and P is , then k = 2
(a) (sin x)x log(sin x)
k 2
-1
(a) 5 (b) 4 (c) 7 (d) 8 (b) x2 (sin x)x
x2 2
(c) 2 x(sin x) cos x + 2 x(sin x)x log(sin x)
x2 y2
57. Tangents are drawn to the ellipse + = 1 at (d) x2 (sin x)x
2
-1 2
cos x + 2 x(sin x)x log(sin x)
25 16
all the four ends of its latusrectum. Then, the (x + 1)2 x - 1 dy
area (in sq units) of the quadrilateral formed by 65. If y = , then =
(x + 4)3 e x dx
these tangents is
( x + 1)3 x - 1 é 2 1 3 ù
125 250 80 260 (a) + - - 1ú
( x + 4)2 e x êë x + 1 2( x - 1) x + 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 3 3 3 û
58. The lines of the form x cos f + y sin f = P are ( x + 1) x - 1 é 2
2
1 3 ù
(b) + + - 1ú
chords of the hyperbola 4 x 2 - y 2 = 4 a 2 which ( x + 4)3 e x êë x + 1 2( x - 1) x + 4 û
subtend a right angle at the centre of the ( x + 1) x - 1 é 2
2
1 3 ù
(c) + - - 1ú
hyperbola. If these chords touch a circle with ( x + 4)3 e x êë x + 1 2( x - 1) x + 4 û
centre at (0, 0), then the radius of that circle is
2a a a ( x + 1) x - 1 é 2 1 3 ù
(d) + - - 1ú
( x + 4)2 e x êë x + 1 x - 1 4 + x
(a) (b) (c) 2a (d)
3 3 2 û
316 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
æ 2 ö Al Steel
(a) 30° (b) cos -1 ç ÷ 300 K 500 K
è2 + 3 ø 1m 2m
æ 3 - 1ö (a) 322 K (b) 350 K
(c) cos -1 ç ÷ (d) 45°
è 2 ø (c) 367 K (d) 400 K
99. One mole of the ideal gas goes through the
94. From the pole of the earth, a body of mass m is
imparted a velocity v 0 directed vertically up. If é æVö ù
3
M is the mass of the earth, R its radius and g is process p = p 0 ê1 - a ç ÷ ú , where p and V are
êë è V0 ø úû
the free-fall acceleration on its surface, then the
height h to which the body will ascent is pressure and volume, p 0 , V0 and a are
(neglect air resistance) constants. If the maximum attainable
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 319
æ 3ö p V
temperature of the gas is ç ÷ 0 0 , then the 105. A solid sphere of radius r1 = 1 cm carries charge
è 4ø R
value of a is distributed uniformly over it with density
1 1
(a) 2 (b) (c) (d) 4 r1 = - 3 C/cm 3 . It is surrounded by a concentric
2 4 spherical shell of radius r2 = 2 cm carrying
100. A gas mixture contains n1 moles of a 1
uniform charge density r2 = C/cm 2 . If Ed
monoatomic gas and n2 moles of gas of rigid 2
diatomic molecules. Each molecule in denotes the magnitude of the electric field at
monoatomic and diatomic gas has 3 and 5 distance d from the common centre of the
degrees of freedom respectively. If the adiabatic spheres, then
æC ö (a) Ed =
1
, d £ 1cm (b) Ed =
1
, d £ 1cm
exponent ç p ÷ for this gas mixture is 1.5, then 3e0d 2 e0d 2
è CV ø
d d
n1 (c) Ed = , d £ 1cm (d) Ed = , d £ 1cm
the ratio will be 3e0 e0
n2
(a) 1 (b) 1.5 (c) 2 (d) 2.5 106. Two isolated, concentric, conducting spherical
shells have radii R and 2R and uniform charges
101. A wire of length 50 cm and weighing 10 gm is q and 2q respectively. If V1 and V2 are potentials
attached to a spring at one end and to a fixed R
at points located at distances 3R and ,
wall at the other end. The spring has a spring 2
constant of 50 N/m and is stretched by 1 cm. If respectively, from the centre of shells.
a wave pulse is produced on the string near the æV ö
wall, then how much time will it take to reach Then the ratio of ç 2 ÷ will be
the spring? è V1 ø
1
(a) 0.1 s (b) 0.2 s (c) 0.3 s (d) 0.4 s (a) 2 (b) 1 (c) (d) 0
2
102. Consider a point object situated at a distance of 107. A battery with internal resistance of 4W is
30 cm from the centre of sphere of radius connected to a circuit consisting three
2 cm and refractive resistances, R, 2R and 4R (see following figure).
index 1.5 as shown in m1=1.5
If the power generated in the circuit is highest,
the figure. If the m 2 =1.5 O then the magnitude of R must be
refractive index of the 2cm
region surrounding this 30cm R 2R 4R
sphere is 1.4, then the
position of the image due to refraction by
sphere with respect to the centre is
(a) 30 cm (b) 45 cm (c) ¥ (d) 28 cm
(a) 4 W (b) 7 W (c) 10 W (d) 14 W
103. At what distance from a biconvex lens of the
focal length F, must be placed an object for the 108. If the resistance of each edge of a cube shaped
distance between the object and its real image wire frame as shown in figure below is R, then
to be minimal? the resistance between points 1 and 7 is
F 6
(a) 2F (b) F (c) (d) 4F 7
2
104. In an experiment, light passing through two
2 3
slits separated by a distance of 0.3 mm is projected
on to a screen placed at 1 m from the plane of 5 8
slits. It is observed that the distance between
the central fringe and the adjacent bright fringe
is 1.9 mm. The wavelength of light in nm is 1
4
(a) 450 (b) 495 5R R 6
(a) (b) (c) 5R (d) R
(c) 530 (d) 570 6 6 5
320 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
109. A steady current I flows through a wire with (a) 1 W (b) 0.5 W
one end at O and the other end extending upto (c) 0.3 W (d) 0.1 W
infinity as shown in the figure. The magnetic 114. A laser beam is operating at 100 mW. The
field at a point P, located at a distance d from O is amount of energy stored by 90 cm length of
P this laser beam will be
(a) 2 ´ 10-10 J (b) 3 ´ 10-10 J
d (c) 8 ´ 10-11 J (d) 6 ´ 10-11 J
O a I
115. A photon of energy 4 eV imparts all its energy
to an electron that leaves a metal surface with
m0I m0I 1.1 eV of kinetic energy. The work function of
(a) (1 - sin a) (b) (1 - sin a)
4pd cos a 2 pd cos a the metal is
mI m0I (a) 2.9 eV (b) 5.1 eV
(c) 0 (d) (1 - cos a) (c) 3.64 eV (d) 4.4 eV
4pd 4pd sin a
110. The magnetic induction at point O of the given 116. Consider an electron revolving in a circular
infinitely long current carrying wire shown in orbit of hydrogen atom, whose quantum
the figure below is number is n = 2. The velocity of the electron in
that orbit is
R . ´ 106 m/s
(a) 11 (b) 2. 2 ´ 107 m/s
(c) 4.4 ´ 106 m/s (d) 2. 2 ´ 105 m/s
O 209
117. The half-life of P is 103 years. The time it
84 0
209
takes for 100 g sample of P to decay to 3.125
84 0
g is
m0I æ 3p ö m0I
(a) ç1 - ÷ (b) (a) 3296 years (b) 103 2 years
4pR è 2 ø 2 R(1 + p )
(c) 1648 years (d) 515 years
mI 3p ù mI
(c) 0 é1 + (d) 0
4pR êë 2 úû 4pR 118. The logic operation performed by the following
circuit is
111. At a location, the horizontal component of the
A
earth’s magnetic field is 0.3 G in the magnetic
B
meridian and the dip angle is 60°. The earth’s
magnetic field at this location in G is (a) NOR (b) AND
(a) 0.3 (b) 0.6 (c) 0.9 (d) 1.2 (c) NAND (d) OR
112. A rectangular loop of wire is placed in the 119. Which of the following statements is true?
XY-plane with its side of length 3 cm parallel to (a) A solid is an insulator or semiconductor, if its
the X-axis and the side of length 4 cm parallel conduction band is partially filled
to the Y-axis. It is moving in the positive (b) A solid is necessarily an insulator, if its conduction
X-direction with the speed 10 cm/s. A magnetic band is empty
field exists in the space with its direction (c) A solid is necessarily a semiconductor, if its
parallel to the Z-axis. The field decreases by conduction band is empty
2 ´ 10-3 T/cm along the positive X-axis and (d) A solid is a conductor, if its conduction band is
increases in time by 2 ´ 10-2 T/s. The induced partially filled
emf in the wire is 120. A transmitting and receiving antenna have
(a) -4.8 ´ 10-5 V (b) 4.8 ´ 10-5 V height of d metres each. The maximum
(c) 0 (d) 3.6 ´ 10-5 V distance between them for satisfactory
113. A coil has inductance of 0.4 H and resistance of communication in Line-of-Sight mode (LOS) is
8 W. It is connected to an AC source with peak 2d kilometers. If the radius of earth is
30 6400 km, then the value of d is
emf 4 V and frequency Hz. The average
p (a) 3.2 m (b) 6.4 m
power dissipated in the circuit is (c) 12.8 m (d) 16.0 m
Chemistry
121. In a photoelectric effect experiment, the kinetic 126. Assertion (A) Xe atoms in XeF2 are
energy of an emitted electron is 1. 986 ´ 10-19 J, d 2 sp 3 hybridised.
when a radiation of frequency 1. 0 ´ 1015 s -1 hits Reason (R) XeF2 molecule does not follow
the metal. What is the threshold frequency of octet rule.
the metal (in s -1 )? Which of the following is correct?
(Planck’s constant = 6 . 62 ´ 10-34 J s) (a) Both (A) and (R) are true and (R) is the correct
(a) 7.0 ´ 1014 (b) 5.8886 ´ 1014 explanation of (A)
(c) 7.0 ´ 10-15 (d) 7.0 ´ 1015 (b) Both (A) and (R) are true, but (R) is not the correct
explanation of (A)
122. The following plot represents the de-Broglie (c) (A) is true, but (R) is false
wavelength as a function of the kinetic energy
(d) (A) is false, but (R) is true
(K.E.) of two particles A and B. Identify the
correct relation 127. 12 cm3 of SO 2(g) diffused through a porous
membrane in 1 minute. Under similar
B
conditions 120 cm3 of another gas diffused in 5
A minutes. The molar mass of the gas in g mol -1 is
l
(a) 32 (b) 18 (c) 44 (d) 16
128. 1 mole of gas A and 1 mole of gas B at 27°C
1
were pumped into a 24.6 L volume pre- evacuated
ÖK.E isolated flask. The catalyst coated inside the flask
(a) mA = mB (b) mA < mB catalyses the following reaction
(c) mA > mB (d) mA = mB = 0 A(g) + B(g) ¾® 2D(g). The kinetic energy of D is
98.03 L atm. Calculate the pressure realised at
123. The correct option for the first ionisation the end of the reaction.
enthalpy (in kJ mol -1 ) of Li, Na, K and Cs (a) 1.66 atm (b) 2.66 atm (c) 5.33 atm (d) 4.33 atm
respectively is
(a) 496, 520, 419, 374 (b) 374, 419, 496, 520 129. 28 g KOH is required to completely neutralise
(c) 520, 496, 419, 374 (d) 374, 419, 520, 496 CO 2 produced on heating 60 g of impure CaCO 3 .
-
The percentage purity of CaCO 3 is
124. Which of the following statements about BF 4 approximately (molar masses of KOH and
and AlF63- are correct? CaCO 3 are 56 and 100 g mol -1 , respectively)
(i) B and Al differ in their oxidation states. (a) 41.6 (b) 40 (c) 20.8 (d) 83.3
(ii) B and Al differ in their covalency.
(iii) B obeys the octet rule.
130. Which one of following is a disproportionation
reaction?
(iv) B and Al are in diagonal relationship.
(a) (i), (ii) (b) (ii), (iii), (iv) (a) 2AgNO 3 ( aq ) + Cu( s ) ¾® Cu(NO 3 )2 ( aq ) + 2Ag( s )
(c) (i), (ii), (iii) (d) (ii), (iii) (b) 3AgNO 3 (aq ) + K 3PO 4 (aq ) ¾® Ag 3PO 4 (s )
125. Statement (A) CO 2 has no dipole moment, + 3KNO 3 (aq )
D
whereas SO 2 and H2O have dipole moment. (c) 4KClO 3 (s ) ¾® KCl(s ) + 3KClO 4 (s )
Statement (B) SnCl 2 is ionic, whereas SnCl 4 is (d) 4Fe(s ) + 3O 2 (g ) ¾® 2Fe 2O 3
covalent.
Which of the following is correct? 131. The standard enthalpy of formation of CO(g),
(a) Both (A) and (B) are not correct CO 2(g), N 2O(g) and N 2O 4 (g) are respectively -10,
(b) (A) is correct but (B) is not correct -393, 81 and -10 kJ mol -1 . Enthalpy change (in
(c) Both (A) and (B) are correct kJ) of the following reaction is
(d) (A) is not correct but (B) is correct N 2O 4 (g) + 3CO(g) ¾® N 2O(g) + 3CO 2(g)
(a) -1058 (b) +1058 (c) -957 (d) +957
322 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
132. Consider the following reaction in a 1 L closed (iii) 3CH4 + 2O 3 ¾® 3CH2 == O + 3H2O
vessel. (iv) NO(g)+ O 3(g) ¾® NO 2(g)+ O 2(g)
N 2 + 3H2 - 2NH 3 (a) (ii), (iii), (iv) (b) (i), (ii), (iii)
(c) (i), (ii), (iv) (d) (i), (iii), (iv)
If all the species; N 2 , H2 and NH3 are in 1 mol in
the beginning of the reaction and equilibrium is 139. IUPAC name of isoprene is
attained after unreacted N 2 is 0.7 mol. What is (a) 1, 3-butadiene
the value of equilibrium constant? (b) 2, 3-dimethylbutadiene
(a) 3600.00 (b) 3657.14 (c) 2657.14 (d) 1828.57 (c) 2-methyl-1, 3-butadiene
-15 (d) 1, 3-dimethylbutadiene
133. If the solubility product of Ni(OH)2 is 4.0 ´ 10 ,
the solubility (in mol L -1 ) is 140. Identify the correct catalyst and reaction
(a) 5.0 ´ 10 -5
(b) 4.0 ´ 10 -5 conditions for the controlled oxidation of
(c) 2.0 ´ 10-5 . ´ 10-5
(d) 10 methane to (i) methanol (X), (ii) methanal (Y)
and ethane to (iii) ethanoic acid (Z).
134. Identify the reactions in which H2 is liberated?
373K
(X) (Y ) (Z )
(i) Zn + NaOH(aq) ¾® (ii) HCOOH ¾¾¾®
Conc. H 2SO4 (a) Mo 2O 3 /D (CH 3COO)2 Mn/D Cu/523K/100 atm
1270 K
(iii) CH4 (g)+ H2O(g) ¾¾® (iv) Zn + H (aq) ¾® +
(b) Cu/523K/100 atm Mo 2O 3 /D (CH 3COO)2 Mn/D
Ni
137. Which of the following is known as silicone? 142. Match the following.
æR ö List-I List-II
ç½ ÷
ç Si ¾ Cl ÷
(a) Polymer of ¾ A (i) Ferromagnetism
ç½ ÷
çR ÷
è ø B (ii) Antiferromagnetism
æR ö C (iii) Ferrimagnetism
ç½ ÷
(b) Polymer of ¾ç Si ¾ O÷¾
ç½ ÷ The correct answer is
çR ÷
è ø A B C A B C
(c) Polymer of SiO 2 (d) Polymer of [SiO 4 ]4 - (a) (i) (iii) (ii) (b) (iii) (i) (ii)
(c) (ii) (i) (iii) (d) (i) (ii) (iii)
138. Identify the reactions that occur in
photochemical smog. 143. How many grams of glucose must be added to
0.5 liter of a solution so that its osmotic
(i) CH2 == O + H2 ¾® CH3OH
pressure is same as that of a solution of 9.2 g of
hn
(ii) NO 2(g) ¾®NO(g)+ O(g); glucose dissolved in a liter?
O(g)+ O 2(g) ¾® O 3(g) (a) 1.15 (b) 9.22 (c) 2.31 (d) 4.60
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 323
limiting molar conductivity of magnesium (a) Maltose (b) Sucrose (c) Lactose (d) Glucose
chloride (in S cm 2 mol -1 ) in water is 155. Identify the correct set of functional groups
(a) 182.3 (b) 258.6 (c) 288.3 (d) 364.6 present in aspartame, an artificial sweetener.
146. A particular reaction has a rate constant
(a) ¾ COOCH 3 ¾ NH 2 O O
1 .15 ´ 10-3 s -1 . How long does it take for 6 g of || ||
the reactant of reduce to 3 g?(log 2 = 0.301) ¾ C ¾ NH ¾ ¾ C ¾ OC 2H 5
(a) 301 s (b) 603 s (c) 840 s (d) 15 s (b) ¾ COOH ¾ NH 2 O O
1 || ||
147. If the value of is equal to 1 in Freundlich ¾ C ¾NH ¾ ¾C ¾ OCH 3
n
x (c) ¾ CONH 2 ¾ NH ¾ ¾ CO ¾ ¾ COOH
adsorption isotherm, then = (x = mass of
m (d) ¾ CHO ¾ CN ¾ OH ¾ COOCH 3
adsorbate, m = mass of the absorbent,
p = pressure of the gas) 156. Which of the following molecules is not chiral?
K
(a) (b) Kp (c) K (d) 0 CH3 CH3
p
(a) H C2H5 (c) C2H5
148. What is the slag formed during the extraction
of iron ? HO
(a) MgO (b) FeSiO 3 (c) CaSiO 3 (d) MgSiO 3
CH3
149. What is the chemical formula of HO
(b) C2H5 CH3
hypophosphorus acid?
(a) H3PO 3 (b) H3PO 2 (c) H3PO 4 (d) H4 P2O 6 H 3C CH2 CH3
HO
150. Which of the following ions possesses S ¾ O ¾S (d) C2H5
bond?
H
(a) S2O 2-
3
(b) SO 2-
4
(c) S2O 2-
8
(d) S2O 2-
7
151. Which of the elements possess only one 157. The major product obtained in the reaction of
electron in 5d-orbital? bromobenzene with Mg in dry ether followed by
69
(a) Tm, Pm 61
(b) 59
Pr, Lu71 the reaction with benzonitrile and hydrolysis is
(c) 57 La, 61Pm (d) 57
La, 71Lu (a) acetophenone (b) benzophenone
152. The electronic configuration of Cr in Cr(CO)6 as (c) phenyl benzoate (d) benzoic acid
calculated using crystal field theory is 158. The major product (Z) of the following chemical
(a) t 24g e g0 (b) t 23g e1g (c) t 26g e g0 (d) t 24g e g2 reaction is
153. Match the following. O
||
List-I List-II CH3 ¾ C ¾ CH2 ¾ CH2 ¾ CH2 ¾ (Br)
A Natural rubber (i) b-glucose PhMgBr
¾¾¾®[P] ¾¾¾®
2
Z
- MgBr
(C 2 H 5 ) 2 O
B Cellulose (ii) Isoprene
OH
C Nylon-6 (iii) Tetrafluoroethylene |
D Teflon (iv) Caprolactam (a) CH3 ¾C ¾ CH2 ¾CH2 ¾CH3
|
(v) Hexamethylenediamine,
Ph
adipic acid
324 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
OH X Y Z
|
(b) CH3 ¾C ¾ CH2 ¾ CH2 ¾ CH2Br NHCOCH3 NHCOCH3 NH2
|
Ph (a)
H3C O
(c)
Ph Br Br
O
||
(d) CH3 ¾ C ¾ CH2 ¾ CH2 ¾ CH2 ¾ Ph NHCOCH3 NHCOCH3 NH2
Br Br
159. In the below given synthetic sequence, the
product ‘‘C’’ is (b)
MgCl
Br Br
(i) CO2 NH Br2
A D3 B NaOH C
(ii) Hr
NHCO2H NHCO2H NH2
NH2 NH2
(c)
(a) (c)
Br Br
CONH2 CONHBr
(b) (d) O O
Physics
81. (b) 82. (c) 83. (a) 84. (d) 85. (b) 86. (d) 87. (a) 88. (d) 89. (a) 90. (a)
91. (c) 92. (c) 93. (*) 94. (a) 95. (b) 96. (a) 97. (c) 98. (a) 99. (c) 100. (a)
101. (a) 102. (a) 103. (a) 104. (d) 105. (d) 106. (a) 107. (b) 108. (a) 109. (d) 110. (c)
111. (b) 112. (c) 113. (d) 114. (b) 115. (a) 116. (a) 117. (d) 118. (b) 119. (d) 120. (c)
Chemistry
121. (a) 122. (c) 123. (c) 124. (d) 125. (c) 126. (d) 127. (d) 128. (b) 129. (a) 130. (c)
131. (a) 132. (b) 133. (d) 134. (a) 135. (a) 136. (d) 137. (b) 138. (a) 139. (c) 140. (b)
141. (a) 142. (c) 143. (d) 144. (*) 145. (b) 146. (b) 147. (b) 148. (c) 149. (b) 150. (d)
151. (d) 152. (c) 153. (a) 154. (b) 155. (b) 156. (b) 157. (b) 158. (c) 159. (a) 160. (a)
= 4(−4) − 3 + 5 = − 16 − 3 + 5 = − 14
= ω2 + ω + 1 = 0.
1 4 1
Hence, z 4 + z 2 + 1 = 0 satisfy by the both common
∆2 = 1 2 1
roots.
1 1 2
∆ 2 = 1(4 − 1) − 4(2 − 1) + 11
( − 2) = 3 − 4 − 1 = − 2 8. (b) Let z = x + iy
1 1 4 Since, vertices of triangle are 0, z = (x + iy) and
∆ 3 = 1 −1 2 ze iα = (x + iy) (cosα + i sinα)
1 2 1 = (x cosα − y sinα) + i(y cosα + x sinα)
∆ 3 = 1(−1 − 4) − 11
( − 2) + 4(2 + 1) = (−5) + 1 + 12 = 8 ∴Area of triangle
∆1 −14 ∆ −2 0 0 1
x= = = 7, y= 2 = =1 1
∆ −2 ∆ −2 = x y 1
2
∆ 8 x cosα − y sinα y cosα + x sinα 1
and z = 3 = = −4
∆ −2 1
= [(xy cosα + x 2 sinα) − (xy cosα − y 2 sinα)]
So, a = 7, b = 1, c = − 4 2
Now, ab + bc + ca 1
= [xy cosα + x 2 sinα − xy cosα + y 2 sinα]
= 71() + 1(−4) + (−4)(7) = 7 − 4 − 28 = − 25 2
1 2
7. (b) We have, = (x + y 2) sinα
2
z 3 + 2z 2 + 2z + 1 = 0 1
= |z|2 sinα [Q z = x + iy, then |z| = x 2 + y 2 ]
⇒ z 3 + 1 + 2z(z + 1) = 0 2
⇒(z + 1)(z 2 − z + 1) + 2z(z + 1) = 0 1 z2 + 1
9. (b) If z+ =1 ⇒ = 1 ⇒ z2 − z + 1 = 0
⇒ (z + 1)(z 2 − z + 1 + 2z) = 0 z z
+1 ± 1 − 4 1± 3i
⇒ (z + 1)(z 2 + z + 1) = 0 So, z= z=
2 2
So, z + 1 = 0 and z 2 + z + 1 = 0
⇒ z = − ω and −ω2
z = − 1 ⇒ z = ω, ω 2
Now, for z = − ω
Hence, roots of z 3 + 2z 2 + 2z + 1 are − 1, ω, ω2 (z 20 + 1)(z 40 + 1)(z 60 + 1)
=
for z = –1 z 60
z 2018 + z 2017 + 1 = (−1)2018 + (−1)2017 + 1 [(−ω)20 + 1] [(−ω)40 + 1)] [(−ω)60 + 1]
=
= + 1 −1 + 1 = 1 ≠ 0 (−ω)60
for z=w (ω20 + 1) (ω40 + 1)(ω60 + 1)
z 2018 + z 2017 + 1 = (ω)2018 + (ω)2017 + 1 = ω2 + ω + 1 =
ω60
=0 [Qω2 + ω + 1 = 0] Qω3k = 1
(ω2 + 1)(ω + 1)(1 + 1) 3k + 1
for z = ω 2
= ω =ω
1 +
z 2018 + z 2017 + 1 = (ω2)2018 + (ω2)2017 + 1 and ω 3k 2
=ω
2
328 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
= 2 (ω3 + ω2 + ω + 1) α2 α 1
⇒ = =
= 2 ()
1 =2 [Qω2 + ω + 1 = 0] 20a 30 5a
α2 α α 1 20a
for z = − ω2 So, = and = ⇒α=
20a 30 30 5a 30
(z 20 + 1)(z 40 + 1)(z 60 + 1) 30 2 6
and α= α = a, α =
z 60 5a 3 a
((−ω2)20 + 1)[(−ω2)40 + 1][(−ω2)60 + 1] 2a 6
= So, = ⇒ 2a = 18
2
(−ω2)60 3 a
(ω40 + 1)(ω80 + 1)(ω120 + 1) ⇒ a2 = 9 ⇒ a=± 3
=
ω120 Now, a 4 + a 2
Qω3k = 1 = (± 3)4 + (± 3)2 = 81 + 9 = 90
(ω + 1)(ω2 + 1)(1 + 1) 3k + 1
= ω =ω
1
and ω + 13. (d) We have,
3k 2
=ω
2
x n + px + q = 0
= 2(ω + ω + ω + 1)
3 2
If α1 , α 2 , α 3 , … , α n are roots of given equation
= 21
() = 2 [Qω2 + ω + 1 = 0] So, x n + px + q = (x − α1)(x − α 2)(x − α 3)…(x − α n)
2
15. (d) Let n = 4 be number of envelopes in which multiply with
2
number letters goes into envelope meant for it. 5
4 2 3
2⋅ 5 2 2⋅ 5⋅ 8 2
x = 2 − 3
4
Then, the number of ways = 4! − ∑
4
Ck +… ∞
k =1 25 3 ⋅ 2! 5 3 ⋅ 3! 5
n
4 2 2 2 2 2⋅ 5
[Qrequired number of ways = n! − ∑ x− + 1 =1− + 2
n
Ck ]
25
3⋅ 1! 5
3⋅ 1! 5 3 ⋅ 2!
k =1 2 3
= 24 − [4 C1 + 4 C2 + 4 C3 + 4 C4 ] 2 − 2⋅ 5⋅ 8 2 + ...
5 3 ⋅ 3! 5
3
= 24 − [4 + 6 + 4 + 1] = 24 − 15 = 9 2
−
Hence, required number of ways = 9
+ 1 = 1 +
4x 4 2 3
−
25 15 5
16. (a) The number of zeroes in the product depends 2 2
on the number of times, the 10 is multiplied. So, − −
4 x 11 7 3 1 4 x 11 7 3
we need to find the number of pairs of 5 and 2. ⇒ + = ⇒ + =
25 15 5 5 5 3 5
As the numbers are all in sequence, there will 2 2
−
obviously more 2 then 5. 1 12x + 55 7 3 12x + 55 5 3
⇒ = ⇒ =
So, the numbers containing factors 5 is 5 15 5 75 7
5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, cube both sides,
75, 80, 85, 90, 95 and 100.
(12x + 55)3 52
Number of factors containing factor 5 = 20 ⇒ = 2 ⇒ 72(12x + 55)3 = 753 ⋅ 52
(75)3 7
However, 25, 50, 75, 100 contain 5 twice.
So, total number of factors = 20 + 4 = 24 = 33 ⋅ 56 ⋅ 52 = 33 ⋅ 58
Hence, the entire product contain 10 is 24 times. 19. (c) We have,
So, in 100! number of consecutive zeroes is 24.
x4 + x2 + 1 = x4 + x2 + x2 − x2 + 1
17. (c) In the expansion of (1 + x) the coefficient of
15
= x 4 + 2x 2 + 1 − x 2 = (x 2 + 1)2 − (x)2
x10 = 15C10 .
= (x 2 + x + 1) (x 2 − x + 1)
And the expansion of
Now,
n(n + 1) 2 n(n + 1)(n + 2) x 3
(1 − x)− n = 1 + nx + x + + ... x 3 − 2x 2 + 3x − 4 Ax + B Cx + D
2! 3! = 2 +
n(n + 1)(n + 2)(n + 3)(n + 4) x4 + x2 + 1 x + x + 1 x2 − x + 1
So, coefficient of x 5 =
5! ⇒ x 3 − 2x 2 + 3x − 4 = (Ax + B)
According to the question, (x 2 − x + 1) + (Cx + D) (x 2 + x + 1)
n(n + 1)(n + 2)(n + 3)(n + 4) 15
= C10 ⇒ x 3 − 2x 2 + 3x − 4 = (A + C) x 3
5!
15⋅14 ⋅13⋅12⋅11 ⋅10 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 6 + x 2 (B − A + C + D) + x (A − B + C + D) + (B + D)
=
10 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 5⋅ 4 ⋅ 3⋅ 2⋅1 Comparing of all like terms
n(n + 1)(n + 2)(n + 3)(n + 4) A + C =1 … (i)
⇒ = 7 × 13 × 3 × 11
5! B− A+ C+ D=−2
⇒ n(n + 1)(n + 2)(n + 3)(n + 4) = 5!( 7 × 13 × 3 × 11) A−B+ C+ D=3
B+ D=−4 … (ii)
⇒ n(n + 1)(n + 2)(n + 3)(n + 4) = 11 × 12 × 13 × 14 × 15
Adding Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
By comparing, we get
A + B + C + D = 1 + (− 4) = − 3
n = 11
20. (c) Given,
18. (d) We have,
π π n
2⋅ 5 2⋅ 5⋅ 8 2 2⋅ 5⋅ 8 ⋅11 2
2 sin + cos = ...(i)
x= − + + …∞ 2n 2n 2
3⋅ 6 3⋅ 6 ⋅ 9 5 3⋅ 6 ⋅ 9 ⋅12 5 Squaring both sides
2
2⋅ 5 2⋅ 5⋅ 8 2 2⋅ 5⋅ 8 ⋅11 2 2
sin π + cos π = n
= − +
32 ⋅ 2! 33 ⋅ 3! 5 34 ⋅ 4! 5 2n 2n 4
330 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
π π π π n
sin2 + cos2 + 2sin cos = 22. (a) We have,
2n 2n 2n 2n 4 π 2π 4π
π n π n π n −4 cos ⋅ cos ⋅ cos
⇒1 + sin = ⇒ sin = − 1 ⇒sin = 7 7 7
n 4 n 4 n 4
π π
As, sin > 0, n > 2 Let A = ⇒ π = 7 A
n 7
n− 4 = cos A cos 2A cos 4 A = cos A cos 2A cos 22 A
So, > 0 ⇒ n> 4 …(ii)
4 Now, we will use the formula
π π π π
Also, sin + cos = 2sin + . sin 2n A
2n 2n 4 2n cos A cos 2A cos 22 A cos 23 A …… cosn − 1 A =
2n sin A
From Eq. (i)
sin 23 A
π π π π ∴ cos A cos 2A cos 22 A =
2 sin + sin +
n n
= = 23 sin A
4 2n 2 4 2n 2 2
sin 8 A sin(7 A + A) sin(π + A)
π π = = = [Q 7A = π]
Since, sin + < 1, ∀n > 2 8sin A 8sin A 8 sin A
4 2n
−sin A
n = [Qsin(π + θ) = − sinθ]
We get, <1 ⇒ n< 8 …(iii) 8sin A
2 2
1
From Eqs. (ii) and (iii) =−
4< n< 8 8
So, n = 5, 6, 7 23. (c) Given that,
Hence, number of integral value of n is 3. sinθ − 3sin 2θ + sin 3 θ = cosθ − 3cos 2θ + cos 3 θ
1 ⇒(sinθ + sin 3θ) − 3sin 2θ − (cosθ + cos 3θ)
21. (b) We have, tanα =
7 + 3cos 2θ = 0
−1 1 1
⇒ α = tan and sinβ = θ + 3θ θ − 3θ
7 10 ⇒ 2sin cos − 3sin 2θ
2 2
θ + 3θ
⇒ tanβ =
1
Q tan β =
sin
− 2cos θ − 3θ + 3cos 2θ = 0
cos
3 1 − sin2 β 2 2
1 ⇒ 2sin 2θ cos θ − 3sin 2θ − 2 cos 2θ cos θ + 3 cos 2θ = 0
⇒ β = tan−1
3 ⇒sin 2θ(2cosθ − 3) − cos 2θ(2cosθ − 3) = 0
1 1
Now, α + 2β = tan−1 + 2tan−1 ⇒(2cosθ − 3)(sin 2θ − cos 2θ) = 0
7 3 3
⇒ 2cosθ − 3 = 0 cosθ =
2× 1 2
−1 1 −1 3 which is not possible.
= tan + tan
7 1
2
So, sin 2θ − cos 2θ = 0
1 −
3 ⇒ sin 2θ = cos 2θ ⇒ tan 2θ = 1
−1 2x
π Q 0 < θ < π
−1 ⇒ tan 2θ = tan
Q 2tan x = tan 4 4
1 − x 2
π π
2 ⇒ 2θ = ⇒ θ =
4 8
= tan−1 + tan−1 3 = tan−1 + tan−1
1 1 6
7 1 7 8 24. (b) We have,
1 −
9 sin−1 + cos−1 + tan−1
12 4 63
… (i)
1+ 3 13 5 16
−1 1 −1 3 −1 7 4 12
= tan + tan = tan θ = sin−1 ⇒ sin θ =
12
7 4 1 3 Let
13
1 − ⋅ 13
7 4
4 + 21 25
−1 −1 28 π
= tan 28 = tan = tan−1 () 1 = 13
28 − 3
12
25 4
28 28
θ
= 45° [Qtan−1 ()
1 = 45°] 1 5
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 331
φ = tan−1
3 3
⇒ tan φ = ⇒
4 4
Put in Eq. (i)
3
+ tan−1 + tan−1
12 63
tan−1 A D C
5 4 16
In ∆ABC, BD is the median
12 + 3
Given that, a = 5, b = 6, c = 7
= tan−1 5 4 + tan−1
63
12 3 16 We know that,
1 − ×
5 4 1 1
BD 2 = [2c 2 + 2a 2 − b 2] = [2(7)2 + 2(5)2 − 62]
4 4
−1 −1 −1 A + B
Q tan A + tan B = π + tan 1 1
= [98 + 50 − 36] = [98 + 14]
1 − AB
4 4
if AB > 1] ⇒ BD 2 = 28
− 63 −1 63
= π + tan −1
+ tan ⇒ BD = 2 7
16 16
Q
∴ a × $i = sin4 x + 1
Now, area 3rd parallelogram|a × k $|
Now,
$i $j $
k
5 3
(a × b) × (c × d) = −3 −9 −5
θ
6 −2 −2
A 4 B $ (6 + 54)
= $i(18 − 10) − $j(6 + 30) + k
9
⇒ tan θ =
2
= 8 i − 36 j + 60k
$ $ $
16
334 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
−2 −3
⇒m = or m = 49. (a) Given circle, C1 : x 2 + y2 = 16
3 2
−3 radius = 4 units, centre (0, 0)
So, new line has slope of . The maximum length of chord = the diameter of
2
circle c1 = 8 units. The equation of chord passing
Now, for point of intersection of line and bisector, 3
we solve, through (0, 0) and slope is
4
x + y = −1 …(iii) 3
y = x ⇒ 3x − 4 y = 0
and 2x + 3y = 4 …(iv) 4
⇒ 2x + 2y = − 2 The centre of circle C2 must be on the line
2x ± 3y = 4 perpendicular to the chord.
−y = − 6 So, the coordinate of the centre of circle can be
y=6 written as (3a , − 4a) in ∆AO1 O2
Put in Eq. (iii) x + y = −1 A
⇒ x + 6 = −1 ⇒ x = − 7
4 5
So, coordinate of point of intersection is (−7, 6)
equation of line passes through (−7, 6) and O1 O2
−3
slope
2
B
−3
y − y1 = m(x − x1) ⇒(y − 6) = (x + 7)
2 (O1 O2) = 5 − 4
2 2 2
O1 O2 = 9
⇒ 2y − 12 = − 3x − 21 ⇒ 3x + 2y + 9 = 0 O1 O2 = 3
O1 O2 ⊥ AB, so distance of (3a , − 4a) from 3x − 4 y is
48. (d) Combined equation of the pair of straight line 3 units
x 2 + 4 xy + 3y 2 − 4 x − 10 y + 3 = 0 is in the form of
+3(3a) − 4(−4a)
ax 2 + 2hxy + by 2 + 2gx + 2 fy + c = 0 = 3 −25a = 3
32
+ (− 4) 2 5
∴a = 1, 2h = 4 ⇒ h = 2, b = 3, g = − 2, f = − 5, c = 3
3
So, point of intersection of pair of straight line is ⇒ a=±
bg − fh af − gh 5
2 , if a=
3
h − ab h2 − ab 5
Then, O2 , − 4 O2 , −
−6 + 10 −5 + 4 9 3 9 12
= , = (4, − 1) 5 5 5 5
4−3 4−3
−3
1 and if a =
Equation of line having slope and passes 5
2 −3 −3
through (4, − 1) is Then, coordinate of O2 3 , − 4
5 5
1
(y − (−1)) = (x − 4) −9 12
2 O2 , .
5 5
⇒ 2(y + 1) = x − 4
⇒ x − 2y − 6 = 0 …(i) 50. (c) Equation of normals
−1 x 2 − 3xy − 3x + 9 y = 0
And equation of line having slope and passes
3 ⇒ x(x − 3y) − 3(x − 3y) = 0
1
through (x , −1) is y − (−1) = − (x − 4) ⇒ (x − 3y)(x − 3) = 0
3
So, equation of normals is x − 3y = 0 and x − 3 = 0
⇒ 3y + 3 = − x + 4
intersection of two normal is centre. So, x − 3y = 0
⇒ x + 3y − 1 = 0 …(ii) and x = 3.
Combined equation of pair of straight line of ⇒ x = 3y ⇒ 3 = 3y ⇒ y =1
Eqs. (i) and (ii) is
So, coordinate of centre = (3, 1)
(x − 2y − 6)(x + 3y − 1) = 0 Now, equation of given circle
⇒ x 2 + xy − 6 y 2 − 7 x − 16 y + 6 = 0 x 2 + y 2 − 6 x + 6 y + 17 = 0
338 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
Centre (3, − 3) and radius = 32 + (−3)2 − 17 Both circles are intersecting orthogonally, then
−4k − 36 − 36 = 0
r1 = 1 = 1
−4k = 72
Now, circles touches externally, so sum of radius =
k = −18
distance between centres (3, 1) and (3, −3)
So, equation of required circle
r1 + r2 = (3 − 3)2 + (1 − (−3))2
x 2 + y 2 − 18 x − 4(−18) − 36 = 0
1 + r2 = 4 r2 = 3
⇒ x 2 + y 2 − 18 x + 72 − 36 = 0
Equation of circle with centre (3, 1) and radius
3 units (x − 3)2 + (y − 1)2 = 32 ⇒ x 2 + y 2 − 18 x + 36 = 0
⇒ x 2 − 6 x + 9 + y 2 − 2y + 1 = 9 53. (a) Given circles,
⇒ x 2 + y 2 − 6 x − 2y + 1 = 0 x 2 + y 2 − 6 x − 4 y + 13 − c 2 = 0 and
x 2 + y 2 − 4 x − 6 y + 13 − c 2 = 0
51. (d) Equation of circle
x 2 + y 2 − 2x − 4 y − 20 = 0 Centres of the circles are C1 (3, 2) and C2(2, 3) and
r1 = c and r2 = c
Centre of circle (1, 2), radius = 5 The circles intersects at two points.
B (1, 7) Radical axis is the common chord of the circle
C (16, 7)
equation of common chord is G1 − G2 = 0
∴−2x + 2y = 0 ⇒ x − y = 0
D (4, –2) Draw C1 M ⊥ AB
A (1, 2)
A
So, coordinate of Q(2h − 3, 2k − 1) point Q lie on Again P is a point on the major axis of the ellipse
parabola, so (2k − 1)2 = 8(2h − 3) S′ = 0, which divides of in the ratio 2 : 1.
⇒ 4k2 − 4k + 1 = 16h − 24 2x ± 5 + 1 × 0 2 × 0 + 1 × 0 ± 2 5
∴P = , = , 0
2+ 1 2+ 1 3
⇒ 4k2 − 4k − 16h + 25 = 0
Now, equation of line passing through A and P is
Hence, locus of R(h, k) is 4 y 2 − 4 y − 16 x + 25 = 0
given by
55. (d) We have, equation of parabola 0−3 9
y − 3= (x − 0) ⇒ y = − x + 3 … (i)
y2 = 8 x 2 5 2 5
−0
3
Differentiate w.r.t. ‘x’
dy dy 4 Now, intersection point of line in Eq. (i) and S = 0
2y =8 ⇒ = 30 − 6 .
dx dx y are (0, 3) and ,
7 5 7
At point P(2, 4) slope of tangent
∴Length of chord
4
m1 = = 1 2 2
4 = 30 − 0 + 3 + 6 = 900 729
+
So, equation of 1st tangent 7 5 7 247 49
y − 4 = 1(x − 2) 4545 909 3 101
= = =
⇒ y= x+ 2 …(i) 245 49 7
At point Q(18, − 12) slope of tangent ∴ k = 7.
4 1
m2 = =− 57. (b) Given that, equation of ellipse
−12 3
x2 y2 x2 y2
So, equation of 2nd tangent + =1⇒ 2 + 2 =1
1 25 16 5 4
y + 12 = − (x − 18)
3 So, a = 5, b = 4
⇒ 3y + 36 = − x + 18 b2
Eccentricity, e = 1 −
16
Q e = 1 − 2
⇒ 3y + 18 = − x …(ii) 25 a
By substituting from Eqs. (i) and (ii),
25 − 16
3y + 18 = − (y − 2) =
25
⇒ 4 y = − 16
3
⇒ y= −4 e=
5
Put in Eq. (i),
∴Foci = (± ae , 0) = ±5⋅ , 0 = (±3, 0)
3
x = − 4 − 2= − 6 5
∴Tangents intersects at (−6, − 4)
b2
Required equation of tangent passes through Ends of latusrectum = ± ae , ±
1 a
(−6, − 4) and slope .
2
= ±5 × , ± = ±3, ±
3 16 16
1 5 5
y − (−4) = [x − (−6)] 5
2
Let the tangent at 3, is
16
⇒ 2y + 8 = x + 6 ⇒ x − 2y = 2 5
x2 y2 L1 L2
56. (c) We have, S≡ + =1 Q
4 9
(–3, 16/5) (3, 16/5)
∴ A (0, ± 3) (vertex =(0, ± b)
Again, R O
x2 y2 F1 (–3, 0) F2 (3, 0)
S′ ≡ + =1 P (25/3, 0)
9 4
∴ F ( ± 5, 0) (Focus = (± ae ,0) (–3, –16/5) (3, –16/5)
S
340 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
3 + 18 2 + 16 −4 − 20
So, coordinate of P2
3x 16 y
+ =0 , ,
25 5 16 3 3 3
⇒
3x y
+ =0 = P2(7, 6, − 8)
25 5 If P divides P1 P2 in 1 : 1.
It cuts the coordinate axis at P , 0 and Q(0, 5)
25 5 + 7 4 + 6 −6 − 8
3 So, coordinate of P , ,
2 2 2
1 25 125
Now, area of ∆OPQ = × × 5= unit 2 P(6, 5, − 7)
2 3 6
But given that coordinate of P(α , β , γ).
So, by symmetry.
So, α = 6, β = 5 and γ = − 7
125 250
Area of quadrilateral ABCD = 4 × = unit 2 Now, α + 2β + 2γ = 6 + 2(5) + 2(−7)
6 3
= 6 + 10 − 14 = 2
58. (a) Since, x cos φ + ysin φ = P subtends a right
60. (d) The direction cosines of two lines satisfy the
angle at the centre (0, 0) of hyperbola equations
4 x 2 − y 2 = 4a 2 l + m + n = 0 ⇒ m = − (l + n) …(i)
x2 y2 and 2lm + 2ln − mn = 0 (ii)
⇒ − 2 =1
a 2
4a ⇒ 2l n + m(2l − n) = 0
Therefore, making the hyperbola equation ⇒ 2 l n − (l + n)(2l − n) = 0
homogeneous with help of x cos φ + y sin φ = P, we ⇒ 2l n − 2l 2 + nl − 2ln + n2 = 0
get
2 ⇒ −2l 2 + nl + n2 = 0
x2 y2 x cos φ + y sin φ
− 2 = ⇒ 2l 2 − nl − n2 = 0
a 2
4a P
1 cos2 φ −1 sin2 φ ⇒ 2l 2 − 2nl + nl − n2 = 0
⇒ x 2 2 − 2
+ y2 2 −
a P 4a p2 ⇒ 2l(l − n) + n(l − n) = 0
2xy cos φsin φ ⇒ (l − n)(2l + n) = 0
− =0 n
p2 ⇒ l = n and l = − …(iii)
2
∴Coefficients of x + coefficients of y = 0
2 2
n
If l = n and l = −
1 cos φ
2
1 sin φ 2
2
⇒ − − 2 − =0
a2 p2 4a p2 Substituting in Eq. (i),
m = − (n + n) and m = − − + n
cos2 φ + sin2 φ n
1 1
⇒ − − =0 2
a 2 4a 2 p2
m n
= n and m = − …(iv)
⇒ 4 − 1 − 1 = 0 ⇒
3
=
1 −2 2
4a 2 p 2 4a 2 p 2 From Eqs. (iii) and (iv),
4a 2 2 l m n
= = and =
l m
=
n
⇒ P2 = ⇒ p= a
3 3 1 −2 1 1 1 −2
Since, P is also length of perpendicular from (0, 0) So, l : m : n = 1 : − 2 : 1 and l : m : n = 1 : 1 : − 2
to line. So, acute angle between lines is
2a 1 × 1 + (−2) × 1 + 1 × (−2) 1 − 2 − 2 −3
∴Radius of circle = P = .
=
3 cos θ = =
6
1 + 2 +1 1 +1 + 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 6 6
59. (b) Let A(3, 2, − 4) and B(9, 8, − 10) be two points P, 1
cos θ =
divide AB in 1 : 2 2
So, coordinate of π
⇒ θ = cos−1
1
2 × 3 + 9 2 × 2 + 1 × 8 2 × (−4) + 1(−10) ⇒ θ= ⇒ θ = 60°
P1 , , 2 3
3 3 3
⇒ P1 (5, 4, − 6) 61. (a) Required plane passes through (2, −1, 3).
Now, P2 divide AB in 2 : 1. Let a , b and c are Dr’s of normal to required plane.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 341
dy 2 1 3 Given tangent y = 2x
⇒ = y + − − 1
dx x + 1 2(x − 1) x + 4 Slope of tangent = 2 …(iii)
From Eqs. (ii) and (iii),
(x + 1) x −1 2
2
1 3
= + − − 1 3a 8
(x + 4) e x + 1 2(x − 1)
3 x
x+ 4 = 2, a =
4 3
66. (c) We have, Put in Eq. (i),
8
f (x) = tan h−1 (sin x) y2 = x 3 + b
3
Let f (x) = y Curve passes through (1, 2)
y = tan h−1 (sin x) 8 3
22 = () 1 + b
tan h y = sin x …(i) 3
8 12 − 8
Differentiate w.r.t. ‘x’ ⇒ b=4− =
dy dy cos x 3 3
sec h2 y = cos x = 4
dx dx sech2 y ⇒ b=
3
dy cos x
(a , b) = ,
= [Qsec h2 y = 1 − tan h2 y] 8 4
So,
dx 1 − tan h2 y 3 3
At x= π
69. (b) Equation of given curves, x 2 − y2 = 4 and
dy (−1)
= x 2 + y2 = 4 2
dx x = π 1 − (0)
Let (x 0 , y0) be point of intersection.
[Q[from Eq. (i)] tan h y = sin x, x = π tan h y = 0]
dy ∴Angle between curves = Angle between tangent
= −1 at point of intersection.
dx x = π
Now, x 2 − y 2 = 4
Hence, slope of tangent to the curve is −1.
Differentiate w.r.t. ‘x’
67. (a) Let the function be dy dy x
2x − 2y =0 =
y = f (x) = x 3 + 2x 3/ 2 + 5 dx dx y
Differentiate w.r.t. ‘x’ At point (x 0 , y0)
3 x0
f ′(x) = 3x 2 + 2⋅ x1 / 2 = 3x 2 + 3x1 / 2 m1 = and curve x 2 + y 2 = 4 2
2 y0
Let x = 1 and ∆x = 0.01 Differentiate w.r.t. ‘x’
So, 1 = 13 + 21
f() ()3/ 2 + 5 = 1 + 2 + 5 = 8 dy dy x
2x + 2y =0 =−
Now, ∆y = f ′(x) ⋅ ∆x = (31
()2 + 31
()1 / 2) ⋅ 0.01 dx dx y
At point (x 0 , y0)
= 6 × 0.01 = 0.06 x
So, f (x + ∆x) = f (x) + ∆y = f ()
1 + ∆y = 8 + 0.06 m2 = − 0
y0
= 8.06
m − m2
68. (c) We have, Angle between tangents θ = tan−1 1
y = ax + b
2 3
…(i) 1 + m1 m2
dx 2y
2x y
θ = tan−1 2 0 0 2 = tan−1 0 0
2x y
Slope at (1, 2) ⇒
dy 12
3a() y0 − x 0 4
=
dx (1 ,2) 2(2) [given, y 2 − x 2 = 4 satisfied point (x 0 , y0)]
3a
= tan−1
dy
= …(ii) x 0 y0
…(i)
dx (1 ,2) 4 2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 343
1 1
Point (x 0 , y0) lie on curves, so (t −1 / 2 − t −3/ 2) dt = − 2 [2t1 / 2 + 2t −1 / 2] + c
4a 2 ∫
=−
x 02 − y02 = 4 and x 02 + y02 = 4 2 4a
1 t + 1
= − 2 (t1 / 2 + t −1 / 2) + c = − 2
1
⇒ x 02 = 21
( + 2) and y02 = 2( 2 − 1) + c
2a 2a t
So, x 02 y02 = 4( 2 + 1)( 2 − 1) = 4(2 − 1) = 4
2a
Put t = +1
x 0 y0 = 2 …(ii) x
Put in Eq. (i), 2a a
π + 1 + 1 +1
θ = tan−1
2
θ = tan−1 ()
1 ⇒θ= =− 2
1 x + c=− 2
1 x + c
2 4 2a 2a a 2a
+1 + 1
70. (d) Let f (x) be continuous on [0, 4] , differentiable x x
on (0, 4) a+ x
F(0) = 4 and F(4) = − 2 g(x) =
f (x) 1
=− 2 x + c=− 1 a+ x + c
x+ 2 a 2a + x a 2ax + x
2 2
f (0) 4 x
At x = 0, g(0) = = =2
0+ 2 2
73. (c) We have,
f (4) −2 −1
At x = 4, g(4) = = = 2 dx 2 dx
4+ 2 6 3 ∫ cot x − tan x
2 2
dx = ∫ cos x sin2 x
2
Now, −
−1 sin2 x cos2 x
−2
g(4) − g(0) −7 −7 2sin x cos x
g′(c) =
4−0
= 3
4
=
3× 4
g′(c) =
12
= ∫ cos4 x − sin4 x
dx [Qsin 2x = 2sin x cos x]
sin 2x dx
71. (d) We have, = ∫ (cos x − sin2 x)(cos2 x + sin2 x)
2
∫( tan x + cot x)dx
[Qsin2 x + cos2 x = 1 and cos2 x − sin2 x = cos 2x]
sin x cos x sin x + cos x
= ∫ + dx = ∫ sin 2x dx
cos x sin x sin x cos x =∫
cos 2x
multiply and divide by 2,
Put cos 2x = t ⇒ −2sin 2x dx = dt
sin x + cos x sin x + cos x
2∫ dx = 2∫ dx −1
+1
2sin x cos x 1 − 1 + 2sin x cos x 1 dt 1 t2 1 t1 / 2
⇒ − ∫ =− + c⇒ − + c=− t + c
sin x + cos x 2 t 2 −1 + 1 2 1
= 2∫ dx
1 − (1 − 2sin x cos x) 2 2
[t = cos 2x]
sin x + cos x
= 2∫ dx = − cos 2x + c
1 − (sin2 x + cos2 x − 2sin x cos x)
Compare with − f (x) + c
sin x + cos x
= 2∫ dx
1 − (sin x − cos x)2 So, f (x) = cos 2x
Put (sin x − cos x) = t ⇒ (cos x + sin x)dx = dt 3x
dt
74. (a) We have, ∫ 9x − 1
dx
= 2∫ = 2sin−1 t= 2sin−1 (sin x − cos x) + c
1 − t2
Put 3x = t ⇒ 3x log 3 dx = dt
72. (a) We have, 1 dt 1
log 3 ∫ t 2 − 1 log 3
∴ = log|t + t 2 − 1| + c
1 1
∫ (2ax + x 2)3/ 2 dx = ∫ 3/ 2
dx
x 3 + 1
2a
1
x Put t = 3x = log|3x + 9x − 1| + c
log 3
2a 2a −2a
Put +1= t⇒x = ⇒ 2 dx = dt
x t −1 x 75. (a) We have,
1 t −1 1 t −1 x 1
=− ∫
2a 2a() t 3/ 2
dt = − 2 ∫ 3/ 2 dt
4a t
f (x) = ∫1 2 + t4
dt
344 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
2 1
So, f (2) = ∫1 2 + t 4 dt 77. (a) Given curves y = 2x 2,
y = max {x − [x], x + | x |}
2 1 2 1 = max {(x), x + | x |}
Now, f (2) > ∫ min dt > ∫1 2 + 24 dt
1 2 + t4 Now, graph of {x}
21 1 Y
> ∫1 18dt ⇒ f(2) >
18 1
1 2 1
2
and f (2) < ∫ max dt <∫ dt X X′
1 2 + t4 1 2 + ()
14 –1 1 2 3
21 1 1
< ∫1 3 dt < 3[t]1 ⇒ f(2) <
2 Y′
3 0, x < 0
1 1 and graph of x + mode|x| =
So, < f(2) < 2x , x ≥ 0
18 3
y=2x
76. (b) We have,
∞ −x y=0 (0, 0)
In = ∫π / e2 cosn xdx
Integration by parts
I n = [− e − x cosn x]∞π / 2 Now, area bounded by y = 2x 2 and
∞ y = max {{x}, x + |x |} = x + | x |
−∫ − e − x ⋅ n cosn − 1 x(− sin x)dx and lines x = 0, x = 2 is
π /2
∞ −x
=0− ∫π /ne cosn − 1 x sin xdx
2
Now adding Eqs. (iii) and (iv) and subtracting 80. (d) We have,
6 × Eq. (ii),
(1 + y 2)dx = (tan−1 y − x)dy
y2 + y3 − 6 y1 = (4be 2x + 9ce −3x )
dx tan−1 y − x
+ (8be 2x − 27ce −3x ) − 6(2be 2x − 3ce −3x ) ⇒ =
dy 1 + y2
= (12be 2x − 18ce −3x ) − (12be 2x − 18ce −3x ) = 0
dx x tan−1 y
⇒ + =
79. (c) We have, dy 1 + y 2
1 + y2
dy x2y
x 2 y dx − (x 3 + y 3)dy = 0 ⇒= 3 This is in the form of
dx
+ Px = Q
dx x + y 3 dy
Given differentiate equation is in the form of 1
homogeneous differentiate equation. ∫1 + dy
∴Integrating factor IF = e ∫ y2
pdy
=e
So, let y = vx −1
dy dv IF = etan y
⇒ =v+ x
dx dx Now, solution of linear differentiate equation is
dv v x ⋅ IF = ∫ Q × IF + C
∴ v+ x =
dx 1 + v3
−1 tan−1 y tan−1 y
x ⋅ etan = ∫1+ ⋅e dy + c
y
dv v dv v − v − v4
⇒x = −v ⇒ x = y2
dx 1 + v3 dx 1 + v3
Put tan−1 y = t
dv − v4 1 + v3 dx
⇒ x = ⇒ dv = − 1
dx 1 + v3 v4 x dy = dt
1 + y2
Integrating both side, we get
= ∫ t ⋅ e t dt + c = t ∫ e t − ∫ (e t ⋅1)dt + c
1 1 1 1
∫ v4 + v dv = − ∫ x dx ⇒ − 3v3 + log|v| = − log x + c = te t − e t + c = e t (t − 1) + c
x3 y x3 Put t = tan−1 y
⇒ − 3 + log = − log|x| + c ⇒ − 3 + log|y| = c
3y x 3y −1 −1
x ⋅ etan y
= etan y
(tan−1 y − 1) + c
Physics
81. (b) Order of magnitude of given forces is, 83. (a) I
x=0
strong nuclear force > weak nuclear force >
100–h
electromagnetic force > gravitational force.
So, gravitational force is weakest force of nature.
Conservation of momentum gives, When boy changes his position, let the plank
p1 = p2 moves by distance d, then
⇒ 4mv1 − 2mv2 = −30mv2 ⇒ 4v1 = −32 v2 m1 x1′ + m2 x 2′
x COM =
v1 −32 v1 m1 + m2
⇒ = = −8 or =8
v2 4 v2 35 10(5 + d) + 30d
⇒ = ⇒ 350 = 50 + 40d
Before 4 10 + 30
89. (a) m1 m2 300
u1=u u2=0
collision ⇒ =d ⇒ d = 7.5 m
v1 40
m1 92. (c) Free body diagram of cylinder is
Y
After N2
30°
collision
m2
a
v2
ω
N1
Momentum is conserved in both x and y directions
separately mN2
⇒ m1 u = m2v2 cos 30º …(i) X
and m1 v1 = m2v2 sin 30º …(ii)
Also, loss of K E = 50% mg
1 1 1
m1 u2 − m1 v12 − m2v22 We have following equations,
⇒ 50 = 2 2 2 …(iii) N 2 = mg …(i)
1
m1 u2 µN 2 = N1 …(ii)
2
Solving Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get Torque about centre of cylinder is
m2 mR2
=8 µN 2R = α …(iii)
m1 2
90. (a) Coefficient of restitution, From Eqs. (i) and (iii), we get
Relative velocity of separation mR2 2 µg
e= µ mgR = α ⇒ α=
Relative velocity of approach 2 R
v −v . − 25
35 . 1 2 Now using,
⇒ e= 2 1 = = = = 0.67
u1 − u2 3 − 1.5 1.5 3 ω2 = ω20 − 2αθ
2 × µ × 10
91. (c) Plank Boy We have, 0 = (20)2 − 2 θ
1
Initial position Here, θ = 5 × 2π
10 m 1
So, (20) = 40 × 10 π (µ)
2
⇒ µ=
π
Final position
d
93. (*) From diagram,
Shore
60°
COM of system remains at same position in l h
absence of any external force.
Position (x-coordinate) of COM initially (taking
origin at shore is) l l
m x + m2 x 2 cos 60º = ⇒ h= ⇒ h = 2l
x COM = 1 1 h cos 60º
m1 + m2
10 × 5 + 30 × 10 35
= = m Extension in spring = h − l = 2l − l = l
10 + 30 4
348 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
At mean position, if velocity is v and there is no where, d = mean diameter, ρ f = density of fluid,
friction, then ρ g = density of gas of bubble and η f = viscosity
1 2 1 2 k index of fluid.
mv = kx ⇒ v2 = l 2
2 2 m 1.15 × 10 × 2 × 10−3 × 1.3 × 103 × 10−2
v=
v 1.5 × 10−2
If angle with vertical is θ when velocity is v′ =
2 = 19.99 ms −1 = 20 ms −1 .
2 2
1 v
m = k − l
1 1 1 l
Then, mv′2 = kx ′2 97. (c) Let mass of liquid ammonia taken is m and
2 2 2 2 2 cosθ′
rate of heat supplied is r.
l l
As, cosθ′ = ⇒ h′ = Then, as per given condition,
h′ cosθ′ r × 14 = m × 4.9 × (50 − 15) and r × 92 = mL
l
and extension, X ′ = h′− l = −l Dividing these, we get
cosθ′ 92 L 92 × 4.9 × 35
= or L =
Substituting value of v2, we have 14 4.9 × (50 − 15) 14
1 hl 2 1 l
2
m = k − l = 1127 kJ/kg
2 4m 2 cosθ′
98. (a) Let junction temperature is TK, then in steady
l l 3l l
⇒ = −l ⇒ = state heat flow rate is same through both rods.
2 cosθ′ 2 cosθ′ T
2 2
cosθ′ = θ′ = cos−1 300 K Al Steal 500 K
3 3
(No option is matching). 1m 2m
dT p0 4αp0 3 p0 4αp0 3
⇒ = − V ⇒ = V 102. (a) (Note If we takes, n2 = 1.4 and n1 = 1.5, then
dV R RV03 R RV03
we get option 1 as answer)
V03 V0 For first surface, n1 = 1. 5, n2 = 1. 4
⇒ V3 = ⇒ V=
4α (4α)1 / 3 n2 n1 n2 − n1
− = u = − 30 cm
Substituting in Eq. (i), we get v u R
p0 V0 αp V 4 p0 V0 p0 V0 R = + 2 cm
Tmax = − 3 0 04 / 3 = −
R(4α) 1/ 3
V0 R(4α) R(4α)1 / 3 R44 / 3α1 / 3 1.4 1.5 1.5 − 1.4 1.4 01 . 1.5
− = = −
3p V v −30 2 v 2 30
Substituting, Tmax = 0 0 , we get
1.4 .3 − 3
4R = ⇒ v=∞
3 1 1 v 30
= −
4 41 / 3α1 / 3 44 / 3 α1 / 3 For second surface,
n2 n1 n2 − n1
Now from options, we can check that only α = ,
1 − = u = ∞ R = − 2 cm
4 v u R
balances the equation. 1.5 1.4 −01 . 1.5 1
− = =
1 v ∞ −2 v 20
So, α=
4 v = 20 × 1.5 = 30 cm
100. (a) For a gas mixture, 103. (a)
n1 CV1 + n2CV2 n1 Cp1 + n2Cp 2 2F
CV = and Cp =
n1 + n2 n1 + n2
2F
For monoatomic gas,
3 5
n = n1 , CV1 = R, Cp = R
2 1 2 Minimum distance of an object and its’ real
For diatomic gas, image is 4F. For this, object must be placed at
5 7
n = n2 , CV 2 = R and Cp = R distance 2F from lens.
2 2 2
Now given for gas mixture, 104. (d) Distance between central height fringe and
Cp next bright fringe is width of one dark fringe β.
= 1.5 λD
CV So, β=
d
n1 5 7
+ ⇒ 1.9 × 10−3 =
λ ×1
n 2 2 9 n1 15 n1
So, 1.5 = 2 + = 5 + 7 0.3 × 10−3
n1 3 5 2 n2 2 n2
+ ⇒ λ = 57 × 10−8 m
n2 2 2
n = 570 × 10−9 m = 570 nm
⇒ 1 =1
n2
105. (d) ρ2= 0.5C
101. (a) Tension in wire=kx = 50 × 1 = 0.5 N cm3
100
m
Mass per unit length of string µ =
l
−3 1 ρ1= –3C
= 10 × 10 = kgm = 50 × 10−2
−1
cm3
50
r1=1cm
Speed of wave pulse on string,
T 0.5
v= = = 25 ms −1 = 5 ms −1 r2=2cm
µ 1
50
Time required by pulse to each other end,
l 50 × 10−2 m
t= = = 0.1 s
v 5 ms−1
350 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
90
r=d sinα
° –α
ρ = − 3
C
=θ
Here,
cm 3
2
O a I
−d d
So, E= or E =
ε0 ε0
From result of field of a long wire, we have
106 (a) For point, r = R β=
µ0 I
× × (sinθ1 − sinθ2)
2 4π r
V1 = Potential of surface radius R + Potential of Here, r = d sinα
surface radius 2R
sinθ1 = sin 90° = 1
kq k2q 2kq
= + =
R 2R R sinθ2 = sin(90 − α) = cosα
r = 3R, µ 0I
For point So, β= (1 − cosα)
V2 = Potential due to charges q and 2q assumed to 4 πdsinα
k(3q) kq
be concentrated at centre = = 110. (c) Magnetic field at point O = Magnetic field of
3R R wire 1+ magnetic field of loop
V1 µ I µ I 3π µ I 3 µ 0I µ 0I 3π
So, ratio =2 = 0 + 0 = 0 + = 1 +
V2 4 πR 4 πR 2 4 πR 8 R 4 πR 2
107. (b) For maximum power output, external 111. (b) Using, β H = B cosδ, we get
resistance value must be equals to internal
resistance of source. In given circuit, R, 2R and 4R 0.3 = B cos 60°
resistance are in parallel and their equivalent 1
0.3 = B × or B = 0.6 G
resistance is Req. 2
1 1 1 1 4R
So, = + + or Req =
Req R 2R 4R 7 112. (c) Z
B
For maximum power,
4R
Req = r ⇒ = 4Ω R = 7Ω Y
7
108. (a) 3c
I/3 7 m
I/6
I/6 I/3
4c
m
I/6
I/3 v=10 cm/s
I/6
1 X
I/3 –
+ Induced emf in wire = Rate of change of flux
= (BA) = A B + v B
V d d d
I dt dt dx
Now, we apply Kirchhoff ’s loop rule in the = 12 × 10−4 (2 × 10−2 + 10 × 10−2 × 2 × 10−3)
darkened path, = 12 × 10−4 (2 × 10−2 + 2 × 10−4)
−I
R − R − R + V or V = IR
I I 5
ΣV = 0 = = 24 × 10−4 (10−2 + 10−4) = 24
. × 10−5 V
3 6 3 6
But V = IReq = 0.000024 V ~
− 0V
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 351
113. (d) Average power dissipated is 118. (b) Truth table for given gate combination is
Pavg = Vrms Irms cos φ A Y1
NAND NOR Y
= max × max × ×
V V 1 R B
2 2 Z Z
2
Vmax R V2 R A B Y1 Y
= × 2 = max ×
2 Z 2 ( X L + R2)
2
0 0 1 0
2
(4) 8 1 0 1 0
= ×
0 1 1 0
2 (0.4 × 60)2 + 82)2
1 1 0 1
16 × 8 64 1
= = = = 01
. W
2 × (242 + 82) 640 10 So, net output resembles an AND gate.
114. (b) Energy of LASER beam, 119. (d) For an insulator, conduction band must be
−3
Il 100 × 10 × 90 × 10 −2 empty.
= = = 3 × 10−10 J For a semiconductor, conduction band is partially
C 3 × 108
filled.
115. (a) Work function = Incident energy−K E of For a conductor, conductive band is partially filled.
electron = 4eV − 1 . 1 eV = 2.9 eV (Note : option 2, is also correct).
v1 22. × 10 6
vn = = . × 106 ms −1
= 11
n 2
Ö2Rh1 Ö2Rh2
117. (d) In one half life, half of amount is decayed.
So, decay occurs as, For satisfactory communication, maximum
209 103 yr distance
P0 (100g) 50g dmax = 2Rh1 + 2Rh2 …(ii)
84
103 yr Given, dmax = 2d (km) and h1 = h2 = d (m)
103 yr 103 yr
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
6.25g 12.5g 25g 2d = 2Rh1 + 2Rh2 …(iii)
Substituting values in Eq. (iii) we get
103 yr
2d × 1000 = 2 2 × 6400 × 1000 × d
3.125g ⇒ (1000)2 d 2 = 2 × 6400 × 1000 × d
209
g) → 50 g
103 yr 2 × 6400 × 1000
84 P0 (100 d= m = 12 .8 m
1000 × 1000
So, time taken = 103 × 5 = 515 yr.
Chemistry
121. (a) Given, kinetic energy of an emitted electron 6.62 × 10−34 J - s(1 × 1015 s −1 − ν0 ) = 1.986 × 10−19 J
= 1.986 × 10−19 J 1.986 × 10−19 J
1 × 1015s−1 − ν0 =
Frequency of radiation =1 × 1015s −1 6.62 × 10−34 J - s
Threshold frequency, ν0 = ? 1.986 × 10−19 J
ν0 = 1 × 1015s−1 −
From equation, 6.62 × 10−34 J - s
hν − hν0 = KE ν0 = 1 × 1015 − 0.3 × 1015s −1
h(ν − ν0) = KE ν0 = 7.0 × 1014 s −1
352 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
Also, Ni(OH)2 = Ni 2+
+ 2OH−
Q60 g (impure) of CaCO 3 has 25 g pure CaCO 3 . [s] mol/L 25 mol/L
∴100g (impure) CaCO 3 has pure CaCO 3 K sp = [s][2s]2
25 × 100 K sp = 4s 3
= = 41.6 g
60 K 4 × 10−15
s = 3 sp = 3 = 1 × 10−5 mol / L
130. (c) Reaction (c) gives oxidation as well as 4 4
reduction of same (one) species. 134. (b)
Oxidation (i) Zinc is more reactive therefore liberate H2 gas
+5
∆
–1 +7 in aqueous solution of NaOH.
4 KClO3 4 KCl +3 KClO4
Zn + 2NaOH(aq) → Na2ZnO2 + H2
Reduction (ii) Formic acid liberated CO and H2O on 373K
heating.
131. (a) Given, standard enthalpy of formation of
CO = −10 kJ/mol HCOOH 373K → H2O + CO
Conc ⋅ H2 SO4
Standard enthalpy of formation of CO2 (iii) Methane liberated H2 gas on reaction of H2O at
= −393 kJ/mol 1270K.
Standard enthalpy of formation of N2O CH4 (g) + H2O( g) 1270K→ CH3OH + H2
Ni
=81 kJ/mol (iv) Zn gives H2 gas in acidic medium.
Standard enthalpy of formation of N2O4 Zn + 2H+ (aq) → Zn2+ + H2
= −10 kJ/mol
(v) Carbon liberate H2 gas in aqueous medium at
N2O4 + 3CO → N2O + 3CO2 1270K.
∆H (enthalpy change) = Σ∆HN2 O + 3∆HCO2 C + H2O 1270K → CO + H2
− Σ∆HN2 O4 + 3∆HCO
= [Σ81 + (3 × −393) − Σ(−10 + (3 × −10)] 135. (a) When BeCl2 reduced in presence of LiAlH4
∆H = −1058 kJ/mol then we obtained BeH2 .
4[H]
132. (b) For the given reaction: LiAlH
BeCl2
4
→ BeH2 + 2HCl
N2 +3H2 = 2NH 3
Initial moles 1 1 1 136. (d) AlCl3 form [Al(H2O)6 ]3 + in water due to acidic
At equilibrium 1 − x 1 − 3x 2x medium (pH < 7).
Given, 1 − x = 0.7 mol AlCl3 + 6H2O → [Al(H2O)6 ]3 + + 3Cl s
∴ x = 0.3 mol
Therefore, concentration of N 2 , H 2 and NH 3 at
137. (b) Silicones are synthetic polymers with a
silicon-oxygen backbone similar to that silicon
equilibrium will be
dioxide (silica) but organic groups attached to the
[N 2 ] = [0.7] silicon atom by C Si bonds.
[H 2 ] = 1 − (3 × 0.3) = [01.]
R R
[NH 3 ] = 1 + 2x = 1 + (2 × 0.3) = [1.6] O O
According to law of equilibrium constant (K C ) Si Si
[NH 3 ]2 [1.6]2 n
KC = 2 3
= R R
[N ], [H 2 ] . ]3
[0.7] [01
(256
. ) 138. (a) Formation of NO, O3 , NO2 and CH2O occur in
KC = = 365714.
0.007 photochemical smog.
Hence, equilibrium constant (K C) = 365714 . and (b) Photochemical smog is a type of air pollution due
is the correct option. to reaction of solar radiation with airborne
133. (d) Given, solubility product (K sp) of Ni(OH)2 is pollutant mixtures of nitrogen oxides (NO) and
organic compounds (hydrocarbon).
= 4.0 × 10−15
Therefore, oxidation and reduction reactions
Solubility (s) = ? found in photochemical smog.
354 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
Thus, option (a) (ii), (iii) and (iv) is correct. (c) In ferrimagnets, the magnetic moment are not
equal and results in a net magnetic moment.
139. (c) IUPAC name of isoprene is 2-methyl -1,
3-butadiene.
1 2 3 4
CH 2 == C CH == CH 2
143. (d) Given,
CH 3 (Vi), initial volume of solution = 0.5L
Isoprene
(V f ), final volume of solution = 1.0 L
140. (b) Methane oxidise into methanol by controlled (w f ), amount of glucose dissolve is final solution
oxidation in presence of catalyst Cu/523K/100atm. = 9.2g and molar mass of glucose = 180
CH3 H → CH3 OH
Cu [O]/ 523 K For π( i) = π ( f )
/100 atm
w = w
Methane show partial oxidation into methanal in M × V ( i) M × V f
presence of Mn2O3 / ∆ catalyst.
(QT and R are constant also M for both are same.)
2[ O ]
Mn2 O3 / ∆ ∴ w = w wi
=
9.2
CH3 H → CH2 == O + H2O V i V f 0.5 1
Ethane oxidise in presence of Mn+2 catalyst ∴ w( i) = 9.2 × 0.5 w( i) = 4.6 g
(in acetic acid solution) into ethanoic acid.
Hence, 4.6 g of glucose is dissolved in 0.5L of
2 [O] water to get the same osmotic pressure.
H Mn(CH3COO)2
CH3—CH or CH3—COOH + H2O
H Mn2
+ 144. (*) Given, molarity of H 2SO 4 solution = 10.0 M
Volume (V) = 50mL = .05 L
141. (a) Treatment of alkene with Br2 in CCl4 solvent Density of solution (d) = 1.4 g/cc
gives vicinal dibromides. Bromine added to Molarity 10 m means 1 mole of H 2SO 4 present in
opposite faces of the double bond (anti addition). 1L (1000 mL) of solution.
CH ≡≡ C CH2 CH == CH2 Also, molar mass of H 2SO 4 (M B) = 98
2 Br (1 mol )
→ CH ≡≡ C CH2 CH C H2 Q 1000 mL has H 2SO 4 = 980 g (98 × 10)
CCl 4 ( 253K)
| | 980 × 50
∴50 mL has H 2SO 4 = = 49 g
Br Br 1000
mechanism
Thus, mass of solute (wB) = 49 g
–Br2– Calculation for mass of solution and solvent:
CHººC—CH2—CH==CH2 + Br—Br
Electrophile mass of solution
Br Q d=
Br
– + volume ofsolution
CHººC—CH2—CH—CH2 CHººC—CH2—CH—CH2
trans addition
(anti)
∴ Mass of solution = d × V = 1.4 × 50 = 70 g
Br Br Thus, mass of solvent (w A) = mass of solution-mass
of solute. = 70 − 49
142. (c) (a) Ferromagnetic materials exhibit parrallel w A = 21g
alignment of moments resulting in large net Calculation for molarity (m):
magnetisation even in the absence of magnetic
w 1000 49 1000
field. m= B × = × = 2380
. m
M B w Ak g 98 21
Molarity (m) = 238
. m
(b) Moments are exactly equal but opposite, the
net moment is zero. This type of magnetic 145. (b) Molar conductivity of
ordering is called anti-ferromagnetism. Mg2+ (Λº mg2+ ) = 106 Scm2 / mol
Molar conductivity of Cl s- ion (Λº Cl )
−
2
= 76.3 S cm /mol
Molar conductivity of MgCl2 = Λº m of Mg2+ + 2Λº m
of Cl − = (106 + 2 × 76.3) S cm2 /mol
= 258.6 S cm2 /mol
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 355
. × 10−3 s−1
146. (b) Given, rate constant (k) = 115 151. (d) 57 La and 71 Lu have d1 electronic configuration.
54
Reaction time = ? Electronic configuration of 57 La = [Xe]5d1 6s 2
Initial amount of reactant (Ao) = 6g 54
Electronic configuration of 71 Lu = [Xe]4 f 14 5d1
Final amount of reactant (A f ) = 3g
From rate constant equation, 152. (c) Cr(CO)6 is octahedral geometry and CO is
2.303 A
k= log o strong ligand. Therefore, low spin complex
t Af formed.
2. 303 6 Cr(z = 24) [Ar] 3d 5 4s1 or [Ar]3d 6 4s o
. × 10−3 =
115 log
t 3 [∴CO is neutral ligand]
2. 303 6 2. 303
t= log = ×.3010 eg
. × 10−3
115 3 1 .15 × 10−3 d6
t =.6027 × 10 +3 s
or t = 603s
t2g
147. (b) Isothermal variation of adsorption of quantity Electronic configuration of Cr in Cr(CO)6 is t26 g e g 0 .
of gas adsorbed by unit mass of solid adsorbent
with pressure. This equation known as Freundlich
adsorption isotherm. 153. (a) Natural rubber is polymer of isoprene.
x 1 CH3
= Kpn
—
CH2 CH2 n
m CH2==C—CH==CH2 C==C
If 1/ n =1 CH3 H
Isoprene
x Polyisoprene or
Then = Kp Natural rubber
m
Hence, (A) → (ii) Cellulose polysaccharide
148. (c) Iron is extracted from its ore, (haematite) in a consisting of a linear chain of β(1 − 4) linked β-D
blast furnace. The ore is fed into the top of the glucose units.
furnace along with coke and lime stone. Cellulose is important component of primary cell
Carbon monoxide act as reducing agent during the wall of green plant.
reaction in blast furnace and lime stone CH2OH CH2OH
decomposes in the hot furnace forming calcium
oxide. The molten iron is then tapped from the H O H O
bottom of the furnace. Further, calcium oxide H H
O O
react with SiO2 to form a slag. OH H OH H
CaO + SiO2 → CaSiO3 H H
Slag can be used in making roads. n
H OH H OH
149. (b) O Cellulose
Thus, (B → i)
P
H OH Monomer unit of nylon-6 is caprolactam.
H
H
Tetrahedral H
(sp3) C
N
n —C—(CH2)5—N—
(H3PO2) Hypophosphorus acid. n
Nylon-6
7 (Pyrosulphate ion) possesses S − O − S
150. (d) S2O 2− Caprolactam
bond. Thus, (C) is (iv). Teflon formed by the
O O tetraflouroethylene monomer units.
n(CF2 == CF2) → (CF2 CF 2) n teflon
S S
O O O Hence, (D → iii)
O O
356 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
O O OMg Br
ph
fructose CHO C are involved in CH3—C CH2 –Mg Br CH3—C—CH2—CH2—CH2—Br
ph
(P)
CH2 CH2
glycosidic bond formation and are not available (Z )
for reducing reaction. Hence, sucrose is a
non-reducing sugar. Hence, option (b) is correct. 159. (a)
155. (b) Aspartame is a methyl ester of the aspartic MgCl C—OMgBr C—OH
acid/phenylalanine dipeptide.
δ+ δ– +
C Hydrolysis H
(A)
∆ NH3
OCH3
NH NH2 C—NH2
OH NH2
Br2 + NaOH
Aspartame Hoffmann
bromamide
156. (b) 2-ethylbutan-2-ol is achiral due to absence of (C) (B)
chiral carbon.
CH3 160. (a) NH2 NHCOCH3
OH
C2H5
(CH3CO)2O
CH2—CH3 + CH3COOH
Pyridine
C C==N Mg Br
Br Br
Hydrolysis
( Y) p-bromo aniline
(Z)
Benzophenone
TS EAMCET 05 May 2018
Session 2
(03:00 PM to 6:00 PM)
3 3 8
11. If x 2 + 2px - 2p + 8 > 0 for all real values of x, (c) - -
( x + 2 )2 ( x + 1)3 ( x + 1)2
then the set of all possible values of p is 8 3 3
(a) (2, 4) (b) (-¥,-4) (c) (2, ¥) (d) (-4, 2 ) (d) - +
( x + 2 )2 ( x + 1)3 ( x + 1)2
12. If the roots of the equation 20. If the period of the function f (x) = sin 5 x cos 3 x
(p - 3) x 2 + 2(p - 3) x + 2p - 5 = 0 are real and
is a, then cos a =
distinct for a < p < b and (b - a) is maximum,
1 1
then the extreme value of the quadratic (a) 1 (b) (c) - (d) -1
2 2
expression -(a + b) x 2 + abx + (a - b) is
4 4 p 2p 4p
(a) - (b) 5 (c) -1 (d) 21. If cos cos cos
5 5 15 15 15
5p 7p 30p 1
13. If the equation x 3 - 7 x 2 + 14 x - 8 = 0 is cos cos cos = x, then =
20 15 15 15 8x
transformed to y 3 + py - = 0 when its roots 1 4
27 (a) 4 (b) (c) 8 (d)
4 3
are diminished by k, then p =
8 7 -7 -8 22. If A + B + C = 2S, then
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 3 3 sin(S - A) + sin(S - B) - sin C =
14. If one root of the equation S- A S-B C
(a) -4sin sin sin
x - 9 x + 26 x - 24 = 0 is twice the other. Then,
3 2 2 2 2
the sum of the cubes of those two roots is S- A S-B C
(b) 4sin sin sin
9 2 2 2
(a) 72 (b) 253 (c) 9 (d)
64 S- A S-B C
(c) -4sin sin cos
2 2 2
15. There are 10 points in a plane of which no three S- A S-B C
points are collinear except 4. Then, the number (d) 4sin sin cos
2 2 2
of distinct triangles that can be formed by
joining these points such that atleast one of the 23. When a is irrational, the number of solutions
vertices of every triangle formed is from the satisfying the equation 1 + sin 2 ax = cos x is
given 4 collinear points is (a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 2 (d) Infinite
(a) 116 (b) 96 (c) 120 (d) 100 æ 1 ö
-1 -1 æ 1 ö -1
24. tan ç ÷ + sin ç ÷ = cos x, then x =
è 2 2ø è 3ø
16. The number of ways of arranging 8 boys and 8
1 1 2 1
girls in a row so that boys and girls sit (a) (b) (c) (d)
3 2 3 2 2
alternately is
1
(a) 9! (b) (9!) (8!) (c) (8!) 2 (d) 2! (8!) 2 25. coth -1 3 + tanh -1 - cosech -1 (- 3) =
3
17. If the coefficients of (2a + 4)th and (a - 2)th (a) loge æç ö÷
2
(b) loge 2 3 (c) 0 (d) loge 3 3
terms in the expansion (1 + x)2019 are equal, then è 3ø
a= 26. In any triangle, if the angles are in the ratio
(a) 673 (b) 674 (c) 675 (d) 676 1 : 2 : 3, then their corresponding sides are in
the ratio.
18. If n is a positive integer, then the coefficient of
x 6 in the expansion of (1 - 2 x + 3 x 2 - 4 x 3 +¼)- n is (a) 1: 2 :1 (b) 1: 3 :2 (c) 1: 3:1 (d) 1:1: 2
(a) ( 2n)
C4 n
(b) C12 (c) ( 2n)
C6 n
(d) c 6 27. Two ships leave a port from a point at the same
time. One goes with a velocity of 3km/h along
d æ x+5 ö
19. ç ÷= North-East making an angle of 45° with East
dx è (x + 1)2(x + 2) ø direction and the other travels with a velocity of
8 3 3 4km/h along South-East making an angle of 15°
(a) - +
( x + 2 )2 ( x + 1)2 ( x + 1)3 with East direction. Then, the distance between
3 3 8 the ships at the end of two hours is
(b) - -
( x + 1)2 ( x + 2 )2 ( x + 1)3 (a) 2 13 (b) 13 (c) 5 (d) 10
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 359
Then, the final position of that point is 51. If C1 and C 2 are the centres of similitude with
(a) (2,4) (b) (4 2 ,- 2 ) respect to the circles x 2 + y 2 - 14 x + 6 y + 33 = 0
(c) æç , 2 ö÷
1 and x 2 + y 2 + 30 x - 2 y + 1 = 0, then the equation
(d) ( 2 , 2 2 )
è 2 ø of the circle with C1 C 2 as diameter is
44. The equation of the straight line which is (a) 2 x2 + 2 y2 + 30 x - 33 y - 17 = 0
perpendicular to the line 5 x - 2 y = 7 and (b) 2 x2 + 2 y2 - 14 x + 9 y - 13 = 0
passing through the point of intersection of the (c) 2 x2 + 2 y2 - 39 x + 14 y + 74 = 0
lines 2 x + 3 y - 1 = 0 and 3 x + 4 y - 6 = 0 is (d) 2 x2 + 2 y2 - 24 x + 8 y - 5 = 0
(a) 2 x + 5 y - 17 = 0 (b) 2 x + 5 y + 17 = 0 52. If tangents are drawn to the circle x 2 + y 2 = 12
(c) 2 x + 5 y + 47 = 0 (d) 2 x + 5 y - 47 = 0 at the points of intersection with the circle
45. The angle between the line joining the points x 2 + y 2 - 5 x + 3 y - 2 = 0, then the ordinate of the
(1,-2), (3,2) and the line x + 2 y - 7 = 0 is point of intersection of these tangents is
p p 18 12 9 3
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d) p (a) - (b) - (c) - (d) -
4 2 5 5 5 5
46. The vertices of a triangle are A(1,7), B(-5, - 1) and 53. From a point P on the line 4 x - 3 y = 6 two
C(-1,2). Then, the equation of a bisector of the tangents are drawn to the circle
ÐABC is x 2 + y 2 - 6 x - 4 y + 4 = 0. If the angle between
æ 24 ö
(a) x - y + 4 = 0 (b) x + y + 4 = 0 these tangents is tan -1 ç ÷ , then P =
è 7ø
(c) 2 x - 3 y + 6 = 0 (d) x - 2 y + 4 = 0
-2 -10 ö
(a) æç1, ö÷ (b) æç2, ö÷ (c) æç -1,
2
47. Let 3 x 2 + 8 xy - 3 y 2 = 0 represent the lines L1 , ÷ (d) (6,6)
è 3ø è 3ø è 3 ø
L2 and 3 x 2 + 8 xy - 3 y 2 + 2 x - 4 y - 1 = 0 represent
the lines L3 , L4 . Let L be the line joining the 54. If (-1,-1) is the focus and x + y + 4 = 0 is the
points of intersection of L1 , L3 and L2 , L4 . Then, directrix of a parabola, then its vertex is
(a) æç - ,- ö÷ (b) æç - ,- ö÷
the area (in sq units) of the triangle formed by 3 3 5 5
L with the coordinate axes is è 2 2ø è 2 2ø
1 1 1 1
(c) æç - ,- ö÷ (d) æç , ö÷
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1 1 1 1
2 4 8 16 è 4 4ø è 4 4ø
48. The equation of pair of lines passing through 55. If a normal chord of a parabola y 2 = 4 ax
origin and forming an equilateral triangle with
subtends a right angle at the origin, then the
the line 3 x + 4 y - 5 = 0 is
slope of that normal chord is
(a) 39 x + 11y - 96 xy = 0 (b) x + y - 4 xy = 0
2 2 2 2
(a) ±2 (b) ±2 2
(c) x2 - 7 xy + 12 y2 = 0 (d) 2 x2 + 6 xy + y2 = 0 1
(c) ± (d) ± 2
49. From a point A(1,0) on the circle 2
x 2 + y 2 - 2 x + 2 y + 1 = 0, a chord AB is drawn
56. If origin is the centre, X-axis is the major axis
and it is extended to a point P such that
2
AP = 3 AB. The equation of the locus of P is and is the eccentricity of an ellipse which
(a) x + 2
y - 2 x + 6y + 1 = 0
2 5
(b) x2 + y2 - 2 x + 4 y + 1 = 0 passes through (-31 , ), then the equation of that
(c) x2 + y2 - 2 x + 8 y - 8 = 0 ellipse is
(d) x2 + y2 - 2 x + 3 y + 1 = 0 (a) 3 x2 + 5 y2 = 32 (b) 2 x2 + y2 = 19
(c) x2 + 23 y2 = 32 (d) x2 + 2 y2 = 11
50. The tangent at A(-1,2) on the circle
x 2 + y 2 - 4 x - 8 y + 7 = 0 touches the circle 57. The slope of a common tangent to the ellipse
x 2 + y 2 + 4 x + 6 y = 0 at B. Then, a point of x2 y 2
+ = 1 and the circle x 2 + y 2 = 16 is
trisection of AB is 49 4
5 4 3 2
(a) æç 0, ö÷ (b) æç - ,1ö÷ (c) æç , ö÷
1 1 2 1 (a) (b) (c) (d)
(d) (-1,-1)
è 3ø è 3 ø è 3 3ø 11 11 11 11
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 361
58. The distance between the tangents drawn to 66. If y = (sin -1 2 x)2 + (cos -1 2 x)2, then
the hyperbola 3 x - y = 3, that are parallel to
2 2
(1 - 4 x 2) y 2 - 4 xy1 =
the line y = 2 x + 4 is (a) 0 (b) 4 (c) 16 (d) 12
4 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1
5 5 3 67. Let f (x) = x 3 + 2 x 2 - x be a real valued function.
Then, the value of Lagrange's constant C in (-1,2) is
59. If the distance between two points A and B is d,
-4 + 76 -2 + 19
and the lengths of the projections of AB on the (a) (b)
coordinate planes are d1 , d 2 , d 3 , then 3 3
-4 + 19 -2 + 19
(a) 2d 2 = d12 + d 22 + d 32 (b) d1 + d 2 + d 3 = 0 (c) (d)
6 6
(c) d12 + d 22 + d 32 = d 2 (d) d1 + d 2 + d 3 = d
æ 2x ö
60. L is a line passing through the point A(1,0,-3) , }, ò tan -1 ç
68. On I Ì R - {-11 ÷ dx =
è1 - x 2 ø
and parallel to a line having direction ratios
(a) 2 x tan-1 æç
2x ö
÷ + log(1 + x ) + c
2
0, 1, -2. P is a point on the line L which is at a
è 1 - x2 ø
minimum distance from the plane
(b) x tan-1 æç
2x ö
2 x + 3 y + 5z = 1. Then, the equation of the plane ÷ - log(1 - x ) + c
2
è 1 - x2 ø
through P and perpendicular to AP is
(c) x tan-1 æç
2x ö
÷ - log(1 + x ) + c
2
(a) y + 2 z = 12 (b) y - 2 z + 4 = 0
è 1 - x2 ø
(c) x + y - 2 z = 12 (d) 2 y - z = 16
(d) x2 tan-1 æç
x ö
÷ + log(1 - x ) + c
2
74. If I n = ò cos n x dx , then 6I 6 - 5I 4 = 78. The general solution of the differential equation
æ1 ö dy
(a) -cos x sin x
5 2 6
(b) cos x sin x 2
ç 2 + x ÷ + 3 y = 1 is
èx ø dx
(c) cos 3 x sin2 x (d) cos 5 x sin x
1
(a) y = + 3c (b) (3 y - 1)x3 + 3 y = c
log x e
x2
75. If f (x) = , then ò f (x) dx =
x2 1/e (c) log y - xy = c (d) (1 + x3 )y = x3 + c
1
(a) e (b) 1 - 79. A family of curves whose equation is general
e
solution of a differential equation having order
(c) e 2 æç1 - ö÷ (d) 2 æç1 - ö÷
1 1
è eø è eø 1 and degree 3, is
(g, a, c are arbitrary constants)
76. The area enclosed by the curves y = 8 x - x 2 and (a) x2 + y2 + 2 gx + 4 y + 2 = 0
8 x - 4 y + 11 = 0 is (b) x2 = a2 (1 + y2 ) (c) y2 = 2c( x + c )
125 32 9 (d) y2 = 4ax
(a) (b) (c) 36 (d)
6 3 2
80. The general solution of the differential equation
p/ 2 dx æ1ö dy 1
77. If I = ò = l tan -1 ç ÷ , then l = = is
0 5 + 3sin x è 2ø dx x + y + 1
1 (k, c are arbitrary constants)
(a) (b) 1
4 x+ y+ 2ö x+ y+ 2ö
1 1 (a) y = loge æç ÷ (b) x = loge æç ÷
(c) (d) è k ø è k ø
2 3 (c) x = ce + y + 2
y
(d) y = ce + x + 2
x
Physics
81. A nucleus of deuterons or deuterium is a bound during the motion is 5.1m/s. The time taken by
atomic system best described by the vehicle during acceleration is
(a) composed of a proton and a neutron (a) 2 s (b) 2.5 s (c) 1.5 s (d) 1.8 s
(b) spherical shaped 84. A body travels in a straight line from point A to
(c) contains more than two nucleons point B with an initial velocity zero and
(d) proton and neutron are bound by electrostatic uniform acceleration, covering 1m during the
forces first second and 39 m during the last second.
82. A wooden cubical block of mass, m = 20 kg is The distance between A and B in metre is
measured within an error of 10 g. Its side (a) 50 (b) 100 (c) 390 (d) 400
length, l = 100 cm is measured within an error 85. A cricket player can throw a ball with an initial
of 1mm. Then, the relative error in the speed of 30 m/s. What is the maximum range of
measurement of its density is the player can throw the ball? Neglect air
. ´ 10-2
(a) 18 (b) 2.6 ´ 10-2 resistance. [Take, g = 10 m/s 2 ]
(c) 3.5 ´ 10-3 (d) 4.8 ´ 10-3 (a) 100 m (b) 90 m (c) 80 m (d) 90 2 m
83. A vehicle starts moving in a straight line with 86. A particle moves in XY-plane with x and y
an acceleration, a = 4m / s 2 , with initial velocity t = 5t, y()
varying with time t as x() t = 5t(27 - t 2).
equal to zero. After accelerating for time t1 , the At what time in seconds, the direction of
vehicle moves uniformly and for time t2 , the velocity and acceleration will be perpendicular
vehicle finally decelerates for time t1 eventually to each other?
coming to a stop. The total time taken during 27
the motion is 10 s and the average velocity (a) 5 (b) 5 (c) 5 12 (d) 3
2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 363
87. A bullet enters in a piece of wood with velocity vertical will the sphere travel before it comes
v 0 and the resistive force acting on the bullet in back down? Neglect the rolling friction between
1 the sphere and the track.
the wood is proportional to v 3 . If the total (Take, g = 10m / s 2 )
distance travelled by the bullet is proportional
to (v 0)b, then the value of b is q
2 5 4 1
(a) (b) (c) (d) -
3 3 3 3
88. A mechanical system consists two springs of
stiffness coefficients k1 and k2 are connected in
series. The minimum work to be performed on
the system to stretch it by Dl is (a) sin-1 æç ö÷
3
(b) sin-1 æç ö÷
3
è 5ø è7 ø
1æ k k ö
(a) ç 1 2 ÷Dl 2 (b) k1 k2 Dl 2
(c) cos -1 æç ö÷ (d) cos -1 æç ö÷
2 è k1 + k2 ø 3 1
è 10 ø è 3ø
æ kk ö æ kk ö
(c) ç 1 2 ÷Dl 2 (d) ç 1 2 ÷Dl
è k1 + k2 ø è k1 + k2 ø 93. A block of mass (10 a)g, where a is a constant
is moving with velocity 3m/s to the right
89. A block of mass 5 kg is pulled by a force F as collides inelastically with the block on the right
shown in the figure. If the coefficient of friction with mass 10 g and sticks to it. The right block
is 0.1, then the force needed to accelerate the is connected to three springs as shown in the
block to 3 m/ s 2 to the right is close to figure. The spring constant of each spring is
F 2 N/m. If the amplitude of the resulting simple
1
harmonic motion is m, then the value of a
5 kg
30° 2 2
is
(a) 12N (b) 22N (c) 32N (d) 42N
k
90. A particle of mass m kg moves along the X-axis v
10 a 10 k k
with its velocity varying with the distance
travelled as v = kx b, where k is a positive
constant. The total work done by all the forces (a) 5 (b) 2.5 (c) 7 (d) 10
during displacement of the particle from x = 0
94. The mass density inside a solid sphere of radius
to x = d is close to b
ærö
mk 2 mk 2 2 b mk 2 mk 2d r varies as r(r) = r 0 ç ÷ , where r 0 and b are
(a) (b) d (c) (d) è Rø
2 2 2b 2b
constants and r is the distance from the centre.
91. The masses and positions (in rectangular Let E1 and E2 be gravitational fields due to
R
coordinates) of four particles are as follows : sphere at distance and 2R from the centre of
1kg at (a, a), 2kg at (-a, a), 3kg at (– a,– a) and 2
E2
4kg at (a,– a). The position vector of the centre of sphere. If = 4, the value of b is
mass of the system of four particles is E1
(a) -4a$i (b) -4a$i - 4a$j (a) 2 (b) 2.5 (c) 3 (d) 4
(c) 0 (d) -0.4aj$ 95. The pressure to be applied to the ends of a steel
92. A solid sphere is rolling without slipping on a cylinder to keep its length constant upon
semi-circular track of radius 10 m as shown in raising its temperature by 100°C is
the figure. The radius of solid sphere is much (thermal expansion coefficient, a = 11 ´ 10-6 /K,
smaller than the radius of semi-circular track. Young's modulus = 200 GPa)
At the lowest point, it has a velocity (a) 0. 22 ´ 109 Pa (b) 5.5 ´ 10-6 Pa
10 m/s. To what maximum angle q from the (c) 0. 22Pa (d) 55Pa
364 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
96. The root mean square (rms) velocity of an ideal 102. Consider a concave mirror of 10 cm focal length
gas at temperature T is v. If the temperature is illuminated by an object kept at a distance of
increased to 4T, the rms velocity of the gas is 25 cm. The distance at which the image is
(a) 3v (b) 2v formed and its magnification respectively are
(c) 2v (d) 3v (a) -16.7 cm and -0.67
(b) 7.1 cm and 0.29
97. A glass beaker contains 200 g of carbonated
(c) -167
. cm and 0.67
water initially at 20°C. How much ice should be (d) 7.1 cm and -0.29
added to obtain the final temperature of 0°C
with all ice melted, if the initial temperature of 103. Two objects P and Q are placed at 10 cm and
ice is -10° C. Neglect heat capacity of glass. 30 cm infront of a convex lens of focal length
[Take, C water = 4190 J / kg° C, 20 cm. The correct option for the image of P
Cice = 2100 J/kg°C, LF = 3.34 ´ 105 J / kg] and Q is
(a) 47g (b) 76 g (a) P-virtual and inverted Q-real and upright
(c) 200 g (d) 22 g (b) P-virtual and upright Q-real and inverted
(c) P-real and inverted Q-virtual and upright
98. Heat loss takes place from a body maintained at
a temperature of 400°C to the surrounding air (d) P-real and upright Q-virtual and inverted
at 30°C by convection and to the surrounding
104. Calculate the minimum thickness of a soap film
surfaces at 30°C by radiation. The Newton’s
(n= 1.33) that results in constructive
cooling coefficient is 20 W/m2 K and the
interference in reflected light, if the film is
Stefan-Boltzmann constant is 5.67 ´ 10-8
illuminated with light whose wavelength in
W / m2K 4 . If the rate of heat loss by convection
free space is 532 nm.
is equal to the rate of heat loss by radiation, the
emissivity of the body surface is (a) 113 nm (b) 100 nm (c) 200 nm (d) 226 nm
(a) 0.35 (b) 0.46 105. A thin spherical shell encloses a concentric
(c) 0.55 (d) 0.66 solid sphere. The radius of the shell is
1
99. A Carnot engine absorbs heat from a reservoir (0.060) 2 m and its surface charge density is
maintained at temperature 1000 K. The engine -10-6C / m2 .The radius of the solid sphere is
rejects heat to a reservoir whose temperature is 1
T. If the magnitude of a absorbed heat is 400J (0.01) 3 m and its volumetric charge density is
and work performed is 300J, then the value 3 ´ 10-5C / m3 . e 0 is the permittivity of free space
of T is in C 2 / Nm2 . The electric flux through a spherical
(a) 250K (b) 500K surface concentric with the spherical shell and
(c) 750K (d) 1750K of radius greater than that of the shell in V-m is
0.4p ´ 10-7 0.8p ´ 10-7
100. The mean kinetic energy of monoatomic gas (a) (b)
molecules under standard conditions is E1 . If e0 e0
the gas is compressed adiabatically 8 times to its 1.2 p ´ 10-7 1.6 p ´ 10-7
(c) (d)
initial volume, the mean kinetic energy of gas e0 e0`
E
molecules changes to E2 . The ratio 2 is 106. A conducting sphere S1 of radius r1 is connected
E1
by a conducting wire to another conducting
(a) 2 (b) 4 sphere S2 of radius r2 , where r1 = 3 cm and r2 = 2
(c) 6 (d) 8 cm. Before they are connected, S1 carries charge
101. The speed of a transverse wave on a string is of 10 units. The electric potential at the point
160 m/s. If the three resonant frequencies of which is at a distance 4 cm from the centre of
this string respectively are 160Hz, 240Hz and S1 and a distance 3 cm from the centre of S2 is
400Hz, the length of the string is 1 17 1 3 1 1 1 17
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) 80 cm (b) 100 cm 4pe0 6 4pe0 2 4pe0 6 4pe0 12
(c) 160 cm (d) 200 cm
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 365
107. A 500W resistor connected to an external field perpendicular to the magnetic field, then
battery is placed inside a thermally insulated the trajectory of the charged particle will be
cylinder fitted with a frictionless piston. The (a) circle (b) helix
cylinder contains an ideal gas. A current i of (c) cycloid (d) straight line
200 mA flows through the resistor as shown in 111. A magnetic dipole is under the influence of two
the figure. The mass of the piston is 10 kg. orthogonal magnetic fields, B1 = 0. 5 ´ 10-3 T and
Assuming g = 10m / s 2 , the speed at which the B2 = 0. 866 ´ 10-3 T. If the dipole comes to stable
piston will move upward, due to heat dissipated equilibrium at an angle q with respect to B2
by the resistor, so that the temperature of the field, then the value of q is
gas remains unchanged is (a) 45° (b) 30° (c) 60° (d) 90°
112. A wheel with radial metal spokes 1m in length
is rotated in a magnetic field of 0.5 ´ 10-4 T
normal to the plane of the wheel. If the induced
R emf between the rim and axle is p / 3000 V,
then the rotational speed of the wheel in
revolutions per minute is
(a) 400 (b) 500 (c) 600 (d) 700
i
113. An initially charged undriven LCR circuit
having inductance L, capacitance C and
resistance R will be
(a) 10 cm/s (b) 15 cm/s (c) 20 cm/s (d) 30 cm/s 1
(a) oscillate with frequency
108. A cylindrical shape resistance is connected to a LC
4L
battery with emf 5V. The resistance per unit (b) oscillate without damping, if R 2 <
a C
æ xö 4L
length varies as r(x) = r 0 ç ÷ , where r 0 and a (c) oscillate with damping, if R 2 >
è Lø C
are constants and x is the distance from one 4L
(d) oscillate with damping, if R <
2
Chemistry
121. When uncertainty in position and momentum 124. Identify the correct statements from the
are equal, then the uncertainty in velocity is following.
h 1 h (1) The dipole moment of CO 2 and BF3 is zero.
(a) (b)
p 2 p (2) The dipole moment of NF3 is higher than the
dipole moment of NH3 .
1 h h
(c) (d) 2m (3) The dipole moment of HI is lower than the dipole
2m p p moment of HCl.
122. Which of the following are correct? (a) 1, 3 (b) 1, 2 (c) 2, 3 (d) 1, 2, 3
(1) Electron density in XY plane for d x 2 - y2 125. Identify the pair that is not isostructural.
orbital is zero. (a) PCl 5 ,BrF5 (b) CH4 ,SiCl 4
(2) The energy of 3p-orbital is higher than the 2-
(c) CO , NO -
(d) AlF63- ,SF6
3 3
energy of 2p-orbital.
126. Find the odd-electron molecules from the
(3) 3p z -orbital has one angular node.
following.
(4) 4f-orbital has no radial node.
C 2H 2 SCl 2 NO N2 NO 2
(a) 1, 2, 3, 4 (b) 2, 3, 1
(c) 2, 3, 4 (d) 3, 4, 1 (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v)
(a) i, iii, iv (b) ii, iii (c) i, iv (d) iii, v
123. What is the correct order of atomic/ionic size?
127. The ratio between the RMS velocity of N 2 at
(a) Cu+ <Cu < Zn2+ < Ag
200 K and that of CO at 800 K is (molecular
(b) Zn2+ <Cu+ <Cu < Ag
mass of N 2 = 28 g mol -1 , molecular mass of
(c) Ag <Cu <Cu+ < Zn2+ CO = 28 g mol -1 )
(d) Cu+ < Zn2+ <Cu < Ag
(a) 1.00 (b) 0.75 (c) 0.25 (d) 0.50
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 367
128. For a fixed mass of an ideal gas the correct 134. Hardness of water is 200 ppm. Calculate the
representation is molarity and normality of CaCO 3 of the water
p1
(a) 4 ´ 10-3 M;2 ´ 10-3 N (b) 2 ´ 10-6 M;4 ´ 10-3 N
T1
T2 p2 (c) 2 ´ 10-3 M;4 ´ 10-3 N (d) 1 ´ 10-3 M;4 ´ 10-3 N
T3 p3
(a) p (b) V 135. Which pair of elements on combustion in air
give superoxides?
T 1> T 2 > T 3 p 3 >p 2 > p 1
(a) Li, Cs (b) K, Rb (c) Li, Rb (d) K, Li
1/V T/(K)
136. When borax is dissolved in water, the product
V1 T3 formed is
V2 T2
V3 T1 (a) H3BO 3 (b) H2BO 3 (c) B 2H6 (d) B 2O 3
(c) p (d) V
137. SiO 2reacts with
V1>V2>V3 T 3 >T 2 > T 1
p
(a) H2SO 4 ,HF (b) HF,NaOH
T/(K)
(c) Na 2CO 3 ,NaOH (d) Na 2CO 3 , H2SO 4
129. The amount of iron (Fe) in g which can be 138. Pure water would have a BOD value of
produced from 600 g of magnetite ore is
(a) about 1 ppm (b) 5-10 ppm
[Atomic mass of Fe : 55.8] (c) 10 -15 ppm (d) 15-20 ppm
(a) 450 (b) 379 (c) 434 (d) 210
139. Tropolone is
130. If stoichiometric quantities of KMnO 4 and (a) benzenoid and aromatic
K 2Cr2O 7 mixture is added for the oxidation of (b) non-benzenoid and not aromatic
Fe 2+ to Fe3+ in acidic medium, then Fe 2+ will be (c) non-benzenoid and aromatic
oxidised (d) non-benzenoid and anti-aromatic
(a) equally by KMnO 4 and K 2Cr2O 7 140. Newman projection of staggered conformation
(b) more by KMnO 4 of ethane is
(c) more by K 2Cr2O 7 H
(d) no reaction H H
H
131. A sample of argon of 1 atm pressure and (a) H (b)
H
300 K expands reversibly and adiabatically from H H
H H H
1. 25 dm3 to 2 . 5 dm3 . Calculate the approximate H
enthalpy (in J) change
H
(i) C V for argon is 12.48 JK -1 H H H
(ii) Assume argon to be an ideal gas H
(c) H (d)
(iii) DT = 111. 5K H
(a) 20.9 (b) 117 (c) 234 (d) 58.5 H H H H
H
132. If equilibrium constant of a process is 3. 8 ´ 10-3
141. 2-pentyne on reaction with sodium in liquid
at 25°C, standard free energy change of the
ammonia produced compound A. What is A?
process is
(a) n-pentane (b) 1-pentyne
(R = 8. 314 J mol -1 K -1 , log 0.0038 = -2 . 42) (c) cis-2-pentene (d) trans-2-pentene
. kJ mol -1
(a) 57 (b) 9.9 kJ mol -1
(c) 13.8 kJ mol -1 (d) 15.6 kJ mol -1 142. A solid has hcp lattice. Atoms of Z (anions)
form hcp lattice. Atoms of X (cations) occupy
133. Which of the following compounds give basic all the octahedral voids in the lattice. Atoms of
solution on hydrolysis? Y (cations) occupy half of the tetrahedral voids.
(1) NH4 Cl (2) K 2CO 3 What is the molecular formula of the solid?
(3) Na2B 4 O 7 ×10 H2O (4) NaCl (a) X 2 / 3 Y1 / 3 Z (b) XYZ
(a) 1, 2, 3 (b) 2, 3 (c) 2, 3, 4 (d) 3, 4 (c) X1 / 3 Y2 / 3 Z (d) XYZ 2
368 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
143. In an experiment to estimate the molecular 149. The most acidic among the following
weight of benzoic acid by elevation in boiling compounds is
point method, the experimental value of (a) NO 2 (b) N2O 4
molecular weight was double the actual value. (c) N2O 5 (d) N2O 3
Calculate the degree of association of dimer, if
the elevation in B.P is 2°C. 150. Oxidation states of S in H2S2O 7 are
(a) 1.0 (b) 0.5 (c) 0.9 (d) 2.0 (a) IV, IV (b) VI, VI
(c) II, VI (d) I, VII
144. 2.0 g of a non-electrolyte dissolved in 100 g of
benzene lowers the freezing point of benzene 151. Identify the number of complexes that are
by 1.2 K. The freezing point depression optically active
constant of benzene is 5.12K kg mol -1 . The [Co(en) 3 ] 3+ ; [Co(NH 3 ) 4 Cl 2 ] + ;
molar mass of the solute is
[CoCl 2 (en) 2 ]; [Co(NH 3 ) 3 (NO 2 ) 3 ]
(a) 55 g mol -1 (b) 85 g mol -1
(c) 120 g mol -1 (d) 155 g mol -1 (a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 3
145. The potential of hydrogen electrode of pH = 10
with respect to standard hydrogen electrode is 152. Statement (I) Co 2+ has higher magnetic
moment than Cr 3+ .
(a) -0.0591 V (b) -0.591 V
(c) 0.2 V (d) 0 Statement (II) Ionisation enthalpies of Ce, Pr
and Nd are higher than Th, Pa, U.
146. Which of the following graphs represents a zero
order reaction? Which of the following is correct?
(a = initial concentration of reactant, (a) Both (I) and (II) are not correct
x = concentration of reactant consumed, (b) Both (I) and (II) are correct
t = time) (c) (I) is correct but (II) is not correct
(d) (I) is not correct but (II) is correct
153. The schematic illustrations of macromolecules
(I) t1/2 (ii) x–1 given below represent.
a t
(A) (B)
log(a–x)
dx
(iii) (iv)
dt
(C)
(a) A B C
t
(a–x)
HDPE LDPE Bakelite
(a) i, iii, iv (b) i, iii
(c) ii, iii, iv (d) i, iv (b) A B C
147. Fog is a dispersion of Bakelite HDPE LDPE
(a) liquid in liquid (b) solid in gas (c) A B C
(c) gas in solid (d) liquid in gas
HDPE Bakelite LDPE
148. Which of the following reactions is used for
Mond's process of metal refining? (d) A B C
350K
(a) Ni + 4CO ¾ ¾¾® Ni(CO)4 LDPE Bakelite HDPE
(b) 2[Au(CN)2 ]- (aq ) + Zn(s) ¾® 2 Au(s)
+[Zn(CN)4 ]2- (aq ) 154. Which one of the following structures represent
1673K
(c) ZnO +C ¾ ¾¾® Zn+CO amylose?
(d) Fe 2O 3 +CO ¾® 2FeO +CO 2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 369
n O
CH2OH
{
O
H O NaBH4
H (iii)
MeOH
CH2OH OH H H
(d) O O
H H OH CH3
H Cl
H 2O
OH H (iv) C
O H NaOH
CH3 Cl
{
H OH
(a) i, iii, iv (b) i, ii, iv
(c) i, ii, iii (d) ii, iii, iv
155. The structure of ranitidine is
CH3 CN 158. What is the possible product (P) in the
HN following reaction?
N
(a)
S O O
N N NHCH3 NaOH/D
H P
H
CH(NO2) O O
(b) Me2N
S
O N NHMe (a) (b)
H
CH(NO2)
(c) Me2N CHO CHO
S
O N NHMe
H (c) (d)
CH3
HN N CN 159. What are the products B and C in the following
(d) S
reaction sequence?
N N
NHCH3 CO2H
H
NaOH NaOH and CaO
B D C
370 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
(b) CO2Na OH
NO2
(B) (C) NO2
(i) (ii) (iii)
(c) Na OH
(a) i > iii > ii
(B) (C) (b) i > ii > iii
(c) iii > ii > i
(d) CO2Na Na (d) iii > i > ii
Answers
Mathematics
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (d) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (a) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (d)
31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (c) 34. (d) 35. (d) 36. (d) 37. (d) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (c)
41. (a) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (c) 46. (a) 47. (d) 48. (a) 49. (a) 50. (b)
51. (c) 52. (a) 53. (d) 54. (a) 55. (d) 56. (a) 57. (d) 58. (b) 59. (a) 60. (b)
61. (a) 62. (b) 63. (b) 64. (c) 65. (a) 66. (c) 67. (b) 68. (c) 69. (b) 70. (d)
71. (c) 72. (a) 73. (c) 74. (d) 75. (d) 76. (a) 77. (c) 78. (b) 79. (c) 80. (a)
Physics
81. (a) 82. (c) 83. (c) 84. (d) 85. (b) 86. (d) 87. (b) 88. (a) 89. (b) 90. (b)
91. (d) 92. (c) 93. (a) 94. (c) 95. (a) 96. (c) 97. (a) 98. (d) 99. (a) 100. (b)
101. (b)` 102. (a) 103. (b) 104. (b) 105. (d) 106. (a) 107. (c) 108. (c) 109. (a) 110. (b)
111. (b) 112. (a) 113. (d) 114. (c) 115. (d) 116. (a) 117. (d) 118. (d) 119. (d) 120. (b)
Chemistry
121. (c) 122. (c) 123. (b) 124. (a) 125. (a) 126. (d) 127. (d) 128. (a, b) 129. (c) 130. (b)
131. (b) 132. (c) 133. (b) 134. (c) 135. (b) 136. (a) 137. (b) 138. (a) 139. (c) 140. (b)
141. (d) 142. (b) 143. (a) 144. (b) 145. (b) 146. (b) 147. (d) 148. (a) 149. (c) 150. (b)
151. (c) 152. (d) 153. (b) 154. (a) 155. (c) 156. (a) 157. (c) 158. (b) 159. (a) 160. (b)
Answer with Solutions
Mathematics
1. (a) We have, f :[1, ∞) → [5, ∞) given by 3. (d) (a) 47n + 16n − 1
2 (48 − 1)n + 4(4n) − 1
f (x) = 3x +
x
2 48k + (−1)n + 4m − 1
Let y = f (x) = 3x + .
x 4 (12k + m) + (−1)n − 1
Then, we get 47 + 16n − 1 is divisible by 4 if n is odd.
n
if (2.5)3 − x
2
− (0.4)x + 9
>0 A = 11( − 4) − 2(2 − 4) + 2(4 − 2) = − 3 + 4 + 4 = 5
3− x 2 −3 2 2
⇒ 25
> (0.4)x + 9 Adj A = 2 −3 2
10
2 2 −3
3− x2 x + 9
⇒ 10 >
4 −3 2 2
Adj A = 2 −3 2
1 1
4 10 A −1 =
A 5
3− x2 −x − 9 2 2 −3
⇒ 10 >
10
4 4 1 2 2 4 0 0
= 2 1 2 − 0 4 0
1 1
∴ 3 − x2 > − x − 9 A −1
5 5
⇒ x 2 − x − 12 < 0 2 2 1 0 0 4
1
⇒ (x + 3) (x − 4) < 0 ⇒ x ∈ (−3, 4) A −1 = [A − 4I]
5
372 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
z
5. (b) We have, ai j = xj + yi , 8. (d) We have,
A = (a i)n × n z1 = 2 − 3i, z2 = − 1 + i
x + y 2x + y 3x + y ..... nx + y z − z1 π
and arg =
x + 2y 2x + 2y 3x + 2y ..... nx + 2y z − z2 2 z1 z2
A= 2 2 2
x + 3y .... ...... .... ∴ z − z1 + z2 − z2 = z1 − z2
x + ny .... ..... nx + ny nxn
⇒|z − (2 − 3i)|2 +|z − (−1 + i)|2 = |2 − 3i + 1 − i|2
1 2 3..... n 1 1 1..... 1
⇒(x − 2)2 + (y + 3)2+ (x + 1)2 + (y − 1)2 = 9 + 16
1 2 3..... n 2 .... .... 2
A = x . + y [Q z = x + iy]
1 . ..... 3 ..... .... 3 ⇒ x 2 − 4 x + 4 + y 2 + 6 y + 9 + x 2 + 2x + 1 + y 2
1 2 3..... n ... n ... ..... n
− 2y + 1 = 25
A = xP + yQ ⇒ 2x 2 + 2y 2 − 2x + 4 y − 10 = 0
where,
⇒ x 2 + y 2 − x + 2y − 5 = 0
1 2 3...... n 1 1 1..... 1
1 2 3..... n 2 2 2..... 2
Now equation of line paring through
P= and Q = z1 (2,−3) and z2 (−1, 1) is
1 2 .... .... 3 .... .... 3
1+ 3 4
1 2 3..... n n y+ 3= (x − 2) ⇒ y+ 3= (x − 2)
.... n .... n.... −1 − 2 −3
∴(P + Q) is symmetric and (P − Q) is skew ⇒ −3y − a = 4 x − 8 ⇒ −3y − 9 = 4 x − 8
symmetric. ⇒ 4 x + 3y + 1 = 0
6. (d) We have, According to given condition, z should not lies on
2 8 a a 2a + 8b ka z1 and z2
3 7 b = k b ⇒ 3a + 7b = kb ∴ 4 x + 3y + 1 > 0
a(2 − k) + 8b 0 2 − k 8 a 0 9. (b) We have,
⇒ = 0 ⇒ 3 =
k b 0
12
3a + (7 − k) b 7 − 1 + cos π − i sin π
8 8
It has non-trivial solution. π π
2− k 8 1 + cos + i sin
⇒ =0 8 8
3 7−k 2cos π π π
12
2
− 2sin cos i
⇒ (2 − k) (7 − k) − 24 = 0 16 16 16
=
2 π π π
⇒ k2 − 9k + 14 − 24 = 0 2cos + 2sin cos i
16 16 16
⇒ k2 − 9k − 10 = 0
12
⇒ (k − 10) (k + 1) = 0 cos π cos π − i sin π
⇒ k = 10, k = −1 (rejected) k > 0 = 16 16 16
and a = b =1 cos π cos π + i sin π
16 16
16
∴Solution are 10, 10. 12
cos π − i sin π 12
7. (a) We have, (1 − i) (2 − i) = (1 − i) (1 − i) (2 − i)
3 2
− iπ / 16
= 16 16 = e
(2 + i) (1 + i) (1 + i) (2 + i) π π e
iπ / 16
cos + i sin
−2i (1 − i) (1 − i) (2 − i) (2 − i) 16 16
=
(1 + i) (1 − i) (2 + i) (2 − i) [Q cosθ + i sinθ = e iθ ]
12
−2i (−2i) (3 − 4i) − iπ
= − 2 −
3 4i 3π 3π
= = e 8 = e − i3π / 2 = cos − i sin
2⋅ 5 5 5
2 2
−3 4
= 2 + i = 0 − i(−1) = i
5 5
10. (d) We have,
= 2 cis π − tan−1
4
3 a = 1 ⇒ arg (a) = θ
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 373
2
−7 Now, the general term in the expansion of (1 + x)2n is
3 − + 14 + 14 = p
7
⇒
3 3 Tr + 1 = 2n
Cr x r .
49 98 49 − 98 + 42
⇒ p= − + 14 ⇒ p = Clearly, the coefficient of x 6 in the expansion of
3 3 3 (1 + x)2n is 2n C6.
7
⇒ p=− x+ 5 A B C
3 19. (b) Let = + +
(x + 1)2 (x + 2) (x + 1) (x + 1)2 (x + 2)
14. (a) If α , β and γ are the roots of ... (i)
x 3 − 9 x 2 + 26 x − 24 = 0 such that α = 2 β.
⇒ x + 5 = A(x + 1) (x + 2) + B(x + 2) + c(x + 1)2
Clearly, α + β + γ = 9, αβ + βγ + γα = − 26 and
⇒ x + 5 = x 2(A + C) + x(3A + B + 2C) + 2A + 2B + C.
αβγ = 24
∴ 3 β + γ = 9 and β 2γ = 12 On comparing the coefficients of like power of x,
we get
⇒ β 2(9 − 3 β) = 12 ⇒ 9 β 2 − 3 β 3 = 12 A + C = 0,
⇒ β3 − 3 β2 + 4 = 0 3A + B + 2C = 1 and 2A + 2B + C = 5
⇒ (β + 1) (β 2 − 4 β + 4) = 0 On substituting A = − C in last two equations,
we get
⇒ (β + 1) (β − 2)2 = 0 ⇒ β = −1 or β = 2 B − C =1 …(ii)
When β = −1, then α = − 2 and in this case and 2B − C = 5 …(iii)
α 3+ β 3 = − 8 − 1 = − 9 On subtracting Eqs. (ii) and (iii), we get
When β = 2, then α = 4 and in this case B=4 ⇒ C=3 [from Eq. (ii)]
α 3 + β 3 = 64 + 8 = 72 and hence A = − 3
(x + 5) −3 4 3
Now, = + +
15. (b) Required number of distinct triangles (x + 1)2 (x + 2) (x + 1) (x + 1)2 (x + 2)
6×5 4×3 On differentiating both sides w.r.t x, we get.
= 4 C1 × 6C2 + 4 C2 × 6C1 = 4 × + ×6
2×1 2×1 d (x + 5) 3 8 3
= − −
= 4 × 3 × 5 + 2 × 3 × 6 = 60 + 36 = 96 dx (x + 1) (x + 2) (x + 1)2 (x + 1)3 (x + 2)2
2
16. (d) We have, 8 boys and 8 girls. 20. (d) We have, f (x) = sin 5x ⋅ cos 3x.
Total number of arrangements of 8 boys and 8 girls. 1 1
Sit alternately is 8! × 8! × 2! = 2! (8!)2 = (2sin 5x ⋅ cos 3x) = (sin 8 x + sin 2x)
2 2
2π π
17. (a) General term in the expansion of (1 + x)2019 is Clearly, sin 8x is periodic with period = and
8 4
Tr + 1 = 2019
Cr x r 2π
sin 2x is periodic with period = π.
2
∴Coefficient of (2α + 4) th term = 2019
C2α + π
3
∴Period of f (x) = L.C.M , π
and coefficient of (α − 2) th term = 2019
Cα − 3 4
L.C. M{π , π} π
According to given condition, we have = = π ⇒α= π
2019
C2α + 3 = 2019Cα − 3 H.C.F {4, 1} 1
Hence, cosα = cos π = − 1
⇒ 2 α + 3 = α − 3 or 2 α + 3 + α − 3 = 2019
21. (a) We have,
[Qn Cx = n C y = x = y or x + y = n] π 2π 4π 5π 7π 30 π
⇒ cos cos cos cos cos cos = x
⇒ α = − 6 or 3 α = 2019 ⇒ α = 673 15 15 15 15 15 15
π 2π 4π π 7π
[Qα can not be negative] ⇒ cos cos cos cos cos cos 2π = x
15 15 15 3 15
18. (c) We know that, π 2π 4π 7π
⇒ cos cos cos cos = 2x
(1 + x)−2 = 1 − 2x + 3x 2 − 4 x 3 + ... 15 15 15 15
Q cos π = 1 and cos 2π = 1
∴ (1 − 2x + 3x 2 − 4 x 3 + ....)− n
3 2
= [(1 + x)−2]− n = (1 + x)2n .
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 375
π 2π 4π 8π nπ nπ
cos π −
1
⇒ cos cos cos = 2x ⇒ a= ⇒ a= ⇒ a= .
15 15 15 15 x 2nπ 2
π 2π 4π 8π But a is irrational.
⇒ − cos cos cos cos = 2x
15 15 15 15 ∴ It is possible only x = 0.
π 2π π π Qa is irrational only one solution satisfying the
⇒ − cos cos cos 22 .cos 23. = 2x
15 15 15 15 equation at x = 0.
π 24. (a) We have,
sin 24
⇒ − 15 = 2x tan−1
1 −1 1 −1
π + sin = cos x.
24 sin 2 2 3
15
1 1
n −1 sin 2n A Let θ1 = tan−1 and θ2 = sin−1 .
Q cos A cos 2A cos 2 A ... cos 2 A = n
2
2 2 3
2 sin A 1 1
Then, tanθ1 = , sinθ2 = and
16 π π π
sin sin π + sin
2 2 3
15 ⇒ 2x = − 15 15 cos(θ1 + θ2) = x
⇒ 2x = − =
π π π ⇒ x = cosθ1 cosθ2 − sinθ1 sinθ2
16sin 16sin 16sin
15 15 15
2 2 2 1 1
1 1 1 1 = . − .
⇒ 2x = ⇒ x= ⇒ = 32 ⇒ =4 3 3 3 3
16 32 x 8x
abc ∆
26. (b) Ratio of angle of triangles are 1 : 2 : 3. = +
∆ s
∴ Angles of triangles are 30° , 60° and 90° .
= 4R + r Q r = ∆ and R = abc
Ratio of sides of triangle are s 4∆
sin 30° ⋅ sin 60° ⋅ sin 90°
29. (d) Given PQRS a quadrilateral A divides SR in the
1 3
⇒ : =1 ⇒ 1: 3: 2 ratio1 : 3 and B is the mid-point PR.
2 2
S (s ) 1 A (a) 3 R (r)
27. (a) Distance travelled by ship OA direction in 2h is
6 km and OB direction in 2h 138 km.
AB2 = OA2 + OB2 − 20 AOB cos ∠AOB B (b)
°
AB = (6) + (8) − 2 × 6 × 8 cos 60
2 2 2
1 P (p) Q (q)
AB2 = 36 + 64 − 2 × 6 × 8 ×
2
N Let the position vector of P, Q, R, S, A, B are p, q, r,
s, a and b respectively
A
∴ SR = r − s; QR = r − q
6 km PS = s − p; PQ = q − p
AB = b − a
45º
W E 3s + r p+ r
O 15º a= ; b=
4 2
8 km Now, 3SE − QR − 3PS − PQ = KAB
3 (r − s) − (r − q) − 3(s − p) − (q − p)
B = k(b − a)
S
⇒ 3r − 3s − r + q − 3s + 3p − q + p = k
AB2 = 100 − 48
p + r − 3s + r
AB = 100 − 48 =
52 2 4
2p + 2r − 3s − r
AB = 2 13 = 2r − 6s + 4p = k
4
28. (a) We know that, = 8r − 24s + 16p = 2kp + kr − 3ks
∆ ∆ ∆
r1 = , r2 = and r3 = . ∴ k=8
s−a s−b s−c
∆ ∆ ∆ 30. (d) We have,
∴ r1 + r2 + r3 = + +
s−a s−b s−c a = 6, b = 8, c = 10, a ⊥ (b + c),
b ⊥ (c + a) and c ⊥ (a + b)
1 1 ∆ ∆ ∆
= ∆ + + − + From the given condition, we have
s − a s − b s − c s s
a ⋅ (b + c) = 0
s − b + s − a ∆( s − s + c) ∆ ⇒ a ⋅b + a ⋅c = 0 …(i)
= ∆ + +
(s − a) (s − b) s(s −c) s ⇒ b ⋅ (c + a) = 0
∆c ∆c ∆ ⇒ b⋅c + b⋅a = 0 …(ii)
= + +
(s − a) (s − b) s(s − c) s and c ⋅ (a + b) = 0
s 2 − cs + s 2 − as − bs + ab ∆ c⋅a + c⋅b = 0 …(iii)
= ∆c + On adding Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
s(s − a) (s − b) (s − c) s
2 (a ⋅ b + b ⋅ c + c ⋅ a) = 0
∆c [2s 2 − s(a + b + c) + ab ∆
= + [Qdot product is commutative]
s(s − a) (s − b) (s − c) s ⇒ a ⋅b + b⋅c + c⋅a = 0 …(iv)
∆c [2s 2 − 2s 2 + ab] ∆ Now, consider.
= +
∆2 s 2
a + b + c = (a + b + c) ⋅ (a + b + c)
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 377
= a
2
+ b
2
+ c
2
+ 2⋅ (a ⋅ b + b ⋅ c ⋅ a) a ⋅ d = λ [a b c]
b ⋅ d = µ(b c a)
= 36 + 64 + 100 + 2 × 0 [using Eq. (iv)]
c ⋅ d = m(c a b)
= 200
(a ⋅ d) (b × c) (b ⋅ d) (c × a) (c ⋅ d)(a × b)
⇒ a + b + c = 10 2 ∴d = + +
[a b c] [a b c] [ab c]
31. (a) We have, ⇒ (a ⋅ d) (b × c) + (b ⋅ d)(c × a) + (c − d) (a × b) =
l + 3m + 5n = 0 …(i) d [a b c]
⇒ (a ⋅ d) (b × c + (b ⋅ d) (c × a) + (c ⋅ d)(a × b)
and 5lm − 2mn + 6ln = 0 …(ii) = [a b c] [∴ d = 1]
On substituting the value of l from Eq. (i) in
Eq. (ii), we get 34. (d) We have,
5(−3m − 5n)m − 2mn + 6(−3m − 5n)n = 0 Line r = a + l b is parallel to the plane
⇒ −15m2 − 25mn − 2mn − 18mn − 30 n2 = 0 r = c + ld + me
∴ Normal vector of plane are (d × e).
⇒ 15m2 + 45mn + 30n2 = 0
Since, line and plane are parallel.
⇒ m2 + 3mn + 2n2 = 0 ∴ b ⋅ (d × c) = 0 ⇒ [b d e] = 0
⇒ (m + n) (m + 2n) = 0
35. (d) We have, the following data.
⇒ m = − n or m = − 2n
When m = − n, then l = − 2n and thus the DR’S are xi 2 4 5 7 9
2, − 1, 1. fi 2 4 10 8 6
When m = − 2n, then l = n and thus the DR’S are
Here, mean
1, 1, − 2 .
(x) = ∑
x i fi 4 + 16 + 50 + 56 + 54 180
Hence, the DR’s of given lines are 2, −1, 1 and = = =6
1, 1, − 2 . ∑ fi 2 + 4 + 10 + 8 + 6 30
Now, let θ be the acute angle between the given
∴Mean deviation about mean = ∑ fi x i − x
lines, then
2⋅1 + (−1) ⋅1 + 1 ⋅ (−2)
∑ fi
cosθ = 2⋅ (4) + 4 ⋅ (2) + 10 ⋅ ()
1 + 8 ⋅ ()
1 + 6 ⋅ (3)
2 + (−1)2 + ()
2
1 2 12 + 12 + (−2)2 =
30
8 + 8 + 10 + 8 + 18 52 17.33
= ⇒ θ = cos−1
1 1 1
⇒ cosθ = = = ≈ = 1.733
6 6 6 6 30 30 10
32. (d) We have, four vectors a, b, c and d such that 36. (d) Let x1 , x 2 be the means and σ12 , σ 22 be the
a ⋅ b = 0, variances of two distributions.
a × c = a c|, a × d = a d Then, we have, σ12 = 144, σ 22 = 64,
From the given condition, we get σ1 σ
× 100 = 40 and 2 × 100 = 20
a ⊥ c and a ⊥ d x1 x2
π
[Q||x × y|=|x||y|sinθ and sinθ = 1 ⇒ θ = ] Now, σ12 = 144 ⇒ σ = 12,
2
σ 22 = 64 ⇒ σ 2 = 8
⇒ a | |(c × d )
σ 12
⇒c × d = λ a , where λ is a constant. ⇒ 1 × 100 = 40 ⇒ × 100 = 40
x1 x1
Now, consider [b c d ] = b ⋅ (c × d)
= b ⋅ (λa) = λ (b ⋅ a) = λ (a ⋅ b) 1200 σ
⇒ x1 = = 30 and 2 × 100 = 20
=λ×0=0 [Qa ⋅ b = 0] 40 x2
8 800
33. (c) a, b, c are non-coplanar. ⇒ × 100 = 20 ⇒ x 2 = = 40
x2 20
∴b × c, c × a and a × b are also non-coplanar.
x + x2
So, any vector can be expressed as a linear Hence, the mean of x1 and x 2 = 1
2
combination of these vectors.
30 + 40 70
Let, d = λ (b × c) + µ (c × a) + m(a × b) = = = 35
2 2
378 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
37. (d) Total number of numbers from 2 to 1001 = 1000 Now, P(X > 1) = 1 − {P(X = 0) + P(X = 1)}
P(× > 1) = 1 − {n C0 Pqon + n C1 P1 q n −1 }
Now, the numbers, which leaves remainder 1
when divided by 7, are 8, 15, 22, ....,995. 0 5 1
1
4
P(X > 1) = 1 − 5 C0 + 5C1
1 1 1
Let these are m in counting, then we have 2 5 2 2
995 = 8 + (m − 1)7 ⇒ 987 = (m − 1)7
⇒ m − 1 = 141 ⇒ m = 142
P(X > 1) = 1 −
1
+
5 3 13
=1 − ⇒ P(X > 1) =
142 71 32 32 16 16
∴Required probability = =
1000 500
41. (a) In Poisson distribution
38. (c) We have, P(A ∩ B) = P(A). P(B), P(B) = 2. λr e − λ
7 P(X = r) = , where λ = np
and P(A ∪ Bc) = 0.8 r!
P(X = 1) = 3P(X = 2)
Consider, P(A ∪ Bc) = 0.8
λe − λ 3λ2e − λ
⇒ P(Ac ∩ B)c = 0.8 ⇒ 1 − P(Ac ∩ B) = 0.8 =
1! 2!
⇒ P(Ac ∩ B) = 0.2 ⇒ P(Ac) . P(B) = 0.2
⇒ λ = 2/ 3
[Q A and B are independent events, therefore Ac 3
and B are also independent] 2 e −2/ 3
3 −λ
λe 4 −2/ 3
7
P(Ac) = 0.2 × = 0.7 ⇒ P(A) = 0.3 ∴ P(X = 3) = = 3 = e
2 3! 3! 81
3 2 6
and So, P(A ∩ B) = P(A) ⋅ (B) = . = 42. (d) Let point P(h, k).
10 7 70
P is mid-point of QR.
Now, P(A ∪ B) = P(A) + P(B) − P(A ∩ B)
x1 + 1 y
3 2 6 21 + 20 − 6 35 1 ∴h= , k = 1 ⇒ x1 = 2h − 1, y1 = 2k.
= + − = = = 2 2
10 7 70 70 70 2
(x1 , y1) lie, on the circle x 2 + y 2 = 1
39. (d) Let E1 be the event that a weak student know ∴ (2h − 1)2 + (2k)2 = 1 ⇒ h2 + k2 − h = 0
the answer and E 2 be the event that a weak
student guess the answer and A be the event that ∴Locus of the point P is x 2 + y 2 − x = 0
a weak student gets the correct answer.
43. (b) Reflection about the line y = x the coordinates
Then, required probability = P 2
E
A (3, 2) becomes (2, 3.
) On the translation of (2, 3) a
distance of 3 units with positive direction of
Clearly, P(E1) = 0.2 , P(E 2) = 0.8 X-axis the point becomes (5, 3.) On rotation
A A π
P = 1 ⇒ P = 0.25 through on angle about origin in the
E1 E2 4
P(E 2). P( A / E 2 ) counter-clockwise direction, then coordinate
∴ P 2 =
E
becomes
A P(E1). P(A / E1) + P(E 2). P(A / E 2)
5cos π + 3sin π , − 5sin π + 3cos π
0.8 × 0.25
= 4 4 4 4
0.2 × 1 + 0.8 × 0.25 3 −5
=
5 3
0.2 0.2 1 + , + = (4 2, − 2)
= = = = 0.5 2 2 2 2
0.2 + 0.2 0.4 2
44. (b) We have,
40. (c) We have, 2x + 3y − 1 = 0 …(i)
5 5
mean (µ) = and Variance (σ 2) = . 3x + 4 y − 6 = 0 …(ii)
2 4 Solving Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
5 5
∴µ = np = and σ 2= npq = x = 14, y = − 9
2 4 Equation of line perpendicular to the line
σ 2 npq 5/ 4 1 5x − 2y = 7 and passing through (14, − 9) is.
= =q ⇒ =
µ np 5/ 2 2 2x + 5y = 214
( ) + 5(−9)
1 1
p = 1 − q =1 − = and n = 5 2x + 5y = 28 − 45 ⇒ 2x + 5y + 17 = 0
2 2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 379
45. (c) Slope of line passing through (1, − 2) and (3, 2) is ∴ Area of the triangle formed by L with
coordinates axis is
2+ 2
m1 = =2 1 1 1 1
3−1 × × = sq units
2 2 4 16
Slope of the line x + 2y − 7 = 0
1 48. (a) Let the equations of lines, passing through
m2 = − origin and forming an equilateral triangle with
2 3x + 4 y − 5 = 0, are y = m1 x and y = m2 x.
−1 −3
Now, m1 m2 = 2 × = −1 Since, slope of given line is .
2 4
∴Angle between the line joining the points (1, − 2) m1 +
3
π ° 4
and (3, 2) and the line x + 2y − 7 = 0 is . ∴ tan 60 =
2 3
1 − m1
4
46. (a) We have, vertices of triangle are A(1, 7), B(−5, 1) y
and C(−1, 2)
y=m2x
Equation of line AB is
B(–5, –1)
60º
60º y=m1x
O x
7+1 4m1 + 3
y+1=
4
(x + 5) ⇒ y + 1 = (x + 5) ⇒ ± 3=
1+ 5 3 4 − 3m1
4m1 + 3 4m1 + 3
⇒ 4 x − 3y + 17 = 0 ⇒ 3= or − 3 =
4 − 3m1 4 − 3m1
Equation of line BC is
2+ 1 ⇒ 4 3 − 3 3m1 = 4m1 + 3
y+1= (x + 5)
−1 + 5 4 3− 3
or −4 3 + 3 3m1 = 4m1 + 3 ⇒ m1 =
⇒ 3x − 4 y + 11 = 0 4+ 3 3
Equation of bisector of ∠ABC is 3+ 4 3
or m1 =
4 x − 3y + 17 3x − 4 y + 11 3 3−4
=±
5 5 3+ 4 3 4 3−3
Similarly, m2 = or m2 =
⇒ 4 x − 3y + 17 = 3x − 4 y + 11 3 3−4 4+ 3 3
or 4 x − 3y + 17 = − 3x + 4 y − 11 Now, the required equation of pair of lines is
given by
⇒ x + y − 6 = 0 or 7 x − 7 y + 28 = 0
(y − m1 x) (y − m2 x) = 0
⇒ x + y − 6 = 0 or x − y + 4 = 0
4 3 − 3 3 + 4 3
∴Equation are x − y + 4 = 0 ⇒ y − x y − x = 0
4 + 3 3 3 3 − 4
47. (d) We have,
⇒ ((4 + 3 3) y − (4 3 − 3) x)
3x 2 + 8 xy − 3y 2 = 0
(3 3 − 4) y − (3 + 4 3) x) = 0
and 3x 2 + 8 xy − 3y 2 + 2x − 4 y − 1 = 0
⇒(3 3 + 4) (3 3 − 4) y − xy ((4 + 3 3) (3 + 4 3)
2
49. (a) Let the point P (h, k), A (1, 0) and B (x1 , y1). 51. (c) Given equation of circles are
We have, AP = 3AB x 2 + y 2 − 14 x + 6 y + 33 = 0 …(i)
(1, 0) (x1, y1) (h, k) and x + y + 30 x − 2y + 1 = 0
2 2
…(ii)
⇒ BP = 2AB ⇒
AB 1
= and circle (ii) has centre O2(−15, 1)
BP 2 and radius r2 = 225 + 1 − 1 = 15
∴B divided AP in the ratio1 : 2 internally
We know that the centres of similitude of two
h+ 2 k
Q x1 = , y1 = circles, whose centres are A and B, are the points
3 3 which divide AB internally and externally in the
(x1 , y1) lie on the circle ratio of radii ra , rb.
x 2 + y 2 − 2x + 2y + 1 = 0
So, C1 = point which divide O1 O2, internally in the
2 2
h + 2 + k − 2 h + 2 + 2 k + 1 = 0 ratio 5 : 15 , i.e.1 : 3
−15 + 21 1 − 9 3
3 3 3 3 =
, = , − 2
⇒ h2 + 4h + 4 + k2− 6h − 12 + 6k + 9 = 0
4 4 2
1 : 3
⇒ h2 + k2 − 2h + 6k + 1 = 0
O1(7, –3) C1 O2 (–15, 1)
∴Locus of P is
x 2 + y 2 − 2x + 6 y + 1 = 0 and C2 = Point which divide O1 O2 externally in the
ratio1 : 3
50. (b) Let circle, C1 = x 2 + y2 − 4 x − 8 y + 7 = 0 3
Centre (2, 4) 1
C2 O1 (7, –3) O2 (–15, 1)
Radius r = 13
Circle C2 = x 2 + y 2 + 4 x + 6 y = 0 −15 − 21 1 + 9 −36 10
= , = , = (18, − 5)
Centre: (−2, − 3) 1−3 1 − 3 −2 −2
53. (d) Given equation of circle is On putting the value of h in Eq. (i), we get
2
x + y − 6 x − 4 y + 4 = 0, whose centre is C(3, 2) 6 + 3k + k2 − 6 6 + 3k − 4k = 12
2 2
and radius = 9 + 4 − 4 = 3 4 4
Let P(h, k) be a point on the line 4 x − 3y = 6 from 36 + 9k2 + 36k (36 + 18k)
⇒ + k2 − − 4k = 12
which two tangents are drawn to the circle. 16 4
A 36 + 9k2 + 36k + 16k2 − 144 − 72k − 64k
⇒ = 12
16
α ⇒ 25k2 − 100k − 108 = 192
P (h, k) α C (3, 2) ⇒ 25k2 − 100k − 300 = 0
⇒ k2 − 4k − 12 = 0
B
⇒ k2 − 6k + 2k − 12 = 0
Also, let the angle between these tangents is 2α,
⇒ k (k − 6) + 2(k − 6) = 0
as shown in the figure.
⇒ (k − 6) (k + 2) = 0
Then, clearly ∠APC = ∠BPC = α and
∠PAC = ∠PBC = 90° . ⇒ k = 6 or k = − 2
When k = 6, then h = 6
24
Now, we have 2 α = tan−1 when k = − 2, then h = 0
7
24 2tanα 24 54. (a) Let P(x , y) be any point on the parabola whose
⇒ tan 2α = ⇒ =
7 1 − tan2 α 7 focus is S (−1, − 1) and directrix is x + y + 4 = 0
⇒ 7 tanα = 12 − 12tan2 α Let M be foot of perpendicular drawn from P to
the directrix. Then,
⇒ 12tan2 α + 7 tanα − 12 = 0
SP = PM ⇒ (SP)2 = (PM)2
⇒ 12tan2 α + 16 tanα − 9 tanα − 12 = 0 2
x+ y+ 4
⇒ 4 tanα (3tanα + 4) − 3(3tanα + 4) = 0 ⇒(x + 1) + (y + 1) =
2 2
() 1 2
1 + ()
2
⇒ (4 tanα − 3) (3tanα + 4) = 0
3
⇒ tanα = ⇒ 2(x 2 + 1 + 2x + y 2+ 1 + 2y)
4
[Q3tanα + 4 ≠ 0, as α is an acute angle] ⇒ (x 2+ y 2 + 16 + 2xy + 8 y + 8 x)
⇒ 2(x 2 + y 2 + 2x + 2y + 2)
= x + y 2 + 2xy + 8 y + 8 x + 16
2
5
3 ⇒ x 2 + y 2 − 4 x − 4 y − 2xy − 12 = 0
⇒ (x − y)2 − 4 x − 4 y − 12 = 0
α ⇒ (x − y)2 = − 4(x + y + 3)
4 Let x − y = X, x + y + 3 = Y …(i)
Also, we have, ∴ X 2 = − 4Y …(ii)
CA 3
sinα = = On comparing with it X 2 = − 4 AY , we get
CP (h − 3)2 + (k − 2)2 A =1
3 3 Since, vertex of Eq. (ii) is (0, 0).
⇒ =
5 (h − 3)2 + (k − 2)2 ∴ X = 0, Y = 0
⇒ x − y = 0, x + y + 3 = 0
⇒ (h − 3)2 + (k − 2)2 = 25 3 −3
⇒ x=− , y=
⇒ h2 + 9 − 6h + k2 + 4 − 4k = 25 2 2
⇒ h2 + k2 − 6h − 4k = 12 …(i) 55. (d) Equation of the normal to parabola y2 = 4ax
Since, (h, k) lies on 4 x − 3y = 6, therefore 4h − 3k = 6 at (at 2 , 2at)
6 + 3k y + tx = 2at + at 3
⇒ h= …(ii)
4
382 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
P (at2, 2at)
57. (d) Given equation are
x2 y2
+ =1 …(i)
49 4
O
and x 2 + y 2 = 16 …(ii)
Let equation of common tangent be
y = mx + c
Since, y = mx + c is a tangent to Eq. (i).
Q
∴ c 2 = a 2m2 + b 2
Suppose, it meets the parabola at Q and If O is the
vertex of the parabola, then combine equation of ⇒ c 2 = 49m2+ 4 …(iii)
OP and OQ is a homogeneous equation of second Similarly, y = mx + c is a tangent to Eq. (ii)
degree. ∴ c 2 = a 2(1 + m2)
y + tx ⇒ c 2 = 16 (1 + m2)
y 2 = 4ax 3
…(iv)
2at + at From Eqs. (iii) and (iv), we get
⇒ y 2(2at + at 3) = 4ax (y + tx) 49m2 + 4 = 161( + m2)
⇒ 4atx 2+ 4axy − (2at + at 3) y 2 = 0 ⇒ 49m2− 16m2 = 16 − 4
Since, OP and OQ are at right angles, then ⇒ 33m2 = 12
Coefficient of x 2 + coefficient of y 2 = 0. 4 2
⇒ m2 = ⇒ m=
11 11
∴ 4at − 2at − at 3 = 0
⇒ t2 = 2 ⇒ t = ± 2 58. (b) Given equation of hyperbola 3x 2− y2= 3
Now, equation of normal of parabola x 2 y2
− =1 …(i)
y ≠ 2x = ±2 2a ≠ 2 2a 1 3
∴Slope of normal is ± 2. We know that, equation of tangents of slope m to
x 2 y2
the hyperbola 2 − 2 = 1 is
56. (a) Given, the major axis of the ellipse lies on the a b
X-axis, so it equation is
y = mx ± a 2m2 − b 2
x2 y2
2
+ 2 =1 (a > b )
2 2
∴ Equation of tangents to Eq. (i)
a b
Since, it is passes through (−3, 1) y = mx ± m2 − 3 …(ii)
9 1
∴ + =1 …(i) Since, Eq. (ii) is parallel to line y = 2x + 4 slope of
a2 b2 these equal.
And also, b 2 = a 2(1 − e 2)
∴ y = 2x ± 4 − 3 ⇒ y = 2x ± 1 …(iii)
2 2
⇒ b 2 = a 2 1 − Q e = ∴Required distance between the tangents.
5 5 1+1 2
= =
b 2 = a 2 ⇒ 5b 2 = 3a 2
3
⇒ (2)2 + (−1)2 5
5
⇒ b2 =
3a 2
…(ii)
59. (a) Let AB makes angles, α , β and γ with OX, OY
5 and OZ, respectively. Then, AB = d
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get $ ) = d cosα $i + dcosβ $j + dcosγ k
(cosα $i + cosβ $j + cosγ k $
9 1 9 5 →
⇒ + =1 ⇒ 2 + 2 =1 Let θ be the angle between AB and XY- plane,
a 2 3a 2 / 5 a 3a
Then, d1 = d cosθ
⇒ 27 + 5 = 3a 2 ⇒ 3a 2 = 32
Z
32 32 90°–θ B
⇒ a2 = ⇒ b2 =
3 5
Required equation of ellipse is θ
x2 y2 A
+ = 1 ⇒ 3x 2+ 5y 2= 32
32 / 3 32 / 5 XY-plane
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 383
$
AB ⋅ k x−0 y −1 z−2
Here, sinθ =
AB k $ 1 − 0 0 − 1 −2 − 2 = 0
−2 − 0 1 − 1 0 − 2
d cos γ π
= = cos γ = sin − γ x y −1 z − 2
d.1 2
π ⇒ 1 −1 −4 = 0
⇒ θ= −γ
2 −2 0 −2
π
∴ d1 = d cos − γ = d sin γ …(i) ⇒ x(2 − 0) − (y − 1) (−2 − 8) + (z − 2) (0 − 2) = 0
2 ⇒ 2x − (y − 1) × (− 10) − 2(z − 2) = 0
Similarly, d2 = projection of AB on YZ- plane ⇒ 2x + 10 y − 10 − 2z + 4 = 0
= dsinα …(ii) ⇒ 2x + 10 y − 2z − 6 = 0
and d3 = project of AB on ZX- plane Now, equation of the plane π 2 passing through
= dsinβ …(iii) ) is
(1, 2, 3,
We know that, cos2 α + cos2 β + cos2 γ = 1 a(x − 1) + b(y − 2) + c(z − 3) = 0 …(i)
QPlane (i) is perpendicular to x + y + z = 1
∴ 1 − sin2 α + 1 − sin2 β + 1 − sin2 γ = 1
∴ a+ b+ c=0 ...(ii)
⇒ sin2 α + sin2 β + sin2 γ = 2 Also, plane (i) is perpendicular to the plane
2 2 2
d2 + d3 + d1 = 2 2x − 3y + z = 5
⇒
d d d ∴ 2a − 3b + c = 0 …(iii)
[using Eqs. (i), (ii) and (iii)] From Eqs. (ii) and (iii), we get
a b c
d12 d22 d32 = = = λ (let)
⇒ + + =2 1 + 3 2 − 1 −3 − 2
d2 d2 d2
⇒ d12 + d22 + d32 = 2d 2 ⇒ a = 4λ, b = λ and c = − 5λ
On substituting these values in Eq. (i), we get
60. (b) Equation of line L is x − 1 = y − 0 = z + 3 = λ 4λ (x − 1) + λ(y − 2) − 5λ(z − 3) = 0
0 1 −2
⇒ 4 x − 4 + y − 2 − 5z + 15 = 0
(say)
⇒ 4 x + y − 5z + 9 = 0
Then, any point on L is of the form (1, λ , − 2λ − 3).
which is the required equation of the plane π 2.
Now, the distance of (1, λ , − 2λ − 3) from the plane Now, acute angle between the planes π1 and π 2, is
2x + 3y + 5z = 1 is given as
() + 3λ + 5(−2λ − 3) − 1
21
d= 2 × 4 + 10 × 1 + (−2) × (−5)
22 + 32 + 52 cosθ =
22 + 102 + (−2)2 42 + 12 + (−5)2
2 + 3λ − 10λ − 15 − 1
= 8 + 10 + 10
38 =
108 16 + 1 + 25
−7λ − 14 7λ + 14
= = 28
38 38 =
2× 2× 3× 3× 3 2× 3× 7
Clearly, d will be minimum when 7λ + 14 = 0
i.e.λ = − 2. Thus, the coordinates of P are (1, − 2, 1) 28 14 14
= = =
and DR’s of AP are 1 − 1, −2 − 0, 1 + 3 i.e. 0,−2, 4 2 × 3 × 3 14 9 14 9
Now, equation of plane through P and
perpendicular to AP is 62. (b) We have,
0 ⋅ (x − 1) − 2(y + 2) + 4(z − 1) = 0 cos 4 x − 4 cos 2x + 3 0 form
lim
⇒ −2y − 4 + 4z − 4 = 0 x→ 0 x4 0
⇒ 2y − 4z = − 8 ⇒ y − 2z + 4 = 0 −4sin 4 x + 8sin 2x form
0
= lim
x→ 0 4x3 0
61. (a) Equation of the plane π1 passing through the
−16 cos 4 x + 16 cos 2x 0 form
three non-collinear points (0, 1, 2) , (1, 0, − 2) and = lim
x→ 0 12x 2 0
(−2, 1, 0) is
384 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
2x 2x
− −1
⋅2
1 + x 2 1 − x 2 1 − (2x)2
( + 1) + 0
log 21
⇒ β= = log 2 dy
2 ⇒ 1 − 4x2 = 4(sin−1 2x − cos−1 2x)
dx
∴ α = 2β
Again differentiating both sides w.r.t. x, we get
64. (c) We have, f (x) = 2x , x ∈ R 1 − 4 x 2 y2 +
1
(−8 x) y1
4+ 3 x
2 1 − 4x2
2x , if x ≥ 0
4 + 3x 1 1
= = 4 ⋅2+ ⋅ 2
2x
, if x < 0 1 − 4x2 1 − 4 x 2
4 − 3x
4x 2
(4 + 3x) ⋅ 2 − 2x ⋅ 3 , if x ≥ 0 = 1 − 4 x 2 y2 − y1 = 8 ⋅
1 − 4x 2
1 − 4x2
(4 + 3x)2
∴ f ′(x) =
(4 − 3x) ⋅ 2 − 2x(−3) ⇒ (1 − 4 x 2) y2 − 4 xy1 = 16
, if x < 0
(4 − 3x)2
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 385
67. (b) We have, f (x) = x 3+ 2x 2 − x 69. (b) Given equation of curves are
Clearly, f (x) is continuous in [−1, 2] and y = sin 2x …(i)
differentiable in (−1, 2) and y = cos 2x …(ii)
[Qpolynomial functions are everywhere Let us first find the point of intersection, for this
continuous and differentiable.] consider.
∴ By Lagrange’s mean value theorem, there exist sin 2x = cos 2x
f (2) − f (−1) π
C ∈ (−1, 2) such that f ′(c) = ⇒ tan 2x = 1 = tan
2 − (−1) 4
(8 + 8 − 2) − (−1 + 2 + 1) π π
⇒ 3c + 4c − 1 =
2
⇒ 2x = ⇒ x=
3 4 8
14 − 2 π π 1
⇒ 3c + 4c − 1 =
2
=4 When x = , then y = sin = (using Eq. (i))
3 8 4 2
⇒ 3c + 4c − 5 = 0
2
π 1
Thus, the point of intersection is ,
−4 ± 16 + 60 8 2
⇒ c=
6 Now, let m1 be the slope of tangent to the curve (i)
−4 ± 76 π 1
⇒ c= at , and m2 be the slope of tangent to the
6 8 2
π 1
Now, as 8 < 76 < 9 curve (ii) at , . Then,
8 2
4 4 + 76 5
∴ 4< − 4 + <−
76 < 5 ⇒ < π
m1 =
dy
6 6 6 = 2cos 2x = 2⋅ cos = 2
dx π , 1 4
−4 + 76 −2 + 19 8 2
∴ c= = ∈ (−1, 2)
and m2 =
6 3 dy
= −2sin 2x
dx π , 1
−1
68. (c) Let I1 = ∫ tan 2x 2 dx, where 8 2
1 − x π
= − 2 sin =− 2
x ∈ I ⊂ R − {−1, 1} 4
Let us take the interval I = (−1, 1) ⊂ R − {−1, 1}. Now, the angle between the curves is given by
Then, we have m − m1 −1 − 2 − 2
tan−1 2 = tan
2x 1 + m1 m2 1−2
tan−1 2
= 2tan−1 x
1 − x −2 2
= tan−1 −1
= tan (2 2)
∴ I1 = ∫ 2tan −1
x dx, where x ∈ I = (−1, 1) −1
= 2∫ 1. tan−1 x dx 70. (d) Let (x1 , y1) be any point other than origin on
II I
the parabola y 2 = 16ax.
Now, by using integration by parts, we get.
Then, length of subtangent at
1
I1 = 2 tan−1 x. x − ∫ . x dx dx
(x1 , y1) = y1
1 + x 2
dy ( x1 , y1 )
−1 2x
= 2x tan x − ∫ dx dy 16a 8a
1 + x2 Here, = =
dx 2y y
= 2x tan−1 x − log(1 + x 2) + C [Q y 2 = 16ax ⇒ 2y dy / dx = 16a]
f ′(x) ∴Length of subtangent at
Q ∫ f (x) dx = log f (x) + C
y2
(x1 , y1) = y1 1 = 1
y
2x 8a 8a
= x ⋅ tan−1 2
− log(1 + x 2) + C
1 − x Now, the required ratio
Length of subtangent at ( x1 , y 1 ) y12
−1 −1 2x = =
Q 2tan x = tan 2
, for x < 1 x1 8a
1 − x x1
386 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
−2
− + − (0 + 1)
where, C = C2 − C1 log e 1
= [(0 + 1) − (e log e −1 + e)]
3 e e
x2 x3 1 2
= log(1 + x 2) + + − tan−1 x = (1 + e − e) − + − 1
1 1
2 3 2 3 e e
2 3 x2 2 [Q log mn = n log m, log1 = 0 and loge = 1]
x − −
+ x+ C
9 2 3
+ 1 = 2 − = 2 1 −
2 2 1
=1 −
On comparing this with Eq. (i), we get e e e
x2 x3 1 76. (a) Given equation of curves are
f (x) = + +
2 3 2 y = 8x − x2 …(i)
74. (d) I n = ∫ cos x dx n
8 x − 4 y + 11 = 0 …(ii)
Eq. (i) can be rewritten as
= ∫ cosn − 1 x. cos x dx
I II y = − (x 2 − 2⋅ 4 x + 42 − 42)
= cosn − 1 x. sin x − ∫ (n − 1) cosn − 2 x ⇒ y = − [(x − 4)2 − 16]
(− sin x). (sin x) dx ⇒ y − 16 = − (x − 4)2
n −1 n−2
= cos x sin x + ∫ cos x ⋅ (n − 1)sin2 x dx (x − 4)2 = − (y − 16), which represent a parabola
n −1 n−2
= cos x sin x + (n − 1) ∫ cos x (1 − cos x) dx
2
open downward and having vertex at (4, 16).
n −1 n−2 Clearly, Eq. (ii) represent a straight line passing
= cos x sin x + (n − 1) ∫ cos x − (n − 1)
through 0, and − , 0
11 11
4 8
∫ cos
n
x dx
n −1
Let us find the point of intersection of given
= cos x sin x + (n − 1) I n − 2 − (n − 1)I n curves, for this substitute the value of y from
∴ I n (1 + n − 1) = cosn − 1 x sin x + (n − 1)I n − 2 Eq. (i) in Eq. (ii).
⇒ 8 x − 4(8 x − x 2) + 11 = 0
⇒ nI n − (n − 1)I n − 2 = cosn − 1 x sin x
⇒ 8 x − 32x + 4 x 2 + 11 = 0
Putting n = 6, we get ⇒ 4 x 2 − 24 x + 11 = 0
6I 6 − 5I 4 = cos5 x sin x
⇒ 4 x − 22x − 2x + 11 = 0
2
11 / 2 8 x + 11 2 1 dt
8 x − x 2 −
5 ∫0 1 + t 2 + 6 t
=
= ∫1 / 2
dx
4
1 11 / 2 5
=
4 ∫1 / 2 (32x − 4 x 2 − 8 x − 11) dx 2 1
= ∫
dt
5 0 2 3 9 9
1 t + 2⋅ t + +1−
11 / 2
=−
4 ∫1 / 2 (4 x 2 − 24 x + 11) dx 5 25 25
11 / 2 2 1 dt
1 4x3 x2 = ∫
=− − 24 + 11 x 5 0 3
2
16
4 3 2 1 / 2 t + +
5 25
4 . 1331 − 12 × 121 + 121 2 1 dt
3 8 = ∫
1 4 2 5 0 2 2
=− 3 4
t + +
− − 3 +
4 1 11 5 5
6 2 1
3
1 1331 121 1 11 t+ 1
= − − 363 + − + 3− 2 5
= . tan−1 5 = 1 tan−1 5t + 3
4 6 2 6 2 5 4 4 2 4 0
−1 1330
= − 360 + 55 5 0
4 6 5 + 3
= tan−1 −1 3
1
− tan
=
1 665
−
− 305 2 4 4
4 3 1
tan−1 − tan−1
8 3
=
1 665 − 915 250 125 2 4 4
= − = = sq units
4 3 4×3 6
= tan−1 2 − tan−1
1 3
2 4
77. (c) Given,
dxπ/2 −1 1
2− 3
∫0 5 + 3sin x = λ tan 2
I= 1 −1
= tan 4
2 3
π /2 1 + 2 ×
Now, I = ∫
dx 4
0 5 + 3sin x
π/2 dx 1 8 − 3 / 4
=∫ = tan−1
0
5+ 3×
2tan x / 2 2 2+ 3
1 + tan2 x / 2 2
2tan x / 2 5
put sin x = =
1
tan−1 4 =
1
tan−1
1
1 + tan2 x / 2
2 5
2 2
π/2
=∫
dx 2
0 5 + 5tan2 x / 2 + 6 tan x / 2 1
∴ λ=
1 + tan2 x / 2 2
π/2 (1 + tan2 x / 2) dx 78. (b) Given differential equation is
= ∫0 5 + 5tan2 x / 2 + 6 tan x / 2
⇒ 1 + x dy + 3y = 1
2
π/2
sec x / 2 dx 2 x dx
⇒ I= ∫0
5 + 5 tan2 x / 2 + 6 tan x / 2 1 + x 3 dy
⇒ 2
+ 3y = 1
x 1 x
On putting tan = t ⇒ sec2 dx = dt x dx
2 2 2 dy 3x 2 x2
π ⇒ + y=
When x = ⇒ t = 1 and x = 0 ⇒ t = 0, dx 1 + x 3
1 + x3
2
Which is the linear differential equation of the
we get dy
1 2dt form + Py = Q.
I=∫ dx
0 5 + 5t 2 + 6t
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 389
Velocity in y-direction is 1 1
= mv2f − mvi2
d d 2 2
v y = (y) = (5 × 27t − 5t 3) = 5 × 27 − 5 × 3t 2
dt dt 1 β 2 1 mk2 2β
= m(kd ) − m(k × 0)2 = ⋅d
As, vx = constant and v y = time dependent. 2 2 2
∴This is a case similar to projectile motion and 91. (d)
velocity and acceleration are perpendicular, when Y
v y = 0.
2(–a, a) 1(a, a)
⇒ 5 × 27 − 5 × 3t 2 = 0 ⇒ t 2 = 9 ⇒ t = 3s
1 a
87. (b) Resistive force = − kv 3 a
X
a
So, retardation of bullet is a
1 1
dv k 3 dv dx k 3
a= =− v ⇒ ⋅ =− v 3(–a, –a) 4(a, –a)
dt m dx dt m
1 2
dv k k
⇒ ⋅ v = − ⋅ v 3 ⇒ v 3 dv = − dx
dx m m Position vector of COM of system is
Integrating with limits, we get (s = total m1 r1 + m2r2 + m3r3 + m4 r4
displacement). rCOM =
0 2 s
m1 + m2 + m3 + m4
k
∫v 3 dv =−
m ∫0
dx
=
1(a$i + a$j) + 2(− a$i + a$j) + 3(− a$i − a$j) + 4(a$i − a$j)
v0
10
0
3 5 k s 3
5
k⋅ s 0$i − 4a$j
v 3 = − [x]0 ⇒ − v03 = − = = − 0.4 a$j.
5 v m 5 m 10
0
5 92. (c) As there is no slip, energy is conserved.
or s ∝ v3 So, mechanical energy of ball at bottom =
mechanical energy of ball at top
88. (a) K eq(in series) = k1 k2 1 2 1
k1 + k2 ⇒ mgr + mvCOM + I COMω2 = mgh
2 2
Work done to stretch springs with elongation ∆l is 3 2 mr 2
⇒ v = g(h − r) [∴I = and v = rω]
1 1 k k 4 2
W = K eq ⋅ ∆l 2 = 1 2 ⋅ ∆l 2
2 2 k1 + k2 and r can be neglected.
3v2
89. (b) Component of force accelerating the block is So, h=
F cosθ. 4g
Net force on block, Fnet = F cos θ − µ N 3v2
Also, h = R(1 − cos θ) ⇒ = R(1 − cos θ)
= F cos 30° − 0.1 × 5 × 9.8 4g
3F With values, we get
= − 4.9
3 3
2 cos θ= ⇒ θ = cos−1
From, Fnet = ma, we have, 10 10
3 19.9
F − 4.9 = 5 × 3 ⇒ F = = 22.9 N 93. (a)
2 3 3k
keq= —
2
This is closeset to option (b).
k
90. (b) Velocity, v = kx β 10α 10
By work-energy theorem, k k
Work done = Change in KE k
k1 = —
= Final KE − Initial KE 2
392 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
100. (b) In adiabatic process, 104. (b) For constructive interference through a thin
TV γ − 1 = constant film in reflected light, thickness of film must be
1 λ
In given conditions, t = m +
2 2n2
V1 = V(say), so V2 =
V
8 where, m = 0, 1, 2, ...
5 and n2 = refractive index of medium (soap film)
and γ = (gas is monoatomic)
3 With given values, we get
5 2 λ
5
−1 −1 2 t= (tmin occurs with m = 0)
V3
= T2
V 3 T 4n2
So, T1 V3 ⇒ 2 = = 83 = 4
8 T1 2
V3 532 × 10− 9
= =100 nm
8 4 ×1.33
So, temperature of gas increases by 4 times.
105. (d) Electric flux through spherical surface
As mean KE of gas molecule is proportional to its
q net enclosed
temperature, then KE also increases by 4 times. =
ε0
101. (b) Resonant frequencies are 160, 240 and 400 Hz, Charge of shell + Charge of sphere
so their simplest ratios are 160: 240: 400. =
ε0
i.e. 2 : 3 :5
1 2
Hence, 160 is second harmonic 4 π 0.06 2 × (− 10)− 6
⇒
nv
160 = , where n = 2 1
=
2L ε0 1
Substituting n = 2and v = 160 ms− 1 , we get 4
+ π( 0.01 3) × 3 ×10
3 − 5
2 ×160 3
L= =1m
2× 160 π
= {− 0.24 × 10− 6 + 0.39 × 10− 6}
ε0
So, string length is 1 m = 100 cm.
1.6 π × 10− 7
102. (a) Using mirror equation, we have, = V-m
1 1 1 ε0
+ =
v u f 106. (a) q=10 units
1 1 1
or = − q=0
v f u
1 1 1
⇒ = − s1 s2
v (− 10) (− 25)
r2=2 cm
[∴Given f = − 10 cm, u = − 25 cm] r1=3 cm
⇒ v = − 16.7 cm
and magnification, Initially
− (− 16.7)
m = − =
v When spheres are connected, charges are
= − 0.67
u − 25 redistributed such that potential on their surfaces
are same.
103. (b) Focal length of convex lens = 20 cm
q1=6 u q2=4 u
Here, object P is at 10 cm
and object Q is at 30 cm.
As object P is between focus and pole, it’s image is
virtual and erect.
Object Q is beyond focus, so it’s image is real and Finally
inverted.
394 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
113. (d) In an L-C-R circuit (without any AC input), Using KVL to CE circuit,
2 VCC = i C RC + VCE + i E RE
R 1
when = , charge decays exponentially and
4L 2
LC = i C RC + VCE + i C RE (Qi E ≈ i C )
no oscillations occurs. ⇒ VCE = VCC − i C (RC + RE) ...(i)
R2 1 By Ohm’s law, current i1 is;
When 2 > , then also charge decays
4L LC VCC 10 V 2
i1 = = = mA
exponentially and no oscillations occurs. R1 + R2 15kΩ 3
R2 1 4L V2 = i1 R2
But when 2 < or when R2 < , then Now,
4L LC C 2 10
oscillations occurs with frequency, = mA × 5 kΩ =
3 3
1 1 R2 V2 = 3.3 V
f = − 2
2π LC 4L KVL to base circuit gives, V2 = VBE + i E RE
114. (c) Frequency of an oscillation of energy with time For silicon transistor,
is twice of frequency of electromagnetic wave. V − VBE
VBE = 0.7 V ⇒ i E = 2
∴ f (energy oscillations)= 2 × 4 × 1014 Hz RE
= 8 × 1014 Hz 3.3 − 0.7
= ≈ 5 mA
526
115. (d) Energy of a light photon, E = hf So, i C ≈ i E = 5 mA
= 6.63 × 10− 34 × 4 × 1014 Hence, from Eq (i) VCE is
= 6.63 × 4 × 10− 20 J VCE = VCC − i C (RC + RE)
6.63 × 4 × 10− 20 = 10 − 5 mA (1 kΩ + 526 Ω)
= eV = 1.65 eV
1.6 × 10− 19 ≈ 2.4 V
As, energy of incident photon is less than the
work function of metal, no photo emission will 119. (d) Differentiating I D w.r.t. VD , we get
takes place. d d
(I D) = (7.8 × 10−5 e 6. 9VD )
116. (a) λproton = h = 0.286 (Å)
dVD dVD
p V = 7.8 × 10−5 × 6.9 × e 6. 9VD
(This formula is for protons.) = I D × 6.9
0.286 d
∴ λ= × 10− 10 m ≈ 9.1 × 10− 13 m Dynamic resistance is (VD)
1000 dI D
238 206
117. (d) In decay, 92 U → 82 U ⇒
dVD
=
1
Mass number reduces by ∆A = 32 = 4 × 8 dI D 6.9 × I D
and proton number is reduces by∆Z = 10 = 2 × 8 − 6 When I D = 4mA = 4 × 10−3 A
So, 8α-particles and 6β − -particles must be emitted.
Then,
dVD 1
118. (d) VCC=+10V =
dI D 6.9 × 4 × 10−3
i1
= 36.23Ω
iC
∴ Dynamic resistance = 36.23Ω
10kW=R1 RC=1kW
120. (b) dmax = 2rhT + 2rhr
C
B hT = 49 m, hr = 64 m,
iB r = 6400 km
E
5kW=R2 iE So, maximum distance (in km) is
49 64
i1
RE=526W ∴ dmax = 2 × 6400 +
1000 1000
= 53.6 km
Chemistry
121. (c) ∆x = ∆p
h 1 h N N
∆p 2 = or ∆p = H µ=1.46 D F µ=0.24 D
4π 2 π H F
H F
1 h 1 h
m∆v = or, ∆v =
2 π 2m π But in case of NF3 , H • • [lone pair] moment
is in the opposite direction to the N F bond
122. (c) moments.
1. In dx 2 − y 2 orbital, electrons are present on the x Thus, has smaller net dipole moment.
and y axis, hence electron density is not zero. 3. Q Size of I-atom is more than of Cl-atom and
2. According to (n + l) rule, higher be the sum of electronegativity of I-atom is less than of
(n + l), higher is the energy. Cl-atom. Hence, HI has lower dipole-moment
Q For 3p , (n + l) = 3 + 1 = 4 than HCl.
and for 2p , (n + l) = 2 + 1 = 3 125. (a) Isostructural species have same shape and
hybridisation.
Thus, 3p has higher energy than 2p.
Accept PCl 5, BrF5 all species are is isostructural.
3. The quantum number l determines the number
of angular nodes. (It is also known as nodal PCl 5 -trigonal bipyramidal shape sp 3d
plane)
BrF5 -square pyramidal shape sp 3d 2
i.e. Number of angular nodes = value of l. Cl F
Q For 3pz and l = 1, Cl F F
Cl P Br
Thus, one angular node is present in 3pz - orbital.
Cl F F
4. 4 f-orbital have n = 4 and l = 3 and the number Cl
of radial nodes is n − l − 1 = 0 = 4 − 3 − 1 = 0. sp3d sp3d2
123. (b) Neutral atom tend to increases size down the 126. (d) NO and NO 2 species are having odd electron
group and across a period due to electromagnetic
and disobey the octet rule.
interaction between electrons in an atom modify
•• ••
the Zeff . N == O is a stable free radical.
• ••
Zeff = Z − S = sheilding effect
+
As an additional electrons occupies the electrons N
in outer shell and protons in the nucleus. So, the –
O O → Seven electrons around nitrogen.
Zeff increases.
Formal charges and the molecule’s resonance
As an neutral atoms that have lost an e − exhibit a structures are indicate.
positive charge and are called cations and
therefore Zeff increases. 127. (d) RMS velocity (vrms) = 3RT / M
So, the order of ionic radii is Zn2+ < Cu + < Cu < Ag. where, R = molar gas constant
T = temperature in Kelvin
124. (a) 1. The BF3 molecule has a symmetrical trigonal
planar geometry, the moment of any two B F M m = molar mass in kilograms/mol
dipoles is equal in magnitude but opposite in [Q M( N 2) = M(CO) ]
direction to the moment of the BF3 molecule is vrms (N 2) = 3 × 8 .31 × 200
zero. Same as CO 2.
vrms (CO) = 3 × 8 .31 × 800
2. In NH 3, N is more electronegative than H so, N
vrms (N 2) 200
pulls the electrons from H towards itself so, the ∴ =
direction of moment due to the N H bonds is in vrms (CO) 800
the same direction as that of the lone pair of 14.14
= = 0.50
electrons on nitrogen. 28. 28
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 397
128. (a,b) For fixed mass (m) of an ideal gas: 133. (b) 1. Hydrolysis
1 NH 4Cl + H 2O → NH 4OH + HCl
(a) Qp α (at constant m, T) (Weak base) (Strong acid)
V
So, NH 4Cl is neutral
and p α T [at constant m, volume (V). 2. K 2CO 3 + H 2O → KOH + H 2CO3
Thus, (a) is the correct graph. (Strong base) (Weak acid)
0 ⋅ 0591 [H ]
140. (b) H HH E cell = E ° − log +2
1 [H ]
H H E° = 0; log H 2 = 0 because
0 ⋅ 0591 1
E cell = − log − 10 − 0.0591 × 10
H 1 10
H H H H
H E cell = − 0 ⋅ 591 V
Eclipsed conformer
H
of Newman 146. (b) For, zero order reaction
Staggerd confomer
a
of Newman t1 / 2 = and for zero order reaction,
2K
141. (d) CH 3 C ≡≡ C CH 2 CH 3 Na / LiNH 3
→
concentration is independent from sate.
alkyne on reduction with Na / Liq ⋅ NH 3 produce dx
trans-alkene. So, is constant.
dt
142. (b) Hcp lattice Anions = Z, so the total atoms in
hcp is Z. X occupied octahed voids so, in t 1/2×a dx/dt
octahedral voids equivalent to total atoms and Y
t 1/2
occupy half of the tetrahedral voids
So, Y is equal to total atoms, i.e. Y is.
1
Y = 2× Z × a (a–x)
2
So, molecular formula of compounds is = XYZ 147. (d) Fog is a disperson of liquid in gas, it is a
colloidal solution of liquid in gas, in which liquid
143. (a) QAccording to van’t-Hoff volume (i) is the dispersed phase where as gas is the
Molecular mass (calculated) dispersion medium.
i =
()
Molecular mass (experimental) 148. (a) Ni + 4CO 300 K
→ Ni(CO)4
Given, molecular mass (experimental) is double. This process is Mond’s process and used for
1 refining of Ni.
∴ i=
2
149. (c) NO 2′ N 2O 4 , N 2O 5, N 2O 3
Also,
α Oxidation number of N = + 4 + 4 + 5 + 3
Q i = (1 − α) +
()
n In N 2O 5 nitrogen have + 5 oxidation state, so this
where, α = degree of association is most acidic.
and n = number of particles associated. 150. (b) H 2 S2 O7 is oleum.
(Here, n = 2,Qi = 1 / 2)
Therefore,
+2 +2 S
1 α 1 α +2 S +2
= (1 − α) + =1− OH
+1
+1 O +1
+1
2 2 2 2 OH
α 1
or, = or, α = 1 Both sulphur have VI and VI oxidation number (5).
2 2
w 1000 151. (c) Complex Co(en)3 is optically inactive.
144. (b) ∆Tf = K f m = K f × 2 ×
M2 w1 NH2 CH2 NH3
5⋅12 × 2 × 1000 Cl CH2 NH3 Cl
1⋅ 2 =
M 2 × 100 Co NH2 Co
Cl NH3 Cl
M 2 = 85 g mol − 1 NH2
, NH3
CH2 This is also optically
145. (b) For, hydrogen electrode
active.
1 NH2 CH2
pH = 10 [H+] = 10− 10 M H+ + e − = H2
2 From is optically active.
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 399
3d7
157. (c) CH2 CH2OH
(i) B2H6
µ= n(n + 2) n = 3 15 = 3.95 B.M (i)
(ii) H2O2/NaOH
Cr3+
Hydroboration oxidation reaction
3d 4 O
Mathematics
1. If f : [0, ¥) ® [0, ¥) is defined by 7. If z = x + iy is a complex number satisfying
x z - 2i
f (x) = , then f is = 2 and the locus of z is a circle, then its
1+ x z + 2i
(a) neither one-one not onto radius is
(b) one-one but not onto 5 71 8 1
(c) onto but not one-one (a) (b) (c) (d)
3 9 3 3
(d) both one-one and onto 1
ax - by
2. The range of the function f (x) = - - x 2 - 6 x - 5 8. If (x - iy) 3 = a + ib, then =
a-b
is
(a) a3 - b 3 (b) a3 + a2 b + ab 2 + b 3
(a) [-2,0] (b) [0, 2 ] 3 2 2 3
(c) (- ¥, - 2 ] (d) [-2, 2 ] (c) a + 3a b + 3ab + b (d) a4 - b 4
p p p
13. If the roots of (a) cos æç - Aö÷ + cos æç - Bö÷ + cos æç - C ö÷
è4 ø è4 ø è4 ø
x 4 - 10 x 3 + 37 x 2 - 60 x + 36 = 0 are p p p
(b) cos ç - A÷ + cos ç - B÷ + cos ç - C ö÷
æ ö æ ö æ
a , a , b , b (a < b), then 2a + 3b - 2ab = è8 ø è8 ø è8 ø
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) -1 (d) 4 æ p ö æ p ö æ p ö
(c) sin ç - A÷ + sin ç - B÷ + sin ç - C ÷
è4 ø è4 ø è4 ø
14. The polynomial equation of degree 5 whose
p p p
roots are the translates of the roots of (d) sin æç - Aö÷ + sin æç - Bö÷ + sin æç - C ö÷
è8 ø è8 ø è8 ø
x 5 - 2 x 4 + 3 x 3 - 4 x 2 + 5 x - 6 = 0 by - 2 is
23. Let A = { x Î, R / 3 cos x - sin x ³ 2,0 £ x £ 2p}.
(a) x5 - 8 x4 + 27 x3 + 46 x2 + 41x + 12 = 0 x
(b) x5 + 8 x4 + 27 x3 + 46 x2 + 41x + 12 = 0 If x1 Î A , x 2 Î A, then 1 =
(c) x5 + 6 x4 + 28 x3 + 46 x2 + 41x + 12 = 0
x2
5 11 5 11
(d) x5 + 8 x4 + 28 x3 + 46 x2 + 41x + 12 = 0 (a) (b) (c) (d)
23 17 11 23
15. The number of natural numbers less than 1000
24. All the values of x satisfying the equation
in which no digit is repeated is
æ 4x ö
(a) 729 (b) 738 (c) 792 (d) 836 2 tan -1 2 x = sin -1 ç ÷ lie in the interval
16. The coefficient of x 3 in the expansion of è1 + 4 x 2 ø
é1 ö
(a) é - , ù (b) [-1, 1] (d) é - ¥, - ö÷
1 - 2x 1 1 1
is (c) ê ¥÷
êë 2 2 úû êë 2ø
(2 x + 1)(2 - x) ë 2, ø
509 509 103 103 2
(a) - (b) (c) - (d) 25. sin h -1 2 + cosh -1 2 - tanh -1 + coth -1 (-2) =
80 80 16 16 3
æ 4 + 2 3 + 2 5 + 15 ö
17. If the coefficient of rth, (r + 1)th and (r + 2)th (a) log ç ÷
è 15 ø
terms in the expansion of (1 + x)n are
æ 4 + 3 + 5 + 15 ö
respectively in the ratio 2 : 4 : 5, then (r , n) = (b) log ç ÷
è 15 ø
(a) (2, 7) (b) (3, 8) (c) (3, 9) (d) (4, 9)
(2 + 3)(2 + 5 ) 5
(c) log
18. If n is a positive integer greater than 1, then 3
3(n C 0) - 8(n C1) + 13(n C 2) - 18(n C 3) + ¼ upto (n + 1) (2 + 3)(2 + 5 ) 3
(d) log
5
terms =
2n+ 1 - 1 2n - 1 26. The greatest angle of the triangle whose sides
(a) - 5 (b) (c) (d) 0
n 2 are x 2 + x + 1, 2 x + 1 and x 2 - 1 is
3x - 2 A B C (a) 75° (b) 90° (c) 105° (d) 120°
19. If = + + , then
(x + 1)2(x + 3) x + 1 (x + 1)2 x + 3
27. In a DABC, if a : b : c = 4 : 5 : 6, then the ratio of
A+B+C=
11 5 5 11 the radius of its circumcircle to that of its incircle
(a) (b) (c) - (d) - (a) 16 : 7 (b) 12 : 7 (c) 15 : 8 (d) 16 : 9
4 2 2 4
2
20. If sin q + sin q = 1 and 28. In a DABC, the mid-point of BC is D. If AD is
12 10 8
cos q + a cos q + b cos q + c cos q + d = 0, then 6 perpendicular to AC, then cos A cos C =
1 c 2 + a2 2(c 2 + a2 )
(a) ab = cd (b) ac = bd (a) (b)
(c) ab + cd = 0 (d) ac + bd = 0 3 ab ab
2(c 2 - a2 ) 3(a2 + b 2 )
21. cos 20° cos 40° cos 60° cos 80° = (c) (d)
3ac 2 bc
3 1 3 1
(a) (b) (c) (d) 29. The position vectors of three points A , B and C
8 8 8 16
p (1,3, x), (3, 5,8) and (y , - 1, - 6) respectively. If
22. If A + B + C = , then A , B and C are collinear, then (x , y) =
4
A B C p (a) æç ,-3ö÷
2
(b) æç ,3ö÷
10
(c) æç ,-3ö÷ (d) æç -3, ö÷
10 10
4 cos cos cos - cos = è3 ø è3 ø è3 ø è
2 2 2 8 3ø
402 TS EAMCET (Engineering) Online Solved Paper 2018
30. A line L passes through the points $i + 2$j + k$ person with the smallest badge number as
5 among the three persons that left the room, is
and -2$i+3k$ . A plane P passes through the 3 1 1 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
origin and the points 4 k$ , 2i$ + $j. The point 10 6 12 5
where the line L meets the plane P is 38. A bag P contains 3 blue and 5 red balls. Another
(a) - $i - $j + 3k$ (b) -8 $i - 4$j + 7k$ bag Q contains 4 blue and 6 red balls. A ball is
(c) 8 $i + 4$j + k$ (d) 3 $i + $j + 2k$ drawn at random from one of the bags and is
found to be red. The probability that it is from
31. If P , Q , R are the mid-points of the sides AB , BC bag Q is
and CA of DABC respectively, then PC - BQ = 24 28 36 42
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) CP (b) PQ (c) BR (d) AR 49 49 49 49
32. Let a = $i + $j, b = $j + k$ and c = i$ + k$ . If d is a unit 39. Match the items from List-I that of List-II
vector such that a × d = 0 and b × (c ´ d) = 0 and d = A bag contains 4 red, 3 white and 5 blue balls.
1 $ $ 1 $ $ Three balls are drawn at a time randomly from
(a) ± (i + j ) (b) ± (i - j )
2 2 the bag.
(d) ± æç
1 $ 1 $ 1 $ 1 $ 1 $ö
(c) i + j+ k j+ k÷ List-I List-II
2 2 3 è 2 2 ø
A Probability of getting 1 red, 1 white (i) 3
33. If a = $i + $j and b = 3i$ - 2$j, then the vector r and 1 blue ball 44
satisfying the equations r ´ a = b ´ a and B Probability of getting 2 white and 1 (ii) 21
r ´ b = a ´ b is blue ball 55
(a) - $i + $j - 2k$ (b) - $i - 4$j - 2k$ C Probability of getting 2 red and 1 (iii) 38
(c) 4$i + $j (d) 4$i - $j white ball 55
D Probability that none of the balls is (iv) 3
34. The shortest distance between the lines 11
white
r = (3t - 4)i$ - 2t$j - (1 + 2t)k$ and
(v) 9
r = (6 + s)i$ + (2 - 2s)$j + 21( + s)k$ is
110
(a) 3 (b) 6 (c) 9 (d) 12
The correct answer is
35. Let s 1 , s 2 be the standard deviations of two
A B C D A B C D
distributions D1 and D 2 respectively and D1 be
(a) v ii iii iv (b) iv i v ii
more consistent than D 2. If the means of D1 and (c) iv i v iii (d) v iii iv i
D 2 are same, then the percentage increase in
the standard deviation of D 2 over the standard 40. In a game of throwing 3 coins, a player will
deviation of D1 is loose ` 5/- for each head and gain ` 10/- for each
s - s2 s - s2 tail. If a random variable X : S ® R is defined as
(a) 1 ´ 100 (b) 1 ´ 100 X (a) = net gain (a Î S), then the mean of the
s2 s1
random variable is (in rupees)
s - s1 s - s1
(c) 2 ´ 100 (d) 2 ´ 100 15 15
s2 s1 (a) (b) - (c) 15 (d) 25
2 2
36. Consider the followoing distribution 41. A person fails 4 times in a game when he plays
x1 2 4 6 8 10 9 times. If he plays 15 times, the probability of
fi 1 2 3 2 1 having success at most one is
14 15 14 15
The sum of the mean deviation from the mean 65 æ 5 ö 65 æ 5 ö 79 æ 4 ö 79 æ 4 ö
(a) ç ÷ (b) ç ÷ (c) ç ÷ (d) ç ÷
and the mean deviation from median of this 9 è 9ø 9 è 9ø 9 è 9ø 9 è 9ø
distribution is 42. If A = (-1, 2) and B = (1, - 2) are two points and P
16 32
(a) 6 (b) (c) 54 (d) is a variable point such that the area of DPAB is
9 9
always one, then the equation of the locus of P is
37. Ten persons with badges numbered 1 to 10 are
(a) 4 x2 + 4 xy + y2 = 1
in a room. If three of them are asked to leave
the room. Then, the probability to have the (b) x2 + 10 xy + 25 y2 - 34 x - 170 y = 0
TS EAMCET (Engineering) Solved Papers 403